2020届九年级英语中考考点全详解及跟踪训练真题模拟附答案（共66个考点全覆盖）

2020届九年级英语中考考点全详解及跟踪训练真题模拟附答案（共66个考点全覆盖）

命题趋势：‎ ‎ 冠词是一种虚词，是名词的一种标志，不能独立担任任何句子成分，只能附着在一个名词上，帮助说明其词义。对于冠词的考查，往往集中于a、an的用法区别，定冠词的用法，不用冠词的情况，习惯用语中冠词的用法等几个方面。考查形式以单项选择为主，有时也会在完形填空、完成句子等类型的题目中出现。在学习过程中，不但要掌握不同类型的冠词的用法，还要注意习惯搭配中的冠词的使用情况。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ 一、冠词的用法；‎ 二、不用冠词的情况；‎ 三、冠词的位置。‎ 考向一：冠词的分类 分类 说明 例子 不定冠词 a 用于以辅音音素开头的单词前 a gift 一份礼物，a plane 一架飞机，a useful book 一本有用的书 an 用于以元音音素开头的单词前 an hour 一小时，an apple 一个苹果，an honest girl 一个诚实的女孩 定冠词 the 只有一种形式，一般用于特指 the pen you write with 你写字的钢笔，the Chinese movie 那部中国影片 ‎【易错警示】‎ ‎1. 有些单词虽然是以元音字母开头，但是却发元音，因此其前用不定冠词a，如：university，European，one-way等。‎ ‎2. 有些单词虽然是以辅音字母开头，但是却发元音，因此其前用不定冠词an，如：hour，honest，‎ honor等。‎ 考向二：冠词的基本用法 一、 不定冠词a、an的用法 ‎1. a和an都用于可数名词单数前，泛指人和物。表示可数事物中的一个。但两者用法有区别：‎ ‎（1）若随后的单词以辅音音素开头，用 a。如：a lot of，a good idea，a pear。‎ ‎（2）若随后的单词以元音音素开头，用 an。如：an example，an orange，an apple。学科&网 注意：某些以元音字母开头的单词用a，因为其第一个音是/j/。如：a university，a European language。‎ 某些以字母 h 开头的单词用an，因为这些单词的＂h＂不发音。如：an honest boy，an hour ago。‎ 序号 用法 例句 ‎1‎ 表示数量＂一＂的概念 There is a football behind the door. 门后有一个足球。‎ ‎2‎ 指事物的单位，有＂每一＂的意思 You’d better take this medicine three times a day. 你最好每天三次服用这种药。‎ He goes to the library twice a week. 他每周去图书馆两次。‎ ‎3‎ 表示同一类人或事物中的任何一个 A bird can fly. 鸟会飞。‎ ‎4‎ 用于第一次提到的某人或某物前 A Mr. Smith is looking for you. 有位史密斯先生正在找你。‎ ‎5‎ 用于某些物质名词、抽象名词、专有名词前 A heavy rain fell yesterday. 昨天下了一场大雨。‎ Listening to music is really a good pleasure. 听音乐的确是一种很好的娱乐方式。‎ ‎6‎ 表示＂同一＂的概念，相当于the same the same The two flowers look different, but they are of a kind. 这两朵花看上去不同，但是为同一类的。‎ ‎7‎ 用于一些固定搭配中 in a hurry匆忙地，make a choice做选择，‎ have a good time玩得高兴，a number of许多 ‎【知识拓展】‎ ‎1. 同源宾语前不定冠词的使用：动宾短语中，与动词＂同源＂的名词前一般要加不定冠诃，如：‎ sleep a sound sleep 睡得很香 fight a hard fight 进行艰苦的斗争；‎ dream a sweet dream 做一个甜美的梦 live a happy life 过幸福的生活；‎ smile an attractive smile 笑得迷人 ‎2. 惯用短语中的不定冠词 have a word with sb 同某人谈话 have a try 试一下 ‎ have a good time 玩得高兴 have a look 看一看 have a headache 头痛 have a good sleep 好好睡一觉 go for a walk 散步 take a bath 洗澡 tell a lie 撒谎 wait a moment 等一会 with a smile 微笑着 with an effort 努力地 as a result 因此 once in a while 偶尔 for a moment/ while 一会儿 in a hurry 匆忙地 ‎ make a face 做鬼脸 do sb a favour 帮某人忙 take an active part in 积极参加 at a time 每次 ‎ as a whole 作为整体 all of a sudden 突然 ‎ once upon a time 从前 in a word 总之 冠词的用法口诀 名词有两＂冠＂，定冠不定冠，定冠就是the，不定a和an。‎ 先分特泛指，确定大路线。泛指不定无，特指the定冠。‎ 泛指可数单，须用a或an；辅音前用a，an在元音前；‎ 复数不可数，泛指不用冠；前有代词限；冠词不再见。‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎1. Hello, boys and girls! Believe in yourself. If you do something with a light heart, you’ll get ‎ ‎_____________ excellent result! ‎ A. a B. an C. /‎ ‎【答案】B ‎2. John is _____________ famous singer. She has a lot of fans.‎ A. a B. an C. the D. /‎ ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】此处表示泛指，应用不定冠词，且famous是以辅音音素开头的单词，故用a。‎ 二、定冠词the的用法 ‎1. 用于特指某（些）人或某（些）事物。‎ ‎►This is the city where my grandfather once lived. 这是我（外）祖父曾经生活过的城市。‎ ‎►The cellphone is on the table. 手机在桌子上。‎ ‎2. 用于指谈话双方知道的人或事物。‎ ‎►What is the president doing about all this? 对于这些事情，总统正在做什么？‎ ‎►Would you mind my opening the window? 你介意我打开窗户吗？‎ ‎3. 用于复述上文提过的人或事物（第一次提到用＂a或an＂，以后再次提到用＂the＂）。‎ ‎►Jim lives in a small village. In the village, there is an old tree. 吉姆住在一个小村庄里。村庄里有棵老树。‎ ‎►I bought an iPhone 5S in the store. The iPhone 5S cost 4, 000 yuan. 我在商店买了一部iPhone 5S手机。这个手机花了我4，000元。‎ ‎4. 用在序数词和形容词最高级前。‎ ‎►Spring is the first season of a year. 春季是一年中的第一个季节。‎ ‎►American is the developed country in the world. 美国是世界上最发达的国家。‎ ‎►This is the most interesting movie I have ever seen. 这是我看过的最有趣的电影。‎ ‎5. 表示世界上独一无二的事物。‎ the sun 太阳 the moon 月亮 the earth 地球 ‎ ‎►The sun is much bigger than the earth. 太阳比地球大得多。‎ ‎6. 用于由普通名词构成的专有名词前。‎ the Great Wall 长城 the United States 美国 the United Nations 联合国 ‎ ‎7. 用于表示方向、方位的名词前。‎ in the east 在东方 in the front 在前面 at the back 在后面 ‎ in the bottom 在底部 at the top 在顶部 on the right 在右边 ‎8. 用在表示计量的（度量衡）名词前。 ‎ by the ton/pound/yard/metre/kilo ‎ 注意：by后面接上表示面积、体积、重量、长、高、短、深时，中间不加冠词。‎ by volume/weight/length/width/depth ‎9. 在海洋、江河、湖泊、山脉、海峡、海湾等地理名词前。‎ the Pacific Ocean 太平洋 the Huanghe River 黄河 the Tianshan Mountains 天山山脉 the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡 ‎►The Nile is the longest river in the world. 尼罗河是世界上最长的河流。‎ ‎10. 在姓氏复数前，表示一家人。‎ ‎►The Whites are going to visit China next month. 怀特一家人下个月打算来中国。‎ ‎►The Blacks are going to Kaifeng next week. 布莱克一家下周准备去开封。‎ ‎11. 和某些形容词连用，表示一类人或物。‎ the poor 穷人 the rich 富人 the sick 病人 the wounded 伤员 ‎►The rich are not always happier than the poor. 富人也不总是比穷人开心。‎ ‎12. 在the more ... the more比较级的句式中。‎ ‎►The more you exercise, the more health you are. 你锻炼得越多，就会越健康。‎ ‎13. 用在西洋乐器单数可数名词前。‎ play the piano 弹钢琴 play the violin 拉小提琴 ‎ ‎* 中国乐器名词前不与冠词连用：play erhu 二胡 ‎ ‎►I practice playing the piano every day. 我每天练习弹钢琴。‎ ‎14. the用在可数名词单数前可以表示一类人或事物。‎ ‎►The panda is a cute animal. 熊猫是可爱的动物。‎ ‎►They are the doctors of this hospital. 他们是这个医院的全体医生。‎ ‎15. 用于固定结构＂动词+sb+介词+the+身体某一部位＂中，常见的此类动词有take，catch，‎ hold，seize，hit，cut，strike，lead，pat等。‎ take sb by the arm 抓住某人的手臂 hit sb in the face 打某人的脸 ‎ ‎►The policeman seized the thief by the arm and struck him on the back. 警察抓住小偷的胳膊，打了他的背。‎ ‎16. 用在世纪或＂世纪+年代＂名词前。‎ in the18th century 在18世纪 in the 1960s 在20世纪60年代 ‎ ‎►The war broke out in the sixties. 战争爆发于60年代。‎ ‎17. 用于某些特指的抽象名词、物资名词前，尤其是其后有限制性定语修饰时。‎ ‎►The young generation is the hope of the world. 年轻一代是世界的希望。‎ ‎►The three children are the joy of my life. 这三个孩子是我生命中的乐趣。‎ ‎18. 用在某些固定的表达法。‎ in the morning 在早上 in the afternoon 在下午 ‎ in the evening 在晚上 go to the cinema 去看电影 ‎ in the world 在世界上 all the year round 一年到头 on the way to 在去……去的路上 ‎ 定冠词的用法口诀 特指双知上问题，独一无二普变专；‎ 方位顺序最高级，赛项乐器影剧院；‎ 群岛河山江湖海，沙漠海峡和海湾。‎ ‎【易错警示】‎ 有定冠词和无定冠词短语的区别 ‎1. go to school 去上学 go to the school 到学校去 ‎2. be in charge of 负责…… be in the charge of 由……负责 ‎3. take place 发生 take the place of 代替 ‎4. in prison 坐牢 in the prison 在监狱里 ‎5. in front of ... 在……（外部的）前面 in the front of 在……（内部的）前面 ‎5. be in hospital 因病住院 be in the hospital 在医院里 ‎6. by sea 乘船 by the sea 在大海旁 ‎7. in class 上课 in the class 在班级里 ‎8. in office 执政 in the office 在办公室 ‎9. in place of 代替 in the place of 在……地方 ‎10. sit at table 吃饭 sit at the table 坐在桌旁 ‎11. by day 在白天 by the day 按日计算 ‎12. in future 今后 in the future 将来 ‎13. out of question 不成问题 out of the question 不可能 ‎14. out of office 离岗 out of the office 离开办公室 ‎【典例】‎ ‎1. —Can you play _____________ guitar?‎ ‎—Sure. It’s a piece of cake for me.‎ A. a B. an C. the ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】句意：——你能弹吉他吗？——当然。这对我来说小菜一碟。表示西洋乐器的名词前用定冠词the，故选C。‎ ‎2.（2016﹒四川雅安中考）Beijing is _____________ capital of China.‎ A. a B. an C. the D. /‎ ‎【答案】C 考向三：不用冠词的情况 序号 情况 例句 ‎1‎ 物质名词、抽象名词、‎ Electricity is a form of energy. 电是一种能量形式。(物质名词)‎ 专有名词前 Music can bring people pleasure. 音乐可以带给人们快乐。(抽象名词)‎ Van is a beautiful city. 西安是一座美丽的城市。(专有名词) ‎ ‎2‎ 季节、月份、星期、节日、假日等名词前 Winter is my favourite season because I can make snowmen. 冬天是我最喜爱的季节，因为我可以堆雪人。‎ June 1 is Children’s Day. 六月一日是儿童节。‎ 注意：民族节日前要加the。如：the Spring Festival ‎3‎ 表示泛指的复数名词前 Books are our friends. 书是我们的朋友。‎ ‎4‎ 一日三餐的名词前 I go to school without breakfast. 我没有吃早餐就去上学 ‎5‎ 球类运动、棋类的名词前 My father often plays chess with me when he is free. 我父亲有空的时候经常和我下棋。‎ ‎6‎ 表示独一无二的职位、头指、称呼的名词前 He was elected the chairman of the committee. 他破选举为委员会主席。‎ ‎7‎ 表示学科、科学的名词前 I was not good at physics when I was in the middle school. 当我上初中时，我物理学得不好。学科&网 ‎8‎ 有物主代词、指示代词、不定代词等限定词修饰的名词前 Miss Zhang is our English teacher. 张老师是我们的英语老师。‎ Some kids entered the park through that door. 一些孩子从那扇门进入了公园。‎ ‎9‎ 表示交通方式或通讯方式的名词前 Tom went to America by ship. 汤姆是坐船去的美国。‎ Did you send the file by email? 你是用电子邮件发送的文件吗？‎ ‎10‎ 某些固定搭配中不用冠词 all night 在晚上，at first 起初，on time 按时，in fact 事实上，at home在家里，go to bed 上床睡觉，after school放学后，by hand手工 ‎【知识拓展】‎ 冠词的省略主要指可用可不用冠词的情况。有以下几种：‎ ‎1. 文章标题、书名、广告语中等，在不引起歧义的情况下，冠词可以省略，从而使行文更加简明。‎ ‎►Fully furnished flat to let 全新装修公寓出租(广告)‎ ‎2. 两个并列名词前面都有相同冠词时，第二个名词前的冠词常被省略。‎ ‎►Is the baby a boy or (a) girl? 这个宝宝是男孩还是女孩？‎ 零冠词用法口诀 下列情况应免冠，名词之前代词限；‎ 专有名词不可数，学科球棋三餐饭；‎ 复数名词表泛指，星月节日四季前；‎ 颜色语种和国名，习语称呼及头衔。‎ ‎【典例】‎ The young man in a blue coat is my PE teacher. He often plays _____________ basketball.‎ A. the B. a C. /‎ ‎【答案】C 考向四：冠词的位置 情况 位置 例句 一般情况 冠词位于名词或名词短语的最前面 China is a beautiful Asia country. 中国是一个美丽的亚洲国家。‎ 固定结构 as/so... as…结构中，a/an一般应位于as/so修饰的形容词之后 Alice is not so smart a girl as I thought. 爱丽丝不像我想象中的那么机灵。‎ so... that…结构中，a/an一般应位于as/so修饰的形容词之后 It is so difficult a question that no one in our class can answer it. 这个问题如此难以至于我们班没有一个人能够回答。‎ such... that…结构中，a/an一般应位于such之后，形容词之前 He is such a good boy that we all like him. 他是如此好的男孩大家都喜欢他。‎ too... to...结构中，a/an位于too Linda is too young a girl to be left by herself at home. ‎ 修饰的形容词之后 琳达太小了，不能把她单独留在家里。‎ 名词前有形容词rather，quite或very时，不定冠词通常置于rather、quite之后，very之前 It is quite a good job. You should take it. 那真是一份好工作，你应该做。‎ Hurry Pother is a very interesting book. 《哈利﹒波特》是一本非常有趣的书。‎ 名词前有all，both，double，twice等修饰时，冠词应位于其后、名词之前 Both the parents are very strict with their kids. 这对父母都对他们的孩子很严格。‎ 感叹句中 what引导的感叹句中，a/an置于what后 What a heavy rain it is! 多么大的雨啊！‎ What an exciting news he brings us! 他给我们带来了一个多么令人兴奋的消息啊！‎ how引导的感叹句中，a/an置于how修饰的形容词后 How timely a rain we’ve got in such a dry season! 在这样干燥的季节里，这真是一场及时雨啊！‎ ‎【助学记忆】‎ ‎1. 名词前用不用冠词，用哪一个冠词，一般取决于三个基本因素：‎ ‎①是可数名词，还是不可数名词；②是单数名词，还是复数名词；③是特指，还是泛指。‎ ‎2. 单数可数名词前除非有其他限定词(如指示代词、物主代词等)修饰，否则必须要加冠词。‎ ‎1. I bought _____________ useful dictionary for Judy, _____________ 11-year-old girl.‎ A. a；the B. a；an C. the；a D. the；/‎ ‎2. —Does your father go to work by _____________ car every day?‎ ‎—No, he sometimes takes _____________ bus.‎ A. a；the B. the；a C. /；a ‎3. Japan is _____________ Asian country, France is _____________ European country.‎ A. a；a B. a；an C. an；a D. an；an ‎4. She likes playing _____________ chess while her sister likes playing _____________ piano.‎ A. the；the B. the；/ C. /；the D. /；/‎ ‎5. Lisa is _____________ American girl but she can play _____________ ping-pong very well .‎ A. a；the B. an；/ C. an；the D. /；the ‎1.（2016﹒山东菏泽中考）—Did you have _____________ good time yesterday?‎ ‎—Yeah, I really had _____________ fun at the party!‎ ‎ A. a；/ B. a；the C. /；the ‎2. （2016﹒湖北黄石中考）—What did you do last night, Bob?‎ ‎—First I did my homework, and then I played _____________ piano for half _____________ hour.‎ A. the；a B. /；an C. the；an D. a；the ‎3.（2016﹒山东东营中考）—Will you stay for _____________ supper with us?‎ ‎—Sure, I’d love to. Home cooking is just what I like.‎ A. a B. an C. the D. /‎ ‎4.（2016﹒江苏苏州中考）Edward and William are brothers. There is _____________ uncommon similarity between _____________ two boys.‎ A. an；/ B. an；the C. a；/ D. a；the ‎5.（2016﹒江苏连云港中考）—Dong Guijun is _____________ first man of Lianyungang to reach the top of Mount Qomolangma. ‎ ‎—He is _____________ pride of us. ‎ A. the；/ B. a；the C. the；the D. a；/‎ ‎6.（2016﹒江苏宿迁中考）—Have you read a book called ＂The Merchant of Venice＂?‎ ‎—Yes. _____________ book is very interesting.‎ A. An B. A C. The D./‎ ‎7.（2017﹒四川南充）—Who’s _____________ boy under the tree?‎ ‎—Bill. He’s _____________ active boy.‎ A. a, an B. a, the C. the, a D. the, an ‎8.（2017﹒山东青岛）Look! There is _____________ bottle on the table.‎ A. a B. an C. the D. /‎ ‎9.（2017﹒山东泰安）—Do you know _____________ girl with long curly hair?‎ ‎—Yes, she is Mary. She plays _____________ tennis very well.‎ A. a, / B. the, / C. the, the D. a, the ‎10.（2017﹒四川成都）I want to be _____________ engineer when I grow up.‎ A. a B. an C. the ‎11.（2017﹒上海中考）Christine is selling her house, but on _____________ other hand she doesn’t want to move.‎ A. a B. an C. the D. /‎ ‎12.（2017﹒湖北省随州市中考）Lang Lang is _____________ famous pianist. He plays _____________ piano very well.‎ A. a; the B. the; the C. the; / D. a; /‎ ‎13.（2017﹒吉林省中考）—Do you know _____________ boy over there?‎ ‎—Yes, he is my brother, Li Lei. ‎ A. the B. an C. a ‎14.（2017﹒江苏省宿迁市中考）Every evening my daughter plays _____________ piano for an hour.‎ A. the B. a C. / D. an ‎15.（2017﹒四川省宜宾市市中考）Li Qiang is _____________ honest boy. He wants to be _____________ useful person when he grows up.‎ A. a; an B. an; a C. a; a ‎16. （2017﹒湖南省永州市中考）Maria is _____________ American girl. She can play _____________ chess very well.‎ A. an; the B. a; / C. an; /‎ ‎1.（2016﹒重庆江津中学校九年级第三次月考）She likes playing _____________ chess while her sister likes playing _____________ piano.‎ A. the；the B. the；/ C. /；the D. /；/‎ ‎2.（2016﹒吉林实验中学九年级月考）I had _____________ awful dream last night because I watched _____________ scary movie before going to bed.‎ A. an；an B. a；a C. an；a D. the；an ‎3. （2016﹒吉林实验中学九年级月考）France is _____________ European country.‎ A. a B. an C. the D. /‎ ‎4. （2016﹒四川雅安中学九年级二诊模拟）Look, Simon, _____________ walkman that I bought last year isn’t working properly.‎ A. a B. an C. the D. /‎ ‎5. （2016﹒江苏盐城鞍湖实验学校开学检测）—My son seldom has _____________ breakfast.‎ ‎—It is _____________ unhealthy habit. You must ask him to change it.‎ A. the；an B. /；an C. /；a D. the；a ‎6.（2016﹒江苏无锡丁蜀学区六校联考）Tommy is _____________ honest boy. He is _____________ strongest boy in our class.‎ A. an；an B. an；the C. an；a D a；/‎ ‎7. （2016﹒福建南安九都中学等四校第一次阶段联考）My brother wants _____________ orange, not _____________ orange juice.‎ A. a；/ B. an；an C. an；/ ‎ ‎8. （2016﹒江苏泰州沿江区域九年级第二次模拟）—What _____________ cold weather!‎ ‎—Yes. But it’s _____________ unusual experience for us who live in a hot place.‎ A. an；an B. /；a C. /；an D. a；an ‎9. （2017 • 云南省大理市中考英语模拟）—May 13th is _____________ unlucky day for Mike.‎ ‎—I think so. He lost both his girlfriend and his program.‎ A. a B. an C. the D. /‎ ‎10. （2017 • 江苏省南京市中考英语模拟）Lost in Hong Kong directed by Xu Zheng is _____________ interesting film. Most people like it.‎ A. a B. an C. the D. 不填 ‎11. （2017 • 辽宁省营口市九年级下学期第一次模拟考试）—Do you often play _____________ basketball with your friends? ‎ ‎—No, I don’t like sports. I often play _____________ piano in my free time. ‎ A. a; the B. the; / C. /; the D. the; a ‎12. （2017 • 江苏省苏州市高新区九年级下学期第一次模拟考试）—Do you think an ‎ advertisement is _____________ help when you look for a new job?‎ ‎—Well, it all depends. Anyway, it gives me more of _____________ chance to try.‎ A. a; a B. 不填; the C. a; the D. 不填; a ‎13. （成都市外国语学校2017届九年级二诊）—The Secret Garden is _____________ novel written by Frances Hodgson Burnett.‎ ‎—Mary, born into _____________ rich English family in India, is brought back to England by her uncle after her parents died.‎ A. the; a B. a; the C. the; the D. a; a ‎14. （甘肃省天水市第一中学2018届九年级上学期期末模四考试）—Have you had _____________ breakfast?‎ ‎—No. not yet.‎ A. a B. an C. / D. the ‎15. （云南省曲靖市第一中学2017届九年级上学期期中考试）China is _____________ Asian country, while the UK is _____________ European country.‎ A. a; a B. an; a C. an; an D. a; an ‎【跟踪训练】‎ ‎2. C 【解析】句意：——你父亲每天坐汽车上班吗？——不是，他有时坐公交车。go to work 去上班；by+交通工具的单数名词，故此处为by car。如果用介词in，后应该用冠词或形容词性物主代词+交通工具的名词，如：in his car；take a+‎ 交通工具的单数名词，此处为take a bus。故选C。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】句意：日本是一个亚洲国家而法国是一个欧洲国家。Asian是元音音素开头，其前用不定冠词an，而European是辅音音素开头，其前应用不定冠词a。故选C。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】句意为：她喜欢下棋，而她的姐姐喜欢弹钢琴。play表示打、踢（球）、演奏（乐器）、玩（棋牌），后接棋牌名词时，棋牌名词前不用定冠词，接乐器时，乐器名词前应用定冠词。根据语境并结合选项可知应选C。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：丽莎是一位美国女孩，但是她乒乓球打得很好。American以元音音素开头，故前面用不定冠词an，球类名词前不加冠词。故选B。学科&网 ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. A 【解析】句意：——你昨天过得开心吗？——是啊，在晚会上我们过得开心。第一空表示＂度过一段愉快的时光＂，表示＂一……＂，用不定冠词a/an，good的第一个音素是辅音，前加a；后句中fun是不可数名词，用原形表示种类，前不加修饰词。故选A。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】句意：——鲍勃，你昨天晚上做的什么？——首先我做我的作业，然后我弹了半小时的钢琴。前空＂乐器名称＂前习惯上加定冠词the；后空表示＂半小时＂即：一小时的一半，表示＂一……＂，是不定冠词a/an的用法，hour的第一个音素是元音，前加an。故选C。‎ ‎3. D 【解析】句意：——你要和我们一起吃晚餐吗？——当然，我非常愿意。家常菜正是我的最爱。作为某餐的统称，supper是不可数名词，不可数名词表示种类时，用原形形式，前不加冠词。故选D。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：爱德华和威廉是兄弟。这两个男孩之间有不寻常的相似性。英语中的不定冠词有两个，a 和 an。a用在辅音开头的单词前面；an用于以元音开头的单词前。不定冠词用在单数可数名词前面，表示这个人或事物是泛指的不确定的一个，相当于中文的＂一个＂。定冠词和名词连用，表示某个或某些特定的人或东西。所以选B。‎ ‎7. D【解析】考查冠词的用法。句意：——树底下那个男孩是谁？——比尔。他是个活泼的男孩。不定冠词a/an表示某一类人或某事物中的任何一个，经常用在第一次提到某人或某物时，用不定冠词起介绍作用，表示一个。a用于辅音音素前an用于元音因素前。定冠词特指某(些)人或某(些)事物，以区别于同类中其他的人或事物，特指前文出现过的事物或说话双方都知道的事物。如果名词后有介词短语，分词短语及定语从句修饰经常表示特指，加冠词the。根据第一句中boy后有介词短语做定语，所以表示特指，加the；第二句中表示类别，active以元音音素开头，故填an，故选D。‎ ‎8. A【解析】考查冠词的用法。句意：看！在桌子上有一个瓶子。there be句型表示某地存在某物，所以当物体是可数名词单数时经常加冠词a/an表示类别。根据bottle以辅音音素开头，所以用不定冠词a，故选A。‎ ‎9. B【解析】考查冠词的用法。句意：——你认识那个长着长长的卷发的女孩吗？——是的，她是玛丽。她网球打得非常好。不定冠词a/an表示某一类人或某事物中的任何一个,经常用在第一次提到某人或某物时,用不定冠词起介绍作用，表示一个。a用于辅音音素前an用于元音因素前。定冠词特指某(些)人或某(些)事物, 以区别于同类中其他的人或事物，特指前文出现过的事物或说话双方都知道的事物。名词后有介词短语修饰经常表示特指，加冠词the。球类运动前不加冠词，故选B。‎ ‎10. B【解析】考查冠词的用法。句意：我想我长大了当一名志愿者。这里表示的是泛指，所以用不定冠词；engineer是以元音音素开头的单词，其前用an。故选B。‎ ‎11. C【解析】考查冠词的用法。句意：Christine在卖自己的房子，但另一方面她又不想搬家。on the other hand在另一方面，是一个固定短语，属于特指，用定冠词。排除A/B/D三个，故选C。‎ ‎12. A【解析】考查冠词的用法。句意：郎朗是一位著名的钢琴家。他钢琴弹得很好。a用于辅音前，乐器前面不加the。故选A ‎14. A【解析】考查冠词用法。句意：我女儿每晚弹一小时的钢琴。play玩，弹奏。在表示弹奏的时候，表乐器的名词前要加the；piano是乐器。在和球类名词连用时，play 后面不加定冠词the。故选A。‎ ‎15. B【解析】考查冠词的用法。句意：李强是个诚实的男孩子。他想在长大后成为一个有用的人。不定冠词a/an表示某一类人或某事物中的任何一个,经常用在第一次提到某人或某物时,用不定冠词起介绍作用，表示一个。a用于辅音音素前an用于元音因素前。定冠词特指某(些)人或某(些)事物, 以区别于同类中其他的人或事物，特指前文出现过的事物或说话双方都知道的事物。根据句意可知这里表示类别，honest以元音音素开头，useful以辅音音素开头，故选B。‎ ‎16. C【解析】句意：Maria是一个美国女孩，她下棋很好。因为girl是可数名词的单数形式，American是以元音音素开头的单词，所以用不定冠词an；短语play+棋类。故选C。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. C 【解析】句意：她喜欢下象棋然而她妹妹喜欢弹钢琴。play+棋类，play+the+乐器类。故选C。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】句意：昨天晚上我做了一个噩梦，因为在睡觉之前我看了一部非常恐怖的电影。根据awful是以元音音素开头的，故用冠词an；scary是以辅音音素开头的。故选C。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】句意：法国是一个欧洲国家。European是辅音音素开头，故用不定冠词a来修饰。故选A。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】句意：看，Simon，去年我买的随身听不能正常工作了。根据句意可知是指双方都知道的事物，是特指，所以要用定冠词the，故选C。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：——我的儿子很少吃早饭。——这是一个不健康的习惯，你必须让他改变这个习惯。第一空，三餐前一般不用冠词；第二空，＂一个不好的习惯＂是泛指，应用不定冠词，unhealthy以元音音素开头，所以用an，故选B。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】句意：Tommy是一个诚实的男孩。在我们班中，他是最强壮的学生。泛指一名学生，用不定冠词，同时honest以元音音素开头，因此用不定冠词an；比较范围是全班学生，指最强壮的一个，最高级前加the，故选B。学科&网 ‎8. C 【解析】句意：——多么冷的天气！——是的，但是对于我们生活在炎热地区的人来说这是个不寻常的经历。weather不可数名词，所以其前不用不定冠词；experience在表示经历时是可数名词，unusual以元音音素开头，故选C。‎ ‎9. B【解析】句意：——三月十三日对于迈克来讲是一个不幸的日子。——我想是那样，他即丢了女朋友，节目也失败了。表示＂一……＂，是不定冠词a/an的用法，a用在以辅音音素开始的单词前，an用在以元音音素的单词前。unlucky的第一个音[ʌ]是元音，前加不定冠词用an。故选B。‎ ‎10. B【解析】句意：被徐峥导演的Lost in Hong Kong是一部有趣的电影，大部分人们喜欢它。这里表示泛指用不定代词，interesting是以元音因素开头的，这里用an。根据题意，故选B。‎ ‎11. C【解析】句意：——你经常和你的朋友们打篮球吗？——不，我不喜欢运动。在闲暇时我经常弹钢琴。球类，棋类运动前不加任何冠词；西洋乐器前要加定冠词the。故选C。‎ ‎12. A【解析】句意：——你认为当你找一个新工作的时候广告是一个有用的东西吗？——哦， 这样看情况而定，不管怎样，它给我们不只一个机会去尝试。a不定冠词，表示泛指一个……，修饰可数名词单数形式；the是定冠词，表示特指。根据句意可知，这两个空后的名词都是可数名词，并且是泛指一个，故都用不定冠词。故选A。‎ ‎13. D【解析】句意：《秘密花园》是一部由Frances Hodgson Burnett写的小说。Mary出生在印度的一个富有的英国家庭，在她的父母去世后，由她的叔叔带回到了英国。a不定冠词，修饰可数名词单数形式，表示泛指一个……；the定冠词，修饰名词，表示特指。根据句意可知，这两个空后的novel和rich English family都是泛指的，故都用a，故选D。‎ ‎14. C【解析】句意：——你吃过早餐了吗？——还没有。固定短语have breakfast意为＂吃早餐＂，中间不加任何冠词。故选C。‎ ‎15. B【解析】句意：中国是一个亚洲国家，而英国是一个欧洲国家。英语中用不定冠词a或an表示＂一＂。an用在以元音音素开头的单词前，a用在辅音音素开头的单词前。Asian的读音是/eiʃən/；European的读音是[ˌjʊərəˈpɪən]。故选B。‎ 命题趋势：‎ 名词属于十大词类中的一种，主要包括普通名词和专有名词两种。纵观近几年中考对于名词的考查，主要以选择题和填空题为主，考查内容以词义理解、名词所有格及词形转换居多。在备考2018年中考时，注意掌握名词变复数的变化规则，掌握不可数名词向可数名词转化的规律，名词所有格的用法，名词的句法功能等，并做到灵活运用，以便提高综合运用能力。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ 一、名词词义辨析；‎ 二、名词的数； ‎ 三、名词所有格。‎ 考向一：名词的分类 分类 说明 例句 普通名词 可数名词 个体名词 表示人或事物的个体名称 city城市，panda熊猫，chair椅子，hospital医院，nurse护士 集体名词 表示一群人或一些事物的总称 public公众，people人们，class班级，family家庭，police警察 不可数名词 物质名词 表示无法分为个体的物质或材料的名称 rice大米，snow雪，steel钢铁，cotton棉花，corn玉米，air空气 抽象名词 表示行为、状态、品质、感情等抽象概念的名词 courage勇气，determination决心，satisfaction满意，happiness幸福，success成功，love热爱 专有名词 表示人名、地名、国名 London伦敦，Tom汤姆，the Great Wall长城，Asia亚洲 表示书名、电影名、各种标语 Spider Man 《蜘蛛侠》‎ 表示机构、组织、团体 UNESCO联合国教科文组织 Beijing University北京大学 表示月份、星期、节日 Monday星期一，National day国庆节 ‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ 集体名词的分类 ‎1. 本身是复数，如，cattle牛群，people人们，police警察。‎ ‎2. 本身单复数均可表示，如audience观众，class班级，club俱乐部，committee委员会，company公司，crew船员，enemy敌人，family家庭，government政府，group组，team队（当这一类词作主语时，谓语动词的单复数形式取决于其表示的具体含义，如果作为一个整体看待时，谓语动词用单数形式；如果指的是具体成员，则谓语动词用复数形式）‎ ‎►The family is the basic unit of society. 家庭是构成社会的基本单位。‎ ‎►My family are going on a trip this summer. 我们全家今年夏天要外出旅游。学&科网 ‎【典例】‎ ‎—It’s reported the many Chinese children are taking piano lessons.‎ ‎—But quite a few have little _____________ in it and some even hate it.‎ A. interest B. relation C.attention D. situation 考向二：名词的句法功能 序号 功能 例句 ‎1‎ 作主语 Newspapers are useful. 报纸有用。‎ ‎2‎ 作宾语 Have you received my letter? 你收到我的信了吗？（作动词的宾语）‎ The books are on the desk. 书在桌子上。（做介词的宾语）‎ ‎3‎ 作表语 Time is money. 时间就是金钱。‎ ‎4‎ 作补足语 We made him manager of the company. 我们选他当公司的经理。‎ This kind of flower is called carnation. 这种花叫康乃馨。（作主语）‎ ‎5‎ 作同位语 You students go first. 你们学生先走。‎ ‎6‎ 作状语 We’ll meet next Sunday. 我们下周日见。‎ ‎7‎ 作定语 I am an English teacher. 我是一位英语老师。‎ ‎【易错警示】‎ ‎1. 名词作定语一般用其单数形式。‎ a paper bag纸袋，a shoe shop鞋店，a football fan球迷 ‎ ‎2. 有些常以复数形式出现的名词作定语时用复数形式。‎ a clothes shop服装店，a glasses store眼镜店，a goods train货运列车 ‎3. 数词加名词构成的形容词（中间有连字符）作定语时，名词常使用单数形式。‎ a five-year-old boy 一个三岁的男孩，a 500-metre-long rope 一条五百米的绳子 所有格作定语和名词直接作定语的区别：名词所有格作定语时，表示的是所有关系，即归谁所有。‎ Tom’s books 汤姆的书（汤姆和书之间是所属关系，即书是汤姆的）。‎ 而名词直接作定语时，与被修饰的名词之间没有所属关系，如：shoe shop鞋店（鞋与商店之间没有所属关系）。再如woman driver女司机，the women’s driver 这些女士的司机；girl friend女朋友，the girl’s friend这个女孩的朋友。‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎—Where are the _____________ students?‎ ‎—They are playing football with _____________ students from Hilltop School.‎ ‎ A. boys；/ B. boys；the C. boy；/‎ ‎【答案】D 考向三：名词的数 可数名词有单、复数形式。 ‎ ‎（一）名词复数形式的规则变化 ‎1. 一般在名词的结尾加-s，在清辅音后读/s/，在浊辅音和元音后后读/z/。‎ exercise→exercises desk→desks ‎2. 以s、x、ch、sh结尾的名词加-es，读/Iz/。 ‎ watch→watches box→boxes ‎3. 以＂辅音字母+y＂结尾的词，把y变i，再加-es。 ‎ factory→factories lady→ladies ‎4. 以f 或fe结尾的词，一般把f 或fe 改为v，加-es。‎ wolf→wolves knife→knives ‎5. 以o结尾的可数名词，有生命的加-es，无生命的加-s。 ‎ potato→potatoes piano→pianos ‎【易错警示】‎ ‎1. 注意以下名词的复数形式是在词尾加-s。‎ American→Americans 美国人 Australian→Australians 澳大利亚人 Canadian→Canadians 加拿大人German→Germans 德国人 Greek→Greeks 希腊人 Indian→Indians 印度人 Russian→Russians 俄罗斯人 ‎2. 有些名词表面为复数形式，实为单数。‎ math数学，news新闻，physics物理，politics政治，the United Nations 联合国，the United States美国 ‎【知识拓展】‎ ‎1. 以o结尾的名词，需加-es的名词有：negro（黑人），hero（英雄），tomato（西红柿），potato（土豆）。可结合顺口溜来记忆这些单词，即＂黑人英雄 西红柿和土豆＂。‎ ‎2. 以f或fe结尾的名词，须把f或fe变为v，再加-es的名词有：calf（小牛，牛犊），half（一半），knife（小刀），leaf（叶子），life（生活，生命），loaf（长面包），self（自己），shelf（架子），thief（小偷），wife（妻子），wolf（狼）。可结合顺口溜来记忆，即＂妻已架刀命牛郎（狼），半夜（叶）偷包要提防＂（单词顺序为wife，self，shelf，knife，life，calf，wolf，half，leaf，thief，loaf）‎ ‎3. 以ch结尾的名词：ch发音为/k/的名词，其复数形式直接在词尾加-s，如：stomach→stomachs胃 ‎（二）名词复数的不规则变化 ‎1. 单复数同形 Chinese→Chinese sheep→sheep Japanese→Japanese ‎2. 改变元音字母 man→men woman→women foot→feet tooth→teeth policewoman→policewomen ‎3. 只有复数形式的名词 trousers scissors pants glasses shoes ‎4. 其他变化 mouse→mice child→children ‎【易错警示】‎ ‎1. fish表示鱼的种类时，复数形式为fishes，而fish表示鱼的条数时，复数形式仍为fish。如：‎ different fishes不同种类的鱼 five fish五条鱼 ‎2. works意为＂工厂＂时，单复数形式一样，而work意为＂著作，作品＂时，复数形式是works。如：‎ a chemical works 一座化工厂 three chemical works 三座化工厂 a work by Mo Yan 一部莫言的作品 three works by Mo Yan 三部莫言的作品 ‎（三）不可数名词 一般情况下，专有名词、物质名称、抽象名词为不可数名词。不可数名词一般没有复数形式，但有些名词在不同的语境下有不同的含义，从而也表现出可数与不可数性。‎ ‎1. 常见的不可数名词 不能用具体的数字来表示。‎ cotton棉花，food食物，hair头发，health健康，ice冰，wind风 ‎2. 可转化为可数名词的物资名称 ‎（1）有些物质名词在表达个体概念时，是可数名词。‎ rain雨→a rain一场雨，wind风→a wind一阵风，beer啤酒→a beer一杯啤酒，paper纸→a paper一份论文 ‎（2）有些物质名词的复数形式表示特殊含义。‎ Water水→waters海域，wood木头→woods森林，custom习惯→customs海关 ‎3. 可转化为可数名词的抽象名词 抽象名词表示具体的人或事物时，被视为可数名词，可与不定冠词连用，也可有复数形式，表示＂某种人或事＂。‎ disappointment失望→a disappointment令人失望的事，experience经验→an experience 一次经历，‎ success成功→a success成功的人或事 ‎4. 可转化为可数名词的专有名词 有的专有名词也可以用作可数名词，可以由不定冠词修饰，也可有复数形式。‎ ‎►A Mr Black is waiting for you. 一个叫布莱克的先生在等你。‎ ‎【易错警示】‎ 某些不可数名词，有形容词修饰时，之前常加不定冠词。‎ a deep love 深深的爱 a good education 良好的教育 a good time 一段美好时光 a heavy fog 一场浓雾 a long silence 长时间沉寂 a rich dinner 一顿丰盛的晚餐 ‎【典例】‎ I’m so hungry. Please give me _____________ to eat.‎ A. three bread B. three pieces of bread C. three pieces of breads ‎【答案】B 考向四： 名词所有格 名词所有格通常是用来表示一个名词和另一个名词之间的所属关系。‎ ‎（一）构成 类别 构成方法 举例 单数名词 在词尾直接加’s Jim’s room 吉姆的房间 词尾已有-s的复数名词 在词尾只加’‎ Students’ rooms 学生们的房间 词尾不带-s的复数名词 在词尾直接加’s Children’s Day 儿童节 表示两者或两者以上共有的所属关系 在最后一个词的词尾加’s Jane and Mary’s room 简和玛丽的房间（指两个人共用一个房间）‎ 在每个词的词尾加’s Jane’s and Mary’s rooms ‎ 表示两者或两者以上各自的所属关系 简和玛丽各自的房间（指分别所有）‎ 表示某人的家、店铺、办公室等 在词尾加’s，省略其后名词 at my uncle’s 在我叔叔家 ‎（2）of 所有格 无生命的名词的所属关系一般要用介词of短语来构成。如a map of China，at the end of this term。但表时间、距离、世界、国家、城市、团体、机构等无生命的名词直接在词尾加-’s或-’。 ‎ five minutes’ walk ‎（3）双重所有格 表示所属物的名词前有冠词（a/an），数词（one，two...），不定代词（some，all，any...），物主代词（my，your...），指示代词（this，that...时，常用＂of +’s所有格＂形式，即双重所有格来表示所属关系。‎ a photo of my sister’s 我妹妹的一张照片 this book of my classmate’s 我同学的这本书 名词所有格的用法口诀 名词所有格，表物是＂谁的＂，若为生命词，加＂’s＂即可行，词尾有-s，仅把逗号择；‎ 并列名词后，各自和共有，前者分别加，后者最后加；‎ 若为无生命词，of所有格，前后须倒置，此是硬规则。‎ ‎【典例】‎ Miss Black is a friend of _____________, she always looks after my sister.‎ A. Mary’s mother’s B. Mary’s mother’ C. Mary mother’s ‎【答案】A ‎1. —Finding information is not a big deal today. ‎ ‎—Well, the _____________ is how we can tell whether the information is useful or not. ‎ A. courage B. message C. challenge D. knowledge ‎2. —What can I do for you, Madam?‎ ‎—I’d like two _____________. ‎ A. glass of milks B. glasses of milk C. glass of milk D. glasses of milks ‎3. There is no enough _____________ in the corner to put the table.‎ A. place B. room C. floor D. ground ‎4. _____________ dog likes running. They often take it to the zoo.‎ A. Tom and Sam B. Tom’s and Sam C. Tom and Sam’s D. Tom’s and Sam’s ‎5. —What do we need to buy?‎ ‎—_____________.‎ A. Two kilos of potatoes and two packets of salts B. Two kilos of potatoes and two packet of salt C. Two kiloes of potatos and two packets of salt D. Two kilos of potatoes and two packets of salt ‎6. Lucy and Lily _____________ in the same class.‎ A. am B. is C. are D. be ‎ ‎7. Which is the _____________ to the bus stop, please?‎ A. road B. way C. street D. address ‎ ‎8. Hurry up! There is _____________ time left.‎ A. little B. a little C. few D. a few ‎9. How many _____________ can you see in the picture?‎ A. tomatos B. tomatoes C. tomato D. the tomato ‎10. —_____________ is the meat. Please?‎ ‎—Ten yuan a kilo.‎ A. How much B. How many C. How old D. How long ‎1. （2018山东省滨州中考）—More and more foreigners are becoming interested in Beijing Opera.‎ ‎—That’s true. It’s an important part of Chinese _____________.‎ A. culture B. invention C. custom D. influence ‎2. （河北省2018年中考）Did you hear the _____________? A scientist will visit our school.‎ A. advice B. news C. praise D. choice ‎3. （江西2018年中考）I live near a big _____________. It gets very noisy on match days.‎ A. hospital B. store C. bank D. playground ‎4. （天津市2018年中考）Her smile made me feel warm and lively. It was like a hidden _____________.‎ A. competition B. interview C. treasure D. tradition ‎5. （湖北省宣昌市2018年中考）—The best _____________ to come to Yichang is spring.‎ ‎—I think so. The green water and green mountains are unforgettable.‎ A. environment B. journey C. temperature D. season ‎6. （湖北省黄冈市2018年中考）—I’m thirsty, Mom. I’d like something to drink.‎ ‎—We only have some _____________ in the fridge.‎ A. oranges B. ice-cream C. juice D. cheese ‎7. （山东省青岛市2018年中考）Could you please put some _____________ in my cup? I’d like sweet coffee.‎ A. sugar B. salt C. ice D. pepper ‎8. （浙江省温州市2018年中考）—What was the _____________ of the football match last night?‎ ‎—AC Milan won the game.‎ A. value B. result C. choice D. decision ‎9. （重庆市2018年中考）—How far is it from Chongqing to Guiyang?‎ ‎—It’s about two _____________ ride by high-speed train.‎ A. hour B. hour’s C. hours D. hours’‎ ‎10. （甘肃省武威市2018年中考）In every _____________ there has to be some give-and-take.‎ A. friendship B. instrument C. attention D. blackboard ‎11. （2017﹒山东泰安中考）It is accepted by everyone that knowledge is the most valuable _____________ for human beings. ‎ A. standard B. treasure C. invention D. instruction ‎12. （2017﹒上海中考）Did the policeman give much _____________ on how to protect personal information?‎ ‎ A. note B. tip C. advice D. book ‎13. （2017﹒湖北省宜昌市中考）—The government is trying to develop winter sports for the 2022 Winter Olympics.‎ ‎—No wonder people are showing their _____________ in them.‎ A. warmth B. interest C. victory D. standard ‎14. （2017﹒江苏省宿迁市中考）—Could you give me a few _____________ on how to spend the coming summer holiday?‎ ‎—OK. Let me see.‎ A. hobbies B. knowledge C. suggestions D.‎ ‎ information ‎15. （2017﹒陕西省中考）You should look into his eyes when you talk to somebody. It shows your _____________.‎ A. shyness B. politeness C. quietness ‎16. （2017﹒陕西省中考）No matter what problems we meet, we should try to solve them, and even though we fail, teachers and parents _____________ us.‎ A. are strict with B. are worried about C. are proud of ‎17. （2017﹒云南省昆明市中考）Many _____________ are playing an active part in making Kunming a civilized city(文明城市).‎ A. man B. woman C. volunteer D. volunteers ‎18. （2017﹒四川南充中考）—Are you thirsty?‎ ‎—Yes, please give us _____________.‎ A. three bottle water B. three bottle of water C. three bottles of water D. three bottles of waters ‎19. （2017﹒安徽中考）The New Silk Road will offer a good _____________ for more nations to communicate.‎ A. chance B. habit C. question D. price ‎20. （2017﹒山东青岛中考）Fruit is good for health, so I often have breakfast with one _____________.‎ A. candy B. cake C. banana D. hamburger ‎1. （陕西西安市西北工业大学附属中学2017届九年级下学期第一次适应性训练）I’m from _____________.‎ A. Chinese B. German C. Germany D. English ‎2. （陕西西安市西北工业大学附属中学2017届九年级下学期第一次适应性训练）I want to be a _____________.‎ A. engineer B. Art teacher C. scientist D. actor ‎3. （陕西西安市西北工业大学附属中学2017届九年级下学期第一次适应性训练）The boy always brushes his _____________ every day.‎ A. tooth B. tooths C. teeth D. teeths ‎4. （湖北省武汉市第二中学广雅中学2017届九年级下学期第二次月考）He will have to watch his _____________ because of his serious stomach problem.‎ A. style B. diet C. smell D. menu ‎5. （吉林省实验中学2017届九年级第三次模拟考试）The girl has a beautiful _____________. She sings very beautiful songs.‎ A. sound B. noise C. voice D. mouth ‎6. （河南省实验中学2017届九年级中考第二次模拟考试）—It sounds like a good idea. But who is going to give the speech?‎ ‎—I think Emily is the best _____________.‎ A. plan B. goal C. chance D. choice ‎7. （2017﹒云南省大理市中考英语模拟试题）Jack has lots of _____________. He can learn much from them and use them to mail letters.‎ A. newspapers B. coins C. novels D. stamps ‎8. （2017 • 江苏省南京市中考英语模拟试题）—At present, WeChat is very popular among young people.‎ ‎—I agree with you. We like to share our _____________ on it.‎ A. spirit B. ideas C. fund D. cases ‎9. （2017 • 南京市鼓楼区中考第一次模拟考试）—The river is becoming dirtier because the steel factory has put waste into it.‎ ‎—Yes. We must take action to improve the _____________.‎ A. condition B. pollution C. position D. situation ‎10. （2017 • 辽宁省营口市九年级下学期第一次模拟考试）—What does your father do, Lily?  ‎ ‎—He is _____________. His job is to make sure that drivers obey the traffic rules.‎ A. an actor B. a policeman C. a waiter D. a reporter ‎11. （2017 • 湖北省鄂州市四校九年级下学期4月联考）She has lost all _____________ of direction in her life. She is now so puzzled(困惑的).‎ A. idea B. feeling C. experience D. sense ‎12. （2017 • 江苏省苏州市高新区九年级下学期第一次模拟考试）—Do you know our old classmate Zhang Cheng has gone abroad to try his luck?‎ ‎—In my _____________, his decision is not wise.‎ A. word B. view C. idea D. sense ‎【跟踪训练】‎ ‎2. B 【解析】句意：——我能为你做点什么，夫人？——我想要两杯牛奶。milk是不可数名词，＂两杯牛奶＂的表达方式是two glasses of milk，所以选B。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】根据句意可知，这里表示没有地方放桌子。place表示地点，是可数名词；room空间，房间；floor地板，楼层；ground地面，土地，范围，战场。故选B。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】句意：Tom和Sam的狗喜欢跑，他们经常带它去动物园。Tom and Sam是and连接的两个人名；B选项形式不对；Tom and Sam’s表示Tom 和Sam两个人共有的；Tom’s and Sam’s表示Tom和Sam两人各自的。根据空后面的dog和下句话中的it可知，这里他们两人共有的小狗，故选C。‎ ‎7. B【解析】这是考察同意词辨析，road是指较宽阔的大道，意为＂乡间公路＂，而street意为道路两边的建筑物较高，可视为街道之意，而way则多为要到达某地所要经过的途径，还可引深为方式、方法。而address则为＂地址＂。如：There is a car running along the country road. I live at 105 Park street. Can you show me the way to the ‎ National Museum?。‎ ‎8. A【解析】因time作为时间讲为不可数名词，所以不可用few，a few来修饰。另外，英文的表达法与中文不同，中文讲，快点，时间不多了，而英文要讲，快点，没时间了。因此，要用little而不用a little。‎ ‎9. B【解析】用How many提问时，其名词要用复数形式，而tomato的复数要加es。‎ ‎10. A【解析】由对话的答语可看出其问句问的是价格。钱数作为整体、价格讲时，不论其值是多少都是不可数名词，要用how much提问。学&科网 ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. A【解析】句意：——越来越多的外国人开始对京剧感兴趣。——那是真的。它是中国文化的重要组成部分。A. culture文化；B. invention 发明；C. custom习惯；D. influence影响。京剧被列入＂人类非物质文化遗产代表作名录＂。是中国文化的重要组成部分，故答案为A。‎ ‎2. B【解析】句意：你听到这个消息了吗？一位科学家将参观我们的学校。考查名词词义辨析。advice意为 ‎＂建议＂；news意为＂消息、新闻＂；praise意为＂赞美、赞扬＂；choice意为＂选择＂。根据句意语境，可知A、C、D三项意思都与句意不合，故选B。‎ ‎3. D【解析】句意：我住在一个大操场附近。比赛日非常吵闹。考查名词辨析题。on match days在比赛日；根据句意语境，可知是操场附近，故选D。‎ ‎4. C【解析】句意：她的微笑使我感到温暖和活力。就像一份珍藏的财富。本题考查名词。A. competition 竞赛；B. interview采访；C. treasure财富，宝藏；D. tradition传统。根据句意可知选C。‎ ‎5. D【解析】句意：——春天来宜昌是最好的季节。——我想是这样。绿色的水和绿色的山令人难忘。考查名词辨析题。根据The green water and green mountains，可知是春季的景色，故选D。‎ ‎7. A【解析】句意：你能在我杯子里放一些糖吗？我喜欢甜咖啡。A. sugar糖；B. salt盐； C. ice冰； D. pepper辣椒。根据I’d like sweet coffee.可知是放糖；故选A。‎ ‎8. B【解析】句意：——昨天晚上的足球比赛的结果是什么？——AC米兰赢得了比赛。从答句可以看出前者是在问比赛的结果，选项A＂价值＂，选项B＂结果＂，选项C＂选择＂，选项D＂决定＂，所以选B。‎ 点睛：本题是名词辨析类型的题目，这类题的破题点在于前面句子中的关键词，本题看到＂football match＂、＂won＂就直接能知道在讨论的是比赛的结果，就能直接得出答案（result）。‎ ‎9. D【解析】考查名词所有格。句意：——从重庆到贵阳有多远？——乘高铁大约需要两个小时。根据two可知，只能用复数，排除A和B，而再由名词ride知道应该用所有格来修饰，排除C。由空格前面的two可知，hour用复数形式。以s结尾的复数名词的所有格在s后加＂‘＂，故选D。‎ ‎10. A【解析】句意：在每一段友谊中都必须有一些互谅互让。A. friendship意思是＂友谊＂；B. instrument意思是＂乐器、仪器＂；C. attention意思是＂注意＂；D. blackboard意思是＂黑板＂。根据后面的has to be some give-and-take.可知此处是说＂友谊＂，结合选项，可知A选项符合题意，故答案选A。‎ ‎11. B【解析】考查名词的用法。句意：对于人类知识是最有价值的财富这一点被所有人接受。A. standard 标准；B. treasure 财富，宝藏；C. invention发明；D. instruction指示，说明。结合句意，故选B。‎ ‎12. C【解析】考查名词辨析。句意：就如何保护个人信息，警察给出了很多建议吗？A. note通知；B. tip小费；C. advice建议；D. book书。A/B/D都不合题意，而且都是可数名词，而much修饰不可数名词。advice建议，不可数名词。故选C。‎ ‎13. B【解析】考查名词辨析。句意：——政府正在努力为2022冬奥会开发冬季体育项目。——难怪人们都对它们表现出浓厚的兴趣。A. warmth，温暖，热情；B. interest，兴趣；C. victory，胜利；D. standard，标准。短语show one’s interest in sth. 显示对某事的兴趣。根据句意和语境，故选B。‎ ‎14. C【解析】考查名词词义辨析。句意：——你能给我一些如何度过即将到来的暑假的建议吗？——当然了，我想想看。A. hobbies习惯，B. knowledge知识；C. suggestions建议；D. information信息。根据句意，说话人是想得到怎样过暑假的建议，因而可以排除A、B、D三个选项。故选C。‎ ‎15. B【解析】考查名词词义辨析。句意：当你和某人说话时，应该看着他的眼睛。这显示出你的礼貌。A. shyness羞涩，B. politeness礼貌，C. quietness 安静。根据句意，和人说话时注视着对方是有礼貌的行为，因而可以排除A、C两个选项。故选B。‎ ‎16. C【解析】考查名词词义辨析。句意：不管遇到什么问题，我们都应该去努力解决，即使失败了，老师和父母也会为我们感到骄傲的。辨析三个形容词短语的意思，A. are strict with对……严格；B. are worried about为……担心；C. are proud of为……自豪。根据句意，可以排除A、B选项。故选C。‎ ‎18. C【解析】考查名词的用法。句意：——你们口渴吗？——是的，请给我们两瓶水。water不可数名词，不可数名词的数量可以用适当的量词作单位来表示，结构为＂数词+量词+ of +不可数名词＂。bottle是可数名词，所以两瓶水为two bottles of water，故选C。‎ ‎19. A【解析】考查名词辨析的用法。句意：新丝绸之路将为更多的国家交流提供一个好机会。A. chance机会；B. habit习惯；C. question问题，疑问；D. price价格。新丝绸之路是为更多的国家提供交流的机会，故选A。‎ ‎20. C【解析】考查名词的用法。句意：水果对健康有好处。所以我经常吃早饭时吃一个香蕉。A. candy糖果；B. cake蛋糕；C. banana香蕉；D. hamburger汉堡包。根据Fruit is good for health结合选项，香蕉是水果，故选C。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. C【解析】句意：我来自德国。本题考查国家的正确表达。A中国的，中国人的；B德国人；C德国；D英国的，英国人的。故选C。‎ ‎2. C【解析】句意：我想成为一个科学家。根据前面的不定冠词a可知，本空应填以辅音音素开头的名词。故选C。‎ ‎3. C【解析】句意：这男孩每天刷牙。刷牙是brush one’s teeth。故选C。‎ ‎4. B【解析】考查名词辨析。style风格，时尚；diet 饮食，食物；smell气味，嗅觉；menu 菜单。句意：由于他严重的胃病，你必须注意他的饮食。结合语境可知选B。‎ ‎5. C【解析】句意：那个女孩有一个动听的嗓音。她唱非常优美的歌。sound声音；noise噪音；voice嗓音； mouth嘴。根据She sings very beautiful songs可知此处表示唱歌，应是嗓音，故选C。‎ ‎【点睛】sound＂声音＂，＂响声＂，可以指人或动物发出的声音，或物体碰撞的声音。noise＂噪音＂，‎ ‎＂喧闹声＂，常指不悦耳、不和谐的嘈杂声。voice一般指人的声音，说话，唱歌，谈笑。结合句意，此处表示唱歌，因此是嗓音，故选C。‎ ‎6. D【解析】句意：——这听起来像是个好主意。但谁来演讲呢？——我认为艾米丽是最好的选择。A. plan计划；B. goal目标；C. chance机会；D. choice选择。结合句意可知，答案为D。‎ ‎8. B 【解析】句意：——目前，微信在年轻人们之间是非常受欢迎的。——我同意你，我们喜欢在上面分享我们的观点。A. spirit精神；B. ideas观点，主意；C. fund基金；D. cases案例；病例。根据题意，故选B。‎ ‎9. D 【解析】句意：——这条河变得更脏了，因为钢铁厂把废物排放到了河里。——是的，我们必须采取行动来改善这种情况。condition条件，身体状况；pollution污染；position位置；situation情况，情形。这里的situation指的是The river is becoming dirtier，故选D。‎ ‎10. B 【解析】句意：——你父亲干什么工作，Lily？——他是一名警察。他的工作是确定让司机遵守交通规则。由His job is to make sure that drivers obey the traffic rules可知Lily的父亲是一名交警。故选B。‎ ‎11. D 【解析】句意：在她的人生中她迷失了方向，她现在很困惑。A. idea主意；B. feeling心情；C. experience经验，经历；D. sense感觉。根据She is now so puzzled可知，她迷失了方向。故选D。‎ ‎12. B 【解析】句意：——你知道吗，我们的老同学张成去了国外碰运气？——依照我的观点，他的决定是不明智的。word单词，话；view观点；idea想法；sense感觉。这里in one’s view是固定短语，依照某人的看法。根据句意可知选B。学&科网 一、数词 ‎ ‎ 命题趋势：‎ ‎ 数词是历年各省市中考必考知识点。从考查形式看，一般有单项选择、完形填空、词语运用等。所占分值通常为2～4分。从命题意图看，侧重考查考生的具体语言环境中使用数词的能力。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎ 1. 基数词；‎ ‎2. 序数词；‎ ‎3. 分数。‎ 数词的分类：数词分为基数词和序数词。基数词表示数目的多少。序数词表示事物的先后顺序，往往与定冠词the连用。‎ 考向一：基数词的构成 ‎(1)0—12单独记。如： zero, one, two, three等。‎ ‎(2)13—19的词尾都是teen。如：fourteen, seventeen等，但13—thirteen，15—fifteen，18—eighteen需要特殊记。‎ ‎(3)20以上的整十的基数词均以ty结尾。‎ ‎20—twenty，30—thirty，40—forty，50—fifty，80—eighty等。‎ ‎(4)＂几十几＂要加连字符号＂-＂。‎ ‎48—forty-eight, 97—ninety-seven等。‎ ‎(5)＂几百几十＂或者＂几百几十几＂在＂百＂后加and。‎ ‎156—one hundred and fifty-six, 509—five hundred and nine。‎ ‎(6)四位数或者四位数以上的基数词的拼写规律：用逗号从右往左每三位加一个逗号，第一个逗号读作thousand(千)，第二个逗号读作million(百万)，第三个逗号读作billion(十亿)，hundred后莫忘＂and＂。‎ ‎3,610＝three thousand six hundred and ten；‎ ‎94,295＝ninety-four thousand two hundred and ninety-five；‎ 考向二：序数词的构成 first 1st second 2nd third 3rd fourth 4th fifth 5th sixth 6th seventh 7th eighth 8th ninth 9th tenth 10th eleventh 11th twelfth 12th thirteenth 13th fourteenth 14th fifteenth 15th sixteenth 16th seventeenth 17th eighteenth 18th nineteenth 19th twentieth 20th twenty-first 21st twenty-second 22nd thirtieth 30th fortieth 40th fiftieth 50th sixtieth 60th seventieth 70th eightieth 80th ninetieth 90th hundredth 100th one hundred and first 101st ‎(1)＂第一＂、＂第二＂、＂第三＂分别是first, second, third。‎ ‎(2)＂第四＂到＂第十九＂除了fifth, eighth, ninth, twelfth是特殊的拼写外，其余的都在相应基数词后面加 ‎＂th＂构成。如：fourth。‎ ‎(3)20以上的整十的序数词由相应的基数词变y为i，再加＂-eth＂。如：thirty→thirtieth; fifty→fiftieth。‎ ‎(4)第一百hundredth; 第一千thousandth; 第一百万millionth。‎ ‎(5)20以上的非整十的基数词变序数词时，只变化个位数。如：twenty-one→twenty-first; one hundred and one→one hundred and first。学科&网 基数词变序数词记忆口诀 基变序，有规律，词尾加上-th。‎ 一，二，三，特殊记，词尾字母t，d，d。‎ 八去t，九除e，ve要用f替，ty将y变成i，th前面有个e。‎ 若是碰到几十几，前用基来后用序。‎ 整十基数变序数，先把ty变成tie，要是遇上两位数，十位基数，个位序，th最后加上去。‎ 考向三：分数的表达法 ‎ 分数是由基数词作分子，序数词作分母构成的。除了分子是＂1＂的情况外，序数词都要用复数。‎ ‎►1/3 one third 7/9 seven ninths ‎【注意】一些特殊的分数表达法：‎ ‎►a half 二分之一 a quarter =one fourth 四分之一 three quarters=three fourth 四分之三 英语分数巧记 英语分数不费事，＂母序子基＂四个字。‎ 分子若是大于一，分母还须加-s。‎ 考向四：数词和主谓一致 ‎1.就近一致原则。2.意义一致原则。3.语法一致原则。‎ 主谓一致记忆口诀 单单复复最常见，集体名词谓用单。如若强调其成员，复数谓语记心间。‎ 有些名词谓常复，牛人警察和船员。主语单数后接介，谓语单数介无关。‎ 主语从句非谓语，many a再加more than one，谓语动词均用单。‎ or，nor，but also，there be，近主原则挂嘴边。主语neither，either，one，谓语总是用三单。‎ 主语虽有and连，and后面没有冠，仅指一人或一事，谓语仍然是单三。‎ 时间、价值度量衡，谓语常作单数看。no，each，every后用单，两件/种事物/情系一概念。‎ 二、主谓一致 命题趋势：‎ 主谓一致是指谓语动词与主语在人称和数上保持一致，主谓一致必须遵循三原则：语法一致原则，意义一致原则，就近一致原则。对于主谓一致的考查，主要集中在单项选择、完形填空、汉译英及其它类型的填空题中。在学习过程中，要掌握主谓一致的基本用法及常见搭配。‎ ‎ 中考考查重点： ‎ ‎ 主谓一致的三个原则：语法一致原则，意义一致原则，就近一致原则。‎ ‎ 主谓一致是指谓语动词与主语在人称和数上保持一致，主谓一致必须遵循三原则：语法一致原则，意义一致原则，就近一致原则。‎ 考向一：主谓一致的三个原则 ‎1. 意义一致 意义一致就是根据句子主语的意义来确定谓语动词的单复数。如：‎ Maths is difficult for us. 数学对我们来说很难。‎ The police are trying to search for the thief on the hill. 警察们正在山上尽力搜查小偷。‎ ‎【典例】The woman behind the girls _____________ a famous actress. ‎ A. is B. are C. have D. has ‎【答案】A ‎2. 语法一致 语法一致即单数主语要用单数谓语动词，复数主语要用复数谓语动词。如：‎ My bike is under the tree. 我的自行车在树下。‎ These books are old. 这些书是旧的。‎ ‎【典例】The Greens _____________ dinner in the kitchen now. ‎ A. is having B. having C. are having ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】the Greens意为＂格林一家；格林夫妇＂，表复数意义，故选C。‎ ‎3. 就近原则 就近原则即当主语被某些连词(短语)连接时，谓语动词的数与离它最近的词保持一致。‎ Either my father or brother is coming. 我父亲来，要不然就是我弟弟来。‎ Not only you but also they are good students. 不仅你是好学生，而且他们也是好学生。‎ ‎【典例】This is my twin sister, Lucy. Not only she but also I _____________ good at drawing. ‎ A. is B. am C. are ‎【知识归纳】‎ 含义 例句 语法一致 指的是主语为单数形式时，谓语动词使用单数形式，主语如果为复数形式，那么谓语动词也使用复数形式。‎ Tom is a good student.汤姆是个好学生。‎ They often play football on the playground.他们经常在操场上踢足球。‎ 意义一致 又称为概念一致原则，指的是谓语动词的单复数取决于主语所表达单复数意义，而不取决于表面上的语法联系。‎ My family are having lunch now.我们一家人现在正吃午饭。‎ Twenty dollars is too expensive for the book. 这本书20美元太贵了。‎ 就近一致 又称为近邻一致原则，指的是主语由两个或两个以上的名词或代词构成，谓语动词的单复数形式应与紧邻的名词或代词保持一致。‎ Not only the teacher but also his students like playing football.不仅老师喜欢踢足球，而且他的学生也喜欢踢足球。‎ There is a pen and some books on the desk.课桌上有一支钢笔和一些书。‎ 考向二：并列结构作主语 由and或both... and连接两个名词、代词作主语，表示不同的人或事物时，句子的谓语用复数。‎ John and Mike are good friends. 约翰和迈克是好朋友。‎ Both bread and milk are good for you. 面包和牛奶对你都有好处。‎ ‎【注意】and连接的两个名词作主语，在意义上指同一人、同一物或同一概念时，谓语动词用单数。‎ The famous singer and dancer is coming to Chongqing. 那位著名的歌唱家兼舞蹈家要来重庆。‎ 考向三：＂名词+介词短语＂作主语 名词或代词后接as well as，with，along with，together with，except，but等短语作主语时，谓语动词的形式应和介词短语前的名词或代词的人称和数保持一致。‎ She as well as other students likes playing computer games. 她和其他学生都喜欢玩电脑游戏。‎ He with his parents is working in the fields. 他正和他的父母在地里干活。‎ Nobody but you and me knows it. 除了你和我，没人知道。‎ 考向四：不定代词作主语 ‎1. 当作主语的名词前有each，neither，either，every修饰或each，neither，either作主语时，谓语动词用单数。‎ Each student has a book. 每一个学生都有一本书。‎ Either answer is correct. 两个答案都是正确的。‎ Neither parent is with him. 他的父母都没有和他在一起。‎ Every minute is important to us. 每一分钟对大家都很重要。‎ ‎2. 当复合不定代词someone，anyone，somebody，anybody，nobody，everybody，something，anything，nothing，everything等作主语时，谓语动词用单数。‎ Somebody is waiting for you outside. 有人在外面等你。‎ Is everybody here today? 今天大家都到了吗？ ‎ Something is wrong with my watch. 我的手表出故障了。‎ Nobody was away yesterday. 昨天没有人离开。‎ ‎【典例】Now the students each _____________ an English-Chinese dictionary. ‎ A. has B. have C. is having D. are having ‎【答案】B 考向五：There be和Here be的就近原则 There be和Here be 结构后面接并列名词时，谓语动词be均应与最近的名词在数上保持一致。‎ There is a pen，a pencil，a knife and three books on the desk. 书桌上有一支钢笔，一支铅笔，一把刀和三本书。‎ Here are some flowers and a card. 这里有一些花和一张卡片。‎ ‎【典例】—Why are you in such a hurry, Mike? ‎ ‎—There _____________ an NBA basketball game in ten minutes. ‎ A. will have B. will be C. is going to have D. are going to be ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】答语为There be句型，首先排除A、C两项。又因为句中的主语为单数an NBA basketball game，由此可排除D项。‎ 考向六：特殊名词作主语 ‎1. 国名、人名、书名、报刊名、组织机构等专有名词作主语时，即使其形式上是复数，谓语动词也要用单数。‎ The United States lies to the east of China. 美国在中国的东方。(国名)‎ Engels was good at learning foreign languages. 恩格斯擅长学外语。(人名)‎ ‎2. ＂the+形容词＂作主语时，表示某类人，谓语动词用复数。‎ The sick are taken good care of. 病人得到很好的照顾。‎ The old are supposed to be spoken to politely. 跟老人讲话要有礼貌。‎ ‎3. 以-s结尾的学科名词，如maths，physics，politics等和以-s结尾的抽象名词，如news，plastics等作主语时，谓语动词要用单数。‎ Physics is very difficult for me to learn. 物理对我来讲很难学。‎ The news was very exciting. 这条新闻十分激动人心。‎ ‎4. 单复数形式相同的名词，如Chinese，Japanese，sheep，deer等作主语时，谓语动词的单复数由名词前的修饰语来确定。‎ A Chinese wants to see you. 一个中国人想见你。‎ Ten sheep are eating grass there. 那边有10只绵羊在吃草。‎ ‎【注意】Chinese，Japanese，English等前加the表示一国人，作主语时，谓语动词用复数。‎ The Chinese speak Chinese. 中国人说汉语。‎ ‎【典例】Physics _____________ more interesting than maths, I think. ‎ A. are B. is C. was D. were ‎【答案】B 考向七：表数量概念的词或短语作主语 ‎1. 表示时间、金钱、距离、重量等的复数名词作主语时，通常看作一个整体，谓语动词用单数。‎ Ten years has passed quickly. 10年很快就过去了。‎ Ten dollars is enough. 10美元就够了。‎ ‎100 kilometers is a long way. 100千米是一段很长的路。‎ ‎2. 加减乘除运算中的谓语动词用单数，其中加法与乘法也可用复数。‎ Two and two is/are four. 2加2等于4。‎ Six times one is/are six. 6乘以1等于6。‎ ‎3. ＂many a/more than one+单数名词＂作主语时，谓语动词用单数。‎ There is more than one answer. 有不止一个答案。‎ Many a student has passed the exam. 许多学生通过了考试。‎ ‎4. ＂one and a half+复数名词＂作主语时，谓语用单数。‎ One and a half days is all I can spare. 一天半是我所能支配的全部时间。‎ One and a half pears is left on the plate. 一个半梨被留在盘子里。‎ ‎5. the rest of... 短语作主语时，如果of后接复数名词，谓语用复数；如果of后接不可数名词，谓语用单数。‎ The rest of the bikes are on sale. 余下的自行车降价出售。‎ The rest of the bread is gone. 剩余的面包不见了。‎ ‎6. ＂none of+复数名词＂作主语时，谓语动词既可以用单数也可以用复数。‎ None of the dogs was/were there. 那儿没有狗。‎ ‎7. ＂a number of+名词复数＂表示＂许多/大量的……＂，其后的谓语动词用复数；＂the number of+名词复数＂表示＂……的数量＂，其中心词为number，故谓语动词用单数。‎ A number of farmers are standing over there. 许多农民站在那边。‎ The number of the students in this school has reached over 2，000. 这所学校的学生数量已达到2 000多人。‎ ‎8. ＂a lot of/lots of/plenty of+名词＂作主语，谓语动词由of后的名词来确定。如果of后是不可数名词，谓语动词用单数；如果of后是复数名词，谓语动词用复数。‎ A lot of time is needed. 需要大量的时间。学科&网 Plenty of workers are working. 许多工人在工作。‎ ‎【典例】—What _____________ the number of the students in your school? ‎ ‎—About two thousand. A number of them _____________ from England. ‎ A. is; are B. is; is 　　 C. are; is D. are; are ‎【答案】A 考向八：动名词、不定式和从句作主语 动名词、不定式或从句作主语时，谓语一般用单数。‎ Doing morning exercises is good for your body. 做早操对你的身体有益。‎ To play with fire near a gas station is very dangerous. 在加油站附近玩火很危险。‎ What he said at the meeting is very important. 他在会上的发言很重要。‎ ‎【典例】To lose themselves in the net bar _____________ on teenagers’ future. ‎ A. have a bad effect B. has a bad effect C. have a good effect D. has a good effect ‎【答案】B ‎【辨析】‎ 其他情况 例句 and连接并列主语时，谓语动词常常使用复数；但是and The writer and teacher is coming. 那位作家兼教师来了(作家和教师指同一个人)‎ 连接的并列主语指同一人、同一物时，谓语使用单数。‎ The writer and the teacher are coming. 作家和老师来了。(作家和老师是两个人)‎ ‎＂单数名词或代词+名词或代词+but/besides/except/including/like/with/along with/as well as /rather than/such as/together with+名词或代词作主语，谓语使用单数形式，如果之前的名词或代词是复数，则谓语使用复数。‎ Mike with his father has been to England.迈克同他的父亲去过英格兰。‎ Mike, like his brother，enjoys playing football. 迈克像他的哥哥一样喜欢踢足球。‎ ‎＂the number of+复数名词＂作主语谓语用单数; ＂a(good/large) number of+复数名词＂作主语，谓语动词用复数。‎ The number of the students is over eight hundred. 学生人数超过八百。‎ A number of teachers are present today，and the number of them is 500. 许多教师今天都出席了，有500人。‎ 由两个相同部分组成的一个整体名词作主语，谓语动词用复数，如chopsticks，glasses，shoes，socks，stockings, trousers, boots等。若此类名词被＂a kind of/a pair of’’修饰时，谓语动词用单数。‎ The scissors are on the shelf next to the cupboard. 剪刀在橱柜旁边的架子上。‎ A pair of glasses costs quite a lot these days. 近些天，眼镜的售价很高。‎ 当not only... but also...，not... but...，or，either... or….，neither... nor...等连接并列主语时，以及在there be句型中，谓语动词的单复数形式采用就近一致原则。‎ Neither Jack and I have seen this film.杰克和我都没有看过这部电影 Either you or he is to attend the meeting tomorrow.或者是你或者是他去参加明天的会议。‎ 某些集体名词，如class, club, family, team, group等，作主语时，谓语动词采用意义一致原则，即依据名词的具体含义来确定谓语动词的单复数形式。‎ The company has grown rapidly in the last five years.这家公司五年来迅速发展壮大。‎ The family are celebrating Thanksgiving in this picture.在这张相片里，全家人正在庆祝感恩节。‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ 如果这一类集体名词作为一个整体看待时，谓语动词使用单数形式，如果这一类词指的是具体成员，则谓语动词应该使用复数形式。‎ 谓语动词只用单数的情况 主语抽象表单一，集体名词整体看；‎ and连接两名词，或人或物不可分；‎ every，each以及no，并用and连名词；‎ 三＂e＂neither不定代，所构合成正式单；‎ news，means，works，貌似复数实则单；‎ 还有ics结尾学科词，国，书，剧名兼格言；‎ 时重长度与价值，主单不受随行控；‎ many，more than连单数，名词数量一个半，谓语单数不多看。‎ 谓语动词可单可复的语法原则 可单可复有8类，集体名词一大类，‎ 看作整体用单数，个体单看用复数；‎ 不定代词疑问词，部分、半数及剩余，‎ 这些作主看内容，该单该复看含义；‎ The加分词形容词，指人一定是复数，‎ 若与分词指抽象，仍用单数莫迟疑；‎ one of引导定从句，修饰复数是真的，‎ 若有the only在前头，从句指的是单一；‎ 人口数目与比例，大多、种类作主语；‎ 许多、分数、百分数，是单是复看意义；四则运算很随意。‎ 谓语动词用复数的情况 人们加警察，家禽并牛群，常作复数没问题；‎ 服装鞋袜及手套，自然全是用复数。‎ I. 用括号内单词的正确形式填空。‎ ‎1. Johnny was lucky enough to win the _______ prize in the math constant. (one)‎ ‎2. It’s my _______ time to win the English reading contest this year. (two)‎ ‎3. Lesson _______ is the most difficult lesson in this English text book. (eleventh)‎ ‎4. China has become the _______ country to send her astronauts into space. (three)‎ ‎5. Mrs. Brown is going to buy a present to her songs _______ birthday. (twelve)‎ ‎6. Shanghai is _______ of the largest cities in the world. ( first) ‎ ‎7. Most of the drinking water ______________ (be) from the Black River.‎ ‎8. Either you or he ______________ (have) made a wrong decision.‎ ‎9. The police ______________ (be) trying to catch the thief.‎ ‎10. The number of the teachers in the school ______________ (be) 120.‎ II. 单项选择。‎ ‎1. ______________ of the students in our class have lunch at school.‎ ‎ A. Two fifth B. Threes fifths ‎ ‎ C. One thirds D. Three quarters ‎2. Mother’s Day is on the ______________ Sunday in May every year.‎ ‎ A. two B. second C. six D. sixth ‎3. ______________ is more interesting than ______________‎ ‎ A. Lesson One；Lesson Two B. The first lesson；second lesson ‎ C. First lesson；the second lesson D. First Lesson；Second Lesson ‎4. Not only I but also Jack and Mary ______________ tired of the examinations.‎ ‎ A. is B. are C. am D. be ‎5. —How many teachers are there in your school?‎ ‎ —About 200. One third of them ______________ men teachers.‎ ‎ A. have B. has C. are D. is ‎1.（2017﹒山东青岛）My father gave me a bike on my ______________ birthday.‎ ‎ A. ten B. a tenth C. the tenth D. tenth ‎2.（2017﹒湖北恩施州）—English is becoming a popular tourist destination now.‎ ‎ —I think so. ______________ people come here every summer vacation.‎ ‎ A. Hundreds and thousands of　 B. Hundred and thousand of C. Hundreds and thousands ‎3.（2016 ﹒天津）Li Ming will be ______________. His parents are going to have a party for ______________ birthday.‎ A. sixteen; sixteenth B. sixteenth; sixteenth C. sixteen; sixteen D. sixteenth; sixteen ‎4.（2016﹒重庆）The environment here becomes better and better. ______________ birds are coming back.‎ A. Thousands of B. Thousand of ‎ C. Thousands D. Thousand ‎5. （2016﹒山东东营）—A recent survey shows that 35 0ut of 45 students in my class will save their phones first in a fire.‎ ‎—About ______________ of the students made such a choice? Life is far more important, isn’t it?‎ A. half B. one third ‎ C. two thirds D. three quarters ‎6. （2016﹒新疆阜康米泉）—Jack, ______________ of the oranges ______________ gone bad. ‎ ‎—We’d better eat up the rest as soon as possible. ‎ A. one fifth；have　 B. one fifth；has ‎ C. one fifths；have D. first five；has ‎7. （2016﹒江苏淮安）Andy, with his parents, ______________ to Hong Kong, and they will stay there for a week. ‎ A. have gone B. has gone　 ‎ C. have been 　 D. has been ‎8. （2016﹒甘肃兰州）My sister with my parents ______________ dumplings when I got home yesterday evening. ‎ A. are making　　 B. is making　　　　 ‎ C. was making D. were making I. 单项选择。‎ ‎1. It is reported that people throw ______________ plastic bags along this street every day.‎ ‎ A. three hundreds of B. three hundreds ‎ C. hundreds of D. hundred of ‎2. President Xi Jinping, together with his wife Peng Liyuan, visited USA from April 6 to 7. This is his ______________ visit to America.‎ ‎ A. eight B. the eight C. eighth D. the eighth ‎3. —______________ do you read English newspaper?‎ ‎ —At least ______________ a week.‎ ‎ A. How long；one B. How often；twice ‎ ‎ C. How many；once D. How much；third ‎4. —How do your students improve their English writing?‎ ‎ —Well, about ______________ of the students like keeping diaries in English in our class.‎ ‎ A. two fifth B. two fifths ‎ ‎ C. second five D. two five ‎5. —Hi, Kate! There are ______________ floors in this building. Which floor do you live on?‎ ‎ —I live on the ______________ floor.‎ ‎ A. twenty；twelve B. twenty；twelfth ‎ ‎ C. twentieth；twelfth D. twentieth；twelve ‎6. —How old is your sister?‎ ‎ —______________.We had a special party for her ______________ birthday yesterday.‎ ‎ A. Twenty-one；twenty-first B. Twenty-first；twenty-first ‎ C. Twenty-one；twenty-one D. Twenty-first；twenty-one ‎7. —How much ______________ the pair of shoes?‎ ‎ —Twenty dollars ______________ enough.‎ ‎ A. is; is B. is; are C. are; is D. are; are ‎8. A number of boys ______________ singing songs. The number of boys ______________ getting larger and larger.‎ ‎ A. are; is B. is; are C. is; is D. are; are ‎9. （四川省成都外国语学校2018届九年级下学期一诊考试）Wu Dajing did a great deal of practice before the Winter Olympics in 2018 so that he won a gold medal.‎ A. many B. hundreds C. a large amount of D. ‎ a large number of ‎10. （四川省雅安中学2017届九年级下学期第三次诊断考试）______________ of the city ______________ covered with parks and gardens, oh, it’s really a green city.‎ A. Three fifth; is B. Three fifths; is C. Three fifth; are D. Three fifths; are ‎11. （2016届云南曲靖一中九年级6月第一次月考）______________ of the students ______________ in the classroom. They are doing homework.‎ A. two three; is B. two thirds; are C. two third; are D. second third; is ‎12. （2016届贵州凯里一中洗马河校区九年级11月月考）______________ should be allowed to choose their clothes.‎ A. Ten-year-olds B. Ten-year-old C. Ten-years-olds D. Ten-years-old II. 用括号内单词的正确形式填空。‎ ‎1. Not only you but also I  (be) wrong.‎ ‎2. Neither Bill nor his parents  (be) at home now.‎ ‎3. The football team  (be) having a shower now.‎ ‎4. Nothing in the world  (be) difficult for one who is careful.‎ ‎5. Ten thousand pounds  (be) a lot of money.‎ ‎6. When each person  (come) in, they must show their tickets.‎ ‎7. Fifty miles  (be) not a great distance.‎ ‎8. Nobody but John and Jim  (be) asked to go.‎ ‎9. None of us  (have) got a camera.‎ ‎10. Vegetables sold at this shop  (be) usually cheap.‎ ‎11. A large number of boys and girls  (play) in the park every day.‎ ‎12. The old in my country  (be) cared for by their children and grandchildren.‎ ‎13. There  (be) a pair of trousers on the sofa.‎ ‎14. Every man, woman and child  (know) something about the hero.‎ ‎15. The police  (be) looking for the thief now.‎ ‎16. Nobody  (want) to spend time on such a thing.‎ ‎17. The Great Wall as well as the Palace Museum  (attract) lots of tourists from abroad every year.‎ ‎18. Three-fourths of the surface of the earth  (be) covered by water.‎ ‎19. John, together with his family,  (be) flying to London next week.‎ ‎20. Few of my family really  (understand) me.‎ 跟踪训练 I. 用括号内单词的正确形式填空。‎ ‎1. first 2. second 3. Eleven 4. third 5. twelfth ‎6. one 7. is 8. has 9. are 10. is II. 单项选择。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】句意：母亲节在每年五月份的第二个星期天。two二；second第二；six六；sixth第六。根据句意可知，这里应该用序数词，表示＂第……个＂，并且母亲节是五月份的第二个周日。故选B。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】句意：第一课比第二课更有趣。Lesson one第一课；Lesson Two第二课；the first lesson第一课；the second lesson第二课。根据句意可知应选A。序数词前应加定冠词the，因此其他选项都不对。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：不仅我而且杰克和玛丽都厌倦了考试。not only ... but also等连接并列主语时，谓语动词的单复数形式采用就近一致原则。故选B。‎ ‎5. C 句意：——你们学校有多少个老师？——大约200。其中三分之一为男老师。分数在句子中作主语时，谓语动词的单复数形式取决于分数后面的名词是单数还是复数。故这里要用are。学科&网 真题再现 ‎1. D 【解析】句意：我的父亲在我十岁生日时给了我一辆自行车。one’s the +序数词+birthday，表示某人多少岁生日。当序数词前有物主代词时，冠词the要省略。ten对应的序数词是tenth，故选D。‎ ‎2. A 【解析】句意：——恩施现在正成为一个受欢迎的旅游目的地。——我认为是这样，每年暑假都有成千上万的人来这里度假。hundred和thousand前面没有具体数词时，需要与of连用，且表示不具体、不准确的数目时，词尾须加-s。故选A。‎ ‎3. D 【解析】句意：——根据最近的一份调查显示，我们班四十五个同学中有三十五个在火灾发生时，首先要救出他们的手机。——大约四分之三的学生做出了那种选择？生命更重要得多，是不是？A. half半，一半；B. one third三分之一；C. two thirds三分之二；D. three quarters四分之三。35÷45=0.777与四分之三接近。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：这里的环境变得越来越好，数以千计的鸟都飞回来了。这里thousand前没有数词时，后用介词of，thousand用其复数形式，表示的是模糊数字。故选A。‎ ‎5. A 【解析】句意：李明马上要16岁了。他的父母要为他的十六岁生日开一个晚会。前句表示十六岁，表示数量，用基数词sixteen；后句表示第十六个生日，表示顺序，用序数词sixteenth。故选A。‎ ‎6. A 【解析】分数中，分子用基数词，分母用序数词(分子大于1时加-s)，分数作主语时，谓语动词与后面的名词保持一致。oranges是复数。故选A。‎ ‎8. C 【解析】句意：我昨晚回家时，我妹妹和我父母在包饺子。A项表示现在进行时；B项的主语应为单数，表示现在进行时；C项的主语为单数，表示过去进行时；D项表示过去进行时。由主语My sister为第三人称单数和时间状语为yesterday evening可知用过去进行时。故选C。‎ 模拟检测 I. 单项选择。‎ ‎1. C 【解析】句意：据报道每天人们扔在这条大街上的塑料袋有好几百个。hundred 与数词连用时不加s，但是表示好几百时，用复数形式，与介词of连用。故答案选C。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】句意：习近平主席携夫人彭丽媛从4月6日到7日访美。这是他第八次访美。此处修饰单数名词visit，故用序数词，有形容词性物主代词his修饰，故eighth前不加定冠词the，故选C。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】句意：——你多久读一次英语报纸？——至少一周两次。How long提问for+一段时间；How often提问频度；How many提问可数名词的复数；How much提问不可数名词，根据题意，故选B。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：——你的学生怎样提高他们的英语写作水平的？——噢，在我们班大约五分之二的学生喜欢用英语写日记。本题考查分数的表达。英语分数由基数词和序数词组成。基数词作分子，序数词作分母，当分子大于1时，分母用复数。故选B。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：——你好，凯特，这栋楼房有二十层，你住在哪一层？——我住在第十二层。前句表示楼房有二十层，二十，表示数量，用基数词twenty；后句表示住在第十二层，第十二，表示顺序，用序数词twelfth。故选B。‎ ‎6. A 【解析】句意：——你妹妹多大了？——21岁，我们昨天为她的第二十一个生日开了一个特别的派对。表示年龄时使用基数词的形式，在多少岁生日前用序数词，故答案为A。‎ ‎7. A 【解析】句意：——这双鞋多少钱？——二十美元足够。the pair of短语作主语，谓语动词要用第三人称单数形式；twenty dollars表示钱，作主语时谓语动词也用第三人称单数形式。故选A。‎ ‎8. A 【解析】句意：许多男孩正在唱歌。男孩的数量越来越大。A number of boys许多男孩，中心词是boys，用作主语时，谓语动词要用复数形式；The number of boys男孩的数量，中心词是number，用作主语时，谓语动词要用第三人称单数形式，故选A。‎ ‎10. B【解析】句意：这个城市的五分之三被覆盖着公园和花园，哦，它真的是一个绿色的城市。第一个空考查的是分数的表达方法，分子应用基数词，分母用序数词，当分子大于一的时候，分母用复数，故A和C 形式不对，先排除。第二个空考查的是主谓一致，这句话的主语中心词是the city，是单数，故动词也用单数，选B。‎ ‎11. B【解析】考查分数及主谓一致。句意：2/3的学生都在教室里，他们正在做作业。分数的表达方式是，先写分子后写分母，分子用基数词，分母用序数词，分子大于分母加s；当分数加of加名词做主语时，谓语动词的单复数根据名词的单复数来决定。故选B。‎ ‎12. A【解析】考查名词的用法。句意：应该允许十岁的孩子选择自己的衣服。Ten-year-olds十岁大的孩子，表示一类人。结合句意，故选A。‎ II. 用括号内单词的正确形式填空。‎ ‎1. am/was 2. are 3. are 4. is 5. is ‎6. comes 7. is 8. is/was 9. has/have 10. are ‎11. play 12. are 13. is 14. knows 15. are ‎16. wants/wanted 17. attracts 18. is 19. is 20. understand 命题趋势：‎ ‎ 连词是历年各省市中考必考知识点。从考查形式看，一般有单项选择、完形填空、词语运用等。所占分值通常为2～4分。从命题意图看，侧重考查考生的具体语言环境中使用连词的能力。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎ 1. 并列连词；‎ ‎2. 从属连词。‎ ‎ 并列连词用来连接平行的词、短语或句子；从属连词是用来引导从句的词。并列连词按照其在句中的作用可分为表示并列关系、转折关系、选择关系和因果关系的连词。‎ 考向一：表示并列关系的并列连词 表示并列关系的常见连词有：and (和；又；而且), as well as( 也 ； 和 ), ‎ both...and...( 既……又……), not only...but also...( 不仅……而且……), neither...nor... (既不……也不……)。‎ 连词 用法 例句 but 意为＂但是＂，表示意义递进的转折或前后两个事实相反。‎ His mother won’t be there, but his father might.‎ 他母亲不会去那里，但他父亲也许会去。‎ while 意为＂但是，然而＂，强调对比性的转折。‎ I like English while he likes math.‎ 我喜欢英语而他喜欢数学。‎ yet 意为＂可是；然而＂，表示转折时，前面可与and连用，且这两个部分的主语是一致的。‎ I failed again, and yet I never give up.‎ 我又失败了，然而我绝不放弃。‎ ‎►We are singing and they are dancing. 我们在唱歌，他们在跳舞。‎ ‎►I’m learning French as well as English. 我学法语，还学英语。‎ ‎►Not only English but also French is spoken in Canada. 在加拿大，人们不仅说英语，而且说法语。‎ 考向二：表示转折关系的并列连词 ‎【注意】1.although或though在引导让步状语从句时，主句不可使用转折连词but，但是可以使用yet或still。►Although she is in poor health，(yet) she works hard.虽然她的身体不好，但是她工作非常努力。‎ ‎ 2.however 意为＂然而，不过＂，可放在句首、句中或句末，不能像but那样直接连接两个句子，常用逗号与句子其他部分隔开。学科*网 ‎(×)We all tried our best, however we lost the game.‎ ‎(√)We all tried our best.However, we lost the game.‎ ‎(√)We all tried our best, but we lost the game.‎ 考向三：表示选择关系的并列连词 连词 意义 例句 or 或者；否则 Hurry up, or you will be late. ‎ 快点，否则你会迟到的。‎ or else 否则；要不然 Be careful or else you will make a mistake. ‎ 小心，否则你将会犯错误。‎ rather than 而不是 I will do it myself rather than ask him to do it.‎ 我会亲自去做这件事，而不是叫他去做。‎ not…but 不是……而是……‎ John is not her father but her uncle.‎ 约翰不是她的父亲而是她的的叔叔 either…or 或者……或者……‎ Either Alice or her father cooks meals at home.‎ 要么爱丽丝要么她爸爸在家做饭。‎ whether…or 不管是……还是……‎ They haven’t decided whether they will go to London or Berlin。他们尚未决定是去伦敦还是去柏林。‎ 考向四：表示因果关系的并列连词 连词 意义 例句 for 意为＂因为＂，用来补充说明或表示推测性的理由，不能置于两个并列分句的句首，只能放在两个分句的中间。‎ It must have rained last night, for the ground is wet.‎ 昨晚一定下雨了，因为地面是湿的。‎ so 表示＂因此；所以＂时，不能与because 连用。‎ He worked hard, so he passed the exam.‎ 他努力学习，所以通过了考试。‎ 考向五：从属连词的用法 从属连词 用法及例句 that 用于引导宾语从句，引导从句时无意义，常省略。‎ He told me（that）he won’t be late. ‎ 他告诉我说他不会迟到的。‎ though/although (虽然，尽管)，‎ even if/though (即使)‎ 可用于引导让步状语从句，though/although 不能与but连用。‎ Though he has a cold,he still goes to school.‎ ‎=He has a cold,but he still goes to work.‎ 尽管他感冒了，他仍然去上学了。‎ if, whether (...or not)(是否)‎ 可用于引导宾语从句，不可省略。‎ I don’t know whether it will rain or not today.‎ 我不知道今天会不会下雨。‎ if (如果)， ‎ unless (除非；如不)， ‎ as long as(只要)‎ 引导条件状语从句。‎ Thought he is very old, he still teaches himself English.‎ 尽管他年龄很大，他仍然自学英语。‎ because (因为)，‎ as (鉴于;由于)，‎ since(由于，既然)‎ 用于引导原因状语从句。‎ I don’t want to go outside because I am too tired.‎ 我不想外出因为我太累了。‎ so...that, such...that ‎ ‎(如此……以至于……)‎ 可用于引导结果状语从句。‎ The scenary here is so beautiful that I don’t want to leave.‎ 这儿的风景太美了，以至于我不想离开了。‎ since自从，until/till直到，after在……之后，before在……之前，when当……时候，while当……时侯，as soon as一……就……，whenever无论何时 用于引导时间状语从句。‎ When I arrived there, it was raining.‎ 当我到那里时，天正在下雨。‎ as if/as though (仿佛；好像)‎ It seems as if it is going to rain.‎ 好像将要下雨了。‎ so that（以便），‎ in order that（为了） ‎ in case(以防)‎ I get up early so that I won’t be late for class.‎ 我起得很早，这样我上课不会迟到。‎ as...as...(和……一样……)，‎ not so/as...as... (和……不一样……)‎ 用于引导比较状语从句。‎ He is as smart as his brother.‎ 他和他的哥哥一样聪明。‎ because, since, as 连词 意义 例句 because 表示造成某种情况的直接原因，语气最强，常用来回答由why引导的问句，其从句的位置通常在主句的后面。‎ He has to leave because it is too late.‎ 因为太晚了，他不得不走。‎ since since语气比as稍强，不表示直接的或根本的原因，而是一种已知的或非常显然的理由，since引导的从句通常位于主句之前。‎ Since everyone is here, let’s start.‎ 既然大家到齐了，我们就出发吧！‎ as as是从属连词，表示原因时，语气最弱，所说的原因比较明显或是已知的事实，它引导的从句一般位于主句之前。‎ We all like her as she is kind.‎ 我们都喜欢她，因为她善良。‎ I. 选择所给的连词填空。‎ when，because，but，before，if，so...that，‎ as...as，not...until，and，after，or，since ‎1. Hurry up, please! _______ you’ll be late for school. ‎ ‎2. She ________ go to bed ______ her mother came back. ‎ ‎3. Yesterday Jim didn’t go to see the film, ________he must go over his lessons. ‎ ‎4. The students were talking about the sports meeting _______ the teacher came in. ‎ ‎5. I was ______tired ________I couldn’t walk any more. ‎ ‎6. This building is _______ tall ________ that one. ‎ ‎7. Tom was ill yesterday, ________he still went to school as usual. ‎ ‎8. He asked me ______I would go there with him. ‎ ‎9. We have studied here ________ 1994. ‎ ‎10. The child had studied English for two years ________ he went to middle school. ‎ ‎11. _______ the boy finished his homework, he went to bed. ‎ ‎12. Study hard on your subjects, ________ you’ll do well in the exam.‎ II. 单项选择。‎ ‎1. I like listening to English songs because it can __________ make me relaxed __________ improve my spoken English.‎ ‎ A. neither；nor B. either；or ‎ ‎ C. not only；but also D. not；but ‎2. On no-car day, __________ students __________ teachers are allowed to drive to school.‎ ‎ A. either；or B. not only；but also ‎ ‎ C. neither；nor D. both；and ‎3. —Would you like tea __________ Juice?‎ ‎ —Tea, please. ‎ ‎ A. and B. or C. but D. so ‎4. —Join our educational exchange now. You can improve your social skills __________ make lots of friends.‎ ‎ —It sounds great. I’d love to.‎ ‎ A. and B. but C. except ‎5. —Would you like hamburgers __________ hot dogs?‎ ‎ —Hot dogs.‎ ‎ A. and B. too C. as well as D. or ‎1. （河北省2018年中考）Bob, dinner is ready. Please wash your hands __________ you eat.‎ A. until B. after C. while D. before ‎2. （2018山东省滨州中考）—What do you think of your junior high school life?‎ ‎—I think it is enjoyable, __________ I sometimes have some trouble in study.‎ A. if B. though C. while D. until ‎3. （江西2018年中考）—Can students go online during lessons?‎ ‎—They can __________ it is for that lesson.‎ A. if B. or C. so D. but ‎4. （天津市2018年中考）Tony was drawing a picture __________ I was doing my homework.‎ A. if B. because C. while D. until ‎5. （湖北省宣昌市2018年中考）—It has been much easier for me to go to work __________ shared bikes appeared.‎ ‎—But they also caused plenty of problems.‎ A. since B. before C. unless D. though ‎6. （山东省青岛市2018年中考）__________ Anna __________ her brother like listening to soft music.‎ A. Both; and B. Neither; nor C. Either; or D. Not only; but also ‎7. （浙江省温州市2018年中考）Betty kept silent at first __________ soon she joined the other girls, chatting and laughing.‎ A. so B. but C. or D. because ‎8. （重庆市2018年中考）Lots of people exercise every morning __________ bad weather stops them.‎ A. if B. unless C. until D. since ‎9. （2018年四川宜宾中考）She stopped talking __________ her mother came into the room.‎ A. as soon as B. unless C. though ‎10. （四川省乐山市2018年中考）—Thank you for telling me so much knowledge about nature.‎ ‎—Don’t mention it. __________ you have more questions, come to me any time.‎ A. If B. Because C. Though ‎11. （湖南省郴州市2018年中考）My grandfather does Chinese Kung Fu every day __________ he is over eighty.‎ A. since B. though C. until ‎12. （甘肃省武威市2018年中考）I know his face __________ I can’t remember his name.‎ A. and B. but C. or D. so ‎13.（2017﹒四川南充）—Mike, let’s prepare for our baseball game.‎ ‎ —OK. We’ll lose the game __________ we try our best.‎ ‎ A. unless B. once C. after D. since ‎14.（2017﹒安徽）Hold your dream, __________ you might regret some day.‎ ‎ A. and B. or C. but D. so ‎15.（2017﹒山东青岛）Jack’s mother was so tired. She fell asleep __________ she lay down on the bed.‎ ‎ A. until B. as soon as C. unless ‎16.（2017﹒山东德州）Many people like reading newspapers __________ they can learn what’s happening in the world.‎ ‎ A. so that B. ever since ‎ ‎ C. as soon as D. even though ‎17.（2017﹒山东泰安）I didn’t believe I could do it __________ I got to the top of Mount Tai. ‎ ‎ A. unless B. until C. after D. as ‎18.（2017﹒四川成都）Many people still try to climb Qomolangma every year __________ it is very dangerous.‎ ‎ A. when B. if C. though ‎19.（2017﹒苏州）You will never achieve success __________ you devote yourself to your work.‎ ‎ A. after B. if C. because D. unless ‎ ‎20.（2017﹒湖北宜昌）—The plane won’t take off __________ the thick clouds move away.‎ ‎ —Let’s wait patiently for the announcement from the airport.‎ ‎ A. since B. though C. while D. until ‎21.（2017﹒吉林）I won’t go home __________ the rain stops.‎ ‎ A. since B. so C. until ‎22. （2017﹒山西）Our teachers have been with us for nearly three years __________ we came to junior high school. We should thank them for what they have done for us.‎ ‎ A. until B. before C. since ‎1. （2016届重庆江津中学校九年级下期第一阶段考试）He didn’t get used to the life in Australia __________ he graduated from college.‎ A. because B. until C. when D. but ‎2. （湖南省长沙市麓山国际实验学校2018届九年级第一次模拟）—Do you think Jack will ‎ catch up with us?‎ ‎—I believe so. __________ he loses himself in computer games.‎ A. If B. Unless C. Or ‎3. （甘肃省天水市第一中学2018届九年级上学期期末模四考试）He was __________ tired __________ he could not go on walking A. too; to B. such; that C. so; that D. too; that ‎4. （甘肃省天水市第一中学2018届九年级上学期期末模四考试）I’d like to go shopping with you, __________ I’m busy today.‎ A. so B. but C. and D. because ‎5. （上海市延安中学2017届九年级下学期英语周周练）It is true that he is a model worker, __________ he is not a good father for his son.‎ A. so B. and C. but D. for ‎6. （云南省曲靖市第一中学2017届九年级上学期期中考试）Jill still went to school __________ she was ill yesterday.‎ A. even though B. no matter C. as long as D. so that ‎7. （湖北省武汉市第二中学广雅中学2017届九年级下学期第二次月考）—Mum, can I go out to play for a while?‎ ‎—No, you can’t, __________ you finish your homework.‎ A. until B. if C. unless D. because ‎8. （上海市延安中学2017届九年级4月月考）I argued with my best friend yesterday, __________ he was still willing to help me.‎ A. so B. but C. and D. or 跟踪训练 I. 选择所给的连词填空。‎ ‎1. or 2. didn’t；until 3. because 4. when 5. so；that ‎ ‎6. as；as 7. so 8. if 9. since 10. before ‎ ‎11. After 12. and II. 单项选择。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】句意：在无车日，学生和老师都不被允许开车去学校。either...or 或者……或者；not only...but also不仅……而且；neither...nor 既不……也不；both... and……和……都；根据On no-car day可知此处表示无车日，因此老师和学生都不开车，故选C。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】句意：——你想要茶还是桔汁？——请给我来点儿茶。根据句意，结合tea和juice为名词，需要并列连词，而且根据答语做出了选择，因此需要使用or表示选择。故答案为B。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：——现在就加入我们的教育交流活动。你可以提高你的社交技能和广交朋友。——听起来很棒。我很乐意去。A. and而且，表示并列关系；B. but但是，表示转折关系；C. except除了……外。前后句是并列关系，故答案为A。‎ ‎5. D 【解析】句意：——你要汉堡还是热狗？——热狗。A. and和，并且，表示并列、递进；B. too太，修饰形容词、副词，也，用于肯定句句尾。C. as well as也，用于句中；D. or或者，表示选择。这是一个选择疑问句，选择疑问句里用or连接被选择的对象。故选D。‎ 真题再现 ‎1. D【解析】句意：鲍勃，晚饭准备好了。请在吃饭之前洗手。考查连词辨析题。A. until直到……才；B. after在……以后；C. while当……的时候，用于主句和从句动作同时发生；D. before在……以前。根据wash your hands（洗手），结合卫生常识，可知选D。‎ ‎2. B【解析】句意：——你觉得你的初中生活怎么样？——‎ 我觉得很愉快，虽然我有时在学习上遇到一些困难。A. if 如果；B. though尽管；C. while正当……时候；D. until直到…才。结合语境理解可知，学习中遇到困难与愉快之间表示让步关系，故答案为B。学科*网 ‎3. A【解析】句意：——学生可以在课上上网吗？——如果是为了上课，他们可以上网。考查连词辨析题。if如果，表条件；or或者，表选择；so所以，表结果；but但是，表转折。答句是条件状语从句，需用if连接。根据句意结构，可知选A。‎ ‎4. C【解析】句意：Tony 正在画画，而我在做作业。本题考查连词。由前后两句话的 was doing 能发现是两个过去进行时的动作，因此可以选用 while 链接，属于时间状语从句。与 A. if 引导的条件状语从句和 B. because 引导的原因状语从句无关。而 D. until 表示直到，与原句逻辑关系不符。故正确答案为C。‎ ‎6. A【解析】句意：安娜和她弟弟都喜欢听轻音乐。根据both...and... 两者都……，连接句子两个主语时，谓语动词用复数；neither...nor...既不……也不……，当连接句子的两个主语时，谓语动词就近原则；either...or...或者……或者……，当连接句子的两个主语时，谓语动词就近原则；Not only... but also...不仅……而且……，当连接句子的两个主语时，谓语动词就近原则；根据like故选A ‎【点睛】both...and...两者都……，连接句子的两个相同成分，例如：Both Lily and Lucy are students.；Neither...nor...既不……也不……，其含义是否定的，可连接任意两个并列的成分，当连接句子的两个主语时，谓语动词就近原则。例如：Neither dad nor mum is at home today；either...or...或者……或者……，表示两者之一，两节句子的两个并列成分，，当连接句子的两个主语时，谓语动词就近原则。例如：Either you or me am going there。‎ ‎7. B【解析】句意：贝蒂一开口就保持沉默，但是不久她就加入了其他女孩，一起聊天和笑。选项A＂所以＂，选项B＂但是＂，选项C＂或者＂，选项D＂因为＂，前半句中的贝蒂是沉默的，后来开始聊天，开始欢笑，说明有明显的转折关系，故选B。‎ ‎8. B【解析】考查连词词义辨析。A. if＂如果＂；B. unless＂除非；如果不＂；C. until＂‎ 直到＂；D. since＂自从；既然＂。句意：很多人每天早晨锻炼 _______ 恶劣的天气阻拦他们。结合选项的意思和句意可知，用unless。故选B。‎ ‎9. A【解析】句意：她妈妈一进到房间里，她就停止了说话。A. as soon as一……就……；B. unless除非；C. though尽管。这里是考察连词，根据She stopped talking 和her mother came into the room.之间的关系，可知是妈妈一进到房间里，她就停止了说话；故选A。‎ ‎11. B【解析】句意：我爷爷每天练中国功夫，尽管他80多了。A. since 自从，因为；B. though尽管；C. until直到。根据My grandfather does Chinese Kung Fu every day和he is over eighty.之间让步关系，尽管；故选B。‎ ‎12. B【解析】句意：我认得他的脸，但不记得他的名字。本题主要考查连词辨析。A. and＂和＂，表示并列；B. but ＂但是＂，表转折；C. or ＂否则＂，表假设关系；D. so＂所以＂，表示结果。根据题干＂I know his face＂（我认得他的脸）与＂I can’t remember his name＂（不记得他的名字）的关系，可知这里是一种转折关系，因此but符合题意，故答案选B。‎ ‎13. A 【解析】句意：——迈克，让我们为我们的棒球比赛做准备吧。——好的，如果我们不尽力我们就会输掉比赛。A. unless 如果不，引导条件状语从句；B. once一……就……，引导时间（条件）状语从句；C. after在……后，引导时间状语从句；D. since自从……，引导时间状语从句。故选A。‎ ‎14. B 【解析】句意：坚持你的梦想，否则你有一天会后悔的。A. and并且，表示并列关系；B. or 用于连接两个并列的句子，表示＂否则，要不然＂的意思；C. but但是，表示转折关系；D. so所以，表示结果。故选B。‎ ‎15. B 【解析】句意：杰克的妈妈是那么地累。她一躺到床上就睡着了。until直到……，引导时间状语从句；as soon as一……就……，引导时间状语从句；unless如果不，除非，引导条件状语从句。故选B。‎ ‎16. A 【解析】句意：许多人喜欢阅读报纸以便他们能了解世界上正在发生什么事情。A. so ‎ that 以便，为了，引导目的状语从句；B. ever since自从，引导时间状语从句；C. as soon as一……就……；引导时间状语从句；D. even though即使，尽管，引导让步状语从句。故选A。‎ ‎17. B 【解析】句意：直到我到达泰山顶上我才相信我能成功。A. unless如果不，除非，引导条件状语从句；B. until直到，引导时间状语从句；C. after 在……后，引导时间状语从句；D. as因为，由于，引导原因状语从句。not …until直到……才，故选B。‎ ‎18. C 【解析】句意：每年仍然有许多人试图去爬珠穆朗玛峰，尽管那是很危险的。A. when当……的时候；B. if 如果；C. though尽管。故选C。‎ ‎19. D 【解析】句意：除非你全身心投入工作，否则你永远不会成功。A. after在……之后；B. if如果；C. because因为；D. unless除非。故选D。 ‎ ‎21. C 【解析】句意：我直到火车停下才回家。A. since自从，由于；B. so因此；C. until直到。not…until直到……才，根据句意故选C。‎ ‎22. C 【解析】句意：自上初中以来，老师们和我们在一起将近三年了。我们应该感谢他们为我们所做的一切。A. until直到……才；B. before在……以前；C. since自从……以来。根据句意，并区别三个连词的意思，可以排除A、B选项。故选C。‎ 模拟检测 ‎1. B【解析】考查连词。句意：直到大学毕业他才习惯了在澳大利亚的生活。because因为；until直到；when当……的时候； but但是。not…until直到……才……，是一个固定句型，所以选B。‎ ‎2. B【解析】句意：——你认为杰克能赶上我们吗？——我相信能，除非他迷上电脑游戏。A. If 如果，是否；B. Unless除非；C. Or否则；根据I believe so.和 he loses himself in computer games.可知是除非迷上电脑游戏；故选B。‎ ‎3. C【解析】句意：他太累了，不能继续走了。too+形容词/副词+to do sth. 意为＂太……不能……＂；so ...that...如此……以致……，引导结果状语从句。such修饰名词，tired 形容词，劳累的。故选C。‎ ‎【点睛】so （adv.）表示＂如此＂、＂这样＂的意思, 用作副词, 修饰形容词和副词。主要结构有：1. so + adj. +a/an +可数名词单数+that从句。 2. so+ adj./adv. + that从句。3.so+many/few/much/little+复数可数名词+that从句。such（adj.）表示＂如此＂＂这样＂的意思，用作形容词, 修饰名词。主要结构有：1. such + a/an + adj.+单数可数名词+that从句。2. such + adj.+ 不可数名词+that从句。3. such + adj.+ 复数可数名词+that从句。‎ ‎4. B【解析】句意：我想和你一起去购物，但我今天很忙。A. so 因此，表示结果；B. but但是，表示转折；C. and 和，表示并列；D. because因为，表示原因。根据语义可知，前后文表示＂转折＂关系。所以选B。‎ ‎6. A【解析】句意：即使吉尔昨天病了，他仍旧去上学。A即使；B无论；C只要；D于是。故选A。‎ ‎【点睛】此题考查连词的用法。要熟练掌握初中阶段出现的状语从句及引导状语从句的连词。even though 引导的从句内容往往是真实的，主要用于引出不利用于主句情况的信息，相当于汉语的＂尽管＂＂虽然＂。‎ ‎7. C【解析】句意：——妈妈，我能出去玩会吗？——不，不能，除非你完成家庭作业。A. until时间连词，直到； B. if连词，是否或如果； C. unless 条件连词，除非、若果不。D. because因果连词，因为。根据句意可知假设了一个否定的条件。故选C。‎ ‎【点睛】连词if可以引导宾语从句和条件状语从句。当if引导条件状语从句时，unless=if… not…，表示否定的条件。‎ ‎8. B【解析】句意：我昨天和我最好的朋友吵架了，但他还是愿意帮助我。A. so因此；B. but 但是；C. and而且；D. or否则。前后句表示转折关系，故答案为B。学科*网 命题趋势：‎ 代词是代替名词的词。按其意义、特征及其在句中的作用可分为：人称代词、物主代词、指示代词、反身代词、相互代词、疑问代词、不定代词等。其中，反身代词、物主代词、不定代词和疑问代词是中考的高频考点。比如名词性物主代词与形容词性物主代词的区别，疑问代词含义区分，不定代词的正确选用，都是考查的重点。对于不同类型代词的相关知识的学习，既要全面又要有重点。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ 一、人称代词； 二、物主代词；‎ 三、反身代词； 四、指示代词；‎ 五、不定代词； 六、相互代词； 七、疑问代词。‎ 考向一：人称代词 ‎1：定义：人称代词是用来指代人、动物或事物的代词。它必须在人称（第一人称、第二人称、及第三人称）、数（单数、复数）以及性（阴性、阳性、中性）三方面与被指代的名词一致。‎ The cat is small. It（此处代指第三人称单数 The dog）is Mary’ s.‎ ‎2. 分类：人称代词主格和人称代词宾格 人称 单数 复数 主格 宾格 主格 宾格 第一人称 I me we us 第二人称 you you you you 第三人称 he him they them she her it it ‎3. 用法 ‎（1）通常主格作主语（在句首，动词前）。‎ ‎► He likes swimming. 他喜欢游泳。‎ ‎（2）宾格作宾语（在动词或介词后）或作表语（在be动词后）。‎ ‎► Can you understand me? 你能理解我吗？（作宾语）‎ ‎► —Who is knocking at the door? 谁在敲门？‎ ‎—It’ s me. 是我。（作表语）‎ ‎（3）人称代词在than之后与其他人或事物进行比较时，用主格和宾格都可以。‎ ‎► Sam is much taller than I/me. 山姆比我高得多。‎ ‎（4）单独使用的人称代词通常用宾格，即使它代表主语时也是如此。‎ ‎► —I like travelling. 我喜欢旅游。‎ ‎—Me too. 我也喜欢。‎ ‎（5）人称代词并列时的排列顺序。‎ ‎①人称代词单数并列作主语时，其顺序为：第二人称→第三人称→第一人称，即you, he/she/it and I（若是承担错误责任，第一人称应当先）。 ‎ ‎► It was I and John that made her angry. 是我和约翰使她生气了。学科*网 ‎②复数人称代词作主语时，其顺序为：第一人称→第二人称→第三人称，即we, you and they。‎ ‎【典例】‎ My friend showed ____________ some old photos of his family.‎ A. my B. I C. me D. mine 考向二：物主代词 ‎1. 定义：物主代词是表示所有关系的代词，用来说明某物属于某人或与某人有关。‎ ‎2. 分类：‎ 单数 复数 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 形容词性物主代词 my your his/her/its our your their 名词性物主代词 mine yours his/her/ its ours yours theirs 含义 我的 你的 他的/她的/它的 我们的 你们的 他（她，它）们的 ‎3. 用法 ‎（1）形容词性物主代词相当于形容词，只能放在名词前作定语，后面一定要跟一个名词。‎ my book，your name，their hobbies ‎ ‎①放在被拥有的物体名词前，指明事物的归属者。‎ ‎►My book is on the desk. 我的书在桌子上。‎ ‎②放在被拥有的事物名词前，表示事物与某人有某种联系。‎ ‎►He is my younger brother. 他是我的弟弟。‎ ‎③用于描述说话人对自己所做的事情或某人对某人自己所做的事情。‎ ‎►She is brushing her teeth. 她正在刷牙。‎ ‎④放在表示动作的名词之前，指明动作的施行者。‎ ‎► not long after our arrival 在我们到达后不久 ‎ ‎⑤放在表示动作的名词之前，指明动作的承受者。‎ ‎► Jim and his supporters 吉姆和他的支持者们 ‎ ‎⑥用于头衔 ‎► Your Majesty（陛下） ‎ ‎► Would Your Highness like a cup of tea? 阁下想要一杯茶吗？‎ ‎【注意】‎ a. 形容词性物主代词的选择应根据事物的所有者的＂人称＂（第一、二、三人称）和＂数＂（单、复数）来确定。 ‎ b. 形容词性物主代词通常修饰有生命的事物，如 ＂the door＂或＂the door of the room＂比＂its door＂更常见。‎ c. 表示某物属于某人或某物，或者与某人某物有关可以用名词所有格或＂of +介词短语＂表示。‎ ‎（2）名词性物主代词相当于名词，后面不能加名词，可单独使用，可在句中充当主语、宾语、表语等。相当于＂形容词性物主代词+名词＂。‎ ‎①用于说明某事物与刚提及的事物类别相同，但属于其他人。‎ Sarah’ s house is much bigger than ours. 萨拉的房子比我们的房子要大很多。‎ ‎②常用于＂of＂引出的介词短语，表示所谈及的是群体中的一员。‎ a friend of mine 我的一个朋友（表示许多朋友中的一个）‎ ‎【典例】‎ Mr Han is ____________ teacher. He teaches ____________ math.‎ A. our; us B. our; our C. ours; us ‎【答案】A 考向三： 反身代词 英语中用来表示＂我自己＂＂你自己＂＂他自己＂＂我们自己＂＂你们自己＂＂他/她/它们自己＂等意义的代词称为反身代词。反身代词可以在句中作宾语、表语和同位语。‎ ‎1. 作宾语，表示动作的承受者就是动作的发出者，主语和宾语指同一个人或一些人。‎ He enjoyed himself in the wild. 他在野外玩得很开心。‎ ‎2. 作表语。‎ It doesn’ t matter. I’ ll be myself soon. 不要紧。我很快就会恢复好。‎ ‎3. 作主语或宾语的同位语，意为＂亲自＂。主要用于加强语气，可紧跟在被修饰名词后或句末。‎ She herself went to the school. （=She went to the school herself.）（作主语同位语）‎ You should ask the teacher himself. （作宾语同位语）‎ ‎4. 常用短语：by oneself 亲自；独自 ‎ ‎ enjoy oneself 玩得开心 ‎ ‎ dress oneself 自己穿衣服 ‎ ‎ teach oneself 自学 反身代词用法口诀 反身代词莫乱用，能在句中宾、表、同；‎ 主语、定语不能用，固定搭配要记清。‎ 单数反身代词：myself, yourself, himself, itself；‎ 复数反身代词：ourselves, yourselves, themselves。‎ ‎【典例】‎ The boy called his teacher for help because he couldn’ t solve the problem by ____________.‎ A. herself B. himself C. yourself D. themselves 考向四：指示代词 ‎1. 定义：表示＂这个＂＂那个＂＂这些＂＂那些＂等指示概念的代词叫指示代词。‎ 指示代词 用法 例句 this（these）‎ 用于指时间或空间上较近的事物 Is this your pen?‎ These are my books.‎ that（those）‎ 用于指时间或空间上较远的事物 That dictionary is Mary’ s.‎ Are those your books?‎ ‎2. 用法 指示代词可在句中作主语、宾语、表语、定语等。‎ ‎（1）that 和those代替前面提到的东西，以避免重复这个名词。‎ My seat is next to that of the mayor.（that=mayor’ s seat）我的座位在市长座位旁边。‎ ‎（2）this 或 that用来回指上文提到的事情，但若要指下文叙述的事情，通常要用 this。‎ ‎—She is a beautiful girl. 她是一个漂亮的女孩。‎ ‎—Who said that? 那是谁说的？‎ I want to know this: Is she beautiful? 我想知道这一点：她美吗?‎ ‎（3）在打电话时，通常用 this 指自己，用that指对方：‎ Hello. This is Jim. Is that John? 喂，我是吉姆，你是约翰吗？‎ ‎（4）指示代词this，that和these在作主语时可指物也可指人，但作其他句子成分时只能指物，不能指人。而those作宾语后接定语从句时可以指人。而且只有that、those后面可以跟定语从句。‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎—Hello, Linda speaking. Who’ s ____________?‎ ‎—Hello, this is Martin.‎ A. he B. one C. that D. this 考向五：不定代词 不明确指代某个人、某个事物、某些人、某些事物的代词叫不定代词。不定代词可以代替名称和形容词，表示不同的数量概念。不定代词没有主格和宾格之分，在句中可作主语、表语、宾语和定语等。‎ ‎1. 不定代词的句法功能 不定代词 成分 all，both，each，neither，either，much，little，many，few，other，some，any，one 在句中可作主语、宾语、表语和定语 everyone，everybody，everything，someone， somebody，something，anyone，anybody，anything，no one，nobody，nothing，none 在句中可作主语、宾语和表语 every，no 在句中只能作定语 1. 不定代词的基本语法 ‎（1）some、any的用法 用法 例句 some和any作定语时既可以修饰可数名词，又可以修饰不可数名词 Some rice in the bag has been sold out. 袋子里的一些大米已经卖出去了。(修饰不可数名词)‎ Do you have any brothers or sisters? 你有兄弟姐妹吗？(修饰可数名词)‎ some多用于肯定句；在表示请求、劝告、邀请、或不希望对方拒绝的疑问句中用some而不用any Some of the boys are good at swimming. 一些男孩擅长游泳。‎ Will you give me some water? 请给我一些水好吗?‎ any多用于疑问句、否定句和条件状语从句中；用于肯定句中，表示＂任何＂‎ If you have any questions, please ask me. 如果你有问题，可以问我。‎ Any child needs love. 任何一个孩子都需要爱。‎ some和any可以用来修饰单数名词，some表示＂某一＂；any表示＂任何的＂‎ Any student can answer this question. 任何学生都可以回答这个问题。‎ Someday Chinese people will fly to the moon. 某天中国人将会飞上月球。‎ ‎（2）few，a few，little，a little的用法 用法 用于可数名词 用于不可数名词 表示肯定概念 a few虽少，但有几个 a little虽少，但有一点 表示否定概念 few不多，几乎没有 little不多，没有什么 ‎【知识拓展】‎ ‎1. 这四个词或词组在句中都可作主语、宾语和定语。‎ Few of us have been to Beijing. 我们中几乎没有人去过北京。(主语)‎ I know little about the book. 我几乎不知道这本书的内容。(宾语)‎ There is a little water in the bottle. 瓶子里有一些牛奶。(定语)‎ He has a few friends. 他有一些朋友。(定语)‎ ‎2. a little和little也可以用作副词，a little表示＂有点，稍微＂，little表示＂很少＂。‎ I’ m a little hungry. 我有点俄。(修饰形容词hungry)‎ Let him sleep a little. 让他睡一会儿。(修饰动词sleep)‎ Mary, go a little faster, please. 玛丽，请走快一点儿。(修饰副词比较级)‎ ‎（3）other，the other，others，the others，another的用法 用法 例句 other 某一个，另一些，其他的。不能单独使用，后面要跟单数名词或复数名词，泛指别的 Where are his other books? 他的另一些书在哪里?‎ others 其他。必须单独使用，泛指别人或别的东西，常用于＂some... others＂结构 Some are red, and others are black. 一些是红的，另一些是黑的。‎ the other 两个中的另一个，剩下的一个。特指，常用于＂one... the other...＂结构 She has two sisters — one is a nurse, and the other is a teacher. 她有两个姐姐，一个是护士，另一个是老师。‎ the others 其他全部，其余的。表示在一个范围内的其他全部 In our class only Tommy is English, and the others are Chinese. 我们班除了汤米是英国人外，其他都是中国人。‎ another 另一个(指多个中的任何一个)，可单独用，也可接单数名词或名词复数，表示＂另几个，再几个＂‎ You can see another ship in the sea, can’ t you? 你能看见另一艘船在海里，不是吗?‎ ‎（4）all，both，none，either，neither的用法 用法 例句 all ‎①侧重指三者或三者以上＂都，全部，一切＂，在句中可作主语、宾语、表语、定语和同位语；‎ all于否定句时，表示部分否定；表示全部否定使用none。学科*网 All the students are on the playground. 所有的学生都在操场上。‎ Not all books are good.(= All books are not good. 不是所有的书都是好书。‎ ‎【知识拓展】all作主语，指代人时，谓语动词使用复数形式，指代事情时，谓语动词一般使用单数；作同位语时，all在句中的位置与both相同。‎ All goes very well. 一切进展非常顺利。‎ both ‎①表示＂两者都＂，可以作主语、宾语、定语和同位语；‎ ‎②用于否定句表示部分否定，全部否定使用neither；‎ ③both... and＂两者都，既……又……＂。‎ They both are not workers. 他们两个不都是工人。‎ Both Carl and Jeff are good at playing football. 卡尔和杰夫都擅长踢足球 ‎【知识拓展】both作主语时，谓语动词使用复数形式；作主语的同位语时，位于be动词、助动词之后，行为动词之前。‎ Both of them have been to Beijing. 他们两人都去过北京。‎ They all enjoyed it. 他们都喜欢它。‎ none ‎①意为＂没有人，没有一个，一点儿也没有，作主语和宾语，不作定语；‎ ‎②none指代可数名词作主语时，谓语动词用单数或复数形式均可，而指代不可数名词时，谓语动词必须使用单数形式。‎ None of the books are mine. 这些书都不是我的。‎ None of the rubbish has been removed. 垃圾一点也没运走。‎ ‎【易错警示】none与no one的区别：none既可指人，又可指物，而no one意为＂没有人＂，只能用于指人。作主语时，谓语用单数；none可以与of搭配，而no one无此用法；none用于回答how many或how much引出的特殊疑问句，而no one用于回答who引出的特殊疑问句。‎ ‎—How many students are there in the classroom now? 现在教室里有多少学生？‎ ‎—None. 没有一个人。‎ ‎—Who is in the classroom now? 现在谁在教室呢？‎ ‎—No one. 没人。‎ either ‎①表示＂两者中任何一个＂，可作主语、宾语和定语；‎ ‎②either作主语时，谓语动词应使用单数形式；作定语时，修饰单数名词。‎ You can park on either side of the street. 你在街道的哪边停车都可以。‎ The two guests have arrived and either is welcome. 两个客人都到了，而且都受欢迎。‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ ‎（1）either可用于搭配＂either... or...＂，意为＂或者……或者……；要么……要么……＂。‎ Either he or I am to blame. 或者他或者我将受到责备。‎ ‎（2）either可作为副词，意为＂也＂，用于否定句的句末。‎ He won’ t go and I won’ t go either. 他不去，我也不去。‎ neither ‎①意为＂两者都不＂，可作主语、宾语和定语；‎ ‎②neither... nor...＂既不……也不……＂。‎ Neither answer is correct. 两个答案都不对。‎ Neither he nor I am a doctor. 他和我都不是医生。‎ ‎【易错警示】neither作主语时，谓语动词使用单数形式；作定语时，修饰单数名词。‎ ‎（5）复合不定代词的用法 由some，any，every，no与one，body，thing一起构成的代词叫复合不定代词，如 something，everybody，anyone，nothing等。由one和body构成的复合不定代词可相互换用。‎ 用法 例句 复合不定代词一般用作单数，在句中作主语、宾语或表语 Nobody is aliment. 没有人缺席。(主语)‎ Do you need anything? 你需要点什么吗?(宾语)‎ Grammar is not everything. 语法不是全部。(表语)‎ 复合不定代词被定语修饰时，定语须放在它们后面 There is nothing wrong with the radio. 收音机没有什么问题。‎ 由some构成的复合不定代词用法与some类似，而由any构成的复合不定代词用法与any类似。当any构成的复合不定代词用于肯定句时，常表示＂无论什么东西，随便什么东西/事情＂‎ There’ s always somebody at home in the evenings. 晚上总有人在家。‎ Is there anything interesting in the newspaper? 报纸上有什么有趣的东西吗？‎ ‎【易错警示】‎ every day与everyday的区别:‎ ‎1. every day是名词短语，在句中充当状语，修饰整个句子。‎ I finish my homework before 9 every day. 我每天九点前完成作业。‎ ‎2. everyday是形容词，在句中充当定语，修饰名词。‎ Everyday work makes me bored. 每天的工作让我很烦。‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎—Which of the two magazines will you take?‎ ‎—I’ ll take ____________ though I find ____________ of them are very useful to me.‎ A. all；both B. either；either C. either；neither D. either；both ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】句意：——这两本杂志你要买哪一本？——我将会拿其中一本，尽管我发现这两本(杂志)对我都非常有用。第一空用either，指两本杂志中的任何一本；第二空要用both，指两者都。all指三者或三者以上都。‎ 考向六：疑问代词 用来构成特殊疑问句的代词叫疑问代词。它们一般位于句首。疑问代词包括who、whose、whom、what、which。学科*网 代词 用法 例句 Who 表示＂谁＂，可以指代单数和复数名词，在句中作主语、宾语或表语 Who is on duty today? 今天谁值日？‎ Whom 表示＂谁＂，可以指代单数和复数。whom只能作动词的宾语或介词的宾语，不直接跟在介词后时可用who替换，位于介词后作介词宾语时只能用whom To whom you were talking just now? 你刚才和谁说话呢?‎ Whom/Who did you often play with when you were a child? 小时候你经常和谁玩?‎ Whose 表示＂谁的＂，既可置于名词前作定语，也可单独使用，在句中常作主语、宾语、定语或表语 Whose iPad is this? 这是谁的iPad？ (定语)‎ Whose is this iPad? 这个iPad是谁的？ (表语)‎ Which 表示＂哪一个(些)＂，既可指人也可指物，可指可数名词单、复数，也可指不可数名词，在句中常作主语、宾语或定语 Which animal do you like best? 你最喜欢哪种动物?‎ Which is cheaper, this printer or that one? 这台打印机和那台打印机，哪台更便宜？‎ what 表示＂什么＂，可单独使用，也可放在名词前，既可以指代或修饰不可数名词，也可以指代或修饰可数名词的单、复数。在句中充当主语、宾语、表语或定语 What makes you love your hometown so much? 是什么使你这么热爱你的家乡？‎ ‎【易错警示】‎ which和what的用法辨析 用which提问，指在相当数目的人或物中进行选择，限制在一定的范围内；用what提问，不限制范围。‎ ‎► Which do you like, rice or meat? 你喜欢什么，米饭还是肉？‎ ‎► What do you like? 你喜欢什么？‎ ‎【知识拓展】 what的常见用法 ‎1. 用于询问职业：What be+主语?或What do/does/did+主语+ do?‎ ‎► What does your father do?=What is your father? 你父亲是干什么的？‎ ‎2. 用于询问天气或品行：What be+主语+like?‎ ‎► What’ s the weather like? 天气怎么样？‎ ‎3. 用于询问外貌、长相：What do/does/did+主语+look like?‎ ‎► What does she look like? 她长什么样？‎ ‎4. 征求对方的意见：What about ...?‎ ‎► What about going out for a movie? 出去看电影怎么样？ ‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎—____________ are you going to buy for your father for Father’ s Day?‎ ‎—A T-shirt.‎ A. What B. When C. Where D. How ‎1. —Have you found your lost mobile phone?‎ ‎—No, I haven’ t found ____________, but I bought ____________ this morning.‎ A. one；that B. that；one C. it；one D. one；it ‎2. She got up to get some sleeping pills but found there was ____________ left at home.‎ A. nothing B. none C. something D. nobody ‎3. —Mike, where’ s today’ s newspaper?‎ ‎—Well, you don’ t need to read it because there is ____________ in it.‎ A. something interesting B. nothing special C. important thing D. ‎ anything new ‎4. —Let’ s go to see a film this weekend, can we go on Saturday or Sunday?‎ ‎—____________ is OK, I’ m not free at weekends.‎ A. Neither B. Either C. Every D. Each ‎5. The song I Believe I Can Fly tells us that believing in ____________ is very important.‎ A. themselves B. itself C. ourselves D. yourselves ‎6. My dad is my role model. I learn a lot from ____________.‎ A. it B. him C. her D. them ‎1. （2018山东省滨州中考）—Nick, I lost my pen and I couldn’ t find ____________ anywhere.‎ ‎—There are many pens in that box. Just take ____________.‎ A. it; it B. it; one C. one; it D. one; one ‎2. （河北省2018年中考）Please come in, Alice. Welcome to ____________ house.‎ A. her B. his C. my D. your ‎3. （天津市2018年中考）—She is too busy to help us finish the work.‎ ‎—Let’ s do it ____________.‎ A. herself B. myself C. itself D. ourselves ‎4. （山东省青岛市2018年中考）Jack is happy. Ms. Wang, an excellent teacher, teaches ____________ math this term.‎ A. he B. him C. himself D. his ‎5. （重庆市2018年中考）I’ m surprised at the new look of ____________ hometown.‎ A. I B. me C. my D. mine ‎6. （甘肃省白银市2018年中考）There are many good teachers in ____________ school.‎ A. we B. him C. our D. themselves ‎7. （四川省乐山市2018年中考）—The sunglasses on your desk are nice. Are they ____________?‎ ‎—Yes, I got them from my parents as a birthday present.‎ A. yours B. your C. yourself ‎8. （湖南省郴州市2018年中考）—Do you know the student ____________ got an A in the English exam?‎ ‎—Of course. She is my deskmate, Li Hong A. who B. whom C. whose ‎9.（2016﹒湖北黄石中考）—Hi, Sara. Is this ____________ English book?‎ ‎—No. ____________ is on the desk.‎ A. your；Mine B. your；My C. yours；Mine D. your；My ‎10.（2016﹒山东东营中考）How do you get on with ____________ little brother? I’ ve just had a baby sister I’ m worrying about it. ‎ A. my B. his C. her D. your ‎11.（2016﹒四川成都中考）—Sally, there’ s a pen on the floor. Is it yours?‎ ‎—Oh…yes. It’ s ____________. Thank you.‎ A. mine B. yours C. hers ‎12. （2016﹒山东青岛中考）Ladies and gentlemen, attention please! I have ____________ important to tell you. ‎ A. nothing B. something C. everything D. anything ‎13.（2016﹒湖北孝感中考）Could you record today’ s NBA basketball game for me? I can watch ____________ later.‎ A. one B. my C. your D. it ‎14.（2016﹒湖南衡阳中考）On the way to Mount Heng, the scenery was so beautiful that all of us lost ____________ in it.‎ A. myself B. themselves C. ourselves ‎1. （甘肃省天水市第一中学2018届九年级上学期期末模四考试）Here are my shoes. ____ are under his bed.‎ A. Their B. Her C. Your D. His ‎2. （陕西西安市西北工业大学附属中学2017届九年级下学期第一次适应性训练）I have an elder sister. ___ name is Mary. ___ loves ___ very much.‎ A. She; Her; me B. Her; She; I C. Her; She; me D. She; She; me ‎3. （上海市延安中学2017届九年级下学期英语周周练）Miss Guo asked John if he could solve the problem by _______.‎ A. he B. him C. his D. himself ‎4. （湖北省武汉市第二中学广雅中学2017届九年级下学期第二次月考）—John, someone in your class phoned you this morning.‎ ‎—Oh! Who was __________?‎ A. he B. she C. it D. this ‎5. （湖北省武汉市第二中学广雅中学2017届九年级下学期第二次月考）When the Greens moved into the house last week, ____was at sixes and sevens, so they did a big cleaning.‎ A. something B. everything C. anything D. nothing ‎6. （江苏省南菁高级中学2017年自主招生模拟考试）—Shall we meet and discuss the problem at 9 a.m.?‎ ‎ —I’ m afraid I will be busy at that time. Let’s make it time.‎ A. other’s B. the other C. another D. other ‎7. （2017届吉林长春外国语学校九年级上第二次月考）The stories _______ were written by Mark Twain are often humorous.‎ A. that B. those C. who D. what ‎8. （2016届湖南长沙麓山国际实验学校九年级第二次模拟）Some young people like to play WeChat when they ‎ are free, but ______ like to go to the cinema.‎ A. others B. the other C. Another ‎9. （2016届云南曲靖一中九年级6月第一次月考）—Andy, could I borrow bicycle?‎ ‎— is broken. You can ask Carmen.‎ A. you; My B. you; Mine C. your; My D. your; Mine ‎10. （2016年湖北省黄冈市黄州中学英语中考一模）—Do you like communicating with your friends on QQ or MSN?‎ ‎—____________. I’ d rather ____________ the mobile phone.‎ A. Either; use B. Neither; use C. Both; not to use D. Neither; to use ‎11.（2017年徐州市初中毕业升学考试英语模拟试题）I’ m expecting a new mobile for long, but I haven’ t got enough money to buy ____________.‎ A. it B. one C. this D. that ‎12. （2017届上海市黄浦区九年级4月学业模拟考试）Jane took ____________ look at her house the moment she started her car.‎ A. other B. others C. another D. the other ‎13. （2017年湖北省武汉市中考英语模拟押题卷）—Can you work out the two problems?‎ ‎—Let me see, I think I can do ____________ one. They are both easy.‎ A. either B. neither C. some D. any ‎14. （2017年云南省大理市中考英语模拟试卷）—Excuse me, could you please tell me the way to the museum?‎ ‎—I’ m sorry. I haven’t been there before. You may ask ____________.‎ A. somebody else B. else anybody C. else somebody D. anybody else ‎15. （2016届江苏泰州姜堰九年级下中考适应性考试一模）This photo reminds me ____________ the things and persons ____________ we met at college.‎ A. of; that B. about; which C. to; / D. on; ‎ what ‎【跟踪训练】‎ ‎1. C 【解析】句意：——你找到你丢失的手机了吗？——没有找到，但是今天上午我买了一个新的。one 表示与上文提到的是一类事物中的某一个，不确定，而it 特指上文的内容。故选C。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】句意：——迈克，今天的报纸在哪？——你不必阅读，因为里面没有什么特殊的东西。形容词修饰不定代词放在不定代词的后面。故选B。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：——这周末我们去看电影吧，是周六还是周日去？——哪天都不行。我周末没有空。neither两者都不；either两者之一；every每；each每一个。故选A。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】句意：歌曲《我相信我会飞》告诉我们相信自己很重要。themselves他们自己；itself它自己；ourselves 我们自己；yourselves 你们自己。根据tells us可知此处是我们要相信我们自己，所以选C。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】句意：我的爸爸是我的榜样。我从他身上学到了很多东西。it它；him他；her她；them他们。根据本句主语My dad可知选B。学科*网 ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. B【解析】句意：——尼克，我的钢笔丢了，到处都找不到它。——那个盒子里有很多钢笔。就拿一个吧。代词it指代前文出现过的名词，特指同一物品；one指代同类名词中的＂一，一个＂。第一个空指代的就是前面的my pen，应该用it；第二个空表示盒子里的一支钢笔，并不是上面提到的那一个，应该用one，故答案选B。‎ ‎2. C【解析】句意：爱丽丝请进，欢迎来到我的房子。考查代词辨析题。根据句意语境，可知是＂我＂在欢迎客人的到来，需用第一人称的my，故选C。‎ ‎4. B【解析】句意：杰克很高兴，王老师，一个优秀的老师，这学教他数学。A. he 他（主格）；B. him他（宾格）；C. himself他自己；D. his他的；根据teach sb. sth.教某人做某事，动词后用宾格做宾语；故选B ‎5. C【解析】句意：我对家乡的新面貌感到惊讶。考查代词辨析题。空格后hometown（故乡）是名词，空格需用形容词性物主代词。I和me分别是人称代词的主格和宾格形式，mine是名词性物主代词，不再接名词，都可排除。my形容词性物主代词，后面需接名词。根据句意语境，可知选C。‎ ‎6. C【解析】句意：我们学校有很多好老师。A. we人称代词，主格，我们；B. him人称代词，宾格，他；‎ C. our形容词性物主代词，我们的；D. themselves反身代词，他们自己。由空格后面的名词school，可知此处应填形容词性物主代词，用来修饰后面的名词school，结合选项，可知C选项符合题意，故答案选C。‎ ‎7. A【解析】句意：——你桌子上的太阳镜很好看。它们是你的吗？——是的，我从父母那里得到了生日礼物。考查物主代词辨析题。空格后面没有名词，需用名词性物主代词作表语；your是形容词性物主代词，yourself是反身代词，都可排除。根据句意语境，可知选A。‎ ‎8. A【解析】句意：——你认识在英语考试中得A的那个学生吗？——当然，她是我同桌，李红。这是定语从句结构，先行词是the student，引导词在从句中作主语，所以用who；故选A。‎ ‎9. A 【解析】句意：——你好，萨拉。这是你的英语书吗？——不。我的在书桌上。两空都表示＂某人的＂，用物主代词，前空后有名词English book，用形容词性物主代词；后空后无名词，用名词性物主代词。故选A。‎ ‎10. D 【解析】句意：你和你的弟弟相处得怎么样？我刚有一个小妹妹，我在担心着。A. my我的；B. his他的；C. her她的；D. your你的。＂你＂和＂你的＂弟弟相处得如何？故选D。‎ ‎11. A 【解析】句意：——萨利，在地板上有一支钢笔。它是你的吗？——哦……是的。它是我的。谢谢你。A.我的；B.你的；C.她的。故选A。‎ ‎13. D 【解析】句意：你能为我录下今天的篮球比赛吗？我可以稍后看它。此处指代上文中的today’ s NBA basketball game，用it代替。故选D。‎ ‎14. C 【解析】句意：在去衡山的路上，风景是如此的美，以至于我们都被迷在其中了。A. myself我自己；B. themselves他们自己；C. ourselves我们自己。风景迷人，我们把我们自己沉迷其中了。故选C。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. D【解析】句意：这是我的鞋子。他的在床底下。A. Their形容词性物主代词，他们的；B. Her形容词性物主代词, 她的；C. Your形容词性物主代词，你的；D. His既作形容词性物主代词，又作名词性物主代词，他的。名词性物主代词可以单独使用，而形容词性物主代词+名词。故选D。‎ ‎2. C【解析】句意：我有一个姐姐。她的名字是Mary。她非常爱我。我的姐姐是女性，形容词性的物主代词用her，人称代词用she，love后跟代词的宾格。故选C。‎ ‎3. D【解析】句意：郭小姐问约翰是否他能独立解决问题。by oneself独立地，故选D。‎ ‎4. C【解析】句意：——约翰，今天早上你班上有人打电话给你。——哦，是谁呢？ 当指心目中的一个人，而不关注这个人的性别、年龄等情况时，通常使用人称代词it指代。故选C。‎ ‎5. B【解析】考查不定代词。句意：当Greens全家上周搬到房子的时候，所有东西都乱七八糟的，所以他们做了大扫除。Something一些东西， everything每件事物，所有；anything任何东西；nothing没什么东西。‎ ‎6. C【解析】句意：——我们在9点碰面讨论这个问题好吗？——恐怕那个时候我会比较忙，让我们定另外一个时间吧。other’ s形式错误；the other表示两者中的另一个；another 另一个；other其他的，是形容词，修饰名词。根据句意可知，说话人的意思是早上9点这个时间不合适，再换另一个时间，泛指另一个，故应选C。‎ ‎7. A【解析】考查关系代词。句意：Mark Twain写的那些故事常常是非常幽默的。that关系代词，先行词可以是人或物；those 那些；who谁，引导定语从句时，先行词是人；what什么，不能引导定语从句。根据句意可知，这里考查的是定语从句，先行词是stories，故选A。学科*网 ‎8. A【解析】考查代词的用法。句意：一些人当他们有空的时候，喜欢玩微信，但是其他的人喜欢去看电影。Others表示其他的人们；B. the other表示两者中的另一个；C. Another另一个；结合语境，故选A。‎ ‎10. B 【解析】考查代词和非谓语动词。句意：——你喜欢用QQ还是MSN和你的朋友聊天？——都不喜欢，我宁愿用手机打电话。根据语境，要用否定的回答，用neither两者都不；either要么；both两者都。would rather do sth.宁愿做某事；故选B。‎ ‎11. B 【解析】句意：我期望一部新手机很长时间，但是我没有足够的钱买一个。此处代指a new mobile，故用代词one。故选B。‎ ‎12. C 【解析】句意：简发动汽车的时候，又看了一眼她的房子。A. other其他的，形容词；B. others 其他的，代词，相当于other+名词；C. another又一次，又一个；D. the other另一个（两个中的）；剩余的。结合句意和语境可知选C。‎ ‎13. A 【解析】句意：——你能计算出这两个问题吗？——让我想想，我想我能做出任何一个，他们都很容易。either两者中任何一个；neither两者都不；some一些，用于肯定句中；any一些，用于否定句或者疑问句中。根据句意They are both easy可知，这两个问题任何一个都会做，故选A。‎ ‎14. A 【解析】句意：——对不起，请问你可以告诉我去博物馆的路吗？——对不起，我以前没有去过那儿。你可以问其他人。some的复合不定代词一般用在肯定句里，any的复合不定代词一般用在否定句和疑问句里。本句是肯定句，用somebody。形容词修饰不定代词时，要放在不定代词之后。故选A。‎ ‎15. A 【解析】考查定语从句。句意：这张相片使我想起了我在大学时遇到过的人和事。前空是固定结构：remind sb. of…使某人想起……；提醒某人……；后面的the things and persons是先行词，后面跟的是定语从句，先行词在定语从句中作宾语，用关系代词，既有人，也有物时，关系词用that。故选A。‎ 命题趋势：‎ ‎ 介词是历年各省市中考必考知识点。从考查形式看，一般有单项选择、完形填空、词语运用等。所占分值通常为2～4分。从命题意图看，侧重考查考生的具体语言环境中使用介词的能力。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎ 1. 介词辨析；‎ ‎2. 介词短语辨析。‎ 介词是一种虚词，它不能单独担任句子成分，必须与名词或代词或相当于名词的其他词类、短语或从句构成介词短语，才能担任句子成分。‎ 考向一：时间介词 表示＂时间＂的介词如下： ‎ ‎① 表示年、月、日、时刻等用at, in, on ‎ ‎② 表示时间的前后用before, after ‎ ‎③ 表示期限等用by, until, till ‎ ‎④ 表示期间等用for, during, through ‎ ‎⑤ 表示时间的起点等用from, since ‎⑥ 表示时间的经过等用in, within, at, on, in at：用于表示时刻、时间的某一点 at lunch在午饭时 at breakfast早餐时 at noon正午时 at ‎ night在夜间 at that time那时 at the moment此刻，目前 at the same time同时 at times偶尔，有时 at nine在九点钟 at first开始的时候，起初 at last最后 ‎ ‎►We usually have lunch at noon/ at twelve. 我们通常中午吃午饭（十二点吃午饭）。‎ 注意：表示时间的名词前有this, last, next, every等修饰时，其前面不加介词。‎ this morning今天早上 last Monday上周一 every week每周 on用于表示某天，某一天的上、下午（指具体的某一时，一律用on）‎ on Monday 在周一 on Monday evening 在周一晚上 ‎ on Tuesday morning 在周二早上 on June 6在6月6日 ‎ on May 4,2016 在2016年5月4日 on a cold night在一个寒冷的夜晚 ‎ on that day在那天 on Christmas Day在圣诞节那天 ‎ on time准时 on the night of July（the）first 在七月一日的夜晚 ‎ ‎►We didn’ t listen to the lecture on Wednesday afternoon.周三下午我们没去听演讲。‎ in用于表示周、月、 季节、年和泛指的上午、下午、晚上（指在一段时间内）。‎ in the week在这周 in the holiday在假期中 in May 在五月 in 1995在1995年 ‎ in summer在夏季 in Spring在春季 ‎ in autumn在秋季 in winter在冬季 ‎ in September, 1995 在1995年9月 in the morning 在上午 ‎ in the afternoon 在下午 in the evening在晚上 ‎ in the 21st century在二十一世纪 in time及时 in an hour一个小时后 in a minute一会儿，立刻 ‎ ‎►The plane took off on time.飞机准时起飞了。 ‎ ‎►People go skating in winter.人们冬天去滑冰。 ‎ ‎►Do they work in the day time or at night? 他们是白天工作还是夜里工作？ ‎ before, after（注：两个既可以作介词又可以作连词）‎ before在……之前 ‎ ‎►Wash your hands before dinner.（before作介词）吃饭前请洗手。‎ ‎►He will call me before he leaves here/before ten o’ clock.（前一个before作连词；后一个before作介词）他离开这儿之前/十点之前，将给我打电话。‎ after在……之后 ‎ ‎►Let’ s sing some songs after school.（after作介词）放学后咱们唱歌吧！‎ ‎►Please close the door after you leave the room.（after作连词）离开房间后请关门。‎ by, until/till ‎ by 在……前（时间）；截止（到）…… ‎ ‎►How many English books had you read by the end of last year? 到去年年底以前你看过多少本英文书？‎ ‎►She had left by the time I arrived.我到时（之前）她已经走了。 ‎ by the end of在……底（之前） by then 到那时 by the time+从句 在……之前 ‎ until/till知道……为止（时间） ‎ ‎►We didn’ t begin to watch TV until/till nine o’ clock.一直到九点，我们才开始看电视。（begin是点动词，所以用否定式） ‎ ‎►I will wait for him until he comes here.我将在这儿一直等到他来。学@科网 for, during, through ‎ for 达……之久（表示经过了多少时间），可以和一般现在时、过去时、将来时连用，但经常和完成时连用。‎ during 在……期间 through 一直……（从开始到结束）‎ ‎►He has lived here for 20 years.他在这儿已经住了二十年了。‎ ‎►We will stay in the city for two days.我们要在这座城市呆两天。‎ ‎►They are going to have a good rest during the summer holidays.暑假中他们打算好好休息一下。‎ ‎►They played the cards through the night.他们打了一整夜的牌。‎ ‎►He stayed in London through the winter.他整个冬天都待在伦敦。‎ ‎【注意】for和during。for之后大多跟表示时间、具体天数等的数字名词。而during后决不能跟表数字的名词。‎ from, since ‎ from从……起（时间）‎ 表示＂从……开始＂时，一般都是用词组from...to...，而单纯表示确切的＂从几点开始＂时用at。‎ ‎►The meeting will be held from eight to ten.这个会议将从8点开到10点。‎ ‎►The meeting will be held at eight. 会议将从八点钟开始。‎ since自从……以来（表示从以前某时一直到现在仍在继续）‎ ‎►I have been sick since yesterday.我从昨天起就病了。（强调一直病到现在）‎ ‎►The doctor has saved a lot of lives since he became a doctor.（since作连词，引导时间状语从句）这个医生自从当医生以来已经拯救了许多人的生命。‎ in, within ‎ in过……后（未来时间）大多用在将来时（一般将来时和过去将来时）。‎ in an hour一小时之后 in a week or so大约一星期之后 ‎►He will be back in five hours.他五小时之后回来。‎ ‎►They said they would arrive here in a week.他们说他们一周后到达。‎ within不超过……的范围 ‎ within 3 hours 3小时之内 within a week一周之内 ‎►I must finish painting the cat within five minutes.我必须在五分钟之内画好这只猫。‎ 比较：within和in。within强调＂在……时间之内＂，没有时态的限制。in是以现在为基础，in an hour是指从现在起一小时之后，所以in一般只用于将来时。‎ 时间介词巧记歌 年月周前要用 in， 日子前面却不行。‎ 遇到几号要用＂on＂， 上午下午又是＂in＂。‎ 要说某日上下午， 用 on 换 in 才能行。‎ 午夜黄昏用 at， 黎明用它也不错。‎ at 也在时分前， 说＂差＂用 to，说＂过＂要用past。‎ 考向二：表示场所、方向的介词 ‎ ‎（1） 表示场所的介词：at, in, on, under, by, near, between, around, opposite ‎ ‎（2） 表示方向的介词：into, out of, along, across, through, up, past ‎ ‎①at, in ‎ at在某地（表示比较狭窄的场所）‎ at school上学 at home在家 stand at the door站在门边 at a factory在一家工厂 at the bottom of在……下面 at the party在聚会上 at the end of在……末尾 at the table在桌旁 at the station在火车站 at the crossroads在十字路口 at work在上班 at the bus stop在公共汽车站 ‎►I’ ll meet him at the Beijing railway station.我将去北京站接他。‎ in在某地（表示比较宽敞的场所） ‎ in Beijing在北京 in the world在世界上 in the house在房子里 ‎ ‎►His brother is in prison and was arrested 2 years ago. 他哥哥两年前被捕现在在监狱中服刑。‎ ‎►She was born in China.她是在中国出生的。‎ ‎②on, above, over, under, below on在……上面，有接触面。‎ on the desk在桌子上面；on the map在地图上。‎ on在……靠近……的地方 on the right在右边 on the screen在屏幕上 on the river在河边 on the farm在农场 on the floor在地板上 on the island/beach在岛上/海滨 on the pavement在人行道上 above在……上方 ‎►Our plane flew above the clouds.我们的飞机在云端上飞行。‎ over在……正上方，是under的反义词 ‎ ‎►There is a light over Li Ming.李明的正上方有一盏灯。‎ ‎►A few birds were flying over the sea.有几只鸟在海上飞。‎ ‎►under在……下面；在……之内 under the table桌子下面 under the jacket在夹克内 ‎►The dog is under the table.这只狗在桌子下面。 ‎ below在……下方（不一定是正下方） 正下方是under，below是above的反义词。‎ ‎►There are a lot of fishes below the surface of the water.水面下有许多各式各样的鱼。‎ ‎③near, by ‎ near近的，不远的 near=not far，是far的反义词。near还可以指时间。‎ in the near future在不久的将来 ‎►Is there a bus stop near here? 这儿附近有公共汽车站吗？‎ by在……旁边，距离比near要近 ‎ by the window在窗户旁边 by me在我旁边 ‎►The boy is standing by the window.这个男孩正站在窗户旁边。‎ ‎④ between, among, around between在两者之间 ‎►My teacher is sitting between Tom and Mike.我们的老师正坐在汤姆和迈克之间。 ‎ ‎►What’ s the difference between A and B? A和B之间有什么区别？ ‎ among在三者或更多的之中 ‎ ‎►There is a beautiful house among the trees.在树林之中有一间漂亮的房子。 ‎ ‎►He is very popular among the students.他在学生之中很受欢迎（很出名）。 ‎ around环绕，在……周围，在……四周 ‎ ‎►We sat around the table.我们在桌子四周坐下来。 ‎ ‎►The earth moves around the sun.地球围绕太阳转。 ‎ ‎⑤ in front of，behind，opposite ‎ in front of早……的前面；在……的前部 ‎ ‎►There is a tree in front of the house. ‎ ‎►There is a big desk for the teacher in the front of the classroom. 在教室的前部有一张大讲桌。 ‎ behind在……后面 behind是in front of的反义词 ‎ ‎►There is a tree behind my house. 我家房子后面有一颗树。‎ ‎►There is a tree at the back of my house.我家房子后面有一棵树。 ‎ opposite在……对面 ‎ ‎►Our school is opposite a university,我们学校在一所大学的对面。 ‎ ‎►He stood opposite me.他站在我对面。‎ ‎⑥ in, into, out of, up ‎ in在……之内，用于表示静止的位置 ‎ ‎►The students are in the classroom.学生们在教室里。‎ into进入用于表有特定终点的运动的方向。通常用于表示动作的动词之后,如go, come, walk, run等。‎ ‎►The students run into the classroom.学生们跑进教室。‎ ‎►He jumped into the water.他跳入水中。‎ out of和into一样，也表示有一定的运动方向 ‎►The students rushed out of the room.学生们冲出房间。‎ ‎【重点】out of的基本含义：从……到外面，离开；在……范围之外；从（某个数）之中 up移动 ‎ ‎►The children climbed up the tree.孩子们爬上了树。 ‎ ‎⑦ along, across, past, through ‎ along沿着 ‎ ‎►I was walking along the river when it began to rain.我正沿着河边散步，突然下起雨来了。‎ across横过 ‎►I often swim across the river.我常游泳横渡这条河。‎ past经过 ‎►Every day he runs past the city hall.他每天跑步经过市政府。‎ through贯穿，通过 ‎►The sun shone through the clouds.阳光穿过云层照射下来。‎ ‎►The river was through the city.这条河穿过这个城市。‎ ‎⑧ to, from, for ‎ 单词 含义 例句 to 到达……地点（目的地）或方向 He came to Japan in 1980.他1980年来到日本。‎ from 从……地点起 leaver for动身去…… start for出发去…… ‎ I will leave for America next week.下周我将动身去美国。‎ for 表示目的地，＂向……＂ for表目的时，一般都是和固定动词搭配。‎ It’ s about ten minutes’ walk from here to the cinema. 从这儿到电影院大约需步行十分钟。‎ 考向三： 其他介词（介词除了可以表示＂时间＂、＂场所＂以外，有些也可以表示＂手段＂＂材料＂等。） ‎ ‎（1）表示手段和材料的介词with, in, by ‎ ‎①with和……在一起 ‎ ‎►Will you please go with me?你和我一起去好吗？‎ with具有、带有 ‎ ‎►He was a handsome boy with large bright eyes.他是有着一双明亮大眼睛的英俊男孩。‎ with用某种工具或办法 ‎ ‎►Li Li cut her hand with a knife.莉莉用刀把手指弄破了。‎ ‎►He wrote the letter with a new pen.他用一只新钢笔写这封信。‎ with one’ s help在某人的帮助下 ‎►With the teacher’ s help I have made progress.在老师的帮助下，我取得了进步。‎ ‎②in表示用什么材料（如用墨水，铅笔等），或用什么语言，或者表示衣着、声调特点时，不用with，而用in。‎ ‎►she wrote a letter in black ink.她用黑色的墨水写信。学@科网 ‎►Don’ t write it in pencil but in ink.别用铅笔写，用钢笔（水）写。‎ ‎►Can you speak in English? 你能用英语说吗？‎ ‎③by通过……方法、手段 ‎＂by+交通工具＂的词组：‎ by bicycle骑自行车 by train坐火车 by plane/by air坐飞机 by taxi坐出租车 by car坐小汽车 by ship坐船 by bus坐公共汽车 ‎ ‎（2）of, from ‎①of（属于）……的；表示……的数量或种类 ‎►This is a map of china.这是一幅中国地图。‎ ‎►Will you please give me a cup of tea? 请您给我一杯茶好吗？‎ ‎②from来自（某地、某人）；以……起始（时间或地点）‎ ‎►I’ m from Nanjing.我是南京人。 ‎ ‎►We work from Monday to Friday.我们从星期一到星期五上班。‎ ‎（3）without, like, as ‎①without没有，是with的反义词。 ‎ ‎►Man can’ t live without air and water.人类没有空气和水不能生存。‎ ‎►Please give me a cup of coffee with（without）milk.请给我一杯（不）加牛奶的咖啡。‎ ‎②like像……一样 ‎►Nancy is just like her mother.南希和她的妈妈一样。 ‎ ‎►Nancy looks like her mother.（南希和她妈妈长得一样。）用look时，强调外表。‎ ‎③as作为 ‎►He is famous as a scientist here.他在此地作为一个科学家而闻名。‎ ‎►The room is dirty as usual.这房间像平时一样脏。‎ ‎（4）against, about ‎①against反对；靠着 ‎►He is against the plan（Li Ming）.他反对这个计划。（他反对李明）‎ ‎►The teacher is standing against the blackboard.老师正靠着黑板站着。‎ ‎②about 关于；各处；身旁 ‎ ‎►Tell me something about your life.告诉我你的生活情况。 ‎ ‎►I have no money about/with me.我身上没带钱。‎ about 询问某人/某物的情况或提出建议 ‎ ‎►What about your sister? 你姐姐情况如何？ ‎ ‎►How about going to the park? 去公园怎么样？‎ 考向四：介词短语 ‎1 at once 立刻 2 at last 最后 ‎3 at first 起先，首先 4 at the age of... 在……岁时 ‎5 at the end of...在……之末 6 at the beginning of... 在……之初 ‎7 at the foot of... 在……脚下 8 at the same time 同时 ‎9 at night/noon 在夜里/中午 10 with one’ s help ‎ 在某人的帮助下，由于某人的帮助 ‎11 with the help of ... 在……的帮助下 12 with a smile 面带笑容 ‎13 with one’ s own eyes 亲眼看见 14 after a while 过了一会儿 ‎15 from now on 从现在起 16 from then on 从那时起 ‎17 for example 例如 18 far away from 远离 ‎19 from morning till night 从早到晚 20 by and by 不久 ‎21 by air mail 寄航空邮件 22 by bike/air/train/bus 骑自行车/乘飞机/火车/汽车 ‎ ‎23 by ordinary mail 寄平信 24 by the way 顺便说 ‎25 by the window 在窗边 26 by the end of... 到……底为止 ‎ ‎27 little by little 逐渐地 28 in all 总共 29 in fact 事实上 ‎30 in one’ s twenties 在某人二十几岁时 31 in a hurry 匆忙 ‎ ‎32 in the middle of 在……中间 33 in no time (in a minute) 立刻，很快 ‎34 in time (on time) 及时 35 in public 公众，公开地 ‎36 in order to 为了…… 37 in front of 在……前面 ‎38 in the sun 在阳光下 39 in the end 最后，终于 ‎40 in surprise 惊奇地 41 in turn 依次 ‎42 of course 当然 43 a bit (of) 有一点儿 ‎44 a lot of 许多 45 a little 一点儿 ‎46 on one’ s way to 某人在去……的路上 47 on foot 步行，走路 ‎48 a talk on space 一个关于太空的报告 49 on the other hand 另一方面 ‎50 at/on the weekend 在周末 51 on the left (right) 在左(右)边 ‎52 on the other side of 在……另一边 53 on the radio 通过收音机(无线电广播)‎ ‎54 to one’ s joy 使……高兴的是 55 to one’ s surprise 使……惊讶的是 ‎1. The foreigners arrived __________ Shanghai __________ night.‎ ‎ A. at; at B. in; at C. in; in D. at; in ‎2. Wushu is becoming more and more popular __________ westerners.‎ A. among B. between C. in D.within ‎3. __________ the help of the teachers, we decorated. Our classroom __________ lanterns, flowers and pictures yesterday.‎ A. Under; without B. Under; among C. With; with D.With;between ‎4. The cakes __________ the shape of a round moon is called mooncakes.‎ A. like B. look like C. as D. likes ‎5. Smoking and drinking are not good _______ your health.‎ A. for B. to C. of D. at ‎ ‎6. It was clever __________ the boy to work __________ the maths problems in less than ten minutes. ‎ A. for; out B. of; out C. for; on D. of; on ‎7. My aunt Jane tried her best to reduce her weight ________ 6 kg.‎ A. about B. at C. to D. by ‎8. In my opinion, I agree __________ you __________ that.‎ A. to; with B. with; to C. with; with D. with; on ‎9. I am familiar__________ this school since I have worked here for more than fifteen years.‎ A. with B. to C. about D. of ‎10. Would you please look __________ my baby girl __________ my absence?‎ A. after; during B. for; during C. after; in D. to; in ‎1. （2018山东省滨州中考）Don’ t stay inside _________ such a sunny morning. Let’s go out to enjoy the gentle wind and the sweet flowers.‎ A. on B. in C. from D. at ‎2. （天津市2018年中考）In the picture, he sits _________ me, looking very happy.‎ A. beside B. among C. up D. through ‎3. （湖北省宣昌市2018年中考）—Who is the space scientist from Beijing?‎ ‎—The man _________ white over there. He’s of medium height.‎ A. with B. in C. or D. for ‎4. （山东省青岛市2018年中考）More and more people in Qingdao go to work _________ subway now.‎ A. with B. on C. in D. by ‎5. （浙江省温州市2018年中考）I’ve ordered some flowers for grandma and they will arrive _________ two hours.‎ A. in B. after C. over D. for ‎6. （重庆市2018年中考）I always play basketball to relax myself _________ Saturdays.‎ A. on B. in C. at D. by ‎7. （2018年江苏省连云港市中考）—Bill, did you see Tom?‎ ‎—Yes, he just parked his car here and then hurried _________ the street.‎ A. through B. over C. past D. across ‎8. （重庆市2018年中考）—Excuse me, is there a computer room in your school?‎ ‎—Yes. It’s _________ the fifth floor.‎ A. on B. in C. at D. to ‎9. （甘肃省白银市2018年中考）The earth goes _________ the sun.‎ A. around B. through C. between D. across ‎10. （四川省乐山市2018年中考）The program I’ m a singer is quite popular _________ students these days. They often talk about it between classes.‎ A. for B. with C. in ‎11. （2017 • 上海中考）We won! The honor belongs _________ all the member of our team.‎ ‎ A. by B. of C. at D. to ‎12. （2017 • 上海中考）Shirley is still waiting for her flight to New York City _________ the airport.‎ ‎ A. at B. under C. on D. with ‎13. （2017 • 苏州市中考）Nora opened the box. To her surprise, _________ was a gold watch ‎ A. outside B. inside C. beside D. behind ‎14. （2017 • 湖北省随州市中考）—Do you know the student _________ David and Jack?‎ ‎—Yeah. It’s Jim. ‎ A. Among B. in C. between D. around ‎15. （2017 • 湖北省宜昌市中考）—Do you have anything else to say for being late again?‎ ‎—No, nothing _________ sorry.‎ A. above B. behind C. from D. but ‎16. （2017 • 江苏省宿迁市中考）Your gloves should be made _________ leather, for they feel soft and smooth.‎ A. in B. on C. for D. of ‎17. （2017 • 山西省中考）When you’ re invited to have dinner at home by an American friend, you should be _________ or a little later. It’s different from our Chinese custom.‎ A. on time B. on business C. on show ‎18. （2017 • 四川省宜宾市中考）Who is better _________ playing basketball, you or your brother?‎ A. at B. in C. on ‎19. （2017 • 云南省昆明市中考）— Hello, may I speak _________ Mike?‎ ‎—This is Mike speaking.‎ A. at B. to C. in D. on ‎20. （2017 • 安徽中考）To my pleasure, my family is always _________ me whatever I decide to do.‎ A. above B. behind C. from D. through ‎21. （2017 • 山东青岛中考）—Which is your new English teacher?‎ ‎—The young lady _________ red over there.‎ A. with B. in C. on D. for ‎22. （2017 • 山东德州中考）A woman stood _________ the window, watching the children playing games in the garden.‎ A. past B. through C. across D. by ‎23. （2017 • 山东德州中考）—_________, there must be life on other planets though none has been discovered.‎ ‎—I agree with you. The universe is so large after all.‎ A. To my surprise B. To be honest C. In my opinion D. Again and again ‎24. （2017 • 四川成都中考）I can’t see Lucy because she is _________ the tree.‎ A. in front of B. behind C. next to ‎1.（2016 • 云南普洱市思茅第三中学月考）Uncle Wang knows a lot about the world _________ watching TV.‎ A. by B. at C. to D. for ‎2. —I will go to visit Sanya this summer holiday.‎ ‎—Really? Sanya is famous _________ its beautiful beaches. Be sure to go to the beaches.‎ A. to B. for C. as D. with ‎3. Both teachers and students are busy _________ June.‎ A. with B. in C. on D. at ‎4. Can you see the cat hiding _________ the tree?‎ A. on B. under C. over D. in ‎5. The litter bin _________ the corner of the room is a present from my brother.‎ ‎ A. at B. on C. in D. among ‎6. （2017年新疆乌鲁木齐市第九十八中学）Harry’ s mom looks young and beautiful. It’s hard to imagine she is already _________ her _________.‎ A. in; fifty B. in; fifties C. on; fifties D. in; fiftieth ‎7. （2017年广东省初中毕业生学业考试模拟）Pony Ma, the Chairman of Tencent Company, has made much money _________ the Internet.‎ A. along B. across C. towards D. through ‎8. （2017年重庆市万盛经济技术开发区九年级上学期期末模拟）Thank you _________ inviting me to your part.‎ A. for B. of C. with D. to ‎9. （2017年上海市黄浦区九年级4月学业模拟考试）Everybody rose and clapped their hands _________ the end of the concert.‎ A. by B. in C. at D. for ‎10. （2017年上海市黄浦区九年级4月学业模拟考试）Benjamin was born in Boston _________ the morning of January 17, 1907.‎ A. in B. on C. at D. by ‎11. （2017年山东省潍坊市昌乐县初中学生学业水平模拟考试）Michael Jordan is known _________ an excellent basketball player and he is popular _________ the basketball fans. ‎ A. for；to B. as；among C. to；with D. for；with ‎12. （2017年山东省潍坊市昌乐县初中学生学业水平模拟考试）G20 Summit last year was held in Hangzhou _________ September 4th to September 5th .‎ A. on B. in C. at D. from ‎13. （2017年北京市昌平区九年级第二次5月模拟考试）—What does your father do?‎ ‎—He is a doctor and he works _________ a hospital.‎ A. On B. in C. of D. to ‎14. （2017年重庆一中九年级一模）—Why was Mary _________ such a hurry this morning?‎ ‎—Because her grandma was hurt by a car and sent to the hospital.‎ A. to B. for C. at D. in ‎15. （2017年南京市鼓楼区中考第一次模拟考试） _________ our joy, our class came first in this year’ s school football match.‎ A. In B. At C. To D. For ‎【跟踪训练】‎ ‎2. A【解析】在……之中有两种表达。in（在物体内）；among（在人群中间）。其实最大的干扰项为between，between（两者之间）/among（至者以上）。westerners西方人。故选A。‎ ‎3. C【解析】在……的帮助下，英语的正确表达为with the help of而不是under the help of。＂用……来装饰＂的正确表达为decorate… with。故选C。‎ ‎4. A【解析】like可以用作介词，表示＂像……＂；as用作介词时表示＂作为＂、＂好像（某人）＂强调身份。look like表示＂看上去像……＂，它是一个动词短语。而likes表示＂喜欢＂，它是第三人称单数的形式。句意：像月亮的那种糕饼叫作月饼。句中少的是介词而不是动词，选A。‎ ‎5. A【解析】句意：烟、酒对你的身体不利。be good for＂对……有好处＂；be bad for和be harmful to意思为＂对……有害处＂；而be good at是＂擅长＂的意思。be not good for＂对……没有好处＂，显然与句意相符，所以答案是A。‎ ‎6. B【解析】It is/was+ adj.+for sb. to do sth.这一结构只是用for sb. to do sth.作不定式的逻辑主语。work out意为＂作出、算出、制定出＂。work on意为＂（对某人／某事）产生预期的结果或作用＂。根据本句的意思只有答案B是正确的。‎ ‎7. D【解析】有关reduce的两个短语为reduce…to（减到），reduce… by（减去）。作为一个成年人，6公斤的体重是不可能的。唯一可能的是减去了6公斤的体重。所以答案D是正确的。‎ ‎8. D【解析】agree这个动词后可以+介词with/to/on。agree with sb.表示同意，赞成；agree to sth.同意，愿意，答应（某事物）；agree with sb. about/on sth.（与某人）意见一致。故选D。‎ ‎9. A【解析】be familiar with sth.意为＂对某事物熟悉，通晓＂；be familiar to sb.意为＂为（某人）所熟知的，经常见到或听到的＂；而be familiar with sb.意思为＂友好的，不拘礼节的，过分亲密，冒失的＂。因为在一个地方工作了15‎ 年，应该对这个地方非常的熟悉，所以答案A是正确的。‎ ‎10.A【解析】look after照顾，look for寻找。during和in在表示一段时间时可以互换。但during后面必须有the，而in后面有the表示特指，没有的话就是泛指。如in summer指每年的夏天；而in the summer则为那年的夏天。during指＂在整个过程中＂，更强调时间的延续。这时谓语动词表示延续性状态或习惯性动作。＂in＂则纯粹指一段时间，在那段时间里发生些什么。句意：在我不在期间你能帮我照看一下我的孩子吗？故选A。学@科网 ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎2. A【解析】句意：在这张照片中，他坐在我的旁边，看上去非常高兴。本题考查介词。A. beside在……旁边；B. among在……中；C. up向上；D. through穿过。根据句意可知选A。‎ ‎3. B【解析】句意：——谁是来自北京的太空科学家？——在那边穿白色衣服的那个人。他中等身材。考查介词辨析题。in+颜色词，表示＂ 穿着某某颜色的衣服＂ ，习惯用法；根据句意语境，可知选B。‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：现在越来越多的青岛人乘地铁去上班。A. with 用；B. on 在……上；C. in 在……里；D. by乘。根据on/in+the+交通工具，by+交通工具；故选D。‎ ‎5. A【解析】句意：我已经给奶奶点了一些鲜花，它们会两个小时后会到的。＂in+一段时间＂ 表示＂ 一段时间以后＂ ，通常与一般将来时连用，这里是说买的花两个小时后就会到，选项B＂ after + 一段时间＂ 也可表示＂ 在…以后＂ ，但通常不与一般将来时共同使用，通常与一般过去时连用，选项C ‎＂over+一段时间＂表示＂ 在一段时间里＂ ，会与现在完成时连用，最后＂ for+一段时间＂ 表示＂持续了……＂ ，通常作为时间状语与现在完成时连用，故选A。‎ ‎【点睛】看到句子中的一般将来时，就要迅速回忆起相关的时间状语，最典型的通常会有＂in+ 一段时间＂ 表示＂一段时间以后＂，这样这种题也能迅速破解了。补充：1）in+一段时间，表示从说话人说话的时刻为起点一段时间以后，用于一般将来时。2）after+‎ 一段时间表示以过去的某一时间为起点，＂ 过……之后＂ 。用于一般过去时。3）时间段+later指某一具体时间算起的＂ 以后＂ 、＂ 后来＂ ，可以指过去，也可指将来。‎ ‎6. A【解析】句意：我总是在周六打篮球让自己放松下来。考查介词辨析题。on表示星期几或某一特定的日期；in泛指一般意义的上午、下午或晚上以及月或年等较长的时间；at表示时间的某一点、某一时刻或年龄；by和时间名词连用表示在将来某一时间以前已经完成或一直持续的动作，意思是＂ 到……时＂ 。Saturday星期六，需用介词on。根据句意语境，可知选A。‎ ‎8. A【解析】考查介词辨析。句意：——打扰一下，你们学校有微机室吗？——有，在第五层。在第几层用介词on。故选A。‎ ‎9. A【解析】句意：地球绕着太阳转。A. around围绕、环绕；B. through穿过，表示从事物内部穿过；C. between在……两者之间；D. across横穿，表示从事物外部一边到另一边。根据句意＂地球绕着太阳转＂ 可知是around符合题意，故答案选A。‎ ‎10. B【解析】句意：我现在是个歌手，这个节目很受学生欢迎。他们经常在课堂上谈论它。考查介词辨析题。be popular with在……中有声望/受好评，固定短语。根据句意语境，可知选B。‎ ‎11. D【解析】考查介词辨析。句意：我们赢了！荣誉属于我们队的全体队员们。A. by通过，表方式；B. of ……的，表属性；C. at在……，表方位；D. to属于。belong to属于，归属，是固定搭配。故选D。‎ ‎12. A【解析】考查介词辨析。句意：Shirley仍然在机场等待飞往纽约的航班。四个选项都是介词。A. at（表示位置）在……；B. under在……下面；C. on在……上面；D. with和……一起。at the airport在飞机场，是固定搭配。故选A。‎ ‎13. B【解析】考查介词。句意：诺拉打开盒子。使她吃惊的是，在里面是一块金手表。A. outside在……外面；B. inside在……里面；C. beside在……旁边；D. behind在……后面。根据opened the box，所以是在盒子里面，故选B。‎ ‎14. C【解析】考查介词的用法。句意：——你认识在戴维和杰克中间的学生吗？——‎ 是的。这里是吉姆。A. Among经过；处在……中；表示三者之间；B. in 在； C. between在……之间；表示在两者之间； D. around在附近。between在……之间。这里表示两者之间。故选C。‎ ‎15. D【解析】考查介词的用法。句意：——你又迟到了，还有什么可说的吗？——不，只有抱歉。A. above在……上；B. behind在……下；C. from从……；D. but除了。根据上下文的意思，可知选D。‎ ‎16. D【解析】考查介词用法。句意：你的手套应该是皮革做的，因为它们摸起来柔软光滑。make制作，be made 后面常跟两个介词，一是in，一是of。be made in在……制造，后接地点名词，如made in China，而be made of由……做成，后面跟的是材料名词。故选D。‎ ‎18. A【解析】考查介词的用法。句意：谁更擅长打篮球，你还是你的哥哥？be good at擅长……，经常指长期某一方面表现好；be good in在……方面表现出色，往往表示某一次的效果。根据句意，可知在提问一种通常情况，而不是某一次的表现，故选A。‎ ‎19. B【解析】考查介词。句意：——你好，可以让迈克接电话吗？——我就是迈克。这里是短语speak to sb.给某人说话。故选B。‎ ‎20. B【解析】考查介词的用法。句意：令我愉快的是，无论我决定做什么，我的家庭总是支持我。A. above在……上；B. behind在……后面；C. from从……；D. through通过。be behind sb. 对某人支持或者赞同。结合句意，故选B。‎ ‎21. B【解析】考查介词的用法。句意：——你们的新英语老师是哪个人？——那边穿着红衣服的那个年轻的女士。in +颜色，表示＂穿着……颜色的衣服＂。with表示＂带有＂；on表示＂在……上＂；for表示＂为了，对于＂。故选B。‎ ‎22. D【解析】考查介词的用法。句意：一个女人站在窗户旁边，看着花园里玩游戏的孩子们。A. past经过，指从事物旁边经过； B. through 穿过，指从事物内部通过；C. across横穿，指从事物的一边到了另一边；D. by加地点名词，表示在……旁边。结合句意，故选D。‎ ‎23. C【解析】考查介词短语的用法。句意：——依我看来，尽管没有人被发现但是在其他的行星上一定有生命。——我赞同你。毕竟宇宙那么大。A. To my surprise 令我吃惊的是；B. To be honest 老实说，说实在的；C. In my opinion 在我看来，依我看来；D. Again and again一次又一次。根据后文表示的是个人观点，故选C。‎ ‎24. B【解析】考查介词的用法。句意：我不能看见露西因为她在树后。A. in front of 在……前面；B. behind在……后面；C. next to挨着。根据句意可知选B。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. A【解析】句意：王叔叔通过看电视对世界了解很多。by通过……，表示方式，符合句意。‎ ‎2. B【解析】句意：——今年暑假我要去三亚旅游。——真的吗？三亚因美丽的沙滩而著名。你一定要去海滩。be famous for因……而著名。根据句意可知选B。学@科网 ‎3. B【解析】句意：在六月，教师和学生都很忙。在月、年和季节前要用介词in。故选B。‎ ‎4. D【解析】你能看见躲在树上的猫吗？在树上有两种不同的表达：in the tree和on the tree。而on the tree这个介词短语强调的是本来长在树上的。in the tree是指外来物或躲在树上的。故选D。‎ ‎6. B【解析】句意：哈利的妈妈看起来年轻、漂亮。很难想象她已经五十几岁了。in one’ s fifties某人五十几岁，故选B。‎ ‎7. D【解析】句意：马化腾，腾讯公司的主席，通过互联网赚了很多钱。along沿着；across穿过；towards朝，向；through穿过，通过。根据句意可知，这里表示通过……方式，故应选D。‎ ‎8. A【解析】句意：谢谢你邀请我参加你的聚会。for介词；thank you for…因……而感谢；for后跟感谢的原因，其它选项的介词没有此用法。故选A。‎ ‎9. C【解析】句意：音乐会结束时，大家起立鼓掌。考查介词短语辨析。固定短语：at the end of…在……末尾/结尾；in the end：最终，最后，副词短语；by the end of到……为止。结合句意和语境可知选C。‎ ‎10. B【解析】句意：本杰明于1907年1月17日上午出生在波士顿。考查介词在时间前的用法。表示时间的某一点、某一时刻或年龄或夜里等用 at。如，at six(在六点钟)，在夜里(at night), at the age of 25(在25岁时)；在一段时间里，一般用 in，特别泛指一般意义的上午、下午或晚上以及月或年等较长的时间段，in the evening（在晚上），in 1946。by+时间名词。意为：＂到……时（已发生某事），此时谓语多用完成时；最晚、不迟于……，在……之前＂。如：by now/then/this time/next Friday；在具体的某一天，或某一天的上午，下午或晚上用介词on。结合句意和语境可知选B。‎ ‎11. B【解析】句意：Michael Jordan以作为一名优秀的篮球运动员而文明，他在篮球粉丝中很受欢迎。短语be known as…表示以作为……文明；among在……之间。根据题意，故选B。‎ ‎12. D【解析】句意：去年20国集团峰会于9月4日至9月5日在杭州举行.。短语from…to…表示从……到……。根据题意，故选D。‎ ‎15. C【解析】句意：令我们高兴的是，我们班在今年的学校足球比赛中获得了第一名。in在……里面；at在具体时刻；to到……；for为了，因为。to one’ s joy是固定短语，令某人高兴的是，故选C。‎ 命题趋势：‎ 形容词是描述人或事物的特征、性质、属性及状态的一种词类，主要用来修饰名词或代词。对于形容词的考查多集中在三个方面：1. 形容词的比较等级；2. 形容词词义辨析；3. ‎ 形容词短语搭配。纵观近年各地市中考题，对在语言环境中考查形容词词义的题目有逐步增加的趋势。在学习过程中，要在识记形容词词义上多下功夫，同时兼顾比较等级的各种变化形式。‎ 副词是历年各省市中考必考知识点。从考查形式看，一般有单项选择、完形填空、词语运用等。所占分值通常为2～4分。从命题意图看，侧重考查考生的具体语言环境中使用副词的能力。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ 一、形容词词义辨析； 二、形容词短语搭配；‎ 三、副词的基本用法； 四、副词的分类； 五、易混淆的副词用法辨析等。‎ 考向一： 形容词的分类 分类 说明 性质形容词 用于表示人或物所具有的性质。在英语中，大量的形容词属于这一类别，多数有比较级和最高级，有程度大小的区别，可以使用程度副词修饰。‎ funny滑稽的，lovely可爱的，healthy健康的 类别形容词 用于阐明人或事物所属的特定类别。这一类形容词往往没有程度大小的区别、没有比较级和最高级，而且不使用程度副词修饰。‎ financial经济的，mental脑力的，cultural文化的 颜色形容词 用于表示事物颜色的形容词。这一类形容词没有比较级和最高级。‎ blue蓝色的，green绿色的，white白色的 叙述形容词 这类形容词只能作表语，所以又称为表语形容词。这类形容词没有级的变化，也不可用程度副词修饰，大多数以a开头的形容词都属于这一类。‎ afraid害怕的，alone单独的，asleep睡着的，worth值得的，ill病的 分词形容词 英语中有些表情感态度的动词，如excite，worry，其过去分词和现在分词可形容词化，即相当于形容词。‎ worried担优的，worrying令人担忧的，exciting令人兴奋的，excited感到兴奋的 复合形容词 指的是由几个词共同构成并起形容词作用的词。‎ three-year-old三岁的，ordinary-looking相貌普通的，middle-aged中年的 考向二： 形容词的句法功能 成分 说明 例句 作定语 一般放在所修饰词的前面 It’s a cold and windy day today. 今天是个寒冷、有风的天气。‎ 作表语 放在系动词的后面 He looks happy today. 他今天看上去很开心。‎ 做补足语 作主语或宾语的补足语，说明主语或宾语的性质、状态或特征 I think it impossible for him to finish the work before dark. 我认为他不可能在天黑之前完成这一工作。‎ 作状语 主要表示原因、伴随或方式 Hungry and tired, I had to stop to have a rest. 又累又饿，我只好停下来休息一下。‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ ‎1. 形容词修饰something, anything, nothing, everything等复合不定代词时，须放在其后。‎ Would you like something hot to drink? 你想喝点热的东西吗？‎ There is nothing important in the paper. 报上没什么重要的事情。‎ ‎2. 表示长、宽、高、深及年龄的形容词，应放在相应的名词之后。‎ The bridge is about two hundred metres long. 这座桥长约两百米。‎ Last year we built a building thirteen storeys high. 去年，我们盖了一栋十三层高的楼。‎ ‎3. 多个形容词作定语时的顺序排列：限定词(冠词、数词、代词等)→描绘性形容词→大、小(长、短、高、低)形容词→形状形容词→年龄(新、旧)形容词→颜色形容词、国籍形容词、材料形容词、用途(类别)形容词、名词。学科*网 ‎【巧记顺口溜】限定描绘大长高，形状年龄和新老，颜色国籍跟材料，作用类别往后靠。‎ a Chinese writing desk 一张中式写字桌 her charming small round pink face 她迷人的小而圆的粉红脸蛋 those beautiful little old Chinese earthen vases 那些漂亮小巧的中国古代花瓶 ‎【典例】‎ Keep all the windows _____________, it’s too hot in the room.‎ A. opened B. open C. closed ‎【答案】B 考向三: 副词的基本用法 ‎ ‎ 副词是用来修饰动词、形容词、其他副词以及全句话的词类，表示时间、地点、程度、方式等概念。‎ ‎►We should listen to our teachers carefully.我们应该认真听老师讲课。‎ ‎►He is very happy today.他今天非常高兴。‎ ‎►＂What happened?＂I asked, rather angrily. ＂发生什么事情了？＂我相当生气地问。‎ ‎►In spring, I can see flowers everywhere.在春天，我到处都能看到花。‎ 不少副词同时也可用作介词或其它词类。‎ ‎►Have you read this book before? (副词，作时间状语) 你以前读过这本书吗？‎ ‎►He will arrive before ten o’clock.（介词，before ten o’clock 是介词短语，作时间状语）他将在10点钟前到达。‎ 考向四: 副词的分类 副词按词汇意义可分为：‎ ‎1. 时间副词：today, early, soon, now, then, recently, still ‎1）表示发生时间的副词：‎ ‎►It’s beginning to rain now! 现在开始下雨了！‎ ‎2）表示频繁程度的副词，也称频度副词always, often, usually, sometimes, never, ever, hardly等一般位于系动词、情态动词和助动词之后，实义动词之前。‎ ‎►She often changes her mind. 她常改变主意。‎ ‎3）还有一些其他表示时间的副词：‎ ‎►He has just had an operation. 他刚动过手术。‎ ‎2. 地点副词：here, there, out, somewhere, abroad, home ‎1）有不少表示地点的副词：‎ ‎►She is studying abroad. 她在国外留学。‎ ‎2）还有一些部分与介词同形的副词。它们与介词同形，后跟宾语的是介词，否则是副词：‎ ‎①用作介词：Stand up!起立！‎ ‎②用作副词： A cat climbed up the tree. 猫爬上了树。‎ ‎3）以where构成的副词也是地点副词： It’s the same everywhere. 到处都一样。‎ ‎3. 方式副词：well, fast, slowly, carefully, quickly ‎1）英语中有大量方式副词，说明行为方式（回答how的问题）：‎ ‎►How beautifully your wife dances. 你夫人舞跳得真美。‎ ‎2）还有相当多的副词，表示某些情绪：‎ ‎►She smiled gratefully. 她感激的笑了笑。‎ ‎3）还有一些以-ly结尾的副词，表示动作发生的状况：‎ ‎►He left the town secretly. 他悄然离开了这座城市。‎ ‎4. 程度副词：very, much, enough, almost, rather, quite ‎5. 频度副词：always, often, usually, sometimes, seldom, never ‎【典例】1. I _________ have breakfast at 7:00. But _________ it’s 7:20. I’m having my breakfast.‎ A. usually; often B. often; usually C. sometimes; often D.usually; now ‎ ‎【答案】D ‎2. George is very healthy. He _________ goes to the doctor.‎ A. always B. seldom C. often D. usually ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】句意：George非常健康，他很少去看医生。A总是；B很少；C经常；D通常；根据句意，故选B。‎ ‎6. 疑问副词：where, how, why ‎7. 否定副词：no, not, neither, nor ‎8. 其他副词：also, too, only 考向五: 易混副词辨析 英语中一些词加不加ly都是副词，但是意义差别很大。‎ hard艰难地；hardly几乎没有 ‎►They work very hard.他们工作非常努力。‎ ‎►I hardly know her. 我不怎么认识她.‎ ‎【典例】It’s raining so __________ that we can _________ go out now.‎ A. hard; hardly B. hard; hard C. hardly; hardly D. hardly; hard ‎【答案】A ‎【警示】在英文中，应该注意hard和hardly的区别，hard可以作形容词或副词，意为＂努力＂，也可以指雨大或雪大，而hardly是副词，意为＂几乎不＂。在实际使用时，应注意它们的区别。‎ late迟到；lately最近 ‎►You have come too late. 你来得太晚了。‎ ‎►Have you see him lately? 你最近见到过他吗？‎ ‎【典例】After getting up in the morning, my mother is used to reading the __________ newspaper.‎ A. late B. lately C. later D. latest ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】句意：在早上起床后，我妈妈习惯了读最新的报纸。the latest 最新的。late 晚，迟到；lately最近； later后来，以后。根据句意，选D。‎ pretty=very非常；prettily漂亮地 ‎►The exam was pretty difficult.这次考试相当难。 ‎ ‎►The little girl is always prettily dressed.这个小女孩总是穿得漂漂亮亮的。 ‎ 意思区别相近的，分别表示具体跟抽象的意思：‎ close（具体距离上的）接近地、紧挨地；closely（抽象）亲密地 ‎►They sat close together ‎ ‎►Who is closely to you, your mom or your dad?‎ ‎【典例】Dr Kelly walked __________ to the window to watch __________ the short man shopping on the street. A.close; closely B. closely; close C.close; close D.closely; closely ‎【答案】A high(具体高度)高地；highly（抽象）高度地，赞赏地 ‎►The kites fly high in the sky. 这些风筝在天空飞得很高。‎ ‎►His teachers think very highly of him.（老师们很欣赏他。）老师对他评价很高。‎ ‎【典例】The space ship flew __________ in the space, and all the people around the world speak __________ of our country. ‎ A. highly;highly B. high;high C. high;highly D. highly;high ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】太空飞船在太空中飞得很高，第一空指具体的高度；speak highly of意为＂对……评价很高＂，故选C。‎ deep（空间的，具体）深度；deeply（抽象，感情上的）深深地 ‎►He pushed the stick deep into the mud. 把木棍深深地插进泥浆里。‎ ‎►Karen and Dave are deeply in love with each other. 凯伦与戴夫俩人深深地相爱着。‎ wide具体距离很宽；widely广泛地 ‎►The door was wide open.门被开得大大的。‎ ‎►We were widely different on many questions.我们在许多问题上分歧很大。‎ ‎1. After the rebuilding, our school is becoming _____________.‎ A. more and more beautiful B. beautiful and beautiful C. more beautiful and beautiful D. the more beautiful ‎2. Alice ran _____________ Lucy, so she got to the end _____________.‎ A. as fast as；earlier B. faster than；earlier C. faster than；the earliest ‎3. —What do you think of the book you read yesterday?‎ ‎—Oh! It’s one of _____________ books I’ve ever read.‎ A. interesting B. more interesting C. the most interesting ‎4. He behaves quite well in school. It makes his father very _____________.‎ A. nervous B. relax C. happy ‎5. Battleship is _____________ film I have ever watched. I have never watched _____________ one.‎ A. the most exciting；a more exciting B. the most excited；a more ‎ excited C. the most exciting；the more exciting D. the most excited；the more excited ‎6. —Have you been to Shanghai _________?‎ ‎—Yes, I’ve _________ been there twice.‎ A. already；already B. already；yet C. yet；already D. yet；yet ‎7. —Do you like seeing a movie on your mobile phone? ‎ ‎—No. I _________ do that because it makes me uncomfortable. ‎ A. always B. often C. seldom D. usually ‎8. This is the most beautiful park I have _________ visited ‎ A. ever B. still C. never D. been ‎9. They clapped and shouted _________ when they saw Yao Ming appear on the playground.‎ A. hardly B. quietly C. excitedly D. angrily ‎10. Mr Wu said he didn‘t know much about computers, but he’d try and help us _________.‎ A. anyway B. anymore C. at all D. however ‎1. （2018年江苏省无锡市中考）—Do you watch Peppa Pig on TV? It’s so funny!‎ ‎— Well, no, to be __________, I think it’s quite silly.‎ A. curious B. brave C. gentle D. honest ‎2. （云南省2018 年中考）—What do you think of your junior high school life?‎ ‎—I think it is one of __________ periods in my life.‎ A. wonderful B. much wonderful ‎ C. more wonderful D. the most wonderful ‎3. （2018年上海中考）Old Mr. Green doesn’t feel __________ because some students visit him regularly.‎ A. sadly B. gently C. lonely D. angrily ‎4. （内蒙古包头市2018年中考）He was once __________ killed in a car accident several years ago.‎ A. completely B. sadly C. exactly D. nearly ‎5. （湖北省黄冈市2018年中考）—How hard you are working, Helen!‎ ‎—We must! President Xi said that __________ we are, __________ we will be.‎ A. the more hard-working; the luckier B. the hard-working; the lucky C. more hard-working; luckier D. the most hard-working; the luckiest ‎6. （河北省2018年中考）This dog looks __________. It’s wearing red shoes.‎ A. clever B. brave C. funny D. careful ‎7. （天津市2018年中考）Tianjin is one of __________ cities in China.‎ A. big B. bigger C. the biggest D. the bigger ‎8. （湖北省宣昌市2018年中考）—How are you getting on with your cousin? ‎ ‎—Very well. He is really __________ and joins in all kinds of activities in his spare time.‎ A. polite B. strict C. active D. careful ‎9. （重庆市2018年中考）I can’t hear the teacher __________ with so much noise outside.‎ A. clearly B. slowly C. warmly D. bravely ‎10. （甘肃省白银市2018年中考）After two years physical training he was __________ and healthier.‎ A. weaker B. longer C. stronger D. shorter ‎11. （2017 ﹒ 四川南充中考）—I know Old Joe lives _____________.‎ ‎—We are supposed to visit him from time to time. Then he won’t feel _____________.‎ A. alone；alone B. lonely；lonely C. lonely；alone D. alone；lonely ‎12. （2017 ﹒ 安徽中考）My deskmate is really _____________. She likes to attend different activities after school.‎ ‎ A. active B. quiet C. lazy D. honest ‎13. （2017 ﹒ 山东青岛中考）Jenny is afraid to travel by plane. She always feels _____________ when getting on it.‎ A. nervous B. interested C. relaxed D. happy ‎14. （2017 ﹒ 山东德州中考）As soon as I heard the news that I passed the driving test, I felt _____________ at once.‎ A. angry B. relaxed C. afraid D. nervous ‎15. （2017 ﹒ 山东泰安中考） It is five years since we began to enjoy a _____________ spring holiday each year.‎ A. ten-day B. ten day C. ten days’ D. ten days ‎16. （2017 ﹒ 安徽中考） There are many beautiful places to visit in Anhui, _____________ Mount Huang in autumn.‎ ‎ A. simply B. finally C. luckily D. especially ‎17. （2017 ﹒ 山东泰安中考）—It rained _____________ and lasted for a long time yesterday.‎ ‎—Too bad! Even some streets were full of water.‎ A. hardly B. strongly C. terrible D. heavily ‎18. （2017 ﹒ 吉林省中考）It is _____________ known that more and more foreigners are learning Chinese culture now.‎ A. politely B. loudly C. widely ‎19. （2017 ﹒ 山西省中考）Skimming is a kind of reading strategy. It means reading an article _____________ to find the main idea without reading every word.‎ A. quickly B. carefully C. clearly ‎20. （2017 ﹒ 云南省昆明市中考）The Belt and Road initiative (一带一路）is _____________ a good chance to let more and more foreign students study in our country.‎ A. unluckily B. never C. really D. hardly ‎1. （2016﹒江苏南京师范大学第二附中第三次模拟）—What do you think of the lecture of Li Yang’s Crazy English?‎ ‎—I think it’s _____________, but someone thinks it’s much too _____________. ‎ A. wonderful enough；bored B. enough wonderful；boring C. wonderful enough；boring D. enough wonderful；bored ‎2. （2016﹒江苏南菁高中实验学校九年级5月模拟）—How can you be excused for such a _____________ reason?‎ ‎—I don’t care whether you accept it or not.‎ A. special B. silly C. serious D. shy ‎ ‎3. （2016﹒江苏南菁高中实验学校九年级模拟）He promised to deal with such problems, he did do exactly. His word is _____________ his action.‎ A. better than B. worse than ‎ C. as well as D. as good as ‎4. （2016﹒山东夏津实验中学九年级上期中质检）I am _____________ of snakes.‎ A. terrify B. terror C. terrifying D. terrified ‎5. （2016﹒湖北黄冈启黄中学九年级5月中考模拟）—What does the boss always think about?‎ ‎—He’d like more income(收入) with _____________ people and _____________ money.‎ A. more；less B. more；more ‎ C. fewer；more D. fewer；less ‎6. （2016﹒山西农业大学附中九年级素质检测）I am very _____________ to you for helping me so much all these years.‎ A. responsible B. thankful C. thirsty ‎7. （2016 • 上海奉贤区九年级上期末调研）The students from Xinjiang enjoy staying in our school because everyone here is _____________ to them.‎ A. friendly B. gently C. patiently D. happily ‎8. （江苏省江阴市要塞片2016届九年级英语5月模拟考试）After working _____________ with each other for months, they felt so _____________ to each other that they began to share lunch together.‎ A. closely；closely B. closely；close C. close；close D. close；closely ‎9. —Who did it better, Bill or Peter?‎ ‎—I think Bill did _____________ Peter.‎ A. as well as B. as good as C. as best as ‎ ‎10. —Do you know him?‎ ‎—I’m sure I’ve seen him _____________, but I can’t remember the right place.‎ A. anywhere B. nowhere C. everywhere D. somewhere ‎11. I lost my cellphone on my way home. _____________, someone found it and returned it to me.‎ A. Finally B. Probably C. Luckily ‎12. He jumps _____________ of the three.‎ A. far B. further C. farthest D. furthest ‎13. —Who is your favorite singer, Mike?‎ ‎—TF Boys. They are very _____________ boys and girls.‎ A. proud of B. popular with C. strict with D. worried about ‎14. （上海市黄浦区2017届九年级4月学业模拟考试）The waiter was asked to welcome guests with a _____________ smile and a bow.‎ A. friendly B. kindly C. politely D. happily ‎15. （江苏省南京市2017年中考英语模拟试题）—Talking with my parents is _____________ difficult for me. They never understand me.‎ ‎ —Don’t worry. Nothing is difficult if you try your best.‎ A. seldom B. never C. always D. sometime ‎【跟踪训练】‎ ‎3. C 【解析】句意：——你觉得你昨天读的那本书怎么样? ——哦!这是我读过的最有趣的书之一。I’ve ever read我曾经读过的书。表示范围，用最高级。故选C。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】句意：他在学校表现得非常好。这让他爸爸感觉很快乐。A紧张的；B放松；C快乐的。故选C。‎ ‎5. A 【解析】句意：《超级战舰》是我看过的最令人兴奋的电影，我从没有看过比这更令人兴奋的了。-ed的形容词，感到……，修饰人；-ing的形容词，令人……‎ ‎，修饰物。三者或三者以上进行比较用最高级，两者比较用比较级。第二空，用比较级表示最高级含义。故选A。‎ ‎6. C 【解析】句意：——你已经去过上海了吗？ ——是的，我已经去过两次了。already用于肯定句式中，yet用于否定句式或一般疑问句式中表已经，故选C。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】句意：——你喜欢用你的手机看电影吗？——不，我几乎不那样做，因为它使我不舒服。A. always 总是，一直；B. often经常；C. seldom很少，罕见；D. usually通常。故选C。学科*网 ‎8. A 【解析】ever曾经；still仍然，还；never绝不，从不。I have ever visited.是定语从句，根据语境可知用现在完成时。句意：这是我曾经参观过的最漂亮的公园。故选A。‎ ‎9. C 【解析】句意：当他们看到姚明出现在操场上的时候，他们鼓掌，激动地喊着。A. hardly几乎不，B. quietly安静地，C. excitedly激动地，D. angrily生气地。故选C。‎ ‎10. A 【解析】句意：吴先生说，他不懂电脑，但是他无论如何还是会尽力帮助我们。A. anyway无论如何；B. anymore再也不，不再；C. 根本，究竟；D. however然而。故选A。‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎2. D【解析】句意：——你认为你的初中生活怎样？——我认为它是我生命中最美好的一段时光。本题考查形容词最高级。One of +形容词最高级+名词复数形式，意思是＂……之一＂ wonderful是多音节形容词，其最高级形式为the most wonderful，故答案选D。‎ ‎3. C【解析】句意：格林老先生不感到孤独，因为一些学生定期来看他。A. sadly悲伤地；B. gently温柔地；C. lonely孤单地；D. angrily生气地。根据后面的句子＂because some students visit him regularly.＂可知，因为有学生而不再感到孤单，故答案为C。‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：他曾在几年前的一次车祸中险些丧命。考查副词辨析。A. completely完全地；B. sadly伤心地；C. exactly正确地；D. nearly 几乎；将近。根据句意＂他曾在几年前的一次车祸中____丧命＂，结合选项，可知D选项符合题意，故答案选D。‎ ‎5. A【解析】句意：——海伦，你们工作多么努力啊！——我们必须努力。习主席说了我们越勤奋，我们将越幸运。hard-working勤奋的，是形容词的原级；more hard-working更勤奋的，是比较级形式；the most hard-working最勤奋的，是形容词的最高级；lucky幸运的，是形容词；luckier更幸运的，是比较级； the luckiest最幸运的，是最高级。the+比较级，the+比较级，表示＂越……越……＂，故选A。‎ ‎6. C【解析】句意：这条狗看起来很有趣，它正穿着双红鞋。考查形容词辨析题。clever意为＂聪明的＂；brave意为＂勇敢的＂；funny意为＂有趣的＂；careful意为＂认真的＂。狗穿人鞋，而且还是red，所以很搞笑。根据句意语境，可知funny符合语境，故选C。‎ ‎7. C【解析】句意：天津是中国最大的城市之一。本题考查形副最高级的用法。 ＂one of + the+形容词最高级+名词复数 ＂这种有最高级的句型中，表示……是最……中之一 后面的名词一定要是复数形式。形容词使用最高级，故选C。‎ ‎9. A【解析】句意：外面的噪音太大，我听不清老师的话。考查副词辨析题。A. clearly清晰地；B. slowly缓慢地；C. warmly热烈地；D. bravely勇敢地。根据句意语境，可知clearly符合句意，故选A。‎ ‎10. C【解析】句意：经过两年的体能训练，他变得更强壮、更健康。A. weaker更弱；B. longer更长；C. stronger更强壮；D. shorter更短。根据前面的After two years physical training＂经过两年的体能训练＂，可知应该是变得＂强壮＂，由连接词and可知空格处和后面的healthier是并列关系，所以也应用比较级形式，故选C。:‎ ‎11. D【解析】考查形容词及副词的用法。句意：——我知道老乔单独生活。——‎ 我们应该时不时的去看望他。那样他将不会感到孤独。alone只是陈述一个客观事实，意思是＂独自一人＂、＂没有同伴或助手＂，只用作表语。有时放在名词或代词后，表示＂仅仅＂、＂只有＂，可作形容词。另外，alone 可用作副词，表示＂独自地＂、＂单独地＂；lonely 则有浓厚的感情色调，指因缺少朋友、同情、友谊时所发生的一种悲伤的和忧郁的感情，意思是＂孤独＂、＂寂寞＂，作形容词。结合句意及结构，故选D。‎ ‎12. A【解析】考查形容词的用法。句意：我的同桌真地很积极。她喜欢参加课外的不同活动。A. active积极的，活泼的；B. quiet安静的；C. lazy懒惰的；D. honest诚实的。根据她参加不同的课外活动，可知她是积极的。故选A。‎ ‎13. A【解析】考查形容词的用法。句意：詹妮害怕乘飞机旅行。当上飞机时她总是感到紧张焦虑。A. nervous紧张的，焦虑的；B. interested感兴趣的；C. relaxed放松的，轻松的；D. happy高兴的。根据Jenny is afraid to travel by plane.可知选A。‎ ‎14. B【解析】考查形容词辨析。句意：我一听到我通过了驾照考试的消息马上我就感到很轻松。A. angry生气；B. relaxed 放松的，轻松的；C. afraid害怕的；D. nervous焦虑的，紧张的。根据消息that I passed the driving test可知感到松了口气，很轻松。故选B。‎ ‎16. D【解析】考查副词的用法。句意：在安徽有许多美丽的地方可以参观，尤其是秋天的黄山。A. simply简单地；仅仅； B. finally最后；C. luckily幸运地；D. especially尤其是。根据句意，故选D。‎ ‎17. D【解析】考查副词的用法。句意：——昨天雨下得很大并且持续了很长时间。——太糟糕了！甚至一些街道都充满了水。A. hardly 几乎不；B. strongly强劲地；C. terrible 糟糕的；D. heavily 猛烈地，用来修饰雨雪下得大。结合句意，故选D。‎ ‎18. C【解析】考查副词的辨析。句意：众所周知，现在越来越多的外国人学习中国文化。‎ A. Politely礼貌的，B. loudly大声的，C. widely广泛的。It is widely known that众所周知。根据句意，故选C。‎ ‎19. A【解析】考查副词词义辨析。句意：略读是一种阅读策略。这意味着要快速阅读一篇文章来获知它的大意，而不是逐个单词地读。A. quickly快速地；B. carefully细心地；C. clearly清晰地。根据句意，不必一个单词一个单词地阅读，当然是快速读，因而可以排除B/C选项。故选A。‎ ‎20. C【解析】考查副词词义辨析。句意：一带一路真的是一个好机会让越来越多的外国学生在我们国家学习。A. unluckily不幸的是；B. never从不；C. really真的；D. hardly几乎不。根据句意可知选C。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. C 【解析】句意：——你认为李杨疯狂英语的演讲怎么样？——我认为它很精彩，但有人认为它太无聊了。enough修饰形容词或副词应放在形容词或副词的后面，修饰名词时一般放在名词前，第一个空填wonderful enough；bored主语是人时用，修饰物时用boring。结合句意和语境可知选C。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】句意：——你怎么会因为如此可笑的借口而得到原谅呢? ——我不介意你是否会接受。A特殊的；B愚蠢的；C严肃的；D害羞的。故选B。‎ ‎3. D 【解析】句意：他答应解决这些问题，他确实做到了。他言行一致。此题考查同级比较，句子使用了主系表结构，故选D。‎ ‎4. D 【解析】考查形容词的应用。句意：我对蛇很害怕。A. terrify 使恐怖（动词）；B. terror恐怖（名词）；C. terrifying恐怖（动名词）；D. terrified恐怖的（形容词），故选D。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】句意：这些年你帮助了我这么多，我非常感激你。此题考查固定短语be thankful to sb.，意为＂对某人很感激＂，根据句意，故选B。‎ ‎7. A 【解析】句意：从新疆来的学生喜欢待在我们学校，因为这儿的每个人对他们都很友好。friendly友好的。根据句意及语境可知应选A。‎ ‎8. D 【解析】句意：近距离工作几个月后，他们感觉彼此如此亲密以至于他们开始一起分享午餐。close是距离上的接近，而closely是感情关系上的亲近。结合句意可知选D。‎ ‎9. A 【解析】句意：——比尔和彼得谁做得更好？——我认为比尔和彼得做得一样好。as + adj./adv.(原级)+as和……一样……，did为动词，需接副词作状语，故选A。‎ ‎10. D 【解析】句意：你知道他吗？我确信我在某地见过他，但我不记得是哪个的地方。anywhere任何地方；nowhere没有地方，无处；everywhere每个地方；somewhere某地。根据but I can’t remember the right place.可知选D。‎ ‎11. C 【解析】句意：我在回家的路上丢了我的手机。幸运的是，有人捡到了它并归还给了我。A. Finally最后 B. Probably可能 C. Luckily幸运的是。根据上下两句的关系，故选C。‎ ‎12. C 【解析】far adj. adv. (距离)远的/地；further adj.（抽象）更远的，深一层的；farthest(距离) 最远的；furthest（抽象）最远的。句意：他是三个中跳得最远的。表示具体的距离远应用farthest。‎ ‎13. B【解析】考查短语辨析。句意：——Mike，你最喜欢的歌手是谁？——TF Boys，他们很受男孩女孩们的欢迎。proud of 以……为自豪；popular with受欢迎；strict with对某人要求严格；worried about为……担心。根据对话的意思可知选B。学科*网 ‎14. A【解析】句意：服务员被要求用友好的微笑和鞠躬欢迎客人。A. friendly adj. 友好的；B. kindly adv. 亲切地，友好地，诚恳地，衷心地；C. politely adv.礼貌地；D. happily adv. 幸福地，高兴地。smile微笑，前面有冠词a修饰，可知在此处是名词，形容词修饰名词，A是形容词，其他是副词，结合句意和语境可知选A。‎ 考点八 形容词和副词的比较等级 命题趋势：‎ ‎ 形容词和副词的比较等级是历年各省市中考必考知识点。从考查形式看，一般有单项选择、完形填空、词语运用等。所占分值通常为2～4分。从命题意图看，侧重考查考生的具体语言环境中使用形容词和副词的比较等级的能力。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎ 1. 形容词比较等级的用法及各种句型；‎ ‎2. 副词等级的用法及各种句型；‎ ‎3. 比较级表示最高级的含义的用法。‎ 考向一 形容词比较级和最高级的构成 构成方式 例词 规则变化 单音节和部分双音节词 一般在词尾加-er，-est small→smaller→smallest high→higher→highest 以不发音的字母e结尾的词，加-r，-st large→larger→largest nice→nicer→nicest 以两个辅音字母加一个元音字母结尾的重读闭音节词，双写词尾的辅音字母，再加-er，-est big→bigger→biggest thin→thinner→thinnest 以＂辅音字母+y＂结尾的词，变y为i，再加-er，-est ugly→uglier→ugliest busy→busier→busiest 少数以er或ow结尾的双音节词，词尾加-er，-est narrow→narrower→narrowest clever→cleverer→cleverest 多音节 其他双音节词和多音节词及分词形容词，在词前加more，most important→more important→most important tired→more tired→most tired quickly →more quickly →most quickly ‎ 不规则变 bad/ill→worse→worst；much/many→more→most；good/well→better→best；‎ far→farther/further→farthest/furthest；old→older/elder→oldest /eldest；little→less→least 化 ‎【巧学顺口溜】‎ 合二为一共三对，坏病两多和两好；‎ 一分为二有两个，一是远来二是老；‎ 还有一词含双义，只记少来不记小。‎ ‎（对应的词为：bad/ill，many/much，good/well，far，old，little）‎ ‎【易错警示】‎ ‎1. farther/farthest和further/furthest的区别：二者表示距离时，往往可互换，但是用于引申义，表示程度时，只能使用后者。‎ He can throw much farther/further than you. 他可以比你扔得远得多。‎ His suggestion is that Kate should be sent abroad for further education. 他的建议是凯特被派往国外进修。‎ ‎2. older/oldest和elder/eldest的区别：前者用于人或者物，可作定语和表语，可与than连用，而后者主要用于家人之间，表明长幼关系，往往用于人，不用于物，而且只作定语不作表语，也不与than连用。‎ I’m two years older than him. 我比他大两岁。‎ His elder brother works in a clothing factory. 他哥哥在一家服装厂工作。学科&网 考向二 形容词比较等级的句式结构和用法 句式结构 含义 例句 A+be+形容词比较级than+B 表示一方超过或低于另一方的情况 You are taller than me. 你比我高。‎ Hangzhou is more beautiful than Wuhan. 杭州比武汉美丽。‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ ‎1. 在形容词的比较级前还可以用much，even，still，a little来修饰，表示＂……得多＂＂甚至……＂＂更……＂‎ Our city is much more beautiful than yours. 我们的城市比你们的漂亮得多。‎ ‎2. 表示＂是几倍，大几岁，高几厘米＂时，可用＂倍数/数量词+比较级+than＂。‎ Our room is twice larger than theirs. 我们的房间是他们的两倍大。‎ She is a head taller than me. 她比我高一头。‎ ‎3. ＂比较级+than any other+单数名词＂表示＂比其他的任何……都……＂，用比较级形式来表达最高级含义。‎ He is better than any other student in the class. 他比班里其他任何一个学生都好。‎ as+形容词原级+as 表示＂……和……一样……＂‎ You are as tall as me. 你和我一样高。‎ The weather in Beijing is not as( =so) hot as that in Wuhan. 北京的天气不如武汉热。‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ 倍数的表达方法 ‎①...times as+形容词原级+as(是……的几倍……)，在英语中，两倍用twice，三倍及三倍以上用three/four... times。‎ This garden is ten times as large as that one. 这个花园是那个的十倍大。‎ ②half as+形容词原级+as (……的一半……)。‎ My handwriting is not half as good as yours. 我的书法不如你的一半好。‎ 比较级+and+比较级 表示＂越来越……‎ China is becoming stronger and stronger. ‎ 中国正变得越来越强大。‎ the+比较级, the+比较级 表示＂越……，就越……‎ The quicker you walk, the less time you will use. ‎ 你走得越快，花的时间就越少。‎ A+be+形容词最高级of/in…‎ 表示＂A在某范围内是最……的＂‎ Michael is the best teacher in Jim’s eyes. ‎ 在吉姆看来，迈克尔是最好的老师。‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ 在of/in后接短语表示范围时，of后接表同一类事物的名词或者代词，而in后接表示一定区域或组织等空间范围的名词。‎ China has the largest population in the world. 中国拥有世界上最多的人口。‎ The sun is the most important to the earth of all the stars. 在所有的星星中，太阳对地球来说最重要。‎ 考向三 副词比较级和最高级的构成 副词和形容词一样，也有原级、比较级和最高级三个等级。其构成方式有规则变化和不规则变化两种情况。规则变化的一般规律是：单音节词的比较级和最高级在词尾加-er或-est；多音节词以及-ly结尾的副词（early除外），前面加more或most。不规则的变化式只能采用＂各个击破＂的办法去记忆。‎ ‎1. 规则变化 原级 比较级 最高级 soon loud fast wide early happily sooner louder faster wider earlier more happily soonest loudest fastest widest earliest most happily ‎2. 不规则变化 ‎ 原级 比较级 最高级 well badly little much far better worse less more farther（距离）‎ further（程度）‎ best worst least most farthest furthest 考向四 副词比较等级的句式结构和用法 ‎1. 同级比较往往由＂as + 形容词/ 副词的原形 + as＂的句式表达；当然也要注意它的否定形式、以及在第一个as前加倍数或程度副词的情况。‎ ‎►My parcel is as heavy as yours . 我的包裹与他的一样沉。‎ ‎►It is not so hot as yesterday. 今天不像昨天那么热。‎ ‎2. 在as ...as 的结构中，第一个as的前面可以加上表示倍数的词、或是某些副词修饰语：twice, ( three ) times, nearly, almost, just, exactly, not nearly（根本不）, by no means（绝不）, quite等。‎ ‎►Asia is four tomes as large as Europe. 亚洲有欧洲的四倍大（亚洲比欧洲大三倍）。‎ ‎►James is not nearly as tall as Robert. 詹姆斯根本没有罗伯特高。‎ ‎3. 在as...as 的结构中，我们还常见这样两种句型：as much + 不可数名词 + as 和as ‎ many + 复数可数名词 + as。‎ ‎►He has learned as many English words as his brother (has ). 他已学了和他哥哥一样多的英文单词。‎ ‎4. 不同级的比较主要用表示于人与人、事物与事物之间不同之处的比较，其意义为＂A比B更（怎么样）一些＂。常用的结构是比较级 + than。‎ ‎►They worked even harder than they promised. 他们工作得比他们答应的还要卖力。‎ ‎►This street is narrower than that one. 这条街比那条街窄一些。‎ ‎5. 在比较级+ than的结构前可以加上某些副词类和表示倍数的词，以对其进行修饰，如：far（远）, even（甚至）, much（许多）, still（更，还）, a lot（许多）, a little / bit（一点）, rather（相当地）, slightly（略微）, not any（不再）, three times（三倍）等。‎ ‎►This book is far more interesting than that one. 这本书比那一本有趣多了。‎ ‎6. 比较级中的两个特殊作用的结构是：The + 比较级 + 句子，the + 比较级 + 句子。和比较级 + and + 比较级。‎ ‎►The harder you work at your study, the better academic records you will have. ‎ ‎ 你学习越努力，你的成绩就越好。‎ ‎►The more we have, the more we want. 人欲无穷。‎ ‎【典例】They competed（比赛）to see who could work _________.‎ A. the fastest and best B. the faster and the better ‎ C. fastest and better D. faster and better ‎7. 没有比较对象的比较结构。所谓没有比较对象的比较结构不是指省略而言，而是指并非真正的比较。‎ ‎►The car runs faster than 110 miles. 那辆车时速为110多英里。‎ ‎8. 用比较级的形式表达最高级的意思。在这种情况下，往往是将一个人或是一件事与其他所有的人或事相比较。‎ ‎►He is taller than anyone else in our class. 他在我们班比其他任何人都高。‎ ‎9. no +比较级+ than的结构表示＂A和B一样不……＂。‎ ‎►She runs no faster than her sister. 她与她妹妹一样跑不快。‎ ‎►Tom is no wiser than John. 汤姆和约翰一样没有聪明才智。‎ 形容词和副词比较等级的用法 一、1. 同级比较：同级比较用原形，as…as永不离；as…as加not，只言两者是同一，若是not so…as，后强前弱不看齐。‎ ‎2. 比较级与最高级：两者比较than相连，三者比较the在前。‎ ‎【妙语诠释】 ①同级比较一般用as…as表示＂与……一样……＂，这时谁强谁弱无法比较出来，而not so…as则表示后者比前者强，翻译为＂不如……＂；②比较级通常和than 连用，而最高级通常跟有定冠词the。‎ 二、原级用在as…as间，比较级用在than前，‎ and连接两个比较级，说明＂越来越怎样＂。‎ 三者以上最高级，副词前可不加the，‎ even，much和a little，也常修饰比较级。‎ 三、一者比较用原级。比较级限二者比。三者三者往上比，最高级的用法起。‎ 若将等级掌握齐，比较范围要搞细。比较级二句型记，做出句子没问题。‎ 若甲乙程度相同，as…as 结构体。甲某方面不及乙，用 not so/as…as表示。‎ 上述内容全记起，比较等级谈完毕。‎ ‎1. When spring comes, the days get ___________.‎ ‎ A. short and short B. shorter and shorter ‎ C. long and long D. longer and longer ‎2. —What do you think of your English teacher?‎ ‎ —He is great. No one teaches ___________ in our school.‎ ‎ A. best B. better C. well D. good ‎3. I hope my school life of senior high will be ___________ than that of junior high.‎ ‎ A. more exciting B. very exciting ‎ C. as exciting as D. the most exciting ‎4. —Which coat is ___________, the blue one or the black one?‎ ‎ —The blue one.‎ ‎ A. good B. better C. best D. the best ‎5. —Lucy got a B in the English exam. How about you?‎ ‎ —I did ___________ than her. I only got a C.‎ ‎ A. well B. better C. badly D. worse ‎6. —Can you tell me why you learn English so well?‎ ‎ —It’s very simple. ___________ you work, ___________ grades you will get.‎ ‎ A. The harder; the best B. The hard; the better ‎ C. The harder; the better D. The hardest; the best ‎7. We are so glad to see that Shanghai is developing ___________ these years than ever before.‎ ‎ A. quickly B. more quickly ‎ ‎ C. less quickly D. the most quickly ‎8. ＂If you want to improve your study, you must be away from the computer.＂ Our math teacher says. ＂It means ___________ you play computer games, ___________ your study will be.＂‎ ‎ A. the more; the better B. the more; the more ‎ C. the less; the better D. the less; the more ‎9. —What do you think of the speech on geography that Mr. Green gave us?‎ ‎ —Great! No one does ___________ in our school.‎ ‎ A. good B. better C. worse D. best ‎10. —Why do you think Sam did ___________ than anyone else in the competition?‎ ‎ —Because he sang most loudly and ___________.‎ ‎ A. worse; carefully B. better; clearly ‎ ‎ C. worse; quietly D. best; carefully ‎1. （2018年上海中考）The bridge between the two islands is ___________ one in Shanghai.‎ A. long B. longer C. longest D. the longest ‎2. （2018山东省滨州中考）—Home is ___________ place wherever you go.‎ ‎—Yes. There’s no place like home.‎ A. warm B. warmer C. warmest D. the warmest ‎3. （江西2018年中考）—Could I speak to Paul? I phoned ___________.‎ ‎—Sorry he is still in his meeting.‎ A. late B. earlier C. earliest D. later ‎4. （山东省青岛市2018年中考）Mount Lao is one of ___________ mountains in Qingdao. Many tourists like climbing it every year.‎ A. famous B. the more famous C. most famous D. the most famous ‎5. （重庆市2018年中考）My math teacher lives an active life. She looks as ___________ as she was ten years ago.‎ A. young B. younger C. the youngest D. youngest ‎6.（2017﹒四川成都）Jim studies better than Tom, but Tom is ___________ and he has more friends.‎ ‎ A. friendly B. more friendly C. the most friendly ‎7.（2017﹒上海）Alex believes he will soon be able to play chess as ___________ as the computer.‎ ‎ A. well B. better C. best D. the best ‎8.（2017﹒上海）Nowadays people wish to have ___________ food than before as their life improves.‎ ‎ A. healthy B. healthier C. healthiest D. the healthiest ‎9.（2017﹒湖北随州）—Have you seen the movie Baby Plan?‎ ‎ —Of course. I think it’s ______ movie I have even seen.‎ ‎ A. funny B. funnier C. the most funny D. the funniest ‎10.（2017﹒湖北宜昌）—The living conditions in the countryside have improved greatly in recent years.‎ ‎ —The farmers are living a much ___________ life than before.‎ ‎ A. happy B. happier C. happily D. happiest ‎11.（2017﹒云南昆明）All the students in our class are over fifteen except Nick. He is ___________ in our class.‎ ‎ A. younger B. older C. the youngest D. the oldest ‎12.（2017﹒上海）You are speaking too fast. Can you speak a little ___________?‎ ‎ A. more slowly B. most slowly ‎ ‎ C. more loudly D. most loudly ‎13.（2017﹒山东德州）I’ve read through this book several times, but I will read it ___________ so as to get better understanding.‎ ‎ A. more bravely B. less easily ‎ ‎ C. less confidently D. more carefully ‎14.（2017﹒山东青岛）___________ we work at English, the better grades we will get.‎ ‎ A. Harder B. The hardest ‎ ‎ C. Hardest D. The harder ‎15.（2017﹒山东泰安）—What do you think of Wilson’s speaking?‎ ‎ —No one does ___________ in our school.‎ ‎ A. good B. well C. better D. best ‎1.（广东省汕头市龙湖区2017届九年级期末）—Please come home as ___________ as you can. ‎ ‎ —OK, I will.‎ ‎ A. early B. earlier C. quick D. quicker ‎2.（重庆市第一中学2017届九年级期中）The ___________ you are, the ___________ you can work out the math problems.‎ ‎ A. more carefully; more easily B. more carefully; easier ‎ C. more careful; easier D. more careful; more easily ‎3.（山西农业大学附属中学2016-2017学年八年级期末）My ___________ brother is three years ___________ than I.‎ ‎ A. elder; elder B. older; oldest C. elder; older ‎4.（重庆市万盛经济技术开发区2017届九年级模拟）The more you smile, the ___________ you will feel.‎ ‎ A. happy B. happier C. happily D. more happily ‎5.（徐州市2017年初中毕业、升学考试英语模拟试）—You look ___________ Nancy.‎ ‎ —Yes, we are the same height.‎ ‎ A. taller than B. shorter than ‎ ‎ C. as tall as D. not as tall as ‎6.（上海市黄浦区2017届九年级学业模拟）According to a recent survey, Google Play is one of ___________ apps in the world.‎ ‎ A. popular B. more popular ‎ C. most popular D. the most popular ‎7. （北京市昌平区2017届九年级模拟）—Who’s ___________ in your class?‎ ‎ —John, of course.‎ ‎ A. the tallest B. tallest C. taller D. tall ‎8.（江苏省盐城市响水县2017届九年级二模）—The magician is planning to hide the Oriental Pearl Tower before a big audience.‎ ‎ —Really? I have never heard ____________ idea before.‎ ‎ A. the crazier B. a crazier ‎ ‎ C. the craziest D. a craziest 跟踪训练 ‎1. D 【解析】句意：当春天到来的时候，白天变得越来越长。这里是比较级+and+比较级，表示越来越……；结合常识可知，春分以后天使越来越长。故选D。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】句意：我希望我的高中生活比初中生活更令人兴奋。than比……，表示两者比较，用比较级。exciting的比较级是more exciting，故选A。学科&网 ‎4. B 【解析】句意：——哪一件大衣更好，是蓝色的还是黑色的？——蓝色的。good好的，形容词；better是good的比较级形式；best是good的最高级形式；the best形容词最高级。本句是the blue one和the black one两者比较，故应该用比较级better。所以选B。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：我们很高兴看到上海这些年比以前发展得更快。less quickly发展不快；根据than可知，这里应该用比较级。are so glad to see可知，应该是发展得快。故选B。‎ ‎8. C 【解析】句意：数学老师说：＂如果你想提高你的学习成绩，你必须远离电脑＂，意思是说＂你玩电脑游戏越少，你的学习就越好。＂the +比较级，the+比较级，越……就越……，根据＂你玩电脑游戏越少，你的成绩就越好＂。故答案为C。‎ ‎9. B 【解析】句意：——你认为格林先生做的关于地理的报告怎么样？——棒极了！在我们学校没有人做得比他更好了。根据回答，意思就是没有人比格林先生更好，故用比较级。故选B。‎ ‎10. B 【解析】句意：——你为什么认为Sam比在比赛中任何其他的人都做得更好？——因为他唱得声音最大，最清晰。根据语境可知第一个空用副词well的比较级，better。第二个空也是副词修饰动词。这里用副词的最高级。Carefully小心地；clearly清晰地；quietly安静地；carefully仔细地。根据题意，故选B。‎ 真题再现 ‎1. D【解析】句意：这两座岛之间的桥是上海最长的一座桥。in Shanghai在上海，是表示最高级的比较范围，形容词的最高级之前用定冠词the，故选D。‎ ‎2. D【解析】句意：——无论你走到哪里，家都是最温暖的地方。——是的，金窝银窝不如咱的狗窝。wherever you go.(无论你走到哪里)作place的定语，实际上就是一个表示最高级的范围，形容词的最高级之前要加定冠词the，故选D。‎ ‎3. B【解析】句意：——我能和保罗通话吗？我早些时候打电话来了。——对不起，他还在开会。考查副词比较级辨析。still仍然；根据对句Sorry he is still in his meeting.，结合句意语境，可知打电话更早些，故选B。‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：崂山是青岛最著名的山之一，每年许多游客喜欢爬它。根据one of... ……之一，后用形容词最高级，最高级前加冠词the；故选D。‎ 点睛：形容词原级的用法 1. 说明人或事物的自身特征、性质或状态时，用形容词原级。通常用as...as结构； 2. 表示A与B在某一程度相同或不同时，用原级。比较级的用法 1. 常用于比较级+than的结构；2. 形容词常用much /a little /even等来修饰，例如：much bigger；3. 表示两者之间进行选择时＂Which is +形容词比较级，A or B?＂；4. the +比较级，the+比较级 越……就越……。形容词最高级用法 1. 表示三者或三者以上进行比较时用最高级；2. 用于＂one of the +最高级＂。最高级前常加冠词the 。‎ ‎7. A 【解析】考查形容词的比较等级。句意：亚历克斯相信他下棋很快就能和玩计算机一样好。as...as和……一样……，两个as之间要用原级形容词或副词。B. better更好，well比较级；C. best最好，是well的最高级形式；D. the best最好，是well的最高级形式，故选A。‎ ‎8. B 【解析】考查形容词比较级。句意：现在人们希望有比以前更健康的食物，因为他们的生活改善了。比以前更健康，要用healthy的比较级。healthy健康的，原级；healthier更健康的，比较级；healthiest最健康的，最高级。根据than可知，这里应该用形容词的比较级的形式。故选B。‎ ‎9. D 【解析】考查形容词最高级的用法。句意：——你看过电影《宝贝计划》吗？——当然。我认为这是我看过的最有趣的电影。A. funny有趣的，好笑的，滑稽的； B. funnier滑稽的( funny的比较级 )；C. the most funny 这种形式不正确；D. the funniest滑稽的( funny的最高级)。故选D。‎ ‎10. B 【解析】考查形容词的比较级用法。句意：——近几年来，农村的生活条件大有改善。——农民们过着比以往更为幸福的生活。由第二句后面的than before知道，空白处应该填一个比较级的形式。A. happy幸福的，原形；B. happier 幸福的，比较级；C. happily幸福地，是副词原形；D. happiest最幸福的，最高级。故选B。‎ ‎11. C 【解析】考查形容词的最高级。句意：我们班里所有的学生除了Nick之外，都超过15岁，他是我们班最小的一个。根据in our class可知，比较的对象是三者以上，所以应该用最高级的形式，根据第一句可知，班里只有Nick不到15岁，所以他是班里最小的。故选C。‎ ‎12. A 【解析】考查副词的比较级。句意：你说得太快了。你能说慢一点吗？根据speaking too fast可知是让对方说慢点，slowly慢地；loudly大声地。a little 修饰比较级，A. more slowly 比较级；B. most slowly 最高级。故选A。学科&网 ‎14. D 【解析】考查比较级的用法。句意：我们越努力学习英语，我们将获得越好的分数。the+比较级+句子；the+比较级+句子表示＂越……就越……＂。hard的比较级形式是harder，结合句意及结构，故选D。‎ ‎15. C 【解析】考查比较级的用法。句意：——你认为Wilson的演讲怎么样？——在我们学校没有做得更好的了。A. good 好的；形容词原级；B. well 好地，副词；C. better 更好，比较级；D. best最好，最高级。比较级和否定词连用表示最高级的含义，故选C。‎ 模拟检测 ‎1. A 【解析】句意：——请尽早回家。——好吧，我会的。as+原级+ as，earlier 和quicker是比较级，排除；quick是形容词，不能修饰动词，故选A。‎ ‎2. D 【解析】句意：你越细心，就越容易算出这些数学题。＂The+比较级..., the+比较级...＂ 表示 ＂越……就越……＂。前一个比较级中有系动词be，后跟形容词作表语；后一个比较级中有动词词组work out，应该由副词修饰，故答案为D。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】句意：我的大哥比我大三岁。elder表示同辈之间那个比较大的那个；older表示较大的。这里是年龄大用older。故选C。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】考查比较级的用法。句意：你笑得越多，就会感觉越快乐。＂the+比较级..., the+比较级...＂意为＂越……就越……＂。feel为连系动词，其后跟形容词作表语，不能跟副词。故选B。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】句意：——你看起来跟南希一样高。——是的，我们一样高。taller than比……更高；shorter than比……更矮；as tall as跟…一样高；not as tall as不如……一样高。根据Yes, we are the same height.可知此处表示一样高，故选C。‎ ‎6. D 【解析】句意：根据最近的一项调查，谷歌播放是世界上最流行的应用之一。One of……之一，后面跟名词的复数形式，若有形容词修饰一般用最高级，形容词的最高前面要加定冠词the。结合句意和语境可知选D。‎ ‎7. A 【解析】句意：——在你的班里谁是最高的？——‎ 当然是约翰。根据语境可知用形容词的最高级，形容词的最高级要加the。故选A。‎ 考点九 动词和动词短语 命题趋势：‎ ‎ 动词是用来描述主语的动作行为或状态的一类词。动词在句中作谓语，用来说明主语是什么、处于什么状态或做什么。动词有不同的形式，这些形式体现了动作发生的时间、语态等信息。中考对动词的考查方式灵活、题型多样。在备战2019年中考时，考生要牢记近义动词及动词短语的不同含义，多做练习，在实践中加以区分。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎1. 动词辨析；‎ ‎2. 动词短语辨析。‎ 考向一：动词的分类 分类 特点 例句 实义动词 表示动作或状态，有完整的词义，能独立作谓语。按其带不带宾语可分为及物动词和不及物动词。‎ Give me some ink, please. 请给我一些墨水。‎ He works hard. 他工作努力。‎ 连系动词 本身有词义，不能独立作谓语，必须和表语一起构成谓语，说明主语的状态、性质、特征或身份等。‎ He is a teacher. 他是一位老师。‎ They look the same. 他们看起来一样。‎ 助动词 本身无词义，不能独立作谓语，只能和实义动词一起构成谓语。可用来表示否定、疑问、时态、语态、语气等。‎ I am watching TV. 我正在看电视。‎ I don’t speak English. 我不说英语。‎ 情态动词 本身有一定的意义，表示人的语气和情态，不可单独作谓语，须和实义动词或系动词一起构成谓语。‎ Tom can swim. 汤姆会游泳。‎ May I come in? 我可以进来吗？‎ 考向二：实义动词 分类 用法 例句 及物 ‎ 动词 能直接跟宾语 She bought a hook yesterday. 她昨天买了一本书。‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ ‎1. 单宾语动词：即只可接一个宾语的动词，如：accept接受；discover发现；enjoy享受；forget忘记；borrow借入；buy买；catch抓；invent发明；found建造；like喜欢；find寻找；forget忘记；receive接受；see看见；say说；show展示；make做；tell告诉等。‎ I’m sorry that I forgot your address. 对不起，我忘了你的地址。‎ ‎2. 双宾语动词：即后接间接宾语(指人)和直接宾语(指物)的动词，如：give给；buy买；pay付款；hand递；read读；return返还；sell卖等。‎ I am going to return him the books tomorrow afternoon. 我明天下午要把书还给他。‎ ‎3. 接复合宾语的动词：后接宾语和宾补的动词，如：believe相信；find发现；hear听见，听说；keep保持；make使得；see看见等。‎ They kept him waiting at the door for twenty minutes. 他们让他在门口等了20分钟。‎ ‎4. 接动名词作宾语的动词：如advise建议；consider考虑；finish完成；imagine想象；practise练习；suggest建议等。‎ She practises playing the piano every day. 她每天都练习弹钢琴。‎ ‎5. 接不定式作宾语的动词：如agree同意；decide决定，下决心；hope希望；refuse拒绝；manage设法等。学&科网 Bill refused to take responsibility for the accident. 比尔拒绝对那次事故负责任。‎ 不及物 不能直接跟宾语 He is waiting for you at the gate. 他在门口等着你。‎ 动词 ‎【知识拓展】‎ 常见的不及物动词：ache疼痛；appear出现；arise出现，上升，起立；arrive到达；belong属于；care关心；come来；cough咳嗽；cry哭；die死亡；disappear消失；exist存在，生存；faint昏倒，变得微弱；fall落下；flow流动；go去；happen发生；laugh笑；lie躺；listen听；live生活，居住；look看；occur发生；rise上升，起立；sit坐；smile微笑；swim游泳 考向三：连系动词 分类 常用词 例句 表示主语的状态、特征和身份等 be(是)，look(看起来)，seem(似乎)，feel(感觉)，appear(出现)，smell(闻起来)，taste(尝起来)，sound(听起来)‎ He is a good father. 他是一位好父亲。‎ She looks younger than before. 她看起来比以前年轻。‎ 表示主语从一种状态到另一种状态，但侧重于转变后的结果 turn(转变)，become(成为)，get(得到)，grow(增长)，go(去)，fall(跌落)，come(来)，prove(证明)‎ Everyone will grow old. 每个人都会变老。‎ After a few years, the things got worse and worse. 几年后，情况变得越来越糟糕。‎ 表示主语保持某种身份、特征或状态不变 keep(保持)，remain(仍旧)，stay(保持)，continue(继续)‎ The old man stays calm. 老人保持平静。‎ Keep quiet while you’re going around. 参观时要保持安静。‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎—What will a science museum be like if you are asked to build one?‎ ‎—I hope it will _____________ like a book.‎ A. taste B. sound C. look D. smell ‎【答案】C 考向四：助动词 be 人称 数 现在时态 过去时态 现在分词 过去分词 第一人称 单数 am was being been 复数 are were 第二人称 单数 are were 复数 are were 第三人称 单数 is was 复数 are were ‎【知识拓展】be的用法：be主要用来构成进行时态和被动语态。‎ ‎1. ＂be+现在分词＂构成进行时态。‎ My boy friend is reading a newspaper in the sofa. 我的男朋友正坐在沙发上看报纸。‎ ‎2. ＂be+及物动词的过去分词＂构成被动语态。‎ The truth will be known to everyone. 真相将会大白于天下。‎ 助动词do 形式 肯定式 否定式 缩略否定式 原形 do do not don’t 第三人称单数 does does not doesn’t 过去式 did did not didn’t ‎【知识拓展】助动词do的用法：do主要用来构成否定句、疑问句或对谓语动词进行强调。‎ ‎1. 用do构成否定句和疑问句。‎ I don’t like this kind of music. 我不喜欢这种音乐。‎ ‎2. ＂do+动词原形＂构成强调句。‎ I do need your help. 我的确需要你的帮助。‎ 助动词have 形式 肯定式 否定式 缩略否定式 原形 have have not haven’t 第三人称单数 has has not hasn’t 过去式 had had not hadn’t ‎【知识拓展】助动词have的用法：have 与过去分词构成各种完成时态。‎ We haven’t seen for a long time. 我们很久没见面了 考向五：动词的甚本形式 形式 规则变化 例句 一般现在时第三人称单数 一般情况在动词后直接加-s look→looks；work→works 以o、s、x、sh、ch结尾的动词，后加-es catch→catches；go→goes 以辅音字母加y结尾的动词，变y为i，再加-es study→studies；try→tries 现在分词 一般情况在动词后直接加-ing read→reading；go→going 以ee、oe、ye结尾的动词，直接加-ing see →seeing；toe→toeing 以不发音字母e结尾的动词，先去掉e，再加-ing love→loving；write→writing 以重读闭音节结尾，词尾只有一个辅音字母的动词，先双写辅音字母，再加-ing cut→cutting；put→putting 少数以ie结尾的动词，先变ie 为y再加-ing die→dying；lie→lying 过去式和过去分词 一般情况在动词后直接加-ed ‎ ask→asked；help→helped 以不发音字母e结尾的动词，只加-d like→liked；live→lived 以辅音字母加y结尾的动词，变y为i，再加-ed cry→cried；study→studied 以重读闭音节结尾，词尾只有一个辅音字母的动词，先双写辅音字母，再加-ed ‎ stop→stopped；plan→planned 考向六：动词短语 构成方式 常见短语 动词+冠词+名词 give a concert开音乐会，give a tea进行测试，have a rest休息，have a picnic野餐，have a try试一试，keep a record保持纪录，leave a message留言，make a face做鬼脸，make a living谋生，make a speech进行演讲，pay a bill付账，take a risk冒险 动词+名词 catch fire着火，keep watch守望/值班，make repairs维修，play sports做运动，take action采取行，take measures采取措施，take place发生/举行 动词+名词+介词 catch hold of抓住，catch sight of看见，make contributions to对……做贡献，make room for给……腾地方，make use of利用，pay attention to注意，take ‎ advantage of利用，make contact with和……接触/联系，take pride in以……为豪 动词+介词+名词 come into use开始使用，get into trouble陷入麻烦，play with fire玩火/冒险，wait in line排队等候 ‎ 动词+宾语+介词+名词 bring... to mind使想起，put... into use应用，put... into practice实行/实施，take... for example以……为例 动词+副词+介词 add up to合计达，break away from脱离，come up with想出/提出，catch up with赶上，追上，go ahead with开始，着手，go in for参加/追求，go along with一起去，hold on to坚持，keep away from远离，look down upon瞧不起/轻视，put up with忍受/容忍，run out of用完 ‎【典例】‎ Spring has come. We can’t _____________ the plan. The trees must be planted this week.‎ A. put off B. make up ‎ C. come up with D. look up ‎【答案】A ‎1. I want to be a basketball player when I grow up, and my parents ____________ my dream very much.‎ ‎ A. develop B. imagine C. remain D. support ‎2. —The colours of the dress ____________ her very well. ‎ ‎ —Yes, red ____________ her characteristics.‎ ‎ A. suit; matches B. match; suits ‎ ‎ C. suit; suits D. match; matches ‎3. —How can I pass the exams, Mr. Right?‎ ‎ —Well, you ____________ a lot of hard work first.‎ ‎ A. offer B. spend C. waste D. require ‎4. —Do people in your community ____________ each other?‎ ‎ —Yes. People are ready to ___________ others’ problems.‎ ‎ A. help; help B. help with; help C. help; help with D. help with; help with ‎5. —Why do Chinese people use red paper to make Spring Festival couplets(春联)?‎ ‎ —Because they think red can _________ people good luck.‎ ‎ A. make B. take C. bring D. get ‎6. —How was the chess competition last week, Jack?‎ ‎ —Bad luck! David beat(击败) me in the competition and _________ first place.‎ ‎ A. shared B. touched C. won D. broke ‎7. —How long can she _________ the book? ‎ ‎ —Two weeks.‎ ‎ A. borrow B. lend C. keep D. return ‎8. Eating lots of vegetables and enough meat can ___________ you healthy all the time.‎ ‎ A. have B. get C. keep D. stay ‎9. My grandfather is over seventy years old. He is very well because he always _________.‎ ‎ A. stays up B. sleeps late ‎ ‎ C. plays computer games D. takes exercise ‎10. —What should I do if my parents don’t agree _________ me?‎ ‎ —You’d better find a chance to communicate _________ them.‎ ‎ A. with；on B. to；with ‎ ‎ C. to；to D. with；with ‎1.（2017﹒安徽）It is necessary for schools to ____________ the need of all the students’ development.‎ ‎ A. cut B. hide C. refuse D. satisfy ‎2.（2017﹒山东青岛）These oranges look nice, but ___________very sour.‎ ‎ A. feel B. taste C. sound D. look ‎3.（2017﹒山东德州）While travelling in a strange place, you’d better ____________ the local people and follow their customs（习俗）.‎ ‎ A. watch B. change C. control D. teach ‎4.（2017﹒山东泰安）—If you always ____________ yourself with others, you may have tons of pressure.‎ ‎ —I agree, we should believe in ourselves.‎ ‎ A. compare B. complain C. connect D. consider ‎5.（2017﹒苏州）—Sorry, I’ve forgotten your name. Can you ____________ me? ‎ ‎ —I’m Daniel.‎ ‎ A. remind B. receive C. respect D. remember ‎6. （2017﹒四川南充）—Many young people usually offer their seats to the old on the bus.‎ ‎ —That’s good. The old should be ____________.‎ ‎ A. looked for B. listened to ‎ ‎ C. depended on D. cared for ‎7. （2017﹒安徽）Our geography teacher told us to ____________ more information about our city and share it next week.‎ ‎ A. find out B. keep away ‎ ‎ C. turn off D. use up ‎8.（2017﹒山东青岛）You can ____________ the word in the dictionary if you don’t know it.‎ ‎ A. give away B. cut off ‎ ‎ C. take after D. look up ‎9.（2017﹒湖北随州）The teacher asked the students to ____________ a story about a trip to the moon.‎ ‎ A. give up B. turn up C. cut up D. make up ‎10.（2017﹒湖北宜昌）—What do you think is important for the players on a team?‎ ‎ —It’s to play together and ____________ the best in each other.‎ ‎ A. bring out B. look up C. believe in D. blow out ‎11. （2018年江苏省无锡市中考）I don’t have much money, but I’d like to buy my dad something really special, if you know what I ____________.‎ A. want B. care C. mean D. prefer ‎12. （内蒙古包头市2018年中考）I know what you are thinking about. I can ____________ your mind from the look on your face.‎ A. stay B. spare C. read D. attend ‎13. （2018年湖北省恩施州中考）—Have you seen the movie Titanic, Wangwei?‎ ‎—Yes. The music in it ____________.‎ A. looks great B. sounds great C. feels great ‎14. （2018年贵州省安顺市中考）I think young phubbers（低头族）are supposed to ____________ the time they spend ____________ their smart phones. ‎ A. cut off；in B. cut down；on C. cut up；on D. cut in；in ‎15. （2018山东省滨州中考）People now in many big cities have to ____________ early to avoid the heavy traffic in the morning.‎ A. set out B. put out C. take out D. give out ‎ ‎16. （河北省2018年中考）Can you help me ____________ the pen? It’s under the chair.‎ A. ask for B. look for C. pick up D. ‎ put up ‎17. （天津市2018年中考）I am afraid we can not ____________ to take a taxi. Let’s go by underground instead.‎ A. refuse B. afford C. forget D. fall ‎18. （江西2018年中考）The food is very delicious in that restaurant. We could go and ____________ it.‎ A. sell B. help C. produce D. try ‎19. （湖北省宣昌市2018年中考）—A research suggests that walking helps people live longer.‎ ‎—I quite agree, but it ____________ on when and how they walk.‎ A. remains B. separates C. returns D. depends ‎20. （甘肃省白银市2018年中考）—I can’t find my English textbook.‎ ‎—Is it possible that you ____________ it at home?‎ A. lost B. saw C. left D. gave ‎1. （重庆市万盛经济技术开发区2017届九年级期末）—We should ____________ the light when we leave the room.‎ ‎ —Yes. We must learn how to save electricity.‎ ‎ A. turn up B. turn on C. turn off D. turn down ‎2. （山东泰安2017年中考模拟）Many people in this area are used ____________ going to bed late, but I don’t. I pay more attention ____________ my health.‎ ‎ A. to; on B. for; on C. to; to D. for; to ‎3. （山东省临沭县青云镇中心中学2016-2017学年期末）—The old songs always ____________ me of my childhood. ‎ ‎ —I have the same feelings.‎ ‎ A. explain B. remember C. remind D. hurry ‎4. （湖北省武汉市2017届中考模拟押题卷）—Your clothes seem to get all wet.‎ ‎ —Yes. My umbrella was broken and it didn’t ____________ away from the rain.‎ ‎ A. protect B. provide C. keep D. produce ‎5. （江苏省无锡市南菁高级中学实验学校2017届九年级期中）According to the rule, children should ____________ a nearby school to receive education in Nanjing.‎ ‎ A. enter B. afford C. support D. present ‎6. （云南省大理市2017年中考模拟）—Let’s do something for our parents.‎ ‎ —Good idea. We should ____________ our parents’ love for us.‎ ‎ A. create B. promise C. value D. allow ‎7. （湖北省武汉市第二中学广雅中学2017届九年级月考）—What’s the matter?‎ ‎ —I can’t stand the loud music here. It’s nearly ____________ me mad.‎ ‎ A. keeping B. driving C. turning D. giving ‎8. （江苏省盐城市响水县2017届九年级中考二模）They all said that the man caused the accident, but he ____________ he had nothing to do with it.‎ ‎ A. advised B. insisted C. supposed D. doubted 跟踪训练 ‎1. D 【解析】句意：我长大后想当一名篮球运动员，我的父母非常支持我的梦想。A. develop 发展；B. imagine设想；C. remain保留；D. support支持。故选D。‎ ‎3. D 【解析】句意：——Mr. Right，我怎样才能通过考试呢？——好吧，你首先需要努力学习。根据句意，结合动词区别，offer提出，提供；spend花费；waste浪费；require需要，要求。故答案为D。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】句意：——你们社区的人们彼此帮助吗？——是的。人们乐于帮助其他人解决问题。help sb帮助某人，help with sth帮助某事，help后加帮助的对象，即人；help with后加帮助的事件。help sb with sth,帮助某人某事。结合句意及结构，故选C。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】考查动词辨析。句意：——为什么中国人用红纸做春联？——因为他们认为红色能给人带来好运。A. make制作；B. take拿走；C. bring带来；D. get获取，得到。结合句意和语境可知选C。‎ ‎6. C 【解析】句意：——杰克，上周的象棋比赛怎么样？——真糟糕！大卫在比赛中击败了我，取得了第一名。A. shared分享；B. touched 触摸；C. won获胜；D. broke击败。由beat me(击败我)可知，大卫赢得了第一名，win the first place取得第一名，win的过去式为won，故答案为C。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】句意：——这本书她可以保存多长时间？——2周。How long提问的是一段时间，句子中应使用延续性动词。故选C。‎ ‎8. C 【解析】句意：吃很多蔬菜和足够的肉能让你一直保持健康。保持用keep。故选C。‎ ‎9. D 【解析】句意：我爷爷70多岁了。他身体很硬朗因为他总是锻炼。锻炼用take exercise。故选D。‎ ‎10. D 【解析】句意：——如果我的父母不同意我的观点，我应该怎么办？——你最好找一个机会和他们交流一下。agree with sb同意某人的看法；communicate with与某人交流。故选D。‎ 真题再现 ‎1. D 【解析】考查动词辨析。句意：对于学校来说满足所有学生发展的需求是必要的。A. cut砍，切，割；B. hide隐藏；C. refuse拒绝；D. satisfy满足。结合句意，故选D。学&科网 ‎2. B 【解析】考查系动词的用法。句意：这些橘子看起来很好但是尝起来非常酸。A. feel感觉；B. taste尝起来；C. sound听起来；D. look看起来。这四个选项都是感官动词，后面加形容词。根据sour是一种味道，故选B。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：——如果你总是把自己和其他人进行比较，你可能就会有大量的压力。——我赞同，我们应该相信我们自己。A. compare 比较级；B. complain 解释；C. connect 联系；D. consider考虑。compare…with …把……和……进行比较，结合句意，故选A。‎ ‎5. A 【解析】考查动词的词义辨析。句意：——对不起，我忘了你的名字。你能提醒我吗？——我是丹尼尔。A. remind 提醒，使记得；B. receive收到；C. respect尊重；D. remember记得，想起。故选A。‎ ‎6. D 【解析】考查动词短语的用法。句意：——许多年轻人经常在公交上为老人让座。——那是很好的。老人应该受到关心。A. looked for寻找；B. listened to 听；C. depended on依靠；D. cared for关爱，关心。结合句意，故选D。‎ ‎7. A 【解析】考查动词短语的用法。句意：我们的地理老师告诉我们找出关于我们市的更多的信息，以便下周分享。A. find out找出，查出；B. keep away远离，离开；C. turn ‎ off关闭；D. use up用光。结合句意，故选A。‎ ‎8. D 【解析】考查动词短语的用法。句意：如果你不知道这个单词你可以在在字典中查阅它。A。give away捐献；B. cut off切除；C. take after相像；D. look up查阅（在资料等中）。结合句意，故选D。‎ ‎9. D 【解析】考查动词短语辨析。句意：老师要求学生编一个去月球旅行的故事。A. give up放弃； B. turn up出现；C. cut up切碎；D. make up组成， 编造；根据句意故选D。‎ ‎10. A 【解析】考查动词短语辨析。句意：——你认为对一个球队的球员来说什么是重要的？——就是一起合作，而且彼此展示出最好的一面。A. bring out拿出来，引申为展示出来；B. look up寻找；C. believe in信任，相信；D. blow out吹熄。根据句意和语境，故选A。‎ ‎11. C【解析】句意：我没有很多钱，但是我想给我爸爸买点特别的东西，如果你明白我的意思。A. want想要；B. care关心；C. mean意思是，意味着；D. prefer更喜欢。前面的句子就是表达自己的观点与想法，故答案为C。‎ ‎13. B【解析】句意：——你看过电影＂泰坦尼克号＂吗？——是的，其中的音乐听起来很棒。A. 看起来很棒B. 听起来很棒C. 摸起来很好，音乐只能＂听起来很好＂，故选B。‎ 点睛：本题主要考察了感官系动词的用法，感官系动词主要有look, feel, smell, sound, taste,其后都加形容词来说明主语的状况、性质等，分别表示＂看起来，摸起来，闻起来，听起来，尝起来……＂。‎ ‎14. B【解析】句意：我认为年轻的低头族应该减少他们在智能手机上的时间。cut off切除；cut down减少； cut up切碎；cut in插嘴，干预。结合句意可知，句子第一个设空处中缺少＂缩短＂一词， spend time on sth. 在某事上花费时间，故答案为B。‎ ‎15. A【解析】句意：在许多大城市的人们不得不早早出发，避免早晨拥挤的交通。A. set out 出发；B. put out 扑灭；C. take out取出；D. give out分发。结合句意可知，答案为A。‎ ‎16. C【解析】句意：你能帮助我捡起这个钢笔吗?它在你椅子下面。考查动词短语辨析题。‎ A. ask for请求……；B. look for寻找；C. pick up捡起；D. put up张贴。根据句意语境，可知pick up＂捡起＂符合语境，故选C。‎ ‎17. B【解析】句意：恐怕我付不起出租车钱。让我们改坐地铁吧。本题考查动词。A. refuse 拒绝； B. afford 付得起，承担得起 ；C. forget忘记； D. fall落下； 砍倒。根据句意选B。‎ ‎18. D【解析】句意：那家饭馆的饭菜很可口。我们可以去试一试。考查动词词义辨析题。A. sell销售；B. help帮助；C. produce生产；D. try尝试。根据句意语境，可知try合乎句意，故选D。‎ ‎19. D【解析】句意：——一项研究表明散步有助于人们长寿。——我很同意，但这取决于他们什么时候走，怎么走。考查动词短语辨析题。A. remains保持；B. separates区分；C. returns返回；D. depends依靠。it depends视情况而定；depend on依赖于/取决于；根据句意语境，可知选D。‎ ‎20. C【解析】句意：——我找不到我的英语课本了。——你可能把它忘在家里了吧？本题考查动词辨析。A. lost遗失；B. saw看见；C. left丢失、离开；D. gave给。根据题干Is it possible that you ________ it at home?可以推知，课本可能是忘在家里了，leave sth. at/in/on a place：把某物留在某地，句中＂忘＂的动作发生在过去，所以用leave过去式left，故答案选C。‎ 模拟检测 ‎2. C 【解析】句意：这个地区的很多人都习惯晚睡，但我不喜欢。我更注重我的健康。be used to doing sth. 习惯于做某事；pay attention to关注，注重。结合句意可知，答案为C。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】句意：——这些老歌总是使我想起我的童年。——我也有相同的感觉。A解释；B记起；C使想起；D匆忙。故选C。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】句意：——你的衣服好像都湿透了。——是的，我的雨伞坏了，它没有遮挡雨。protect保护；provide提供；keep保持，保存；produce生产。这里keep away from是固定短语，远离，回避。根据句意可知选C。‎ ‎5. A 【解析】句意：根据规定，在南京的孩子们应该进入一个附近的学校来接受教育。A. enter进入；B. afford支付；C. support支持；D. present礼物。故选A。‎ ‎6. C 【解析】句意：——让我们为父母做些什么吧。——好主意。我们应该重视父母给我们的爱。A. create创造；B. promise承诺，许诺；C. value珍惜，重视；D. allow允许。孩子们应该珍惜父母的爱。故选C。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：——发生了什么事？——我受不了这里吵闹的音乐。快把我逼疯了。A. keeping保持； B. driving 推动，发动（机器等），驾驶（马车，汽车等），驱赶；C. turning 变得；D. giving给。drive sb. + 形容词，意思是：逼迫/推某人……，故选B。‎ ‎8. B 【解析】句意：他们都说那个人造成了交通事故。但是他坚持说此事与他无关。A. advised建议；B. insisted坚持；C. supposed猜测；D. doubted怀疑。故选B。‎ 考点十 情态动词 命题趋势：‎ 情态动词是初中英语里的一个重要的语法项目，也是全国各省市中考试题的考查热点。在备战2019年中考时，考生要牢记情态动词的结构和意义以及其表示推测时的用法，多做练习，在实践中加以区分。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎1. 情态动词的意义；‎ ‎2. 情态动词的基本句型；‎ ‎3. 情态动词的基本用法。‎ 情态动词的用法 情态动词 用法 例句 can/could 表示能力，意为＂能，会＂‎ I can read this sentence in English. 我能用英语读这句话。‎ 表示许可时，意为＂可以，能够＂，相当于may She said that I could use her computer. 她说我可以使用她的电脑。‎ 用于推测，表示可能性，意为＂可能＂，could比can更加不肯定，多用于否定或疑问句 The man can’t be our teacher — he has gone to Beijing. 那个男人不可能是我们的老师，他去北京了。‎ There is someone outside — who can it be? 有人在外面，可能是谁呢？‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ ‎1. can的一般疑问句，肯定回答用Yes, ...can；否定回答用No, ...can’t。‎ ‎—Can you play the piano? 你会弹钢琴吗?‎ ‎—Yes, I can. 是的，我会。/No, I can’t 不，我不会。‎ ‎2. can，could和be able to的区别：can只有现在式和过去式，而be able to可以用于各种时态；can( could)表示能力时，可用be able to代替。‎ I can(am able to) afford the car. 我能买得起这辆小汽车。‎ She has been able to come to school. 她已经能去学校了 I could(=was able to) drive a car before I left school. 毕业前我就会开车。‎ may/might 表示允许或许可，意为＂可以＂‎ May I use your phone? 我可以用用你的电话吗？‎ 表示征询许可时，might比may的语气委婉 ‎—Might I ask for a photograph of your little daughter?我能要一张你小女儿的照片吗?‎ ‎—Yes, you may. 是的，你可以。‎ 用于表推测时，是＂可能，或许＂之意，might语气更加不肯定，多用于肯定句 He may be wrong, but I’m not sure. 也许他错了，但我也不确定。‎ She might be very busy now. 她现在可能非常忙。‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ ‎1. may的一般疑问句，肯定回答用Yes, ...may. /Yes, of course. /Yes, certainly.；否定回答用No, ...can’t/mustn’t。‎ ‎—Might/May I smoke in this room? 我可以在这间屋子里抽烟吗?‎ ‎—Yes, you may. 是的，你可以。/No, you can’t/mustn’t. 不，不可以。‎ ‎2. 用于表示推测时，may和might一般不用于疑问句，而在疑问句中，常使用can；在否定句中，maynot/might not意为＂可能不＂，而can’t/couldn’t意为＂不可能＂。‎ The young people might not like the idea. 年轻人可能不喜欢这个主意。‎ It can’t/couldn’t be our headmaster. He has gone to America. 那人不可能是我们校长。他已经去美国了。‎ must 表示必须，一定要，指说话人的主观语气 You must obey the school rules. 你必须遵守校规。‎ mustn’t表示禁止，意为＂千万不要，禁止＂，是说话人强有力的劝告 You mustn’t play with the knife or you may hurt yourself. 你禁止玩刀否则你可能会伤到自己。‎ 表示推测时，用于肯定句，意为＂想必，一定＂，否定句中用can’t/couldn’t来代替 This must be your room. 这一定是你的房间。‎ He must be eighty now. 他现在想必有八十岁了。‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ ‎1. must的一般疑问句，肯定回答为Yes, ...must.；否定回答为No, ...needn’t./No, ...don’t have to.‎ ‎—Must I clean the classroom now? 我必须现在打扫教室吗？‎ ‎—Yes, you must. 是的，你必须。/No, you don’t have to. /No, you needn’t. 不，你不必。‎ ‎2. must和have to的区别：‎ ‎①用must表示＂必须＂的意思时，通常着重于说话者的主观看法，认为有必要去做某事；而have to着重于客观需要，含有＂不得不＂的意思。‎ We must study English hard. 我们必须努力学习英语。‎ You are ill today. You have to see a doctor. 你今天病了，不得不去看医生。‎ ‎②用must表示＂必须＂，只有现在时态的形式，如果要表示过去时或将来时的＂必须＂，就要用have to的相应形式。‎ You must drive fast to catch the time. 你必须开车开快点来赶时间。‎ They will have to leave tomorrow morning. 他们必须明天早晨起程。学科&网 will 表示意志、愿望和决心，常译为＂愿意＂‎ If you will help us, we shall be very grateful. 如果你愿意帮助我们，我们将不胜感激。‎ 用于第二人称疑问句，表示请求或建议等 Will you have dinner with me tonight? 今天晚上和我一起吃饭好吗?‎ 表示习惯性动作或某种倾向，多用于现在时，常译为＂总是＂‎ Kate will sit there, waiting for her daughter to come back. 凯特总是坐在那儿等女儿回来。‎ would 作为will的过去式，可表示过去的意志、愿望或决心等，意为＂愿意＂‎ He promised he would never smoke again. 他承诺他再也不吸烟了。‎ 表示过去反复发生的动作或某种倾向 Their English teacher would tell them stories in English after class. 他们的英语老师总是在课后用英语给他们讲故事。‎ 用于第二人称疑问句中，表示现在的请求、建议，比will的语气委婉 Would you please pass the English-Chinese dictionary on to Mary? 请把这本英汉词典传给玛丽好吗? ‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ would like意为＂愿意，想要＂；would like/love to do sth 意为＂愿意/想要做某事＂；would like sb to do sth意为＂想要某人做某事＂。‎ Would you like a cup of tea? 你想喝杯茶吗？‎ Would you like to sing a song? 你想唱首歌吗？‎ I would like you to wake me up at 5:30 tomorrow morning. 我想让你在明天早晨5:30叫醒我。‎ shall 用于第一、三人称疑问句，表示征求对方意见 Shall we begin now? 我们现在就开始吗?’‎ Tom is waiting outside. Shall he come in, sir? 汤姆正在门外等着，可以让他进来吗，先生?‎ 用于第二、三人称陈述句时，表示命令、警告、允诺或威胁等 Yon shall fail if you don’’t work hard. 如果你不努力工作，你就会失败。‎ should shall的过去式，用于第一、三人称，多用于间接引语中，以征求对方意见 I asked the manager if I should have a few days off. 我问经理我是否可以请几天假。‎ 表示义务，职责时，意为＂应当，应该＂，往往表示说话者的观点 表示惊讶、遗憾等，意为＂竟然，居然＂‎ need 表示＂需要，必须＂，多用于疑问句和否定句 Need you go so soon? 你需要这么早走吗?‎ You needn’t come so early. 你不必来这么早。‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ need的一般疑问句，肯定回答为Yes, ... must.；否定回答为No, ... needn’t.‎ ‎—Need he finish the article next week? 他需要下星期完成这篇文章吗?‎ ‎—Yes, he must. 是的，他必须完成。/No , he needn’t. 不，他不需要。‎ have to 表示不得不，说明客观条件只能如此；有时态形式的变化；否定式don’t have to意为＂不必＂(=‎ needn’t)‎ My brother was very ill, so I had to call the doctor in the midnight. 我弟弟病得厉害，我只得半夜里把医生请来。‎ I haven’t got any money with me, so I’ll have to borrow some from my friend. 我身上没带钱，只好向朋友借点了。‎ ‎【典例】‎ She went to Hangzhou by train last night. She _____________ be at home now.‎ A. must not B. may not C. can’t ‎1. —Listen! Helen is singing in the next room. ‎ ‎ —It ____________ be Helen. She has gone to Beijing.‎ ‎ A. can’t B. mustn’t C. may D. should ‎2. —Mum, must I do my homework now? ‎ ‎ —No, you ____________.‎ ‎ A. mustn’t B. can’t C. shouldn’t D. needn’t ‎3. —How was the youth club last night, Mark?‎ ‎ —It was great fun. You ____________ come.‎ ‎ A. must B. can C. should D. may ‎4. —May I go swimming in the river, Mum? ‎ ‎ —No, you ____________. It is dangerous.‎ ‎ A. needn’t B. mustn’t C. can’t D. haven’t ‎5. —Dad, can I go to the movies tonight?‎ ‎ —Sure, but you ____________ come back home before 9 o’clock. ‎ ‎ A. can B. must C. may D. might ‎6. —Whose comic book is it?‎ ‎ —It ____________ be Daniel’s. It has his name written on it.‎ ‎ A. must B. can’t C. mustn’t D. can ‎7. You ____________ open the door before the car stops. It’s dangerous.‎ ‎ A. needn’t B. may not C. mustn’t D. don’t have to ‎8. We ____________ respect the local culture and customs when traveling abroad.‎ ‎ A. can B. need C. may D. should ‎9. —Could she copy her friend’s answers?‎ ‎ —No, she ____________.‎ ‎ A. can’t B. couldn’t C. might D. could ‎10. —Must I do the rest of the work today?‎ ‎ —No, you ____________ finish it tomorrow.‎ ‎ A. must B. can C. needn’t D. can’t ‎1.（2017﹒安徽）—Mum, I’ve signed for the box. What’s in it?‎ ‎ —I’m not sure. It _____________ be a present from your uncle.‎ ‎ A. need B. must C. may D. will ‎2.（2017﹒山东青岛）We should keep quiet in the cinema. We _____________ speak loudly.‎ ‎ A. can B. must C. needn’t D. mustn’t ‎3.（2017﹒山东德州）In some countries, people _____________ download（下载）music from the Internet without paying, because it’s against the law.‎ ‎ A. wouldn’t B. needn’t C. mustn’t D. couldn’t ‎4.（2017﹒四川成都）This pair of glasses _____________ be Tony’s. He’s the only one who wears glasses.‎ ‎ A. must B. might C. can’t ‎5.（2017﹒上海）—_____________ I park my car here for a while?‎ ‎ —No, you mustn’t. Do you see the sign ＂NO PARKING＂?‎ ‎ A. Would B. May C. Must D. Should ‎6.（2017﹒苏州）Dogs _____________ run through soccer games at the park. It’s dangerous.‎ ‎ A. should B. shouldn’t C. need D. needn’t ‎7.（2017﹒湖北宜昌）—Life is becoming convenient with the Internet.‎ ‎ —That’s true! Almost everything _____________ be done online.‎ ‎ A. must B. would C. should D. can ‎8.（2017﹒吉林）You _____________ cross the street when the traffic lights are red.‎ ‎ A. needn’t B. don’t have to C. mustn’t ‎9.（2017﹒江苏宿迁）—Is Mike coming to the fashion show tomorrow?‎ ‎ —I’m not sure. He _____________ not come.‎ ‎ A. must B. can C. may D. should ‎10. （2018年江苏省无锡市中考）—Didn’t you see the zebra crossing? You _____________ slow down, son!‎ ‎—Sorry, sir. Am I going to fail the test?‎ A. can’t B. can C. mustn’t D. must ‎11. （云南省2018 年中考）—Will you go camping with us, Bob?‎ ‎—I’d love to, but I _____________ study for the test.‎ A. may B. must C. can D. could ‎12. （2018年上海中考）—Must I do the project on my own?‎ ‎—No, you _____________. You can work with your classmates.‎ A. needn’t B. can’t C. shouldn’t D. mustn’t ‎13. （内蒙古包头市2018年中考）—Excuse me, where is the nearest bank?‎ ‎—Go straight ahead; you _____________ miss it.‎ A. mustn’t B. can’t C. needn’t D. shouldn’t ‎14. （2018年贵州省安顺市中考）—Look! The man welcoming us at the school gate _____________ be our headmaster. ‎ ‎—No, it _____________ be him. He is having a meeting in the office now. ‎ A. must; can’t B. must; mustn’t C. can’t; mustn’t D. mustn’t; can ‎15. （湖北省黄冈市2018年中考）—Must I finish reading the book today, Mr. Brown?‎ ‎—No, you _____________. You can finish it in two days.‎ A. needn’t B. mustn’t C. can’t D. ‎ couldn’t ‎16. （2018山东省滨州中考）—_____________ I swim here?‎ ‎—I’m sorry. Children _____________ swim alone here. It’s very dangerous.‎ A. Must; can’t B. May; must C. Can; mustn’t D. Can’t; can ‎17. （天津市2018年中考）—Must I come before 6: 30 tomorrow?‎ ‎—No. You _____________. There will be plenty of time.‎ A. mustn’t B. can’t C. couldn’t D. needn’t ‎1. （云南省曲靖市第一中学2017届九年级期中）Sally used to be really shy. She didn’t dare ___________ in public.‎ ‎ A. to speak B. speaking C. speak D. spoken ‎2. （上海市华东师范大学第二附属中学2017届九年级周测）We ___________ obey the new traffic rules to improve our road safety.‎ ‎ A. can B. must C. need D. may ‎3. （云南省大理市2017年中考模拟）—Have you decided where to spend your holiday?‎ ‎ —Not yet. I _____________ go to Hainan.‎ ‎ A. need B. can C. may D. should ‎4. （广西2017中考阶段测试）The toy plane ____________ belong to Tom. He is the only kid at the picnic.‎ ‎ A. must B. need C. can D. may ‎5. （江西省赣州市信丰县2017年普通高中提前招生考试）You ______________ take an ‎ umbrella. The radio says it won’t rain.‎ ‎ A. shouldn’t B. mustn’t C. can’t D. needn’t ‎6. （湖北省武汉市第二中学广雅中学2017届九年级月考）—You ____________ be happy with the strong public support you’ve received.‎ ‎ —Yes, you’re right. I’m really excited.‎ ‎ A. may B. can C. must D. need ‎7. （江苏省盐城市响水县2017届九年级二模）—May I go birdwatching with my classmates in the Nature Reserve?‎ ‎ —No. You _____________ until you have finished the report.‎ ‎ A. needn’t B. mustn’t C. won’t D. shouldn’t ‎8. （江苏省南京市2017年中考模拟）Boys and girls, you ____________ talk in class, or you will miss something important.‎ ‎ A. can’t B. mustn’t C. shouldn’t D. needn’t ‎9. （徐州市2017年初中毕业、升学考试模拟十一）—Must I wait here until three o’clock?‎ ‎ —No, you _____________. You can leave now.‎ ‎ A. needn’t B. mustn’t C. can’t D. shouldn’t ‎10. （徐州市2017年初中毕业、升学考试模拟十一）Mike, you ______________ play with fire. You ______________ burn yourself.‎ ‎ A. won’t; can’t B. mustn’t; may ‎ C. don’t have to; must D. have to; shouldn’t ‎11. （广东省中山市小榄镇2017届九年级一模）—Hi, Madam. Can I take the story books out?‎ ‎ —No, my boy. They _____________ be taken out of the reading-room. It’s a rule. ‎ ‎ A. mustn’t B. needn’t C. couldn’t D. ‎ wouldn’t ‎12. （广东省揭阳市揭西县2017届九年级模拟）You _____________ go through the security check(安检) before getting on the train.‎ ‎ A. can B. must C. may D. might ‎13. （四川省峨眉山市2017届九年级第二次调研）Children _____________ sit in the front seat of a car. It’s too dangerous.‎ ‎ A. must B. mustn’t C. need ‎14. （广西桂平市2017届初中毕业班教学质量监测）—Look, Sue is over there.‎ ‎ —That _____________ be her. She is in Canada now.‎ ‎ A. mustn’ t B. can’t C. needn’t D. won’t ‎15. （黑龙江省牡丹江管理局北斗星协会2017届九年级二模）The man has many houses in Beijing. I think he _____________ be rich.‎ ‎ A. may B. should C. must ‎16. （上海市延安中学2017届九年级月考）With the help of e-commerce, people throughout China _____________ easily buy things from foreign countries online.‎ ‎ A. would B. should C. must D. can ‎17. （重庆市育才中学2017-2018学年九年级下第一次模拟）—Is that your new math teacher Miss Li?‎ ‎—It ______________ be her. She has gone to Beijing for a meeting.‎ A. can’t B. mustn’t C. can D. must ‎18. （湖南省长沙市麓山国际实验学校2018届九年级第一次模拟）—______________ you bother me now? Can’t you see I’m working on my homework?‎ ‎— Sorry, but I have something important to tell you.‎ A. Can B. Should C. Must ‎19. （甘肃省天水市第一中学2018届九年级上学期期末考试）—Must we finish the project in a month? ‎ ‎—No, you ______________.‎ A. mustn’t B. needn’t C. can’t D. don’t ‎20. （甘肃省天水市第一中学2018届九年级上学期期末）—Whose book is this? Lucy?‎ ‎—It ______________ be Tom’s. His name is on the book.‎ A. can B. may C. should D. must 跟踪训练 ‎2. D 【解析】句意：——妈妈，现在我必须做我的家庭作业吗？——不，你没必要。must 的一般疑问句的回答有了两种形式：肯定回答Yes, ...must (是的，……必须。)；否定回答No, ...needn’t（不，……没必要），记住不用mustn’t，mustn’t是禁止的意思，语气比较强烈。结合句意和语境可知选D。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：——我能在河里游泳吗，妈妈？——不，你一定不要，太危险了。对may引出的表示＂请求许可＂的问句作否定回答时，用please don’t或No, you mustn’t。故选B。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：——爸爸，我今天晚上能去看电影吗？——当然可以，但是你必须在九点之前回家。can能够，表示能力；must必须，表示要求；may可以，表示允许；might可能，表示猜测，根据语境爸爸要求孩子九点之前回家，因此用情态动词must。故选B。‎ ‎6. A 【解析】句意：——它是谁的漫画书？——它一定是丹尼尔的。上面有他的名字。must一定，表示非常有把握的推测；can’t不可能，表示有把握的推测；mustn’t禁止；can 能，表示能力。根据It has his name written on it可知此处表示很肯定的推测，故用must，故选A。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】句意：在汽车停下来之前，你不得开门。那样是危险的。A. needn’t不需要；B. may not不可能；C. mustn’t不许，不准，不允许，命令的口气，语气最强烈。D. don’t have to没必要。故选C。‎ ‎【名师点睛】mustn’t 在英语中不能用于表示推测，但是可以表示＂禁止/不允许＂之意。needn’t 不需要，不必，强调客观条件，常用来回答must问句。‎ ‎8. D 【解析】句意：在国外旅游时，我们应该尊重当地的文化和风俗习惯。A. can能，会；B. need需要； C. may可以，可能；D. should应该。结合句意和语境可知选D。‎ ‎9. A 【解析】句意：——她能抄写她朋友的答案吗？——不，她不能。can’t不能；couldn’t不能；might可能，可以；could能。根据句意可知，这里是一个否定回答，故C和D不对；问题中用could表示语气委婉，而答语中应该用can，故应选A。‎ ‎10. B 【解析】句意：——我今天必须做其余的工作吗？——不，你可以明天完成它。must 必须，一定；can 能，会，可以；needn’t 不必；can’t不能，不会。所以选B。‎ 真题再现 ‎1. C 【解析】考查情态动词的用法。句意：——妈妈，我已经为这个盒子签字了。它里面是什么？——我不确定。它可能是你叔叔给你的礼物。A. need需要；B. must表示猜测时意为＂肯定，一定＂，猜测的把握比较大；C. may表示猜测时意为＂可能＂，猜测的把握比较小；D. will将来。根据I’m not sure.可知猜测的把握小，故选C。学&科网 ‎3. C 【解析】考查情态动词的用法。句意：在一些国家，人们禁止不付费就从网上下载音乐，因为那是违法的行为。A. wouldn’t表示过去将来时；B. needn’t 不必，不需要；C. mustn’t禁止，不允许；D. couldn’t不能，过去时态。根据句意可知是禁止人们不付费从网上下载音乐。故选C。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】考查情态动词的用法。句意：这副眼镜一定是Tony 的，他是唯一一个戴眼镜的人。A. must一定，表示可能性很大；B. might 也许，可能性小；C. can’t不可能。根据He’s the only one who wears glasses可知选A。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】考查情态动词的用法。句意：——我可以把车停在这儿一会儿吗？——不，你不能。你看到＂禁止停车＂的标志了吗？在英语中，可以用may、might、can、could提出要求，表示请求＂许可＂。A. would和D. should用于委婉说法，表达的是＂意愿＂，可排除；C. must强调的是＂必须＂，也可排除，故选B。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】考查情态动词。句意：狗不应该在公园里的足球比赛中跑来跑去，太危险了。A. should应该； B. shouldn’t不应该；C. need需要；D. needn’t不需要。故选B。‎ ‎7. D 【解析】考查情态动词的用法。句意：——互联网正使生活变得便利起来。——那是真的！几乎所有的事情都能够在网上完成。四个选项都是情态动词。A. must必须；would将要，将会；should应该；D. can能，强调可以。故选D。‎ ‎8. C 【解析】考查情态动词的用法。句意：你千万不要在交通灯是红色的时候过马路。A. needn’t 不必，不需；B. don’t have to 不必，指客观上；C. mustn’t禁止，不准。根据题意可知是指红灯时禁止过马路，所以用mustn’t，故选C。‎ ‎9. C 【解析】考查情态动词的用法。句意：——迈克明天要来参加时装表演吗？——我不确定。他可能不会来。A. must一定，强调绝对；B. can能，表示可能性大；C. may可能，表示可能性小；D. should应该。根据答语I’m not sure可知这里是表示推测，因而可以排除A、B、D三个选项。故选C。‎ ‎10. D【解析】句意：——你没看见斑马线吗？你必须放慢速度，孩子！——对不起，先生。我考试会不及格吗？A. can’t不能；B. can能够，可以；C. mustn’t禁止；D. must必须。看到斑马线必须要减速，故答案为D。‎ ‎12. A【解析】句意：——我必须自己做这个项目吗？——不，你不需要。你可以和你的同学一起工作。A. needn’t 不必；B. can’t 不能；C. shouldn’t不应该；D. mustn’t禁止，千万别。以must开头的一般疑问句，以must开头的疑问句，肯定回答用must，而否定回答则用needn’t或 don’t have to，意为＂不需要、不必＂，而不能用mustn’t，故选A。‎ 点睛：must的用法：①表示必须，否定式为mustn’t，意为＂禁止＂。②以must开头的疑问句，肯定回答用must，而否定回答则用needn’t或don’t have to，意为＂不需要、不必＂，而不能用mustn’t。这里要格外注意以情态动词开头的一般疑问句的回答并不一定都是＂用什么问用什么答＂，有时会有特例，本题便是，不能使用＂mustn’t＂，如果使用，意思就会变成＂禁止＂，而非＂不需要＂。‎ ‎13. B【解析】句意：——打扰一下，请问最近的银行在哪里?--径直往前走，你不可能错过它。考查情态动词。A. mustn’t不准、禁止；B. can’t不可能；C. needn’t不必；D. shouldn’t不应该。结构语境，该处表示＂你不可能错过它的＂，结合选项，可知B选项符合题意，故答案选B。‎ ‎14. A【解析】句意：——看！在学校门口欢迎我们的人一定是我们的校长。——不，不可能是他。他现在正在办公室开会。must表示推测时，用在肯定句中，意思是＂一定＂，can’t也可以表示推测，用在否定句中，意思是＂不可能＂，can可以，能够，mustn’t禁止，千万别。结合语境理解可知，两个空处的单词都是表示推测，前一个表示肯定的推测，后一个表示否定的推测，故答案为A。 ‎ 点睛：情态动词表推测的用法很常见，情态动词表推测的三种句式：‎ ‎1. 在肯定句中一般用must (一定)，may（可能），might / could（也许，或许）。‎ ‎（1）He must/may/might know the answer to this question.‎ 他一定/可能/也许知道这个问题的答案。‎ ‎（2）It is cold in the room. They must have turned off the heating.‎ 屋里很冷，他们肯定把暖气关了。‎ ‎2.否定句中用can’t / couldn’t (不可能), may not/might not(可能不)。‎ ‎（1）It can’t/ couldn’t be the headmaster. He has gone to America.这不可能是校长，他去美国了。‎ ‎（2）He may not/might not know the scientist. 他也许不认识那位科学家。‎ ‎3.疑问句中用can/could (能……?)。‎ ‎（1）Could he have finished the task? 他可能把任务完成了吗？‎ ‎（2）Can he be at home now? 他现在能在家吗？‎ ‎16. C【解析】句意：——我能在这里游泳吗？——对不起。孩子们禁止一个人在这里游泳。这是非常危险的。Can/May I…？意思是＂我可以做……吗？＂，是提建议的一种表达方式，根据＂It’s very dangerous.＂判断，此处禁止一个小孩游泳，mustn’t禁止，千万别，故答案为C。‎ ‎17. D【解析】句意：——明天我必须六点半前到吗？——不，你不必，将有足够的时间。本题考查情态动词的用法。Must是＂必须＂的意思，当其变为一般疑问句时，否定回答要用needn’t＂不必＂；肯定回答用must＂必须＂，mustn’t不是＂不必＂的意思，而是一种禁止，一定不能做的意思。所以本题选D。‎ 模拟检测 ‎1. A 【解析】句意：Sally过去真的很害羞，她不敢在公共场合说话。敢于做某事用dare to do sth。dare用作实义动词，此时其后的动词不定式可带to也可不带to，且dare有人称和数以及时态的变化；dare用作情态动词，后跟动词原形，主要用于疑问句、否定句和条件句中。故选A。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】句意：为了提高我们的交通安全，我们必须遵守交通规则。A. can能；B. must必须；C. need需要；D. may也许。故选B。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】句意：——你决定去哪儿度假了吗？——还没有，我可能要去海南。A. need需要，必须；B. can能，会，表示能力或许可；C. may可能，表示推测，可以，表示许可；D. should应该，表示责任与义务。本题中，因为还未决定，所以是＂可能＂会去海南。可能：may。故选C。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：这架玩具飞机一定属于汤姆的。他是野餐中唯一的孩子。must情态动词，表示有把握的肯定猜测；need情态动词，需要；can情态动词，可能；may情态动词，可能。故选A。‎ ‎【名师点睛】在表示猜测的情态动词中，must（一定，可能性最大），can（可能，可能性较大），may（可能，可能性较小）。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：——我可以和同学去自然保护区观鸟吗？——不，直到你已经完成了报道你才可以去。A. needn’t不必；B. mustn’t禁止；C. won’t不会；D. shouldn’t不应该。故选B。‎ ‎8. B 【解析】句意：同学们，你们禁止在课堂上交谈，要不然你们会错过一些重要的东西。A. can’t不能；B. mustn’t禁止；C. shouldn’t不应该；D. needn’t不必。故选B。‎ ‎9. A 【解析】句意：——我必须在这里等到三点钟吗？——不，你不必，你现在就可以走。A. needn’t不必；B. mustn’t不可以；C. can’t不可能；D. shouldn’t不应该，根据答语＂You can leave now＂可知你现在就可以走，所以不必等到3点，在这里是作出否定回答，由must引导的一般疑问句表示否定回答时需要用needn’t或don’t have to，故选A。学&科网 ‎【名师点睛】1. 回答must开头的一般疑问句时，肯定回答用must，否定回答用needn’t或don’t have to。如：‎ ‎—Must I finish my homework before eight o’clock? ‎ ‎—Yes, you must.‎ ‎—Must I attend the meeting?‎ ‎—No, you needn’t (No, you don’t have to). You can ask Tom to go instead.‎ ‎2. 在回答may开头的一般疑问句时，肯定回答用may，否定回答用mustn’t。如：‎ ‎—May I watch TV after supper? ‎ ‎—Yes, you may. / No, you mustn’t.‎ ‎—May I stop here? ‎ ‎—No, you mustn’t.‎ ‎3. 在回答need开头的一般疑问句时，肯定回答用must，否定回答用needn’t。如：‎ ‎—Need we stay behind after school? ‎ ‎—Yes, you must.‎ ‎—Need he go now? ‎ ‎—No, he needn’t.‎ ‎11. A 【解析】句意：——嗨，夫人，我能把这些故事书拿出去吗？——不，孩子，它们不可以被带出阅览室，这是制度。A. mustn’t不可以，禁止；B. needn’t不必；C. couldn’t不可能；D. wouldn’t将不会，根据It’s a rule可知这是制度，所以你不可以把这些书带出去，mustn’t不可以，禁止，故答案选A。‎ ‎12. B 【解析】句意：你在上火车之前必须经过安检。can能，表示能力；must必须，表示要求；may可以，表示允许；might可能，表示猜测。结合句意，坐火车进行安检是必须的。故选B。‎ ‎13. B 【解析】句意：孩子们一定不要坐在汽车的前排。那样太危险了。must必须，表示要求；mustn’t表示禁止，不允许；need需要，故选B。‎ ‎14. B 【解析】情态动词辨析。句意：——看，Sue在那边。——那不可能是她。她现在在加拿大。A. 禁止；B. 不可能；C. 不必；D. 不会，故选B。‎ ‎15. C 【解析】句意：那个男人在北京有很多房子。我认为他一定富有。may可以，表示允许；should应该，表示劝告；must一定，表示有把握的推测。根据The man has many houses in Beijing.可知此处有把握推测他有钱，富有，故用情态动词must，故选C。‎ ‎16. D 【解析】句意：在电子商务的帮助下，中国人可以很容易地从在网上购买外国的东西。A. would将要；B. should应该；C. must 必须；D. can可以，能够。结合句意可知，答案为D。‎ ‎17. A【解析】句意：——那是你的新数学老师李老师吗？——不可能是她。她去北京开会了。本题考察情态动词表示猜测之意。A. can’t不可能，表示有把握的否定猜测；B. mustn’t不许，表示禁止性的语言；C. can 可能，表示不确定的肯定猜测；D. must一定，表示肯定有把握的猜测。根据后文She has gone to Beijing for a meeting.可知，对＂那不是数学老师＂的否定猜测，十分有把握。故选A。‎ ‎18. C【解析】句意：——你现在一定要烦我吗？你没看见我在做作业吗？——对不起，我有 重要的事情要告诉你。A. Can能，会；B. Should应该，C. Must必须，一定 （表示推测）；根据Sorry, but I have something important to tell you.对不起，我有重要的事情要告诉你，可知是一定；故选C。‎ ‎ 点睛：can能，会 can’t不能，不可能，通常用于否定句的推测；should应该，shouldn’t不应该；may可以，可能，通常用于肯定句的推测， may not可能不；must必须，一定；mustn’t必须不能。情态动词后接动词原形，变疑问句时把情态动词提前，变否定句在情态动词后加not。must引导的一般疑问句，表示必须时，否定回答用needn’t；may引导的一般疑问句，否定回答用can’t ‎19. A【解析】句意：——我们必须在一个月内完成这个项目吗？——不，不需要。A. mustn’t不允许；B. needn’t 不需要；C. can’t 不能； D. don’t不。must情态动词，必须；mustn’t不许，都是有较强语气的情态动词。must的否定答语通常用needn’t来作答。故选B。‎ 点睛：can，may与must都是可表示猜测的情态动词，从把握性上看，must最有把握，翻译成＂一定＂，其次是can, 再者是may。‎ 命题趋势：‎ 感官动词又叫连系动词，连系动词分为两种情况，一种是表示状态，常见的有be，seem，look，sound，smell，taste，feel，keep；另一种是表示变化的，常见的有become，get，turn，grow等。中考对连系动词的考查方式灵活、题型多样。在备战2019年中考时，考生要牢记感官动词的分类及不同含义等。多做练习，在实践中加以区分。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎1. 感官动词的分类。‎ ‎2. 感官动词的用法。‎ 考向一：感官动词的分类 分类 常用词 例句 表示主语的状态、特征和身份等 be(是)，look(看起来)，seem(似乎)，feel(感觉)，appear(出现)，smell(闻起来)，taste(尝起来)，sound(听起来)‎ He is a good father. 他是一位好父亲。‎ She looks younger than before. 她看起来比以前年轻。‎ 表示主语从一种状态到另一种状态，但侧重于转变后的结果 turn(转变)，become(成为)，get(得到)，grow(增长)，go(去)，fall(跌落)，come(来)，prove(证明)‎ Everyone will grow old. 每个人都会变老。‎ After a few years, the things got worse and worse. 几年后，情况变得越来越糟糕。‎ 表示主语保持某种身份、特征或状态不变 keep(保持)，remain(仍旧)，stay(保持)，continue(继续)‎ The old man stays calm. 老人保持平静。‎ Keep quiet while you’re going around. 参观时要保持安静。‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎—What will a science museum be like if you are asked to build one?‎ ‎—I hope it will _____________ like a book.‎ A. taste B. sound C. look D. smell ‎【答案】C 考向二：感官动词的用法 常用连系动词 词义 be 是 become 成为，变得 turn 变得 get 变得 smell 闻起来 sound 听起来 taste 品尝 seem 看起来，似乎 feel 感到，摸起来 look 看起来 Stay 保持 grow 成长，变得 keep 保持 ‎【注意】（1）连系动词不能单独作谓语，其后必须接形容词、名词或介词短语作表语。‎ ‎（2）含连系动词（be除外）的句子变疑问句时，一定要借助do，does，did。学科*网 感官动词的用法 ‎（1）感官动词+宾语+v 表示经历事件的完整过程 感官动词+宾语+v-ing 表示动作正在进行，经历事件的部分过程 感官动词+宾语+v-ed 表示宾语与do是被动关系 I saw him work in the garden yesterday. ‎ 昨天我看见他在花园里干活了。(强调＂我看见了＂这个事实) ‎ I saw him working in the garden yesterday.‎ 昨天我见他正在花园里干活。（强调＂我见他正干活＂这个动作）‎ The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see carried out the next year. ‎ ‎【注意】若不定式作感官动词的补足语，用于被动语态，后面原有动词原形改为带to不定式。‎ We saw him go into the restaurant. → He was seen to go into the restaurant.‎ I hear the boy cry every day. → The boy is heard to cry every day.‎ ‎（2）look, sound, smell, taste, feel可当系动词，后接形容词。‎ He looks angry. ‎ It sounds good. ‎ The flowers smell beautiful. ‎ The sweets taste sweet. ‎ The silk feels soft. ‎ I felt tired. ‎ They all looked tired.‎ ‎ 这些动词都不用于被动语态。如：The sweets are tasted sweet.是错误的。‎ ‎（3）look, sound, smell, taste, feel这些动词后面也可接介词like短语，like后面常用名词。‎ Her idea sounds like fun. 她的主意听起来很有趣。‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎1. —Do you often hear John _____________ in his room?‎ ‎—Yes. Listen! Now we can hear him _____________ in his room.‎ A. sing; to sing B. singing; singing C. sing; singing D. to sing; singing ‎2. I often see her _____________ in the park.‎ A. running B. to run C. runs D. run ‎3. —Have you ever heard the song Welcome to Beijing? ‎ ‎—Yes, it _____________ nice.‎ ‎ A. hears B. sounds C. looks D. listens ‎4. The girl’s voice sounds _____________. Maybe she can become a good singer when she grows up.‎ A. sweet B. sweetly C. beautifully D. beautiful ‎5. —What is Mum cooking in the kitchen? ‎ ‎—Fish, I guess. How nice it _____________!‎ ‎ A. looks B. sounds C. tastes D. smells ‎6. With tears on her face, the old lady watched the little boy _____________ to a hospital.‎ A. send B. to do sent C. being sent D. sending ‎7. Standing on the bank, the children watched the ship _____________ with all kinds of goods.‎ ‎ A. loading B. being loaded C. to be loaded D. having loaded ‎8. The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see _____________ the next year.‎ ‎ A. carried out B. carrying out C. carry out D. to carry out ‎9. They knew her very well. They had seen her _____________ up from childhood. ‎ A. grow B. grew C. was growing D. to grow ‎10. The missing boy was last seen _____________ near the river. ‎ A. playing B. to be playing C. play D. to play ‎11. She _____________ like her mother in character.‎ A. feels B. seems C. looks D. is ‎12. Her voice _____________ like my mother’s. ‎ A. sounds B. sound C. looks D. look ‎13. He is helpful. I often see him _____________ in a disabled children’s home. ‎ A. works B. working C. to work D. work ‎14. I often see my teacher, Ms Zhao, _____________ books in her office. ‎ A. read B. to read C. reads D. is reading ‎ ‎15. The English song _____________ very nice. Can you guess who is singing?‎ A smells B. tastes C. sounds D. looks ‎16. While I was in the kitchen, I heard someone _____________ for help.‎ A. shouts B. shouting C. to shout D. shout ‎17. We saw Mary _____________ her coat and go to school. ‎ A. to put on B. putting on C. put on D. put ‎18. Do you like the music the Moonlight Sonata? Yes, it _____________ really beautiful.‎ ‎ A. feels B. sounds C. listens D. hears ‎19. Thanks for your coffee. It _____________ nice.‎ A. tastes B. smells C. seems D. feels ‎20. This kind of cake looks _____________ and smells _____________.‎ A. good; good B. good; well C. well; well D. well; good 二、单词拼写(单句首字母填空)‎ ‎1. I saw the boy l_____________ for his key when I left the classroom.‎ ‎2. Just now I saw the sun r_____________ in the east.‎ ‎3. Yesterday I saw Bob f_____________ a kite in the park.‎ ‎4. I saw him p_____________ football this time yesterday.‎ ‎5. I see a book l_____________ on the floor. Then I pick it up(捡起来).‎ ‎6. I saw some students r_____________ out of the classroom after class.‎ ‎7. Can you hear someone k_____________ at the window, Lily?‎ ‎8. We could hear the girls s_____________ songs in the next room.‎ ‎9. I lost my purse. The little boy saw someone s_____________ it but I didn’t notice.‎ ‎10. While I was walking along the lake, I saw some fish j_____________ out of the water.‎ ‎11. If you feel n_____________ before the interview, you should talk to your parents.‎ ‎12. It sounded r_____________ that the earth was the center of the universe many years ago.‎ ‎13. The scarf on the left feels hard, but the one on the right feels s_____________.‎ ‎14. You should exercise more so as to keep e_____________.‎ ‎15. Rose smells so w_____________.‎ ‎16. I’m feeling t_____________. I cough day and night.‎ ‎17. You put too much salt in the soup. It tastes so s_____________.‎ ‎18. The pandas in the zoo are taken good care of(好好照顾), so they never(从不) go h_____________.‎ ‎19. Mother got very a_____________ when she saw Jim’s bad grades.‎ ‎20. My father likes walking in the evening, he wants to stay h_____________.‎ ‎1. （2018广西北部湾中考）The strawberries _____________ delicious. You can have a try.‎ A. eat B. drink C. taste D. sound ‎2. （2018恩施州中考）—Have you seen the movie Titanic, Wangwei?‎ ‎—Yes. The music in it _____________.‎ A. looks great B. sounds great C. feels great ‎3. （2018江苏宿迁中考）—It’s reported that self-driving cars are expected to change the way we move around.‎ ‎—That sounds _____________.‎ A. bad B. badly C. great D. greatly ‎4. （2018四川乐山中考）—What do you think of the fish soup?‎ ‎—Well, it _____________ a bit salty.‎ A. looks B. smells C. tastes ‎5. （2018浙江温州中考）The cheese cake _____________ so good that I can’t wait to eat it.‎ A. tastes B. feels C. sounds D. smells ‎6. （2017﹒四川南充中考）—I know Old Joe lives _____________.‎ ‎—We are supposed to visit him from time to time. Then he won’t feel _____________.‎ A. alone; alone B. lonely; lonely C. lonely; alone D. alone; lonely ‎7. （2017﹒山东青岛中考）Jenny is afraid to travel by plane. She always feels _____________ when getting on it.‎ A. nervous B. interested C. relaxed D. happy ‎8. （2017﹒山东青岛中考）These oranges look nice, but _____________ very sour.‎ A. feel B. taste C. sound D. look ‎1. （2017﹒广东省初中毕业生学业考试模拟试题）Jack, the cake tastes so _____________. Can you show me how to make it?‎ A. good B. better C. best D. the best ‎2. （2016﹒江苏无锡市新区一模）The running water makes the stones _____________ very smooth.‎ ‎ A. sound B. taste C. smell D. feel ‎ ‎3. （2016﹒齐齐哈尔市模拟卷）The food in the fridge _____________ bad. Throw it away, please.‎ ‎ A. is smelt terrible B. smells terrible C. smells terribly ‎4. （2016﹒潮州市高级实验学校模拟）This kind of bananas _____________ well. I want to buy some, but they _____________.‎ A. sell; sell out B. sell; have sold out ‎ C. sells; was sold out D. sells; have been sold out ‎5. （2016﹒潮州市高级实验学校模拟）Mary, along with her parents _____________ Hainan for a week and they will come back soon.‎ A. have been to B. has been in C. have been in D. has been to ‎6. （2016﹒徐州市区模拟）_____________ of the students in our class _____________ ‎ interested in WeChat nowadays.‎ A. Two fifths; is B. Two fifths; are C. Two Five; is D. Two-five; are ‎7. （2016﹒广东河源中英文学校一模）Neither I nor he _____________ compared the prices of the PC, so _____________ he _____________ I decided to know more before buying it.‎ A. has; both; and B. have; not only; but also C. hasn’t; either; or D. haven’t; neither; nor ‎8. （2016﹒盐城市盐都区二模）—There are so many swimmers swimming in the swimming pool.‎ ‎ —Yes, and sixty percent _____________ children.‎ ‎ A. is B. are C. was D. were ‎9. （2016﹒南京市扬子一中一模）—Jim didn’t go to the party yesterday, did he?‎ ‎—_____________, all the students except Jim _____________ to the party. ‎ A. Yes; were invited B. No; was invited C. No; were invited D. Yes; was invited ‎10. （2016﹒徐州二测）—What will a science museum be like if you are asked to build one?‎ ‎—I hope it will _____________ like a book.‎ A. look B. sound C. taste D. smell ‎【跟踪训练】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎4. A【解析】考查感官动词。sound听起来，可当作系动词，后面可以直接加形容词。beautiful 美丽的，与题意不符。‎ ‎5. D【解析】根据句意考查感官动词的词义辨析。闻起来，用smell。‎ ‎6. C【解析】boy是send这个动作的宾语，所以要用被动式，因此排除B项和D项； 这为女士看到得失一个瞬间动作，所以应该用进行时，因此选现在分词的被动式being sent.。‎ ‎7. B【解析】本句为现在分词的被动作watch的宾语补足语。因为宾语和宾补是动宾关系，而且表示动作正在进行，所以用现在分词的被动式；watch 也可以跟无to不定式作宾补，表示动作已经结束。‎ ‎8. A【解析】经理们讨论了那个他们希望明年被执行的计划。see sth. done 看到某事被做。‎ ‎9. A【解析】此处强调成长的全过程。用see sb. do sth.看到某人做某事，指看到某人做某事的全过程。‎ ‎10. D【解析】see sb. do/doing sth.，改为被动语态时则要加to，如sb. be seen to do sth. was last seen 这个男孩最后一次被看见。‎ ‎11. D【解析】be like表示＂看起来像＂，可指外貌，也可指内在的品质或特征，但侧重于内在特征；look like侧重于表面特征的相像。‎ ‎12. A【解析】考查感官动词的词义辨析，听起来，用sound，可接like+名词。her voice是不可数名词，动词sound用三单形式+s.‎ ‎13. D【解析】see sb.do sth看见某人做某事，强调动作的全过程。‎ ‎14. A【解析】see sb.do sth.看见某人做某事，强调动作的全过程。‎ ‎15. C【解析】考查感官动词的词义辨析。smell闻起来；taste尝起来；sound听起来；looks看起来。‎ ‎16. B【解析】hear sb. doing sth.强调听见某人正在做某事。‎ ‎17. D【解析】see sb.do sth.看见某人做某事，强调动作的全过程；同时后文中 and go to school为put her coat的并列结构。‎ ‎20. A【解析】look表示＂看起来＂，smell表示＂闻起来＂，都是感官动词，可当系动词后可以直接接形容词。所以用good。well是副词。‎ 二、单词拼写(单句首字母填空)‎ ‎1. looking 2. rise 3. flying 4. playing 5. lying ‎6. rush 7. knocking 8. singing 9. steal 10. jumping ‎11. nervous 12. ridiculous 13. soft 14. energetic 15. wonderful ‎16. terrible 17. salty 18. hungry 19. angry 20. healthy ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. C【解析】句意：草莓味道鲜美。你可以尝一尝。选项 A 的意思是吃，B 是喝，C 是尝起来，D 是听起来。题目中的主语是 strawberries（草莓），delicious（美味的）是形容词，只有选项 C 和 D 这两个感官动词后可以跟形容词，再加上句意的理解：草莓尝起来是美味的。所以答案选 C。‎ ‎2. B【解析】句意：——你看过电影＂泰坦尼克号＂吗？——是的，其中的音乐听起来很棒。A.看起来很棒B.听起来很棒C.摸起来很好，音乐只能＂听起来很好＂，故选B。‎ ‎【点睛】本题主要考察了感官系动词的用法，感官系动词主要有look, feel, smell, sound, taste,其后都加形容词来说明主语的状况、性质等，分别表示＂看起来，摸起来，闻起来，听起来，尝起来…＂。‎ ‎3. C【解析】句意：——据报道，自动驾驶汽车预计会改变我们的移动方式。——听起来不错。考查形容词辨析题。sound听起来，连系动词，后面需接形容词，badly和greatly是副词，都可排除。根据句意语境，可知bad（坏的）不合句意，故选C。‎ ‎4. C【解析】句意：——你觉得鱼汤怎么样？——嗯，味道有点咸。考查连系动词辨析题。三个选项都是连系动词：look看起来，smell闻起来，taste尝起来，后面都接形容词。根据问句和语境，可知选C。‎ ‎5. D【解析】句意：这块奶酪蛋糕闻起来很好所以我迫不及待要吃了它。选项A＂尝起来＂，选项B＂摸起来＂，选项C＂听起来＂，选项D＂闻起来＂。＂so…that＂是＂如此…以至于＂，这里说蛋糕闻起来很香以至于我迫不及待要吃，说明一开始并没有吃，只是闻了闻。故选D。‎ ‎【点睛】本题是感官类系动词的考察，但只要对这类词的意义有着清晰的认识也能轻松破解。本题的关键在＂so …that＂，既然是＂以至于…＂就说明前面的动作貌似对后面的＂吃＂产生了影响，所以前面没吃，不选taste（尝起来），故选D。学科*网 ‎7. A【解析】考查形容词的用法。句意：詹妮害怕乘飞机旅行。当上飞机时她总是感到紧张焦虑。A. nervous紧张的，焦虑的；B. interested感兴趣的；C. relaxed放松的，轻松的；D. happy高兴的。根据Jenny is afraid to travel by plane.可知选A。‎ ‎8. B【解析】考查系动词的用法。句意：这些橘子看起来很好但是尝起来非常酸。A. feel感觉；B. taste 尝起来；C. sound听起来；D. look看起来。这四个选项都是半系动词，后面加形容词。根据sour是一种味道，故选B。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. A【解析】句意：Jack，这个蛋糕尝起来是如此的美味，你能告诉我怎样做吗？good好的；better是good的比较级；best是good的最高级；the best形容词最高级。根据句意可知，这里没有把这个蛋糕和其他的蛋糕相比，只是陈述一个事实，故用形容词的原级，故选A。‎ ‎2. D【解析】句意：流水使石头摸起来很光滑。sound听起来；taste尝起来；smell闻起来；feel感觉起来。故选D。‎ ‎3. C【解析】句意：冰箱里的食物闻起来很糟糕。请把它扔掉吧。系动词不用于被动语态，故排除A，系动词后跟形容词作表语，此处bad为形容词作表语，terribly是副词，用来修饰形容词bad。故选C。‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：这种香蕉卖得很好。我想要买一些，但是他们已经卖完了。第一空的主语是This kind of bananas，故谓语用第三人称单数形式，香蕉是被卖光的，第二空应用被动语态，此处表示已经完成的状态，故选D。‎ ‎5. B【解析】句意：玛丽，和她的父母在海南已经待了一周，他们很快就回来了。have been to sp. 表示去过某地已经回来了；have been in sp.表示待在某地，还没回来。主语是Mary，应用第三人称单数形式。故选B。‎ ‎6. B【解析】句意：我们班五分之二的学生对当今的微信感兴趣。分子大于一，分母加s；本句主语为复数含义，故选B。‎ ‎9. C【解析】——吉姆昨天没去聚会，是吗？——是的，除了吉姆，所有人都被邀请去了聚会。故选C。‎ ‎10. A【解析】句意：——如果你被要求建一个科学博物馆的话，它将会是什么样的？——我希望它看起来像一本书。A. look看起来；B. sound听起来；C. taste尝起来；D. smell闻起来。根据句意，故选A。‎ 命题趋势：‎ 当某人不直接做某个动作，而是让另一个人做那个动作，就要用使役动词，表示＂叫/让……做某事＂，常见的使役动词有：make, have, let, get等。在备战2019年中考时，考生要牢记几个使役动词的含义和用法等。多做练习，在实践中加以区分。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎1. 使役动词make的用法 ‎ ‎2. 使役动词have的用法 ‎3. 使役动词let的用法 ‎4. 使役动词get的用法 考向一：使役动词make的用法 make作使役动词的用法 make用作使役动词表示＂使；使成为＂时，可跟复合结构，即＂make + 宾语 + 宾语补足语＂，其中的宾语补足语可以是不带to的不定式、过去分词、形容词或名词。make的复合宾语结构如下：‎ 一、＂make＋宾语＋n.＂意为＂使、让某人/某物(成为)……＂。‎ We made him captain of our football team. 我们推选他当我们足球队的队长。‎ We made him our monitor. 我们选他当班长。‎ 二、＂make＋宾语＋adj.＂意为＂使某人/某事(变得)……＂。‎ The news that our team had won made us very happy. 我们队赢了的消息使我们大家都非常高兴。‎ We must make the rivers clean. 我们必须净化河水。‎ ‎【易错提醒】‎ 当宾语是不定式短语或从句时，多用it作形式宾语。‎ I made it a condition that everybody must be on time. 我提出一个条件，人人都要准时。‎ The heavy rain made it impossible for us to go out. 大雨使得我们无法出去。‎ 三、＂make＋宾语＋do sth.（不带to的不定式）＂意为＂使某人做某事＂。‎ What makes the grass grow? 什么东西使得草生长？‎ Our teacher makes us feel more confident. 老师使得我们感到更自信了。‎ ‎【易错提醒】‎ 在被动语态中，此类结构中省略的动词不定式to要还原。‎ The boy was made to work twelve hours a day. 这个男孩被迫每天干十二个小时的活。‎ Every day I am made to have an egg and some milk. 我每天不得不吃一个鸡蛋，喝一些牛奶。‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ have、make、let等使役动词和see、hear、listen to、look at、watch、notice、observe等感官动词都可接不带to的不定式作宾补。help后可带to，也可不带to。‎ Let him do whatever he wishes to do. 他想干什么就让他干吧。‎ Did you see him go out? 你看见他出去了吗？‎ I often help my mother (to) do some housework. 我经常帮助妈妈做些家务。‎ 四、＂make＋宾语＋v-ed（过去分词作宾补）＂这个结构指宾语接受后面的那个动作，表示被动的意思，意为＂使某人/某事被……＂。‎ The strange noise made us frightened. 奇怪的声音使我们感到恐惧。‎ The good news made us excited. 这个好消息使我们兴奋。学@科网 ‎【易错提醒】‎ 在通常情况下，make后的宾语是反身代词时，作宾补的动词要用过去分词，即：make oneself ＋ v-ed（heard, known, understood）。‎ He couldn’t make himself heard above the noise of the traffic. 在交通的嘈杂声中他无法使自己的声音提高到让别人听到。‎ 但有时，根据句子意思也可用其他形式。‎ The little child stood on the chair to make himself look taller. 那个小孩儿站在椅子上，使他看上去更高些。‎ Rock singers, on the other hand, make music their life. 摇滚乐歌手，另一方面，把音乐当作他们的生命。‎ 五、＂make + 宾语 + V-ing（现在分词）＂这一结构表示的意思是＂使某人/某事一直在……＂。现在分词与宾语之间存在着逻辑上的主谓关系。‎ He makes the boy standing all the time. 他让那个男孩一直站着。‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ 常接V-ing形式作宾语补足语的动词有：see、watch、hear、observe、notice、feel、find等感官动词和look at、listen to等短语动词以及have、keep、get、make等使役动词。‎ ‎【易错提醒】‎ 现在分词作宾补和不带to的不定式作宾补的区别是：现在分词一般表示动作正在进行，而不带to的不定式则一般表示动作已经完成。‎ I saw him putting his hand into his pocket. (动作正在进行)‎ I saw him put his hand into his pocket. (动作已经完成)‎ 考向二：使役动词have的用法 ‎1. 主语+have+某人+动词原形 安排让某人去做某事 have her clean the house 让她打扫房子 have him talk to the principal 让他跟校长谈 Claire always has her boyfriend do her hair. 克莱尔总是要她的男朋友给她做头发。‎ ‎2. 主语+have+某物+过去分词（用过去分词表示＂被动式＂）。让某物接受某个动作 have your hair cut 把你的头发剪了 have the carpet cleaned把地毯打扫干净 Kay is going to have her truck tires changed today. 今天凯要把她的卡车轮胎换了。‎ ‎3. 主语+have+某人/某物+动词-ing形式 have后面如果接动词-ing形式，则强调正在进行的含义。这个结构中的have意指＂经历了某事＂，而不是＂让某人做某事＂。‎ Last week I had so many guests that I had some of them sleeping on the floor. 上周我有太多的客人，他们中的一些不得不睡在地板上。‎ 考向三：使役动词let的用法 主语+let+某人/某物+动词原形 让某人或某物做某件事 Let him pass. 让他通过 Let my imagination run wild. 让我的想象力天马行空 Let Sue teach you how to behave. 让苏教你正确的行为举止。‎ Let the game begin. 让游戏开始吧。‎ 考向四：使役动词get的用法 ‎1. 主语+get+某人+带to的不定式 让某人去做某件事 get her to write some emails 说服她写电子邮件 get him to give me a call 让他给我打个电话来 Please get Kay to read two English storybooks today. 请让凯今天阅读两本英语故事书。‎ ‎2. 主语+get+某物+过去分词（含有被动的意思） 让某物接受某个动作 get your hair cut 把你的头发剪了 get the first chapter finished 完成第一章 Kay, please don’t forget to get my motor scooter fixed today. 凯，请不要忘记今天要把我的摩托车修理好。‎ ‎3. 主语+get+某物+动词-ing形式（含有主动和正在进行的意思） 让某物做某个动作 get my computer working again 使我的电脑重新开始运作 get her car running使她的汽车运转起来 Bing worked on his car for five hours but failed to get it running. 宾花了五个小时修理他的汽车，但还是没有让它运转起来。‎ 一、翻译下列句子。‎ ‎1. 晴天使我心情愉快。‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_____________‎ ‎2. 她的新眼镜使她看起来不一样。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎3. 妈妈让我每天自己整理房间。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎4. 植物和森林有助于保持空气新鲜和干净。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎5. 长长的直发使得照片里的女孩看上去很漂亮。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎6. 轻音乐使我放松。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎7. 什么使你对音乐那么感兴趣？‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎8. 高烧使得他盲聋。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎9. 他经常使我们发笑。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎10. 这部电影让我很开心。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________‎ 二、单项选择。‎ ‎1. —The math problem is too difficult for me.‎ ‎—Don’t worry. Let me _____________ you.‎ A. help B. to help C. helping ‎2. Let’s _____________ the school rules.‎ A. don’t break B. not to break C. not breaking D. not break ‎3. We will have a field trip this afternoon. The news makes everyone _____________.‎ A. excited B. frightened C. happily D. luckily ‎4. You can’t sneeze and keep your eyes _____________ at the same time.‎ A. open B. opens C. opened D. opening ‎5. The assistant won’t let you _____________ the cinema if you haven’t a ticket.‎ A. enter B. to enter C. entering ‎6. —How do you feel when you watch the national flag go up?‎ ‎—It makes me _____________ very proud.‎ A. felt B. to feel C. feeling D. feel ‎7. Colors can change our moods(情绪) and make us _____________ happy or sad, energetic or sleepy.‎ A. feel B. to feel C. felt D. feeling ‎8. Doing sports can keep you _____________.‎ A. health B. healthy C. good health D. with health ‎9. You should keep the window _____________ because the room is too hot.‎ A. open B. opening C. opened ‎10. —Can you climb up the tall tree over there, David?‎ ‎—Yes, let me _____________.‎ A. to have a try B. not have a try C. have a try ‎11. —Do you like Zhou Libo’s talk show?‎ ‎—Yes. His talk show is very funny. It always makes people _____________.‎ A. laugh B. laughed C. laughing D. to laugh ‎12. Many students said that they were willing to work hard to make their dreams _____________ true.‎ A. come B. came C. comes ‎13. Lots of fast food restaurants use the color red _____________ make customers _____________.‎ A. to; eating faster B. want to; eat fast C. to; eat faster D. to; to eat fast ‎14. —When are you going to have your hair _____________?‎ ‎—This afternoon.‎ A. cut B. to cut C. cutting 三、翻译（根据中文提示完成句子）。‎ ‎1. 我还需要再说一遍我的电话号码吗？‎ ‎__________ __________ __________ my telephone number again?‎ ‎2. 迈克，你千万不要玩火。‎ Mike, you __________ __________ play with fire.‎ ‎3. 你最好多吃水果和蔬菜。‎ You __________ __________ __________ __________ fruits and vegetables.‎ ‎4. 我可以问你一个问题吗？‎ ‎__________ I __________ you a question?‎ ‎5. 最后一班车已经开走了，所以我只好步行回家。‎ The last bus had gone, so I __________ __________ __________ back home.‎ ‎6. 你上课不要接电话。‎ You __________ answer the telephone in class.‎ ‎7. 她必须为她的自行车找个适当的地方.‎ She __________ __________ a right place __________ her bike.‎ ‎8. 你不许在这里吸烟。‎ You __________ __________ here.‎ ‎9. 我必须去新学校上学，但是我不想去。‎ I __________ __________ go to a new school but I don’t want to.‎ ‎10. 你最好别吃太多糖。‎ You __________ __________ __________ __________ too much candy.‎ ‎1. （2018　•　内蒙古包头中考）Everyone can help in _________ way or another to make our city more beautiful.‎ A. any B. one C. every D. either ‎2. （2018　•　青海西宁中考）Mille’s mother _________ her to be a great dancer like her.‎ A. hopes B. warns C. wants D. makes ‎3. （2018　•　昆明中考）—Reading a good book makes me happy.‎ ‎—_________. It also helps me a lot.‎ A. I don’t think so B. I think so C. I’m afraid not D. No way ‎4. （2018 • 广东中考）If you fail in the exam, you ________ him down. ‎ A. would let B. lets C. will let D. let ‎5. （2017﹒四川宜宾卷）The child is crying. Please do something to make him _________.‎ A. stop to cry B. stop crying C. to stop crying ‎6. （2017﹒广西来宾市中考）Everyone is here. Let’s _________ our class now.‎ ‎ A. begin B. began C. beginning D. to begin ‎1. （2016学年江苏省张家港市塘桥初级中学初三上学期调研考试）What do you think _____________ our teacher _____________?‎ ‎ A. make；angry B. makes；angry C. makes；angrily D. making；angrily ‎2. （2016学年度江苏省淮北中学九年级第一学期期中教学质量监测）Some colours make us _____________ calm and peaceful.‎ A. to feel B. feeling C. feels D. feel ‎3. （2016届江苏省连云港市灌南县堆沟港中学九年级第一次月考）The long story made him _____________.‎ ‎ A. feels sleepy B. feel sleeping C. feels sleeping D. feel sleepy ‎4. Ride your bike carefully or you may get _____________.‎ A. wrong B. upset C. surprised D. injured ‎5. （2016届山东省博兴县初三上学期期中学业水平测试）Lily thinks wearing earrings makes people look beautiful, so she wants to get her ears _____________. ‎ A. pierce B. pierced C. to pierce D. piercing ‎6. （2016学年江苏省宜兴市周铁中学九年级上学期期中考试）—_____________ easy work it is!‎ ‎—If you work harder, it’ll get _____________.‎ A. What a; easiest B. What; easier C. How; harder D. How a; easier ‎7. Do you have any problem _____________ foreigners?‎ A. talk with B. talk to C. to talking about D. talking with ‎8. （2016届山东东营市各县区九年级上学期联考）I don’t know if he _____________ tomorrow. If he _____________, I _____________ you know.‎ A. comes; will come; let B. will come; comes; will let C. comes; comes; will let D. comes; will come; let ‎9. （2016届四川省乐山市沙湾区初三毕业调研考试）—Can you climb up the tall tree over there, David?‎ ‎ —Yes, let me _____________.‎ A. to have a try B. not have a try C. have a try ‎10. The weather _____________ hot tomorrow.‎ A. get B. gets C. are going to get D. will get ‎11. （重庆市育才中学2017-2018学年九年级下第一次模拟）Although we learned English 3 years ago, we still have trouble _____________ the new words.‎ A. learn B. learning C. to learn D. of learning ‎12. The peaceful music in the CD made the students _____________ relaxed.‎ A. feel B. feels C. felt D. to feel ‎13. His bad behavior _____________ all of us _____________.‎ A. let; happy B. let; happily C. let; down D. let; up ‎【跟踪训练】‎ 一、翻译下列句子 ‎1. Sunny days make me happy/pleased. / A sunny day makes me happy/pleased.‎ ‎2. Her new glasses make her look different.‎ ‎3. Mom always lets me do housework every day.‎ ‎4. Plants and forests help to make the air fresh and clean.‎ ‎5. Long straight hair made/makes the girl in the picture look very pretty.‎ ‎6. Soft/Light music makes me relax/relaxed.‎ ‎7. What made you so interested in music?‎ ‎8. The high fever made him blind and deaf.‎ ‎9. He often makes us laugh.‎ ‎10. This film makes me happy.‎ 二、单项选择。‎ ‎1. A【解析】句意：句意：——这个数学题对我来说太难了。——别担心。让我帮助你。let sb. do sth. 让某人做某事。故选A。学@科网 ‎4. A【解析】句意：你打喷嚏时不能睁开眼睛。keep sth.+adj.使某物处于……状态，故选A。‎ ‎5. A【解析】句意：如果你没带票，这个助理不会让你进入电影院的。let sb. do sth. 让某人做某事，为固定用法，故选A。‎ ‎6. D【解析】句意：——当你看到国旗升起的时候，你的感觉是什么？——它使我感到很骄傲。make sb. do sth.让某人做某事。故选D。‎ ‎7. A【解析】句意：颜色可以改变我们的情绪并且使我们感到开心或者伤心，精力充沛的或疲倦的。make sb. do sth.让某人做某事。故选A。‎ ‎8. B【解析】句意：做运动能使人健康。keep sb. + adj. 使某人保持某种状态。故选B。‎ ‎9. A【解析】句意：你应该保持窗户开着，因为这个房间太热了。keep sb. + adj. 使某人保持某种状态。故选A。‎ ‎10. C【解析】句意：——大卫，你能爬那边的高树吗？——是的，让我试一下。let sb. do sth. 让某人做某事，为固定用法，故选C。‎ ‎11. A【解析】句意：——你喜欢周立波的脱口秀吗？——是的。他的脱口秀分词有趣。它总是使人发笑。make sb. do sth.让某人做某事。故选A。‎ ‎12. A【解析】句意：很多学生说他们愿意努力学习使他们的梦想变为现实。make sth. do ‎ sth.让某事做某事。故选A。‎ 三、翻译（根据中文提示完成句子）。‎ ‎1. Need I say 2. must not 3. had better eat more ‎4. May, ask 5. had to walk 6. mustn’t ‎7. must find; for 8. mustn’t smoke 9. have to ‎10. had better not eat ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. B【解析】句意：每个人都可以以这样或那样的方式帮助我们的城市变得更美丽。one or another固定搭配，‎ ‎＂这样或那样＂；any任何、every每个、either两个中的任意一个，都不能和another构成搭配；在本题中in one way or another是固定搭配，意思是＂以某种方式＂；故选B。‎ ‎2. C【解析】句意：Mille的妈妈想让她成为一名像她那样的伟大的舞蹈家。hopes希望；warns警告；wants想要；makes使，让。A选项不可以跟动词不定式作宾语补足语，故不对；D选项的句型应该是make sb. do sth.，动词不定式不带to，故也不对；B选项在句型上合适，但意思不对。故选C，want sb. to do sth.想要某人去做某事。‎ ‎3. B【解析】句意：——阅读一本好书让我开心。——我认为是这样。阅读也帮助了我不少。A.我不这样认为B.我认为是这样C.我恐怕不是这样D.没门。从答句看说话人认为阅读帮助了他不少，说明他赞同前句的观点，表示赞同可以说＂我认为是这样＂，故选B。‎ ‎4. C【解析】句意：如果你考试不及格，你就会让他失望的。would let是过去将来时；lets一般现在时；will let一般将来时；let让，动词原形。let sb. down让某人失望，是一个固定短语。句中If引导的是条件状语从句，从句中用一般现在时态，主句应用一般将来时态，故选C。‎ ‎5. B【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。句意：那个孩子正在哭。请做点什么事情以使他停止哭。make sb. do sth.使某人做某事；stop doing sth.停止做某事，指停止正在做的事情；stop to do sth.停下来做某事，指停止正在做的事情去做另一件事。根据句意，可知这里指停止正在做的动作；哭。故选B。‎ ‎6. A【解析】使役动词let后通常跟动词原形作补语，故选A。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎2. D【解析】考查固定结构。make sb. do sth.使某人做某事，所以选D。‎ ‎3. D【解析】考查固定句型结构。make sb. do sth.表示让某人做某事，不带to的动词不定式做宾语补足语；feel是系动词，表示感觉怎样，后跟形容词构成系表结构。sleepy是形容词表示困倦的。故选D。‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：骑自行车小心点否则你可能受伤。wrong错误的；upset灰心的；surprised惊奇的；injured受伤的。故选D。‎ ‎5. B【解析】get sth done，表示使……被做。本题为使耳朵被刺穿，故选B。‎ ‎6. B【解析】考查感叹句。句意：多么容易的工作呀！如果你更努力，它将会变得更容易。work为不可数名词，故用what，根据语境第二空应用比较级easier更容易，所以选B。‎ ‎7. D【解析】句意：你在跟外国人聊天的时候有问题吗？talk with和某人聊天；talk to和某人谈话；to talking about谈论某事；talking with是动名词形式。这句话中使用的句型是have problem doing sth.做某事有问题，故选D。‎ ‎8. B【解析】考查动词时态。句意：我不知道他明天是否会来，如果他明天来的话，我会给你打电话的。第一个空前面的if是是否的意思，引导宾语从句，因为说的是明天的事情，故应该用一般将来时；第二个空的前面if是如果的意思，引导条件状语从句，从句中用一般现在时，主句用一般将来时。故选B。‎ ‎9. C【解析】句意：——你能够爬到那边那棵树上去吗？——是的，让我来试一下。故不选 B，使役动词let后跟动词原形作补语，故选C。‎ ‎10. D【解析】由句子的时间状语tomorrow可知，本句为一般将来时态，其构成为＂will+动词原形＂。＂be going to+动词原形＂也构成一般将来时态，但本句主语weather是不可数名词，be动词应使用is。故选D。‎ ‎12. A【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意：这个CD的和平音乐使学生们感到放松。短语make sb. do sth.表示使某人做某事，根据题意，故选A。‎ ‎13. C【解析】句意：他的不良行为使我们大家失望了。A. let... happy 使……高兴；B. let...happily语法错误；C. let...down使失望；D. let...up减少，减缓，停止。结合句意可知，答案为C。学@科网 命题趋势：‎ ‎ 动词的时态和语态是中考出现频率较高的语法项目之一。考题多以具体的语境为主，体现了对语法知识、语境理解、语言交际能力的综合考查。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎1. 一般现在时的用法；‎ ‎2. 一般现在时的构成。‎ 考向一：一般现在时的用法 ‎①表示经常性、习惯性的动作或存在的状态。常与频度副词连用。‎ I often take a walk in the park. 我经常在公园散步。‎ These T-shirts are new. 这些T恤衫是新的。‎ ‎②表示客观事实、真理。‎ The sun rises in the east and sets in the west. 太阳东升西落。‎ ‎③在时间、条件状语从句中表示将来的动作。‎ If it doesn’t rain tomorrow, I will go bike riding in the open air. 如果明天不下雨，我将在户外骑自行车。‎ I’ll tell her the good news when she comes back. 当她回来的时候，我将把这个好消息告诉她。‎ ‎④表示按计划或安排将要发生的动作，可用一般现在时表将来。但只限于start，begin，leave，go，come，arrive，return，take place等。学&科网 考向二：一般现在时的构成 在一般情况下用动词原形，若主语为第三人称单数，一般在动词原形后加-s或-es。‎ 情况 构成方法 例词 一般情况 直接加-s read→reads love→loves 以s，o，x，ch，sh结尾 加-es pass→passes box→boxes teach→teaches wash→washes 以辅音字母 + y结尾 将y变为i，再加-es carry→carries study→studies 不规则变化 have→has be→am/is/are 一、用括号内单词适当的形式填空。‎ ‎1. They often __________(play) in the playground.‎ ‎2. She __________ (get) up at six o’clock.‎ ‎3. __________ you __________ (brush) your teeth every morning.‎ ‎4. What __________(do) she usually__________(do) after school?‎ ‎5. __________ they __________ (like) the World Cup?‎ ‎6. Jack sometimes __________ (go) to the park with his sister.‎ ‎7. At eight, she __________ (watch) TV with his parents.‎ ‎8. __________ Mike__________ (read) English every day?‎ ‎9. How many lessons __________ your classmates __________ (have) on Monday?‎ ‎10. What time __________ his father __________ (do) the housework?‎ ‎11. He usually __________ (get) up at six in the morning.‎ ‎12. She __________ (have) blues eyes.‎ ‎13. We __________ (go) to school every day.‎ ‎14. The boy __________ (like) playing football.‎ ‎15. We __________ (have) no classes on Sundays.‎ ‎16. She __________ (write) to her mother once a week.‎ ‎17. It __________ (rain) quite often during the month of July every year.‎ ‎18. She often __________ (watch) TV on Saturdays.‎ ‎19. Mike usually __________ (ride) a bike with his friends in the park.‎ ‎20. Wang Ping and Mary often __________ (play) badminton together.‎ ‎21. My mother __________ (have) a lot of cousins.‎ ‎22. Many people often __________ (listen) to the radio in the morning.‎ ‎23. —__________ (do)she __________ (like) playing the violin?‎ ‎—Yes, she __________ (do).‎ ‎24. She __________ (have) two brothers. She __________ (like) them very much.‎ ‎25. We __________ (not watch) TV on Monday.‎ ‎26. Sandy usually __________ (play) the piano on Sundays.‎ ‎27. The cat __________ (like) eating fish every much.‎ ‎28. Mary and Jack __________ (have) eight lessons this term.‎ ‎29. She and I __________ (take) a walk together every evening.‎ 二、选词填空。‎ ‎ read goes eats lives works watches gets My aunt is a nurse. She likes music very much. She 1. _________ in a big hospital. Every day she 2. _________ up at 6:30. She 3. _________ breakfast at 7:00. After breakfast she 4. ‎ ‎_________ to work by bus. She usually goes home at 5:30. After dinner, she often 5. _________ TV and 6. _________ books. At 10:30, she goes to bed.‎ ‎1. （2018 • 安徽中考）Before the sun _________, we need to get to the top of the mountain.‎ A. set B. sets C. is setting D. will set ‎2. （2018 • 安顺中考）—The weather report says that it _________ tomorrow in most parts of Anshun city.‎ ‎—If it _________, the school sports meet will be canceled. ‎ A. will rain; will rain B. will rain; rains C. rains; will rain D. rains; rains ‎3. （2018 • 河北中考）Gary is the best singer in my class. No one else _________ so well.‎ A. sings B. sang C. will sing D. is singing ‎4. （2018 • 恩施中考）—Do you think if Robert will go to the zoo tomorrow?‎ ‎—I think he will go if he _________ too much homework A. don’t have B. won’t have C. doesn’t have ‎5. （2018 • 湖南郴州中考）—I saw Tom’s father bought lots of books yesterday.‎ ‎—That’s not strange. Not only Tom but also his father _________ reading.‎ A. enjoy B. enjoys C. enjoyed ‎6. （2018 • 甘肃兰州中考）I will call you as soon as he _________ here.‎ A. arrive B. will arrive C. arrives D. arrived ‎7. （2017 • 湖北省随州市中考）—Your bedroom is so clean.‎ ‎—Of course. It _________ every day A. cleans B. cleaned C. is cleaned D. was cleaned ‎8. （2017 • 四川省宜宾市中考）I don’t know when he _________ back. Please tell me when he _________ back.‎ A. comes; comes B. comes; will come C. will come; comes ‎1. （2017 • 江苏省镇江丹阳市中考二模）—Mum, can I go to watch the movie Guardians of the Galaxy Vol. 2 tomorrow?‎ ‎—Sure, if your homework __________.‎ A. finish B. is finished C. will finish D. will be finished ‎2. （重庆市江津中学校2017届九年级下学期抽考升学模拟考试）The population in China ________ quite large. And it is reported that about one sixth of the population ________ old people.‎ A. is; is B. are; are C. is; are D. are; is ‎3. （2017 • 新疆乌鲁木齐市第九十八中学中考四模）If Peter __________, please ask him to leave a __________.‎ A. come; notice B. comes; message ‎ C. come; sentence D. comes; information ‎4. （2017 • 广东省初中毕业生学业考试模拟）The documentary Under the Dome (《苍穹之下》) which __________ by Chai Jing showed us that the air pollution in China was very serious.‎ A. produces B. produced C. is produced D. was produced ‎5. （2017 • 重庆市万盛经济技术开发区九年级上学期期末模拟）Smoking __________ in the forest. It may cause a fire.‎ A. is not allowed B. is allowed C. doesn’t allow D. allows ‎6. （2017 • 上海市黄浦区九年级4月学业模拟考试）More than six million guests __________ Shanghai Disneyland Park since last June.‎ A. visit B. visited C. were visiting D. have visited ‎7. （2017 • 上海市黄浦区九年级4月学业模拟考试）Listen! Someone __________ at the door. Please go and answer it.‎ A. knocks B. is knocking C. has knocked D. was knocking ‎8. （重庆市第一中学2017届九年级下学期期中考试）To solve the traffic problem, more and more bridges ________ across the river every year in Chongqing.‎ A. were built B. will build C. are built D. are building ‎【跟踪训练】‎ 一、用括号内单词适当的形式填空。‎ ‎1. play 2. gets 3. Do; brush 4. does; do ‎ ‎5. Do; like 6. goes 7. is watching 8. Does; read ‎ ‎9. do; have 10. does; do 11. gets 12. has ‎ ‎13. go 14. likes 15. have 16. writes ‎ ‎17. rains 18. watches 19. rides 20. play ‎ ‎21. has 22. listens 23. Does; like; does 24. has; likes ‎ ‎25. don’t watch 26. plays 27. likes 28. have ‎29. take 二、选词填空。‎ ‎1. works 2. gets 3. eats 4. goes 5. watches 6. reads ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. B【解析】句意：太阳落山之前，我们需要到达山顶。Before 引导的时间状语从句不能用将来时态，用一般现在时态来代替，主语the sun单三，谓语动词用单数形式；故选B。‎ ‎3. A【解析】句意：加里是我班最好的歌手。没有人唱得这么好。考查动词时态辨析题。根 据Gary is the best singer in my class.可知该句为一般现在时，No one else单数第三人称，动词需用三单形式，故选A。‎ ‎4. C【解析】句意：——你觉得罗伯特明天会去动物园吗？——如果他没有太多的功课，我想他会去的。如果主句是将来时，那么条件状语从句用一般现在时表将来，这是主将从现的用法，本句宾语从句中的主句是＂he will go＂，用了将来时，if从句用一般现在表将来，表示＂如果他没有太多作业的话＂，排除B，主语是he，对应的一般现在时的助动词是does，排除A，故选C。‎ ‎6. C【解析】句意：他一到这里我就给你打电话。as soon as引导的时间状语从句，遵循＂主将从现＂的原则，也就是当主句是一般将来时态时，从句用一般现在时态，从句中的主语he是第三人称单数，动词要用三单形式，故答案为C。‎ ‎【点睛】＂主将从现＂说的是在含有时间状语从句和条件状语从句的主从复合句中，如果主句的时态是一般将来时，那么从句要用一般现在时。时间状语从句主要由as soon as, when, until等来引导，条件状语从句主要由if, unless来引导。如：I will tell him about it when he comes. 他来的时候，我会告诉他这件事的。If it is fine tomorrow, we will go outing. 如果明天天气好，我们就去郊游。‎ ‎7. C【解析】考查被动语态。句意：——你的卧室真干净。——当然，它每天都被打扫。根据every day句子应该用一般现在时，句子的主语it与谓语动词clean之间是被动关系，故选C。‎ ‎8. C【解析】考查从句的动词时态。句意：我不知道他将什么时间回来。当他回来了请告诉我。第一句中when he ______ back是宾语从句，主句用一般现在时，所以从句根据需要应该用一般将来时；第二句是时间状语从句，根据主从句的动作都未发生，所以从句用一般现在时表示将来。故选C。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. B【解析】句意：——妈妈，明天我可以去看电影《银河守护者》第2部吗？——当然，如果你的作业被完成了。这里是if引导的条件状语从句，主句用一般将来时，从句用一般现在时态，这里主要是your homework，用被动语态，其结构是be done的形式。主语是单数，这用is。根据题意，故选B。‎ ‎2. C【解析】句意：中国的人口是非常多的，而且据报道大约六分之一的人口是老人。第一个句子的主语是The population of China，谓语动词应用单数；在跟分数或者百分数连用的时候谓语动词用复数，故选C。‎ ‎3. B【解析】句意：如果彼得来，请让他留下口信。notice通知；message消息，是可数名词；sentence句子，是可数名词；information消息，是不可数名词。第一空主语Peter是第三人称单数，故谓语用第三人称单数，故用comes。排除AC两项。第二空有不定冠词a修饰，故用可数名词单数形式，leave a message留下口信，故选B。‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：柴静出品的纪录片《苍穹之下》向我们展示了中国的空气污染是非常严重的。produces生产，出品，第三人称单数形式；produced是过去式或者过去分词形式；is produced是一般现在时的被动语态；was produced是一般过去时的被动语态。句中which引导的是一个定语从句，从句中应使用被动语态，根据句中…was very serious可知，这里应用一般过去时态，故选D。‎ ‎5. A【解析】句意：在森林里不被允许吸烟。可能引起火灾。根据句意可知，含有被动的含义，本句是被动句，其结构：be+动词的过去分词，否定句在be后加not。故选A。‎ ‎6. D【解析】句意：自去年六月以来，已有六百万多名游客参观了上海迪斯尼乐园。Since+表示过去的时间点从句或短语，意思是＂自从……以来＂，该句子应使用现在完成时态。结合句意和语境可知选D。‎ ‎8. C【解析】句意：为了解决交通问题，重庆每年都要在河上修建越来越多的桥梁。主语more and more bridges与build之间是被动的关系，根据时间状语every year判断，时态为一般现在时态，故答案为C。‎ 考点十四 一般将来时 命题趋势：‎ ‎ 动词的时态是中考出现频率较高的语法项目之一。考题多以具体的语境为主，体现了对语法知识、语境理解、语言交际能力的综合考查。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎1. 了解并能运用常考的六种时态，尤其熟练运用一般现在时、一般过去时、进行时等 高频时态；‎ ‎2. 正确辨析几种易混时态的区别。‎ 一般将来时主要构成形式 一般将来时表示将来某个时间要发生的动作，事情或存在的状态，也表示将来经常或反复发生的动作或事情。‎ ‎1. will/shall+动词原形，shall用于第一人称，常被will 所代替。will在陈述句中用于各人称，在征求意见时常用于第二人称，will not=won’t，shall not=shan’t。‎ Which paragraph shall I read first? 我先读哪一段呢？‎ Will you be at home at seven this evening? 今晚七点回家好吗？‎ ‎2. be going to +不定式，表示将来。‎ a. 主语的意图，即将做某事。‎ What are you going to do tomorrow? 明天打算作什么呢？‎ b. 计划、安排要发生的事。‎ The play is going to be produced next month。这出戏下月开播。‎ c. 有迹象要发生的事。‎ Look at the dark clouds, there is going to be a storm. 看那乌云，暴风雨快来了。‎ ‎3. be +不定式表将来，按计划或正式安排将发生的事。‎ We are to discuss the report next Saturday. 我们下星期六讨论这份报告。‎ ‎4. be about to +不定式，意为＂马上做某事＂。‎ He is about to leave for Beijing. 他马上要去北京。学&科网 注意：be about to do不能与tomorrow, next week等表示明确将来时的时间状语连用。‎ be to和be going to的区别 be to表示客观安排或受人指示而做某事，be going to表示主观的打算或计划。‎ I am to play football tomorrow afternoon. 明天下午我去踢球。（客观安排）‎ I’m going to play football tomorrow afternoon. 明天下午我想去踢球。（主观打算）‎ ‎5.现在进行时表将来时 下列动词的现在进行时表示将来时：go，come，fly，leave，start，begin，finish，end，arrive等。‎ she is leaving for Wuhan tomorrow.‎ ‎6.一般现在时表将来 a. 下列动词come，go，arrive，leave，start，begin，return的一般现在时可以表示将来，主要用来表示在时间上已确定或安排好的事情。‎ The train leaves at six tomorrow morning. 火车明天上午六点开。‎ When does the bus star? It stars in ten minutes. 汽车什么时候开？十分钟后。‎ b. 以here，there等开始的倒装句，表示动作正在进行。‎ Here comes the bus. = The bus is coming. 车来了。‎ There goes the bell. = The bell is ringing. 铃响了。‎ c. 在时间或条件句中。‎ When Bill comes（不是will come）, ask him to wait for me. 比尔来后，让他等我。‎ I’ll write to you as soon as I arrive there. 我到了那里，就写信给你。‎ d. 在动词hope，take care that，make sure that等的宾语从句中。‎ I hope they have a nice time next week. 我希望他们下星期玩得开心。‎ Make sure that the windows are closed before you leave the room. 离开房间前，务必把窗户关了。‎ be going to和will 的区别 ‎ be going to和will 的用法虽然都表示将来发生动作或情况，一般情况下能互换。但它们的用法是有区别的：‎ ‎1. be going to主要用于： ‎ a. 表示事先经过考虑、安排好打算、计划要做的事情。‎ What are you going to do today? 今天你们打算做什么？ ‎ Dad and I are going to watch an opera this afternoon. 今天下午我和爸爸打算去看歌剧。 ‎ I’m going to play the violin. 我打算拉小提琴。 ‎ She’s going to play the piano. 她打算弹钢琴。 ‎ b. 表示根据目前某种迹象判断，某事非常有可能发生。‎ Look! There come the dark clouds. It is going to rain. 瞧！乌云密集，要下雨了。 ‎ I am afraid I am going to have a cold. 恐怕我要患重感冒。 ‎ ‎2. will主要用于在以下几个方面： ‎ a. 表示单纯的未来＂将要＂，通用各个人称。‎ They will go to visit the factory tomorrow. 明天他们将去工厂参观。 ‎ I’ll come with Wang Bing, Liu Tao and Yang Ling. 我将和王兵、刘涛、杨玲一起来。 ‎ b. 表示不以人的意志为转移的自然发展的未来的事。‎ Today is Saturday. Tomorrow will be Sunday. ‎ 今天是星期六。明天是（将）是星期日。 ‎ He will be thirty years old this time next year.‎ 明年这个时候他将三十岁了。 ‎ c. 问对方是否愿意做某事或表示客气地邀请或命令。‎ Will you please turn on the radio? 请打开收音机好吗？ ‎ Will you go to the zoo with me? 你和我一起去动物园好吗？ ‎ 一般将来时特殊用法： ‎ ‎1. be +不定式表将来，按计划或正式安排将发生的事。 ‎ We are to talk about the report next Saturday. ‎ ‎2. be about to +不定式，意为＂马上做某事＂。 ‎ He is about to leave for Beijing. ‎ 注意：be about to不能与tomorrow，next week等表示明确将来时的时间状语连用。 ‎ ‎3. 有些表趋向性的动词可用进行时表将来，如：go，come，arrive，fly(飞往)，reach（到达），stay，leave，start，die等。‎ I’m going to go to the zoo this weenend.= I’m going to the zoo this weenend. ‎ He’s going to leave for Paris.= He’s leaving for Paris. ‎ The old man is dying.=The old man will die. 这个老人要去世。‎ ‎1. —Look at the dark clouds, and the wind is blowing strongly.‎ ‎ —The weather forecast says it _________ later in the afternoon.‎ ‎ A. is going to rain B. has rained C. rains D. rained ‎2. —We need to discuss when we should go.‎ ‎ —I know, but not today. I ________ an important meeting.‎ ‎ A. attend B. attended C. will attend D. was attending ‎3. It’s getting warm. I think the sea level ________ in the future.‎ ‎ A. will go B. will rise C. goes D. rises ‎4. —_________ a small plane in the future?‎ ‎ —Yes, I think so.‎ ‎ A. Will every family have B. Does every family have ‎ C. Do every family have D. Is every family having ‎5. Mr. Smith _________ our school next year.‎ ‎ A. will visit B. visits C. was visiting D. visited ‎6. Mary is _________ a picnic tomorrow.‎ ‎ A. go to have B. going to have ‎ ‎ C. go to has D. going to has ‎7. —Can I see the headmaster now?‎ ‎ —I’m afraid you can’t. He __________ a meeting. He __________ back in 10 minutes. You can wait for him in the lobby.‎ ‎ A. will have; will come B. will have; comes ‎ C. is having; will come D. is having; comes ‎8. —I’m not sure if my sister Vivian __________ the driving test next week.‎ ‎ —Please let me know if she __________ it.‎ ‎ A. has passed; passes B. passed; will pass ‎ ‎ C. passes; has passed D. will pass; passes ‎9. The teacher said, ＂Jerry, I hope you ________ more careful next time.＂‎ ‎ A. will be B. are C. were D. would be ‎10. Lucy is happy because she _________ presents next weekend.‎ ‎ A. receives B. receive C. will receive D. are going to receive ‎1. （2018甘肃白银中考）She ________ an English magazine when I came in.‎ A. reads B. had read C. will read D. was reading ‎2. （2018恩施州中考）If you are caught smoking in the kitchen, you ________ by your boss.‎ A. will fire B. are fired C. will be fired ‎3. （2018广西贺州中考）—Do you think ________ at home on computer in the future?‎ ‎—Yes, I think they needn’t go to school.‎ A. kids will study B. did kids study C. kids studied D. will kids study ‎4. （2018内蒙古通辽中考）—________ people do housework ________ twenty years?‎ ‎ —No, I don’t think so.‎ A. Do; in B. Are; after C. Will; for D. Will; in ‎5. （2018·山东临沂）The TV news reports that there ________ a storm the day after tomorrow A. is B. was C. will be D. has be ‎6. （2018上海中考）Michael ________ in a school in Yunnan from February to June next year.‎ A. teach B. taught C. will teach D. was teaching ‎7. （2017﹒山东泰安）With the development of science and technology, robot cooks ________ in our families in the future.‎ ‎ A. appear B. appeared C. will appear D. is appearing ‎8.（2017﹒湖北随州）—What ________ if they ________ to the meeting late?‎ ‎ —Sorry, I don’t know.‎ ‎ A. will happen; go B. happened; go ‎ ‎ C. happens; will go D. will happen; will go ‎9.（2017﹒湖北宜昌）—How many children do most post-80s families have?‎ ‎ —One. They ________ two in the future, I guess.‎ ‎ A. will have B. had C. have D. have had ‎10.（2017﹒四川宜宾）I don’t know when he ________ back. Please tell me when he ________ back.‎ ‎ A. comes; comes B. comes; will come C. will come; comes ‎1.（四川省剑阁县2017年中考一诊）—I don’t know when _________tomorrow. ‎ ‎ —I will call you as soon as he _________.‎ ‎ A. will he come; arrives B. he will come; arrives C. he will come; will arrive ‎2.（吉林省长春外国语学校2016-2017学年月考）He ______ in three days.‎ ‎ A. coming back B. came back C. will come back D. has come back ‎3.（四川省乐山市夹江县2017届九年级中考适应性考试）I’m busy now. I ______ to you after school this afternoon.‎ ‎ A. talk B. have talked C. will talk ‎4.（广东省汕头市龙湖区2017届九年级模拟）—Mr. Lee was talking to a student when I entered the classroom this morning.‎ ‎ —He is very patient, but he _______ to his motherland soon.‎ ‎ A. return B. returns C. returned D. will return ‎5.（上海市普陀区2017届九年级质量调研）If it is clear tomorrow, I ________a bike to the underground station.‎ ‎ A. ride B. will ride C. rode D. have ridden ‎6.（2017年邯郸市中考一模）I’m glad to hear you ________ to a new house next week.‎ ‎ A. move B. moved C. have moved D. will move ‎7.（黑龙江省八五八农场学校2017届九年级学业水平测试）—Are you sure if Lucy _________ for dinner tomorrow?‎ ‎ —I’m not sure. If she________ we will ask Lily instead. ‎ ‎ A. comes; won’t come B. will come; won’t come C. will come; doesn’t come ‎8.（江苏省苏州市2017年初三模拟）As you go through this book, you ________ that each of the millions of people who lived through World War II had a different experience.‎ ‎ A. will find B. found C. had found D. have found ‎9. （广东省2017年初中毕业生学业考试模拟）—I wonder if we ________ four days off by the end of this month.‎ ‎ —I hope so. But if our task ________ finished, we’ll have to work overtime.‎ ‎ A. will have；won’t B. have；won’t ‎ C. will have；isn’t D. have；doesn’t ‎10.（江苏省无锡市锡北片2017届九年级期中）—I think the plan is just a waste of time. What do you think?‎ ‎ —Well, if you don’t support the plan, ________.‎ ‎ A. neither do I B. so do I C. neither will I D. so will I 跟踪训练 ‎1. A 【解析】句意：——看那片乌云，风刮得很大。——天气预报说下午晚些时候将要下雨。根据The weather forecast says可知天气预报说的内容是将要发生的，故此处用一般将来时，故选A。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】句意：天变得暖和了。我想海平面在未来将会升高。go去，rise升高。根据in the future可知此处用一般将来时，结合句意，天气变暖，海面升高，故选B。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：——在将来每个家庭将有一架小飞机吗？——是的，我认为是这样的。根据in the future可知此处用一般将来时，故选A。‎ ‎5. A 【解析】句意：史密斯先生下一年将参观我们的学校。根据时间状语next year判断，时态为一般将来时态，故答案为A。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】句意：明天玛丽将去野餐。根据时间状语tomorrow可知此处用一般将来时，be going to do sth将要做某事，故选B。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】句意：——我现在能见校长吗？——恐怕不能。他正在开会。他10分钟后将回来。你可以在大厅里等他。根据Can I see the headmaster now?可知此处表示现在正在，故第一空用现在进行时be doing。第二空根据时间状语in 10 minutes可知此处用一般将来时，故选C。‎ ‎9. A 【解析】句意：老师说：＂Jerry，我希望你下次更认真些。＂根据next time可知此处用一般将来时will+动词原形。故选A。‎ ‎10. C 【解析】句意：露丝很高兴因为她下周她将收到礼物。此句中时间next weekend，意思是＂下周末＂，可知用将来时，选C或D，主语she第三人称单数形式，应用be动词is的形式，will用于各种人称，故D错误，选C。‎ 真题再现 ‎1. D【解析】句意：当我进来的时候，她正在读一本英语杂志。本题考查过去进行时。A. reads一般现在时；B. has read现在完成时；C. will read一般将来时；D. was reading过去进行时。根据句意“当我进来的时候，她____一本英语杂志”，可知主句应用进行时态，从句中的动词came为一般过去式，所以这里应用过去进行时，结构为was/were+动词现在分词，主语是she，所以用was，故答案选D。‎ ‎2. C【解析】句意：如果你在厨房里被抓到吸烟，你就会被老板开除。你只能“被开除”，所以需要使用被动语态be done，如果主句是将来时，那么if引导的条件状语从句用一般现在时表将来，这是主将从现的用法，本题中从句是说如果被抓到抽烟的话，用了一般现在时，那么主句用一般将来时，表示“你将会被开除”，所以用一把将来时的被动语态，will be done，故选C。‎ ‎3. A【解析】句意：——你认为孩子们在将来会在家里在电脑上学习吗？——会的，我认为他们不需要去学校。本题考查宾语从句，宾语从句用陈述句语序，排除B和D，且根据in the future可知，用一般将来时，故选A。‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：——二十年后人们还会做家务吗？——不，我认为不会。Do是助动词，用于一般现在时态；Are 是be动词的形式，在这里不合适，句中do是实意动词；will一般将来时态；in与一般将来时态搭配，后面跟一段时间，表示“在……之后”；after与一般将来时态搭配，后面跟时间点，表示“在…之后”；for后常跟一段时间，常与现在完成时态搭配使用。根据句意可知，这里问的是“二十年之后”，应用一般将来时态，介词用in。故选D。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】考查一般将来时的用法。句意：随着科学和技术的发展，机器人煮饭机在未来将出现在我们的家庭中。A. appear出现，动词原形；B. appeared动词过去式；C. will appear将来时态；D. is appearing现在进行时。根据时间状语可知用将来时，故选C。‎ ‎8. A 【解析】考查一般将来时的用法。句意：——如果他们开会迟到会怎么样？——对 不起，我不知道。If引导的在条件状语从句不能用将来时，而用一般现在时来代替，遵循主将从现的原则。故选A。‎ ‎9. A 【解析】考查一般将来时的用法。句意：——大部分80后的家庭有几个孩子？——一个。我猜想将来他们会有两个的。A. will have将会有；B、C和D分别是have的过去式、现在式和完成时形式，都和＂in the future＂不符。故选A。‎ ‎10. C 【解析】考查一般将来时的用法。句意：我不知道他什么时间回来。当他回来时请告诉我。第一句中when he ______ back是宾语从句，主句用一般现在时，所以从句根据需要应该用一般将来时；第二句是时间状语从句，根据主从句的动作都未发生，所以从句用一般现在时表示将来。故选C。‎ 模拟检测 ‎1. B 【解析】句意：——我不知道他明天什么时候会来。——他一来我就会给你打电话的。前一个句子是宾语从句，语序为陈述句的语序，根据tomorrow判断，时态为一般将来时态，排除A；第二个句子为as soon as引导的时间状语从句，主句为一般将来时，时间状语从句为一般现在时，故选B。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】句意：他将在三天后回来。根据in three days可知此处用一般将来时，故为will come back，故选C。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】句意：我现在很忙，今天下午放学后我会和你谈话。talk 是一个动词，意思是谈话。根据句意可知，我现在很忙，放学后才会和你谈话，因此这里表示的是将来的事情，应该用一般将来时，故选C。A是一般现在时；B是一般过去时。学&科网 ‎4. D 【解析】句意：——今天上午当我走进教室的时候，Lee先生正在和一个学生谈话。——他是很有耐心的，但是他很快就要回到他的祖国了。return回去，返回；returns是第三人称单数形式；returned是过去式；will return是一般将来时态。根据句意和句中的soon可知，Lee先生还没有回去，很快就要回去了，这里说的是将来的事情，故使用一般将来时态，选D。‎ ‎6. D 【解析】句意：听到你下周将搬新家，我很高兴。句子中有时间状语next week，故用 一般将来时。故选D。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】句意：——你相信露西明天要来吃晚餐吗？——我不确定。如果她不来，我们将要改请莉莉。前句描述明天来吃晚餐，表示将来，用一般将来时态：will come；后句中if的意思是＂如果＂，引出条件状语从句，条件状语从句里要用一般现在时态表示将要发生的动作，主语he是第三人称单数，否定在动词原形前加doesn’t。故选C。‎ ‎8. A 【解析】句意：当你通读这本书的时候，你将会发现成千上万的经历过二战的每个人都有不同的经历。As引导的时间状语从句，用一般现在时，主句用一般现在时或一般将来时，故选A。‎ ‎9. C 【解析】句意：——我想知道我们在这个月底是否将会有四天的假期。——我希望如此，但是如果我们的任务没有完成，我们就将会加班。will have将会有；have有；won’t是will not的缩写形式；isn’t是is not的缩写；doesn’t是do not的缩写。第一个空前if的意思是是否，引导宾语从句，从句中表示将来的事情，故用一般将来时态；第二个空前的if是如果，引导条件状语从句，从句中用一般现在时态，主句用一般将来时态，从句中的主语our task和动词finish构成被动语态，故应用be+过去分词形式，选C。‎ ‎10. C 【解析】句意：——我认为这个计划只是在浪费时间。您是怎么想的？——好，如果你不支持这个计划，我也不支持。Neither+助动词+主语，表示主语也不是……；这里是if引导的条件状语从句，主句用一般将来时，从句用一般现在时态，这里是主句，故助动词用will。根据题意，故选C。‎ 考点十五 一般过去时 ‎1. 一般过去时的定义 ‎①一般过去时表示过去某个时间发生的动作或存在的状态，常和表示过去的时间状语连 用。如 yesterday，the day before yesterday，last week，in 2015，three days ago，the other day，just now，at the moment，this morning，once upon a time，long long ago。‎ ‎—What did you do yesterday? 昨天你做了什么？‎ ‎—I went swimming. 我去游泳了。‎ ‎②表示过去经常性或习惯性发生的动作。‎ When I was at middle school, I often went to school by bike. 我读中学时经常骑自行车去学校。‎ ‎2. 一般过去时的基本结构 ‎①实义动词 肯定句：主语 + 动词过去式 + 其他.‎ I went to the cinema yesterday. 我昨天看了电影。‎ 否定句：主语 + didn’t + 动词原形 + 其他。‎ I didn’t go to the cinema yesterday. 我昨天没看电影。‎ 一般疑问句及其回答：Did + 主语 + 动词原形 + 其他? ‎ 肯定回答：Yes, 主语 + did. ‎ 否定回答：No, 主语 + didn’t / did not. ‎ ‎—Did you go to the cinema yesterday? 你昨天去看电影了吗？‎ ‎—Yes, I did./No, I didn’t. 是的，我去了。/ 不，我没去。‎ 特殊疑问句：特殊疑问词+did+主语+动词原形+其他？‎ ‎—Where did you go yesterday? 你昨天去哪儿了？‎ ‎—I went to the cinema yesterday. 我昨天去看电影了。‎ ‎② be 动词 肯定句：主语 + was/were + 其他.‎ I was at home yesterday. 我昨天在家。‎ 否定句：主语 + wasn’t/weren’t + 其他.‎ I wasn’t at home yesterday. 我昨天没在家。‎ 一般疑问句及其回答：Were/Was + 主语 + 其他?‎ ‎—Were you at home yesterday? 你昨天在家吗？‎ ‎—Yes, I was. / No, I wasn’t. 是的，我在家。/ 不，我不在家。‎ 特殊疑问句：特殊疑问词 + were/was + 主语 + 其他?‎ ‎—Where were you yesterday? 你昨天在哪？‎ ‎—I was at home yesterday. 我昨天在家。学科*网 ‎3. 动词过去式的变化规则 情况 构成方法 例词 一般情况 加-ed wash→washed help→helped 以不发音的字母e结尾 加-d hope→hoped like→liked 以辅音字母 + y结尾 变y为i，再加-ed carry→carried study→studied 结尾只有一个辅音字母的重读闭音节 双写末尾的辅音字母，再加-ed stop→stopped plan→planned ‎4. 一般过去时的用法 ‎（1）表示在过去某个时间所发生的动作或所处的状态。常与yesterday, last week, in 1989, just now, a moment ago, the other day等连用。‎ He was here just now. 他刚才还在这里。‎ What did you do yesterday? 你昨天做了什么事?‎ ‎（2）在过去一段时间内的经常性或习惯性动作。‎ We often played together when we were children. 我们小时候常在一起玩。‎ 注意：表示过去经常发生的动作还可用used to和would。‎ He used to smoke a lot, but he doesn’t now. 他过去经常抽烟，但现在不抽了。‎ Whenever we were in trouble, he would help us. ‎ 每当我们遇到困难，他都会帮助我们。‎ ‎（3）表示主语过去的特征或性格。‎ At that time she was very good at English. 那时她英语学得很好。‎ ‎（4）用在状语从句中表示过去将来。‎ He said he would wait until they came back.‎ ‎（5）一般过去时有时可以表示现在，多与 want, hope, wonder, think, intend 等动词连用，使语气更委婉。‎ I wondered if you could help me. 不知你能不能帮我一下。‎ 有时用一般过去时也是时态一致的需要。‎ I didn’t know you were here. 我不知道你在这里。‎ 注意：‎ ‎（1）表示一系列的动作，尽管有先后，都用一般过去时，最后两个动词之间用and连结。‎ He opened the door, rushed out and then disappeared. 他打开门，冲了出去，然后就消失了。‎ ‎（2）注意在语境中理解＂我刚才/原来还不……＂。‎ ‎—Your phone number again? I didn’t quite catch it. 请再说一次你的电话号码，好吗？我刚才没听清楚。‎ ‎—It’s 2566666. 是2566666。‎ ‎5. 一般过去时代替完成时 ‎（1）两个动作如按顺序发生，又不强调先后，或用then，and，but 等连词时，多用一般过去时。‎ When she saw the mouse, she screamed.‎ My aunt gave me a hat and I lost it.‎ ‎（2）两个动作相继发生，可用一般过去时；如第一个动作需要若干时间完成，用过去完成时。‎ When I heard the news, I was very excited.‎ ‎（3）叙述历史事实，可不用过去完成时，而只用一般过去时。‎ ‎ Our teacher told us that Columbus discovered America in 1492.‎ 一般过去时 肯定句的过去式，规则动词加-ed，不规则的必须记。‎ 否定形式疑问句，没有be加did。‎ 如把did加在前，动词也要还原形。‎ ‎1. —Has Lucy gone back to her home in the US?‎ ‎ —Yes. She _________ here only for three days with her friend.‎ ‎ A. stayed B. will stay C. has stayed D. was staying ‎2. —Guess what! The great movie is on in the cinema.‎ ‎ —Nothing new. I __________ it with my parents on the first day.‎ ‎ A. saw B. see C. will see D. have seen ‎3. —I hear they ________ the car company in 2006.‎ ‎ —Yes, it has a history of over ten years.‎ ‎ A. found B. are founding ‎ C. founded D. were founding ‎4. Maria ________ at 4：30 this morning and couldn’t fall asleep.‎ ‎ A. woke up B. was woken up ‎ C. wakes up D. is woken up ‎5. While his dad ________ out, Steve decided to play games on the computer.‎ ‎ A. is B. was C. will be D. has been ‎6. Mark Twain _________ at the age of 75 in 1910.‎ ‎ A. died B. dead C. death ‎7. She ________ a disabled man at last, which made her parents mad.‎ ‎ A. married B. got marrying ‎ C. had married D. had been married to ‎8. I _________ while reading the English textbook. Luckily, my roommate woke me up in time!‎ ‎ A. was falling asleep B. have fallen asleep ‎ ‎ C. fell asleep D. falls asleep ‎9. —I have ever read the book Alice in Wonderland Ⅱ.‎ ‎ —When _________?‎ ‎ —Two weeks ago.‎ ‎ A. did you read it B. have you read it ‎ ‎ C. do you read it D. will you see it ‎10. —I haven’t been back to my hometown — Hainan.‎ ‎ —So have I. The smell of the sea __________ memories of my childhood.‎ ‎ A. called up B. calls up C. will call up D. had called up ‎1. （2018河北中考）—The bread is really delicious.‎ ‎—Thank you I __________ it myself.‎ A. make B. made C. will make D. am making ‎2. （2018湖北宜昌中考）—__________ you __________ the Chinese Culture Festival in the Central Square?‎ ‎—Yes. It was really a great success.‎ A. Are；attending B. Will；attend C. Do；attend D. Did；attend ‎3. （2018江苏宿迁中考）Liu Changjian, the command pilot of Sichuan Airlines Flight 3U8633, successfully __________ down the plane last month.‎ A. has brought B. ill bring C. brought D. bring ‎4. （2018四川乐山中考）—Look, what an old bridge! It looks so special!‎ ‎—Yeah, it __________ nearly 500 years ago.‎ A. was building B. was built C. has built ‎5. （2018天津中考）—Jerry, have you ever been to the Great Wall?‎ ‎—Yes. I __________ there with my parents last year A. go B. went C. will go D. have gone ‎6. （2018江苏无锡中考）The king didn’t take any notice of the noise in the crowd and __________ with the parade.‎ A. carry on B. carry out C. carried on D. carried out ‎7. （2018上海中考）The debate on whether to keep pets __________ forty minutes yesterday afternoon.‎ A. last B. lasted C. will last D. has lasted ‎8. （2018昆明中考）—How was the volleyball game yesterday?‎ ‎—Oh, it was fantastic! We __________ so much fun.‎ A. have B. had C. are having D. will have ‎9.（2017﹒上海）Several journalists __________ the lawyer about the international case an hour ago.‎ ‎ A. interview B. interviewed C. will interview D. had interviewed ‎10.（2017﹒云南昆明）—Did you do anything interesting last Sunday?‎ ‎ —Not really. I just __________ at home.‎ ‎ A. stay B. stayed C. will stay D. am staying ‎1.（山西农业大学附属中学2017届九年级中考适应性训练）One of the popular expressions in 2012 ______________＂Positive energy＂.‎ ‎ A. is B. are C. was ‎2. （徐州市2017年初中毕业、升学考试模拟）—Sorry, Mom! I am late.‎ ‎ —What a pity! Jenny ______________ here to see you. She should be on her way home now.‎ ‎ A. is B. was C. had been D. will be ‎3. （湖北省襄阳市2017届九年级一轮复习测试）—Has Mary ever visited Tower Bridge ?‎ ‎ —Yes, She ______________ it two years ago.‎ ‎ A. visits B. visited C. from D. was visiting ‎4.（四川省峨眉山市2017届九年级第二次调研）I still remember my happy childhood when my mother ______________ me to Disneyland at weekends.‎ ‎ A. took B. takes C. will take ‎5. （黑龙江省牡丹江管理局北斗星协会2017届九年级二模）—Have you been to Beijing? ‎ ‎ —Yes, I ______________ there two years ago.‎ ‎ A. have been B. went C. will go ‎6. （江苏省连云港市2017届九年级模拟）—President Xi ______________ a visit to three countries in Middle East from Jan.19 to 23.‎ ‎ —This was his first visit in 2016.‎ ‎ A. paid B. will pay C. has paid D. is paying ‎7.（湖北省武汉市黄陂区部分学校2017届九年级模拟）—Jenny is not coming for the party tonight. ‎ ‎ —But she ______________.‎ ‎ A. promises B. promised C. will promise D. had promised ‎8.（湖南省邵阳县2017届九年级5月优秀毕业生选拔考试）—Have you ever seen the film?‎ ‎ —Yes, I ______________ it last month.‎ ‎ A. see B. saw C. have seen ‎9. （山东省滨州博兴县2017届九年级学业水平模拟）—Tony, look out! Don’ t stand so close to the pool.‎ ‎ —Thank you. I ______________ it.‎ ‎ A. don’t notice B. haven’t noticed ‎ ‎ C. didn’t notice D. wasn’t noticed ‎10.（河北省临西县第一中学2017届九年级周测）Mr. Black ______________ his keys in the office, so he had to wait until his wife ______________ home.‎ ‎ A. has left；comes B. left；had come ‎ C. had left；came D. had left；would come ‎11. （上海市延安中学2017届九年级下学期）The teacher said, ＂Jerry, I hope you ______________ more careful next time.＂‎ A. will be B. are C. were D. would be ‎12. （四川省成都外国语学校2018届九年级下学期一诊考试）Britain ______________ to leave European Union last year. David Cameron, former Prime Minister ______________ since then.‎ A. decided; retired B. decided; has been retired C. has decided; retired D. has decided; has retired ‎13. （成都市外国语学校2017届九年级二诊）The list ______________ 19 trillion data ______________ over nine years from 390 cities across 48 countries.‎ A. based on; collected B. based on; collecting C. is based on; collected D. is based on; collecting 跟踪训练 ‎1. A 【解析】句意：——露西回到她在美国的家了吗？——是。她和她的朋友在这里只待了三天。根据语境可知＂露西已经回去＂，那么＂她在这里待了三天＂是过去发生的事，所以用一般过去时态表达。stay动词，停留；stayed是其过去式。故选A。‎ ‎2. A 【解析】句意：——猜怎么啦！那部伟大的电影在电影院上演。——这有什么新鲜的。我在第一天就和我的父母一起去看了。根据on the first day可知此处用一般过去时，故选A。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：Maria在今天早上4点半醒了，再睡不着了。woke up是一般过去时态，醒来，叫醒；was woken up被叫醒；wakes up是一般现在时，第三人称单数形式；is woken up是一般现在时态的被动语态。句中时间状语是at 4:30 this morning，是一个过去的时间，故本句应使用一般过去时态。根据句意可知，Maria是自己醒来，不是被别人叫醒，故应用主动语态，选A。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：当他爸爸出去的时候，Steve决定在电脑上玩游戏。根据主句的谓语decided 是一般过去时，故while引导的时间状语从句也用一般过去时，故选B。‎ ‎6. A 【解析】句意：马克﹒吐温在1910年75岁时去世。died死去，是动词；dead死的，是形容词；death死亡，是名词。此处作谓语故用动词died，故选A。‎ ‎7. A 【解析】句意：最后她嫁给了一个残疾人，这使她的父母很生气。marry sb.表示嫁给某人，与……结婚；be /get married to sb.与某人结婚。根据at last及made判断，时态为一般过去时态，故答案为A。‎ ‎10. A 【解析】句意：——我没有回到过我的家乡——海南。——我回去过，海洋的味道总是会唤起我童年的记忆。call up唤起，使想起，是一个固定的动词短语。A选项是一般过去时态；B是一般现在时；C是一般将来时；D是过去完成时。根据对话的意思So ‎ have I表示我回去过，是现在完成时态，因此回到家乡是过去的事情，所以这句话应该用一般过去时态，故选A。学科*网 真题再现 ‎1. B【解析】句意：——面包真好吃。——谢谢，我自己做的。考查动词时态辨析题。根据The bread is really delicious.，结合句意语境，可知面包是过去做好的，需用一般过去时，故选B。‎ ‎2. D【解析】句意：——你参加了中央广场的中国文化节吗？——是的。这真是一个巨大的成功。考查动词时态辨析题。根据答语It was really a great success.，可知是过去的动作，需用一般过去时，可排除ABC三个选项，故选D。‎ ‎3. C【解析】句意：四川航空公司3U8633航班的领航员刘昌箭上个月成功地降落了飞机。考查动词时态辨析题。bring down使（某物或某人）掉下，降落。last month上个月，用于一般过去时，bring的过去式是brought，根据句意语境，可知选C。‎ ‎4. B【解析】句意：——看，多么古老的桥啊！看起来很特别！——是啊，它是近500年前建造的。考查动词语态辨析题。it指的是上一句的bridge，是动词build的受动者，需用被动语态。500 years ago五百年前，用于一般过去时。根据句意结构和语境，可知选B。‎ ‎5. B【解析】句意：——Jerry，你曾经去过长城吗？——是的，去年我和我父母一起去那儿的。本题考查动词的时态。由第二句的时间标志词 last year 可以理解句意为去年我和爸妈去过长城。属于一般过去时的标志词，故选 B. went。本题容易误选D. have gone 已经去过，但是需要注意现在完成时的时间标志词。‎ ‎6. C【解析】句意：国王没有注意到人群中的嘈杂声，继续游行。连词and连接两个并列句，根据前面的句子的时态判断，and后的句子也应为一般过去时，排除A、B；carry on继续进行；carry out进行，执行。结合句意可知，答案为C。‎ ‎7. B【解析】句意：关于是否养宠物的争论昨天下午持续了四十分钟。根据 yesterday afternoon 可知此处时态应为一般过去时。故答案为B。‎ ‎9. B 【解析】考查一般过去时的用法。句意：几位记者就这件国际案件在一小时前采访了律师。an hour ago一个小时以前，表示过去的时间，因此句子要用一般过去时态。A、C、D分别是一般现在时、一般将来时和现在完成时。故选B。‎ ‎10. B 【解析】考查一般过去时的用法。句意：——上周日你做有趣的事情了吗？——没有，我就待在家里了。根据问句的时间状语 last Sunday可知，这里问的是过去的事情，所以句子应该用一般过去时。故选B。‎ 模拟检测 ‎1. C 【解析】句意：在2012年流行词之一是＂正能量＂。根据时间状语in 2012可知此处用一般过去时，故选C。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】句意：——对不起，妈妈！我迟到了。——真遗憾！詹妮过来看你，现在她应该在回家的路上了。根据she should be on her way home now. 现在她应该在回家的路上了，可知上文应该是说：Jenny是来见你的，是过去发生的事情，所以这里应该用一般过去时态，故答案选B。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】句意：——Mary曾经参观过Tower Bridge？——是的，她两年之前参观过它。two years ago表示两年之前，谓语动词用一般过去时态，故选B。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：我仍然能记得我的快乐的童年，那时妈妈在周末带我去迪士尼乐园。根据I still remember my happy childhood可知，本句叙述的是过去的事情，用一般过去时。故选A。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：——你去过北京吗？——是的，我两年前去的那里。根据时间状语two years ago可知此处用一般过去时，故选B。‎ ‎6. A 【解析】句意：——习主席在1月19日到23日出访了中东三国。——这是他2016年的首次出访。根据from Jan.19 to 23和This was his first visit in 2016可知此处用一般过去时。故选A。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：——詹妮今晚不来参加晚会了。——但是她承诺过会来。选项A是一般现在时；B是一般过去时；C是一般将来时；D是过去完成时。她承诺是发生在过去的事，用一般过去时，故答案选B。‎ ‎8. B 【解析】句意：——你看过这部电影吗？——是的，我上个月看的。see看见，动词原形；saw是see的过去式；have seen是现在完成时态。根据句意和句中的时间状语last month可知，这里表示过去发生的事情，应使用一般过去时态。故选B。‎ ‎9. C 【解析】句意：——托尼，小心！不要站得离池塘那么近。——谢谢你。我没有注意。根据Don’ t stand so close to the pool.可知此处表示说话之前没有注意到，自己站的离池塘近，要用一般过去时，故选C。‎ ‎11. A【解析】句意：老师说：＂Jerry,我希望你下次更认真些。＂根据next time可知此处用一般将来时will+‎ 动词原形。故选A。‎ ‎12. B【解析】句意：英国去年决定退出欧盟。英国前首相戴维卡梅伦( David Cameron )从此退休。考查动词时态辨析题。last year去年，用于一般过去时，可排除CD两项。since then从那时起，用于现在完成时，可排除A项。根据句意语境，可知选B。‎ ‎13. C【解析】句意：这份名单是基于48个国家的390个城市9年收集的19万亿数据。based on以…为基础，是非谓语动词形式；be based on以…为基础，是谓语动词形式；collected收集，过去分词；collecting现在分词。根据句子结构可知，第一个空是该句的谓语动词，应带be动词形式，排除A和B；第二个空是作后置定语，修饰前面的名词data，数据，他们之间构成被动关系，应用过去分词形式。所以选C。‎ 考点十六 现在进行时 一、现在进行时的定义 现在进行时主要用于表示目前正在进行的动作，有时也可表示现阶段在进行的动作。‎ The teacher is giving us an English lesson. 老师正在给我们上英语课。‎ The farmers are getting in their crops. 农民们正在收割庄稼。‎ We are making preparations for the conference. 我们一直在为会议作准备。‎ 二、现在进行时的构成 现在进行时由＂be+现在分词（v-ing）＂构成。be应为助动词，一定不要漏掉！它应与主语的人称和数保持一致，即：I am/he/she/it 包括单数名词和不可数名词用is，you/we/they 包括复数名词用are。‎ ‎1. 现在分词变化规则如下：‎ a. 动词后直接+- ing（例：sleep+-ing→sleeping）‎ b. 去掉不发音的e+-ing（例：bite-e+-ing→biting）‎ c. 重读闭音节，且末尾只有1个辅音字母，双写辅音字母+-ing（例：sitting，beginning，getting，putting，running，stopping，cutting ）‎ d. 特殊变化：die→dying，lie→lying，tie→tying ‎2. 句式构成如下：‎ 肯定句式：主语+be（am，is，are）+现在分词+其他。‎ They are having an English class. 他们在上英语课。‎ 否定句式：主语+be（am，is，are）+not +现在分词+其他。‎ They aren’t having an English class. 他们不在上英语课。‎ 一般疑问句：Be（am，is，are）+主语+现在分词+其他？‎ Are they having an English class? 他们在上英语课吗?‎ 特殊疑问句：疑问词+be（am，is，are）+主语+现在分词+其他？‎ What are you doing now? 你现在在做什么？‎ 助动词变化口诀：变疑问，往前提，句后问号莫丢弃；变否定，更容易，be后not 莫忘记。‎ 三、现在进行时的应用 A表示现在（ 指说话人说话时）正在发生的事情。‎ We are waiting for you.‎ B. 习惯进行：表示长期的或重复性的动作，说话时动作未必正在进行。‎ Mr. Green is writing another novel.（说话时并未在写，只处于写作的状态。）‎ She is learning piano under Mr. Smith.‎ C. 已经确定或安排好的将来活动。‎ I’m leaving for a trek in Nepal next week.（已经安排了）‎ We’re flying to Paris tomorrow.（票已经拿到了）‎ 在实际运用时，现在进行时常用以下几种情况：‎ ‎（1）当句子中有now时，常表示动作正在进行，这时要用现在进行时。‎ They are playing basketball now. 现在他们正在打篮球。‎ ‎（2）以look，listen开头的句子，提示我们动作正进行，这时要用现在进行时。学科&网 Listen! She is singing an English song. 听，她正在唱英语歌。‎ ‎（3）表示当前一段时间或现阶段正在进行的动作，且此时有this week，these days等时间状语，这时常用现在进行时。‎ We are making model planes these days. 这些天我们在做飞机模型。‎ ‎（4）描述图片中的人物的动作，也为了表达更生动。此时也常用现在进行时。‎ Look at the picture. The children are flying kites in the park. 看这幅图，那些孩子正在公园放风筝。‎ 四、现在进行时与一般现在时的区别 ‎(1) 现在进行时强调目前正在进行的动作，而一般现在时强调经常性或习惯性的动作。如：‎ I’m reading a story now. 我在看一个故事。(目前正在干的事情)‎ I read stories in my spare time. 我有空时看故事。(经常性的行为)‎ ‎(2) 现在进行时强调现阶段一直在进行的动作，而一般现在时只表动作的重复，而不表示动作的持续。‎ What are you doing these days? 这几天你在干什么？‎ They are learning English in the summer holiday. 他们暑假在学英语。‎ They read English every day. 他们每天读英语。‎ They play volleyball every Sunday. 他们每周星期天都打排球。‎ ‎(3) 表示短促动作的动词(如 jump, knock, beat, pick, skip等)的进行时，表示动作的重复。‎ The girls are jumping over there. 女孩子们在那边跳。‎ His heart is beating fast. 他的心脏跳得很快。‎ ‎(5) 某些表示希望或想法的动词(如hope, wonder, want等)的进行时可以表示委婉客气。‎ I’m wondering whether you can help us now. 我不知道你现在能否给我们帮一个忙。‎ I’m hoping that you will succeed. 我正在希望你成功呢。‎ 四类动词不用进行时 英语中有四类动词一般不用进行时(不用现在进行时和过去进行时)‎ ‎1. 表心理状态、情感的动词，如love, hate, like, care, respect, please, prefer, know等，若用进行时则词义改变。‎ ‎2. 表存在、状态的动词，如appear, exist, lie, remain, stand, seem等 ‎3. 表感觉的动词，如see, hear, feel, smell, sound, taste等 ‎4. 表一时性的动词，如accept, allow, admit, decide, end, refuse, permit, promise等。‎ 五、现在进行时的特殊用法 ‎1. 现在进行时表暂时 现在进行时可用来表示不会长期发生的动作或情况，或被认为在短期内正在进行的动作或存在的状况。‎ ‎—What’s your daughter doing these days? 你女儿现在在干什么?‎ ‎—She’s studying English at Durham University. 她在达勒姆大学学习英语。‎ 这种情况不一定在说话时发生：‎ Don’t take that ladder away. Your father’s using it .‎ 别把梯子拿走，你父亲在用呢。(即不一定现在在用。)‎ She’s at her best when she’s making big decisions. 当做出最大决定时，她处于最佳状态。‎ 暂时发生的事情也可以是在说话时正在进行着：‎ The river is flowing very fast after last night’s rain. 昨夜下过雨后，河水流速很快。‎ 现在进行时也用来表示当前的动向：‎ People are becoming less tolerant of smoking these days. 如今人们对吸烟较为难以忍受了。‎ ‎2. 现在进行时表将来 意为：意图、打算、安排、常用于人。常用词为come, go, start, arrive, leave, stay等。‎ I’m leaving tomorrow.‎ Are you staying here till next week?‎ 现在进行时巧记口诀 look, listen是标志，现在进行正发生；‎ 有时now在句中现，＂be＋v-ing＂时态成。‎ 若问be用何形式，须看主语数、人称。‎ he/she is, I am，we, you, they后are紧跟。‎ v-ing形式更好记，三种构成要分清。‎ 一般问句be提前，be后加not否定成！‎ 用所给词的适当形式填空。‎ ‎1. —What’s your mother doing? ‎ ‎ —She ______________ (cook).‎ ‎2. ______________ they ______________ (shop) in the supermarket?‎ ‎3. Lucy’s father and mother often ______________ (take) a walk after super.‎ ‎4. Look! He ______________ (play) basketball.‎ ‎5. Listen! Who ______________ (sing) in the next room?‎ ‎6. My father usually ______________ (watch) TV at night.‎ ‎7. Please be quiet. My grandma ______________ (sleep).‎ ‎8. It’s ______________ (sun) today in Shanghai.‎ ‎9. —How is it ______________ (go), Tom? ‎ ‎ —Not bad. Thank you.‎ ‎10. Look at the boy. He ______________ (study).‎ ‎11. Sounds like you ______________ (have) a good time now.‎ ‎1. （2018 • 湖北宜宾市中考）—I can’t find Jimmy. Where is he?‎ ‎—He ______________ in the garden at the moment.‎ A. works B. will work C. is working ‎2. （2018 • 黄石中考）More and more foreign students begin to learn Chinese, and many of them ______________ Chinese better and better now.‎ A. are spoken B. spoke C. has spoken D. are speaking ‎3.（2016﹒北京）Please don’t make so much noise. The baby ______________ now.‎ ‎ A. sleeps B. slept C. will sleep D. is sleeping ‎4.（2016﹒贵州黔东南州）—Hurry up! We ______________ for you at the gate.‎ ‎ —I’m sorry. I’m coming soon.‎ ‎ A. wait B. will wait C. have been waited D. are waiting ‎5.（2016﹒贵州黔南州）The winter holiday is coming, so the twins as well as Alex ______________ to Sanya for vacation.‎ ‎ A. go B. goes C. are going D. is going ‎6.（2016﹒河南）Everyone wants to reach the top of the mountain, but all the happiness happens while you ______________ it.‎ ‎ A. climb B. climbed C. are climbing D. have climbed ‎7.（2016﹒湖北黄冈）—Where are you going, Bob?‎ ‎ —To go hiking. Eric ______________ for me at the school gate!‎ ‎ A. was waiting B. waits C. waited D. is waiting ‎8.（2016﹒湖北咸宁）—Today’s young people can’t live without smart phones.‎ ‎ —They keep their hands on the phones wherever they go, even while they ______________ meals.‎ ‎ A. have B. are having C. were having D. will have ‎9.（2016﹒湖北孝感）Alice, please turn down the music, I ______________ an important phone now.‎ ‎ A. answer B. answered C. have answered D. am answering ‎ ‎10.（2016﹒江西）—May I speak to Mrs. Black?‎ ‎ — Sorry, mum can’t come to the phone now. She ______________ a shower.‎ ‎ A. has B. had C. is having D. was having ‎1.（上海市黄浦区2017届九年级二模）Listen! Someone ______________ at the door. Please go and answer it.‎ ‎ A. knocks B. is knocking ‎ ‎ C. has knocked D. was knocking ‎2.（2017年邯郸市中考一模）No noise, please. Your brother ______________ his homework in the next room.‎ ‎ A. does B. is doing C. did D. has done ‎3.（江苏省南京市2017年中考模拟）There are a group of people over there. What do you think ______________ ?‎ ‎ A. to happen B. is happened ‎ ‎ C. will happen D. is happening ‎4. （湖北省襄阳市2017届九年级一轮复习测试）—What’s John doing right now?‎ ‎ —He ______________ soccer. He ______________ soccer every Saturday.‎ ‎ A. is playing; is playing B. plays; plays ‎ C. is playing; plays D. plays; is playing ‎5. （湖南省永州市冷水滩区2017年中考第二次模拟）Look, so many people ______________ games in the park! They look very happy!‎ ‎ A. play B. is playing C. are playing ‎6.（四川省资阳市雁江区2017届九年级适应性考试）—Where is Grace?‎ ‎ —She with her brother ______________ playing basketball at school.‎ ‎ A. is practice B. is practicing ‎ ‎ C. are practicing D. are practice ‎7. （上海市延安中学2017届九年级月考）Jack will go to Australia for further study tomorrow, so he ______________ his luggage at present.‎ ‎ A. has packed B. is packing C. packs D. will pack ‎8.（上海市延安中学2016-2017学年期中）Bob ______________ with his post in his office at the moment.‎ ‎ A. deals B. dealt C. is dealing D. has dealt ‎9.（四川省广安市岳池县2017届九年级诊断）—Sorry, but I have something important to talk to your mother. Is she in right now? ‎ ‎ —Yes. Come in, please. She ______________ some cleaning in the kitchen.‎ ‎ A. is doing B. does C. did D. was doing ‎10.（广东省汕头市澄海区2017届九年级中考模拟）—It’s quite noisy in the classroom.‎ ‎ —So it is. All the students ______________ happily because of the coming party.‎ ‎ A. talk and laugh B. are talking and laughing ‎ ‎ C. talked and laughed D. were talking and laughing ‎11. （上海市延安中学2017届九年级下学期英语周周练）The teacher said,＂Jerry, I hope you ______________ more careful next time.＂‎ A. will be B. are C. were D. would be ‎12. （四川省成都外国语学校2018届九年级下学期一诊考试）Britain ______________ to leave European Union last year. David Cameron, former Prime Minister ______________ since then.‎ A. decided; retired B. decided; has been retired C. has decided; retired D. has decided; has retired ‎13. （成都市外国语学校2017届九年级二诊）The list ______________ 19 trillion data ______________ over nine years from 390 cities across 48 countries.‎ A. based on; collected B. based on; collecting C. is based on; collected D. is based on; collecting 跟踪训练 ‎1. is cooking 2. Are；shopping 3. take 4. is playing ‎ ‎5. is singing 6. watches 7. is sleeping 8. sunny ‎ ‎9. going 10. is studying 11. are having 真题再现 ‎1. C【解析】句意：——我不能找到吉姆，他在哪儿？——此刻他在花园里工作。根据at the moment可知用现在进行时态；故选C。‎ ‎3. D 【解析】考查现在进行时的用法。句意：请不要发出那么多噪音。那个婴儿现在正在睡觉。根据时间状语now可知此处用现在进行时is sleeping，故选D。‎ ‎4. D 【解析】考查现在进行时的用法。句意：——赶快！我们在门口等你。——对不起，我很快就来。A. wait一般现在时态形式；B. will wait一般将来时态形式；C. have been ‎ waited现在完成时态的被动语态形式；D. are waiting现在进行时态形式。催促赶快，因为正在外面等，句子用现在进行时态。故选D。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】考查现在进行时的用法。句意：寒假要来了，因此双胞胎和Alex要去三亚度假。A. go非第三人称单数的一般现在时态；B. goes第三人称单数的一般现在时态；C. are going现在进行时态；D. is going现在进行时态。描述寒假将要发生的动作，可以用现在进行时态表示将来，A、B错，句子的主语the twins是复数，谓语也要用复数形式。故选C。‎ ‎6. C 【解析】考查现在进行时的用法。句意：每个人想要达到山顶，但是所有的快乐发生在爬山的过程中。while引导的时间状语从句用现在进行时，故选C。‎ ‎7. D 【解析】考查现在进行时的用法。句意：——鲍勃，你要去哪里？——去徒步旅行。埃里克正在校门口等着我。根据Where are you going, Bob?可知他要出发了，因此埃里克正在等着他，因此用现在进行时is waiting，故选D。学科&网 ‎9. D 【解析】考查现在进行时的用法。句意：爱丽丝，请把音乐关小点，我在接一个重要的电话。根据now可知该用现在进行时，所以选D。‎ ‎10. C 【解析】考查现在进行时的用法。句意：——我可以和Mrs. Black通电话吗？——她不能来接电话因为她正在洗澡。这里表示说话的是某人正在做某事，所以应该现在进行时，故选C。‎ 模拟检测 ‎1. B 【解析】句意：听！有人在敲门。请去看一看。像Listen，look，now等表示现在时间，要用现在进行时态，现在进行时的构成：be doing；根据Listen!可知现在的时间，要用现在进行时态，结合句意和语境可知选B。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】句意：请不要大声喧哗。你哥哥正在隔壁房间里写作业。结合语境可知本句描述的是现在正在进行的动作，故用现在进行时态。故选B。‎ ‎3. D 【解析】句意：在那边有一群人，你认为发生什么了？根据前文There are a group of people over there.可知，这里是在问正在发生什么，这里用现在进行时，其结构是be ‎ doing的形式。故选D。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】句意：——John现在正在做什么？——他正在踢足球，他每周六都踢足球。根据语境第一个空用现在进行时，其结构是be doing sth.，主语是单数，谓语动词用is；根据时间状语every Saturday可知第二个空用用一般现在时态，主语是第三人称单数，谓语动词要变第三人称单数，故选C。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】句意：看，那么多的人们在公园里做运动。他们显得非常开心。根据句意，人们在公园里做运动的动作现在能够被看到，说明是现在正在进行的动作。表示现在正在进行或发生的动作，句子用现在进行时态，现在进行时态由am/is/are+现在分词所构成。本题中people是复数名词，be动词用are，动词play直接加-ing。故选C。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】句意：——格雷斯在哪里？——她正在和她哥哥在学校练习打篮球。be后跟现在分词，构成现在进行时态，此句的主语为she，with her brother作状语，be用is，故答案为B。‎ ‎【名师点睛】主语为单数名词或代词，尽管后面跟有with，together with，along with，as well as，besides，except，but，like等介词或介词短语时，谓语动词用单数形式。例如：Mike with his father has been to England. 迈克同他的父亲去过英格兰。Mike, like his brother, enjoys playing football. 迈克像他的哥哥一样喜欢踢足球。‎ ‎8. C 【解析】句意：现在鲍勃在他的办公室里处理他的邮件。At the moment表示＂现在，此刻＂，句子描述的是现在在办公室处理邮件，表示现在正在发生的动作，句子用现在进行时态。故选C。‎ ‎9. A 【解析】句意：——对不起，但是我有一些重要的事情要和你的母亲交谈？她现在在家吗？——是的，请进，她正在厨房里打扫卫生。根据语境可知用现在进行时，其结构是be doing的形式，主语是第三人称单数，这里用is。故选A。‎ ‎10. B 【解析】句意：——教室里太吵了。——确实是这样。所有的学生因为即将到来的聚会而正在大声说笑。此题是描述的一个场景，教室里很吵，是因为所有的学生正在大声说笑，故用现在进行时。故选B。‎ ‎11. A【解析】句意：老师说：＂Jerry,我希望你下次更认真些。＂根据next time可知此处用一般将来时will+‎ 动词原形。故选A。‎ ‎12. B【解析】句意：英国去年决定退出欧盟。英国前首相戴维卡梅伦( David Cameron )从此退休。考查动词时态辨析题。last year去年，用于一般过去时，可排除CD两项。since then从那时起，用于现在完成时，可排除A项。根据句意语境，可知选B。‎ ‎13. C【解析】句意：这份名单是基于48个国家的390个城市9年收集的19万亿数据。based on以……为基础，是非谓语动词形式；be based on以……为基础，是谓语动词形式；collected收集，过去分词；collecting现在分词。根据句子结构可知，第一个空是该句的谓语动词，应带be动词形式，排除A和B；第二个空是作后置定语，修饰前面的名词data，数据，他们之间构成被动关系，应用过去分词形式。故选C。‎ 考点十七 过去进行时 常见考法：‎ 对于过去进行时的考查，多以单选、词语运用或完形填空的形式考查学生在具体语境中灵活运用时态的能力。在考试中，会让大家判断是否该用过去进行时。‎ 过去进行的结构 肯定句：主语+ was / were + 现在分词.‎ I was doing my lessons then. 那时，我在做功课。‎ We were cleaning the house. 我们在打扫房子。‎ 否定句：主语+was/were not + 现在分词.‎ I wasn’t walking down the street when a UFO landed.‎ 疑问句：Was/Were not + 主语 + 现在分词?‎ Were you walking down the street when a UFO landed?‎ 特殊疑问句：特殊疑问词 + was/were not + 主语 + 现在分词?‎ What were you doing when a UFO landed?‎ 过去进行时的标志词 at 8 oclock last night, this time yesterday等。‎ I was having lunch at home this time yesterday.‎ 昨天的这个时候我正在吃午饭。‎ At that time she was writing a book.‎ 那阵子她在写一本书。(表示她在那段时间里一直在做那件事情。)‎ 过去进行时的用法详解 ‎(1) 表示在过去某一时间正在进行的动作，此时句中往往有表示过去的时间状语then, at that time, this time, yesterday等。‎ I was doing my homework when my mother came to home.‎ ‎(2)叙述在过去的同一时间都在进行的几个动作，通常用While。‎ I was studying at college while my brother was teaching at university.‎ ‎(3)表示在过去某一段时间内一直持续进行的动作。‎ They were expecting you yesterday, but you didn’t turn up.‎ 过去进行的特殊用法 ‎1. 表示临时性 即表示在过去短期内正在进行的动作或存在的临时情况，这种情况通常不会长期如此。‎ It happened while I was living in Paris last year. 这件事发生于去年我住在巴黎的时候。学科&网 ‎2. 表示计划 即表示为过去的将来计划或安排好的活动。这类用法在没有明确上下文的情况下，通常会连用一个表示将来时间的状语。‎ He said that his sister was getting married next December. 他说他妹妹12月结婚。‎ 用arrive, come, go, leave, take off 等动词的现在进行时描写行程安排，也通常含有将来意义。‎ He said he was leaving for home in a day or two. 他说他一两天之内就动身回家了。‎ She knew the plane was taking off in five minutes. 她知道五分钟后飞机就要起飞了。‎ ‎3. 表示委婉语气 动词hope, wonder等的过去进行时常用来表示提出要求，虽然表示现在的内容，但语气比一般现在时或一般过去时要委婉。‎ I was hoping you would give me some advice. 我希望你给我出点主意。‎ Good morning. I was wondering if you had two single rooms. ‎ 早上好，我不知道你们是否有两个单人间。‎ 一般过去时也有类似用法，相比之处，一般过去时通常表示主语的行为是经过认真考虑的，而过去进行时则多表示一种较随便或没有进行仔细考虑的行为。‎ ‎4. 表示重复 过去进行时有时可以与always, constantly, continually, forever等表示动作屡次发生的副词连用，强调动作的不断重复的。‎ They were always quarrelling. 他们老是吵架。‎ She was always thinking of others. 她老是想到别人。‎ She was forever complaining. 她老是抱怨。‎ 注意：现在进行时也有类似用法，但过去进行时是表示过去不断重复的动作，而现在进行时是表示现在不断重复的动作。‎ 过去进行时与一般过去时的区别 区别一：过去进行时强调动作在过去某时刻正在进行或持续，而一般过去时表示动作的完成。‎ He was writing his composition last night. 他昨晚在写作文。(不一定写完)‎ He wrote his composition last night. 他昨晚写了一篇作文。(已经写完)‎ 区别二：表示过去的状态、感觉及心理活动的静态动词(如be, like, love, hate, fear, own, hear, see, know, want, notice)可用于一般过去时，但通常不用于进行时。‎ I hated it when a man spoke with his mouth full of food. 我讨厌人们说话时口里含着食物。‎ 区别三：一般过去时与 always, constantly, forever, continually ‎ 等连用，表示＂过去经常性、习惯性的动作＂；而过去进行时与 always, constantly, forever, continually等连用，表示动作的重复，常带有感情色彩。‎ He always got up at six. 他过去总是六点起床。‎ He was always thinking of his work. 他总是一心想到工作。‎ 区别四：有时过去进行时可以用来替换一般过去时，但一般过去时表示主语的行为是经过认真考虑的；而过去进行时表示一种较随便或没有进行仔细考虑的行为。‎ I thought that he would agree with us. 我原以为它会同意我们的。‎ I was thinking of persuading him to follow my advice. 我想到了要说服他接受我们的建议。‎ ‎1. He said he ________ for Beijing the next day.‎ ‎ A. will leave B. is leaving ‎ ‎ C. was leaving D. has been leaving ‎2. When we got off the train this morning, it ________ heavily.‎ ‎ A. rains B. rained C. is raining D. was raining ‎3. —Why were you late for the speech?‎ ‎ —I ________ when my friend dropped by.‎ ‎ A. left B. was about to leave C. have left D. had left ‎4. —Why was it so noisy on the fourth floor just now?‎ ‎ —Oh, I forgot to tell you. Many children ________ Ann’s birthday there.‎ ‎ A. celebrated B. are celebrating C. were celebrating D. have celebrated ‎5. —I called you at half past nine this morning, but there was no answer.‎ ‎ —Oh, sorry. I ________ with my cousin in the supermarket.‎ ‎ A. shopping B. was shopping C. shopped D. will shop ‎6. Tom _______in the river when he suddenly heard ＂Help! Help!＂‎ ‎ A. has swum B. will swim C. swam D. was swimming ‎7. My parents ________ when I got home yesterday.‎ ‎ A. Cooked B. cooks C. were cooking D. are cooking ‎8. I ________ the streets in our neighborhood this time yesterday when you called me.‎ ‎ A. was cleaning B. have cleaned ‎ ‎ C. am cleaning D. would clean ‎9. —Did you sleep well last night?‎ ‎ —Far from that! One of my neighbors ________ music pretty loud.‎ ‎ A. plays B. was playing C. is playing D. would play ‎10. —Did you see a girl in red pass by just now?‎ ‎ —No, sir. I ________ my car.‎ ‎ A. wash B. washed C. am washing D. was washing ‎1. （2018 • 甘肃白银中考）She ________ an English magazine when I came in.‎ A. reads B. had read C. will read D. was reading ‎2. （2018 • 徐州中考）Linda was busy when I went to see her yesterday. She ________ for an exam.‎ A. will study B. was studying C. has studied D. is studying ‎3. （2018 • 四川乐山中考）—Did you watch the basketball match on TV last night?‎ ‎—I wanted to, but my father ________ his favorite TV program.‎ A. watched B. was watching C. watches ‎4. （2018浙江温州中考）John ________ so hard on his project that he didn’t notice his mom enter the room.‎ A. works B. has worked C. was working D. will work ‎5. （2018 • 苏州中考）—Why are you so late today?‎ ‎—Three buses went by without stopping while I ________ at the bus stop.‎ A. am waiting B. waited C. have waited D. was waiting ‎6. （2018 • 内蒙古通辽中考）My mother ________ dinner when I got home yesterday.‎ A. has cooked B. was cooking C. will cook D. cooks ‎7. （2018 • 山东临沂） They ________ about a comedy this time yesterday.‎ A. were talking B. are talking C. have talked D. will talk ‎8. （2018 • 凉山州中考）—Did you hear the strange noise next door at around 10 o'clock last night?‎ ‎—No. I ________ my favorite music in my bedroom.‎ A. listen B. listened to C. was listening to D. am listening to ‎9. （2018 • 云南中考）Jack ________ a shower when his mother rang him up.‎ A. takes B. has taken C. is taking D. was taking ‎10.（2017﹒四川成都）—Did you hear someone knock at the door just now?‎ ‎ —Sorry. I ________ to my friend on the phone.‎ ‎ A. was talking B. talked C. am talking ‎11.（2017﹒上海）Some exchange students ________ with their host families this time yesterday.‎ ‎ A. are chatting B. will chat C. were chatting D. have ‎ chatted ‎12.（2017﹒湖北随州）—Did you watch the football match on TV last night?‎ ‎ —I wanted to, but my father ________ his favorite TV program. ‎ ‎ A. watched B. watches C. was watching D. had watched ‎1.（上海市延安中学2017届九年级月考）The 12-year-old girl _______ homework in the telephone booth while her parents were cleaning the street nearby.‎ ‎ A. was doing B. would do C. has done D. did ‎2. （上海市普陀区2017届九年级质量调研）Charles _______on his new model car from seven to eight yesterday evening .‎ ‎ A. was working B. worked C. has worked D. had worked ‎3. （2017年邯郸市中考一模）When I saw her on the way here, he ________ a magazine.‎ ‎ A. reads B. is reading C. was reading D. will read ‎4. （徐州市2017年初中毕业、升学考试模拟）—Why weren’t you at the meeting this morning?‎ ‎ —I _______for a friend of mine. We haven’t seen each other for years!‎ ‎ A. waited B. have waited C. was waiting D. am waiting ‎5. （江苏省昆山市2017届九年级模拟）—It was really kind of you to give me a lift home.‎ ‎ —Oh, don’t mention it. I _______past your house anyway.‎ ‎ A. had come B. will come C. have come D. was coming ‎6. （江苏省兴化市顾庄学区三校2017届九年级网上阅卷适应性训练）—Remember the first time we met, Jim?‎ ‎ —Of course I do. You ________ in the library.‎ ‎ A. were reading B. have read C. will read D. read ‎7. （辽宁省鞍山市第二十中学2017届中考模拟）—I called you but you didn’t reply to me.‎ ‎ —Oh, sorry, I ________ Dad, where are we going?（《爸爸去哪儿》）at the cinema.‎ ‎ A. watched B. have watched C. was watching D. had watched ‎8. （四川省简阳市2017届高中阶段教育学校5月调研）—Where’s your mom, Tom?‎ ‎ —She _______ some washing when I got home. But now she isn’t at home.‎ ‎ A. was doing B. did C. has done D. does ‎9. （湖南省永州市祁阳县2017届九年级第三次模拟）What _______ you _______at 7 last night?‎ ‎ A. did; do B. were; do C. were; doing ‎10. （2016-2017学年度山东省日照市九年级模拟）—Why didn’t you answer my telephone yesterday?‎ ‎ —Sorry. I _______a bath at that time.‎ ‎ A. took B. take C. am taking D. was taking 跟踪训练 ‎2. D 【解析】句意：今天早上当我们下火车的时候，雨下得正大。rains第三人称单数形式；rained过去式；is raining现在进行时；was raining过去进行时。When引导的时间状语从句中用的是一般过去时态，根据句意可知，应用过去进行时，故选D。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】句意：——你为什么演讲迟到了？——我打算离开的时候，我的朋友来拜访我。短语be about to do sth.表示打算去做某事，故选B。‎ 点睛：be about to do表示即将发生的动作，在时间上指最近的将来。如：We are about to start. 我们就要出发了。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】句意：——刚刚四楼为什么这么吵？——哦，我忘记告诉你了。许多孩子正在那庆祝安的生日。根据上下文可知是过去正在发生，故用过去进行时。A 为一般过去时；B为现在进行时；C为过去进行时；D为现在完成时。故选C。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：——今天上午九点半我给打电话了，但没有回答（接）。——-哦，对不起。我和我的表弟正在超市购物。根据语境可知九点半我和我的表弟正在超市购物，用过去进行时，结合句意和语境可知选B。‎ ‎6. D 【解析】句意：汤姆正在河里游泳，这是他突然听见＂救命！救命！＂。根据when he suddenly heard＂Help! Help!＂可知此处表示过去某时正在做某事，故用过去进行时，故选D。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】句意：昨天当我到家的时候，我的父母正在做饭。这里是when引导的时间状语从句，主句用过去进行时，从句用一般过去时态。其结构是be doing的形式，主语My parents是复数，这里用were。故选C。‎ ‎8. A 【解析】句意：昨天这个时候当你给我打电话的时候，我正在街上打扫卫生。根据this time yesterday可知，表示昨天这个时间正在进行的动作，应该用过去进行时。过去进行时的谓语动词应该是：was/were doing。故选A。‎ ‎10. D 【解析】句意：——你刚才看到一个穿红色衣服的女孩经过吗？——没有，先生，我正在洗我的汽车。wash洗，冲洗，动词原形；washed是过去式；am washing是现在进行时态；was washing是过去进行时态。根据上面的问题Did you see...可知，这里说的是过去的事情，而且表示当时正在洗车，故应用过去进行时态，选D。‎ 真题再现 ‎1. D【解析】句意：当我进来的时候，她正在读一本英语杂志。本题考查过去进行时。A. reads 一般现在时；B. has read现在完成时；C. will read一般将来时；D. was reading过去进行时。根据句意＂当我进来的时候，她……一本英语杂志＂，可知主句应用进行时态，从句中的动词came为一般过去式，所以这里应用过去进行时，结构为was/were+动词现在分词，主语是she，所以用was，故答案选D。‎ ‎2. B【解析】句意：我昨天看到Linda的时候，她非常的忙，她正在为考试复习。will study一般将来时态，将要学习；was studying过去进行时态，表示过去某个时间正在进行的动作；has studied现在完成时，表示过去发生的动作对现在的影响；is studying现在进行时，表示此时此刻正在进行的动作。根据句中所给的情景…see her yesterday可知，这里表示昨天看到Linda的时候，她正在做的事情，应用过去进行时态，故选B。‎ ‎3. B【解析】句意：——昨天晚上你看电视上的篮球赛了吗？——我想看，但是我爸爸正在看他最喜欢的电视节目。考查动词时态辨析题。根据句意语境，＂我＂昨晚想看篮球赛的时候，父亲正在看他的节目，可知需用过去进行时，可排除A、C选项，故选B。‎ ‎4. C【解析】选项A＂约翰在他的项目上工作得如此努力以至于他没有注意到他的妈妈进入了房间。＂＂work hard＂指的是＂工作努力＂，这句话描述的事情发生在过去，表示的是他的妈妈进入房间的时候，当时他正在工作，所以没有注意到。需要使用过去进行时来表示过去某段时间内正在进行的动作，所以这里要用＂was working＂，故选C。‎ ‎6. B【解析】考查动词的时态辨析。句意：昨天我到家时，妈妈在做饭。A. has cooked现在完成时形式；B. was cooking过去进行时形式；C. will cook 一般将来时形式；D. cooks一般现在时态。本句表示我到家时，妈妈正在做饭，表示一个过去动作发生时，另一个过去动作正在发生。把正在发生的过去动作用成过去进行时态。故选B。‎ ‎7. A【解析】句意：昨天这个时候，他们正在谈论一个喜剧片。考查动词时态。this time yesterday昨天这个时间，用于过去进行时，需用was/were+现在分词结构。they是复数人称，系词需用were，根据句意语境，可知选A。‎ ‎8. C【解析】句意：——昨晚10点左右你听到隔壁奇怪的声音了吗？——没有。我正在卧室里听我最喜欢的音乐。考查过去进行时。根据句意：我正在卧室里听我最喜欢的音乐，以及上文中的around 10 o'clock last night可知说的是昨晚10点左右正在发生的动作，要用过去进行时，其结构为：was/were+动词现在分词；主语是I，系动词be用was，listen的现在分词是listening；故答案选C。‎ ‎9. D【解析】句意：当他妈妈给他打电话的时候杰克正在洗澡。本句考查过去进行时态。＂他妈妈打电话＂是过去的时间，在过去某个时间正在进行的动作，使用过去进行时，故选D。‎ ‎10. A 【解析】考查过去进行时。句意：——你刚才听见有人敲门吗？——不好意思，我在给我的朋友打电话。这里指刚才敲门的时候，我正在打电话，所以句子应该用过去进行时。故选A。‎ ‎11. C 【解析】考查过去进行时。句意：昨天这个时候，一些交换生正在和他们的寄宿家庭聊天。this time yesterday昨天的这个时间，表示过去的某个时间段内正在进行的动作。应该用过去进行时。A是现在进行时；B是一般将来时；D是现在完成时，故选C。‎ ‎12. C 【解析】考查过去进行时。句意：——你昨晚看电视转播的足球赛了吗？——我想看的，但是我的父亲正在看他喜欢的电视节目。根据I wanted to, but my father ____ his favorite TV program.可知，这里指昨晚足球比赛的时候，父亲正在看自己的节目，表示过去的时间点正在做的事情，用过去进行时，故选C。学科&网 模拟检测 ‎1. A 【解析】句意：这个12岁的女孩正在电话亭里做作业，而她的父母正在附近打扫街道。while正当……的时候，前后连接两个进行时态，此处同为过去进行时态，故答案为A。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】句意：当我在路上看到她的时候，她正在读一本杂志。在含有时间状语的复合句中，时间状语从句是一般过去时，延续性动词在主句用过去进行时。故选C。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】句意：——今天上午你为什么没来开会？——‎ 我正在等我的一个朋友。我们好几年没有见过彼此了。根据Why weren’t you at the meeting this morning?可知此处表示今天上午开会的时候不在场，因此表示过去某时正在做某事，用过去进行时，故选C。‎ ‎5. D 【解析】句意：——让我搭便车回家你真是太好了。——不值一提，我就要经过你家。这里是进行时表示一般将来时，根据语境可知用过去进行时。故选D。‎ ‎6. A 【解析】句意：——记得我们第一次见面吗，吉姆？——我当然记得。当时你正在图书馆里看书。结合句意和语境可知用过去进行时，故选A。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】句意：——我给你打电话，但是你没有回复我。——哦，对不起，我正在电影院观看《爸爸去哪儿》。根据I called you but you didn’t reply to me可知此处表示过去某时正在做某事，故用过去进行时，故选C。‎ ‎8. A 【解析】句意：——汤姆，你妈妈在哪儿？——我到家时她正在洗衣服。但现在她不在家。A. was doing过去进行时态形式；B. did一般过去时形式；C. has done现在完成时态形式；D. does一般现在时态形式。我到家时，她在洗衣服。表示一个过去动作发生时，另一个过去动作正在发生，把正在发生的动作用成过去进行时态。故选A。‎ ‎9. C 【解析】句意：昨天晚上7点你在做什么？d根据句意和句中的时间状语at 7 last night可知，这里表示过去的时间正在做的事情，应使用过去进行时态，故选C。‎ ‎10. D 【解析】句意：——昨天你为什么不接我的电话？——对不起，我那时正在洗澡。根据yesterday及at that time可知，这里指在过去的某个时间点正在进行的动作应该用过去进行时。故选D。‎ 考点十八 将来进行时 一、将来进行时的构成 将来进行时由＂will be + 现在分词＂构成。如：‎ I’ll be doing jobs about the house tomorrow. 明天我将要干些家务活。‎ I’ll be staying late at the office this evening. 我将在办公室里待到比较晚。‎ 二、将来进行时的主要用法 ‎1. 将来进行时表示将来某一时间正在进行的动作 Hurry up! The guests will be arriving at any minute! 快！客人就要来了！‎ A space vehicle will be circling Jupiter in five years’ time. 航天器5年后将绕木星飞行。‎ Don’t phone me between 5 and 6. We’ll be having dinner then. ‎ 五点至六点之间不要给我打电话，那时我们在吃饭。‎ When I get home, my wife will probably be watching television. ‎ 当我到家时，我太太可能正在看电视。‎ ‎2. 将来进行时表示按计划或安排要发生的动作 I will be seeing you next week. 我下个星期来看你。‎ I’ll be taking my holidays soon. 不久我将度假了。‎ We shall be going to London next week. 下周我们要去伦敦。‎ We’ll be spending the winter in Australia. (=we are spending) 我们将在澳大利亚过冬。‎ Professor Craig will be giving a lecture on Etruscan pottery tomorrow evening. (=is giving) 克雷格教授明晚作关于伊特拉斯坎陶器的讲演。‎ ‎3. 将来进行时表示委婉语气 Will you be having some tea? 喝点茶吧。‎ Will you be needing anything else? 你还需要什么吗？‎ 试比较：‎ When will you finish these letters? 你什么时候会处理完这些信件？ (如上司对下属)‎ When will you be seeing Mr White? 你什么时候会见到怀特先生？ (如下属对上司)‎ 有时这两种结构在意义上确实不同，如：‎ Mary won’t pay this bill. 玛丽不会付账。(她拒绝付账)‎ Mary won’t be paying this bill. 玛丽不会付账。(将来)‎ Will you join us for dinner? 你来和我们一起吃饭好吗？(邀请)‎ Will you be joining us for dinner? 你会和我们一起吃饭吗？(将来)‎ Won’t you come with us? 你和我们一起去好吗？(邀请)‎ Won’t you be coming with us? 你会和我们一起去吗？(将来)‎ 三、将来进行时与一般将来时的区别 ‎1. 一般将来时是指将来某个时间将要发生的动作和状态，基本结构是：主语+will/be going to do. ‎ I will/am going to Beijing next Sunday. 我下个星期天将要去北京。‎ What will you do tomorrow? 你明天干什么？‎ 将来进行时是指将来某个时间正在进行的动作。基本结构是：主语 + will be/be going to be + doing ‎ I will be sleeping at 12:00p.m. 十二点的时候我将在睡觉。‎ I will be studying in university at the age of 20.‎ 我20岁的时候我将会在大学里学习。学科*网 What will you be doing this time tomorrow?‎ 明天这个时候你会在做什么呢？‎ ‎2. 两者均可表示将来，但用将来进行时语气更委婉，比较：‎ When will you finish these letters?‎ 你什么什候处理完这些信件？(直接询问，如上司对下属)‎ When will you be seeing Mr White?‎ 你什么时候见怀特先生？(委婉地询问，如下属对上司)‎ When will you pay back the money? ‎ 你什么时候还钱？(似乎在直接讨债)‎ When will you be paying back the money?‎ 这钱你什么时候还呢？(委婉地商量)‎ ‎3. 有时一般将来中的will含有＂愿意＂的意思，而用将来进行时则只是单纯地谈未来情况：‎ Mary won’t pay this bill. 玛丽不肯付这笔钱。(表意愿)‎ Mary won’t be paying this bill. 不会由玛丽来付钱。(单纯谈未来情况)‎ 四、将来进行时与现在进行时的搭配使用 像其他进行时态一样，将来进行时通常和某一时刻连用，表示一个动作在该时刻之前开始并且很可能在该时刻之后仍然继续。这种用法最好通过实例来了解。设想一个班的学生上午9点半在做什么，然后可以这样表达：‎ Now they are sitting in their classroom. They are listening to a tape. This time tomorrow they will be sitting in the cinema. They will be watching a film. On Saturday there is no class. So on Saturday they will not be sitting in the classroom. They will be doing other things. Bill will be playing tennis. Ann will be shopping. George will still be having breakfast. 现在他们正坐在教室里。他们在听录音。明天这个时候他们会坐在电影院里看电影。星期六没有课。因此，星期六这时候他们不在教室里。他们会做别的事情。比尔会在打网球，安会去买东西，乔治会还在吃早饭。‎ 另外，进行时态也可以和一般现在时连用。如：‎ Peter has been invited to dinner with Ann and Tom. He was asked to come at eight but tells another friend that he intends to arrive at seven. The friend tries to dissuade him, ＂When you arrive they’ll still be cooking the meal! ＂ 彼得应邀与安和汤姆一起吃饭。他们要彼得8点到，但彼得却告诉另一位朋友说他自己想在7点到。那位朋友劝阻他说：＂你到的时候，他们还在做饭呢!＂‎ 五、将来进行时与现在进行时的区别 现在进行时表示一种经过考虑的、将来要进行的动作，而将来进行时通常表示正常过程中会发生的动作，因此将来进行时不如现在进行时那样肯定，比后者偶然性要大一些：‎ I am seeing Tom tomorrow. 明天我要和汤姆见面。‎ I’ll be seeing Tom tomorrow. 明天我会见到汤姆。‎ 第一句意指汤姆或说话人已经特意安排了这次会面，而第二句则意指汤姆和说话人将在通常进程中见面（也许他们在一起工作）。‎ 不过这种差别并不是在任何情况下都很重要，而且常常两者都可以使用。可以这样说：‎ He’ll be taking his exam next week. 他下周要参加考试。‎ 也可以这样说：‎ He is taking his exam next week. 他下周要参加考试。‎ He won’t be coming to the party. 他不会参加这次聚会。‎ 也可以这样说：‎ He isn’t coming to the party. 他不会参加这次聚会。‎ 现在进行时用于表示最近将来的动作时，必须有确定的时间，而将来进行时可以和确定的时间状语连用，也可以不连用。‎ 它既可以表示最近将来的动作，也可以表示较远将来的动作。‎ 可以说：‎ I am meeting him tomorrow. 我明天和他会面。‎ 但是说：‎ I’ll be meeting him tomorrow / next year / some time. 我明天 / 明年 / 某时将与他会面。‎ 六、将来进行时与＂will+动词原形＂的比较 ‎1. 相似性比较 ‎＂will+动词原形＂和将来进行时之间的差别与＂will+动词原形＂和现在进行时之间的差别基本上相同。＂will+动词原形＂表示将来的意图，将来进行时表示未经过考虑将来便要进行的动作。比较：‎ I’ll write to Mr Pitt and tell him about Tom’s new house. ‎ 我要写信告诉皮特先生关于汤姆的新房子的事。‎ 在这个例句中说话人根据自己的意愿宣布一个经过考虑的、将来要进行的动作。但在下面这句中：‎ I’ll be writing to Mr Pitt and I’ll tell him about Tom’s new house. ‎ 我会写信给皮特先生并告诉他关于汤姆的新房子的事。‎ ‎2. 差异性比较 ‎＂will+动词原形＂可以表示邀请，或表示有礼貌地请求，或者发出命令。如：‎ Will you have a cigarette? 请抽烟。‎ Will you help me to lift the piano? 请你帮我抬一下钢琴，好吗？‎ You will work in this room. 你在这个房间里工作。‎ 而将来进行时则无上述这些含义：‎ ‎—Will you please bring the piano in here? 请你把钢琴搬进这里来，好吗？‎ ‎—Yes. sir. / OK. 好的，先生。 / 好的。‎ 一、用所给动词的适当形式填空 ‎ ‎1. He __________ (lie) on one of the sunny beaches in Hawaii all day when he spends his holiday there. ‎ ‎2. Don’t call me between 2:00 and 4:00 this afternoon. I ________ (have) an test then. ‎ ‎3. Nobody knew what ________ (happen) to the Earth in a century’s time. ‎ ‎4. Mr. Lee said he would give the CD to me as soon as he ______ (return) from Canada. ‎ ‎5. When we were young, father________ (take) us for a special treat on Mother’s day. ‎ ‎6. —Did you invite Sarah to your birthday party? ‎ ‎ —Sorry, I forget. I _______ (call) her now. ‎ ‎7. You have to put in more effort if you were _________ (pass) the test. ‎ ‎8. I __________ (tell) you about my plan, but you stopped me before I could speak. ‎ ‎9. Will you __________（use）your computer this time tomorrow? ‎ ‎10. I __________ (close) the kitchen door when a little mouse popped its head out.‎ 二、中译英 ‎ ‎1. 我正打算往河里跳时看见水里出现一条蛇。‎ ‎ ___________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎2. 下个月的今天我们将乘飞机去南美洲。‎ ‎ ___________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎3. 据报道，有一颗人造卫星将在酒泉被发射。‎ ‎ ___________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎4. 她本打算今年暑假去欧洲旅行，但金融危机使她丢了工作。‎ ‎ ___________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎5. 我的朋友告诉我他下个月就开始他的研究计划。‎ ‎ ___________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎1. You can’t miss him. He ____________ a dark green suit and a yellow tie waiting for you.‎ ‎ A.is wearing B. will wear C. wears D. will be wearing ‎2. —Could you give these books to Mr. Black?‎ ‎ —Absolutely, ____________ him at five o’clock this afternoon.‎ ‎ A. I will have a talk B. I have a talk with ‎ ‎ C. I can have a talk with D. I will be having a talk with ‎3. I’m afraid I won’t be available. I ____________ a friend off at o’clock this afternoon.‎ ‎ A. see B.am seeing C. will see D. will be seeing ‎4. Next Friday I will go to another concert. They ____________ something by Mozart at that time.‎ ‎ A. play B. will be playing ‎ ‎ C. are going to play D. are to play.‎ ‎5. —What are you doing, Jack?‎ ‎ —Make a model plane. I ____________ it in the science class at 10 o’clock tomorrow morning.‎ ‎ A. will be showing B.am going to show C. show D. showed ‎6. I ____________ a meeting at 4 o’clock tomorrow afternoon.‎ ‎ A. will be having B. am having C. am going to have D. have ‎7. What do you think you ____________ at this time next year?‎ ‎ A. will do B. will be doing C. are going to do D. do ‎8. —What will you do tomorrow evening? ‎ ‎ —I ____________ my favorite program at eight o’clock tomorrow evening. ‎ ‎ A. will watch B. am going to watch ‎ ‎ C. will be watching D. am watching ‎9. What ____________ you ____________ this time tomorrow? ‎ ‎ A. will；do B. will；have done ‎ ‎ C. will；be done D. will；be doing ‎ ‎10. The street lights ____________ on when night falls. ‎ ‎ A. will have gone B. will have been going ‎ ‎ C. will be going D. will be gone ‎ ‎11. Joe ____________ the piano in a few minutes. ‎ ‎ A. shall be played B. will have been playing ‎ ‎ C. shall be playing D. will have played ‎ ‎12. I ____________ my grandmother at three this afternoon. ‎ ‎ A. shall be visiting B. shall have visited ‎ ‎ C. shall be visiting D. will visit ‎ ‎13. —Can you attend the party tonight?‎ ‎ —No, ____________ the boss about something urgent.‎ ‎ A. I see B. I shall have seen C. I’ll be seeing D. I can see ‎ 跟踪训练 一、用所给动词的适当形式填空 ‎ ‎1. will be lying 2. will/ shall be having 3. would happen 4. returned ‎ ‎5. would take 6. will call 7. to pass 8. was about to tell ‎ ‎9. be using 10. was about to close 二、中译英 ‎ 模拟检测 ‎1—5 DDDBA 6—10 BBCDC 11—13 CAC 考点十九 过去将来时 常见考法：‎ 对于过去将来时的考查，多以单选、词语运用的形式考查学生在具体语境中灵活运用时态的能力。在考试中，会让大家判断是否该用过去将来时，以及如何正确使用。过去将来时多用于宾语从句中。‎ 过去将来时的含义 过去将来时表示在过去某个时间看来将要发生的动作或存在的状态。过去将来时常用于宾语从句和间接引语中。如：‎ I didn’t know if he would come. 我不知道他是否会来。‎ They never knew that population would become a big problem.‎ 他们从来都不知道人口问题将会成为一个大问题。‎ She didn’t tell me where she would go.‎ 她没有告诉我她要去哪儿。‎ Betty said she would visit the Great Wall next Saturday.‎ 贝蒂说下周六她要去参观长城。‎ 过去将来时基本构成 同一般将来时，把系动词be变为过去式，把will，shall变为过去式。句型如下：‎ 肯定句：主语+be（was，were）going to+动词原形+其他 ‎　　　　主语+would（should）+动词原形+其他 否定句：主语+be（was，were）not going to+动词原形+其他 ‎　　　　主语+would（should）not+动词原形 +其他 疑问句：Be（Was，Were）+主语+going to+动词原形+其他 ‎　　　　Would（Should）+主语+动词原形+其他 过去将来时的表达 ‎1. ＂would + 动词原形＂。常表示按计划或安排即将发生的事。如：‎ He said he would come to see me. 他说他要来看我。‎ He told me he would go to Beijing. 他告诉我他将去北京。‎ ‎2. ＂was/were + going to + 动词原形＂。常可用来表示按计划或安排即将发生的事。如：‎ She said she was going to start off at once. 她说她将立即出发。‎ I was told that he was going to return home. 有人告诉我他准备回家。‎ 此结构还可表示根据当时情况判断有可能但不一定会发生某事。如：‎ It seemed as if it was going to rain. 看来好像要下雨。‎ ‎3. was/were about to I couldn’t go to Tom’s birthday party as I was about to go to hospital.‎ 我不能参加汤姆的生日会，因为我要去医院。‎ ‎4. was/were to 这些形式可以表示曾在过去预计发生并且发生了的事，或者表示过去无法预见的结果，常用在间接引语的宾语从句。如：‎ Little did they know they were to be reunited ten years later. ‎ 他们不会知道十年后他们将会重逢。学科@网 ‎5. come，go，leave，arrive，start等动词可用过去进行时代替过去将来时。如：‎ He said the train was leaving at six the next morning.‎ 他说火车将于第二天早晨六点离开。‎ She told me she was going to go shopping.‎ 她告诉我她要去购物。‎ ‎6. 条件状语从句和时间状语从句中需用一般过去时代替过去将来时。如：‎ I didn’t know when she would come, but when she came I would let you know.‎ 我不知道她什么时候来，但她来了我会告诉你。‎ The teacher said that it would be very difficult to make progress if I didn’t work hard.‎ 老师说，如果我不努力学习的话，就很难取得进步。‎ ‎7. 过去将来时态中的否定形式。如：‎ The radio broadcast said that it was not going to snow tomorrow.‎ 电台广播说明天不会下雪。‎ He explained that he was not going to take part in the sports meeting.‎ 他解释说他将不参加运动会。‎ 过去将来时的基本用法 ‎1. 表示从过去的某一时间来看将来要发生的动作或存在的状态。过去将来时常用于宾语从句和间接引语中。如：‎ I didn’t know if he would come. ‎ 我不知道他是否会来。（指过去不知道。）‎ She told us that she would not go with us, if it rained.‎ 她告诉我们，如果下雨，她就不和我们一起去了。‎ It was six o’clock. The sun would soon set. 这时是六点钟，太阳即将落山。‎ In Berlin, he first met the woman whom he would one day marry. ‎ 在柏林，他第一次遇见那个女人，后来他终于跟她结了婚。‎ ‎2. 过去将来时常可用来表示过去习惯性的动作。此时，不管什么人称，一律用would。如：‎ When I worked on a farm, I used to get up at 5 a.m. ‎ 我在农场劳动时，总是早上5点钟起床。‎ Most often we would find him lying on a couch, reading. ‎ 我们经常看到他躺在一张长沙发上看书。‎ 在该用法中，有时也可用used to代替would，但是当表示过去的状态或今昔对比时，只能用used to。如：‎ She used to be a thin girl, but now she’s on the fatty side. ‎ 她曾是个苗条女孩，但现在却变得很胖。‎ ‎3. 表示主观打算、计划要做的事情或根据过去的某种迹象做出的推测，用was/were going to + 动词原形表示。如：‎ Last Sunday we were going to visit the Great Wall, but it rained. 　　‎ 上星期天我们本想去游览长城的，但却下雨了。‎ 五、过去将来时与一般将来时的比较 一般将来时是表示从现在看来将要发生的情况，而过去将来时则是表示从过去看来将要发生的情况，所以从理论上说，只要把＂考查＂的时间从现在移到过去，那么一般将来时的用法就变成了过去将来时的用法。‎ He says that he won’t lend me a penny. 他说他一便士都不愿借给我。‎ He said that he wouldn’t lend me a penny. 他说过他一便士都不愿借给我。‎ Tom says that he will never get married. 汤姆说他永远不结婚。‎ Tom said that he would never get married. 汤姆说过他永远不结婚。‎ 过去将来时典型错例分析 ‎1. 我们不知道他是否要在会上发言。‎ ‎ 误：We didn’t know whether he is going to speak at the meeting.‎ ‎ 正：We didn’t know whether he was going to speak at the meeting.‎ ‎ 析：该句主句为过去时，且宾语从句表示从过去某个时间看来将要发生的动作，所以从句要用过去将来时态。‎ ‎2. 老师问汤姆长大后准备干什么。‎ ‎ 误：The teacher asked Tom what he was going to be when he would grow up.‎ ‎ 正：The teacher asked Tom what he was going to be when he grew up.‎ ‎ 析：在时间状语从句中，常用一般过去时表示在过去看来将要发生的动作。‎ ‎3. 他们说如果下星期天不下雨他们就去农场。‎ ‎ 误：They said that they were going to the farm if it would not rain the next Sunday.‎ ‎ 正：They said that they were going to the farm if it didn’t rain the next Sunday.‎ ‎ 析：在条件状语从句中，也常用一般过去时表示在过去看来将要发生的动作。‎ ‎4. 王林打电话告诉她妈妈，她要买一些书。‎ ‎ 误：Wang Lin rang up to tell her mother that she should buy some books.‎ ‎ 正：Wang Lin rang up to tell her mother that she would buy some books.‎ ‎ 析：过去将来时可以由＂助动词should/would+动词原形＂构成，但should一般只用于第一人称。而would可用于各种人称。‎ ‎5. 上次我见到你时，你正打算开始乘火车去西藏。‎ ‎ 误：Last time I saw you, you had started to go to Tibet by train.‎ ‎ 正：Last time I saw you, you were going to start to go to Tibet by train.‎ ‎ 析：last time是一般过去时或过去将来时的显著标志。‎ 用所给动词的适当形式填空 ‎1. Miss Zhang said she ________(visit) the Great Wall next summer. ‎ ‎2. She told him that she ________(not stay) here for long. ‎ ‎3. I wasn’t sure whether Lucy_______(come) the next year. ‎ ‎4. The scientists said the world’s population _______ (slow) down in future. ‎ ‎5. She said the bus _______(leave) at five the next morning. ‎ ‎6. I wasn’t sure whether he _______(lend) me his book the next morning. ‎ ‎7. He was fifty-six. In two years he _______(be) fifty-eight. ‎ ‎8. Whenever she has time, she ______(help) them in their work.‎ ‎1. （2015 • 上海）Tim told us that his company _________ robots to do some of the work.‎ A. uses B. will use C. has used D. would use ‎ ‎2. （2018 • 绥化中考）He asked me _________.‎ A. if I would go skating with him B. when did I buy the CD C. that I had a good time ‎1. Li Ming said he __________ happy if Brian __________ to China next month. ‎ ‎ A. as; come B. was; would come ‎ ‎ C. would be; came D. will be; come ‎ ‎2. Jenny said she __________ her holiday in China. ‎ ‎ A. spent B. would spent ‎ ‎ C. was going to spent D. would spend ‎ ‎3. —What did your son say in the letter?‎ ‎ —He told me that he __________ the Disney World the next day. ‎ ‎ A. will visit B. has visited ‎ ‎ C. is going to visit D. would visit ‎ ‎4. I hoped Tina __________ to my birthday party on time the next Wednesday. ‎ ‎ A. to come B. is coming C. will come D. was coming ‎ ‎5. Father said that he __________ me to Beijing the next year. ‎ ‎ A. took B. would take C. takes D. will take ‎ ‎6. We were not sure whether they __________ more vegetables. ‎ ‎ A. are going to grow B. were going to grow ‎ ‎ C. will grow D. have grown ‎ ‎7. She __________ to work when the telephone rang. ‎ ‎ A. is going B. will go ‎ ‎ C. was about to go D. is to go ‎8. —The plane is leaving right now, but Jim hasn’t arrived yet. ‎ ‎ —Well, he said he __________ here on time. ‎ ‎ A. came B. would come C. can be D. will be ‎ ‎9. As soon as the baby saw her mother, she __________. ‎ ‎ A. was going to cry B. cried C. began to cry D. was crying ‎ 跟踪训练 ‎1. would visit 2. would not stay 3. would come 4. would slow ‎ ‎5. was leaving 6. would lend 7. would be 8. would help 真题再现 ‎1. D【解析】句意：蒂姆告诉过我，他的公司将会使用机器人做一部分工作。宾语从句要用陈述语序，如果主句是一般现在时，从句根据需要选择时态，如果主句是过去时态，从句也要用相应的过去时态。这里主句是过去时态，根据句意可知从句动作还没有发生，因此要用过去将来时，故选D。‎ 点睛：关于宾语从句，应注意：‎ ‎1．语序 无论主句是陈述句还是疑问句，宾语从句都必须使用陈述句语序，即宾语从句的主从句是一体的。‎ ‎2. 时态 含宾语从句的复合句，主、从句谓语动词的时态呼应，包括以下三点内容：‎ ‎1）如果主句的谓语动词是一般现在时，从句的谓语动词可根据需要，选用相应的任何时态。如：①I don’t know when he will come back．我不知道他将何时回来。‎ ‎②He tells me that his sister came back yesterday．他告诉我他姐姐昨天回来了。‎ ‎2）如果主句的谓语动词是过去时，宾语从句的谓语动词只可根据需要，选用过去时态即一般过去时、过去进行时、过去将来时或过去完成时的某一种形式。如：‎ ‎①The children didn’t know who he was．孩子们不知道他是谁。‎ ‎②He asked his father how it happened．他问他父亲这件事是如何发生的。‎ ‎3）如果宾语从句所表示的是客观事实、普遍真理、自然现象或习惯性动作等，不管主句用什么时态，从句时态都用一般现在时。‎ 模拟检测 ‎1—5 CDDDB 6—9 BCBAC ‎ 考点二十 现在完成时 常见考法：‎ 对于现在完成时的考查，多以单选、句型转换或词语运用的形式考查学生在具体语境中灵活运用时态的能力。在考试中，会让大家判断是否该用现在完成时，或者是考查＂瞬间动词不能与表示一段时间的状语连用＂这一知识点。‎ 现在完成时基本结构：‎ 主语+have/has+动词的过去分词 ‎①肯定句：主语+have/has+动词的过去分词+宾语.‎ ‎②否定句：主语+have/has+not+动词的过去分词）+宾语.‎ ‎③一般疑问句：Have/Has+主语+动词的过去分词+宾语.‎ ‎④特殊疑问句：特殊疑问词或词组+一般疑问句（have/has+主语+过去分词（V-ed）+其他）‎ 过去分词变化规则如下：‎ ‎1. 规则动词：规则动词的过去分词的构成规则与规则动词的过去式的构成规则相同。变化规则有四点：‎ ‎（1）一般动词，在词尾直接加＂-ed ＂。‎ work→worked→worked visit→visited→visited ‎（2）以＂ e ＂结尾的动词，只在词尾加＂-d ＂。 　　‎ live→lived→lived ‎ ‎（3）以＂辅音字母 + y ＂结尾的动词，将 ＂y＂ 变为 ＂i＂ ，再加＂-ed ＂。‎ study→studied→studied cry→cried→cried ‎（4）重读闭音节结尾，末尾只有一个辅音字母，先双写该辅音字母，再加＂-ed ＂。‎ stop→stopped→stopped drop→dropped→dropped ‎2. 不规则动词变化需参看不规则动词表逐一熟记。‎ cut→cut→cut it→hit→hit 现在完成时用法 ‎1. 现在完成时用来表示过去发生或已经完成的动作对现在造成影响或后果。也就是说，动作或状态发生在过去但它的影响现在还存在，强调的是现在。‎ I have already posted the photo. ‎ 我已经把照片寄走了。强调post对现在的影响＂照片不在这里＂。‎ ‎2. 现在完成时可以用来表示发生在过去某一时刻的、持续到现在的动作(用行为动词表示)或状态(be动词表示)，常与for(+时间段)，since(+时间点或过去时的句子)连用，谓语动词必须是延续性动词。如：‎ He has lived here since 1978.‎ 自从1978年以来，他一直住在这儿。(动作起始于1978年，一直住到现在，可能还要继续住下去。)‎ 注意：for和since的用法。学科&网 ‎①for + 时间段 译为：……时间 ‎②since + 过去一个时间点(译为：自从……以来)‎ ‎③since + 时间段 + ago ‎④since + 从句(过去时)‎ ‎⑤It is + 时间段 + since + 从句(过去时)‎ 注意：瞬间动词(buy, die, join, lose...)与for 或since引导的时间段连用时，要改变成延续性动词。变化如下：　　‎ come/arrive/reach/get to→be in 　　 go out→be out 　　 finish→be over 　　‎ open→be open 　　 die→be dead 　　 buy→have 　　‎ Fall ill→be ill 　　 Come back→be back 　 Put on→be on/wear 　　‎ Worry→be worried 　　 Catch a cold→have a cold 现在完成时连用的时间状语 现在完成时是一个与过去和现在都有关系的时态，因此，具有这样时间特点的状语都可以与现在完成时连用。‎ ‎1. 与表示一段时间的状语连用，如＂for+时间段＂，＂since+时间点＂。如：‎ We have lived in this city for more than 40 years. 我们在这个城市已生活了40多年。‎ We have lived in this city since 1958. 我们从1958年起就住在这个城市里。‎ 从以上两个例句我们可以看出，与表示一段时间的状语连用时，谓语动词常为stay, live, teach, learn, work, sleep, read, wait, keep等具有延续意义的动词。‎ ‎2. 与笼统地表示过去的时间状语连用，如already, never, ever, just等。如：‎ I’ve just found this library book. 我刚刚找到这本图书馆的书。‎ How beautifully she sings! I have never heard a better voice. ‎ 她唱得多美啊！我还从来没听到过比这更优美的嗓音。‎ ‎3. 与表示包含过去和现在的一整段时间的状语连用，如lately, recently, in the past few years, these few years, these days, up to now, so far等。如：‎ How have you been recently? 你近来状况如何？‎ The famous writer has written a new book in the past two years. ‎ 那位著名的作家在过去两年的时间里写了一本新书。‎ Have you seen her parents these days? 这些天你看见她的父母了吗？‎ The Browns have visited a lot of places in China so far. ‎ 迄今为止，布朗一家已经参观了中国的许多地方。‎ 注意：现在完成时不能与单纯表示过去的时间状语连用，如yesterday, last week, in 2002, three days ago等 现在完成时与一般过去时区别 ‎1. 侧重点不同 现在完成时和一般过去时所表示的动作都发生在过去，但它们所强调的重点不同：现在完成时侧重于对现在的影响；而一般过去时侧重于某一动作发生在过去某个时间或某段时间，即现在完成时侧重于现在的结果，而一般过去时侧重于动作发生的时间。如：‎ I have seen the film. ‎ 我看过这部电影。（现在我仍记得电影的内容）‎ I saw the film three days ago. ‎ 三天前我看了这部电影。（强调是三天前，而不是别的什么时候看的电影）‎ Mr Green has bought a new computer. ‎ 格林先生买了一台新电脑。（着重点是格林先生现在有了一台新电脑）‎ Mr Green bought a new computer yesterday. ‎ 格林先生昨天买了一台新电脑。（强调的是格林先生买新电脑的时间是昨天）‎ ‎2. 时间状语不同 现在完成时常与already，yet，just，ever，never，before等副词以及＂for+段时间＂，＂since+过去时间/从句＂等时间状语连用；而一般过去时则常与＂时间段+ago＂，just now，yesterday，last week等表示过去的时间状语连用。如：‎ She has lived here since two years ago. 她两年前就住在这里了。‎ She lived here two years ago. 两年前她住在这里。‎ He has been in the League for three years. 他入团已经三年了。‎ Tom wrote a letter to his parents last night. 昨晚汤姆给他的父母写了封信。‎ ‎1. The life we were used to ________ since smart mobile phones rushed in.‎ ‎ A. has changed B. changed C. changes D. changing ‎2. —Where ________ the dictionary? I can’t see it.‎ ‎ —I ________ it right here a moment ago. But it’s gone.‎ ‎ A. did you put; have put B. had you put; have put ‎ C. have you put; put D. were you putting; had put ‎3. Betty ________ a diary since she was a primary school student. No wonder her writing skills are so good.‎ ‎ A. keeps B. is keeping C. keeping D. has kept ‎4. —What do you think of the novel?‎ ‎ —Oh, I _________ such a better book than before.‎ ‎ A. didn’t read B. am reading ‎ ‎ C. haven’t read D. don’t rea ‎5. The students ________ the classroom, so it’s tidy and clean now.‎ ‎ A. clean B. have cleaned C. will clean D. cleans ‎6. A TV series named In the Name of People which shows many corruption cases ________ popular among millions of people since it began on March 28.‎ ‎ A. have been B. is C. has been D. was ‎7. —Would you like to watch The Great Wall 《长城》with me?‎ ‎ —Certainly. I don’t mind ________ it again although I ______ it twice.‎ ‎ A. to see; saw B. seeing; have seen ‎ ‎ C. to see; have seen D. seeing; saw ‎8. —Has Mr. Green travelled abroad yet?‎ ‎ —Not only Mr. and Mrs. Green but also their daughter ________ abroad twice.‎ ‎ A. have gone B. have been ‎ ‎ C. has gone D. has been ‎1. （2018 • 河北中考）I ________ an invitation to the concert. I can’t wait to go.‎ A. receive B. will receive C. was receiving D. have received ‎2. （2018 • 黑龙江绥化中考）I ________ this magazine for three months.‎ A. have bought B. have had C. have borrowed ‎3. （2018 • 湖北黄冈中考）—Your new watch is so nice! When did you buy it?‎ ‎—In April. I ________ it for two months.‎ A. have had B. had C. have bought D. bought ‎4. （2018 • 恩施州中考）—Recently, school violence ________ in some schools.‎ ‎—Luckily, our government has carried out some policies to stop it.‎ A. has appeared B. appeared C. will appear ‎5. （2018 • 湖北宜昌中考）—It has been much easier for me to go to work ________ shared bikes appeared.‎ ‎—But they also caused plenty of problems.‎ A. since B. before C. unless D. ‎ though ‎6. （2018 • 江苏连云港中考）—Look! Somebody ________ the lights.‎ ‎—Well, it wasn’t me. I didn’t do it.‎ A. turns off B. is turning off C. was turning off D. has turned off ‎7. （2018 • 徐州中考）Linda was busy when I went to see her yesterday. She ________ for an exam.‎ A. will study B. was studying C. has studied D. is studying ‎8. （2018 • 广西北部湾中考）—Is this your camera?‎ ‎—Yes, I ________ it for two weeks.‎ A. bought B. had C. have had D. have bought ‎9. （2018 • 齐齐哈尔中考）Everyone in my class except Tom and Mary ________ to Beijing.‎ A. have been B. have gone C. has been ‎10. （2018 • 湖北咸宁中考）—High-speed trains, Mobile payment, Sharing bikes and Online shopping are called "four new great inventions" of modern China.‎ ‎—They ________ our daily lives more convenient.‎ A. have made B. had made C. have been made D. made ‎11. （2018 • 辽宁沈阳中考）Sarah ________ many places of interest in Beijing already.‎ A. visited B. has visited C. will visit D. visits ‎12. （2018 • 凉山州中考）—Paris is a wonderful place.‎ ‎—So it is. I ________ there twice.‎ A. have been B. have gone C. went D. will go ‎13.（2017 • 四川南充）—Look! Your teacher Miss White is over there.‎ ‎ —No, it can’t be her. She ________ to Beijing.‎ ‎ A. has gone B. has been C. went D. will go ‎14.（2017 • 安徽）I am surprised at the new look of my hometown, for it ________ a lot over the years.‎ ‎ A. changed B. changes C. will change D. has changed ‎1. （江西省赣州市信丰县2017年普通高中提前招生考试）—Jenny, you are so beautiful in your new dress!‎ ‎ —Thanks! But I __________ it for several times.‎ ‎ A. wear B. will wear C. was wearing D. have worn ‎2. （浙江省温州市龙湾区永中中学2017届九年级月考）—Peter says Red Rock Canyon is a great place for rock climbing.‎ ‎ —He’s right. I __________ there twice.‎ ‎ A. was going B. went C. have been D. have gone ‎3. （江苏省扬州市江都区宜陵镇中学2017届九年级期中）—Sorry, I’m late. _________ did the meeting begin?‎ ‎ —It doesn’t matter. The meeting _________ for several minutes.‎ ‎ A. When; has just begun B. When; has just been on ‎ C. How long; has just been on D. How long; has just begun ‎4. （江苏省徐州市部分学校2017届九年级二模联考）—Look! That man looks like Mr. Green.‎ ‎ —It _________ be him, for he _________ America for a month.‎ ‎ A. can’t; has gone to B. may not; has gone to ‎ C. mustn’t; has been in D. can’t; has been in ‎5. （浙江省永嘉县2017年5月初中毕业升学考试第二次适应性测试）—The weather report ‎ says that it will be sunny tomorrow.‎ ‎ —It’s wonderful. It _________ for a week already, we need the sun.‎ ‎ A. rains B. will rain C. has rained D. was raining ‎6. （新疆乌鲁木齐市第九十八中学2017届中考四模）—Look! Someone __________ the classroom.‎ ‎ —Well, it wasn’t me, I didn’t do it.‎ ‎ A. is cleaning B. was cleaning ‎ ‎ C. has cleaned D. will clean ‎7. （上海市黄浦区2017届九年级二模）More than six million guests ________ Shanghai Disneyland Park since last June.‎ ‎ A. visit B. visited C. were visiting D. have visited ‎8. （徐州市2017年初中毕业、升学考试模拟）—Has your cousin arrived in Beijing yet?‎ ‎ —Yes. She ________ Beijing since yesterday morning.‎ ‎ A. arrived in B. has arrived in ‎ ‎ C. has been in D. has been to ‎9. （四川省成都外国语学校2018届九年级下学期一诊考试）Britain ________ to leave European Union last year. David Cameron, former Prime Minister ________ since then.‎ A. decided; retired B. decided; has been retired C. has decided; retired D. has decided; has retired ‎10. （重庆市育才中学2017-2018学年九年级下第一次模拟考试）—When did the Whites come to China?‎ ‎—They ________ China for seven years.‎ A. have come to B. have been in C. have come in D. have been to 跟踪训练 ‎2. C 【解析】句意：——你把字典放哪里了？我找不到了。——我刚才放在这里了，但是现在不见了。根据I can’t see it.可知，put发生在过去，强调对现在造成的影响，现在找不到了，故第一空用现在完成时。根据a moment ago可知，句子应该一般过去时。故选C。‎ ‎3. D 【解析】句意：Betty自从小学的时候开始就记日记，难怪她的写作技能那么好。后面的从句是以since引导的从句，与它连用的主句一般用现在完成时。故选D。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】句意：——你觉得这部小说怎么样？——哦，我以前从来没有读过比它更好的一本书。didn’t read没有读过，是一般过去时的否定形式；am reading现在进行时态；haven’t read现在完成时的否定形式；don’t read一般现在时的否定形式。根据句意可知，这里表示过去发生的动作对现在的影响，应使用现在完成时态，故选C。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：学生们已经打扫了教室，因此教室现在又干净又整洁。根据语境可知用现在完成时，其结构是have/has done的形式。主语是复数，这里用助动词have。故选B。‎ ‎6. C 【解析】句意：反映一些腐败案件的电视剧《人民的名义》自从3月28日开播以来，受到人们的广泛欢迎。根据后半句since + 时间点可知要用现在完成时，排除B和D；又因为主语为a TV series，故选C。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：——你愿意跟我去看《长城》吗？——当然了，尽管我已经看了两遍，但我不介意再去看一遍。mind doing sth.介意做某人，结合句意，首先排除A、C；根据＂I don’t mind ________ it again＂和＂although＂可知尽管我已经看了两遍，但我不介意再去看一遍. 所以看过两遍用现在完成时，答案选B。学科&网 ‎8. D 【解析】句意：——格林先生已经出国旅行了吗？——不仅格林先生和格林夫人，而且他们的女儿已经出国两次了。短语have gone to...表示去了……，可能在途中，也可能已经到了；have been to...表示去过某地，现在已不在那里。not only...but also...表示不仅……而且……，连接两个主语时采用就近原则，这里要与their daughter保持一致，因此用has。故选D。‎ 真题再现 ‎1. D【解析】句意：我收到了音乐会的请柬。我等不及要走了。考查动词时态辨析题。根据句意语境，可知我已经收到去音乐会的邀请函，需用现在完成时，故选D。‎ ‎3. A【解析】句意：——你的新手表太漂亮了！你什么时候买的它？——在四月份。我已经拥有它两个月了。have有，是延续性动词；buy（bought）买，是瞬间性动词。此处与时间段for two months连用，用现在完成时，谓语用延续性动词，故用have had。故选A。‎ ‎4. A【解析】句意：——最近，一些学校的学校暴力事件已经出现了。——幸运的是，我们的政府已经实施了一些政策来阻止它。A.已经出现了B.出现了C.将出现。从答句知道暴力事件是已经出现的，排除C。那么暴力事件肯定是过去出现的，但对现在产生了影响，影响就是＂我们的政府已经实施了一些政策来阻止它＂，动作在过去发生且对现在产生影响就要使用现在完成时，故选A。‎ ‎5. A【解析】句意：——自从共用自行车出现以来，我就更容易去上班了。——但它们也造成了很多问题。考查连词辨析题。A. since自从……，后接时间名词或从句，表一段时间，用于现在完成时；B. before在……以前，表时间；C. unless除非，表条件；D. though尽管，表让步。本句是时间状语从句，可排除CD两项。根据句意结构和语境，可知before不合句意，故选A。‎ ‎6. D【解析】句意：——看，有人把灯关了。——不是我，我没做它。根据it wasn’t me. I didn’t do it.可知是动作已经发生，现在的结果是灯灭了，所以用现在完成时态；故选D。‎ ‎7. B【解析】句意：我昨天看到Linda的时候，她非常的忙，她正在为考试复习。will study 一般将来时态，将要学习；was studying过去进行时态，表示过去某个时间正在进行的动作；has studied现在完成时，表示过去发生的动作对现在的影响；is studying现在进行时，表示此时此刻正在进行的动作。根据句中所给的情景…see her yesterday可知，这里表示昨天看到Linda的时候，她正在做的事情，应用过去进行时态，故选B。‎ ‎8. C【解析】句意：——这是你的照相机吗？——是的，我已经买了两个星期了。此题考查现在完成时。题目中的 for two weeks 说明用的是现在完成时，可以排除选项 A 和 B。剩下的选项 C 和 D 中， 由于 buy(买)是瞬间动词，在现在完成时中，瞬间动词不能够与一段时间连用，需要转换成相对应的延续性动词 have，所以答案选 C。‎ ‎10. A【解析】句意：——高铁、扫码支付、共享单车和网购被称为＂中国四大新发明＂。——它们使我们的日常生活更加便利。A. have made现在完成时； B. had made过去完成时；C. have been made现在完成时态的被动语态；D. made一般过去时态。中国新的四大发明已经给我们的生活带来了极大的便利，需要用现在完成时态来表达，故选A。‎ ‎11. B【解析】句意：Sarah已经参观过北京许多有趣的地方了。本题考查动词时态。根据句意和already可知此处要用现在完成时。故选B。‎ ‎12. A【解析】句意：——巴黎是个很好的地方。——是的，我去过那儿两次。考查现在完成时。从twice可判断句子的时态应用现在完成时，其构成为：have/has+动词过去分词。have been表示去过某地，已经返回；have gone表示去了某地，可能已经到达某地也可能在去某地的路上。本题从So it is. I there twice.判断这里说的应该是去过某地，已经返回，所以用have been；副词there前省略to，故选A。‎ ‎13. A【解析】考查现在完成时的用法。句意：——看！你的老师怀特小姐在那边。——不，那肯定不是她。她去了北京。A. has gone去了某地，表示该人不在说话地点；B. has been去过某地，表示主语曾经去过某地，有这种经历；C. went过去式，去；D. will go将来时态，将要去。根据前面的否定猜测，可知怀特小姐去了北京，故选A。‎ ‎14. D ‎【解析】考查现在完成时的用法。句意：对我家乡的新面貌我感到吃惊，因为这几年它变化很大。A. changed改变，过去式；B. changes第三人称单数形式；C. will change一般将来时；D. has changed现在完成时。over the years指最近几年即从过去到现在的几年，所以用现在完成时，故选D。‎ 模拟检测 ‎1. D 【解析】句意：——珍尼，你穿着新裙子真漂亮。——谢谢！但是我穿了几次了。A. wear一般现在时态形式；B. will wear一般将来时态形式；C. was wearing过去进行时态形式；D. have worn现在完成时态形式。由for several times可知，句子描述的是过去发生的动作对现在造成影响或结果，句子用现在完成时态。故选D。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】句意：——Peter说Red Rock Canyon对于岩石攀岩是一个好地方。——他是正确的，我已经去过那儿两次了。根据语境可知用现在完成时，其结构是have/has done的形式。短语have been to...表示去过某地。故选C。‎ ‎4. D 【解析】句意：——看，那个男士看起来像格林先生。——不可能是他，因为他去美国一个月了。can’t不可能，语气比较强；may not也许不；mustn’t禁止；根据for he ______ America for a month.可知，第一空应该用can’t；第二空所在的句子有时间段，所以谓语动词应该用延续性动词；has gone to不能与时间段连用。故选D。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】句意：——天气预报说明天是晴天。——太棒了，已经下了一周的雨了，我们需要太阳。根据空后的时间状语for a week already可知要用现在完成时。‎ ‎6. C 【解析】句意：——看！有人已经打扫了教室。——噢，不是我，我没有做这件事。根据it wasn’t me, I didn’t do it.可知打扫教室这件事已经发生，根据Look！可知表示现在看到的结果，应是到现在为止已经发生了，并对现在造成影响，故用现在完成时。故选C。‎ ‎7. D 【解析】句意：自去年六月以来，已有六百万多名游客参观了上海迪士尼乐园。Since+表示过去的时间点从句或短语，意思是＂自从……以来＂，该句子应使用现在完成时态。结合句意和语境可知选D。‎ ‎8. C 【解析】句意：——你表妹到北京了吗？——是的。她从昨天早上起就在北京了。since ‎ yesterday morning自昨天早晨以来，表示的是截止到目前为止的时间段，用于现在完成时态，排除A；arrived为短暂性动词，不能与表示一段的时间状语连用；have been to表示某人去过某地，也不能与表示一段的时间状语连用，故答案为C。‎ ‎9. B【解析】句意：英国去年决定退出欧盟。英国前首相戴维卡梅伦( David Cameron )从此退休。考查动词时态辨析题。last year去年，用于一般过去时，可排除CD两项。since then从那时起，用于现在完成时，可排除A项。根据句意语境，可知选B。‎ ‎10. B【解析】句意：——怀特一家什么时候来中国的? ——他们来中国已经七年了。A. have come to 已经来到……；B. have been in 已在……，表示已在某地；C. have come in 已经来在……;D. have been to已经去过……，表示曾经去过某地。come暂时性动词，在肯定句中不能跟一段时间连用，排除选项A/C。本句表示＂已经在中国＂之意。故选B。‎ 命题趋势：‎ 动词的时态和语态是中考出现频率较高的语法项目之一。考题多以具体的语境为主，体现了对语法知识、语境理解、语言交际能力的综合考查。过去完成时不是考频较高的一个知识点，但是是难度较大的一个知识点。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ 过去完成时的用法和构成 过去完成时的用法 ‎1. 表示在过去某一时刻或动作以前完成了的动作，即＂过去的过去＂。通常与by，before连用。‎ We had learned 5,000 words by the end of last month. 到上个月底，我们已经学了5，000个单词。‎ ‎2. 表示由过去的某一时刻开始，一直延续到过去另一时间的动作或状态，常和for, since构成的时间状语连用。‎ I had been at the bus stop for 20 minutes when a bus finally came. 当公共汽车来的时候，我在车站已等了20分钟。‎ ‎3. 过去完成时需 要与一个表示过去的时间状语连用，它不能离开过去时间而独立存 在此时多与 already, yet, still, just, before, never等时间副词及by, before, until 等引导的短语或从句连用。学科&网 Before she came to China, Grace had taught English in a middle school for about five years.‎ Peter had collected more than 300 Chinese stamps by the time he was ten.‎ ‎4. 过去完成时表示某一动作或状态在过去某时之前已经开始，一直延续到这一过去时间，而且动作尚未结束，仍然有继续下去的可能。‎ By the end of last year, he had worked in the factory for twenty years.（had worked 已有了 20 年，还有继续进行下去的可能）‎ 由时间状语来判定 ‎　　 一般说来，各种时态都有特定的时间状语。与过去完成时连用的时间状语有：‎ ‎1. by + 过去的时间点。‎ ‎　I had finished reading the novel by nine o’clock last night.‎ ‎2. by the end of + 过去的时间点。‎ We had learned over two thousand English words by the end of last term.‎ ‎3. before + 过去的时间点。‎ ‎　They had planted six hundred tr ees before last Wednesday.‎ 过去完成时与一般过去时的区别 ‎　　虽然这两种时态都表示过去发生的动作或存在的状态，但在使用时应注意以下几点：‎ ‎1. 时间状语不同：过去完成时在时间上强调＂过去的过去＂；而一般过去时只强调过去某一特定的时间。试比较：‎ They had arriv ed at the station by ten yesterday.‎ They arrived at the station at ten yesterday.‎ ‎2. ‎ 在没有明确的过去时间状语作标志时，谓语动词动作发生的时间先后须依据上下文来判断：先发生的用过去完成时，后发生的则用一般过去时。如：‎ She was very happy. Her whole family were pleased with her, too. She had just won the first in the composition competition.‎ ‎3. 当两个或两个以上接连发生的 动作用 and 或 but 连接时，按时间顺序，只需用一般过去时来代替过去完成时；另外，在 before, after, as soon as 引导的从句中，由于这些连词本身已经表示出时间的先后，因此也可以用过去时来代替过去完成时。如：‎ ‎　　He e ntered the room, turned on the light an d read an evening paper.‎ I (had) called her before I left the office.‎ 过去完成时与现在完成时的区别 ‎　　　现在完成时表示的动作发生在过去，但侧重对现在产生的结果或造成的影响，与现在有关，其结构为＂助动词 have (has) + 过去分词＂；过去完成时则是一个相对的时态，它所表示的动作不仅发生在过去，更强调＂过去的过去＂，只 有和过去某时或某动作相比较时，才用到它 。试比较：‎ ‎　　I have learned 1000 Eng lish words so far. 到目前为止我已经学会了 1000 个英语单词。‎ ‎　　I had learned 1000 English words till then. 到那时为止我已经学会了 1000 个英语单词。‎ ‎　　—I’m sorry to keep you waiting. 对不起，让你久等了。‎ ‎　　—Oh, not at all. I have been here only a few minutes. 没什么，我只等了几分钟。（＂等＂的动作从 过去某一时间点持续到现在）‎ ‎　　—John returned home yesterday. 约翰昨天回到家的。‎ ‎　　—Where had he been? 他去哪儿了？（答语中使用过去完成时是指约翰在 returned home 之前去了哪些地方，即＂过去的过去＂）‎ 过去完成时的构成 ‎ had +动词的过去分词 一、单项选择。‎ ‎1. —What are Mr and Mrs Black doing?‎ ‎—They ___________ tea in the garden.‎ A. are drinking B. drank C. have drunk D. drink ‎2. My mother often asks me ___________ early.‎ A. get up B. got up C. getting up D. to get up ‎3. Soon Wu Dong ___________ up with Li Lei, then they were neck and neck.‎ A. taught B. caught C. bought D. brought ‎4. The car ___________ and stopped at the red traffic light.[来 ‎[来源:学|科|网]A. got on B. got off C. slowed down D. picked up ‎5. Tom ___________ the CD player for two weeks.‎ A. has lent B. has borrowed C. has bought D. has had ‎6. —Do you know ___________?‎ ‎—Sorry, but if he ___________ back, I ___________ you know as soon as possible.‎ A. when will he be back, comes, will let B. when he will be back, will come, will let C. what time will he be back, will come, let D. what time he will be back, comes, will let ‎7. We ___________ to the park if it is fine tomorrow.‎ A. will go B. have gone C. go ‎8. A new shoe factory will ___________ in this part of the city.‎ A. be building B. be built C. build ‎9. —___________ all your things, Tom! I hate them here and there.‎ ‎—OK, Mom.‎ A. Put up B. Put on C. Put down D. Put away ‎10. —How about going hiking this weekend?‎ ‎—Sorry, I prefer ___________ rather than ___________.‎ A. to stay at home; go out B. to go out; stay at home C. staying at home; go out D. going out; stay at home 二、填空。‎ ‎1. When I returned home, he ___________（leave）.‎ ‎2. By ten yesterday evening, she ___________（finish）writing.‎ ‎3. He ___________ （study） English for five years before he came here.‎ ‎4. It ___________ ___________（stop）raining when I wake up this morning.‎ ‎5. I ___________ （not read） the book because I had read it before.‎ ‎6. She said she ___________（be）born in 1992.‎ ‎7. When he ___________（come） to China two years ago he found people didn’t understand him at all though he ___________（learn） some Chinese in his own country.‎ ‎8. I saw Han Mei yesterday. We ___________（not see）each other since left Beijing.‎ ‎9. When I got to his home, he ___________（go）to bed.‎ ‎10. She asked if Mr. Li ___________ already ___________（come）back.‎ ‎1. （2018 • 内蒙古包头中考）—Has your daughter come back from Australia?‎ ‎—Yes. She ___________ there for three years.‎ A. has stayed B. stays C. stayed D. had stayed ‎2. （2017 • 上海中考）Several journalists ___________ the lawyer about the international case an hour ago.‎ A. interview B. interviewed C. will interview D. had interviewed ‎3. （2018 • 绥化中考）He asked me ___________.‎ A. if I would go skating with him B. when did I buy the CD C. that I had a good time ‎4. （2018 • 湖北咸宁中考）—High-speed trains, Mobile payment, Sharing bikes and Online shopping are called "four new great inventions" of modern China.‎ ‎—They ___________ our daily lives more convenient.‎ A. have made B. had made C. have been made D. made ‎5. （2016 • 天津中考）—What a nice watch! How long ___________ you ___________ it?‎ ‎—For just two weeks.‎ A. will; buy B. have; had C. were; having D. did; buy ‎6. （2016 • 山东泰安中考）—Have you ever climbed Mount Tai, Carol?‎ ‎ —Yes. I ___________ in Taishan for a week last year and reached the top of it twice.‎ ‎ A. had stayed B. stay C. stayed D. have stayed ‎1. （天津市第一中学2018届九年级下学期第三次月考）So far they ___________ to speak four languages. Sometimes they ___________ them.‎ A. have learned; have mixed B. have learned; mix ‎ C. learned; mix D. learned; mixed ‎2. （河北省武邑中学2019届九年级上学期第二次月考）—We have a successful school celebration.‎ ‎—That’s true. Our chairperson ________ all the students _______ his good speech.‎ A. impressed; by B. has impressed; with C. made; by D. has made; with ‎3. （海南省海南中学2018届九年级中招模拟考试）Unless you ________ your ID card, the teacher won’t let you in.‎ A. will have B. have C. had ‎4. （2016 • 湖北鄂州名校模考）—Amy, can we give away these soft toys? We ___________ them for many years. ‎ ‎—Mom, but I want to keep the bear. ‎ A. bought B. had C. have bought D. have had ‎5.（2016 • 北京大兴区中考模拟）If you ___________ up late, you will feel tired the next day.‎ A. will stay B. have stayed C. stay D. were staying ‎6.（2016 • 广西贵港名校模考）— Do you know anything about the 31st Olympic Games?‎ ‎—Yes. The Games ___________ in Brazil in August this year.‎ A. will be held B. will hold C. is holding D. was held ‎7. （2016 • 江西高安中考模拟）Many students ___________ chances to show themselves in class because the class size is too big.‎ A. don’t give B. aren’t given C. haven’t given D. won’t give ‎8.（2016 • 天津宝坻区中考考前模拟）—Have you finished your composition?‎ ‎—Not yet. I’ll finished it if I ___________ ten more minutes.‎ A. give B.am given C. will give D. will be given ‎9.（2016 • 石家庄九年级考前模拟）You ___________ the first prize in the English speech contest. Congratulations!‎ A. win B. won C. have won D. will win ‎10.（2016 • 郑州市中考模拟）The child without parents ___________ good care of by his teachers in this special school.‎ A. is taken B. are taken C. take D. takes ‎11. （2017 • 湖北省南漳县中考适应性考试）—Did you go to school yesterday?‎ ‎—Yes, I did. But I was late. When I got to school, Mr. Zhang ___________ his lessons. ‎ ‎ A. has already begun B. had already begun ‎ C. has begun yet D. had begun yet ‎12. （2017 • 江苏省沛县胡寨中学九年级月考试卷）By the end of last month, I ___________ all the CDs of Justin Bieber.‎ A. collect B. collected C. have collected D. had collected ‎13. （2017 • 浙江省杭州市九年级月考）If it had been fine yesterday, we could have watched that air show. But it ___________ all day. ‎ A. has rained B. had rained C. rained D. rains ‎14. （2017 • 黑龙江省大庆市杜尔伯特县九年级月考）The writer told us that he ___________ a great number of short stories in the last few years.‎ A. wrote B. was written C. has written D. had written ‎15. （2017 • 陕西省咸阳市三原县中考模拟）—Did you meet the professor at the airport?‎ ‎—No, he ___________ by the time I ___________ there. ‎ A. had left；got B. has left；reached C. was leaving；got D. left；had got ‎【跟踪训练】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎4. C【解析】此题主要考查四个动词词组的掌握。根据后半句在红灯时停下来，故选C。‎ ‎5. C【解析】此题主要考查现在完成时的延续和非延续动词。根据for two weeks 时间短语。故选C。‎ ‎6. B【解析】此题主要考查宾语丛句和状语丛句的习惯用法。第一句是特殊疑问句的宾语丛句，要用陈述句语序。第二句是if 条件句。丛句用一般现在时，主句用一般将来时。故选B。‎ ‎7. A【解析】此题考查if 条件句的主句时态。If引导的条件句，遵循主将从现的原则，从句用一般现在时，主句要用一般将来时，故选A。‎ ‎8. B【解析】此题考查语态。根据全句的意思，使用被动语态。故选B。‎ ‎9. D【解析】此题考查动词词组。put up 张贴，举起；put on 穿上，上演；put away 把……收拾好。 根据后半句＂我讨厌到处乱放＂，故选D。‎ ‎10. C【解析】此题主要考查一个固定词组：prefer to do sth. rather than do sth. 故选C。‎ 二、填空。‎ ‎1. had left 2. had finished 3. had studied 4. had stopped ‎5. didn’t read 6. was 7. came; had learned ‎8. hadn’t seen 9. had gone 10. had come ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. C【解析】句意：——你女儿从澳大利亚回来了吗？——是的。她在那里住了三年。考查一般过去时。A. has stayed现在完成时；B. stays一般现在时；C. stayed一般过去时；D. had stayed过去完成时。根据句意可知女儿已经从澳大利亚回来了，所以待在澳大利亚的动作表示的是过去，要用一般过去时，故答案选C。‎ ‎3. A【解析】句意：他问我——A. if I would go skating with him是否愿意和他一起去滑冰。B. when did I buy the CD我什么时候买CD；C. that I had a good time我过得好。从He asked me知本题考查宾语从句。宾语从句的语序是陈述语序，可排除B选项；asked后的宾语从句是由疑问句转化来的，所以选项C的关系词不对，可排除，故正确选项是A。‎ ‎【点睛】关于宾语从句，应注意：‎ ‎1. 语序 无论主句是陈述句还是疑问句，宾语从句都必须使用陈述句语序，即宾语从句的主从句是一体的。‎ ‎2. 时态 含宾语从句的复合句，主、从句谓语动词的时态呼应，包括以下三点内容：‎ ‎1）如果主句的谓语动词是一般现在时，从句的谓语动词可根据需要，选用相应的任何时态。如：①I don’t know when he will come back. 我不知道他将何时回来。‎ ‎②He tells me that his sister came back yesterday. 他告诉我他姐姐昨天回来了。‎ ‎2）如果主句的谓语动词是过去时，宾语从句的谓语动词只可根据需要，选用过去时态即一般过去时、过去进行时、过去将来时或过去完成时的某一种形式。如：‎ ‎①The children didn't know who he was. 孩子们不知道他是谁。‎ ‎②He asked his father how it happened. 他问他父亲这件事是如何发生的。‎ ‎3）如果宾语从句所表示的是客观事实、普遍真理、自然现象或习惯性动作等，不管主句用什么时态，从句时态都用一般现在时。‎ ‎4. A【解析】句意：——高铁、扫码支付、共享单车和网购被称为＂中国四大新发明＂。——它们使我们的日常生活更加便利。A. have made现在完成时； B. had made过去完成时；C. have been made现在完成时态的被动语态；D. made一般过去时态。中国新的四大发明已经给我们的生活带来了极大的便利，需要用现在完成时态来表达，故答案为A。学科&网 ‎5. B【解析】考查动词的时态。句意：——多么漂亮的手表啊！你有它多久了？——刚两星期。A. will; buy一般将来时态；B. have; had现在完成时态；C. were; having 过去进行时态；D. did; buy一般过去时态。由how long可知，句子描述的是过去开始的动作、状态一直延续到现在，句子用现在完成时态。所以选B。‎ ‎6. C【解析】考查动词的时态的用法。句意：——卡罗，你曾经爬过泰山吗？——是的，我去年在泰安呆了一周，并且两次到达山顶。last year，去年，过去的时间，所以应该用一般过去时态的。had stayed，过去完成时态；stay，一般现在时；stayed一般过去时；have stayed，现在完成时，结合句意，故选C。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. B【解析】句意：到目前为止，他们已经学会了四种语言。有时它们混合在一起。考查动词时态辨析题。So far到目前为止，用于现在完成时，即＂have/has + done＂结构，they是复数人称，助动词需用have；Sometimes有时，用于一般现在时，they是复数人称，动词需用原形。根据句意结构，可知选B。‎ ‎3. B【解析】句意：除非你有身份证，否则老师不会让你进去的。A. will have将有； 一般将来时；B. have有，一般现在时态；C. had有，一般过去时态。这里是unless引导的条件状语从句，遵循主句用一般将来时，从句用一般现在时态，从句主语是you，动词用原形。根据题意，故选B。‎ ‎【点睛】‎ if和unless引导的条件状语从句而已算是其中一种；‎ 主将从现常见的有以下四种情况：‎ 一、条件状语从句的主句是一般将来时,那么从句常常用一般现在时 如：When I grow up,I’ll be a nurse and look after patients 我长大后要当一名护士,照顾病人 二、如果主句是祈使句,那么从句通常要用一般现在时 如：Don’t laugh at me when I make a mistake.‎ 我犯错误的时候不要笑话我.‎ 三、如果主句是含有情态动词的一般现在时,根据需要从句多用现在进行时 如：You should be quiet when you are in the reading room 在阅览室时应保持安静 四.如果if的条件状语从句遇到变换间接和直接时 ,祈使句应用not to.‎ 如; She said not to close the window 常见的时间状语从句的连词有：as soon as,when,while ,as,until等 用在unless或if中可以是下面的用法：‎ I will not go boating if it rains tomorrow.‎ Unless you have finished your homework, I won't allow you to watch TV.‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：＂Amy ，我们能把这些软玩具捐了吗？我们已经买了它们好多年了。＂＂妈妈，但是我想留着这个小熊。＂根据题干中的for many years及语境可知用现在完成时，而且动词应用延续性动词。buy的延续性动词为have ,由此可知答案为 D。‎ ‎7. B【解析】句意：在班上很多学生没有机会展示他们自己，因为班级规模太大。当主语是动作的承受者时，用被动语态。结合句意，故选B。‎ ‎8. B【解析】句意：＂你的作文写完了吗？＂＂还没有，如果再给我十分钟我将完成它。＂该句是if 引导的条件状语从句，因此主句用将来时，从句用一般现在时，同时根据句意可知需用一般现在时的被动语态，故选B。‎ ‎9. B【解析】win意为＂赢＂，由下文Congratulations＂祝贺你＂推断出你在英语演讲比赛中获得了第一名。表示过去刚刚发生事情。‎ ‎10. A【解析】句意：在这所特殊的学校，没有父母的孩子受到老师很好的照顾。动作的承受者作主语用被动语态。其结构是：主语+be +done。该句的主语是单数，故选A。‎ ‎11. B【解析】根据句子表达意思，发生的时态为过去的过去，要用过去完成时，故选B。‎ ‎12. D【解析】考查过去完成时的用法。此处by意为＂到……为止＂，该句意为＂到上个月末为止，我已经将Justin Bieber全部的CD收集起来＂，表示＂动作从过去已经开始一直持续到过去某个时间＂，故要使用过去完成时，故选D。‎ ‎13. C【解析】考查时态。根据yesterday可知应用一般过去时，所以选C。‎ ‎14. D【解析】考查过去完成时。主句The writer told us是一般过去时态，所以that引导的宾从也用过去时态的某种形式；再根据in the last few years，是完成时态的标志，所以要用过去完成时态。故选D。‎ ‎15. A【解析】 根据上文，下文叙述应是过去时态。根据下文时间状语，我到那时，他已离开了，故选A。‎ 现在完成进行时 ‎1. 定义：现在完成进行时表示动作从过去某一时间开始，一直延续到现在，可能还要继续下去。‎ ‎2. 现在完成进行时的构成：现在完成进行时是由＂have/has+been+动词的现在分词＂构成。‎ ‎3. 现在完成进行时的基本句型。‎ 肯定式 I/We have been working.‎ 疑问式 Have you been working? ‎ 简略回答 —Yes, I/we have. ‎ ‎—No, I/we haven’t.‎ 肯定式 He/She/It has been working.‎ 疑问式 Has he/she/it been working? ‎ 简略回答 —Yes, he/she/it has. ‎ ‎—No, he/she/it hasn’t.‎ ‎4. 现在完成时的用法 ‎1）在强调指出动作还未结束，还要继续下去。如：‎ I’ve been reading this book for two hours, but I haven’t finished it. 这本书我已读了两个小时了，但我还没读完。‎ I’ve read this book. 我已读完这本书了。‎ ‎2）强调动作延续时间的长久或带感情色彩。‎ She has always been working like that. 她一贯是这样工作的。‎ ‎3）现在完成进行时也可表示现在以前这段时间反复发生的事情。‎ We’ve been seeing quite a lot of each other recently. 最近我们经常见面。‎ ‎5. 现在完成时和现在完成进行时的区别 ‎1）现在完成进行时更强调动作的延续性，它是现在完成时的强调形式。试比较：‎ We’ve been living here for ten years.‎ We’ve lived here for ten years. 我们在这儿已经住了十年了。‎ ‎2）在不用时间状语的情况下，现在完成进行时表示动作仍在进行。而现在完成时则表示动作在过去已结束。‎ The students have been preparing for the exam.（还在进行）学生们一直在准备考试。‎ The students have prepared for the exam.（已经结束）学生们为考试作了准备。‎ ‎3）有些表示状态，感情，感觉的动词如：have，exist，like，hate，hear，know，sound等动词不能用于现在完成进行时，但可用于现在完成时。如：‎ They’ve known each other since 1970. 自从1970年起他们就相互认识了。学科*网 ‎5. 通常使用现在完成进行时的情况：‎ ‎1）表示过去开始的动作一直延续到现在并仍在继续之中。‎ I have not been sleeping well since I returned home.(＂我＂回家后一直都没睡好，现在也没睡好。)‎ ‎2. 表示过去开始的动作刚结束并在某种情况下与现在有关联。‎ Kelly: Sorry I’m late. Have you been waiting long? （凯利刚到，对方虽然不再等了，但已一直等到现在）‎ Sally: Yes. I have been waiting for an hour.‎ 现在完成时与现在完成进行时的区别：‎ ‎1. 现在完成时和现在完成进行时都表示动作从过去开始，但现在完成时强调动作的结束。而现在完成进行时则强调动作持续的过程。‎ They have been widening the road.他们一直在加宽马路。（尚未完工，仍在继续）‎ They have widened the road.他们把马路加宽了。（已经完工）‎ ‎2. 在表反复发生的动作时现在完成时强调次数。而现在完成进行时则强调持续的过程。‎ ‎—How many times have you visited Egypt this month?‎ ‎—I have visited Egypt twice this month. ( 表被问者过去往反于埃及和居住地，但现已经回来。)‎ ‎—How long have you been touring Egypt?‎ ‎—I have been touring Egypt for two months.（ 表被问者过去一段时间内一直呆在埃及，没有离开过。）‎ 其它比较 ‎1）现在完成进行时更强调动作的延续性,它是现在完成时的强调形式。试比较：‎ We’ve been living here for ten years.‎ We’ve lived here for ten years.我们在这儿已经住了十年了。‎ ‎＂持续性动词＂可用现在完成时，也可用现在完成进行时，唯一的区别是进行时更强调动作的持续性。‎ Who has been eating my dinner?(Some of it is left) Who has eaten my dinner?(It is all gone.)‎ ‎2）在不用时间状语的情况下，现在完成进行时表示动作仍在进行。而现在完成时则表示动作在过去已结束。‎ The students have been preparing for the exam.（还在进行）学生们一直在准备考试。‎ The students have prepared for the exam.（已经结束）学生们为考试作了准备。‎ ‎3）有些表示状态，感情，感觉的动词如：have，exist，like，hate，hear，know，sound等动词不能用于现在完成进行时，但可用于现在完成时。如：‎ They’ve known each other since 1970. 自从1970年起他们就相互认识了。‎ 一、用since和for填空。‎ ‎1. __________ two years 2. __________ two years ago ‎3. __________ last month 4. __________ 1999‎ ‎5. __________ yesterday 6. __________ 4 o’clock ‎7. __________ 4 hours 8. __________ an hour ago ‎9. __________ we were children 10. __________ lunch time ‎11. __________ she left here ‎ ‎12. He has lived in Nanjing __________ the year before last.‎ ‎13. I’ve known him __________ we were children.‎ ‎14. Our teacher has studied Japanese __________ three years.‎ ‎15. She has been away from the city __________ about ten years.‎ ‎16. It’s about ten years __________ she left the city.‎ 二、用适当的时态填空。‎ ‎1. She’s _____________ (live) here ever since she was ten.‎ ‎2. Both of them ________________ (be) in Hong Kong for ten days.‎ ‎3. Both of them ____________ (come) to Hong Kong ten days ago.‎ ‎4. Half an hour _____________ (pass) since the train _____________ (leave).‎ ‎5. Mary _____________ (lose) her pen. _____________ you _____________ (see) it here and there?‎ ‎6. _____________ you _____________ (find) your watch yet?‎ ‎7. —Are you thirsty?‎ ‎—No I _____________ just _____________ (have) some orange.‎ ‎8. We _____________ already _____________ (return) the book.‎ ‎9. _____________ they _____________ (build) a new school in the village?‎ ‎10. I _____________ (not finish) my homework. Can you help me?‎ ‎11. My father _____________ (read) the novel twice.‎ ‎12. I _____________ (buy) a book just now.‎ ‎13. I _____________ (lost ) my watch yesterday.‎ ‎14. My father _____________ (read) this book since yesterday.‎ 三、划线提问。‎ ‎1. I have been there for two days.‎ ‎_____________ _____________ _____________ you _____________ _____________?‎ ‎2. My father has lived here since 2000.‎ ‎_____________ _____________ _____________ your father _____________ _____________?‎ ‎3. He left here yesterday.‎ ‎_____________ _____________ he _____________ _____________?‎ ‎4. They bought a book two hours ago.‎ ‎_____________ _____________ they _____________ a book 四、翻译下列句子。‎ ‎1. 你曾经吃过鱼和薯条吗？ ‎ ‎ _________________________________________________________________ ‎ ‎2. 我刚刚丢了我的化学书。 ‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________ ‎ ‎3. 我以前从来没去过那个农场。 ‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________ ‎ ‎4. 他已经吃过午饭。 ‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________ ‎ ‎5. 你已经看过这部电影了吗？ ‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________ ‎ ‎6. 我哥哥还没回来。 ‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________ ‎ ‎7. 这本字典我已买了三年了。 ‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________ ‎ ‎8. 他离开中国三年了。 ‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________ ‎ ‎9. 我认识他们五年了。 ‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________ ‎ ‎1. （2018 • 河北中考）I ___________ an invitation to the concert. I can’t wait to go.‎ A. receive B. will receive C. was receiving D. have received ‎2. （2018 • 绥化中考）I ___________ this magazine for three months.‎ A. have bought B. have had C. have borrowed ‎3. （2018 • 湖北黄冈中考）—Your new watch is so nice! When did you buy it?‎ ‎—In April. I ___________ it for two months.‎ A. have had B. had C. have bought D. bought ‎4. （2016 • 海南）Uncle Liang __________ in Haikou since 1980, so he knows a lot about the ‎ city.‎ ‎ A. is living B. has lived C. lived ‎5. （2016 • 山东青岛）William Shakespeare __________ for 400 years, but his works still have great influence today. ‎ ‎ A. died B. was dying C. has died D. has been dead ‎6. （2016 • 江苏镇江）—Have you been to Suning Plaza(苏宁购物中心) in our city?‎ ‎ —No. Although it __________ for more than a week, I’m far too busy to go there.‎ ‎ A. has started B. has been on C. has been open D. has opened ‎7. （2016 • 福建厦门中考） —It’s the second time I came to Xiamen. It __________ a lot.‎ ‎—Yes, it’s more and more beautiful. ‎ A. was changing B. has changed C. will change ‎8. （2016 • 贵州毕节中考）It’s six o’clock in the morning. Many people __________ in the park.‎ ‎ A. are dancing B. dance C. is dancing D. dances ‎9. （2016 • 贵州黔东南州中考）—Hurry up! We __________ for you at the gate.‎ ‎ —I’m sorry. I’m coming soon.‎ ‎ A. wait B. will wait C. have been waited D. are waiting ‎10. （2016 • 湖北黄冈中考）—How do you like Treasure Island, Lucy?‎ ‎—It’s so exciting that I __________ it twice. ‎ A. am reading B. have read C. was reading D. had read ‎11. （2016 • 天津中考）—What a nice watch! How long __________ you __________ it?‎ ‎—For just two weeks.‎ A. will; buy B. have; had C. were; having D. did; buy ‎12. （2017 • 四川南充）—Look! Your teacher Miss White is over there.‎ ‎—No, it can’t be her. She __________ to Beijing.‎ A. has gone B. has been C. went D. will go ‎13. （2017 • 湖北省随州市中考）—Did you watch the football match on TV last night?‎ ‎—I wanted to, but my father __________ his favorite TV program. ‎ A. watched B. watches C. was watching D. had watched ‎14. （2017 • 江苏省宿迁市中考）My grandparents __________ for over 60 years and they love each other very much.‎ A. have been married B. got married C. were married D. have got married ‎15. （2017 • 四川南充）—Look! Your teacher Miss White is over there.‎ ‎—No, it can’t be her. She __________ to Beijing.‎ A. has gone B. has been C. went D. will go ‎1. —Alan! Why are you so late?‎ ‎—Sorry! When I __________ home, I met one of my old friends.‎ A. went B. am walking C. has gone D. was walking ‎2. —What’s your plan for your vacation?‎ ‎—We __________ to Hong Kong for a visit.‎ A. were flying B. have been C. will fly ‎3. —Are you going to the party?‎ ‎—No, because I __________.‎ A. have asked B. haven’t asked C. have been asked D. haven’t been asked ‎4. —Is Tom at home?‎ ‎—No, he __________ to town.‎ A. has been B. has gone C. goes D. will go ‎5. Since Project Hope started, it __________ millions of children to come back to school A. has helped B. helped C. is helping ‎6. Andy loves playing the piano. He __________ the piano after school very often.‎ A. is heard play B. is heard to play C. hears playing D. hears play ‎7. —How long __________ the supermarket __________? ‎ ‎—Four years.‎ A. has, opened B. has, been opened C. did; open D. has, been open ‎8. —Look! A man is standing on his two hands.‎ ‎—Yes. It seems he_____ for long.‎ A. practiced B. has practiced C. was practicing ‎9. By the end of last week, she __________ in the west of China for two months helping the homeless children.‎ A. will stay B. has stayed C. would stay D. had stayed ‎10. ─Jack __________ to take part in Oxfam Trail walker in Hong Kong.‎ ‎─Oh, that’s why he is packing his clothes.‎ A. went B. was going C. has gone D.is going ‎11. —Why is your bedroom so dirty?‎ ‎—Sorry, Mum. It __________. I felt very tired after playing soccer.‎ A. isn’t cleaned B. didn’t clean C. doesn’t clean D. wasn’t cleaned ‎12. There __________ a charity show at the school hall next week.‎ A. was B. will be C. has been D. are ‎13. —Tom, did you go to Sally’s party yesterday evening?‎ ‎—No, because I __________.‎ A. am invited B. was invited C. am not invited D. wasn’t invited ‎14. —When will Diana arrive?‎ ‎—Oh, she __________. She is in the meeting room now.‎ A. arrives B. is arriving C. arrived D. has arrived ‎15. —We all went to the cinema except you last night. Why didn’t you come?‎ ‎—Because I __________ that movie twice.‎ A. have watched B. had watched C. was watching D. would watch ‎【跟踪训练】‎ 一、用since或者for填空。‎ ‎1. for 2. since 3. since 4. since 5. since ‎6. since 7. for 8. since 9. since 10. since ‎11. since 12. since 13. since 14. for 15. for 16. since ‎ 二、用适当的时态填空。‎ ‎1. lived / has been living 2. have been 3. went 4. has passed; left ‎5. has lost; have, seen 6. Have, found 7. have, had 8. have, returned ‎9. Have, built 10. haven’t finished 11. has read ‎ ‎12. bought 13. lost 14. have been reading / has read 三、划线提问。‎ ‎1. How long have, been there 2. How long has, lived here ‎3. When did, leave here 4. When did, buy 四、翻译下列句子。‎ ‎1. Have you ever had / eaten fish and chips?‎ ‎2. I have just lost my chemistry book.‎ ‎3. I have never been to the farm before.‎ ‎4. He has already had lunch = He has had lunch already.‎ ‎5. Have you seen the movie yet?‎ ‎6. My brother hasn’t come /get / been back yet = My brother hasn’t returned yet.‎ ‎7. I have had this dictionary for three years / since three years ago.‎ ‎8. Has been away from China for three years.‎ ‎9. I have known them for five years.‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. D【解析】句意：我收到了音乐会的请柬。我等不及要走了。考查动词时态辨析题。根据句意语境，可知我已经收到去音乐会的邀请函，需用现在完成时，故选D。‎ ‎3. A【解析】句意：——你的新手表太漂亮了！你什么时候买的它？——在四月份。我已经拥有它两个月了。have有，是延续性动词；buy（bought）买，是瞬间性动词。此处与时间段for two months连用，用现在完成时，谓语用延续性动词，故用have had。故选A。‎ ‎4. B【解析】考查动词的时态。句意：梁叔叔自从1980年以来一直住在海口，因此他对于这个城市非常了解。since自从。前面的句子用现在完成时，故选B。‎ ‎5. D【解析】考查动词时态。句意：莎士比亚已经去世400年了，但他的作品现在仍然有大的影响。根据for ‎ ‎400 years可知该用现在完成时，而且谓语动词必须是延续性动词。所以选D。‎ ‎6. C【解析】考查现在完成时。句意：——你曾经去过我们市的苏宁购物中心吗？——没有。尽管它开业有一周多了，但是我太忙而没有时间去那里。和一段时间连用，动作要用延续性的或者用延续性的状态词。open，start都是瞬间动词。be on表示工作着，开着；be open表示开着的，营业中的；这两个词都是延续性状态，结合句意，故选C。‎ ‎7. B【解析】考查现在完成时的用法。句意：——这是我第二次来厦门。它已经变了很多。——是的，它越来越漂亮了。根据Yes, it’s more and more beautiful.可知此处描述厦门现在的情况，故用现在完成时，故选B。‎ ‎8. A【解析】考查动词的时态及主谓一致。句意：现在是早上六点钟。许多人在公园里跳舞。A. are dancing现在进行时态形式；B. dance非三人称单数的一般现在时态形式；C. is dancing现在进行时态形式；D. dances三人称单数的一般现在时态形式。本句指现在六点时，人们正在做的事物，句子用现在进行时态。People人们，是一个复数名词，be 动词用复数are。故选A。‎ ‎9. D【解析】考查动词的时态。句意：——赶快！我们在门口等你。——对不起，我很快就来。A. wait一般现在时态形式；B. will wait一般将来时态形式；C. have been waited现在完成时态的被动语态形式；D. are waiting现在进行时态形式。催促赶快，因为正在外面等，句子用现在进行时态。故选D。‎ ‎10. B【解析】考查现在完成时的用法。句意：——露西，你认为《金银岛》怎么样？——它是如此令人激动以至于我读了两次。根据twice可知已经发生了，故此处用现在完成时，故为have read，故选B。‎ ‎11. B【解析】考查动词的时态。句意：——多么漂亮的手表啊！你有它多久了？——刚两星期。A. will; buy一般将来时态；B. have; had现在完成时态；C. were; having过去进行时态；D. did; buy一般过去时态。由how long可知，句子描述的是过去开始的动作、状态一直延续到现在，句子用现在完成时态。所以选B。学科*网 ‎13. C【解析】考查过去进行时。句意：——你昨晚看电视转播的足球赛了吗？——我想，但是我的父亲正在看他喜欢的电视节目。根据I wanted to, but my father _________ his favorite TV program. 这里指昨晚足球比赛的时候，父亲正在看自己的节目，表示过去的时间点正在做的事情。故用过去进行时，所以选C。‎ ‎14. A【解析】考查动词时态。句意：我的祖父母已经结婚60多年了，他们彼此深爱着对方。for over 60 years超过60年，是属于时间段，不能用过去式，先排除B、C。虽然be married 和get married都是表示已婚、结婚，但be married强调的是状态，而后者更侧重于动作，D也可排除。故选A。‎ ‎15. A【解析】考查动词的时态。句意：——看！你的老师怀特小姐在那边。——不，那肯定不是她。她去了北京。A. has gone去了某地，表示该人不在说话地点； B. has been去过某地，表示主语曾经去过某地，有这种经历；C. went过去式，去；D. will go将来时态，将要去。根据前面的否定猜测，可知怀特小姐去了北京，故选A。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. D【解析】考查动词时态。句意：——阿兰，你为什么这么晚了？——‎ 对不起！当为我步行回家的时候遇到了我的一个老朋友。故选D。由句子中的met，可知要用过去时态的某种形式，排除B.现在进行时C.现在完成时，根据句意，当一个动作met发生时，另一个动作在进行，要用进行时。故选D。‎ ‎2. C【解析】考查动词时态。句意：——你的假期计划是什么? ——我们将坐飞机去香港参观。根据第一句可知这里指的假期还没有到，所以答语的句子应该用将来时，故选C。‎ ‎3. D【解析】本题考查被动语态。不去参加晚会是因为＂我没有被邀请＂，用被动语态，并且是否定式。所以选择答案D。‎ ‎4. B【解析】考查动词时态。句意：——Tom在家吗？——不在，他已经去镇里了。表＂已经去了某地方，现在不在说话者说话的地方＂用have/has gone to结构。故选B。‎ ‎7. D【解析】句意：——这家超市已经开了多少年了？——四年。For+一段时间，与现在完成时连用。Open在这里是形容词，意为：开着的。故选D。‎ ‎8. B【解析】考查动词时态。句意：——看!一个男士正在倒立。——是的，似乎他练了很长时间了。根据语境可知这位男士从过去开始练习倒立一直到现在，所以应该用现在完成时。故选B。‎ ‎9. D【解析】考查动词时态。根据时间状语By the end of last week到上周末为止，可知本句描述的是过去某时之前已经完成的动作，故用过去完成时态，故选D。‎ ‎10. D【解析】考查动词时态。句意：--杰克将要参加香港的乐施毅行者大会。--哦，那就是他正在打包衣服的原因。根据that’s why he is packing his clothes可知他正在打包衣服，说明他将要去参加乐施毅行者大会。所以应该用一般将来时。故选D。‎ ‎11. D【解析】句意：——为什么你的卧室这么脏？——抱歉，妈妈，我没打扫，踢完足球我觉得很累。句中it代指的是房间，它做主语，句子为被动语态，所以是be +动词的过去分词的形式，又由题意知，应该是被动语态和felt保持一致。故选D ‎12. B【解析】考查动词时态。句意：下周再学校礼堂有一次慈善演出。根据时间状语next week可知这里句子应该用一般将来时，这里是there be的将来时应是there will be；故选 B。‎ ‎13. D【解析】句意：——汤姆，昨天晚上你去了萨莉的晚会吗？——没有，因为我没被邀请。应填被动语 态的否定形式，上下文语境时态为过去时，故选D。‎ ‎14. D【解析】考查动词时态。句意：——Diana什么时候到达？——哦，她已经到了。她现在在会议室。根据句意：在对话之前，Diana已经到了，而且在会议室。表示在过去某一事件发生的某一动作对现在造成了影响或产生了结果，用现在完成时，故选D。‎ ‎15. B【解析】考查动词时态。根据上下文可知：我昨晚不去看电影，是因为我以前看过了。叙述的是＂过去的过去＂发生的事，故用过去完成时态，故选B。‎ 命题趋势：‎ ‎ 动词的时态和语态是中考出现频率较高的语法项目之一。考题多以具体的语境为主，体现了对语法知识、语境理解、语言交际能力的综合考查。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎1. 被动语态的句型；‎ ‎2. 被动语态的各种时态形式；‎ ‎3. 被动语态的用法；‎ ‎4. 主动语态变被动语态；‎ ‎5. 主动形式表示被动意义。‎ 被动语态 考向一：被动语态的句型 句型 构成 例句 肯定句 主语 + be + 过去分词( + by... )‎ English is spoken everywhere. 到处有人说英语。‎ 否定句 主语 + be + not + 过去分词( + by…)‎ English isn’ t spoken by people here. 这里的人不说英语。‎ 一般疑问句 Be + 主语 + 过去分词(+ by...)?‎ ‎—Was Tom asked to come early? 汤姆被要求早点来吗?‎ ‎—Yes, he was. 是的，他被要求了。/No, he wasn’ t. 不，他没有。‎ 特殊疑问句 特殊疑问词 + be + 主语 + 过去分词(+by...)?‎ Why was this bridge destroyed by the government? 政府为什么要拆毁这座桥?‎ 考向二：被动语态的各种时态形式 时态 结构 例句 一般现在时 主语 + am/is/are + 过去分词 + 其他 History is made by the people. 历史是人们创造的。‎ These books are designed for children. 这些书是为孩子们设计的。‎ 一般过去时 主语 + was/were + 过去分词 + 其他 The letter was written in English. 这封信是用英语写的。‎ The cars were made in Shanghai. 这些车是上海生产的。‎ 一般将来时 主语 + will be + 过去分词 + 其他 Your job will be kept open for your return. 你的工作将保留到你回来。‎ When will the work be finished? 这项工作什么时候完成？‎ 现在进行时 主语+ am/is/am + being + 过去分词 +其他 A new railway is being built. 一条新铁路正在修建。‎ Because my car is being repaired, I have to go to work by taxi. 因为我的车正在修理，所以我不得不坐出租车去上班。‎ 过去进行时 主语+ was/were + being + 过去分词+ 其他 The hall was being built last year. I’ m not sure if it is completed. 这个个大厅去年正在修建，我不清楚建好了没有。‎ The road was being widened when I passed by the village. 当我经过那个村庄时，道路正在加宽。学#科网 现在完成时 主语 +have/has been + 过去分词 + 其他 He has been sent to work in Shanghai. 他已经被派往上海工作了。‎ Has the sports meeting been put off until next Friday? 运动会已经推迟到下周五了吗？‎ 过去完成时 主语 + had been + 过去分词 + 其他 The room had been broken into before we came. 我们来之前已经有人强行进过这间屋子。‎ A new hotel had been built when I got there. 我到那儿时，一座新旅馆已经建好了。‎ 情态动词 主语 + 情态动词 + be + 过去分词 + 其他 Her temperature should be taken twice a day. 她的体温应该一天量两次。‎ If heated, water can be turned into vapour. 如果受热，水会变成蒸气。‎ 考向三：被动语态的用法 用法 例句 不知道或者不必说出动作的执行者 How is this word pronounced? 这个单词怎么发音？‎ The book was published in 2005. 这本书是2005年出版的。‎ 强调动作的承受者 School will be opened in our village. 我们村将开办一所新的希望学校。‎ 当动作的执行者是泛指时 He is suspected of robbing the bank. 有人怀疑他抢劫银行。‎ 表示委婉或礼貌，避免提及动作的执行者 I have been told many times not to make noises. 有人多次告诉我不要吵闹。‎ 句法修饰的需要 The lecture will be made by Joe, who is a young musician from Italy. 乔要做这个报告，他是意大利的一位年轻的音乐家。‎ 有些动词习惯上常用被动语态 He was born in this city. 他出生在这个城市。‎ It is reported that he is a professor from New Zealand. 据报道，他是来自新西兰的一位教授。‎ 考向四：主动语态变被动语态 说明 例句 含有单个宾语的主动句，即＂主语 + 谓语动词 + 宾语＂：把主动句的宾语变为被动句的主语，并依据上表（被动语态的各种时态形式）谓语改为被动形式；如果需要说明动作的发出者，则需加上＂by + 主动句的主语（人称代词宾格）＂。‎ The famous professor gave two lectures in English.‎ ‎→Two lectures were given (by the famous professor) in English. ‎ 那位著名的教授用英语作了两次报告。‎ They often ask some questions after class. ‎ ‎→Some questions are often asked (by them) after class. ‎ 他们经常在课后问一些问题。‎ 含有双宾语的主动句，即＂主语 + 间接宾语+ 直接宾语＂：当直接宾语是名词或代词时，可将间接宾语和直接宾语中的任意一个变为被动的主语，而另一个保持不动。但是，当直接宾语变为主语时，间接宾语前应加上介词to或or。‎ The doctor gave me some good advice on the pronunciation.‎ ‎→I was given some good advice on the pronunciation.‎ ‎→Some good advice was given to me on the pronunciation.‎ 老师给我提了一些关于发音方面的好建议。‎ 含有复合宾语的主动句，即＂主语 + 宾语 +宾语补足语＂：把主动句的宾语变为被动句的主语，宾补保持不动(成为主语补足语，简称主补)。‎ We call him Li Hua.‎ ‎→He is called Li Hua. 我们叫他李华。‎ They painted the room white.‎ ‎→The room was painted white. 他们把房间刷成了白色。‎ ‎【易错警示】‎ 感官动词和使役动词后接动词原形作宾补，变为被动语态时，需要在动词原形前加上省略的不定式符号to，即＂be seen/heard/found/observed/noticed/made to do sth＂。‎ They saw her enter the meeting room just now.‎ ‎→She was seen to enter the meeting room just now. 刚才他们看见她进入了会议室。‎ 含有动词短语（作谓语）的主动句：谓语为及物动词短语的主动句方可变为被动语态。‎ They take good care of these children.‎ ‎→These children are taken good care of. ‎ 他们把这些孩子照顾得非常好。‎ We should make full use of the good chance.‎ ‎→The good chance should be made full use of. ‎ 我们应该充分利用这次好机会。‎ ‎【易错警示】‎ 动词短语用于被动语态时，把它们看作一个整体变成被动结构，其后的介词和副词不可丢掉。‎ 考向五：主动形式表示被动意义 情况 例句 说明主语的性质、特征的动词，用主动形式表达被动意义，如：lock，open，read，sell，teach，wash，write等。‎ The cloth washes well. 这种布料很容易洗.‎ A freshly baked cake doesn’ t cut easily. 刚烤好的蛋糕不容易切。‎ 表示感官的连系动词，用主动形式表达被动意义，如：smell，feel，taste，sound等。‎ This piece of music sounds good. 这段音乐听起来不错。‎ Mooncakes taste delicious. 月饼尝起来很美味。‎ 某些动词后用动名词的主动形式表达被动意义，如：need，want，require，worth等。‎ The bike needs repairing. 这辆自行车需要修理。‎ Your hair wants cutting. 你的头发该理了。‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ 常见的被动形式表示主动意义的词组：‎ be seated 坐着，就座 be hidden 躲藏 be lost 迷路 be drunk 喝醉 be dressed 穿着 被动语态记忆口诀 被动语态强调＂宾＂，用 be加上＂过去分＂。‎ ‎＂be＂要随着主语变，人称时态要弄准。‎ ‎＂行为对象＂作主语，逻辑主语＂by＂来引。‎ 原句若是双宾语，一变＂主＂来一保＂宾＂。‎ ‎＂间宾＂要把主语变，原来＂直宾＂还是＂宾＂。‎ ‎＂直宾＂要把主语变，＂间宾＂前加＂to＂最称心。‎ 唯有原＂宾＂是＂复合＂，只有变宾要当心。‎ 原句＂宾补＂变＂主补＂，位置不必挪寸分。‎ 情态动词变＂被动＂，情态加be加过分。‎ 如若＂情态＂后带to，变后有to才弄准。‎ ‎＂短语动词＂变＂被动＂，相当＂及物＂莫疑心。‎ 不过其后＂介＂或＂副＂，变后还得要承认。‎ 一、用括号内所给动词的正确形式填空。(请注意时态和语态两个方面哦)‎ ‎1. It’ s said(据说) that the long bridge ______________（build）in two months. ‎ ‎2. Where to have the meeting ______________ （discuss）now. ‎ ‎3. Which language ______________ the most widely ______________（speak）in the world? ‎ ‎4. The lost boy ______________（not find）so far. ‎ ‎5. Last year a large number of trees ______________（cut）down. ‎ ‎6. The students ______________ often ______________ (tell) to take care of their desks and chairs. ‎ ‎7. The old man is ill. He ______________ (must send) to the hospital. ‎ ‎8. Vegetables, eggs and fruits ______________ (sell) in this shop. ‎ ‎9. —What ______________ knives ______________ (make) of ? ‎ ‎ —They ______________ (make) of metal(金属) and wood. ‎ ‎10. Can the magazine ______________ (take) out of the library? ‎ ‎11. The room ______________ (clean) by me every day. ‎ ‎12. The stars can’ t ______________ (see) in the daytime. ‎ ‎13. Some flowers ______________ (water) by Li Ming already. ‎ ‎14. This kind of shoes ______________ (sell) well. ‎ ‎15. How long ______________ your uncle ______________ (be) in the city? ‎ ‎16. The food ______________ (smell) delicious.‎ 二、按要求改写下列句子，一空一词。 ‎ ‎1. Is tea grown in South China?（改为主动语态） ‎ ‎______________ people ______________ tea in South China?‎ ‎2. I am given a birthday present by my parents every year. （同义句转换） ‎ A birthday present ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ by my parents every year. ‎ ‎3. The work is going to be finished in two days. (对划线提问)‎ How ______________ ______________ the work going to be finished? ‎ ‎4. The children will sing an English song. (改为被动语态)‎ ‎ An English song ______________ ______________ ______________ by the children. ‎ ‎5. You needn’ t do it now. (改为被动语态)‎ ‎ It ______________ ______________ ______________ by you now. ‎ ‎6. People use metal for making machines. (改为被动语态)‎ ‎ Metal ______________ ______________ ______________making machines. ‎ ‎7. He made me do that for him. (改为被动语态)‎ ‎ I ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________that for him. ‎ ‎8. They are watching the football match.‎ The football match ______________ ______________ ______________ by them.‎ ‎9. Did they build a bridge here a year ago? (改为被动语态)‎ ‎ ______________ a bridge ______________ here by them a year ago? ‎ ‎10. They have sold out the light green dresses. (改为被动语态)‎ ‎ The light green dresses ______________ ______________ ______________ out. ‎ ‎11. We call the game ＂Lianliankan＂. (改为被动语态)‎ The game ______________ ______________ ＂Lianliankan＂ by us.‎ 三、根据所给汉语完成句子，一空一词。 ‎ ‎①The new bike ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ （买给我）by my parents as a present last week. ‎ ‎②______________ your mobile phone ______________ ______________ ______________（是国产的吗）? ‎ ‎③The whole mountain is ______________ ______________ (覆盖) the snow.‎ 四、下列各句均有一处错误，请找出并改正过来。 ‎ ‎①I have a lot of homework to be done tonight. ____________‎ ‎②Is your history teacher listened carefully in class? ____________‎ ‎③Lei Feng’ s name remembered by all Chinese people. ____________‎ ‎④The music is sounded beautiful. ____________‎ ‎⑤By who was this new educational CD-ROM designed? _____________‎ ‎1. （2018 • 安徽中考）The weatherman says a rain shower __________ this afternoon in the south.‎ A. expects B. expected C. is expected D. was expected ‎2. （2018 • 河北中考）Look at the picture. The top five TV plays __________ in it.‎ A. list B. are listed C. will list D. will be listed ‎3. （2018 • 恩施州中考）If you are caught smoking in the kitchen, you __________ by your boss.‎ A. will fire B. are fired C. will be fired ‎4. （2018 • 湖南郴州中考）—Do you know when and where the 24 Winter Olympic Games __________?‎ ‎—In Beijing and Zhangjiakou, in 2022.‎ A. is held B. will be held C. will hold ‎5. （2018 • 徐州中考）The latest mobile phone __________ in China.‎ A. will make B. has made C. is making D. is made ‎6. （2017 • 安徽中考） Mr. Green __________ to sing an English song at the party and he ‎ sang well.‎ ‎ A. was invited B. invited C. is invited D. invites ‎7. （2017 • 山东青岛）Teenagers have to be 18 years old before they __________ to drive a car.‎ A. are allowed B. will be allowed C. allow ‎8. （2017 • 山东泰安）As China grows stronger and stronger, Chinese __________ in more and more schools out of our country.‎ A. teaches B. is taught C. has taught D. was taught ‎9. （2017 • 湖北省随州市中考）—Your bedroom is so clean.‎ ‎—Of course. It __________ every day A. cleans B. cleaned C. is cleaned D. was cleaned ‎10. （2017 • 湖北省宜昌市中考）—Quite a few new laws and rules on food safety __________ into use last month.‎ ‎—Can you tell me what they are?‎ A. were putting B. have been put C. were put D. put ‎11. （2017 • 苏州市中考）—Why hasn’t Tony come?‎ ‎—The invitation letter __________ to Toby by accident A. was emailed B. has emailed C. is emailed D. emailed ‎ ‎12. （2017 • 上海中考）The museum __________ next month to celebrate the Science & Technology Festival.‎ A. is decorated B. will decorate C. is decorating D. will be decorated ‎13. （2017 • 湖北省随州市中考）—Your bedroom is so clean.‎ ‎—Of course. It __________ every day.‎ A. cleans B. cleaned C. is cleaned D. was cleaned ‎14. （2017 • 吉林省中考）Both Lily and Lucy __________ to the party yesterday, but they didn’t come at all.‎ A. were invited B. was invited C. invited ‎15. （2016 • 山东菏泽）When you go abroad, you’ll find that so many products in local shops __________ in China.‎ A. make B. have made C. are made ‎ ‎16. （2016 • 湖北黄石）—Why does the earth look blue in space?‎ ‎ —Because most of the earth’s surface __________ by water. ‎ ‎ A. covers B. is covered C. cover D. are covered ‎17. （2016 • 四川成都）You are not supposed to go to a family patty unless you __________ to in the US.‎ A. are not invited B. are invited C. will be invited ‎18. （2016 • 海南）Our plan to clean the park __________ tomorrow.‎ ‎ A. Discusses B. will discuss C. will be discussed ‎19. （2016 • 江西）I plan to build an unusual house. It __________ out of old things. ‎ A. is built B. has built C. was built D. will be built ‎20. （2016 • 重庆）Students do less homework now. Usually it __________ before 9 o’ clock in the evening.‎ ‎ A. finishes B. finished C. is finished D. was finished ‎1. （广东省东莞市智升学校2019届第一学期第三次月考）Students __________ to read the text carefully before they answered the questions.‎ A. ask B. asked C. are asked D. were asked ‎2. （福建省厦门双十中学2018届初三第二次模拟考试）—Excuse me, when can we play basketball on the playground?‎ ‎—Not until the playground __________ next week.‎ A. will repair B. will be repaired C. is repaired ‎3. （安徽省马鞍山市2018届九年级第二学期二模）Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macao Bridge ‎ __________ already. However, we don’t know what time it will be open to traffic.‎ A. is built B. was built C. will be built D. has been built ‎4. （安徽著名重点中学2018届九年级领航中考冲刺试卷）—I can’t hear any sound in Tony’s room. Is he in?‎ ‎—Oh, I forget to tell you. He __________ to attend his friend’s birthday party two hours ago.‎ A. has invited B. was invited C. will be invited D. has been invited ‎5. （2018河北邯郸市中考英语第一次模拟）Animals __________ as our good friends because they help us a lot.‎ A. treat B. are treated C. treated D. were treated ‎6. （2018届上海市黄浦区中考英语二模）It is reported that the ticket prices for key tourist sites in our country __________ soon.‎ A. have reduced B. were reduced C. have reduced D. will be reduced ‎7. （宁夏银川市第二中学（北塔中学）2018届九年级下学期模拟）Paper __________ by Cai Lun in China about 2000 years ago.‎ A. can be invented B. is invented C. will be invented D. was invented ‎8. （天津市东丽区2018届九年级中考第二次模拟）—Look! The tree is growing well. When __________?‎ ‎—Three years ago.‎ A. will it be planted B. did it plant C. was it planted D. is it planted ‎9. （河南省信阳市第九中学2018届九年级下学期最后一次模拟）The 24th Winter Olympic Games __________ in Beijing and Zhangjiakou in 2022, from February 4th to 20th.‎ A. is going to hold B. hold C. will be held D. is held ‎10. （福建省龙岩市2018适应性练习）—Li Hong, football __________ to our school subjects ‎ next term.‎ ‎—Great! It’s my favorite. I can’t wait.‎ A. was added B. is added C. will be added ‎【跟踪训练】‎ 一、用括号内所给动词的正确形式填空。(请注意时态和语态两个方面哦)‎ ‎1. will be built 2. is being discussed 3. is spoken 4. hasn’ t been found ‎ ‎5. were cut 6. are told 7. must be sent 8. are sold ‎ ‎9. are made , are made 10. be taken 11. is cleaned 12. be seen ‎ ‎13. have been watered 14. sells 15. has been 16. smells ‎ 二、按要求改写下列句子，一空一词。 ‎ ‎1. Do, grow 2. is given to me 3.soon is 4. will be sung ‎5. needn’t be done 6. is used for 7. was made to do 8. is being watched ‎ ‎9. was built 10. have been sold 11. is called 三、根据所给汉语完成句子，一空一词。 ‎ ‎① was bought for me ② Is made in China ③ covered with 四、下列各句均有一处错误，请找出并改正过来。 ‎ ‎①be done改为 do ② listened改为 listened to ③ remembered 改为 was remembered ‎ ‎④ is sounded 改为sounds ⑤By who 改为 By whom ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. C【解析】句意：天气预报员说今天下午在南方有望下阵雨。根据 a rain shower和 expect之间是被动关系，所以用被动语态，排除A/B；根据this afternoon 可知是一般现在时态；故选C。‎ ‎3. C【解析】句意：如果你在厨房里被抓到吸烟，你就会被老板开除。你只能＂被开除＂，所以需要使用被动语态be done，如果主句是将来时，那么if引导的条件状语从句用一般现在时表将来，这是主将从现的用法，本题中从句是说如果被抓到抽烟的话，用了一般现在时，那么主句用一般将来时，表示＂你将会被开除＂，所以用一把将来时的被动语态，will be done，故选C。‎ ‎4. B【解析】句意：——你知道24届冬奥会什么时候在哪里举行吗？——2022年在北京和张家口。根据the 24 Winter Olympic Games和hold之间是被动关系，所以用被动语态，根据in 2022.可知是将来时态；故选B。‎ ‎5. D【解析】句意：最新的手机是在中国制造的。will make将会制造，一般将来时态；has made现在完成时态；is making现在进行时态；is made一般现在时的被动语态。根据句意可知，这句话的主语The latest mobile phone与谓语动词make之间构成被动关系，应用被动语态，选项中只有D是被动形式，所以选D。‎ ‎6. A【解析】考查被动语态的用法。句意：格林先生在派对上被邀请唱了一首英语歌，并且他唱得非常好。A. was invited被邀请，被动结构；B. invited邀请，过去式；C. is invited被动结构，一般现在时；D. invites第三人称单数形式。根据he sang well.可知用过去时态，再根据主语和谓语动词之间是动宾关系，所以用被动语态的过去时态，故选A。学#科网 ‎7. A【解析】考查被动语态的用法。句意：青少年在允许开车前不得不达到十八岁。are allowed被动语态的一般现在时；C. will be allowed被动语态的一般将来时；D. allow一般现在时。根据主语和谓语动词之间的动宾关系，可知用被动语态，结合句意，可知表示一般情况，故选A。‎ ‎9. C【解析】考查被动语态。句意：——你的卧室真干净。——当然，‎ 它每天都被打扫。根据every day句子应该用一般现在时，句子的主语it与谓语动词clean之间是被动关系，故选C。‎ ‎10. C【解析】考查动词的被动语态。句意：——上个月，有不少新的食品安全法规出台了。——你能告诉我它们是什么吗？这个题目旨在考查动词的被动语态，句子的主语Quite a few new laws and rules与put之间是被动关系，故排除A和D选项，根据last month这个表过去时间的短语，故排除B选项。故选C。‎ ‎11. A【解析】考查动词的时态及语态。句意：——托尼为什么还没来？——邀请函偶然地通过电子邮件发送给托比。A. was emailed被邮寄，过去式的被动语态；B. has emailed已邮寄； C. is emailed被邮寄，现在式的被动语态；D. emailed 邮寄，一般过去时。The invitation letter是物，应用被动语态，邀请函已发故用过去式，因此选A。‎ ‎12. D【解析】考查动词时态和语态。句意：为庆祝即将举行的科学技术节，这个博物馆下个月就要装修。根据题意，博物馆下个月要进行装修，属于打算，应该用一般将来时，排除A和C选项。同时，博物馆是＂被装修＂，要用decorate的被动语态，即be decorated，而B是主动式，可排除。故选D。‎ ‎13. C 【解析】考查被动语态。句意：——你的卧室真干净。——当然，它每天都被打扫。根据every day句子应该用一般现在时，句子的主语it与谓语动词clean之间是被动关系，故选C。‎ ‎14. A【解析】考查动词的语态。句意：昨天李丽和露西都被邀请去参加聚会，但是他们都没有去。A. were invited 被邀请，用于复数的主语； B. was invited 用于单数主语； C. invited是过去式。因为句子的主语Both Lily and Lucy是复数，并且与谓语动词之间是被动关系，所以用were invited被邀请，故选A。‎ ‎15. C【解析】考查动词的语态。句意：当你去国外时，你会在当地商店里看到那么多中国制造的商品。主语products是谓语动词make的承受者，句子用被动语态，故选C。‎ ‎17. B【解析】考查动词时态。句意：在美国如果你不被邀请，你不应该参加家庭聚会。Unless引导的条件状语从句，主句将来时或有情态动词，从句用一般现代时。故选B。‎ ‎18. C【解析】考查动词的时态及语态的用法。句意：打扫公园的计划将在明天被讨论。根据 tomorrow可知，句子应该用一般将来时，句子的主语plan与discuss 之间是被动关系。故选C。‎ ‎19. D【解析】考查动词的时态及语态。句意：我计划建一座与众不同的房子，所建造的房子会推陈出新。根据plan可知，计划要做的事情，当然句子用一般将来时，句子是主语it指房子，it与build之间是被动关系。所以用将来时的被动语态。故选D。‎ ‎20. C【解析】考查一般现在时被动语态。句意：学生现在做较少的家庭作业。通常在晚上九点前就可以完成。在该句中的it指代上文中的homework，它是动词finish的承受者，该用被动语态。根据usually可知该用一般现在时。所以选C。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. D【解析】句意：学生们被要求在回答问题之前仔细阅读课文。考查一般过去时的被动语态。A. ask 动词原形；B. asked动词过去式；C. are asked一般现在时的被动语态；D. were asked一般过去时的被动语态。根据题干可知主语和谓语动词之间是被动关系，即学生们是被要求去仔细阅读课文，所以应用被动语态，故排除A、B选项；由句中的answered可知是一般过去时态，所以排除C选项；故选D。‎ ‎2. C【解析】句意：——对不起，我们什么时候可以在操场上打篮球？——直到下周操场修好。will repair 将会修理；will be repaired 将会被修理；is repaired 被修理。这里until引导的是时间状语从句，需要遵循“主将从现”原则，本句主句已省略，从句使用一般现在时is repaired“被修理”，故选C。‎ ‎3. D【解析】句意：香港——珠海——澳门大桥已经被建成了。然而，我们不知道它将在什么时候开始通车。根据already可知此处用现在完成时，故选D。‎ ‎4. B【解析】句意：——在Tony的房间我听不到任何声音，他在里面吗？——哦，我忘了告诉你，他两个小时之前被邀请参加朋友的生日聚会了。has invited现在完成时，邀请；was invited一般过去时的被动语态；will be invited一般将来时的被动语态；has been invited现在完成时的被动语态。根据句中的时间状语two hours ago可知，这里说的是过去的事情，应用一般过去时态，排除A和D。句子的主语He与动词构成被动关系，应用被动语态，故选B。‎ ‎5. B【解析】句意：动物被当作我们的好朋友来对待，因为他们能帮助我们很多。treat对待，动词原形；are treated一般现在时的被动语态；treated对待，过去式；were treated一般过去时的被动语态。根据句中because they help us a lot 可知，这句话用的是一般现在时态，排除C和D；根据句意可知，主语Animals和动词treat构成被动关系，应用被动语态，故应选B。‎ ‎8. C【解析】句意：看，这棵树长得很好，它是什么时候被种上的。主语是it 指的是树，和plant 之间有被动关系，所以要用被动语态，be + 过去分词，又因植树发生在过去，所以一般过去时的被动语态，was planted 故选C。‎ ‎9. C【解析】句意：第24届冬奥会将于2022年2月4日至20日在北京和张家口举行。考查一般将来时的被动语态。由句中的in 2022可知时态用一般将来时，分析题干可知本句的主语The 24th Winter Olympic Games是动作hold的承受者，所以应用被动语态；一般将来时的被动语态构成为：主语+will be+动词过去分词，hold的过去分词是held，故选C。‎ ‎10. C【解析】句意：——李红，下个学期足球就会增加成为我们的学校学科了。——太好了！这是我最喜欢的学科，我已经迫不及待了。根据next term可知，用一般将来时，且主语football与add之间为被动，故选C。学#科网 不能使用被动语态的情况 情况 例句 不及物动词和系动词无被动语态 A fire broke out last night. 昨晚发生了火灾。‎ 某些表示状态的及物动词或及物动词短语也不能用被动语态 This coat doesn’t fit me. 这件外套不适合我。‎ The hall can contain two hundred people. 这个大厅可以容纳200人。‎ 反身代词或相互代词作宾语的句子不能用被动语态 We have helped each other for over two years. 我们相互帮助有两年多了。‎ 宾语是不定式或动名词的句子不可用被动语态 Most people want to have their own house. 许多人想要有自己的房子。‎ 当谓语动词和宾语构成一个不可分割的整体时，即固定短语，句子不可变为被动语态 It took him a long time to make up his mind. 他用了很久才下定决心。‎ Who’s going to take his place after he leaves? 他走了谁来顶替他？‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ 这样的短语常用的有：‎ do one’s best尽力，尽最大努力 make a face做鬼脸 lose heart失去信心，丧失勇气 ‎ 被动语态的特殊情况：‎ ‎1. 不能用被动语态的几种情况：‎ ‎（1）所有的不及物动词或不及物动词词组不能用于被动语态。‎ ‎（2）表示状态的谓语动词，如：last、hold、benefit、contain、equal、fit等。‎ ‎（3）表示归属的动词，如have、own、belong to等。‎ ‎（4）表示＂希望、意图＂的动词，如：wish、want、hope、like、love、hate等。‎ ‎（5）宾语是反身代词或相互代词时谓语动词用主动语态，不能用被动语态。‎ ‎2. 主动形式表被动意义的情况：‎ ‎（1）系动词没有被动形式，但有些表示感受、感官的连系动词feel，sound，taste，book，feel等在主系表结构中常以主动形式表示被动意义。 ‎ ‎（2）当cut，sell，read，write，fill，cook，lock，wash，drive，keep等词带状语修饰语时。‎ ‎（3）当break out、take place、shut off、turn off、work out等动词词组表示＂发生、关闭、制定＂等意思时。‎ ‎（4）want，require，need后面的动名词用主动表示被动含义。‎ ‎（5）be worth doing用主动形式表示被动含义。‎ ‎（6）在＂be + 形容词 + to do＂中，不定式的逻辑宾语是句子的主语，用主动代被动。‎ 另外：be to blame(受谴责)，be to rent（出租）也用主动形式表被动。学科&网 ‎1. As time went on, Einstein’s theory __________ to be correct.‎ A. proved B. proves ‎ C. is proved D. was proved ‎2. The retired worker likes getting up early. The air in the morning is good __________.‎ A.to be breathed B. to breathe ‎ C. breathing D. being breathed ‎3. I find the problems are easy __________.‎ A. to be worked out B. to work them out C. to work out D. to be worked them out.‎ ‎4. Later Mrs Smith decided to buy that kind of cloth because she _________ that the cloth _________very well.‎ A. has been told; washes B. had been told; washed C. was told; was washed D. had been told; was washed ‎5. If so many raw materials_________ every day, they_________ in the future.‎ A. run out; will be used up B. run out; will be run out C. are run out; will be using up D. are run out; will run out of ‎6. His computer, which cost him a sum of money several weeks ago, is out of order and wants _________, though it looks very new.‎ A.to repair B.to be repairing C. repairing D. repaired ‎7. —How about watching a film on Sunday?‎ ‎—I can’t go to watch a film with a lot of homework _________.‎ A. to be done B. to do C. doing D. done ‎1. （2018 • 江苏宿迁中考）This kind of pen __________, and is also very cheap. I think you can ‎ buy some.‎ A. writes well B. writes good C. is written well D. is written good ‎2. （2016 • 江西）The water __________ dark and dirty. It’s no longer safe to drink.‎ A. became B. has become C. will become D. was becoming ‎3. （2017 • 安徽）I am surprised at the new look of my hometown, for it __________ a lot over the years.‎ ‎ A. changed B. changes C. will change D. has changed ‎4. （2017 • 山东泰安）With the development of science and technology, robot cooks __________ in our families in the future.‎ A. appear B. appeared C. will appear D. is appearing ‎5. （2017 • 湖北省随州市中考）—What __________ if they __________ to the meeting late?‎ ‎—Sorry, I don’t know.‎ A. will happen; go B. happened; go C. happens; will go D. will happen; will go ‎6. （2017 • 江苏省宿迁市中考）My grandparents __________ for over 60 years and they love each other very much.‎ A. have been married B. got married C. were married D. have got married ‎7. （2016 • 湖南邵阳）We __________ for a picnic if it __________ rain this Sunday.‎ ‎ A. will go; doesn’t B. will go; won’t C. go; doesn’t ‎8. （2016 • 江苏镇江）—Have you been to Suning Plaza(苏宁购物中心) in our city?‎ ‎ —No. Although it __________ for more than a week, I’m far too busy to go there.‎ ‎ A. has started B. has been on C. has been open D. has opened ‎9. （2016 • 山东青岛）William Shakespeare __________ for 400 years, but his works still have great influence today. ‎ ‎ A. died B. was dying C. has died D. has been ‎ dead ‎ 1. —What’s the meaning of the activity ＂Let’s Save＂?‎ ‎—Paper shouldn’t ____________ in everyday life. ‎ A. waste B. wasted C. be wasted D. is wasted ‎2. The Dongying-Hainan airline ____________ for about 5 months. I have taken the flights three times.‎ A. is open B. has opened C. has been open D. has been opened ‎3. My house ____________ when you visited Beijing last time, so I didn’t invite you to my home. ‎ A. was being decorated B. is being decorated ‎ C. has been decorated D. was decorated ‎4. My e-mail ____________ to you last night. Have you received it ____________?‎ A. sent；yet B. is sent；already C. was sent；yet ‎5. In the past few years, thousands of films ____________ all over the world. ‎ A. have produced B. have been produced C. are producing D. are being produced ‎6. —It’s difficult for the village children to cross the river for school. ‎ ‎—I think a bridge ____________ over the river. ‎ A. should be built B. is being built C. has been built D. was built ‎7. The World Expo（世博会）____________ in Shanghai now. ‎ A. being had B. is having C. is holding D. is being held ‎8. Now it’s much easier to shop online when your order is ready, the things you want to buy ____________to you soon. ‎ A. send B. were sent C. are sending D. will be sent ‎【跟踪训练】‎ ‎1. A【解析】句意：随着时间的推移，爱因斯坦的理论证明是正确的。prove＂证明是＂，这里用作连系动词，要用主动形式表被动含义，故选A。‎ ‎2. B【答案解析】考查主动表示被动。句意：这个退休工人喜欢早起。早晨的空气利于呼吸。在＂主语+be+adj.+to do＂结构中，动词不定式用主动形式表被动意义。‎ ‎4. B【解析】考查动词。句意：后来史密斯夫人决定买这种布，因为有人告诉她这种布好洗。根据语境＂tell＂这一动作发生在＂decided to buy＂之前，主语she与tell是被动关系，故第一空使用过去完成时的被动语态；wash是主动形式表示被动个含义，表示＂the cloth＂的特性，故第二空填washed。故选B。‎ ‎5.A 【解析】考查被动语态。句意：如果(我们)每天用完如此多的原材料，将来它们将会被用光。run out ‎＂用完＂，是不及物动词词组，没有被动语态；use up是及物动词词组，可用被动语态。故选A。不及物动词(或动词短语)如happen, take place, break out等无被动式。如：Great changes have taken place in my hometown in the past twenty years. 在过去的二十年里我的家乡已经发生了巨大的变化。‎ ‎6. C 【解析】考查被动语态。他几个星期前花了一大笔钱买的电脑，尽管看起来很新，但出了故障，需要修理。want doing sth.＂需要做某事＂，可用主动形式表示被动含义，故选C项。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】考查被动语态。句意：——星期天去看一场电影怎么样?——‎ 我有许多作业要做，不能去看了。本题是＂with+名词/代词+不定式＂结构，不定式表示动作尚未发生。故选B。‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. A【解析】句意：这种笔写得很好，也很便宜。我想你可以买一些。考查动词语态和副词辨析题。write写，动词，需用副词修饰，good是形容词，可排除B、D两项。write这个动作是由pen发出的，不可用被动语态，可排除C项。根据句意结构和语境，可知选A。‎ ‎2. B【解析】考查动词时态。句意：水变得又脏又黑，已经不能继续安全饮用了。根据It’s no longer safe to drink.可知，给现在带来的结果是不能饮用了，所以用现在完成时，表示过去的动作对现在的影响，故选B。‎ ‎3. D【解析】考查动词的时态的用法。句意：对我的家乡的新面貌我感到吃惊，因为这几年它变化很大。A. changed改变，过去式；B. changes第三人称单数形式；C. will change一般将来时；D. has changed现在完成时。over the years.指最近几年即从过去到现在的几年，所以用现在完成时，故选D。‎ ‎4. C【解析】考查将来时的用法。句意：随着科学和技术的发展，机器人煮饭机在未来将出现在我们的家庭中。A. appear出现，动词原形；B. appeared 动词过去式；C. will appear 将来时态；D. is appearing现在进行时。根据时间，可知用将来时，故选C。‎ ‎5. A 【解析】考查动词时态。句意：——如果他们开会迟到会怎么样？——对不起，我不知道。If引导的在条件状语从句不能用将来时，而用一般现在时来代替，遵循主将从现的原则。故选A。‎ ‎7. A【解析】考查动词的时态辨析。句意：如果本周星期天不下雨，我们要去野餐。前空描述的是本周星期天将要发生的动作，用一般将来时态：will go；后半部分是if引出的条件状语从句，要用一般现在时态表示将要发生的动作，主语it是三人称单数，否定是在动词原形前加助动词doesn’t。故选A。‎ ‎8. C【解析】考查现在完成时 ‎。句意：——你曾经去过我们市的苏宁购物中心吗？——没有。尽管它开业有一周多了，但是我太忙而没有时间去那里。和一段时间连用，动作要用延续性的或者用延续性的状态词。open，start都是瞬间动词。be on表示工作着，开着；be open表示开着的，营业中的；这两个词都是延续性状态，结合句意，故选C。‎ ‎9. D【解析】考查动词时态。句意：莎士比亚已经去世400年了，但他的作品现在仍然有大的影响。根据for 400 years可知该用现在完成时，而且谓语动词必须是延续性动词。所以选D。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. C【解析】根据句中的主语 paper 是谓语动词 waste 的承受者，二者形成被动关系，故用被动语态，再结 合句中含有情态动词 should 的否定形式 shouldn’t，故谓语动词为含有情态动词的被动语态， 其结构为：情态动词+be+及物动词的过去分词，结合空格前有 shouldn’t，填入 be wasted 即可，所以选C。‎ ‎2. C【解答】根据 The Dongying—Hainan airline…for about 5months，可知 for+ 时间段，是现在完成时的时间标志，所以应用现在完成时，且动词要用延续性动词，open 是 非延续性动词，故要变成 be+open 的系表结构，又知现在完成时的结构为 have/has+动词的 过去分词，故选C。‎ ‎3. A【解答】首先根据 when 引导的时间状语从句＂上次你来北京参观时＂，判断主句动作用过去进行时，主 语 my house 是动作 decorate 的承受者，所以用被动语态，过去进行时被动语态的构成是： 主语+was/were + being+动词的过去分词，主语是单数名词，be 动词用 was，decorate 的过去分词是 decorated，故选A。‎ ‎4. C【解答】last night 这一个短语可以推测句子要用过去时态，故可以 排除 B 选项。e-mail 邮件是被发送出去，是 send 的动作承受者，所以要用被动语态，故可 以排除 A 选项. already 与 yet 都可以表示＂已经＂，但两个还是有区别，区别是：already 是 用于肯定句，yet 是用于否定句和疑问句. 所以正确答案为C。‎ ‎6. A【解答】首先根据语境＂我认为应该在河上面建造一座桥＂，宾语从句的主语 a bridge 是动作build的 承受者，表示＂被建造＂，确定用被动语态，根据句意用情态动词 should，含有情态动词的被动语态的构成是：主语+情态动词+be+动词的过去分词。‎ 故答案为A。‎ ‎7. D【解答】根据 The World Expo（世博会）in Shanghai now. 可知这句话的主语是The World Expo，是动作的承受者，它和动词 hold 构作成被动关系，所以应该用被动语态，根据now可知应该用现在进行时态，故应用现在进行时态的被动语态，现在进行时态的被动语态的构成：be+being+过去分词。所以选D。‎ ‎8. D【解答】根据soon可知句子所使用的时态为将来时；再根据the things作主语，它是send这个动作的承受着，当主语是动作的承受着时，可知句子所使用的语态应该为被动语态。所以句子所使用的应该是一般将来时的被动语态，构成为：will+be+动词过去分词。故选D。‎ 命题趋势：‎ ‎ 非谓语动词是历年中考必考知识点。从考查形式看，一般有单项选择、完形填空、词语运用等。所占分值通常为2～4分。从命题意图看，侧重考查考生的具体语言环境中使用非谓语动词的能力。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎ 1. 动词不定式；‎ ‎2. 动名词；‎ ‎3. 分词（现在分词和过去分词）。‎ ‎ 非谓语动词指不能单独作谓语，但同时仍保留动词某些特征的动词形式。非谓语动词主要包括不定式、动名词和分词（现在分词和过去分词）。‎ ‎ 构成：to + 动词原形 ‎ 动词不定式 ‎ 作用：作除谓语外的任何成分 ‎ 构成：v-.ing/v.-ed(规则动词)‎ 动词的非谓语形式 分词 ‎ 作用：表、定、状、补 ‎ 构成：v.-ing ‎ 动名词 ‎ 作用：主、宾、表、定 考向一：不定式 ‎1. 动词不定式的作用 句子成分 用法 例句 作主语 谓语动词用单数形式，为避免＂头重脚轻＂常用it作形式主语。常用句型有：‎ ‎①It is +adj.+for/of sb.+(not)to do sth.意为＂做某事对某人来说是……＂。‎ ‎②It takes sb.+some time+to do sth.意为＂做某事花费某人多长时间＂‎ To master a language is not easy=It is not easy to master a language.学好一门语言是不容易的。‎ 作宾语 常接动词不定式作宾语的动词有：would like, want, like,hope, wish, plan，decide,learn, agree, try, remember, forget, expect, refuse,afford, prefer, continue, promise, begin, start 等think,find,believe等动词可用于＂动词+it+adj.+to do sth.＂句型中。it作形式宾语,而真正的宾语是后面的不定式。学科&网 I would like to make friends with you.我想要和你交朋友。‎ I find it difficult to pass my math exam.我发现要通过数学考试很难。‎ 作定语 动词不定式放在名词、代词后作定语，两者之间常有逻辑上的动宾关系，因此，如果不定式中的动词是不及物动词，后面应该加上相应的介词。常接不定式作定语的名词有：time, need, way, chance, opportunity, courage, reason, effort, determination, decision ,ability, ambition ‎ Can you give me a pen to write with?能给我一只用于书写的笔吗？‎ Do you have something to say?你有什么要说的吗？‎ 作状语 不定式常可用作状语，修饰动词，表示行为的目的、结果和原因。‎ To do a good job,we must have the right tools. 要干好活工具要对头。‎ 作表语 放在系动词后作表语。‎ My dream is to be an engineer.我想成为一名工程师。‎ ‎2. 不定式的特殊用法 ‎ ①使役动词和感官动词后跟动词不定式作宾语补足语，须省略to。此类动词有：一感(feel)、二听(hear, listen to)、三让(let, make, have)、四看(look at, see, watch, notice)、五帮(help)。变为被动语态时，省略的to则要加上。‎ ‎②动词不定式的否定形式是not to do，其被动形式为to be done。‎ ‎►Our teacher asked us not to swim in the river alone.我们老师要求我们不要独自一人在河里游泳。‎ ‎ ③常接＂疑问词+带to的不定式＂的动词有teach, show, tell, learn, find out, decide, know, forget等。‎ ‎►My mother taught me how to cook yesterday. 昨天我妈妈教我如何做饭。‎ 考向二：动名词 ‎（一）动名词的构成 动名词是由＂动词+-ing＂构成，和现在分词形式一样，兼有动词和名词的特点。‎ ‎（二）动名词作用 句子成分 用法 例句 作主语 单个动名词作主语时谓语动词用单数形式，常用的句型结构有：‎ It is no use（good）+v.ing.‎ Seeing is believing.眼见为实。‎ It is no use arguing again.再去争吵也没有用。‎ 作表语 放在系动词后面作表语 Her job is looking after the children.她的工作是照顾这些小孩子。‎ 作宾语 用动名词作宾语，不能用不定式作宾语的词有：avoid, finish, consider, give up, cannot help, allow, imagine, include, keep, mind, practice, suggest，succeed in, be used to do, look No matter what happened, I won’t give up achieving my dream.不管发生了什么事情，我都不会放弃去实现我的梦想。‎ ‎ forward to, enjoy, be busy 作定语 用于名词前，起修饰说明作用 There is a swimming pool in her home.她家有个游泳池。‎ ‎（三）动名词的特殊用法 ‎ 即可接动词不定式又可接动名词作宾语的动词有： love, like, hate, prefer, dislike, begin, start, continue, intend, attempt, can’t bear, propose, want, need, remember, forget, regret, neglect, try, deserve, can’t afford等动词。有时两者之间的意义差别不大，但remember, regret, want, try等词后差别比较明显。‎ 考向三：分词 ‎（一）现在分词和过去分词的构成 ‎ 现在分词由v.+ing构成，过去分词v.+ed(规则动词)构成。‎ ‎（二）分词的用法 句子成分 用法 例句 作定语 现在分词表示正在进行，有主动的含义，过去分词表示已经完成，有被动的含义。‎ The crying boy annoyed us a lot.那个哭泣的男孩使我们很烦恼。‎ 作表语 放在系动词后作表语 The story is interesting.I am interested in it. 这个故事很有趣，我对它很感兴趣。‎ 作宾语补足语 用于补充说明宾语的动作和状态 He could hear his heart beating fast. ‎ 他可以听见自己的心脏跳得很快。‎ 作状语 通常表示主语正在进行的另一动作，来对主语的主要动作加以修饰。‎ I got home, feeling very tired. 我疲惫地回到家里。‎ 非谓语动词解题七大原则 原则一：用作目的状语，原则上要用不定式。‎ 原则二：用作伴随状语，原则上要用-ing。‎ 原则三：用作结果状语时，可用-ing或不定式，其区别是，一般用-ing，表示一定逻辑的结果，即结果在意料之中。不定式作结果状语表示非逻辑的结果，即结果在意料之外。‎ 原则四：凡是含有被动意义时，原则上要用过去分词。但是，如果所涉及的动作尚未发生，则用不定式的被动式；如果所涉及的动作正在进行，则用-ing的被动式。‎ 原则五：非谓语动词作状语时，其逻辑主语原则上应与主句主语保持一致。‎ 原则六：强调动作发生在主句谓语动作之前时，原则上要用完成式（根据情况可用不定式的完成式或-ing的完成式）。‎ 原则七：用于名词后作定语时：用不定式，表示动作尚未发生；用-ing，表示动作正在进行；用过去分词，表示动作被动、完成。‎ ‎【巧学妙记】‎ 后跟to do作宾语的动词（词组）‎ ‎(1)想要，拒绝，忘记 (want/would like, refuse, forget)‎ ‎(2)需要，努力，学习 (need, try, learn)‎ ‎(3)喜欢，同意，帮助 (like, agree, help)‎ ‎(4)希望，决定，开始 (hope/wish, decide, begin/start)‎ ‎【巧学妙记】‎ 巧记后跟动名词作宾语的动词 喜欢(enjoy)不断(keep)提建议(suggest)‎ 盼望(look forward to)习惯(be used to)却完毕(finish)‎ 想要(feel like)花费(spend)去练习(practice)‎ 忍俊不禁(can’t help)还介意(mind)‎ I. 适当形式填空(单句适当形式) ‎ ‎1. He didn’t finish (read) the book until last week.‎ ‎2. His sister decided (not write) to him again ‎3. They will go to the station (meet) the guests.‎ ‎4. Sorry, I forgot (return) your CD today. I’ll give it to you tomorrow.‎ ‎5. Mary is heard (sing) English songs every morning.‎ ‎6. There must be something wrong with my TV set. I’ll have it (repair).‎ ‎7. Noodles are my favorite. But I don’t like (eat) them when I feel sick.‎ ‎8. Mr. King is usually seen (go) shopping with his wife.‎ ‎9. The broken bike needs (repair) at once.‎ ‎10. He promised (send) me the bill as soon as possible.‎ ‎11. She couldn’t help (smile) at the words.‎ ‎12. Would you mind my (open) the windows?‎ ‎13. It’s no use (ask) him about it.‎ ‎14. The boy kept (wait) outside the hole for about ten minutes.‎ ‎15. Every morning my grandpa spends half an hour (water) the flowers.‎ ‎16. We’re so much looking forward to (see) you again.‎ ‎17. I can read many books every month, and I think most of them are worth (read).‎ ‎18. This problem is a bit hard. Let me (think)it over.‎ ‎19. Who can make the child (stop) crying?‎ ‎20. Did you have your homework (finish)?‎ II. 单项选择。‎ ‎1.—It is getting cold. Would you mind ________ the window?‎ ‎ —Of course not.‎ ‎ A. closing B. to close C. closed ‎2.－Excuse me .Could you please tell me ________ my car?‎ ‎ －Sure. Park it right here. I’ll help you. ‎ A. how to stop B. where to park C. when to park ‎3. I have a lot of things ________ this weekend. ‎ A. do B. did ‎ C. doing D. to do ‎4. He is too young ________ to school . ‎ A. to go B. not to go ‎ C. to saying D. didn’t say[来源:学科网ZXXK]‎ ‎5. I remember ________ you somewhere before. ‎ A. to see B. seeing ‎ C. seen D. saw ‎1. （2018 • 山东临沂）I didn’t see you ________ in. You must have been very quiet.‎ A. comes B. to come C. come D. have come ‎2. （2018 • 安顺中考）—You should do what you can ________ your English, Li Ming.‎ ‎—OK, I will. Thank you, Ms. Hu.‎ A. improve B. to improve C. improving D. improved ‎3. （2018 • 绥化中考）People are supposed ________ hands when they meet for the first time in America.‎ A. shaking B. to shake C. shake ‎4. （2018 • 成都中考）I got up early this morning ________ my grandma at the airport.‎ A. to pick up B. picking up C. picked up ‎5. （2018 • 天津中考）Harry invited me ________ with him when his parents were out of town.‎ A. stay B. staved C. staying D. to stay ‎6. （2018 • 绥化中考）Would you mind ________ down the music? It's too noisy.‎ A. to turn B. turning C. turn ‎7. （2018 • 内蒙古包头中考）As we all know, a person learns many things by making mistakes and ________ them.‎ A. corrects B. correct C. to correct D. correcting ‎8. （2018 • 苏州中考）—I’m Daisy, not Jessie.‎ ‎—Sorry, I have difficulty ________ people’s names.‎ A. remembering B. remember C. to remember D. ‎ remembered ‎9. （2018内蒙古通辽中考）I can’t stand ________ in public.‎ A. smoking B. to smoke C. smoke D. smokes ‎10. （2018青海西宁中考）—Mr. Wang, I have trouble ________ the text. Could you help me?‎ ‎—Certainly. First, remember ________ it three times at least. Then, I will tell you more.‎ A. to understand; reading B. understanding; reading C. understanding; to read D. to understand; to read ‎1. （辽宁省大石桥市水源镇九年一贯制学校2018届九年级上学期期末模拟）I’ll do what I can ________ you.‎ A. help B. for help C. helps D. to help ‎2. （四川省成都外国语学校2018届九年级下学期三诊考试）—How ________ did it take the sculptors ________ a model?‎ ‎—About 3 months.‎ A. long; finishing B. often; to finish C. far; to finish D. long; to finish ‎3. （江苏省泰州市滨江实验学校2018秋学期九年级英语期中复习）We are glad that more attention has been paid ________ the air around us.‎ A. to improve B. to to improve C. to improving D. to to imporving ‎4. （广西桂平市2018届九年级第二次模拟考试）—Do you prefer ________ basketball with me?‎ ‎—No, I’d rather stay at home and watch TV.‎ A. play B. to play C. playing D. played ‎5. （福建省龙岩市2018适应性练习）It’s reported that China plans ________ Hainan into a new free trade port by 2025.‎ A. build B. to build C. building ‎6.（2016·山东宁津育新中学九年级模拟试卷）________ baseball game, you need to go to the ‎ Yankee Stadium.‎ A. To watch B. After playing C. Before buying D. Looking at ‎7.（2016·云南曲靖市一中九年级检测）—Thanks a lot for going out of your way ________ me.‎ ‎—It’s my pleasure.‎ A. help B. helping ‎ C. helped D. to help ‎8.（2016·江苏盐城东台第一教研片九年级下期检测）Why not ________ an English Club to practice ________?‎ A. to join; speaking B. join; speaking C. join; to speak D. to join; to speak ‎9.（2016·河南郑州九年级二模）—Is Tom in the next room? ‎ ‎—Well, it’s hard to say. But I heard him ________ loudly when I passed by just now.‎ A. speak B. to speak C. spoken D. speaking ‎ ‎10.（2016·云南腾冲第五中学九年级模考）I learn English by ________ aloud.‎ A. read B. to read ‎ C. read to D. reading ‎【跟踪训练】‎ I. 适当形式填空(单句适当形式) ‎ ‎1. reading 2. not to write ‎3. to meet 4. to return ‎5. to sing 6. repaired ‎7. to eat 8. to go ‎9. repairing/to be repaired 10. to send ‎11. smiling 12. opening ‎13. asking 14. waiting ‎15. watering 16. seeing ‎17. reading 18. think ‎19. stop 20. finished II. 单项选择。‎ ‎3. D【解析】句意：这个周末我有许多事情要做。to do作定语修饰名词things，与名词是逻辑上的动宾关系。‎ ‎4.A【解析】句意：他是太小了而不能去上学。too...to 意为＂太……而不能＂，中间加形容词或副词，to后加动词原形。‎ ‎5. B【解析】remember to do sth. 记得要做某事，还未做；remember doing sth.记得做过某事，已经做过了。根据句意＂我记得以前在某个地方见过你。＂表示已经发生。故选B。‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. C【解析】句意：我没有见你进来，你一定是悄悄地进来的。考查非谓语动词。see sb. doing sth.看见某人正在做某事，强调正在做的动作；see sb. do sth.意为＂看见了某人做某事＂，强调看见动作的全过程。根据句意，＂我＂没有看见come这个动作正在发生，故选C。学科&网 ‎2. B【解析】句意：——你应该尽你所能来提高你的英语水平，李明。——好吧，我会的。谢谢你，胡老师。what you can (do)作动词do的宾语，为宾语从句，do what you can尽你所能，后面用动词不定式作目的状语，故答案为B。‎ ‎3. B【解析】句意：在美国，人们第一次相见的时候应握手。A. shaking现在分词形式；B. to shake动词不定式 ； C. shake动词原形。be supposed to do sth 应该做某事，为固定用法，故选B。‎ ‎4. A【解析】句意：今天早上起床早为了在机场接我的奶奶。短语pick up表示接某人；这里是动词不定式表示目的。根据题意，故选A。‎ ‎6. B【解析】考查动名词。句意：你介意把音乐的音量调小一些吗？太吵了。A. to turn 不定式；B. turning 动名词（或现在分词）；C. turn.动词原形。mind.意为"介意；在乎"后面只能跟动名词作宾语，故选B。‎ ‎7. D【解析】句意：我们都知道，一个人通过犯错误和改正错误可以学到很多东西。考查动名词。And连接两个并列的成分，由前面的making可知此处形式应与其一致，即doing形式；结合选项，可知D选项符合题意，故选D。‎ ‎8. A【解析】句意：——我是Daisy，不是Jessie。——对不起，我在记住人名上有困难。remembering记住，是动名词形式；remember动词原形；to remember动词不定式；remembered过去式。这句话中使用了句型have difficulty doing sth.，做某事有困难，因此这里应用ing形式，选A。‎ ‎9. A【解析】句意：我不能忍受在公众场合吸烟。smoking吸烟，是动名词形式；to smoke动词不定式；smoke吸烟，动词原形；smokes是动词的第三人称单数形式。句中使用了句型can’t stand doing sth.不能忍受做某事，故这里应选A。‎ ‎10. C【解析】句意：——王老师，我在理解课文上有困难，你能帮助我吗？——当然了，首先记住至少要读三遍；然后我再告诉你更多。to understand动词不定式形式，理解；understanding动名词形式；reading阅读，动名词形式；to read动词不定式。第一个空考查了句型have trouble doing sth.做某事有困难，所以应用动名词形式，先排除A和D；第二个空前的动词remember有两个句型，remember to do sth.记得去做某事（还没有做）；remember doing sth.记得做过某事。根据句意可知，这里应表示＂记得去做＂，用动词不定式，故应选C。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. D【解析】句意：我将做我所能做的来帮助你。不定式在这里作目的状语；故选D。‎ ‎3. C【解析】句意：我们很高兴人们对我们周围的空气给予了更多的关注。to improve动词不定式；to to improve第一个to是短语pay attention to；第二个to是动词不定式的符号；to improving是介词to后跟动名词；to to improving形式错误。这个题目考查了短语pay attention to…注意……，to是介词，后面跟动名词形式，所以选C。‎ ‎4. B【解析】句意：——你愿意和我打篮球吗？ ——不，我宁愿待在家里看电视。这里是考查动词prefer的用法prefer后有两种形式，一种是prefer sth./doing sth.宁愿/ 更喜欢做某事, 第二种是prefer to do sth.意思是＂愿意做某事＂。从语境可知这里想表达的是愿意做某事，所以用prefer to play，故选B。‎ ‎5. B【解析】句意：据报道，中国计划在2025年底前把海南建成一个新的自由贸易港。考查动词形式辨析题。plan to do打算/计划做某事，固定短语。根据句意语境，可知选B。‎ ‎6. A【解析】句意：为了看棒球，你需要去洋基体育场。此处动词不定式短语作目的状语。‎ ‎7. D【解析】句意：——非常感谢你能专门来帮助我。——这是我的荣幸。此处应用不定式作目的状语，故选D。‎ ‎8. B【解析】句意：为什么不加入一个英语俱乐部来练习口语呢？提建议句型＂为什么不做某事＂(why not do sth.)；练习做某事(practice doing sth.)；故选B。‎ ‎9. D【解析】答语句意：我刚刚经过时，听见他在大声说话。强调动作正在进行用现在分词。‎ ‎10. B【解析】句意：我通过大声阅读来学习英语。by doing sth.通过做某事，by后加动名词。‎ 命题趋势：‎ ‎ 陈述句是陈述一个事实或者说话人的看法的句子，陈述句分为肯定句和否定句，备战2017年中考时要牢记陈述句的肯定形式及否定形式等用法。‎ 疑问句可分为一般疑问句、特殊疑问句、反意疑问句和选择疑问句四大类。中考英语试题一般考查这些疑问句的结构及其回答。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎1. 掌握陈述句的肯定式、否定式；‎ ‎2. 除no，not以外的表否定意义的词；‎ ‎3. 掌握一般疑问句、特殊疑问句和选择疑问句的构成和基本用法；‎ ‎4. 理解反意疑问句的构成和基本用法。‎ 陈述句 陈述句主要分为肯定句和否定句。‎ 考向一：陈述句的肯定句式 主要有五种基本句型： ‎ ‎1. 主语 + 谓语（不及物动词）‎ ‎ The rain stopped. 雨停了 ‎2. 主语 + 谓语（及物动词）+ 宾语 ‎ Children are playing basketball. 孩子们在打篮球。‎ ‎3. 主语 + 连系动词 + 表语 Leaves turn yellow in autumn. 秋天树叶变黄。‎ ‎4. 主语 + 谓语（及物动词）+ 间接宾语 + 直接宾语 My father bought me a computer. 我爸爸给我买了台电脑。‎ ‎5. 主语 + 谓语（及物动词）+ 宾语 + 宾语补足语 ‎ He made his sister cried just now. 他刚刚把他妹妹弄哭了。‎ 考向二：陈述句的否定句式 ‎1. 若句中有连系动词be、情态动词或助动词，则分别在它们的后面加上not。‎ His mother has already called the police for help. 他的母亲已经报警求助了。‎ ‎→His mother hasn’t called the police for help yet. 他的母亲还没有报警求助。‎ ‎【典例】‎ Sometimes you’re supposed to come early. (变为否定句)‎ Sometimes you ____________ ____________ supposed to come early. ‎ ‎【答案】are not ‎【解析】因为句中有连系动词are，所以在变为否定句时，应在are后加not。学&科网　　‎ ‎2. 原句中没有连系动词be、助动词或情态动词时，要在行为动词前加助动词(do，does，did)与否定副词not。并且要注意这时的行为动词要用原形。另外，还需要将原句中的some改为any，too改为either，already改为yet。‎ The old man hurt his leg last Wednesday. 这位老人上周三腿受伤了。‎ ‎→The old man didn’t hurt his leg last Wednesday. 这位老人上周三腿没有受伤。‎ ‎【典例】‎ He did some work this morning. (变为否定句)‎ He ____________ do ____________ work this morning. ‎ ‎【答案】didn’t；any ‎3. 英语中有些肯定句与not连用只表示部分否定，所以在变为否定句时，只需将其中的某一（些）词语变为否定词即可。常见的这类词有both→neither，all→none，both... and... →neither... nor...，everyone/each→no one/nobody，each/either→neither，a few→few，a little→little。‎ All the students are listening carefully. ‎ ‎→None of the students is/are listening carefully. ‎ Both Joy and Sam like singing Beijing Opera. ‎ ‎→Neither Joy nor Sam likes singing Beijing Opera. ‎ ‎【典例】‎ I know ____________ about the news. You can ask Peter. He can tell you the news. ‎ A. everything B. nothing C. anything ‎【答案】B ‎4. 在含有宾语从句的主从复合句中，当主句的主语是第一人称，谓语动词是think时，如果要否定后面的宾语从句，习惯上否定主句的谓语动词。‎ I think she will come here soon. ‎ ‎→I don’t think she will come here soon.‎ 疑问句 考向一：一般疑问句 英语中的疑问句分为一般疑问句、特殊疑问句、选择疑问句和反意疑问句四种。所谓一般疑问句，就是可以用yes或no来回答的疑问句。‎ ‎1. 肯定形式的一般疑问句 此类一般疑问句的结构为＂连系动词be/助动词/情态动词 + 主语 + 动词原形 + 其他? ＂。‎ ‎—Is he a good student? 他是一个好学生吗? ‎ ‎—Yes, he is. 是的，他是。/ No, he isn’t. 不，他不是。‎ ‎—Does he go to school by bike? 他骑自行车去上学吗? ‎ ‎—Yes, he does. 是的，他骑。/ No, he doesn’t. 不，他不骑。‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎—Do you have anything good to suggest? ‎ ‎—____________. If I have, I will put it on the QQ message. ‎ A. Yes, I have B. No, I haven’t C. Yes, I do D. No, I don’t ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】句意：——你有什么好的建议吗? ——没有。如果有的话，我就给你QQ留言。根据句意可知，用No作否定回答，另外，have是实义动词，回答时要借助于助动词do，即No，I don’t，故选D。　　‎ ‎2. 否定形式的一般疑问句 此类一般疑问句主要表示反问或惊讶，通常在连系动词be，情态动词或助动词后加not 的缩略式n’t，并放在句首。‎ ‎—Aren’t you a writer? 难道你不是作家吗？ ‎ ‎　　—No, I’m not. 是的，我不是。‎ ‎【注意】在这样的句子中，要注意句子的翻译，yes翻译成＂不＂，no翻译成＂是的＂。‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎—Isn’t he a teacher? ‎ ‎—____________. He is a reporter from CCTV. ‎ A. No, he isn’t B. Yes, he is 　　‎ C. Yes, he isn’t D. No, he is ‎【答案】A ‎3. 用yes，no之外的词回答的一般疑问句 一般疑问句也可用其他表示肯定或否定的词回答，如：certainly，sure，of course，I think so，all right，certainly not，not at all，never，sorry，not yet，I’m afraid not等。‎ ‎—Would you mind my joining your talk? 我加入你们的讨论，你们介意吗？ ‎ ‎—Of course not. 当然不介意。‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎—Would you please help me with my writing skills? ‎ ‎—____________. You can come to my office every Saturday. ‎ A. That’s all right B. Not at all 　　‎ C. No problem D. No, thanks ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】That’s all right＂没关系＂；Not at all＂不用谢＂；No problem＂没问题＂；No，thanks＂不，谢谢＂。根据You can come to my office every Saturday. 可知＂可以帮忙＂。故选C。　　 ‎ 考向二：特殊疑问句 以疑问词开头的疑问句叫特殊疑问句。特殊疑问句的基本结构是＂疑问词 + 一般疑问句＂。常见的疑问词有what，who，whose，which，when，where，how，what time，what ‎ color，how much，how many，how long，how often，how soon等。‎ ‎1. 特殊疑问句的语序 疑问词作主语时，句子的语序与陈述句的语序相同。当疑问词作句子的宾语、状语等时，应用＂疑问词 + 一般疑问句＂结构。‎ Who will give us a talk? 谁将给我们做报告？（who作主语）‎ When do you get up every day? 你每天什么时候起床？（when作时间状语）‎ ‎【典例】‎ 到目前为止你看了多少部英文电影？（根据所给中文意思完成句子）‎ ‎___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ so far? ‎ ‎【答案】How many English films have you seen ‎2. 否定形式的特殊疑问句 否定形式的特殊疑问句由＂疑问词 + 一般疑问句的否定形式＂构成，主要表示劝告、建议或责备等。‎ Why didn’t you tell me earlier? 你为什么不早点告诉我呢？ ‎ When can’t he come? 他什么时候不能来？‎ ‎3. 对画线部分提问 这类题实际上就是将所给的陈述句变为特殊疑问句。解这类题时通常分三步完成：首先选准疑问词；然后改为疑问句语序；最后抄写剩余的部分。当对句子的主语提问时，其语序是＂疑问词 ＋ 谓语 ＋ 其他成分? ＂。‎ Jack is over there. ‎ ‎→Who is over there? ‎ He comes to China once a year. ‎ ‎　　→How often does he come to China? ‎ ‎【典例】‎ Lucy will leave for London on business in three hours. (对画线部分提问)‎ ‎____________ ____________ will Lucy leave for London on business? ‎ ‎【答案】How soon ‎【解析】＂in + 时间段＂常与一般将来时连用，对此提问要用how soon，表示＂多久＂。‎ 考向三：选择疑问句 要求对方对两种或两种以上的情况进行选择的问句叫选择疑问句。选择疑问句的最后两个供选择部分用or连接。选择疑问句有两种：一般选择疑问句和特殊选择疑问句。‎ ‎—Do you like Tom or Jerry? 你喜欢汤姆还是杰瑞？ ‎ ‎—I like Jerry. 我喜欢杰瑞。‎ ‎—Which do you like best, apples, oranges or bananas? 你最喜欢哪样，苹果、橘子还是香蕉? ‎ ‎—I like apples best. 我最喜欢苹果。‎ ‎【注意】选择疑问句不能用yes或no来回答。‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎—Which would you like, Coke or tea? ‎ ‎—____________. I prefer coffee. ‎ A. Neither B. Both C. Either D. None ‎ ‎【答案】A 考向四：反意疑问句 ‎1. 反意疑问句的特点 反意疑问句是由两部分构成的：前一部分是对事物的陈述，后一部分是简短的提问。即＂陈述句 + 附加疑问句＂。反意疑问句前后两部分必须遵循的原则是＂三同一反＂，即：人称相同，动词相同，时态相同，前肯后否，前否后肯。‎ Mary is a worker, isn’t she? 玛丽是工人，是不是？ ‎ You won’t go to the Summer Palace tomorrow, will you? 明天你不去颐和园，是吗？‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎—He’s never been to Canada before, ____________? ‎ ‎—Sorry, I don’t know. ‎ A. is he B. has he C. isn’t he D. hasn’t he ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】句意：——他以前从来没有去过加拿大，是吗？——抱歉，我不知道。反意疑问句要遵循＂前否后肯＂的原则，因为前面有否定词never，且前面的’s是has的缩写，故选B。　　‎ ‎2. 反意疑问句的答语 对反意疑问句的回答，不管问题的提法如何，若事实是肯定的，就用yes回答；若事实是否定的，就用no回答。注意在＂前否后肯＂的反意疑问句的答语中，yes意为＂不＂，no意为＂是＂。‎ ‎—He isn’t going to the meeting, is he? 他不去参加会议，是吗？‎ ‎—Yes, he is. 不，他要去。/ No, he isn’t. 对，他不去。‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎1. —You come from England, don’t you? ‎ ‎—____________. I come from a small town near London. ‎ A. No, I do B. No, I don’t 　　‎ C. Yes, I am D. Yes, I do ‎【答案】D ‎2. —You didn’t watch the film last night, did you? ‎ ‎—____________. But I missed the beginning.‎ A. Yes, I did B. No, I didn’t 　　‎ C. Yes, I didn’t D. No, I did ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】句意：——昨天晚上你没看电影，是吗？——不，我看了。但是我错过了开头。从形式上看，前后应保持一致，排除C、D两项；再根据答语后半句可知看了电影，故选A。　‎ ‎3. 常考的反意疑问句 初中阶段常考的反意疑问句有以下几种：‎ ‎（1）There be句型构成反意疑问句时，附加疑问句的主语应用there。‎ ‎（×）There is a cat under the chair, isn’t it? ‎ ‎（√）There is a cat under the chair, isn’t there? ‎ ‎【典例】‎ There are two libraries in this city, ____________? ‎ A. aren’t there B. aren’t they C. are two ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】对There be... 进行反意疑问时，应用be ( not ) there的形式构成附加疑问句。学&科网　‎ ‎（2）如果陈述句中含有表示否定意义的词，如never，hardly，few，little等，在构成反意疑问句时，附加疑问句部分需用肯定式。‎ I could hardly see the bird in the sky, could I? 我几乎看不见空中的鸟，对吗? ‎ ‎　　Jim’s never seen such a wonderful football match before, has he? 吉姆以前从没看过一场如此精彩的足球赛，是吗？‎ ‎【典例】‎ Maria has few friends in China, ____________? ‎ A. has she B. doesn’t she C. does she ‎【答案】C ‎　　He dislikes volleyball, doesn’t he? 他不喜欢排球，是不是？ ‎ ‎　　Jenny looks unhappy today, doesn’t she? 今天珍妮看起来不高兴，是不是？‎ ‎（3）祈使句之后的附加疑问句 ‎①一般祈使句之后的附加疑问部分常用＂will you? ＂或＂won’t you? ＂。‎ ‎【典例】‎ Don’t make so much noise, Lily, ____________? ‎ A. do you B. don’t you 　　‎ C. will you D. won’t she ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】否定祈使句之后的附加疑问句应用＂will you? ＂。　　‎ ‎②以let’s 开头的祈使句的附加疑问部分常用＂shall we? ＂，以let us开头的祈使句的附加疑问部分常用＂will you? ＂。‎ ‎【典例】‎ Let’s go to the cinema to see a film, ____________? ‎ A. will you B. shall we 　　‎ C. won’t you D. don’t you ‎（4）主从复合句构成反意疑问句时，附加疑问句部分通常与主句在主谓上保持一致；如果主从复合句为＂I (don’t) think/believe + 宾语从句＂，附加疑问部分应与宾语从句在主谓上保持一致。‎ ‎　　I think Tom runs fastest of all, doesn’t he? 我认为在所有人中汤姆跑得最快，对吗？‎ ‎1. My father works today.（变为否定句）‎ My father ____________ ____________ today.‎ ‎2. Betty is playing with her brother now.（对画线部分提问）‎ ‎____________ is Betty ____________ now?‎ ‎3. Is your father reading a newspaper?（作出否定回答）‎ ‎____________, he ____________. He’s cooking.‎ ‎4. Children in America start to work at nine o’clock.（变为一般疑问句）‎ ‎____________ Children in America start to ____________ at nine o’clock?‎ ‎5. Her mother doesn’t often shop at weekends.（变为陈述句）‎ Her mother ____________ ____________ at weekends.‎ ‎1. （2018 • 成都中考）—Sally, I heard you’re going to America. ____________ will you stay there?‎ ‎—Two whole years A. How soon B. How often C. How long ‎2. （2018 • 齐齐哈尔中考）—____________ I finish my work now?‎ ‎—No, you ____________. You can do it later.‎ A. May, needn’t B. Must, don’t have to C. Can, couldn’t ‎3. （2018 • 青海西宁中考）—Hi, Tony! _________ you __________ to the newly-opened shopping mall, Tangdao 637 lately?‎ ‎—Yes. I went there with my parents last week.‎ A. Did; go B. Have: been C. Have; gone D. Do: go ‎4.（2016·云南）—____________ will the 2016 Summer Olympic Games be held in Brazil? ‎ ‎—In August. ‎ A. When B. How C. Why D. Where ‎5.（2016·甘肃天水）—You didn’t find the owner of the books, did you? ‎ ‎—____________. So I gave them to our teacher. ‎ A. No, I did B. Yes, I didn’t ‎ C. No, I didn’t D. Yes, I did ‎6.（2016·北京）—____________ are these bananas?‎ ‎—$3.99.‎ A. How much B. How long C. How heavy D. How big ‎7. （2017· 安徽）—Do you know ____________ Ann goes to work every day?‎ ‎—Usually by underground.‎ ‎ A. why B. how C. when D. whether ‎8. （2017· 山东青岛）—____________ do you go to a movie?‎ ‎—Twice a week.‎ A. How long B. How soon C. How often D. How far ‎9. （2017· 安徽中考）—Do you know ____________ Ann goes to work every day?‎ ‎—Usually by underground.‎ ‎ A. why B. how C. when D. whether ‎10. （2017· 湖北孝感中考） —____________ will you ask for help when you are in trouble?‎ ‎—My parents, I think.‎ A. Who                      B. What                             C. Where                             D. When ‎1. （2018年江苏省无锡市初中毕业升学考试英语试题十）—____________ your parents strict ____________ you ____________ your study?‎ ‎—Of course. ‎ A. Do; with; with B. Are; with; in C. Do; of; in D. Are; of; with ‎2. （福建省龙岩市2018适应性练习）—____________ do you go to the cinema?‎ ‎— Once a week.‎ A. How often B. How soon C. How long ‎3. （江苏省苏州市区学校2018年初中毕业暨升学模拟考试）—____________ will we arrive at the airport?‎ ‎—In two hours.‎ A. How often B. How long C. How far D. How soon ‎4. （四川省眉山市2018年中考英语模拟试题）—Do you think that I can win the final?‎ ‎—____________. Everyone stands a chance.‎ A. You never know B. You got it C. Yes, I do D. You bet ‎5. （2017届河南周口西华县九年级上期末）There ____________a great number of students there. The number of the students ____________ five thousand.‎ A. is；are B. are；is ‎ C. are；are D.is；is ‎6. （2016届山东临沂市九年级上学期期中统考）—I am like a cat on hot bricks. There are so many problems that I don’t know ____________ to deal with them.‎ ‎—Calm down first. Let’s see what I can do for you.‎ A. what B. why C. who D. how ‎7.（2016学年江苏阜宁县七年级上学期期中统考）—Is Miss Yang your new teacher?‎ ‎—_____________. ‎ A. Yes, he is B. No, she is C. Yes, he isn’t D. No, she isn’’t ‎8.（2016学年广西南宁第四十七中学七年级上第三次月考）—Does the tiger come from Europe? ‎ ‎—_____________.‎ A. Yes, they do B. Yes, it is C. No, it isn’t D. No, it doesn’t ‎【跟踪训练】‎ ‎2. What；doing 【解析】根据上文可知句意为：贝蒂正在和她的弟弟玩。现在进行时态，对正在做的事情画线用what来提问，后用doing，注意句子开头的单词首字母要大写。‎ ‎3. No；isn’t 【解析】根据上文可知句意为：你的爸爸在读报纸吗？是现在进行时的一般疑问句。一般疑问句，肯定回答用yes，否定回答用no。根据答语He’s cooking.（他正在做饭）可知应用否定回答，故填No, isn’t。‎ ‎4. Do；work 【解析】根据上文可知句意为：美国的孩子九点开始学习。一般现在时态，works在句子中用作实义动词，表示工作、学习的含义。故变为一般疑问句时要借助于助动词do，work不变。‎ ‎5. often shops 【解析】句意：她妈妈周末经常购物。一般现在时态的陈述句中，主语是her mother，谓语动词要用第三人称单数形式，故填often shops。学&科网　‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. C【解析】句意：——Sally，我听说你打算去美国。你将在那儿呆多长时间？——整两年。A. How soon多久，提问将来的一段时间；B. How often多久一次，提问频度；C. How long多长，提问for+一段时间。根据题意，故选C。‎ ‎【点睛】how often是指做事情的频率 ‎ 例：How often do you watch TV?你多久看一次电视?‎ Once a week.一星期一次 How far 的意思是多远,一般引导提问路程的特殊疑问句 ‎ 例：How far is it from your home to school?你家到学校有多远?‎ How long 的意思是多长时间,一般引导提问时间的特殊疑问句 ‎ 例：How long have you been in America?你在美国呆了多久?‎ ‎2. B【解析】句意：——我必须现在完成我的工作吗？——不，你不必。你可以以后再做。考查情态动词。A. May, needn’t可以，不必；B. Must, don’t have to必须，不必；C. Can, couldn’t能，不能。结合语境：——我……现在完成我的工作吗？——不，你……。你可以以后再做。可知，第一个空，应该是“必须”，第二个空，应该是“不必”；故选B。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：——2016年夏季奥林匹克运动会什么时候将在巴西举行? ——在八月份。when什么时候；how怎么样，询问方式；why为什么；where在哪里。根据答语＂在八月份＂可知选A。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】句意：——你没有找到书的主人，是吗? ——是的，我没找到。因此我把书交给我们的老师了。A、B两项结构错误，故首先排除；No, I didn’t是的，我没有找到；Yes, I did不，我找到了。在回答反意疑问句时，不管问题的提法如何，都应根据事实来回答，就该题来说，根据横线后可判断出，没有找到书的主人。故选C。‎ ‎6. A 【解析】句意：——这些香蕉多少钱？——3.99美元。How much多少钱，对价格提问；how long多长时间，对时间段提问；how heavy多重，对重量提问；how big多大。根据$3.99.可知此处是对价格进行提问，故用疑问词how much。故选A。‎ ‎7. B【解析】考查疑问词的用法。句意：——你知道安每天怎样去上班吗？——通常乘坐地铁。A. why为什么，提问原因；B. how怎样，提问方式；C. when何时，提问时间；D. whether是否。根据回答Usually by underground可知提问交通方式，故选B。‎ ‎8. C【解析】考查疑问词的用法。句意：——你多久去看一次电影？—— 一周两次。How long多久，多长时间，提问一段时间；B. How soon多久以后；C. How often多久一次，提问频率；D. How far多远，对两地之间的距离的提问。结合回答，故选C。‎ ‎9. B【解析】 考查疑问词的用法。句意：——你知道安每天怎样去上班吗？——通常乘坐地铁。A. why为什么，提问原因； B. how怎样，提问方式；C. when 何时，提问时间；D. whether是否。根据回答Usually by underground可知提问交通方式，故选B。‎ ‎10. A【解析】考查疑问词。句意：当你有困难时，你会向谁求助？我想我的父母。A. Who 谁； B. What什么；C. Where 哪儿；D. When什么时候。问向谁请求帮助，故用who，因此选A。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎3. D【解析】句意：——你多长时间才能到达飞机场？——两个小时以后。A. How often多久 一次，B. How long多长时间，C. How far多远 D. How soon多久以后，根据答句“In two hours”表示将来的时间，所以要问多久以后，故选D。‎ ‎4. A【解析】考查交际用语。句意：——你认为我会赢得决赛吗？——你不知道，每个人都有机会。A. You never know你从不知道；B. You got it你做到了（指过去）；C. Yes, I do. 是的（不用于回答Do you think…?）；D. You bet你打赌（让对方确认自己的说法正确）。故选A。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：那里有很多的学生，学生的总数为五千。a great number of + 可数名词复数形式作主 语时，谓语动词要用复数形式；the number of + 名词作主语时，谓语动词要用单数形式。故选B。‎ ‎6. D 【解析】句意：——我像一只热锅上的蚂蚁。有这么多的问题我不知道怎样处理他们。——先冷静下来。让我看看我能为你做什么。what什么；why为什么；who谁；how怎么。故选D。‎ ‎7. D 【解析】考查一般疑问句的答语。句意：——杨小姐是你的新老师吗？——不，她不是。根据性别关系，排除A、C两项；No后跟否定形式，排除B项。故选D。‎ ‎8. D 【解析】考查一般疑问句的答语。句意：——老虎是来自欧洲吗？——不，不是。问句是以助动词does开头的，所以回答也应用does，故选D。‎ 命题趋势：‎ ‎ 感叹句表示说话人的惊异、喜悦、气愤等情绪，由what或how引导，句末用感叹号，朗读时用降调。感叹句是历年中考常考的题型，通常以单项选择的形式呈现。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎1. 感叹句的基本用法；‎ ‎2. 对引导词what和how的选择；‎ ‎3. 陈述句改感叹句。 ‎ 考向一：感叹句的基本用法 ‎ 用来表示说话人强烈的喜、怒、哀、乐等感情的句子，叫感叹句。感叹句由what或how引导，具体用法如下表：‎ 类别 结构 例句 what引导 What + a/an + 形容词 + 单数可数名词（+ 主语 + 谓语）!‎ What a kind girl ( she is )! （她是）一个多么善良的女孩啊！‎ What + 形容词 + 复数可数名词/不可数名词（+ 主语 + 谓语）!‎ What beautiful flowers ( they are)! 多么漂亮的花！‎ What bad weather ( it is )! 多么糟糕的天气！‎ how引导 How + 主语 + 谓语!‎ How time flies! 时间飞逝！‎ How + 形容词/副词（+ 主语 + 谓语）!‎ How brave ( the hero is )!（这个英雄）真勇敢！‎ How slowly he walks! 他走得多慢啊!‎ How + 形容词 + a/an + 单数可数名词（+ 主语 + 谓语）!‎ How clever ( a boy he is )! （他是）一个多么聪明的男孩啊！‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎1. ____________ exciting news! We’ve never had ____________ long vacation before. ‎ A. What；such a B. What an；such a　‎ C. How；such a D. What；so ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】句意：多么令人兴奋的消息! 以前我们从来没有这么长的假期。此题考查＂What + adj. + 名词! ＂和＂such a + adj. + 名词＂结构。故选A。学*科网 ‎2. —Look! ____________ clean the classroom looks! ‎ ‎　—Yes. I’m sure somebody ____________ it up. ‎ ‎　　A. What；has cleaned B. How；has cleaned ‎ ‎　　C. What；cleaned D. How；cleaned ‎【答案】B　‎ 考向二：陈述句改感叹句 ‎ 陈述句变为感叹句时，常使用＂一断二加三换位＂的方法：‎ ‎1. ＂一断＂，即在谓语后边断开，使句子分为两部分。‎ She is ‖ a beautiful girl. 她是一位美丽的姑娘。‎ He works ‖ hard. 他工作努力。‎ ‎2. ＂二加＂，即如果第二部分为副词、形容词，就加上how；如果是一个名词(词组)，就加上what。‎ She is ‖ (what) a beautiful girl. ‎ He works ‖ (how) hard. ‎ ‎3. ＂三换位＂，即把第一部分与第二部分互换位置，同时把句号换为感叹号。‎ What a beautiful girl she is! ‎ How hard he works! ‎ ‎【典例】‎ She is a hard-working student. (改为感叹句)‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎【答案】What a hard-working student she is! /How hard-working she is!　　‎ ‎【解析】感叹句有What... 和How... 两种结构，在该题中，如果用What，感叹部分为What a hard-working student；而如果用How，感叹部分则为How hard-working。　　‎ 感叹句记忆口诀 感叹句，并不难，what与how应在前。‎ 形容词、副词跟着how，what后面名词连。‎ 名词若是可数单，前带冠词a或an。‎ 主语、谓语放后面，省略它们也常见 ‎1. —____________ good time we had at the party last night!‎ ‎—Yes. It was ____________ exciting party that I would never forget it.‎ A. What；so B. How；such C. What a；such an D. How a；so an ‎2. ____________ the flower is! Do you know who bought it?‎ A. How nice B. What nice ‎ C. What a nice D. How a nice ‎3. ____________ role she played in the film! No wonder she has won an Oscar. ‎ A. What an interesting B. How an interesting ‎ C. What interesting D. How interesting ‎ ‎4. ____________ lovely weather we are having these days!‎ A. What B. What a C. How D. How a ‎5. —I traveled to Africa last summer and I saw a lot of wild animals.‎ ‎—____________ unforgettable experience you had!‎ A. What a B. How C. What an D. What ‎6. ____________ good advice! It’s so helpful to us.‎ A. How B. How a C. What D. What a ‎7. ____________ beautiful the music they are playing sounds! ____________ excellent players!‎ A. How；What an B. How；What ‎ C. What；what D. What；How an ‎8. —Most parents are worried that their children can’t enter their ideal university in Jiang Su. ‎ ‎—Sure. Listen! ____________ important news report the man from Education Department is giving!‎ A. What an B. What C. What a D. How ‎1.（2018﹒甘肃白银中考）—All of my classmates have passed the PE test.‎ ‎—____________ exciting the news is!‎ A. How B. What C. What an D. How an ‎2. （2018 • 安顺中考）—____________ fresh air it is now!‎ ‎—Yes. ____________ go out for a walk.‎ A. How; Let B. What a; Let’s C. What; Let’s D. How; Let us ‎3. （2018 • 湖北宜昌中考）—It is reported that a kind of new smart phones can test the air quality(质量) around you.‎ ‎—____________ fast the technology develops!‎ A. What B. What a C. How D. How a ‎4. （2018 • 滨州中考）—____________ convenient it is to live in China!‎ ‎—Yes, we’ve got WeChat, shared bikes, Alipay, etc.‎ A. What a B. What C. How a D. How ‎5. （2018 • 甘肃兰州中考）—____________ fine weather it is! Let’s go for a walk.‎ ‎—Sounds like a great idea.‎ A. What B. How C. What a D. How a ‎6.（2016·陕西）—Volunteers from Lantian Saving Team have saved many travelers in the mountains. ‎ ‎—____________ they are! ‎ A. How great a man B. How great men ‎ C. What a great man D. What great men ‎7.（2016·云南）____________ exciting boat race it was! Many people watched it. ‎ A. What a B. What an C. How D. How a ‎ ‎8. （2017· 山东泰安）—____________ exciting the speech about ＂Belt and Road＂ was!‎ ‎—Of course! It was a really great inspiration to the world.‎ A. How B. What C. How a D. What an ‎9. （2017·苏州市中考）—I’m afraid I can’t come to your wedding, Julia.‎ ‎—____________! But why?‎ A. How happy B. How lucky C. What a pity D. What nice news ‎10. （2017· 湖北省随州市中考）____________ important it is for kids to imagine freely!‎ A. What B. How C. How an D. What an ‎11. （2017· 湖北省宜昌市中考）—People choose high-speed train or self-driving to travel on holidays.‎ ‎ —____________ fast the traditional travel ways change!‎ A. What a B. How C. What D. How a ‎12. （2017· 江苏省宿迁市中考）—Have you heard that Lin Tao saved his neighbor from a big fire last night?‎ ‎—Yes. ____________ brave young man he is!‎ A. How B. How a C. What D. What a ‎1. （湖北省十堰市2018届九年级5月中考模拟试卷）____________ beautiful the East lake is! Last month, President Xi showed Prime Minister Modi around the beautiful lake.‎ A. How a B. What C. How D. What a ‎2. （海南省海南中学三亚学校2018届九年级第一次中考模拟考试）Hainan will become a free trade port. ____________ exciting news it is!‎ A. What an B. What C. How ‎3. （2018年江苏省镇江市区英语二模）____________ big success the charity show was! We ‎ have raised a lot of money.‎ A. How B. What C. How a D. What a ‎4. （江苏省江阴初级中学2018届九年级下学期适应性模拟测试）____________ big success Stephen Hawking is! He’s one of the best-known scientists on space and time in the world.‎ A. How B. What C. How a D. What a ‎5. （2018届江苏连云港灌云杨集初级中学九年级下学期期中）—____________ lovely the weather is!‎ ‎—Yes. ____________ good time we are having!‎ A. How; What B. What a; How C. How; What a D. What; What a ‎6. （2016届上海闵行区九年级4月质量调研）____________ useful robot it is! It can help with the housework like a human servant.‎ A. What B. What a C. What an D. How ‎7. （2016届湖北黄冈九年级中考模拟）—____________ exciting the movie Strangers on a Trainis!‎ ‎—Sure, I have seen it three times.‎ A. What B. What an C. How D. How an ‎8. （2016届湖南长沙麓山国际实验学校九年级第二次模拟）____________ heavily it is raining now!‎ A. What B. How C. What a ‎9. （江苏省苏州市高新区二中2017年初三英语二模）—____________ crowded Qingliang East Road is!‎ ‎—Yes, because the number of cars has kept ____________ greatly since April.‎ A. What a; rising B. How a; raising C. How; rising D. What; raising ‎10. （江苏省盐城市大丰区2017届九年级第二次质量检测）—Jane won the first prize in the English speech contest.‎ ‎ —____________ big progress she has made! She used to be weak in English.‎ A. How B. How a C. What D. What a ‎11. （2016届辽宁营口九年级中考模拟考试）—____________ fine day! Shall we go for a walk? ‎ ‎—That sounds great!‎ A. What B. How C. What a D. How a ‎12. （江苏省镇江丹阳市2017届中考二模英语试题）____________ black clouds in the sky! I think it’s going to rain.‎ A. What B. What a C. How D. How a ‎【跟踪训练】‎ ‎2. A 【解析】句意：多么好看的花！你知道是谁买的吗？What + (a/an) + adj. + n. + 主语 + 谓语! How + adj.（adv.）+ 主语 + 谓语! 根据句子结构判断，这应该用how来引导，故选A。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】句意：她在电影中扮演了一个多么有趣的角色！难怪她得了奥斯卡奖。感叹句的基本结构：How＋形容词＋主语＋谓语! What+（ a/an）(＋形容词)＋名词＋谓语! 所以选A。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：这些天天气多么好呀！这里是感叹句，感叹部分是名词短语，要用what来感叹，weather为不可数名词，所以不能用a来修饰，其结构是What + 形容词 + 不可数名词 + 主语 + 谓语。How后面通常修饰形容词或副词，故选A。‎ ‎6. C 【解析】句意：多么好的建议呀！对我们有如此大的帮助。这里是感叹不可数名词的感叹句，其结构是What + 形容词 + 不可数名词。故选C。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：他们演奏的音乐听起来多么的好听呀！多么好的演奏者们呀！第一个空是感叹形容词用how，其结构是How + 形容词 + 主语 + 谓语!；第二个空是感叹名词，用what + 形容词 +名词的复数，故选B。‎ ‎8. A 【解析】句意：——大多数家长担心他们的孩子不能进入他们理想的在江苏的大学。——当然。听！来自教育部门的多么的重要新闻报道！What + a/an + 形容词 + 可数名词单数 + 主语 + 谓语！news report为可数名词单数，且important以元音音素开头，前面用不定冠词an，故选A。‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. A【解析】句意：——我们所有的同学都通过了体育考试。——多么令人兴奋的消息啊！根据exciting the news is!可知本句考查感叹句，本句的中心词是exciting，它是一个形容词，根据How+形容词/副词+主语+谓语！可知用用 how 引导感叹句，故选A。‎ ‎2. C【解析】句意：——现在是多么新鲜的空气啊！——是的，我们出去散步吧。感叹句一般有两种结构：What +(a/an)+形容词+名词+主语+谓语！名词是复数或不可数名词，不加a/an。How+形容词+主语+谓语！本句的中心词air为不可数名词，应该用what来引导，let’s +动词原形，意思是“让我们做……吧。”故答案选C。‎ ‎【点睛】感叹句通常由what 或 how 引导。现分述如下：‎ 由what 引导的感叹句，其句子结构可分为以下三种：‎ ‎1. What + a/an +形容词+可数名词单数+主语+谓语! 2. What +形容词+可数名词复数+主语+谓语! 3. What +形容词+不可数名词+主语+谓语!‎ 由 how 引导的感叹句，其句子结构也分为三种：‎ ‎1. How +形容词 / 副词+主语+谓语! 2. How +形容词+ a/an +可数名词单数+主语+谓语!‎ ‎3. How +主语+谓语!”‎ 由 what 引导的感叹句与由 how 引导的感叹句有时可以转换，但句中部分单词的顺序要有所变化。如：How beautiful a girl she is! = What a beautiful girl she is!‎ What delicious cakes these are! = How delicious these cakes are!‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：——住在中国多方便啊！——是的，我们有聊天室，共享自行车，支付宝等等。考查感叹句用法。英语中感叹句有两种形式：1.what引导的感叹句，其构成：What+a/an+形容词+可数名词单数+主语+谓语!/ What +形容词+可数名词复数+主语+谓语!/ What +形容词+不可数名词复数+主语+谓语! 2. how引导的感叹句，其构成：How+形容词/副词+主语+谓语+其它!本句中convenient是形容词，符合how引导的感叹句。故答案为D。‎ ‎5. A【解析】句意：——多好的天气啊！我们去散步吧。——听起来是个好主意。感叹句一般有两种结构：What +(a/an)+形容词+名词+主语+谓语！名词是复数或不可数名词，不加a/an。How+形容词+主语+谓语！本句的中心词weather为不可数名词，应该用what来引导，名词前面不应该用不定冠词a/an，故答案为A。‎ ‎6. D 【解析】由they are可知被感叹的对象是复数，首先排除A、C两项；由感叹句结构可以排除B项，因为how不能感叹名词，故选D。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：这是一场多么激动人心的龙舟比赛！许多人观看了它。感叹句有两种基本句型：①What (a/an) + 形容词 + 名词 + 主语 + 其他!②How + 形容词/副词 + 主语 + 其他! 本句中的boat race是可数名词，exciting的读音以元音音素开头，应用what an句型，故选B。‎ ‎8. A【解析】考查感叹句的用法。句意：——这个关于’安全带和道路’的演讲是多么的令人激动呀！——当然了！它对世界真是一种巨大的鼓舞。感叹句一般有两种结构：what +(a/an)+形容词+名词+主语+谓语！名词是复数或不可数名词，不加a/an。 how+形容词+主语+谓语！根据感叹的是形容词，故选A。‎ ‎9. C【解析】考查感叹句。句意：——朱丽亚，恐怕我不能来参加你的婚礼了。——真可惜！但是为什么呢？A. How happy 多么高兴；B. How lucky真幸运；C. What a pity真可惜；D. What nice news多么好的消息。故选C。‎ ‎10. B【解析】考查感叹句的用法。句意：孩子们自由地想象是多么的重要！What+a(an)+(‎ 形容词)+单数可数名词+主语+谓语! How+形容词(副词)+主语+谓语!故选B。‎ ‎12. D【解析】考查感叹句。句意：——你听说林涛昨晚在大火中救了他邻居的事吗？——听说了。他是多么勇敢的年轻人啊！本题考查感叹句的用法，要求考生明确分别以How和What开头的两种感叹句的不同。What a/an后接名词，how后接形容词或副词，而a brave young man是名词性短语，需what引导。故选D。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. C【解析】句意：东湖多美啊！上个月，习近平主席带着莫迪总理参观了美丽的湖畔。英语中的感叹句要由what和how来引导，其句型是：How+形容词/副词+主语+谓语+其他!！What+（a/an）+形容词+名词+主语+谓语+其他! 句中the East lake is是主谓结构，beautiful是形容词，因此本句符合“How+形容词+主语+谓语！”故选C。‎ ‎2. B【解析】句意：海南将会变成一个免费的贸易港口，这是多么令人兴奋的消息啊！这个题目考查的是感叹句，常用What和How构成，他们的句型是What a/an+形容词+可数名词单数+主语+谓语或者What+形容词+名词复数或不可数名词+主语+谓语；How+形容词+a/an+可数名词复数+主语+谓语或者How+形容词或副词+主语+谓语。这句话中news是不可数名词，不能用不定冠词修饰，故选B。‎ ‎3. D【解析】句意：慈善演出是多么成功啊！我们筹集了很多钱。考查感叹句。感叹句通常有以下形式：1.How+形容词〔或副词〕+S+V…!2. What a/an +形容词+名词+S+V…! 若名词为不可数或复数的话，就不能用不定冠词。3. How+形容词+ a/an +名词+S+V…!本句big success是形容词短语，big以辅音音素开头，需用what a +形容词+名词+S+V…!结构。根据句意语境，可知选D。‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：——史蒂芬.霍金是多么大的成功啊！——他是世界上最著名的空间和时间科学家之一。考查感叹句。根据big success可知，感叹句修饰的中心词是名词，根据感叹句的句式：What+a/an+形容词+单数可数名词+主语+谓语！可知应用what来引导，success是可数名词单数形式，而big是以辅音音素开头的单词，所以前面的冠词用a，故答案选D。‎ ‎5. C【解析】考查感叹句。句意：天气多好啊！我们玩得多开心啊！本题考查感叹句，How后面修饰形容词或者副词；what 修饰名词，第二句使用了固定短语have a good time玩得高兴，故感叹词应该用what a。他们的句型是How +形容词+主语+谓语；What a +形容词+名词+主语+谓语。故选D。学*科网 ‎7. C 【解析】句意：——电影Strangers on a Trainis!真是让人激动啊！——当然了，我已经看过三次了。因为修饰形容词，用how；修饰名词或名词的短语，用what。本题感叹的是形容词，故选C。‎ ‎8. B 【解析】句意：现在雨下的是多么大呀！这里是感叹副词，用how来感叹；How + 形容词或副词 +主语 + 谓语。故选B。‎ ‎9. C【解析】句意：——清凉东路是多么拥挤！——是的，因为自四月以来，汽车的数量一直在大幅度增长。What + a/an + 形容词 + 可数名词单数+ 主语 + 谓语！How + 形容词/副词 + 主语 + 谓语！crowded为形容词，符合How引导的感叹句，首先排除A，D；How后跟形容词或副词，故B答案也不对，答案为C。‎ ‎10. C【解析】考查感叹句的用法。句意：——Jane在英语演讲比赛中得了第一名。——她取得了多么大的进步啊！她过去英语很差。根据big progress she has made!可知这里考查了感叹句，本句的中心词是progress，它是一个不可数名词，big是一个形容词，在这里修饰progress，根据What+形容词+可数名词复数/不可数名词+主语+谓语!故选C。‎ ‎11. C【解析】day为可数名词单数，用what引导的感叹句：What + a(an)+形容词+单数可数名词!。‎ ‎12. A【解析】句意：在天空中多么黑的云呀！我认为就要下雨了。这里是感叹句，感叹名词用what，其结构是what+形容词+名词的复数。根据题意，故选A。‎ 命题趋势：‎ ‎ 在近五年中考题中，对祈使句的考查在单项选择等题型中有所体现，侧重考查考生的综合运用能力。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎1. 否定的祈使句；‎ ‎2. 以let开头的祈使句；‎ ‎3. 祈使句与简单句、复合句之间的转换；‎ ‎　　4. 祈使句的应答语。‎ 考向一：祈使句的基本用法 祈使句是用来表示命令、请求、建议或劝告等的句子。常省略主语，谓语动词用原形。‎ ‎1. 肯定的祈使句 ‎①句型：动词原形＋其他成分。‎ Be careful! 小心！‎ ‎②＂Do＋祈使句＂表示一种强烈的感情或请求，do起强调作用。‎ ‎③please用在祈使句中可以表示一种客气的语气，但please用在句末时，必须用逗号与其余部分隔开。‎ Close the door, please. 请关门。‎ ‎2. 否定的祈使句 ‎①常用句型：Don’t＋动词原形＋其他成分。‎ Don’t be late for school again! 别再迟到了！‎ ‎②用Never开头：Never＋动词原形＋其他成分。‎ Never leave today’s work for tomorrow! 不要把今天的工作留到明天！‎ ‎3. Let引导的祈使句 以Let开头的句子也是祈使句，表示陈述和建议。其否定形式有两种：Let...not或 Don’t... ‎ Let us not be late. 让我们不要迟到。‎ Don’t let the boy play football in the street. 不要让这个男孩在街上踢足球。学&科网 ‎【典例】‎ ‎1. —Mark, please don’t play basketball on the road. It’s very dangerous.‎ ‎—____________. I am going home at once.‎ A. Have a great time B. Sorry, I won’t do that C. I’d like to D. OK, with pleasure ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】对今后不要做某事的命令或请求表示接受时，回答要用否定的将来时。‎ ‎2. ____________ buy your ticket from a ticket machine. There are lots of people there. ‎ A. Not B. Not too C. Don’t D. Don’t to ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】祈使句的否定形式是在句子前面加don’t，故选C。　　‎ ‎3. —Look at the sign; what does it mean? ‎ ‎—It means＂____________＂. ‎ A. Don’t talking B. No talking C. Not talk ‎　‎ 考向二：祈使句与简单句、复合句之间的转换 ‎1. ＂Let’s + 动词原形 + 其他＂可转换为＂Shall we + 动词原形 + 其他? ＂。‎ Let’s go fishing this afternoon. ‎ ‎=Shall we go fishing this afternoon? ‎ ‎2. ＂祈使句 + and/or + 简单句＂可转换为含if引导的条件状语从句的复合句。‎ Use your head, and you’ll find a way. ‎ ‎=If you use your head, you’ll find a way. ‎ Hurry up, or we’ll be late. ‎ ‎=If we don’t hurry up, we’ll be late. ‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎____________ a dairy every day and you’ll improve your writing. ‎ A. Keeping B. To keep C. Keep D. If you keep ‎【答案】C 考向三：祈使句的应答语 ‎1. 以Let’s开头的祈使句，其答语常用Good idea. /OK. /Yes, I’d love to. 等。‎ ‎—Let’s go to the park. 让我们去公园吧。‎ ‎—Good idea. 好主意。‎ ‎2. 其他肯定祈使句的应答语为Yes, I will. ；否定祈使句的应答语为Sorry/No, I won’t(do it again). 。‎ ‎—It’s going to rain. Remember to take an umbrella with you. 就要下雨了。记着带上雨伞。‎ ‎—Thanks, I will. 谢谢，我会的。‎ ‎—Don’t play with my cat. 不要和我的猫玩。‎ ‎—Sorry, I won’t do it again. 对不起，我将不再那样做了。 ‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎—Wish you good luck in the entrance exam. ‎ ‎—____________. The same to you. ‎ A. Thank you B. See you C. I’m sorry to hear that ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】对别人的美好祝愿应表示感谢。故选A。　　‎ 祈使句用法口诀 祈使句，无主语，动词开头就可以。‎ 表示请求或命令，加上please表客气。‎ 要想变成否定句，Don’t开头别忘记。‎ ‎1. Cindy, ____________ sure to be here at 8:00 o’clock tomorrow morning.‎ A. is B. are C. will be D. be ‎2. —Jack, ____________ play the violin here. We’re talking now. ‎ ‎—Sorry, I won’t.‎ A. doesn’t B. not C. don’t D. no ‎3. Mary, ____________ here — everybody else, stay where you are.‎ A. coming B. comes C. to come D. come ‎4. As we all know, life is short but amazing. ____________ it!‎ A. Enjoy B. To enjoy C. Enjoying D. Enjoyed ‎5. —____________ listen to music in class. ‎ ‎—Sorry, I won’t do it again.‎ A. Let’s B. Don’t C. Please D. Why not ‎ ‎6. —Jack, don’t always copy what others do. ____________ your head, please.‎ ‎—Thanks for telling me.‎ A. Using B. Used C. Uses D. Use ‎1. （2018 • 甘肃白银中考）Never put off ___________ tomorrow what you can do today.‎ A. until B. before C. when D. as ‎2. （2018 • 恩施中考）—___________, or you won’t do well in your lessons.‎ ‎—OK. I will.‎ A. Don’t work hard B. Work hard C. Hard work ‎3. （2018 • 黑龙江龙东地区中考）Tom, ___________ the umbrella with you. Look at the clouds, it's going to rain!‎ A. taking B. takes C. take ‎4. （2018 • 上海中考）Please ___________ the rubbish into diferent litter bins according to the signs.‎ A. puts B. put C. putting D. to put ‎5. （2018 • 凉山州中考）—Mom, can I play computer games this evening?‎ ‎—___________ your homework first, and then we'll talk about it.‎ A. Finishing B. Finish C. To finish D. Finished ‎6. （2017﹒安徽）Hold your dream, ____________ you might regret someday.‎ ‎ A. and B. or C. but D. so ‎7. （2017﹒江苏南京卷）Give me a chance, ____________ I’ll prove it to you.‎ A. and B. till C. though D. while ‎ ‎8. （2017﹒湖北恩施州中考）We’ll stay at home ____________ it rains tomorrow.‎ ‎　 A. and 　 B. if 　 C. but 　 D. so ‎1.（2016届上海闵行区九年级4月质量调研）____________ here quickly, Alice. I have something exciting to tell you.‎ A. Coming B. Comes C. Come D. To come ‎2.（2016届内蒙古乌海二十二中九年级上期中）—I’m worried about my English.‎ ‎—____________ harder, ____________ you will catch up with your classmates.‎ A. Working；and B. To work；or C. Work；and D. Worked；or ‎3.（2016届湖南省邵阳县九年级中考调研）Don’t ____________ late for class.‎ A. being B. be C. to be ‎4.（2016届上海杨浦区九年级上期末质量调研）Please ____________ fruits and vegetables in a basin!‎ A. wash B. washing C. to wash D. washed ‎5.（2016学年广西北海合浦县五中七年级下期中考试）Tony, ____________ play with the mobile phone while you’re walking in the street. ‎ A. don’t B. doesn’t C. won’t D. can’t ‎6. （2016届上海嘉定九年级上学期期末）＂Tom, ____________ rubbish into the river. You’re polluting it.＂said Mrs White.‎ A. not throw B. don’t throw C. not to throw D. never to throw ‎7. （2016届甘肃定西市通渭县榜罗中学九年级12月月考）____________ cross the road before the traffic lights turn green.‎ A. Not B. Won’t C. Don’t D. Doesn’t ‎8.（2016届山西大同一中初三上期阶段性学业水平测试）____________ that I couldn’t see the magician’s performance myself. My parents don’t allow me to go outside alone.‎ A. Be sure B. It’s a pity C. Make sure ‎【跟踪训练】‎ ‎3. D 【解析】句意：玛丽，你过来——其他每个人都待在原处。本句是祈使句，要用动词原形，所以选D。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：正如我们所知，生命是短暂的但又神奇的。享受生命吧！动词原形开头的是祈使句，表示劝告或者命令的语气。enjoy 动词原形；to enjoy动词不定式；enjoying动名词；enjoyed动词过去式。故选A。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】本题考查祈使句的否定形式。句意：——不要在课堂上听音乐。——对不起，我不会再这么做。根据答语可知上句是否定的祈使句，故选B。‎ ‎6. D 【解析】句意：——杰克，不要总是抄袭别人做的，请动动你的脑筋。——谢谢你告诉我。use意为＂用，使用＂，use one’s head意为＂动脑筋＂，为固定短语；这是一个肯定的祈使句，要用动词原形，故选D。‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. A【解析】句意：今天的事情不要推迟到明天去做。本题考查连词。A. until直到；B. before在……之前；C. when当……时候；D. as因为。这是一句谚语，用的是祈使句，并且以never开头，语气很强；put off意思是“推迟”，根据句意“今天的事情不要推迟到明天去做”可知A选项符合题意，故选A。‎ ‎2. B【解析】句意：——努力工作，否则你就不会在学业上表现得好。——好的。我会的。A.不要努力工作B.努力工作C.努力的工作，祈使句+or+简单句表示如果不怎么样会发生什么事情，这里是说如果不努力就会表现不好，排除A，祈使句需要用动词原形开头，排除C，故选B。‎ ‎3. C【解析】句意：Tom，带着伞，看那云，就要下雨了！本题考查祈使句。A. taking拿，带。分词形式；B. takes那，带，单三形式；C. take那，带，动词原形。本句为祈使句。故使用动词原形，所以答案选C。‎ ‎4. B【解析】句意：请根据标志牌将垃圾放入不同的垃圾箱中。祈使句以动词原形开头，故答案为B。‎ ‎6. B【解析】考查连词的用法。句意：抓住你的梦想，否则你有一天会后悔。A. and 并且，表示并列关系；B. or 用于连接两个并列的句子，表示＂否则，要不然＂的意思。C. but但是，表示转折关系；D. so所以，表示结果。根据句意，故选B。‎ ‎7. A【解析】考查连词的用法。句意：给我一个机会，我会证明给你看。and和，表示并列关系；till直到；though虽然，尽管；while当……时候。结合句子＂给我一个机会，我会证明给你看＂，在祈使句后，常用and连接一个简单句，表示条件与结果的关系，它们在语法上是并列关系，但在意义上却是主从关系，也可译为＂如果……就……＂，故选A。‎ ‎8. B【解析】考查连词的用法。句意：如果明天下雨，我们将呆在家里。and和；if如果；but但是；so所以. 根据题干We’ll stay at home ____________ it rains tomorrow. 可知主句是一般将来时，if引导的条件状语从句中是一般现在时，遵循主将从现的原则，故选B。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. C 【解析】句意：快来这里，爱丽丝。我有激动人心的事要告诉你。祈使句有肯定祈使句和否定祈使句，肯定祈使句以动词原形开头，否定祈使句以don’t+动词原形开头，结合句意和语境可知选C。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】句意：——我担心我的英语。——努力学习吧，你会赶上你的同学的。＂祈使句 + and + 陈述句＂表示递进，做了前面的事，就会有后面的结果；＂祈使句 + or + 陈述句＂表示转折，做了（不做）前者，就不会有后面的结果。故选C。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】句意：上课不要迟到。根据句意及题干分析此题是考查祈使句，祈使句是以动词原形开头，否定句在前面加don’t，所以应选B。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：请在一个盆里洗蔬菜和水果。本题是祈使句，以动词原形开头。故选A。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】句意：＂汤姆，不要向河里扔垃圾。你在污染它。＂怀特夫人说。根据句意及题干分析此题应用祈使句，其否定句是在动词原形前加don’t，故选B。‎ ‎7. C ‎ ‎【解析】句意：交通灯转绿前不要穿过公路。这是一个祈使句，祈使句的否定形式是在句首加don’t，故选C。‎ ‎8. B 【解析】句意：很可惜我不能亲自去看那个魔术师的表演了。我的父母不允许我独自出外。Be sure确保；it’s a pity很可惜；make sure保证。故选B。‎ 命题趋势：‎ 倒装句是英语中常见的句式。对于倒装句，主要考查学生在特定的结构中正确使用部分倒装和完全倒装，以及＂so+助动词/情态动/系动词+主语＂的用法。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎ 倒装句的构成和用法。‎ 倒装句 倒装作为一种语法现象，主要包括完全倒装（有的书称之为全部倒装）和部分倒装（有的书称之为半倒装或不完全例装）两种。完全倒装就是把谓语动词完全放在主语之前，而部分倒装就是把助动词、系动词或情态动词提到主语之前。‎ 考向一：部分倒装 倒装条件 例句 一般疑问句中，将助动词放到主语之前，构成部分倒装。‎ Do you like eating apples?你喜欢吃苹果吗？‎ 特殊疑问句中，疑问词作宾语、表语或状语，需要将其置于句首，将助动词置于主语前构成部分倒装。‎ Where have you been these days?这些天你到哪里去了？‎ ‎"only+状语/状语从句＂位于句首时，句子要用部分倒装。‎ Only in this way can you improve your grade. 只有用这种方法你才能提高自己的成绩。‎ 表示否定意义的词或短语，如little, hardly, never, in no case, seldom等，放在句首时，句子要用部分倒装。‎ Hardly a day goes by without a visit from someone. 几乎没有一天没有来访者。‎ 虚拟条件句中，从句谓语部分中有were, had或should可省略if，把were，had或should提到主语前。‎ Should we succeed, we would be rich. 我们一旦成功就发财了。‎ ‎" so... that...＂句型中，"so+adj. /adv.＂位于句首时。‎ So fast did he run that we couldn’t catch up with him. 他跑得如此快，以至于我们赶不上他。‎ 表示＂也(不) ……＂的句式，即＂so/neither/nor+助动词/情态动词/be+主语＂形式。‎ I don’t like it; neither do I care it. 我不喜欢它，也不在意它。‎ 某些含有否定含义的词位于句首时，如not only…but also，hardly…when，no…sooner…than, not…until等，主句用部分倒装。‎ Not until the teacher came in did the students stop talking.直到老师进来学生们才停止讲话。‎ may表示祝愿时用部分倒装。‎ May you have a good time! 祝你玩得愉快！‎ ‎【易错警示】‎ ‎1.特殊疑问句中，如果疑问词作主语或修饰主语时，则不用倒装。‎ Who knows the answer to this question?谁知道这个问题的答案？‎ ‎2. ＂so+主语+谓语＂结构不用倒装。‎ ‎—Jimmy is good at playing football. 吉米足球踢得很好。‎ ‎—So he is. 的确。学&科网 ‎【典例】—Kunming is really a comfortable city to live in.‎ ‎—________________. The weather is pleasant.‎ A. So it is B. So is it C. So it does D. So does it ‎【答案】A 考向二：完全倒装 倒装条件 例句 表示方位、地点、时间、次序的词，如in, out,‎ up, there, then, here, first等放在句首，若主 语是名词而不是代词时，句子用完全倒装 Here comes the bus. 公交车来了。‎ Here he comes. 他来了。‎ 分词短语置于句首时，句子用完全倒装 Lying on the couch is an old lady. 躺在睡椅上的是一位老太太。‎ There be句型是全倒装的一种 There are a number of teachers and students in the school. 在这所学校有很多老师和学生。‎ 作表语的such位于句首时 Such are the most powerful voices of our times!这些就是我们时代的最强音!‎ ‎【巧学助记】全部倒装并不难，需要记住这几点；位置副词there句首，表语such提句前，介词短语表地点，全部倒装谓在前。‎ ‎【典例】1. —I have read the book Sence and Sensibility.‎ ‎ — ________________.‎ A. So have I B. Neither have I C. So I have ‎2. —I’m not going swimming this afternoon.‎ ‎—________________. I have to help my mother do some cleaning.‎ A. So am I B. So I am C. Neither am I D. Neither I ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】由答语后半句可知，此处表示＂我也不去＂，故要用＂neither + be+主语＂结构，故选C。‎ ‎【辨析】so＋助动词/be动词/情态动词＋主语和neither＋助动词/be动词/情态动词＋主语的区别 区别 so＋助动词/be动词/情态动词＋主语 依附于肯定句，表示前边的肯定情况也适合后边的人(物)，意为＂……也……＂。‎ neither＋助动词/be动词/情态动词＋主语 依附于否定句，表示前边的否定情况也适合后边的人(物)，意为＂……也不……＂。‎ Tom watched TV last night, so did Ann.汤姆昨晚看电视了，安也看了。‎ Mary didn’t watch TV last night, neither did Jim.玛丽昨晚没有看电视，吉姆也没看。‎ ‎【注意】若对前面所说的事实加以肯定时，应用＂so＋主语＋be/助动词/情态动词＂。此时前后两个句子的主语为同一个人或物。‎ 这两种结构常用来说明前面所说的情况也同样适用于后面的人或物，意思是＂某人（物）也（不）是这样＂。这种结构中的＂助动词/be动词/情态动词＂在形式上与前句的谓语保持一致，而其单复数形式则由后句的主语决定。‎ Lucy is a good student, so is Lily. 露西是个好学生，莉莉也是。‎ 倒装句速记口诀 副词开头要例装，人称代词则如常。‎ only修饰副介状，位于句首半倒装。‎ 否定意义副连词，＂既不…也不＂须倒装。‎ 表语前置主语长，衔接自然常倒装。‎ such代词做表语，引起主谓要倒装。‎ Not only开头句，前一分句须倒装。‎ had，were，should虚拟句，省略if半倒装。‎ ‎1. It is important ________________ people ________________ learn team spirit.‎ A. of; of B. of; to C. for, to D. to; to ‎2. It’s a long time ago ________________ I saw you last time.‎ A. when B. since C. for D. that ‎3. It’s time ________________. ‎ A. to go to home B. to go home ‎ C. going to home D. going home ‎4. ________________ important to learn English well.‎ A. That’s B. It’s C. It has D. That has ‎5. It was because I was caught in the traffic jam ________________ I came to school late this morning.‎ A. which B. when C. what D. that ‎6. Great changes have taken place since then in the primary school ________________I am studying.‎ A. where B. that C. which D. there ‎7. It was because I like you ________________ I speak out frankly.‎ A. that B. why C. because D. who ‎8. I didn’t know it was Sunday ________________ I got to school.‎ A. because B. when C. after D. until ‎9. ________________ is important for all of us ________________ English loudly in the morning.‎ A. It; to read B. That; to read C. It; reading D. That; reading ‎10. —It was ________________ who helped us out of danger.‎ ‎—What brave and helpful children! We should learn from them.‎ A. they B. them C. their D. theirs ‎11. —Peter doesn’t know many people here.‎ ‎—________________.‎ A. So do I B. So am I C. Neither am I D. Neither do I ‎12. Between the two hills ________________ a deep river.‎ A. are B. have C. has D. is ‎13. I never go to school late; ________________.‎ A. so does Tom B. neither does Tom ‎ C. so Tom does D. neither Tom does ‎14. —Our town has changed a lot in the last few years.‎ ‎ —________________.‎ A. So theirs did B. So has theirs ‎ C. So theirs has D. So did theirs ‎15. —I’m not going swimming tomorrow afternoon.‎ ‎ —________________. I have to clean up my bedroom.‎ ‎ A. So am I B. Neither am I ‎ C. Neither I am D. So I am ‎1. （2018 • 甘肃兰州中考）Only yesterday ________________ find out that his purse was lost.‎ A. he was B. was he C. did he D. he did ‎2. （2018 • 东营中考）There ________________ six countries in SCO(上合组织) at first, but now the number has increased to eight.‎ A. is B. are C. were D. will be ‎3.（2016 • 贵州黔西南）—Lucy is quite a lovely girl.‎ ‎ —________________.‎ A. So is she B. So she is C. So does she D. So she does ‎4. （2016 • 兰州中考）I ________________ you can finish the exam in two hours.‎ ‎ A. does believe B. do believe ‎ C. did believed D.do believed ‎5. —Peter shut his mouth at the meeting all the time. How about Tom? ‎ ‎ —________________.‎ ‎ A. He does so B. He did so C. So does he D. So did he ‎6. －I haven’t seen the film Pirates of the Caribbean: On stranger Tides.‎ ‎ －________________.‎ ‎ A. Neither have I B. So have I C. Neither I have D. So I have ‎7. —I have changed my job.‎ ‎ —________________.‎ ‎ A. So do I B. So have I C. So I do D. So I have ‎8. —Peter, I will visit our teacher this Sunday.‎ ‎—________________. Let’s go together.‎ A. Nor do I B.I will so C. So will I ‎9. —Mr. Brown is a hardworking man and he has achieved great success.‎ ‎ —________________‎ A. So is Mr. Green. B. So has Mr. Green. C. It’s the same with Mr. Green.‎ ‎10.（2017 • 江苏省宿迁市中考）—I don’t like horror films. They’re terrible.‎ ‎—________________‎ A. Either I do. B. Neither I do. C. Either do I. D. Neither do I.‎ ‎1. ________________ is important for all of us ________________ English loudly in the morning.‎ A. It; to read B. That; to read C. It; reading D. That; reading ‎2. （2016 • 山东省宁津县实验中学初三第二次月考）It was because I like you ________________ I speak out frankly.‎ A. that B. why C. because D. who ‎3. （2015 • 浙江省杭州市十三中教育集团初三中考二模）Great changes have taken place since then in the primary school ________________ I am studying.‎ A. where B. that C. which D. there ‎4. （2015 • 重庆市江津第六中学初三中考模拟）—I hope to visit Beijing one day.‎ ‎ —________________. ‎ ‎ A. So I do B. So do I C. Yes, I hope to do D. Yes, I will ‎ ‎5. （2016 • 江苏省盐城市解放路学校中考仿真考试）—Jim and I will go to the post office this afternoon.‎ ‎ —________________. ________________ go together?‎ ‎ A. So I do; Why don’t B. So do I; What about ‎ C. So I will; How about D. So will I; Shall we ‎【跟踪训练】‎ ‎2. D【解析】考查固定句型。It is ... that...＂正是……＂，是强调句型，可以强调除谓语意外的成分；强调句型去掉后，不影响句意。句意：就在很久以前，我最后一次见你。故选D。‎ ‎3. B【解析】It’s time to do表示该到做某事的时候了，go home表示回家的意思，故选B。‎ ‎4. B【解析】It is + adj.+ to do sth. 是常用句型，it作形式主语。本句需要用形式主语，故选B。‎ ‎5. D【解析】本题考查强调句。这是一个强调句型It is...that...结构，强调原因状语，故选D。句意：今天早上我来学习迟到是因为我陷于交通阻塞。学&科网 ‎6. B【解析】本题考查定语从句。句中先行词为the primary school，在从句中作介词in的宾语。句意：自从我在那个小学学习，已经发生了巨大的变化。‎ ‎7. A【解析】本题考查的是强调结构。强调结构为It is/was...that...，本题强调状语。句意：我坦率的讲是因为我喜欢你。‎ ‎10. A【解析】英语中为了表达的正式，这时应用主格的代词。本句的意思是＂是他帮我们脱离危险的＂。故选B。‎ ‎11. D【解析】上句是否定句，故下句应由neither引导，结合上句的谓语动词为doesn’t know可知用do。‎ ‎12. D【解析】本句考查倒装句，结合英语提示可知正确语序为＂A deep river is between the two hills.＂意为 ‎＂在这两座山之间有一条河。＂‎ ‎13. B【解析】＂neither+连系动词be/助动词/情态动词+主语＂，表示前面所述的否定情况也适合后者，而且前后主语不是同一个人或物。‎ ‎14. B【解析】句意：——最近几年我们的城镇已经发生了很大变化。——他们的也是。上句的谓语动词是has changed，助动词是has，表示＂……也是＂用so+助动词+主语，故选B。‎ ‎15. B【解析】句意：——明天下午我不去游泳。——我也不去。我不得不打扫我的卧室。neither + 助动词 + 主语表示＂……也不＂。‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. C【解析】句意：昨天他才发现钱包丢了。find out发现，为动词词组，was后面不能跟动词原形，排除A、B；当句首状语由＂only +副词＂，＂only +介词词组＂，＂only +状语从句＂构成时，句子须倒装。故选C。‎ ‎2. C【解析】句意：上合组织最初有六个国家，但现在已经增加到八个。at first最初，此处是指过去的时间，故时态为一般过去时，答案为C。‎ ‎【点睛】‎ There be 句型是英语中常用句型，意思是＂有＂，表示＂人或事物的存在＂。There be 后面的名词是句子的主语，属倒装结构。因此要表达＂某个地方或某个时间存在什么事物或人＂的时候常用＂There be + 名词+ 地点（时间）这一句型。There be 句型的时态要通过be体现出来，如：There is an apple on the table. （一般现在时）桌子上有一个苹果。There were many people in the park last Sunday.(一般过去时) 上个星期天公园里有许多人。There will be an important football match tonight.(一般将来时) 今晚将有一场重要的足球比赛。‎ ‎4. B【解析】句意：我确实相信两个小时内能完成考试。这里用来强调，句子的主语是第一人称，所以谓语动词不能用单数，故排除A；did后用动词原形；do后用动词原形，故选B。‎ ‎5. D【解析】句意：——在会上，彼得一直闭口不言，汤姆呢？——他也是。上句讲述的是过去发生的事情，故选D。‎ ‎6. A【解析】考查倒装句。neither+系动词（助动词或情态动词）＋主语表达否定，意为＂另一者也不……＂。so+系动词（助动词或情态动词）＋主语，表示＂另一者也……＂。根据句意＂我从没看过电影《加勒比海盗：惊涛怪浪》可知，答语为＂我也没看过＂，故选A。‎ ‎7. B【解析】倒装句的用法。答句意为＂我也改变了工作＂，上句是由have构成的完成时态，因此答句由have/ has构成完全倒装句，故选B。‎ ‎8. C【解析】考查倒装句。So+系动词（助动词或情态动词）＋主语，表示＂另一者也……＂。‎ ‎9. C【解析】考查倒装句的用法。当表示前面所说的话也适合后面的人或物时，要用倒装句式：＂so+谓语+主语＂，但当前句话所说的既有人又有事情的句子时，用＂It is the same with+主语＂的结构。故选C。‎ ‎10. D【解析】考查倒装句。句意：——我不喜欢恐怖片，他们太可怕了。——我也是。根据句意，第二句是说＂我也不喜欢＂。在neither前置的情况下，句子要倒装。故选D。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. A【解析】考查句型：It is + 形容词+ for sb to do 对某人来说做什么事情是……，句意：对我们所有的人来说每天早晨大声读英语是非常重要的。故选A。‎ ‎2. A【解析】本题考查的是强调结构。强调结构为It is/was...that...，本题强调状语。句意：我坦率的讲是因为我喜欢你。‎ ‎3. B【解析】本题考查短定语从句。句中先行词为the primary school，在从句中作介词in的宾语。句意：自从我在那个小学学习，已经发生了巨大的变化。‎ 命题趋势：‎ 定语从句是中考必考考点之一，主要考查的是时态及宾语从句的语序，有时也会考查定语从句的引导词。考查的主要形式是单项填空、完形填空、短文填空和完成句子。阅读理解和书面表达肯定也会考查到定语从句。因此学生要熟练掌握定语从句的用法。关系代词引导的定语从句最为常见和常考。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎ 关系代词的用法；‎ 在复合句中修饰一个名词或代词的从句称为定语从句，一般紧跟在它所修饰的名词或代词后面。定语从句所修饰的名词或代词称为先行词。引导定语从句的关联词称为关系词，关系词有关系代词和关系副词。关系代词有that，which，who，whom，whose。‎ ‎【图示】‎ 考向一: 定语从句的关系词 引导定语从句的关系词有关系代词和关系副词，常见的关系代词包括that， which， who（宾格whom，所有格whose）等，关系副词包括where， when， why等。关系代词和关系副词放在先行词及定语从句之间起连接作用，同时又作定语从句的重要成分。‎ 考向二: 定语从句的分类 根据定语从句与先行词的关系，定语从句可分为限制性定语从句及非限制性定语从句。限制性定语从句紧跟先行词，主句与从句不用逗号分开，从句不可省去，非限制性定语从句主句与从句之间有逗号分开，起补充说明作用，如省去，意思仍完整。‎ 考向三: 关系代词的基本用法 作主语 作宾语 作定语 指人 who/that who/whom/that/省略 whose 指物 which/that which/that/省略 The man who/that spoke at the meeting is from Hong Kong. 会上发言的人来自香港。‎ The building which/that is being built will be used as a hospital. 在建中的这幢建筑将用作医院。‎ I visited a scientist whose name is known all over the world. 我拜访了一位世界知名的科学家。‎ ‎【典例】I don’t know the teacher ______________ is talking with Miss Wang. ‎ A. what B. whom C. which D. who ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】所填写词引导定语从句，修饰先行词teacher，并在从句中作主语，故用关系代词who。‎ ‎【注意】1. 当关系代词在从句中作主语时，从句的谓语动词要与先行词保持主谓一致。‎ He is one of the boys who like playing basketball. 他是喜欢打篮球的男孩子之一。‎ He is the one of the boys who likes playing basketball. 他就是那个喜欢打篮球的男孩子。‎ ‎2. 通常在以下六种情况下只能用that而不能用which：‎ ‎（1）先行词为all，much，something，everything，nothing，little，none，the one等代词时。‎ That is all that I want to say. 那就是我想要说的。学科&网 ‎【典例】—Is that all? ‎ ‎—Yes. That’s all ______________ I want to take. ‎ A. which B. that C. who D. whose ‎【答案】B ‎（2）先行词被序数词或形容词最高级所修饰，或本身是序数词、基数词、形容词最高级时，只能用that，而不用which.。‎ He was the first person that passed the exam. 他是第一个通过考试的人。‎ This is the most wonderful film that I have seen. 这是我看过的最精彩的电影。‎ Look at the apples. You can see the two that you gave me. 看这些苹果。你能看到你给我的那两个。‎ ‎（3）以who或which引导的特殊疑问句，为避免重复，只能用that。‎ Who is the girl that is crying? 正在哭泣的那个女孩是谁？‎ ‎（4）先行词被the only， the very， the same， the last， little， few 等词修饰时，只能用that，而不用which。‎ This is the same bike that I lost.这就是我丢的那辆自行车。‎ Mr. Smith is the only foreigner that he knows. 史密斯先生是他唯一认识的外国人。‎ ‎（5）先行词里同时含有人或物时，只能用that，而不用which。‎ We were deeply impressed by the teachers and schools that we had visited. 我们访问过的老师和学校给我们留下了深刻的印象。‎ I can remember well the persons and some pictures that I saw in the room.我能清楚记得我在那个房间所见到的人和一些照片。‎ ‎（6）先行词在主句中作表语，或关系代词在从句中作表语时。‎ It’s a book that will help you a lot. 这是一本对你很有帮助的书。‎ ‎（7）主句是there be 结构，修饰主语的定语从句用that，而不用which。‎ There is a book on the desk that belongs to Tom. 桌子上那本书是汤姆的。‎ ‎3. 关系词只能用which，而不用that的情况：‎ ‎（1）先行词为that， those时，用which，而不用that。‎ What’s that which is under the desk? 在桌子底下的那些东西是什么？‎ ‎（2）关系代词前有介词时，一般用which，而不用that。‎ This is the room in which he lives. 这是他居住的房间。‎ ‎（3）引导非限制性定语从句，用which，而不用that。‎ Tom came back, which made us happy. 汤姆回来了，这使我们很高兴。‎ 一、‎ 定语从句 定从分类有奥妙，限与非限看逗号；‎ 定前必有先行词，名代两类最适宜；‎ 定从先行很紧密，代副两词拉关系。‎ 二、‎ 关系代词 关系代词有六个，听我逐一来说破；‎ which表物人用who，人物都有that顾；‎ which用在逗号后，意表前句你要know；‎ who作主语很称职，whom用到宾语里。 三、‎ that用法 that用法真有趣，两个地方它不去；‎ 逗号后边它不去，介词之后不考虑。‎ that和which的区别 that which代表物，区别听我来叙述； 先行若是不定代，that就把which踹；‎ 先行词前有两数，就用that定无误；‎ 先行词前最高级，还用that必无疑；‎ 句中若有there be，that应把which替；‎ 先行主中作表语，避免重复从句里；‎ just， the only，very，same，last其后也要用that。‎ 四、‎ 五、‎ 指人的关系代词 指人可用that, who，以下情况多用who；‎ those people作先行，there be的结构中；‎ 先行指人不定代，从中作主who要在；‎ 两个定从一起来，不要重复你有才。‎ 六、‎ whose的用法 定从之中少定语，whose为你唱一曲；‎ whose指人又指物，所属关系要记住。‎ ‎ ‎ as和which的区别 as/which在句末，若有否定as错；‎ 句首只能用as，还有认知猜想词；‎ 固定结构用as, the same/such/so/as；‎ so/such...that宾不离，so/such...as...宾要弃。‎ 七、‎ ‎ ‎ 关系代词用法总结 关系代词到这里，主宾表定作用起； 关系代词作宾语，省与不省全靠你。‎ 八、‎ 九特殊情况 只记上边不可以，特殊情况告诉你；‎ 先行用way作状语，in which/ that /略可以；‎ one of +复作先行，从中谓语复数明；‎ one前若有only/very，从中谓语定用单；‎ 定从名从可转换，all that被what换。‎ 、‎ ‎1. —What are you looking for? ‎ ‎—I’m looking for a book _______________ tells the history of England.‎ A. which B. who C. what D. where ‎ ‎2. —What are you doing? ‎ ‎—I’m reading the book _______________ you lent me last week.‎ A. what B. who C. when D. that ‎ ‎3. —Why do you call him Mr. Knowledgeable?‎ ‎ —Because he knows almost everything _______________ we want to know.‎ ‎ A. which B. what C. that D. who ‎4. —I heard that Shao Yifu passed away.‎ ‎ —Yes, he is a great man _______________ donated billions of dollars to charity, schools and hospitals.‎ ‎ A. who B. whom C. which D. /‎ ‎5. No one knows _______________ in the future.‎ A. what will be happen B. what will happen C. what will it happen D. what it will happen ‎6. He always forgets all the things _______________ he needs to do.‎ A .what B. that C. what D. which ‎7. —In a text message, 88 means Bye-bye. ‎ ‎—And another example is F2F _______________ stands for face to face. ‎ A. that B. who C. whom D. it ‎ ‎8. After Mandela was free (自由的) in 1990, he chose to shake hands with the people _______________ wanted to kill him.‎ A. whose B. which C. / D. who ‎9. The book in _______________ I have much interest now is Around the World in Eighty Days.‎ A. that B. who C. which D. whose ‎10. He always forgets all the things _______________ he needs to do. ‎ A .what B. that C. that what D. which ‎11. —Did you travel anywhere this vacation?‎ ‎—Yes. I was shown around an old house _______________ was built in 1806.‎ A. where B. what C. that ‎12. Someone _______________ you know might really need the money.‎ A. which B. what C. that D. who ‎13. This is the best show _______________ I have seen so far.‎ A. when B. what C. that ‎ ‎14. The man _______________ lives next to us is my English teacher.‎ ‎ A. whom B. which C. who ‎1. （2018 • 安顺中考）—Only You is a TV program _______________ is popular with most young people.‎ ‎—Yes, it is definitely true.‎ A. that B. whose C. what D. who ‎2. （2018 • 滨州中考）You are talented young adults _______________ are full of hope for the future.‎ A. which B. when C. who D. where ‎3. （2018 • 湖北咸宁中考）—What do you think of the show Readers on CCTV?‎ ‎—It’s a great TV show _______________ expresses our true feelings by reading aloud in public.‎ A. whom B. who C. whose D. that ‎4. （2018 • 内蒙古通辽中考）—Do you know the man _______________ is talking with our Chinese teacher?‎ ‎ —Yes. He is my uncle, Mr. King.‎ A. which B. who C. whom D. whose ‎5. （2018 • 山东临沂）My grandparents like stories _______________ have happy endings.‎ A. they B. who C. which D. /‎ ‎6. （2017 • 湖北省随州市中考）—Why are you so worried?‎ ‎—I’ve lost the watch _______________ my dad bought me on my birthday. ‎ A. what B. who C. whose D. which ‎7. （2017 • 吉林省中考）Ode to Joy（《欢乐颂》）is a TV play _______________ many people like.‎ A. why B. that C. who ‎8. （2017 • 四川成都）A kind of shared bike _______________ is called bluegogo is getting more and more popular in Chengdu.‎ A. it B. who C. which ‎9. （2016 • 山东滨州）—Which song do you like better, Maria?‎ ‎—I prefer the song Manual of Youth _______________ is sung by TFBOYS. ‎ A. which B. who C. whom D. where ‎10. （2016 • 广西来宾）The students love the teachers _______________ can make their lessons fun. ‎ A. whom B. who C. whose D. which ‎1. （湖北省丹江口市习家店中学2018届九年级中考模拟考试）I’ve become good friends with several of the students in my school _______________ I met in the English speech contest last year A. whom B. whose C. which D. where ‎2. （湖南省长沙市2017-2018师大附中教育集团九年级下英语第二次联考）Every time I go to ask him for help, he always says, ＂There’s nothing _______________ I can do for you. Go to ask somebody else.＂ ‎ A. that B. which C. what ‎3. （福建省厦门双十中学2018届初三第二次模拟考试）The earth is the only planet _______________ provides us with everything we need. It’s our duty to protect it.‎ A. who B. what C. that ‎4. （安徽省马鞍山市2018届九年级第二学期二模）She is talking about the school and teachers _______________ we visited last month.‎ A. who B. which C. where D. that ‎5. （四川省成都外国语学校2018届九年级下学期二诊考试）It is the school rooftop _______________ a group of Shanghai students have grown vegetables.‎ A. which B. that C. what D. where ‎6. （2016 • 湖南长沙麓山国际实验学校九年级第二次模拟）I’ll never forget the poor school _______________ I visited three years ago.‎ A. which B. where C. Who ‎7. （2016 • 云南省曲靖市一中九年级三月月考）I still remember the college and the teachers _______________ I visited in London two years ago.‎ A. which B. who C. what D. that ‎8. （2016 • 云南昆明市三中九年级上期末考试）—Do you know the little boy _______________ is helping the old man cross the road?‎ ‎—No. But how nice he is!‎ A. which B. who C.whom D. ‎ ‎9. （2016 • 云南昆明市三中九年级上期末考试）Who is the lady _______________ is standing under the tree?‎ A.who B.whose C.which D.that ‎10. （2015 • 麓山国际实验学校九年级下限时测试）The woman _______________ son won the first prize in the competition was very proud.‎ A. who B. which C. whose ‎11. 句型转换。‎ ‎（1）The girl is my cousin. The girl is wearing glasses. （改为定语从句）‎ The girl _______________ wearing g1asses is my cousin.‎ ‎（2）Zhai zhigang became the first Chinese astronaut to walk in space. （改为定语从句）‎ Zhai zhigang became the first Chinese astronaut _______________ _______________ in space.‎ ‎（3）The girl with a flower in her hand is my sister. （改为含定语从句的复合句）‎ ‎ The girl _______________ _______________ a flower in her hand is my sister. ‎ ‎（4）That’s quite a beautiful house. I used to live in it. （合并成含有定语从句的复合句）‎ The house _______________ I used to live in _______________ quite beautiful.‎ ‎（5）The man with a pair of glasses is my physics teacher. （改为定语从句）‎ The man _______________ _______________ a pair of glasses is my physics teacher.‎ ‎【跟踪训练】‎ ‎3. C【解析】句意：——你为什么叫他万事通先生? ——因为他几乎知道一切我们想知道的。1)先行词是不定代词：all, few, little, much, something, nothing, anything等。2)先行词被序数词或形容词最高级所修饰。3)先行词被all, any, every, each, few, little, no, some等修饰。4)先行词被the only, the very, the same, the last 修饰时。5)先行词既有人又有物时。故选C。学科&网 ‎4. A【解析】句意：——我听说邵逸夫去世了。——是的，他是一个伟大的人，他捐赠数十亿美元给慈善机构，学校和医院。这是一个定语从句，先行词是人，故用who/whom引导，在从句中作主语时用who，故选A。‎ ‎5. B【解析】句意：没有人知道未来会发生什么。无论 ‎ 哪种句式结构充当宾语从句都要用陈述句语序，从句的时态要和主句的时态保持一致。主句的谓语动词是过去式从句的谓语动词也要用相应的过去时态。若从句表达的是真理或客观事实，不管主句的谓语动词是何种时态从句都要用一般现在时。根据in the future可知该用一般将来时。故选B。‎ ‎6. B【解析】句意：他总是忘记所有他需要去做的事情。本题考查定语从句的用法，先行词是all the things，故关系词用that。故选B。‎ ‎7. A【解析】句意：——在短信中，88的意思是再见。——另一个例子是F2F表示面对面。结合语境可知下文先行词F2F作下文定语从句的逻辑主语，指物，故引导词用that，选A。‎ ‎8. D【解析】句意：在一九九零年，Mandela获得自由之后，他选择了和曾经想要杀他的人握手。分析：考查定语从句的用法，先行词people，先行词在从句中作主语，因此选择引导词who。故选D ‎10. B【解析】句意：他总是忘记他需要做的所有事情。he needs to do是定语从句，先行词是things，当先行词是不定代词all, much, little, something, everything, anything, nothing, none, the one时或被all, any, every, each, few, little, no, some等修饰时，用引导词that。故选B。‎ ‎11. C【解析】句意：——这个假期你去任何地方旅游了吗？——是的，我参观了一个在1806年建造的房子。这里考查定语从句，先行词是物，关系词用that来引导。故选C。‎ ‎12. C【解析】句意：你认识的某个人可能真的需要钱。you know 这里缺少的是一个宾语成分，而这是一个定语从句，someone是先行词，当先行词是不定代词的时候，关系代词用that，故选C。‎ ‎13. C【解析】句意：这是我迄今看过的最好的展示。根据句意及题干分析此题是考查定语从句，先行词是物并有最高级修饰，关系词代替先行词并在定语从句中作宾语，所以关系词用that，故选C。‎ ‎14. B【解析】句意：那个住在我们旁边的人是我的英语老师。根据句意及题干分析此题是考查定语从句，先行词是the man，关系词代替先行词并在定语从句中作主语，所以用who，故选C。‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. A【解析】句意：——《只有你》是一个深受大多数年轻人喜爱的电视节目。——是的，这是千真万确的。考查定语从句的关联词，what不能引导定语从句，首先排除C；that的先行词是人或物，在定语从句中作主语或宾语；whose先行词指人或物，在定语从句中作定语；who的先行词是人，在定语从句中作主语。本句的先行词TV program指物，在定语从句中作主语，故选A。‎ ‎3. D【解析】句意：——你对中央电视台的节目《朗读者》有什么看法？——这是一个很棒的电视节目，通过公开朗读来表达我们的真实感受。A. whom关系代词，可以引导定语从句，先行词是人，在从句中只能作宾语；B. who关系代词，引导定语从句，先行词是人，在从句中作主语；C. whose先行词是人或物，在定语从句中作定语；D. that先行词是人或物，在定语从句中作主语或宾语。此句的先行词为TV show，指物，因此引导词要用关系代词that，在定语从句中作主语，故选D。‎ ‎4. B【解析】句意：——你知道那个和我们的语文老师谈话的人吗？——是的，他是我的叔叔，King先生。which引导定语从句，是关系代词，先行词为物；who引导定语从句，关系代词，先行词为人，在从句中作主语或者宾语；whom是关系代词，引导定语从句，先行词是人，在从句中只能作宾语；whose….的。根据句子结构可知，这里是一个定语从句，先行词是the man，故排除A；定语从句中缺少主语，故应选B。‎ ‎5. C【解析】句意：我爷爷奶奶喜欢有快乐结局的故事。考查定语从句。先行词stories（故事）表示物，需用关系代词that或which，引导词同时做从句的主语，根据句意结构，故选C。‎ ‎6. D【解析】考查定语从句。句意：——你为什么这么担心？——我丢了爸爸给我买了我的生日礼物我的手表。这里是定语从句，先行词是watch手表，是物，所以关系词用which，故选D。‎ ‎7. B【解析】考查定语从句。句意：欢乐颂是一部很多人喜欢的电视剧。A. why 为什么；B. that 在定语从句中，可以指人，也可以指物。 C. who在定语从句中做主语指人。先行词是a TV play指物，关系词在定语从句中做宾语，所以用that，故选B。‎ ‎8. C【解析】考查定语从句。句意：一种被称为小蓝单车的共享单车在成都变得越来越受欢迎。空格前后都是句子，所以空格处应该用连词，故排除A；这里先行词是bike ‎，指物，who指人的，故排除B；which是指物的；故选C。‎ ‎9. A【解析】句意：——Maria，你比较喜欢哪首歌？——我比较喜欢由 TFBOYS演唱的《青春修炼手册》。 ‎ 首先分析句子结构，本句中的is sung by TFBOYS在复合句中作定语从句，其中先行词the song Manual of Youth指物，且在定语从句中作逻辑主语，所以关系代词用that/which，故选A。‎ ‎10. B【解析】句意：学生们喜欢使他们的课有趣的老师。修饰先行词teachers的定语从句中，缺少主语，用关系代词who，故选B。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎2. A【解析】句意：每次我让他帮忙，他总是说我没有能为你做的，去问其他人吧。A. that那；B. which哪一个；C. what什么，这是一个定语从句结构，先行词是nothing不定代词，引导词用that；故选A ‎3. C【解析】句意：地球是唯一为我们提供所需物品的星球。 保护它是我们的责任。本句包含了一个定语从句，先行词是planet＂行星＂，先行词在定语从句中做主语，先行词是物，可以选用that/which，选项A只能做先行词是人的关系词，选项B不能做定语从句的引导词，故排除A、B，先行词有only修饰，只能使用that来做关系词，故选C。‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：她正在谈论关于我们上个月参观的那个学校和那里的老师。who引导定语从句，修饰人，作主语或宾语；which引导定语从句，修饰事物，作主语或宾语；where引导定语从句，修饰地点名词，作状语；that引导定语从句，修饰人或事物，作主语或宾语。根据the school and teachers可知此处既修饰人，又修饰事物，故用that引导定语从句，故选D。‎ ‎5. D【解析】句意：这是那个学校屋顶，一群上海的学生在那里种蔬菜。which修饰事物，在定语从句中作主语，宾语或表语。that修饰事物，在定语从句中作主语，宾语或表语。what引导名词性从句，在句中作主语，宾语或表语；where引导定语从句，在句中作状语。此处修饰地点名词the school rooftop ‎，定语从句中主语，谓语和宾语齐全，故用where作地点状语，故选D。‎ ‎6. A【解析】句意：我永远不会忘记三年之前我参观的那个贫穷的学校。这里是which引导的定语从句，先行词是the poor school，关系词用which。故选A。‎ ‎7. D【解析】句意：我仍然记得两年前在伦敦我访问的大学和老师。根据句意及题干分析此题是考查定语从句的用法，先行词是the college and the teachers，既有人也有物，所以关系词只能用that，故选D。‎ ‎8. B【解析】句意：——你认识帮助老人过马路的那个小男孩吗？——不，但他是多么的好呀！先行词the little boy在定语从句中作主语，可以用关系代词who代替，故选B。‎ ‎9. D【解析】句意：站在树下的那位女士是谁？who谁；whose谁的；which哪一个；that那。先行词the lady在定语从句中作主语，在主句中含有疑问词who，所以可以用关系代词that代替。故选D。‎ ‎11. 句型转换。‎ ‎（1）who/that is （2）that walked ‎ ‎（3）who/that has/holds ‎ ‎（4）which, is ‎ ‎（5）who/that wears/has 命题趋势：‎ 定语从句是中考必考考点之一，主要考查的是时态及宾语从句的语序，有时也会考查定语从句的引导词。考查的主要形式是单项填空、完形填空、短文填空和完成句子。阅读理解和书面表达肯定也会考查到定语从句。因此学生要熟练掌握定语从句的用法。关系代词引导的定语从句最为常见和常考。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎ 关系代词的用法；‎ 在复合句中修饰一个名词或代词的从句称为定语从句，一般紧跟在它所修饰的名词或代词后面。定语从句所修饰的名词或代词称为先行词。引导定语从句的关联词称为关系词，关系词有关系代词和关系副词。‎ 关系副词有when，where，why等 关系副词的基本用法 ‎1. when在句中作状语，表示时间。‎ He remembers the day when he joined the League. 他记得他入团那天。‎ This was the time when he arrived. 这是他到达的时间。‎ ‎2. where在句中作状语，表示地点。‎ This is the place where Lu Xun was born. 这就是鲁迅出生的地方。‎ This is the place where he works. 这是他工作的地点。‎ ‎3. why在句中作状语，表示原因。‎ This is the reason why he is late today. 这就是他今天迟到的原因。‎ Nobody knows the reason why he is often late for school. 没人知道他为什么上学总迟到。‎ ‎【典例】I love places _______________ the people are really friendly.‎ ‎ A. that B. which C. in where D. where ‎【答案】D ‎【易错提醒】‎ ‎1. 当先行词为地点名词时，如果关系词在从句中作主语或宾语，则用that或which引导。如：‎ ‎☛This is the house which/that was built by my grandfather forty years ago.‎ 这是我爷爷在40年前建造的房子。（定语从句中缺少主语，所以要用which/that，而不用where）‎ ‎2. 当position，point，case，stage，situation，atmosphere等表示抽象地点的名词充当先行词时，若定语从句中缺少状语，则用where来引导。如：‎ ‎☛It’s helpful to put children in a situation where they can see themselves differently.‎ 把孩子们放在一个能够让他们从不同角度看待自己的环境中对他们很有帮助。学&科网 ‎3. 关系副词why指原因，代替先行词并在定语从句中作原因状语，其先行词一般是reason。‎ ‎☛Is this the reason why (for which) he refused our help? 这是他拒绝我们帮助的理由吗？‎ ‎【典例】We will put off the picnic in the park until next week, the weather may be better.‎ A. that B. where C. which D. when ‎【参考答案】D ‎【试题解析】句意：我们将把公园的野餐推迟到下个星期，那时天气可能会更好。这是一个定语从句，先行词是next week，定语从句缺少时间状语，所以用关系副词when引导。故选D。‎ ‎【易错提醒】‎ 当先行词是时间名词时，既可以用when引导定语从句，也可以用that或which引导定语从句，关键要看关系词在从句中作何种成分。若关系词在定语从句中充当状语，用when引导；若关系词在从句中充当主语或宾语，则用that或which引导。如：‎ ‎☛Do you remember the days when we chatted with each other all night?‎ 你还记得我们整夜聊天的那些日子吗？（when在从句中作状语）‎ ‎☛Do you remember the days that/which we spent together on the farm?‎ 你还记得我们在农场一起度过的那些日子吗？（that或which作spent的宾语）‎ ‎【速记口诀】‎ 关系副词 关系副词when/where/why，从中作状莫懈怠；‎ 时间用when原因why，地点where经常在；‎ 关系副词可替换，介词加上关系代；‎ 关系代，关系代，that与who要除外；‎ 挑选介词要聪明，必看动词和先行；‎ 聪明反被聪明误，只因乱用关系副；‎ 关系副，关系副，定缺主宾它不住；‎ 它不住，它不住，关系代词来玩酷。‎ ‎1. Have you ever heard of the news ___________ is about the Strawberry Concert?‎ A. who B. what C. which D. when ‎2. Language learning isn’t hard itself. The attitude ___________ you have decided if you can learn it well at last A. what B. who C. which ‎3. The panda is a kind of animal ___________ I like best. ‎ A. who B. which C. where D. what ‎4. The beautiful girl ___________ came here last Saturday is my friend.‎ A. which B. where C. whom D. who ‎5. There will be a flower show in the park ___________ we visited last week.‎ A. who B. where C. which ‎6. Do you know the man ___________ saved five people in the fire?‎ A. who B. it C. when D. whom ‎7. —Where is the School English Speech Contest going to be held tonight?‎ ‎—I’m not sure. Is it in the hall ___________ can hold 300 people?‎ A. where B. what C. that D. when ‎8. It’s bad for health to hurry to move into a house ___________ has new furniture in it.‎ A. who B. where C. that ‎9. I know a place ___________ we can have a big meal. ‎ A. that B. where C. which D. what ‎10. —Do you like swimming in winter?‎ ‎—Of course. The water ___________ a bit cold at first but then I am warm and full of energy. ‎ A. tastes B. feels C. smells D. looks ‎11. —Which song do you like better, Lucy?‎ ‎—I prefer the song Little Apple ___________ can attract many people.‎ A. which B. who C. whom D. where ‎12. The dog ___________ played with you just now is ___________.‎ A. which; mine B. which; my C. what; mine D. what; my ‎13. Studying in groups is a popular way ___________ can develop students’ ability. ‎ A. which B. what C. who D. whom ‎14. Do you know Deng Ziqi ___________ sings the song Pao Mo. ‎ A. which B. who C. when D. where ‎15. —What are you doing?‎ ‎—I’m reading the book ___________ you lent me last week. ‎ A. what B. who C. when D. that ‎1. （2018 • 甘肃兰州中考）I like the city ___________ the people are really kind and friendly.‎ A. that B. which C. where D. who ‎1.（2016 • 贵州黔西南）I can’t remember the place _______________ I lived many years ago.‎ A. that B. which C. where D. ／‎ ‎2. —_______________ is the teacher _______________ gave us the talk yesterday?‎ ‎—She is having a meeting. ‎ A. Where; who B. Who; whose C. What; who D. What; which ‎3. Tony, tell me the result of the discussion _______________ you had with your dad yesterday. ‎ A. what B. which C. when D. who ‎4. （2017 • 湖南长沙中考）—What are you doing, Tim?‎ ‎—I am listening to the song Long Live _______________ makes me feel excited.‎ ‎ A. which B. who C. /‎ ‎1. （2016 • 浙江省平阴县三模）—Sally, which room would you like to _______________?‎ ‎—I like to live in a room _______________ is bright enough. ‎ A. live in; that B. live in; where C. live; that D. live; where ‎2. （2015 • 浙江省邹城市模拟）The factory _______________ I am going to is the place _______________ my mother used to work many years ago. ‎ A. where; where B. where; which C. which; where D. which; which ‎3. Happiness and success often come to those _______________ are good at recognizing their own strengths. ‎ A. where B. who C. what D. which ‎4. （2016 • 平阴县三模）—Sally, which room would you like to _______________?‎ ‎—I like to live in a room _______________ is bright enough. ‎ A. live in; that B. live in; where C. live; that D. live; where ‎5. （2015 • 邹城市模拟）The factory _______________ I am going to is the place _______________ my mother used to work many years ago. ‎ A. where; where B. where; which ‎ C. which; where D. which; which ‎6. （2016 • 句容市模拟）Happiness and success often come to those _______________ are good at recognizing their own strengths.‎ A. where B. who C. what D. which ‎7. —_______________ is the teacher _______________ gave us the talk yesterday?‎ ‎—She is having a meeting. ‎ A. Where; who B. Who; whose C. What; who D. What; which ‎8. Tony, tell me the result of the discussion _______________ you had with your dad yesterday. ‎ A. what B. which C. when D. who ‎ ‎【跟踪训练】‎ ‎4. D【解析】考查定语从句。句意：上周六来这里的那个漂亮女孩儿是我的朋友。本句中有一个定语从句，先行词是girl，排除AB，在定语从句中做主语，排除C。所以选择who来作引导词。 ‎ ‎5. C【解析】考查定语从句。句意：在上周我参观的那个花园里要有一个花展。此题考查定语从句，因为先行词是park指物又做visit的宾语；根据句意，故选C。 ‎ ‎6. A【解析】考查定语从句。此题考查定语从句。根据句意：你知道在大火中救出五个人的那个男的吗？修饰人的用who并且在句子里作主语，因此答案选A。 ‎ ‎7. C【解析】考查定语从句。本题考查定语从句。先行词是hall，表示地点，所以用that。 ‎ ‎8. C【解析】考查定语从句。考查定语从句。定语从句缺少主语，关系代词用who, which或that，先行词house指物，因此用which或that。 ‎ ‎9. B【解析】考查定语从句。句意：我知道一个我们可以大吃一顿的地方。要确定正确的关系词，首先要找出先行词在从句中当什么成分，特别是表示时间、地点和原因的名词！因为它们在从句中可以是表示时间、地点或原因，但它们也可以在从句中当主语，宾语或其它句子成份。在该句中。先行词place在从句中作地点状语，所以该用关系副词where，因此选B。 ‎ ‎10. B【解析】考查定语从句。句意：你喜欢在冬天游泳吗？当然。起初感觉水有点冷，但随后我感到温暖和充满活力。tastes尝起来；feels觉得；smells闻起来；looks 看起来。所以选B。 ‎ ‎11. A【解析】考查定语从句。句意：——露西，你更喜欢哪一首歌？——我较喜欢吸引许多人的小苹果。定语从句，当先行词是事物时，用关系词that，which；当先行词是人时，用关系词who，whom，that；当先行词指地点时，用关系词where。先行词the song Little Apple指事物，故选A。 ‎ ‎12. A【解析】考查定语从句。句意：刚才和你一起玩的那条狗是我的。Which哪一个；what什么；mine名词性物主代词，我的；my形容词性物主代词，我的。形容词性物主代词在句只用作定语；名词性物主代词则不能用作定语，但可以用作主语、宾语、表语、连用of作定语。先行词dog在定语从句中作主语可用关系代词which代替。所以选A。 ‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. C【解析】句意：我喜欢这个城市，那里的人们非常善良和友好。A. that先行词是人或物，在定语从句中作主语或宾语；B. which先行词指物，在定语从句中作主语或宾语；C. where先行词是地点名词，在定语从句中作状语；D. who的先行词是人，在定语从句中作主语。此句的先行词是the city，为地点名词，定语从句中缺少地点状语，引导词用where，答案为C。‎ ‎【点睛】在定语从句中，关系代词所代替的先行词是人或物的名词或代词，并在句中充当主语、宾语、定语等成分。关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，从句谓语动词的人称和数要和先行词保持一致。‎ ‎1) who, whom, that这些词代替的先行词是人的名词或代词，在从句中所起作用如下：‎ Is he the man who/that wants to see you? 他就是想见你的人吗?(who/that在从句中作主语)‎ He is the man whom/ that I saw yesterday. 他就是我昨天见的那个人。(whom/that在从句中作宾语)‎ ‎2) whose 用来指人或物，(只用作定语, 若指物，它还可以同of which互换)，例如：‎ They rushed over to help the man whose car had broken down. 那人车坏了，大家都跑过去帮忙。‎ ‎3) which, that 它们所代替的先行词是事物的名词或代词，在从句中可作主语、宾语等。‎ 关系副词可代替的先行词是时间、地点或理由的名词，在从句中作状语。‎ 关系副词when, where, why的含义相当于"介词+ which"结构，因此常常和"介词+ which"结构交替使用，例如：Beijing is the place where (in which) I was born. 北京是我的出生地。‎ ‎1. C【解析】句意：我记不起许多年前我住的地方了。the place后跟的是一个定语从句，先行词是the place，指地点，在定语从句中作状语从句，故用where作关系词。故选C。‎ ‎2. A【解析】where询问的是地点；who询问的是人物；what引导宾语从句，作从句的逻辑主语或者宾语；根据答语She is having a meeting（她正在开会）可知，问题应该是问那个老师在哪里，所以第一个空格填Where。who引导的定语从句，在从句里作主语，whose意思是＂谁的＂，作定语；which的先行词为物，在从句中作主语或宾语。第二个空：结合句意及句子特点可知为定语从句，根据题意可知，先行词是the teacher，引导词在从句里作主语的成分，所以应用who。故选A。‎ ‎3. B【解析】what不能引导定语从句；which关系代词，指物，在定语从句中作主语或宾语；when关系副词，指时间，在定语从句中作时间状语；who关系代词，指人，在定语从句中作主语或宾语；根据the discussion _______________ you had with your dad yesterday可知本句中先行词是discussion，指物，在定语从句中作宾语，所以关系代词用which，故选B。学&科网 ‎4. A【解析】句意：——蒂姆，你正在做什么？——我正在听歌曲《万岁》，这首歌使我感到很兴奋。先行词是the song Long Live， 指物，且在从句中作主语，故选A。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎1. A【解析】根据which room would you like to可知这里考查live的用法，live 是一个不及物动词，后面不能直接跟宾语，如果跟宾语的话，需要加其它的词，在这里room作它的宾语，表示住在这个房间里，所以需要加介词in；再根据I like to live in a room _______________ is bright enough，本部分考查的是定语从句，room是先行词，定语从句中缺少主语，that可作主语，where, how, in which不可作主语。选A。‎ ‎3. B【解答】本句考查的是定语从句。先行词是those ‎＂那些人＂，指人，同时引导词又在后面的定语从句中作主语，故用who。‎ ‎4. A【解析】根据 which room would you like to，可知这里考查 live 的用法，live是一个不及物动词， 后面不能直接跟宾语，如果跟宾语的话，需要加其它的词，在这里room作它的宾语，表示住在这个房间里，所以需要加介词 in；再根据I like to live in a room _______________ is bright enough，本部分考查的是定语从句，room是先行词，定语从句中缺少主语。that 可作主语，where、how、in which 不可作主语。故选A。‎ ‎5. C【解析】本题考查定语从句的辨析. where 引导的定语从句，在从句中作地点状语，等于介词+which；which，哪一个，引导的定语从句，在从句中作主语、宾语， 一般指物. 根据题意可知，先行词为 factory，指物，going to 后面缺少一个宾语 故用 which 引导此定语从句；句子表语 the place 真是第二个空格的先行词，而后面 my mother used to work many years ago 缺少的是地点状语，与先行词 the place 要用介词 in 连接， 在定语从句中 in which 可用 where 表达，故用 where 引导，故选C。‎ ‎6. B【解析】本句考查的是定语从句：先行词是 those＂那些人＂，指人，同时引导 词又在后面的定语从句中作主语，故用 who。‎ ‎7. A【解析】第一个空：where 询问的是地点；who 询问的是人物；what 引导宾 语从句，做从句的逻辑主语或者宾语；根据回答 She is having a meeting（她正在开会） 可知，问题应该是问那个老师在哪里，所以第一个空格填 where。 第二个空：结合句意及句子特点可知为定语从句，先行词为 the teacher，表人；who 引 导的定语从句，在从句里做主语的成分，whose 意思是＂谁的＂表物主，作定语；which 的先行词为物，在从句中作主语或宾语。根据题意可知，先行词是 the teacher，引导词在从 句里做主语的成分，所以应用 who. 综合起来，故选 A。‎ 要掌握＂介词+关系代词＂引导的定语从句，我们要注意以下五点：‎ ‎1. 某些在从句中充当时间，地点或原因状语的＂介词+关系词＂结构可以同关系副词when和where互换。‎ This is the house in which I lived two years ago. ‎ ‎→This is the house where I lived two years ago. ‎ 这就是我两年以前住过的那间房子。‎ ‎2. ＂介词 + which / whom＂构成的定语从句。‎ ‎ 介词后只能用which/whom，不用who/that，但当介词放在后面时，在限制性定语从句中，可用that代替which / whom，并且that可省略。在非限制性定语从句中只能用关系代词which/whom。‎ ‎ 我向你请教的那个问题现在已经解决了。学科#网 ‎ 【误】The problem about that I consulted you has now been solved. （错）‎ ‎ 【正】The problem about which I consulted you has now been solved. （对）‎ ‎ 【正】The problem I consulted you about has now been solved. （对）‎ ‎3. ＂名词+ 介词+which / whom＂引导的定语从句 We had a meeting the purpose of which was completely unclear. ‎ 我们开了一个会，会议的内容还不完全清楚。‎ ‎4. 在非限制性定语从句中，of which / whom 可用来修饰不定代词 all, each, one, many, much, more, most, any, some, a few, a little, none, both, several, enough, the latter, the former等。‎ There are 103 elements found in nature, most of which are metals.‎ 自然界中发现了103种金属元素，大都是金属。‎ ‎5. ＂介词+ which +名词＂引导的定语从句。‎ ‎ which是一个代表所有关系的关系代词，可用来代表一个名词/代词或句子的一部分，但更多的是来代表整个句子。其中的名词通常是一个抽象名词，如：case, fact, state, time, point等。‎ He may be late, in which case we ought to wait for him.‎ 他可能要迟到，因此我们应该等他。‎ ‎1. The book in _______________ I have much interest now is Around the World in Eighty Days.‎ A. that B. who C. which D. whose ‎2. This is the room in I used to live.‎ A. which B. why C. who D. when ‎3. He showed me around the school he studied three years ago.‎ A. that B. when C. in which D. there ‎4. He is the teacher class we all like.‎ A. when B. who C. whom D. whose ‎5. —Please tell me something about Yang Liwei.‎ ‎ —He is a great astronaut of all the Chinese are proud.‎ A. that B. whose C. who D. whom ‎1. （2018 • 甘肃兰州中考）I like the city _____the people are really kind and friendly.‎ A. that B. which C. where D. who ‎2.（2016 • 贵州黔西南）I can’t remember the place I lived many years ago.‎ A. that B. which C. where D.／‎ ‎3.（2014 • 广东）When Robinson Crusoe got to the island, the first thing he did was to look for some food. ‎ A. who B. that C. which D.‎ ‎ whom ‎4. —There are so many girls over there. Which one is your sister?‎ ‎—The one hat is yellow.‎ A. who B. whose C. that D. which ‎5. The last place we visited was the Summer Palace. ‎ A. where B. that C. why ‎6. One of the most delicious drinks I like is orange juice. ‎ A. which B. that C. whose D. whom ‎7. Tom did all he could to get on well his classmates. ‎ A. which；with B. that；/ C. that；with D. /；/‎ ‎8. Creating an atmosphere _____________ employees feel part of a team is a big challenge.‎ A. as B. whose C. in which D. at which 一、用适当的关系代词填空。‎ ‎1. This is the house in I lived ten years ago.‎ ‎2. The man from I borrowed the book is Li Lei.‎ ‎3. This is the car for he paid fifty thousand dollars.‎ ‎4. He was surprised at you said to him yesterday afternoon.‎ 二、用适当的介词填空。‎ ‎1. Do you like the book which she paid $10?‎ ‎2. Do you like the book which she learned a lot?‎ ‎3. Do you like the book which she often talks?‎ ‎4. The library which students often study was on fire last night.‎ ‎5. The reason which he didn’t come was that he was ill.‎ ‎6. I’ll never forget the time which I lived in the countryside.‎ ‎7. The woman whom Spielberg is married is an actress.‎ ‎8. She didn’t know the teacher whom I turned for advice.‎ ‎9. China has a lot of rivers, the second longest which is the Yellow River.‎ ‎【跟踪训练】‎ ‎1. C【解析】句意：现在我有很大兴趣的那本书是《环游世界80天》。根据句意及题干分析此题是考查定语从句，先行词是the book，关系词代替the book且在定语从句中作介词in的宾语，和in连用只能用which，故选C。‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：他是我们都喜欢他课的那个老师。when什么时候；who谁；whom谁，在定语从句中作宾语；whose谁的。故选D。‎ ‎5. D【解析】考查定语从句。句意：——请告诉我一些关于杨利伟的事。——他是一个伟大的宇航员个，所有的中国人都感到自豪。答语是一个定语从句，先行词astronaut是人，并且关系代词做介词of的宾语，所以用宾格形式。故选D。‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. C【解析】句意：我喜欢这个城市，那里的人们非常善良和友好。A. that先行词是人或物，在定语从句中作主语或宾语；B. which先行词指物，在定语从句中作主语或宾语；C. where先行词是地点名词，在定语从句中作状语；D. who的先行词是人，在定语从句中作主语。此句的先行词是the city ‎，为地点名词，定语从句中缺少地点状语，引导词用where，答案为C。‎ ‎2. C【解析】考查定语从句。句意：我记不起许多年前我住的地方了。the place后跟的是一个定语从句，先行词是the place，指地点，用where作关系词。故选C。‎ ‎3. B【解析】who关系代词，指人，在定语从句中作主语或宾语；that 关系代词，指人或物，在定语从句中作主语或宾语；which 关系代词，指物，在定语从句中作主语或宾语；whom 关系代词，指人，在定语从句中作宾语。但是如果先行词被形容词的最高级或序数词修饰时，关系代词只用 that； 根据 the first thing he did was 可知先行词 是被 the first 序数词修饰，所以关系词应该用 that，故选B。 ‎ ‎4. B【解析】who 在定语从句中作主语，that 在定语从句中可以作主语和宾语，which 在定语从句中可以作主语和宾语。whose 表示属于某人所有，引导定语从句，并在定语从句中作定语，修饰 hat。故选B。‎ ‎7. C【解析】在含有定语从句的复合句中，如果先行词为 all，everything，anything， nothing，little，much 等不定代词，关系代词只能用 that. 根据 Tom did all _____________ he could可知这是一个含有定语从句的复合句，先行词是 all，所以应该用 that；短语 get on well with sb.，和某人相处得好；故选C。 ‎ ‎8. C 【解析】句意：营造一种氛围，让员工们感觉(自己)是团队的一分子，这是一大挑战。先行词是atmosphere，空处在定语从句中作地点状语，＂在……氛围中＂用介词in，所以选C。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ 一、用适当的词填空。‎ ‎1. which 2. whom 3. which 4. What 二、用适当的介词填空。‎ ‎1. for 2. from 3. about ‎4. in 5. for 6. during ‎7. to 8. to 9. of 一、限制性定语从句是不能去掉的，否则剩下的部分就失去意义而不能成立。非限制性定语从句则不然，它只对所修饰的词作进一步的说明，去掉之后并不影响整个句子的含义。在形式上，非限制性定语从句与主句之间通常必须有逗号隔开。‎ Finally we visited the Giant Yangtze Gorges Dam, which is the greatest key water control project in the world at present. 最后我们参观了长江三峡大坝，它是目前世界上最大的水利枢纽工程。‎ 二、引导非限制性定语从句的which可以指代前面的先行词，也可以指代前面整个句子。‎ That Peter will marry Alice, which has not been announced yet, has spread around. 彼特要娶爱丽斯这件事还没宣布，却已被传得沸沸扬扬。‎ 三、除which外，还可用when， where， who，whom等关系副词或关系代词引导非限制性定语从句。‎ After graduation, I decided to stay in Chongqing, where I spent my childhood and four years of college life. 毕业后，我决定留在重庆，在那里我度过了我的童年和四年大学生活。学#科网 ‎【注意】that不能引导非限制性定语从句。‎ 四、在限制性定语从句中，如果先行词作宾语时，引导词可以省略；但引导非限制性定语从句的引导词不能省，同时关系代词whom不能用who替换。‎ as和which的区别 as/which在句末，若有否定as错；‎ 句首只能用as，还有认知猜想词；‎ 固定结构用as, the same/such/so/as；‎ so/such...that宾不离，so/such...as...宾要弃。‎ 一、同义句转换。（每空一词）‎ ‎1. He is a good comrade with whom you can work.‎ He is a good comrade ______________ ______________ ______________.‎ ‎2. The meeting, which was held in the park, was attended by 1,000 people. ‎ The meeting was attended by 1,000 people, ______________ ______________ was held in the park.‎ ‎3. I don’t like the boy, since he is very lazy.‎ I don’t like the boy, ______________ is very lazy.‎ ‎4. Last month part of Southeast Asia was struck by floods and people are still suffering from its effects.‎ Last month part of Southeast Asia was struck by floods, ______________ ______________ effects people are still suffering.‎ ‎5. Small computers need small amount of power. That means you use less electricity.‎ Small computers need small amount of power, ______________ means you use less electricity.‎ 二、单项选择。‎ ‎1. The famous basketball star, ______________ tried to make a comeback, attracted a lot of attention. ‎ A. where B. when C. which D. who ‎2. Have you seen the film Titanic, ______________ leading actor is world famous? ‎ A. its B. it’s C. whose D. which ‎3. Recently I bought an ancient Chinese vase, ______________ was very reasonable. ‎ A. which price B. the price of which C. its price D. the price of whose ‎ ‎4. She heard a terrible noise, ______________ brought her heart into her mouth. ‎ A. it B. which C. this D. that ‎5. I shall never forget the day ______________ Shen Zhou V was launched, ______________ has a great effect on my life. ‎ A. when; which B. that; which C. which; that D. when; that 三、完成句子。‎ ‎1. ________________ (众所周知), the moon travels around the earth once every month.‎ ‎2. Jack has won the first prize, ________________ (像往常一样). ‎ ‎3. York, ________________ (我参观的) last year, is a nice old city. ‎ ‎4. Lucy and I made an appointment of an interview on Sunday afternoon, _______________（到那时） I would be free. ‎ ‎5. She gave another piece of advice, ________________ (我认为) is of great help to the research work. ‎ ‎1. Carol said the work would be done by October, _______________ personally I doubt very much.‎ A. it B. that C. when D. which ‎2. Dora was always speaking highly of her role in the play, of course, _______________ made the others unhappy.‎ A. who B. which C. this D. what ‎3. _______________ is mentioned above, the number of the students in senior high schools is increasing.‎ A. Which B. As C. That D. It ‎4. I want to use the same tools _______________ used in your factory a few days ago.‎ ‎ A. as was B. which was C. as were D. which ‎5. He is good at English, _______________ we all know.‎ A. that B. as C. whom D. what ‎6. I don’t like _______________ as you read.‎ ‎ A. the novels B. the such novels C. such novels D. same novels ‎7. _______________ is known to everybody, the moon travels round the earth once every month.‎ A. It B. As C. That D. What 一、把下列每对句子合并成含有定语从句的主从复合句。‎ ‎1. The fan is on the desk. You want it.‎ ‎2. The man is in the next room. He brought our textbooks here yesterday.‎ ‎3. The magazine is mine. He has taken it away.‎ ‎4. The students will not pass the exam. They don’t study hard.‎ ‎5. The woman is our geography teacher. You saw her in the park.‎ ‎6. The letter is from my sister. I received it yesterday.‎ ‎7. The play was wonderful. We saw it last night.‎ ‎8. The train was late. It was going to Nanning.‎ ‎9. The boy is my brother. He was here a minute ago.‎ ‎10. The tree is quite tall. He is climbing it.‎ ‎11. Here is the girl. Her brother works in this shop.‎ ‎12. That’s the child. We were looking at his drawing just now.‎ ‎13. This is the boy. His sister is a famous singer.‎ ‎14. I want to talk to the boys. Their homework haven’t been handed in.‎ ‎15. Is that the woman? Her daughter is in my class.‎ ‎16. He used to live in a big house. In front of it grew many banana trees.‎ ‎17. They passed a factory. At the back of the factory there were rice fields.‎ ‎18. The soldier ran to the building. On the top of it flew a flag.‎ ‎19. In the evening they arrived at a hill. At the foot of the hill there was a temple. ‎ ‎20. She came into a big room. In the middle of it stood a large table.‎ 二、根据句子意思，用介词＋关系代词whom或which 完成下列句子。‎ ‎1. The person ________ ________ I spoke just now is the manager that I told you about.‎ ‎2. The pencil ________ ________ he was writing broke.‎ ‎3. Wu Dong, ________ ________ I went to the concert, enjoyed it very much.‎ ‎4. The two things ________ ________ Marx was not sure were the grammar and some of the idioms of English.‎ ‎5. Her bag, ________ ________ she put all her books, has not been found.‎ ‎6. The stories about the Long March, ________ ________ this is one example, are well written.‎ ‎【跟踪训练】‎ 一、同义句转换。（每空一词）‎ ‎1. to work with 2. and it 3. who 4. from whose 5. which 二、单项选择。‎ ‎2. C【解析】句意：你看过电影《泰坦尼克号》吗？它的主演是世界闻名的演员。先行词是the film Titanic，关系词在定语从句中作定语，故选C。‎ ‎3. B【解析】句意：最近我买了一个中国古老的花瓶，它的价钱很合理。故选B。‎ ‎4. B【解析】句意：她听到了一个大的噪音，使她张大了嘴巴。本句是非限制性定语从句，先行词是空前一整句话，且有逗号隔开，故选B。‎ 三、完成句子。‎ ‎1. As is known to everybody / all 2. as often happens / as usual 3. which I visited ‎4. by which time 5. which I think ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎1. D 【解析】句意：卡罗说这个工作截止到10月必须做完，我对此非常怀疑。本句是非限制性定语从句，先行词是空格前一整句话，故用关系代词which引导。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】句意：多拉总是高度评价她在这个剧中的角色，当然，这令其他人不开心。本句是非限制性定语从句，先行词是空格前一整句话，故用关系代词which引导。故选B。‎ ‎3. B【解析】句意：正如上面提到的，高中学生的数量正在增加。引导非限制性定语从句用在句首时，只能用as，故选B。‎ ‎4. C【解析】as引导定语从句时通常构成such...as或the same...as固定搭配，其中such和same修饰其后的名词，as为关系代词，指代其前的名词引导定语从句。as在从句中可作主语、表语或宾语。‎ ‎5. C【解析】句意：众所周知，他很擅长英语。as we all know众所周知，为固定搭配。故选C。‎ ‎6. C【解析】as引导定语从句时通常构成such...as或the same...as固定搭配，其中such和same修饰其后的名词，as为关系代词，指代其前的名词引导定语从句。as在从句中可以作主语、表语或宾语。such修饰单数名词时，要用such a...，本题中such books，such直接修饰复数名词。‎ ‎7. B【解析】句意：众所周知，月亮每个月围绕地球转一次。As is known to everybody众所周知，为固定短语，故选B。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ 一、把下列每对句子合并成含有定语从句的主从复合句。‎ ‎1. The fan that you want is on the desk. ‎ ‎2. The man who brought our textbooks here yesterday is in next room. ‎ ‎3. The magazine which he has taken away is mine.‎ ‎4. The students who don’t study hard will not pass the exam. ‎ ‎5. The woman you saw in the park is our geography teacher. ‎ ‎6. The letter I received yesterday is from my sister. ‎ ‎7. The play that we saw last night was wonderful. ‎ ‎8. The train which was going to Nanning was late. ‎ ‎9. The boy who was here a minute ago is my brother. ‎ ‎10. The tree he is climbing is quite tall. ‎ ‎11. Here is the girl whose brother works in this shop. ‎ ‎12. That’s the child whose drawing we were looking at just now. ‎ ‎13. This is the boy whose sister is a favous singer. ‎ ‎14. I want to talk to the boy whose homework hasn’t been handed in. ‎ ‎15. Is that the woman whose daughter is in my class? ‎ ‎16. He used to live in a big house, in front of which grew many banana trees.‎ ‎17. They passed a factory, at the back of which there were rice fields. ‎ ‎18. The soldier ran to the building, on the top of which flew a flag. ‎ ‎19. In the evening they arrived at a hill, at the foot of which there was a temple. ‎ ‎20. She came into a big room, in the middle of which stood a large table. ‎ 二、根据句子意思，用介词＋关系代词whom或which 完成下列句子。‎ ‎1. to whom; 2. wiht which; 3. with whom; ‎ ‎4. about which; 5. in which; 6. of which 考点三十四 连词that引导的宾语从句 宾语从句是中考必考考点之一，主要考查的是时态及宾语从句的语序，有时也会考查宾语从句的引导词。考查的主要形式是单项填空、完形填空、短文填空和完成句子。阅读理解和书面表达肯定也会考查到宾语从句。因此学生要熟练掌握宾语从句的用法。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎1. 引导宾语从句的连词和代词选择；‎ ‎2. 宾语从句的语序；‎ ‎3. 宾语从句的时态。‎ 考向一: 宾语从句的种类 宾语从句是一种名词性从句，在句中作及物动词的宾语，或介词的宾语，或形容词的宾语。根据引导宾语从句的不同连词，宾语从句可分为三类。‎ ‎1. 由that引导的宾语从句。that只有语法作用，没有实在的意义，在口语和非正式文体中可以省略。‎ He said (that) he wanted to stay at home.‎ She doesn’t know (that) she is seriously ill.‎ I am sure (that) he will succeed.‎ ‎2. 由连接代词who, whom, whose, what, which和连接副词when, where, why, how引导的宾语从句。这些连接代词和连接副词在宾语从句中充当某个成分。‎ Do you know who (whom) they are waiting for?‎ He asked whose handwriting was the best.‎ Can you tell me where the No.3 bus stop is?‎ I don’t know why the train is late.‎ ‎3. 由if或whether引导的宾语从句。if和whether在句中的意思是＂是否＂。‎ I want to know if (whether) he lives there.‎ He asked me whether (if) I could help him.‎ 考向二: 宾语从句的语序 宾语从句的语序应为陈述句的语序，即按照主语、谓语的顺序。‎ ‎1. 陈述句变为宾语从句，语序不变，即仍用陈述语序。学*科网 He is an honest boy. The teacher said. ‎ ‎→ The teacher said(that) he was an honest boy.‎ ‎2. 一般疑问句和特殊疑问句变为宾语从句，语序变为陈述语序。‎ Does he work hard? I wonder. ‎ ‎→ I wonder if/whether he works hard.‎ ‎【典例】 Miss Green didn’t tell us _______________ in 2002.‎ A. where does she live B. Where she lives C. where did she live D. where she lived 考向三: 宾语从句主句与从句时态一致的问题。‎ ‎1. 如果主句是现在的某种时态（包括一般现在时、现在进行时、现在完成时），那么宾语从句的时态可根据实际情况而定。‎ I remember he gave me a book yesterday. ‎ He has told me that he’ll leave for New York tomorrrow. ‎ I don’t think (that) you are right.‎ Please tell us where he is.‎ Can you tell me how I can get to the railway station?‎ ‎【典例】1. Would you please tell me _______________? ‎ A. when did he come home B. where he would play football C. if he had seen the film D. why he didn’t watch the game ‎【答案】D ‎2. I don’t know when _______________.‎ A. will the train leave B. the train will leave C. would the train leave D. the train leave ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】该题考查的是宾语从句的语序和时态。只有B项在语序和时态上符合要求。‎ ‎2. ‎ 如果主句是过去的某种时态（包括一般过去时、过去进行时），那么宾语从句一定要用过去的某种时态（包括一般过去时、过去进行时、过去将来时、过去完成时）。‎ He told me that he would take part in the high jump. ‎ He asked what time it was.‎ He told me that he was preparing for the sports meet.‎ He asked if you had written to Peter.‎ He said that he would go back to the US soon.‎ ‎3. 如果宾语从句表示的是客观事实或真理，即使主句是过去时，从句也用一般现在时态。‎ Our teacher said that January is the first month of the year.‎ Scientists have proved that the earth turns around the sun.‎ He told me that the earth is round. ‎ 宾语从句须注意，几点事项应牢记。‎ 一是关键引导词，不同句子词相异。‎ 陈述句子用that；一般疑问是否(if，whether)替；‎ 特殊问句更好办，引导还用疑问词。‎ 二是时态常变化，主句不同从句异。‎ 主句若为现在时，从句时态应看意；‎ 主句若为过去时，从句时态向前移。‎ 三是语序要记清，从句永保陈述序。‎ that引导的宾语从句 that 是宾语从句的一个引导词，放在主句和从句之间。它引导的宾语从句由陈述句转化而来，故从句的语序不变。在that 引导的宾语从句中，that 作连接代词，无意义，在句中不作任何成分，在口语或非正式的文体中通常可以省略。‎ 一、that 引导的宾语从句的用法 ‎1. 位置：that 引导的宾语从句通常放在主句谓语动词（及物动词）、介词或形容词之后。‎ ①作及物动词，如：say，think，tell，know，hear，see，hope，wish，remember，forget等的宾语。如：　‎ She says that she will help me learn English this evening. ‎ 她说今天晚上她会帮我学英语。‎ ②作介词的宾语：连词that引导的名词性从句很少作介词的宾语，只用在except，but，in之后。如：‎ He is a good boy except that he is careless. ‎ 他是一个好男孩，只是有点儿粗心。‎ ③作＂be + 形容词＂结构的宾语。某些形容词或过去分词后常接宾语从句，如：sure，glad，certain，pleased，sorry，happy，afraid等，连词that可省略。如：‎ I’m happy (that) I passed the exam. 我很高兴我通过了考试。‎ ‎2. 时态：主句的谓语动词是一般现在时，从句的谓语动词可根据具体情况选用适当的时态；主句的谓语动词是一般过去时，从句中也必须用过去的某种时态。试比较： ‎ He says that he wants to see him as soon as possible. 他说他想尽快见到他。 ‎ He said that he wanted to see him as soon as possible. 他说他想尽快见到他。 ‎ ‎【特别提醒】 ‎ 当主句是一般过去时，而宾语从句的内容表示的是客观真理、事实、科学原理、自然现象、名言警句、格言、谚语等时，此时宾语从句用一般现在时，这些情况下不受主句时态的限制。如：‎ The teacher told us that the earth goes round the sun. 老师告诉我们地球围绕着太阳转。 ‎ ‎3. 引导词that可以省略的几种情况：‎ 引导宾语从句的连词that通常可以省略：‎ She said (that) she would come to the meeting. 她说过要来开会的。‎ I promise you (that) I will be there. 我答应你我会去的。‎ I hoped (that) I would / should succeed. 我曾希望我会成功。‎ He thinks (that) they will give him a visa. 他想他们会给他签证。‎ He thought (that) they would give him a visa. 他本想他们会给他签证。‎ I expect (that) the plane will be diverted. 我料想飞机会改变航线。‎ I expected (that) the plane would be diverted. 我本料想飞机会改变航线。‎ Everybody knows (that) money doesn’t grow on trees. ‎ 众所周知，金钱是不会从树上长出来的。‎ I suggested (that) they should / shouldn’t drive along the coast. 我建议他们沿着 / 不要沿着海岸开车。‎ ‎【注意】有时为了强调，that引导的宾语从句可位于句首，此时that不可省略：‎ That she is a good girl I know. 她是一个好姑娘，我是知道的。‎ ‎4. 引导词that不能省略的几种情况：‎ that在引导宾语从句时，并不是在任何情况下都可以省略，在以下几种情况下，that不能省略。‎ ①从句的主语是that时，that不能省略；‎ We know that is an interesting film. 我们知道那是一部有趣的电影。‎ ②and连接的两个表示陈述意义的宾语从句并列时，有时省去第一个从句的连词that，但第二个从句的连词that一般不可以省略。如：‎ He told me (that) they could not decide what to do and that they asked my advice. ‎ 他告诉我他们决定不了去做什么并且问了我的意见。‎ ③that引导的宾语从句作介词宾语时，that不能省略。如：‎ I know nothing about him except that he is from the south. ‎ 对他我一无所知，只知道他是南方人。‎ ‎5. 如果宾语从句后还有宾语补足语，则用it作形式宾语，而将宾语从句后置。如：‎ We thought it strange that Xiao Zhang did not come yesterday. ‎ 小张昨天没来，我们觉得很奇怪。‎ ‎6. 宾语从句的否定转移。‎ 在think，believe，suppose，expect等动词后的宾语从句，当主句的主语是第一人称时，谓语尽管是否定的意思，却不用否定形式，而将think等动词变为否定形式，英语称这种现象为否定转移。如：‎ ①我认为今晚他不能来。‎ ‎【误】I think he can’t come this evening.‎ ‎【正】I don’t think he can come this evening.‎ ②他认为我们现在不在教室里。‎ ‎【误】He doesn’t think we are in the classroom now.‎ ‎【正】He thinks we are not in the classroom now.‎ ‎【特别警示】‎ 含有＂否定转移＂现象的句子，主句的主语必须是第一人称，此时，变成反意疑问句，附加问句要由从句来决定；如果主句的主语是其他人称，附加问句要由主句来决定。如：‎ I don’t think he is right, is he? 我认为他不对，是吗？‎ He thinks I can come, doesn’t he? 他认为我能来，是不是？‎ ‎7. 如果宾语从句中含有否定意义的副词或形容词。如：hardly，never，seldom，no，few，little等，其反意疑问句要用肯定形式。如：‎ We find that he seldom goes to visit his mother, does he? ‎ 我们发现他不常看望他的妈妈，是吗？‎ ‎8. that引导的宾语从句变成被动语态时，只变主句，不变从句。实际上，我们经常把It is said that ...（据说……）；It is known that ...（众所周知……）；It is reported that ...（据报告……）等当作固定句式来运用。如：‎ It is said that he is from Canada. 据说他来自加拿大。‎ I. 句型转换 ‎1. I wonder where we should go next.‎ ‎ Could you tell me where we _________ _________ next? (同义句) ‎ ‎ Could you tell me where _________ _________ next? (同义句)‎ ‎2. He can’t come to the party today. I think. (合并成一句)‎ ‎ I _________ think he _________ to the party tomorrow.‎ ‎3. 你能告诉我一个度假的好地方吗？‎ ‎ Could you tell me _________ _________ _________ _________ go for vacation?‎ ‎4. Does Mr. Brown enjoy living in China? Could you tell us? (改为复合句)‎ ‎ Could you tell us _________ Mr. Brown _________ living in China?‎ ‎5. I got home in the rain. I left my umbrella in the classroom. (合并为一句)‎ ‎ When I _________ home in the rain, I realized I_________ _________my umbrella in the classroom.‎ ‎6. Don’t play football in the street. The policeman told the boys.(合并为一句)‎ ‎ The policeman told the boys_________ _________ play football in the street.‎ ‎7. 你能告诉我重庆哪里有博物馆吗？‎ ‎ Could you tell me _________ _________ _________ a museum in Chongqing?‎ II. 单项选择 1. The teacher told us _____________ the earth moves around the sun.‎ ‎ A. whether B. if C. who D. that ‎2. Mr. Zhang doesn’t doubt _____________ Mike has told his parents the truth.‎ ‎ A. whether B. who C. when D. that ‎3. —Excuse me, could you please tell me if the meeting _____________ on time?‎ ‎ —If it _____________ tomorrow, we’ll have to put it off.‎ ‎ A. will hold；snows B. will be held；snows ‎ C. will be held；snow D. holds；will snow ‎4. I know _____________ I promised to take you to dinner, but I won’t finish working until ten o’clock.‎ ‎ A. if B. that C. what D. why ‎1. （2018 • 绥化中考）He asked me _____________.‎ A. if I would go skating with him ‎ B. when did I buy the CD ‎ C. that I had a good time ‎2. （2018 • 成都中考）—Is this the new dictionary _____________ you got yesterday?‎ ‎—Yes. Now it’s very convenient for me to look up words.‎ A. that B. why C. what ‎3. （2018 • 广西贺州中考）—Do you think _____________ at home on computer in the future?‎ ‎—Yes, I think they needn’t go to school.‎ A. kids will study B. did kids study C. kids studied D. will kids study ‎4. （2017﹒黑龙江齐齐哈尔）—I want to know if he _____________ back tomorrow. ‎ ‎ —I’ll call you as soon as _____________.‎ ‎ A. will come; will return B. will come; returns C. comes; will return ‎5.（2017﹒黑龙江哈尔滨）—I wonder if our foreign teacher Mr. White _____________ to his hometown next Tuesday. ‎ ‎ —I’m not sure. But if he returns to his hometown, I’ll _____________ him off. ‎ ‎ A. return；see B. will return；see C. will return；will see ‎6.（2017﹒四川南充）—Excuse me. Could you please tell me _____________?‎ ‎ —Sure. Go along this street and turn left. It’s on your right.‎ ‎ A. when I can get to the bookstore B. when can I get to the bookstore ‎ C. how I can get to the bookstore D. how can I get to the bookstore ‎7.（2016﹒黑龙江哈尔滨）—Look at the man in blue! Do you know _____________?‎ ‎ —Oh, he is a policeman.‎ ‎ A. what does he B. what he does C. how he does ‎1. （江苏省盐城市阜宁县2019届九年级上学期期中考试）I never doubt _________ his advice is of great value to me. ‎ A. that B. whether C. how D. what ‎2. （陕西省师范大学附属中学2018届九年级上学期期中考试）—Jim finds ______ easy to remember all the English words in these ways.‎ ‎—______ smart child he is!‎ A. it; How B. that; How C. it; What a D. that; What a ‎3. （四川省苍溪县东溪片区2018届九年级上学期第一次月考）I wonder _____________ June is a good time to visit Hong Kong.‎ ‎ A. that B. when C. whether ‎4. （江苏省常州市2017届九年级下学期教学情况调研测试）—Do you think ____________ he has taken the bag?‎ ‎ —_____________ I’m mistaken.‎ ‎ A. that; Until B. whether; If ‎ ‎ C. that; Unless D. whether; Unless ‎5.（江苏省无锡市青阳片2017届九年级下学期期中）No one doubted _____________ the Germans _____________ win the 2018World Cup again.‎ ‎ A. if; can B. whether; could ‎ ‎ C. that; could D. that; can ‎6. He said _____________ he was doing his homework.‎ ‎ A. if B. when C. that D. where ‎7. —The Dragon Boat races are so exciting, but our boat is still behind.‎ ‎ —Don’t worry. I’m sure _____________ our team will win!‎ ‎ A. if B. that C. whether D. why ‎8. I hope _____________ it will snow this winter.‎ ‎ A. when B. if C. whether D. /‎ ‎9. —Do you believe _____________ man can live on Mars in the future.‎ ‎ —It’s hard to say. Scientists are still not sure _____________ we can grow plants on Mars.‎ ‎ A. if；that B. whether；if ‎ ‎ C. that；that D. that；whether ‎10. Mary said _____________ there was a car outside.‎ ‎ A. what B. whether C. that 跟踪训练 I. 句型转换 ‎1. could go；to go 2. don’t；can 3. a good place to 4. if；enjoys ‎5. got；had left 6. not to 7. where there is II. 单项选择 ‎1. D 【解析】句意：老师告诉我们地球围绕着太阳转。A. whether 是否；B. if 如果，是否；C. who 谁；D. that引导宾语从句时无意思。通过told可知，老师在告诉我们一个客观事实，不是表疑问，只有that引导的宾语从句不表疑问，在这里that在宾语从句中不作任何成分，故答案选D。学*科网 ‎3. B 【解析】句意：——对不起，请你告诉我会议是否将如期举行？——-如果明天下雪，我们将不得不推迟。在问句中if 表示＂是否＂，引导宾语从句，而the meeting和hold是被动关系，故应该使用一般将来时的被动语态。在答句中if表示＂如果＂，引导条件状语从句，主句用一般将来时，从句常用一般现在时表将来，故选B。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：我知道我答应过要带你去吃饭，但直到十点钟我才会完成工作。考查宾语从句引导词。A. if是否的意思，常引导一般疑问句作宾语的宾语从句；B. that无任何意义，引导是陈述句的宾语从句，常省略；C. what开头的特殊疑问句的宾语从句，从句需用陈述语序；D. why引导的特殊疑问句的宾语从句，从句需用陈述语序，结合句意和语境可知选B。‎ 真题再现 ‎1. A【解析】句意：他问我 __________。A. if I would go skating with him是否愿意和他一起去滑冰。B. when did I buy the CD我什么时候买CD；C. that I had a good time我过得好。从He asked me知本题考查宾语从句。宾语从句的语序是陈述语序，可排除B选项；asked后的宾语从句是由疑问句转化来的，所以选项C的关系词不对，可排除，故正确选项是A。‎ ‎2. A【解析】句意：——这是你昨天买的新的字典吗？——是的，现在对于我来说记单词是非常方便的。A. that那个；B. why为什么；C. what什么。这里是what引导的宾语从句。根据题意，故选A。‎ ‎3. A【解析】句意：——你认为孩子们在将来会在家里在电脑上学习吗？——会的，我认为他们不需要去学校。本题考查宾语从句，宾语从句用陈述句语序，排除B和D ‎，且根据in the future可知，用一般将来时，故选A。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：——我想知道他明天是否回来。——他一回来我就打电话给你。分析句子得知，在I want to know if he _____back tomorrow中，if引导的宾语从句，意思是＂是否＂而不是＂如果＂，时态不遵循主将从现，根据后文tomorrow，故用一般将来时态will come，下文中as soon as 表示一……就，它引导的时间状语从句，主句是一般将来时，as soon as 引导的条件状语从句用一般现在时，结合句意和语境可知选B。 ‎ ‎6. C 【解析】句意：——打扰一下，你能告诉我怎样到达书店吗？——当然可以。沿着这条街走，然后向左拐，就在你的右手边。宾语从句应该用陈述句语序，所以排除B、D；根据回答Go along this street and turn left.可知在问路，故选C。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：——看那个穿着蓝色衣服的男人。你知道他是干什么的吗？——哦，他是个警察。宾语从句的结构：主语+谓语+连接词+从句，从句在句中作宾语，且要用陈述语序。如果主句是一般现在时，从句根据需要选择时态，如果主句是过去时态，从句要用相应的过去时态。但从句是客观真理时，用一般现在时态。A选项语序错误；C项中的疑问词有误，提问职业用what。故选B。‎ 模拟检测 ‎1. A【解析】句意：我从不怀疑他的建议对我来说是很有价值的。考查宾语从句的引导词。doubt用于否定句中，后面接that从句，如果用于肯定句中，则后面接whether或if从句；根据句中的never doubt可知本句为否定句，后面应用that从句，故选A。‎ ‎2. C【解析】句意：——吉姆发现这些天很容易记住所有的英语单词。——他真是一个聪明的孩子。根据find/think it +形容词+to do sth.发现/认为做某事是怎样的，it在这里作形式宾语；根据感叹句结构What +a/an + 形容词+名词（+主语+谓语+其他）+! How +形容词/副词（+主语+谓语+其他）+！所以选C。‎ ‎3. A ‎ ‎【解析】句意：我在想六月是一个参观香港的好时间。本题考查宾语从句的引导词。从句意看，宾语从句是陈述句，用that引导。故选A。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】句意：——你认为他已经拿走了书包吗？——除非我弄错了。第一空后that引导的宾语从句，that在句中不作成分，只起连接的作用。根据句意句子意思完整。故第一空应该选that；until直到；if是否，如果；unless除非。故选C。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】句意：没有人怀疑德国人再一次赢得了2018年的世界杯。doubt的肯定形式，后面接的宾语从句用问句；doubt是否定形式时，后面接的宾语从句用陈述句。根据No one作主语，故表示没有人怀疑，这是doubt的否定形式，故后面用that引导的陈述句作宾语从句。doubted是一般过去时，故后面接的宾语从句的谓语用过去式，故为could，故选C。‎ ‎8. D 【解析】我希望这个冬天会下雪。这是一个含有宾语从句的复合句，A. when什么时候；B. if 是否；C. whether是否，当宾语从句不缺少任何句子成分，则引导词为that，它常常可以省略，故选D。 ‎ ‎9. D 【解析】句意：——你认为人类将来能在火星上生活吗？——很难说。科学家们还不能确定我们是否能在火星上种植植物。第一个句子believe后面接的是宾语从句，结合句意可知，从句并不是表示疑问，故由that来引导，在答语中not sure有不确定的意思，后面跟宾语从句时由if/whether来引导，表示有疑问，故答案为D。‎ ‎10. C 【解析】句意：Mary说外面发生了一起车祸。宾语从句中不缺句子成分，此题用that引导宾语从句，that在句中不作任何成分。故选C。‎ 考点三十五 疑问词引导的宾语从句 特殊疑问句作宾语从句时，由疑问词 when, who, what, where, whatever, how，which, why等引导。宾语从句的词序一律用陈述句的词序，即＂主语+谓语＂词序。‎ ‎①带有系动词be（is，am，are，was,were)的特殊疑问句。‎ 主句 宾语从句 Do you know how old Liz is? 你知道兹几岁吗?‎ I know how old Liz is. 我知道莉兹几岁。‎ I don’t know how old Liz is. 我不知道莉兹几岁。‎ 宾语从句＂how old Liz is＂是主句动词know的宾语。how在从句中作副词。注意从句的顺序，主语在动词前（Liz is)。‎ ‎②带有（情态）助动词is/am/are/have/has/can/should等的特殊疑问句 When is Ann going to lran? 安什么时候去伊朗？‎ ‎→ Do you know when Ann is going to lran? 你知道安什么时候去伊朗吗？‎ ‎→ I don’t know when Ann is going to lran. 我不知道安什么时候去伊朗。‎ What should I do? 我该怎么办？‎ ‎→ Can you tell me what I should do? 你能告诉我，我该怎么办吗？‎ ‎→ Please tell me what I should do. 请告诉我，我该怎么办。‎ Where has Ron gone? 朗去了哪里？‎ ‎→ Do you know where Ron has gone? 你知道朗去了哪里吗？‎ ‎→ I don’t know where Ron has gone. 我不知道朗去了哪里。‎ ‎③带有助动词do/does/did的特殊疑问句。‎ Where did I put my wedding ring? 我把我的结婚戒指放在哪里了？‎ ‎→ Do you know where I put my wedding ring? 你知道我把我的结婚戒指放在哪里了吗？‎ ‎→ I don’t remember where I put my wedding ring. 我不记得我把我的结婚戒指放在哪里了。‎ What does Sue think about Lulu? 苏对露露的看法是什么？‎ ‎→ Do you know what Sue thinks about Lulu? 你知道苏对露露的看法是什么吗？‎ ‎→ I know what Sue thinks about Lulu. 我知道苏对露露的看法是什么。学科*网 注意：‎ ‎（1）由于宾语从句要求陈述句语序，故而在从句中它变成了陈述语序。请看下列两组句子：‎ How much does this coat cost? ‎ ‎→ I want to know how much this coat costs. ‎ Where did you go yesterday? ‎ ‎→ Please tell me where you went yesterday. ‎ ‎（2）当疑问代词what、who在特殊疑问句中作主语时，该特殊疑问句本身就是陈述句语序，所以当该句用来作宾语时，语序不需要调整。 ‎ What’s wrong with you? 怎么了？ ‎ ‎→ He asked the girl what was wrong with her.‎ What’s the matter? 怎么了？‎ ‎→ He asked the girl what was the matter. ‎ What has happened to him?‎ ‎→ We want to know what has happened to him. ‎ ‎1. Nobody knows ________ to visit our school.‎ ‎ A. when will he come B. when does he come ‎ ‎ C. when he will come D. when he does come ‎2. You should stick to ________ you have begun.‎ ‎ A. whenever B. no matter what C. since D. whatever ‎3. You have spent too much time playing computer games. That’s ________ your eyes hurt.‎ ‎ A. why B. how C. what D. when ‎4. The teacher asked us ________.‎ ‎ A. when did I finish my work ‎ B. why didn’t we tell him about it earlier ‎ C. what we were interested in ‎ D. where we are going to have our lunch ‎5. —Jack, could you tell me ________?‎ ‎ —Sure. In the post office on Green Road.‎ ‎ A. where you bought the stamps B. where did you buy the stamps ‎ C. when you bought the stamps D. when did you buy the stamps ‎6. —I’m sorry I’m late. ‎ ‎ —Could you tell me ________?‎ ‎ A. why you are late again B. why are you late again ‎ C. what were you doing D. who did you talk with ‎7. This article explains ________.‎ ‎ A. what can colors do B. what will colors do ‎ C. how colors will do D. what colors can do ‎8. His words remind me ________ we did together during the past holiday.‎ ‎ A. that B. of that ‎ ‎ C. of what D. what ‎9. —Could you tell me ________?‎ ‎ —My life is not what it used to be.‎ ‎ A. what you think of yourself ‎ B. how you like your present life ‎ C. what your life is like after you became famous ‎10. —Could you tell me ________ you did it so well?‎ ‎ —With my parents’ help.‎ ‎ A. who B. how C. when D. what ‎1. （2018 • 甘肃白银中考）What lovely flowers! Could you please tell me _____________?‎ A. why did you get them B. where you got them C. when will you get them D. how will you get them ‎2. （2018 • 河北中考）—Hi, Ken. Did Mrs. Zhang tell us _____________?‎ ‎—Yes. She said we should meet there at nine.‎ A. which was the way to the station B. why we should meet at the station C. when we should get to the station D. who we should meet at the station ‎3. （2018 • 江苏连云港中考）—Do you know _____________?‎ ‎—On July 15th. So after the exam, you can enjoy most of the matches.‎ A. when will the 2018 Football World Cup end B. when the 2018 Football World Cup will end C. where will the 2018 Football World Cup be held D. where the 2018 Football World Cup will be held ‎4. （2018 • 江苏宿迁中考）—Could you tell me _____________?‎ ‎—In five minutes, at 10: 25.‎ A. when did the next underground arrive B. when the next underground arrived C. when will the next underground arrive D. when the next underground will arrive ‎5. （2018 • 滨州中考）—Dad, can you tell me _____________? I miss her very much.‎ ‎—Next month, dear.‎ A. when my mum will come back B. when will my mum come back C. how my mum goes to work D. where will my mum go ‎6. （2018 • 青岛中考）—I don’t know _____________ tomorrow.‎ ‎—You can ask our teacher right now.‎ A. if we take the bus there B. when will we leave C. what will we do D. how we will go there ‎7. （2018 • 天津中考）—Please tell me _____________.‎ ‎—At ten o’clock A. where you have your English lesson B. where do you have your English lesson C. what time you have your English lesson D. what time do you have your English lesson ‎8. （2018 • 广西贺州中考）—Do you think _____________ at home on computer in the future?‎ ‎—Yes, I think they needn’t go to school.‎ A. kids will study B. did kids study C. kids studied D. will kids study ‎9. （2017 • 湖北鄂州）—Do you know _____________?‎ ‎ —Yes, she is very kind and outgoing.‎ ‎ A. what’s his mother like B. what his mother likes ‎ C. what his mother is like D. how his mother is like ‎10. （2017 • 黑龙江齐齐哈尔）I didn’t know _____________.‎ ‎ A. what we could do B. how we could do C. what can we do ‎11. （2017 • 海南）—I wonder _____________.‎ ‎ —Under the tree, I guess.‎ ‎ A. where will Uncle Liang park his car ‎ B. where Uncle Liang will park his car ‎ C. how Uncle Liang will park his car ‎12. （2017 • 江苏南通）—There will be a concert this evening. But I don’t know _____________.‎ ‎ —By underground. It takes less time.‎ ‎ A. where it will be held B. how can I go ‎ C. where will it be held D. how I can go ‎13. （2017 • 湖北随州）—Could you tell me _____________?‎ ‎ —Look! He is playing volleyball over there.‎ ‎ A. what is Tom doing B. how Tom did it ‎ C. where Tom is D. why Tom is doing it ‎14. （2017 • 重庆B）—I can’t see _____________ on the blackboard. May I borrow your notebook?‎ ‎ —Sure. Here you are.‎ ‎ A. what our teacher wrote B. what did our teacher write ‎ C. why our teacher wrote D. how did our teacher write ‎15. （2017 • 江苏宿迁）—Helen, could you tell me _____________living in the countryside? ‎ ‎ —Perhaps next weekend.‎ ‎ A. why you will visit your granny B. when will you visit your granny ‎ C. when you will visit your granny D. why will you visit your granny ‎16. （2017 • 江苏苏州）Mom, have you seen my toy bear? I don’t know _____________ I have left it.‎ ‎ A. why B. when C. how D. where ‎17. （2017 • 广东）—Do you know ___________ yesterday?‎ ‎ —Yes. He went for the boat race.‎ ‎ A. why didn’t Peter go to school B. why doesn’t Peter go to school ‎ C. why peter didn’t go to school D. why peter doesn’t go to school ‎18. （2017 • 江苏盐城）Today is Father’s Day, I’m thinking about _____________.‎ ‎ A. what present I gave my father B. if I planned a party for my father ‎ C. how I can give my father a surprise D. where will my father and I have a big meal ‎19. （2017 • 江苏扬州）—Excuse me, could you tell me ___________?‎ ‎ —Well, there’s one on your left.‎ ‎ A. when the bank opens B. where the bank is ‎ C. how far is the bank D. how can I get to the bank ‎20. （2017 • 北京）—Judy, could you tell me ___________ the schoolbag?‎ ‎ —Oh, yes. I bought it in a store on the Internet.‎ ‎ A. where did you buy B. where will you buy ‎ C. where you bought D. where you will buy ‎1. （湖南省长沙市2017—2018师大附中教育集团九年级下英语第二次联考）—Could you please tell me _____________?‎ ‎—Let me see. In twenty minutes.‎ A. how often you go to your grandpa’s house B. how soon the meeting will begin C. how long it takes from your home to school ‎2.（湖南省醴陵市青云学校2017届九年级上学期期中）—Excuse me. Do you know _____________ I can buy some medicine?‎ ‎ —Sure. There is a supermarket down the street.‎ ‎ A. when B. where C. what ‎3. （安徽省蚌埠市固镇县第三中学2018届九年级上学期第一次月考）—Do you know _____________ the 2020 Summer Olympic Games will be held? ‎ ‎ —Yes. In Tokyo, Japan.‎ ‎ A. when B. how C. why D. where ‎4.（安徽省亳州市利辛县2018届九年级10月月考）—Could you please tell me _____________ get to Chaohu East Station?‎ ‎ —You can ride a bike.‎ ‎ A. when we can B. how we can ‎ ‎ C. when can we D. how can we ‎5.（江苏省南京市2017年中考模拟）—Excuse me, could you tell me _____________?‎ ‎ —There’s an e-shop on the third floor. You can make it there.‎ ‎ A. how to arrive the e-shop B. how can I go to the e-shop ‎ C. where I can have my MP4 repaired D. which was the way to the e-shop ‎6.（辽宁省鞍山市第二十中学2017届中考模拟）—Can you make sure _____________?‎ ‎ —Sorry, I can’t.‎ ‎ A. when will she arrive ‎ B. whether she will join us or not ‎ C. why she would speak in the meeting ‎ D. where can she have a discussion with me ‎7. （江苏省南京市高淳区武家嘴实验中学2016-2017学年九年级3月月考）—The light in his room is still on. Do you know _____________?‎ ‎ —To prepare for the coming exam, I think.‎ ‎ A. if he works hard B. why he stays up so late ‎ C. why is he so busy D. when he will stop working ‎8. —Lucy, I hear the new TV tower is fantastic. Do you know _____________?‎ ‎ —Sure! Take the No.8 bus, and you’ll find it.‎ ‎ A. how far it is B. where is it ‎ ‎ C. how I can get there D. which bus should I take ‎9.（江苏省泰兴市实验初级中学2017届九年级下学期3月月考）I’m new here. Could you tell me _____________?‎ ‎ A. when did Amy leave here B. how long Millie has been married ‎ C. whether the earth was round or not D. how old is Mr. Wu 跟踪训练 ‎1. C 【解析】句意：没有人知道他何时来参观我们的学校。根据题意可知这里是when引导的宾语从句，要用陈述语序，根据题意可知是一般将来时，其结构是will+动词的原形。故选C。学科*网 ‎2. D 【解析】句意：你应该坚持你已经开始的东西。A.无论何时；B.无论什么；C.自从；D.无论什么。＂no matter+疑问词＂引导让步状语从句；＂疑问词+ever＂既可引导让步状语从句也可以引导名词性从句。故选D。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】本题考查宾语从句。宾语从句应用陈述语序。故首先排除A、B，又因为主句为过去式，应排除D项，故选C。‎ ‎5. A 【解析】句意：——杰克，请你告诉我你在哪里买到这些邮票的？——当然。在格林路的邮局。考查宾语从句的用法，从句要用陈述语序，同时，结合答语体现询问地点，因此引导词用where，故选 A。‎ ‎6. A 【解析】句意：——对不起我迟到了。——你能告诉我你为什么又迟到了吗？why you are late again你为什么又迟到了；why are you late again、what were you doing你在做什么、who did you talk with在和谁谈话了这几句话都是疑问语序，不符合宾语从句的用法，宾语从句要用陈述语序。因此选A。‎ ‎7. D 【解析】句意：这篇文章解释了颜色可以做什么。考查宾语从句。特殊疑问句的一般结构是：疑问词+ 一般疑问句+?。但是，在宾语从句中，疑问词后面不用疑问语序，而用陈述语序，即＂疑问词+陈述句.＂，这就可以排除A、B两项。同时，colors是名词，前面不可由疑问副词how修饰，但可由疑问代词what修饰，再排除C。故选D。‎ ‎9. C 【解析】句意：——你能告诉我当你出名之后你的生活是什么样子吗？——我的生活不是以前的样子了。根据回答My life is not what it used to be可知，此处是问现在的生活。故选C。‎ ‎10. B 【解析】句意：——你能告诉我你是如何把它做得那么好吗？——在我父母的帮助下。who谁；how怎样；when什么时候；what什么；根据答语With my parents’ help推知问句句意：你能告诉我你是如何把它做得那么好吗？故答案选B。‎ 真题再现 ‎1. B【解析】句意：——多么美丽的花儿啊！你能告诉我你在哪儿买的的吗？根据Could you please tell me可知本题考查宾语从句，宾语从句的语序要用陈述语序，结合选项，可知A、C、D选项都不是陈述语序，所以排除，故选B。‎ ‎2. C【解析】句意：——嗨，肯。张夫人告诉我们什么时候到车站吗？——是的。她说我们九点钟在那里见面。考查宾语从句。宾语从句需用陈述句语序，A是疑问句语序，可排除。根据答语“we should meet there at nine.”可知，问句询问的是时间，故选C。‎ ‎3. B【解析】句意：——你知道2018年足球世界杯什么时候结束吗？——在7月15号，考试以后，你可以欣赏大部分比赛。这是疑问词引导的宾语从句，用陈述语序，排除A/C；根据On July 15th，可知问什么时间；故选B。‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：——你能告诉我下一个地铁什么时候到吗？——五分钟后，10点25分。考查宾语从句。宾语从句需用陈述句语序， AC两项都是疑问句语序，可排除。根据答语In five minutes，结合句意语境，可知还没有到站，需用一般将来时态，故选D。‎ ‎5. A【解析】句意：——爸爸，你能告诉我妈妈什么时候回来吗？我非常想念她。——下个月，亲爱的。此句考查宾语从句的语序，宾语从句应该用陈述句的语序，排除B,D；根据答语“Next month”可知，问句询问的是时间，故答案为A。‎ ‎6. D【解析】句意：——我不知道明天我们怎么去那儿。——你马上问问我们的老师。根据疑问词引导的宾语从句用衬衫句语序，排除B/C；根据tomorrow.可知用将来时态；故选D ‎7. C【解析】考查宾语从句。句意：——请告诉我你什么时间上英语课。——十点。首先可以从 Please tell me 分析出本题考查宾语从句。宾语从句的语序是陈述语序，可排除B，D；根据答语At ten o’clock是时间，可排除A。故选C。‎ ‎9. C 【解析】句意：——你知道他妈妈是什么样的吗？——是的，她既善良又外向。be like 像……，what is ... like? ……像什么？疑问词引导的从句用陈述句的语序，故选C。‎ ‎10. A 【解析】句意：我不知道我们能做什么。考查宾语从句。Do是及物动词，应用疑问代词what作它的宾语，排除B选项；宾语从句应用陈述语序，而C是疑问语序，故选A。‎ ‎11. B 【解析】句意：——我不知道梁叔叔会把车停在哪里。——在树下，我猜。本题是宾语从句，应用陈述句的语序；根据答语可知询问地点，所以用疑问副词where。故选：B。‎ ‎12. D 【解析】句意：——今晚有一场音乐会，但是我不知道该怎么去。——乘地铁，那样会快一点儿。宾语从句要用陈述句语序，先排除B、C两项。由第二句＂by underground＂可知回答的是以何种方式到达，故选D。‎ ‎13. C 【解析】句意：——你能告诉我汤姆在哪里吗？——看！他正在那边打排球呢。考查宾语从句及语序，语序用陈述句语序，排除A、B、D，故选C。‎ ‎14. A 【解析】句意：——我看不见老师在黑板上写了什么。我可以借你的笔记本吗？——当然。给你。本题是宾语从句，应用陈述句的语序；宾语从句中缺少宾语，所以用疑问代词what。故选：A。‎ ‎15. C 【解析】句意：——海伦，你能告诉我你什么时候去看望住在乡下的奶奶吗？——也许下个周末。why you will visit your granny 你为什么要看望你的奶奶；when you will visit your granny 你将什么时候来看望你的奶奶。Could you tell 后面是接的是一个宾语从句，宾语从句要用陈述语序，即疑问词+主语+谓语，所以排除B、D两项。根据Perhaps next weekend可知此处询问的是时间，故选C。‎ ‎16. D 【解析】句意：妈妈，你看见我的玩具熊了吗？我不知道我把它放在哪了。why为什么；when什么时候；how如何；where那里。根据Mom, have you seen my toy bear?可知此处表示在寻找玩具熊，因此不知道它在哪里，故用疑问词where，故选D。‎ ‎17. C 【解析】句意：——你知道彼得昨天为什么没去上学吗？——是的。他参加划船比赛了。考查宾语从句。本句主句是一般疑问句，由why引导宾语从句，这时从句语序也是主+谓（+宾）结构，先可排除A、B两项；联系句末的yesterday可知是过去的时间，要用一般过去时，故选C。‎ ‎18. C 【解析】句意：今天是父亲节，我正在考虑怎样给父亲一个惊喜。宾语从句用陈述语序，故排除D；正在考虑的应该是还未发生，故排除A、B。故选C。‎ ‎20. C 【解析】句意：——朱蒂，你能告诉我你在哪里买的书包吗？——哦，是的。我在网上的一家商店买的。考查宾语从句。宾语从句要用陈述语序，根据回答I bought it in a store on the Internet.的时态是过去时，结合语境可知从句时态也要用过去时，书包已经买完了。A和B是疑问句语序，排除；D是将来时排除，结合句意和语境可知选C。学科*网 模拟检测 ‎1. B【解析】句意：——你能告诉我会议还有多久开始吗？——让我看看，20分钟后。根据how often多久，对频率进行提问，how soon多久，指将来某个动作发生这段时间提问，常用于一般将来时态中, how long多长，主要对一段时间进行提问，根据In twenty minutes.可知是问过多久；故选B。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】句意：——打扰了，你知道我在哪儿可以买到药吗？——当然可以，沿街就有一家超市。A. when何时；B. where在哪儿；C. what什么。根据答语可知，问句是询问地点，故答案为B。‎ ‎3. D 【解析】句意：——你知道2020年夏季奥运会将在哪里举办吗？——是的。在日本东京。根据In Tokyo, Japan可知，此处是讨论的地点，故用where。故选D。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：——你能告诉我我们如何能去巢湖东站吗？——你们可以骑自行车去。本题主要考查宾语从句。分析句子结构可知，横线处作 tell 的宾语，故此处应是宾语从句。tell sb. sth.为固定结构，意为＂告诉某人某事＂，宾语从句应使用陈述语序，即＂疑问词 + 主语 + 谓语 + 其他＂，故排除C、D项。when表示什么时候，how表示如何，答语＂你们可以骑自行车去＂是回答的交通方式，所以此处表示如何去巢湖东站。故正确答案为B。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】根据冠词，本句是一个宾语从句。宾语从句应该用陈述句语序，B、D都是疑问句语序，故排除；根据答语＂在三楼有一个电子商店＂，故上句不是去指定的商店，故排除A。所以本题选C。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】句意：——你能确定她是否加入我们吗？——对不起，我不能。此处作为动词短语make sure的宾语从句，用陈述语序：疑问词+主语+谓语+宾语。故排除A、D 两项。根据can可知此处用一般现在时或一般将来时，C项是过去将来时，排除。故选B。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：——他房间的灯仍然亮着。你知道他为何熬夜这么晚吗？——我认为他在为即将到来的考试做准备，根据答语可知，上文问你知道为什么他熬夜那么晚吗？宾语从句的结构：主语+谓语+连接词+从句，从句要用陈述句的语序。如果主句是一般现在时，从句根据需要选择时态，如果主句是过去时态，从句要用相应的过去时态。但是从句是客观真理，要用一般现在时态。A、D连接词不正确；C语序不正确，故选B。‎ ‎9. B 【解析】句意：我是新来这里的。你能告诉我米勒结婚多久了吗？宾语从句用陈述句语序，故排除A、D。宾语从句的时态和主句有关，如果主句用一般现在时，从句根据需要选择时态。C项中的内容应该用一般现在时，排除；B项时态正确，陈述句语序，故选B。‎ 考点三十六连词 whether或if 引导的宾语从句 if/whether引导的宾语从句 当从句部分是一般疑问句或选择疑问句时，常用if或whether引导宾语从句，if/whether意为＂是否＂。说明对陈述的事物不明确或不清楚。常用在see，ask，say，learn，tell，wonder，doubt，find out，be uncertain /doubtful / be not known 等后，二者通常可以互换。口语中多用if代替whether。在非正式的写作中，可以使用if 或 whether 两个词来表达不定性，两者都算标准。‎ I wonder if/whether he is a driver. 我想知道他是不是个司机。‎ Alice wants to know if/whether she has passed the exam. ‎ 爱丽丝想知道她是否考试及格了。‎ Lily asked if/whether she liked it. 莉莉问她是否喜欢它。 ‎ I want to know if (whether) he lives there. 我想知道他是否住在这儿。 ‎ He asked me whether (if) I could help him. 他问我是否可以帮助他。‎ ‎【拓展】‎ 一般情况下，if和whether可互换，在口语中多用if， 而在以下几种情况下，只能用whether。‎ ‎1. 与 or 连用分别引导两个从句时，或强调两方面的选择, 特别是句中有or not时用whether，不用if。‎ I don’t know whether or not they will come. 我不知道他们是否会来。‎ I don’t know whether he is wrong or she is wrong. ‎ Let me know whether you can come or not.‎ I don’t know whether he will win or not.‎ ‎ I will write to you whether or not I can come / whether I can come or not.‎ ‎2. 在动词不定式之前只能用whether。‎ He dosen’t know whether to go or not. 他不知道是否会去。‎ Please tell us whether to go there or stay here. 请告诉我们是去那里还是待在这里。 ‎ Whether to go or stay is still a question. ‎ I’m not sure whether to stay or leave. ‎ I didn’t know whether to laugh or to cry.‎ ‎3. 在介词之后只能用whether引导宾语从句，而If则不能。‎ It depends on whether I have enough time. 那取决于我是否有足够的时间。‎ Success depends on whether we make enough effort. ‎ I haven’t settled the question of whether I’ll go back home. ‎ It depends on whether the letter arrives in time.‎ I worry about whether I hurt her feelings.‎ ‎4. 宾语从句置于句首表示强调时，用whether，不用if。‎ Whether this is true, I can’t say. Whether he is single, I don’t know.‎ Whether this is true, I can’t say. ‎ Whether he is single, I don’t know.‎ ‎5. 在某些动词（如discuss，decide）之后，只能用whether，而不用if引导宾语从句。‎ We discussed whether we should close the shop. （虚拟语气） ‎ We discussed whether we should go there by plane.（虚拟语气） ‎ We discussed whether we should hold a meeting. （虚拟语气） ‎ ‎6. 在引导否定概念宾语从句时，只能用if，而不用whether。学！科网 He asked me if I hadn’t finished my work. ‎ 注意：doubt否定句用that引导。因为don’t doubt 意为相信，不怀疑，if是否表示疑虑。‎ ‎1. —Can you spare time to come to our Thanksgiving party?‎ ‎ —Well, I don’t know ____________.‎ ‎ A. that I can finish my work by then ‎ B. if can I finish the work by then ‎ C. whether I can finish the work by then ‎ D. that can I finish the work by then ‎2. I hope you do not mind my asking, but I wonder ____________ it may be possible for me to share the room with you.‎ ‎ A. that B. if C. which D. how ‎3. I’m not sure ____________ the highway will close soon. Let’s set off earlier.‎ ‎ A. whether B. when C. how D. why ‎4. David asked me ____________.‎ ‎ A. if I will be free that day B. whether or not I would be free that day ‎ C. where do I come from D. when will I leave here ‎5. —Could you please tell me ____________?‎ ‎ —Yes, sure. ‎ ‎ A. if there is a bookshop near here B. where can I buy a stamp ‎ C. when will the next bus arrive D. you like to eat what ‎6. —I’m not sure ____________ there are living things on other planets or not.‎ ‎ —Even scientists aren’t sure about it.‎ ‎ A. whether B. where C. why D. that ‎1. （2018 • 河南中考）The words "racecar", "kayak" and ＂level" are the same ____________ they are read left tonight or right to left.‎ ‎ A. since B. though C. unless D. whether ‎2.（2017﹒四川成都）—Hi, Amy, you live on Center Street. Can you tell me ____________?‎ ‎ —Sure. There is one called Grandma’s Home.‎ ‎ A. where it is B. how I can get there C. if there is a restaurant on it ‎3.（2017﹒山东德州）—Excuse me, I wonder ____________.‎ ‎ —Yes, it’s near the bookstore.‎ ‎ A. where we will go for the holiday ‎ B. if there is a lost and found office ‎ C. when she will give a call ‎ D. how we can go to Hong Kong ‎4.（2016﹒云南昆明）—I am worried about _______________.‎ ‎ —Whatever the result is, don’t be too hard on yourself.‎ A. how have I prepared for my final exams B. if I can get great grades in the final exams C. that my school team lost the game because of my fault D. why did my school team lose the game ‎5.（2016﹒江苏连云港）—What did Max just say to you?‎ ‎—He asked me _______________.‎ A. if I would like to go skating B. when did I buy this CD C. where I will spend the weekend D. that I had a good time ‎6.（2016﹒河南）—What did Tom say to you just now, John?‎ ‎ 　—He asked ____________.‎ ‎ 　A. why I am so happy today B. what will I do for the weekend ‎ 　C. Who did I play football with after school D. if I could go to the movie with him tonight ‎1. （江苏省徐州市部分学校2017届九年级二模联考）—The project is so difficult for your cousin.‎ ‎ —Yes, I am wondering ___________.‎ ‎ A. that he will finish it on time. B. how could I help him out ‎ C. whether he can finish it by himself D. if can I do anything for him ‎2. I don’t know ___________ he still lives here after so many years.‎ ‎ A. where B. whether C. what D. when ‎3. —What did the woman ask just now? ‎ ‎ —She asked ___________.‎ ‎ A. who was I waiting for B. how she can get to the post office ‎ C. where I live D. whether I could help her find the post office ‎4. I wonder ___________ people could grow plants on Mars.‎ ‎ A. if B. that C. which D. whose ‎5. I don’t know _____________ he has time to help us. Let’s ask him.‎ ‎ A. that B. whether C. how D. what ‎6. —Can we visit Hong Kong this summer holiday?‎ ‎ —I wonder ___________ it is the best time to go there.‎ ‎ A. if B. when C. what D. how ‎7. —I don’t know ___________ or not.‎ ‎ —Neither do I. You may ask his teacher.‎ ‎ A. whether he is at school B. if is he at school ‎ C. that he is at school D. whether is he at school ‎8. Susan isn’t sure ___________ her parents will allow her to get a part-time job.‎ ‎ A. that B. how C. what D. whether 跟踪训练 ‎1. C 【解析】句意：——你能抽出时间来参加我们的感恩节聚会吗？——哦，我不知道到那时我是否能完成这项工作。此题考查宾语从句，宾语从句要用陈述句语序。根据句意，故选C。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】句意：我不确定高速公路是否会很快关闭，让我们早些动身吧。A. whether是否；B. when 什么时候；C. how如何；D. why为什么。soon不久，很快，表示时间，因此句子不能再用when来引导，结合句意可知，答案为A。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：大卫问我那天是否有空。考查宾语从句的时态和语序。宾语从句要用陈述语序，首先可以排除C、D选项；asked为ask的过去式，当主句是一般过去时，宾语从句要用过去时态的某种形式（客观事实和真理除外），这样A选项也不符合题意，答案为B。‎ ‎5. A 【解析】句意：——你能告诉我这里附近是否有一个书店吗？——是的，当然可以。根据Could you please tell me可知，本题是考查宾语从句，宾语从句中一般为陈述语序。选项B、C是疑问语序，所以排除掉；D项的疑问代词应该位于句首，也排除掉；再根据回答Yes，sure. 可知宾语从句含有疑问的语气，所以应用if来引导，故答案选A。‎ ‎6. A 【解析】句意：——我不确定在其他的星球中是否有生物。——甚至科学家都不能确定这件事。A. whether是否；B. where在哪；C. why为什么；D. that作引导词时无意义。根据下文Even scientists aren’t sure about it.可知这里是说是否，用whether引导，故选A。‎ 真题再现 ‎1. D 【解析】考查连词辨析。racecar(赛车) kayak(皮船)和 level(水平)这些单词读音都是一样的，不论是从左往右读还是从右往左读。 whether有＂无论，不管＂的用法，故选D。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】句意：——打扰一下，我想知道是否有失物招领处？——有，它在书店附近。‎ A. where we will go for the holiday我们将要去哪里度假；B. if there is a lost and found office是否有失物招领处；C. when she will give a call她将什么时间打电话；D. how we can go to Hong Kong我们怎么去香港。根据回答，故选B。‎ ‎【名师点睛】‎ ‎（一）wonder 作及物动词，意为＂想知道；对……感到怀疑＂，常见的用法有：‎ ‎1. 后接 who，what，why，where 等引导的宾语从句。如：‎ I wonder who she is. 我想知道她是谁。‎ She wondered what the child was doing. ‎ 她感到疑惑，孩子究竟在干什么。‎ I wonder why Ann is late. 我想知道安为什么迟到了。‎ I wonder where they have gone. 我想知道他们去哪儿了。‎ ‎2. 后接that引导的宾语从句，表示＂感到惊奇；对……感到惊讶＂，that 常可省去。如：‎ I wonder (that) she has won the race. 我对她赢了比赛感到惊讶。‎ ‎3. 后接 if 或 whether 引导的宾语从句，常用来表示一种委婉的请求或疑问。如：‎ I wonder if he will succeed. 我想知道他会不会成功。‎ ‎4. 后接动词不定式短语。如：‎ I wondered to see you there. 看到你在那里，我感到惊讶。‎ ‎5. 后接＂疑问词＋不定式＂构成的短语。如：‎ I’m just wondering how to do it. 我正想知道该怎样做那件事。‎ ‎（二）wonder作不及物动词，意为＂感到惊讶；感到疑惑＂，常见的用法有：‎ ‎1. 与 at 连用。如：‎ I wonder at your allowing her to do such a thing. ‎ 我对你允许她做这样的事感到惊讶。‎ ‎2. 后接about短语，表示＂对……感到疑惑；对……感到新奇＂。如：‎ I wonder about my future. 我对我的未来感到疑惑。‎ ‎（三） wonder 作名词，意为＂奇迹；奇观＂。如：‎ The Great Wall is one of the seven wonders of the world. ‎ 长城是世界上七大奇迹之一。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：——我在担心我是否可以在毕业考试中取得好的成绩。——不论结果如何，不要对自己太苛刻。A.我的毕业考试准备得怎样。宾语从句用陈述句语序，错；B.我是否可以在毕业考试中取得好的成绩；C.因为我的错，我们校队比赛失败了。结果已出来了，与后句的whatever the result is相矛盾，错；D. 为什么我们校队比赛失败了。宾语从句应用陈述句语序。故选B。‎ ‎6. D 【解析】句意：——约翰，汤姆刚才跟你说什么了？——他询问我今晚是否和他一起去看电影。根据主句的谓语asked可知后面的宾语从句用一般过去时，故排除A、B两项。宾语从句的词序：疑问词+主语+宾语，故排除C项。故选D。‎ 模拟检测 ‎1. C 【解析】句意：——这个项目对于你的表哥来说太难了。——是的，我正在想他能否按时独自完成这个项目。am wondering可知，后面的宾语从句不能用that来引导。故排除A；宾语从句的语序应该是陈述语序，排除B、D，故选C。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】句意：我不知道这么多年后他是否还住在这儿。考查宾语从句引导词。特殊疑问句作某个词宾语时（作宾语从句），由特殊疑问词来引导这个宾语从句，一般疑问句作宾语时，由if或whether引导；陈述句作宾语时，由that引导，that常省略；结合句意和语境可知选B。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：我想知道是否人们能够在火星上种植植物。A. if是否；B. that引导宾语从句没有词义；C. which 哪个；D. whose谁的。故选A。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：我不知道他是否有时间帮助我们，让我们问问他吧。that是连词，引导宾语从句，没有意义，在从句中也不作成分；whether是否；how怎样；what什么，是连接代词，在从句中作主语或宾语。根据句意可知，说话人不知道他是否有时间，因此应选B。‎ ‎6. A 【解析】句意：——这个暑假我们能去香港吗？——我想知道这是否是去那里最好的时间。if是否；when当……的时候；what什么；how怎么。所以选A。‎ ‎7. A 【解析】句意：——我不知道他是否在学校。——我也不知道。你可以问问他的老师。根据答语＂Neither do I. You may ask his teacher.＂我也不知道，你可以问问他的老师。可知上文是：不知道他是否在校。引导词应该使用if/whether，排除C；whether... or not 是固定搭配，所以排除B，宾语从句中应该用陈述语序，即主语+谓语，所以排除D，答案选A。‎ ‎8. D 【解析】句意：苏珊不确定她的父母是否允许她去找一份兼职工作。that引导的宾语从句是陈述句；how表示如何，作宾语从句的状语；what表示什么，在宾语从句中作宾语或主语；whether是否。根据isn’t sure可知她不确定，因此表示是否，故选D。‎ 考点三十七 地点状语从句 命题趋势：‎ ‎ 状语从句，是中考的热点，而且也是使用很广泛的一个从句。中考对其考查的形式比较多，有的试题直接考查的是从属连词的用法，有的试题是从句式的角度来进行考查等。在复习时，主要掌握好状语从句的常用句式，尤其是对于状语从句的从属连词应该做到灵活掌握、熟练运用。‎ 中考考查重点：‎ ‎1. 时间状语从句；‎ ‎2. 原因状语从句；‎ ‎3. 地点状语从句；‎ ‎4. 结果状语从句；‎ ‎5. 条件状语从句；‎ 考向一：状语从句的分类 状语从句 连词 时间 when，while，as，since，till，until，before，after，as soon as，no sooner…than， hardly/scarcely…when，the minute，the second，every/each time ‎ 地点 where，wherever，everywhere 条件 if，unless，as(so) long as，in case 原因 because，since，as，now that，seeing that，in that，considering that 让步 though，although，even if (though)，whatever，wherever，whoever，however，no matter+ wh-‎ 比较 as…as…，(not) the same...，not so...，than 方式 as，as if/though 目的 so that，in order that，in case，for fear that，lest 结果 so that，so…that，such... that，but that 状语从句速记口诀 状语从句三要点，时间、原因和条件；‎ 从句如果表时间，after,before,when常用；‎ 状语从句表原因，because一马来当先；‎ 状语从句表条件，if 前面来引导；‎ 主句通常前面走，从句紧紧跟在后；‎ 从句如在主句前，从句之后加逗点。‎ 地点状语从句 ‎1、地点状语从句类型 ‎（1）Where＋地点从句。此句型通常译成＂哪里……哪里就……＂或＂……的地方＂。如： ‎ Where there is no rain, farming is difficult or impossible.‎ 在没有雨水的地方，耕作是困难的，或根本不可能的。学科&网 They were good persons. Where they went, they were warmly welcomed. ‎ 他们都是好人。因此他们走到哪里都受到热烈欢迎。‎ You should have put the book where you found it. ‎ 你本来应该把书放回原来的地方. ‎ We must camp where we can get water. ‎ 我们必须在能找到水的地方露营。‎ ‎（2）Anywhere/ wherever＋地点从句，＋主句。‎ anywhere本身是个副词，但是，常可以引导从句，相当于连词，意思相似于wherever，anywhere引导的从句可位于主句之前，也可以位于主句之后。而wherever本身就是个连词，表示＂在何处，无论何处＂。如：‎ You can’t camp wherever/anywhere you like these days. ‎ 如今你可不能随便在哪儿宿营。‎ Wherever the sea is, you will find seamen. 有海就有海员。‎ ‎2. where引导的定语从句与地点状语从句的区别 a. Approximately 45 percent of the world’s population live where mosquitoes transmit malaria. ‎ b. Approximately 45 percent of the world’s population live in climate zone where mosquitoes transmit malaria. ‎ a. 全球大约有45%的人口生活在蚊子传播疟疾的区域。 ‎ b. 全球大约有45%的人口生活在蚊子传播疟疾的气候区域。 ‎ 在例句a和b中都有一个where引导的从句＂where mosquitoes transmit malaria＂，而且都可译成＂蚊子传播疟疾的地方＂，但是两个where从句在性质和功能上是不同的。具体来说，例句a中的where引导的从句是一个地点状语从句，用来修饰主句的谓语动词live，即作为状语表示＂居住＂的地点。而例句b中的where引导的从句是一个定语从句，用来修饰名词climate zone，即作为定语来限定名词。 ‎ 通过比较上述两个例句，可以看出where引导的地点状语从句和定语从句具有如下三方面的差异： ‎ 一、句子结构上的不同 ‎ 若where引导的是定语从句，where前面必然有表示地点(或抽象地点)的名词，即先行词，如例句b中的where前面有先行词climate zone。若where引导的是地点状语从句，则它前面没有表示地点的名词，比如上面的例句a中where前面没有表示地点的名词，只有动词live。 ‎ 二、Where的作用不同 ‎ Where在这两类从句中所起的作用也是不同的。当where引导定语从句时，where是指代地点名词，在定语从句中作地点状语，修饰的是从句的谓语。比如，在上面的例句b中，where指代的是in climate zone，修饰定语从句中的谓语transmi，相当于说＂mosquitoes transmit malaria in climate zone＂，表示＂蚊子在这样的气候区域传播疟疾＂。 ‎ 当where引导地点状语从句时，where在从句中不充当地点状语。where所引导的地点状语从句修饰的是主句的谓语，充当的是主句谓语的地点状语成分。如例句a中的地点状语从句＂where mosquitoes transmit malaria＂修饰的是主句谓语live，表示live的地点是＂蚊子传播疟疾的地方＂。 ‎ 三、where引导地点状语从句时，where不能改写成＂介词+which＂ ‎ 我们知道，定语从句中的where可以改写成＂介词+which＂的形式。如上面的例句b，我们可以将其中的where替换成in which，即：‎ Approximately 45 percent of the world’s population live in climate zone in which mosquitoes transmit malaria. ‎ 相比之下，地点状语从句中的where是不能替换为＂介词+which＂的。 ‎ 综上所述，where引导的地点状语从句与主句的谓语之间存在逻辑语义关系，表示动作发生的地点；而where引导的定语从句则是与where前面的地点(或抽象地点)名词之间存在逻辑语义关系，用来限定名词。‎ ‎【典例】‎ ‎1. You should let your children play _________ you can see them.‎ ‎ A. where B. when C. in which D. that ‎【答案】A　‎ ‎2. Now he works in the factory _________ his father used to work.‎ ‎ A. where B. when C. in which D. that ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】题干的意思是＂现在他在他父亲过去工作的那家工厂工作＂，句中有表示地点的名词作先行词factory，所以where引导定语从句，表示地点。‎ ‎1. When you read the book, you’d better make a mark _________ you have any questions. ‎ ‎ A. at which B. at where C. the place where D. where ‎ ‎2. She found her wallet _________ she lost it. ‎ ‎ A. where B. when C. in which D. that ‎ ‎3. The school was built _________ there had once been a church. ‎ ‎ A. where B. when C. in which D. that ‎ ‎4. You should make it a rule to leave things _________ you can find them again. ‎ ‎ A. when B. where C. then D. there ‎ ‎1. After living in Paris for fifty years, he returned to the small town _________ he grew up as a child. ‎ ‎ A. where B. when C. in which D. that ‎2. — Mom, what did the doctor say? ‎ ‎ — He advised me to live ____ the air is fresher. ‎ ‎ A. in where B. in which C. the place where D. where ‎ ‎3. In peace, too, the Red Cross is expected to send help ____ there is human suffering. ‎ ‎ A. whoever B. however C. whatever D. wherever ‎ ‎4. If you are traveling ____ the customs are really foreign to your own, please do as the Romans do. ‎ ‎ A. in which B. what C. when D. where ‎ 跟踪训练 ‎1—4 DAAB 模拟检测 ‎1—4 ADDD 考点三十八 时间状语从句 ‎1. 引导时间状语从句的连词 从属连词 用法 例句 While ‎＂与……同时，在……期间＂，从句常用延续性动词或表示状态的词 Don’t talk loud while（as）others are working. ‎ 别人工作时，请勿大声说话。‎ When ‎＂当……时＂，表示主句的动作和从句的动作同时或先后发生，从句的动词可用延续性动词，也可用非延续性动词 It was raining when we arrived. ‎ 我们到达时，天正下着雨。‎ when you read the poem a second time, the meaning will become clearer to you. ‎ 当你再读一遍这首诗，你就会更清楚它的含义。‎ As ‎＂正当，一边……一边，随着＂，表示两个动作同时发生或某事发生时，另一个动作发生了 As time went on, his theory proved to be correct. ‎ 随着时间的推移，他的理论被证明是正确的。‎ Till/Until 用于肯定句时，表示＂直到……为止＂，主句必须为延续性动词；not...until/till表示＂直到……才＂，主句常用短暂性动词 We shall wait until/till he comes back. ‎ 我们将一直等到他回来。‎ I didn’t leave until/till she finished her homework. ‎ 直到她完成作业我才离开。‎ Since ‎＂自……以来＂，主句用一般现在时或现在完成时，从句用一般过去时 I have heard lot of good things about you since I come back from abroad. 自从我从国外回来，我已经听许多好的事情。‎ Before 在……以前 He must finish all the work before he goes home. ‎ 回家之前他必须完成所有的工作。‎ After 在……之后 Let’s play football after school. 放学后我们打篮球吧。‎ ‎【知识拓展】‎ 时间状语从句的时态问题：在时间状语从句和条件状语从句中，主句如果使用一般将来时态，从句使用一般现在时表示将来，即所谓的＂主将从现＂。学&科网 As soon as I arrive in Beijing, I will ring you up. 我一到北京就给你打电话。‎ You’ll fall behind the others unless you study hard. 如果你不努力学习，你将会落后于其他人。‎ ‎2. when，while，as引导时间状语从句的区别 ‎ when，while，as显然都可以引导时间状语从句，但用法区别非常大。 ‎ ‎① when可以和延续性动词连用，也可以和短暂性动词连用；而while和as只能和延续性动词连用。 ‎ Why do you want a new job when you’ve got such a good one already? ‎ 你已经找到如此好的工作，为何还想再找新的？ （get为短暂性动词）‎ Sorry, I was out when you called me. ‎ 对不起，你打电话时我刚好外出了。 （call为短暂性动词）‎ Strike while the iron is hot. ‎ 趁热打铁。 （is为延续性动词，表示一种持续的状态）‎ The students took notes as they listened. ‎ 学生们边听课边做笔记。 （listen为延续性动词）‎ ② when从句的谓语动词可以在主句谓语动作之前、之后或同时发生；while和as从句的谓语动作必须是和主句谓语动作同时发生。 ‎ a. 从句动作在主句动作前发生，只用 when。 ‎ When he had finished his homework, he took a short rest. （finished先发生）‎ 当他完成作业后，他休息了一会儿。 ‎ When I got to the airport, the guests had left. （got to后发生）‎ 当我赶到飞机场时，客人们已经离开了。 ‎ b. 从句动作和主句动作同时发生，且从句动作为延续性动词时，when，while，as都可使用。 ‎ ‎①When / While / As we were dancing, a stranger came in. （dance为延续性动词）‎ 当我们跳舞时，一位陌生人走了进来。 ‎ ‎②When / While / As she was making a phonecall, I was writing a letter. （make为延续性动词）‎ 当她在打电话时，我正在写信。 ‎ c. 当主句、从句动作同时进行，从句动作的时间概念淡化，而主要表示主句动作发生的背景或条件时，只能用 as。这时，as常表示＂随着……＂ ＂一边……，一边……＂之意。 ‎ As the time went on, the weather got worse. 随着时间的过去，天气变得更糟糕了。 ‎ The atmosphere gets thinner and thinner as the height increases. ‎ 随着高度的增加，大气越来越稀薄。 ‎ As years go by, China is getting stronger and richer. ‎ 随着时间一年一年过去，中国变得越来越富强了。 ‎ The little girls sang as they went. 小姑娘们一边走，一边唱。 ‎ The sad mother sat on the roadside, shouting as she was crying. ‎ 伤心的妈妈坐在路边，边哭边叫。 ‎ d. 在将来时的从句中，常用when，且从句要用一般时代替将来时。 ‎ You shall borrow the book when I have finished reading it. ‎ 在我读完这本书后，你可以借阅。 ‎ When the manager comes here for a visit next week, I’ll talk with him about this. ‎ 下周，经理来这参观时，我会和他谈谈此事。 ‎ ③ when用于表示＂一……就……＂的句型中（指过去的事情）。 ‎ sb. had hardly（＝scarcely）done sth. when. . . ＝Hardly / Scarcely had sb. done sth. when... ‎ I had hardly / scarcely closed my eyes when someone knocked at the door. ‎ ‎＝Hardly / Scarcely had I closed my eyes when someone knocked at the door. ‎ 我刚一闭上眼，就有人在敲门了。 ‎ I had hardly / scarcely entered my room when the telephone rang. ‎ ‎＝Hardly / Scarcely had I entered my room when the telephone rang. ‎ 我刚一走进房门，电话就响了。‎ ‎3. 比较until和till ‎ 此两个连词意义相同。肯定形式表示的意思是＂做某事直至某时＂，动词必须是延续性的。否定形式表达的意思是＂直至某时才做某事＂。动词为延续性或非延续性都可以。正确使用这两个连词的关键之一就在于判断句中的动词该用肯定式还是否定式。 ‎ 肯定句：I slept until midnight. 我一直睡到半夜时醒了。 ‎ ‎ Wait till I call you. 等着我叫你。 ‎ ‎ （在肯定句中可用before代替。例如：Let’s get in the wheat before the sun sets.） ‎ 否定句：She didn’t arrive until 6 o’clock. 她直到6点才到。 ‎ ‎ Don’t get off the bus until it has stopped. 公共汽车停稳后再下车。 ‎ ‎ I didn’t manage to do it until you had explained how. 直到你教我后，我才会做。 ‎ 区别： ‎ ‎（1）until可用于句首，而till通常不用于句首。 ‎ Until you told me, I had heard nothing of what happened. ‎ 直到你告诉我以前，出了什么事我一点也不知道。 ‎ ‎（2）until when 疑问句中，until要放在句首。‎ ‎—Until when are you staying? ‎ ‎—Until next Monday. ‎ ‎ 注意：否定句可用另外两种句式表示。 ‎ ‎（3）Not until...在句首，主句用倒装。 ‎ Not until the early years of the 19th century did man know what heat is. ‎ 直到19 世纪初，人类才知道热为何物。 ‎ Not until I began to work did I realize how much time I had wasted. ‎ 直到工作，才认识到我已蹉跎了许多岁月。 ‎ ‎（4）It is not until... that... ‎ It was not until I began to work that I realized how much time I had wasted. ‎ ‎（5）表示＂一……就……＂的结构 ‎ hardly/scarcely... when/before, no sooner... than 和as soon as都可以表示＂一……就……＂的意思。 ‎ I had hardly / scarcely got home when it began to rain. 刚回家，就下起雨来了。 ‎ I had no sooner got home than it began to rain. ‎ As soon as I got home, it began to rain. ‎ 注意：如果hardly, scarcely 或no sooner置于句首，句子必须用倒装结构。 ‎ Hardly / Scarcely had I got home when it began to rain. ‎ No sooner had I got home than it began to rain.‎ 在下列各句的空格中填入适当的连词 ‎ ‎1. ____________ he comes tomorrow, I shall ask where he has been. ‎ ‎2. ____________ he was speaking, everybody listened carefully. ‎ ‎3. I saw her just ____________ she was getting off the train. ‎ ‎4. Have a good look at that man ____________ you pass him. ‎ ‎5. It was already eight o’clock ____________ we got there. ‎ ‎6. I was about to go out ____________ a visitor came. ‎ ‎7. We’ll go to the country at the beginning of June, ____________ the summer harvest will start. ‎ ‎8. He learned to speak German ____________ he was in Berlin. ‎ ‎9. Henry is in charge of the office ____________ Mr. Smith is away. ‎ ‎10. I listen to the recorder ____________ I have time. ‎ ‎11. He had learned Chinese ____________ he came to China. ‎ ‎12. ____________ the work was done, we sat down to sum up experience. ‎ ‎13. I haven’t seen him ____________ he moved to the other side of the town. ‎ ‎14. I waited ____________ he came back. ‎ ‎15. It was not ____________ he took off his eyeglasses that I recognized him. ‎ ‎16. She likes everything to be in place ____________ she starts to work. ‎ ‎17. The thieves ran away ____________ they caught sight of the police. ‎ ‎18. They decided to go back home ____________ their money ran out. ‎ ‎19. We played outside till sunset, ____________ it began to rain. ‎ ‎20. ____________ I get to the airport, I will phone you to pick me up. ‎ ‎21. They were about to leave ____________ it began to rain. ‎ ‎22. He always stay in bed ____________ lunch time. ‎ ‎23. I like playing tennis ____________ my younger sister prefers watching ball games. ‎ ‎24. ____________ I understand your viewpoint, I don’t agree with you. ‎ ‎25. ____________ she grew older, she became more responsible.‎ ‎1. （2018 • 安徽中考）Before the sun ____________, we need to get to the top of the mountain.‎ A. set B. sets C. is setting D. will set ‎2. （2018 • 湖北宜昌中考）—It has been much easier for me to go to work ____________ shared bikes appeared.‎ ‎—But they also caused plenty of problems.‎ A. since B. before C. unless D. though ‎3. （2018 • 成都中考）Yesterday, I ____________ the subway home when I suddenly found I was on the wrong line.‎ A. took B. was taking C. had taken ‎4. （2018 • 天津中考）Tony was drawing a picture ____________ I was doing my homework.‎ A. if B. because C. while D. until ‎5. （2018 • 甘肃兰州中考）I will call you as soon as he ____________ here.‎ A. arrive B. will arrive C. arrives D. arrived ‎6. （2018 • 黑龙江龙东地区中考）—Do you know when Mrs. White ____________ for dinner this evening?‎ ‎—No, but I think she when she is free.‎ A. will come; will come B. will come; comes C. comes; will come ‎7. （2017﹒黑龙江齐齐哈尔）—I want to know if he ____________ back tomorrow. ‎ ‎ —I’ll call you as soon as ____________.‎ ‎ A. will come; will return B. will come; returns C. comes; will return ‎8. （2017﹒江苏南通）It is known to all that the day becomes shorter and shorter ____________ winter comes.‎ ‎ A. before B. when C. until D. since ‎9. （2017﹒吉林）I won’t go home ____________ the rain stops.‎ ‎ A. since B. so C. until ‎10. （2017﹒福建）The students were singing happily ____________ I passed the school hall.‎ ‎ A. when B. unless C. though ‎1. （湖南省澧县2017届九年级下学期中考最后一次模拟）― Could you tell me when he ____________ back?‎ ‎ — Sure. He will come back as soon as he ____________ the classroom.‎ ‎ A. will come; finishes cleaning ‎ ‎ B. comes; will finish cleaning ‎ C. will come; will finish to clean ‎2. （湖南省澧县2017届九年级下学期中考最后一次模拟）I’ll go to visit your uncle as soon as I ____________ Beijing.‎ ‎ A. get to B. will get to C. got to ‎3. Mr. Liu has taught us English ____________ he came to our school.‎ ‎ A. until B. because C. though D. since ‎4. （山东省龙口市兰高镇兰高学校2018届九年级上学期期中）My father was reading a newspaper ____________ my mother was cooking dinner.‎ ‎ A. when B. while C. as soon as D. Until ‎5. （山东省龙口市兰高镇兰高学校2018届九年级上学期期中）Many students didn’t realize the importance of study ____________ they left school.‎ ‎ A. when B. until C. as D. after ‎6. It’s been five years ____________ we met last time.‎ ‎ A. for B. when C. since D. if ‎7. A good storyteller must be able to hold his listeners’ curiosity(好奇心) ____________ he reaches the end of the story.‎ ‎ A. if B. unless C. after D. until ‎8. （江苏省句容市、丹阳市2017届九年级下学期中考网上阅卷第二次适应性检测）The TV programme The Readers (朗读者) was already over ____________ he got back home yesterday.‎ ‎ A. while B. until C. since D. when ‎9. —What were you doing ____________ the fire happened?‎ ‎ —I was watching TV at home.‎ ‎ A. if B. while C. when D. since ‎10. ____________ I saw the delivery man（快递员）cycling towards me, I knew that was my gift.‎ ‎ A. As B. Although C. Before D. While ‎11. Tom didn’t believe how terrible the earthquake was ____________ he experienced one.‎ ‎ A. if B. because C. until D. since ‎12. It has been about half a term ____________ Sandy went into junior high school.‎ ‎ A. though B. when C. if D. since 跟踪训练 ‎1. When    2. While / When    3. as     4. when/as    5. when     ‎ ‎6. when    7. when    8. while       9. while   10. whenever  ‎ ‎11. before     12. After   13. since    14. till/until      15. until    ‎ ‎16. before    17. as soon as     18. before  19. when   20. As soon as   ‎ ‎21. when    22. until     23. while     24. While   25. As ‎ 真题再现 ‎1. B【解析】句意：太阳落山之前，我们需要到达山顶。Before 引导的时间状语从句不能用将来时态，用一般现在时态来代替，主语the sun单三，谓语动词用单数形式；故选B。学&科网 ‎3. B【解析】句意：昨天，当我突然发现我拨错电话的时候，我正在乘地铁回家。这里是when引导的时间状语从句，当某个动词发生的时候，某个动作正在进行，根据题意，故选B。‎ ‎4. C【解析】句意：Tony 正在画画，而我在做作业。本题考查连词。由前后两句话的 was doing 能发现是两个过去进行时的动作，因此可以选用 while 链接，属于时间状语从句。与 A. if 引导的条件状语从句和 B. because 引导的原因状语从句无关。而 D. until 表示直到，与原句逻辑关系不符。故正确答案为C。‎ ‎6. A【解析】句意：——你知道怀特太太今晚是否来吃晚饭吗？——不知道。但我认为她有时间的话她会来。问句为宾语从句，根据this evening今晚，可知句子为一般将来时，构成：will do.回答是when引导的时间状语从句。从句是一般现在时，主句应用将来时。故答案是A。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：——我想知道他明天是否回来。——他一回来我就打电话给你。分析句子得知，在I want to know if he _____back tomorrow中，if引导的宾语从句，意思是＂是否＂而不是＂如果＂，时态不遵循主将从现，根据后文tomorrow，故用一般将来时态will come；下文中as soon as 表示一……就，它引导的时间状语从句，主句是一般将来时，as soon as 引导的条件状语从句用一般现在时，结合句意和语境可知选B。 ‎ ‎8. B 【解析】句意：众所周知，当冬天到来时，白天变得越来越短。A. before＂在……之前＂；B. when＂当……的时候＂；C. until＂直到……为止＂；D. since＂既然；由于＂。故选B。‎ ‎9. C 【解析】句意：直到雨停了我才回家。A. since自从，引导时间状语从句；B. so 所以，引导原因状语从句；C. until直到……才，引导时间状语从句。根据句意，可排除A和B，故选C。‎ ‎10. A 【解析】句意：当我经过学校大厅的时候学生们正在欢快地唱着歌。根据题干前半句The students were singing happily学生们正在欢快地唱着歌，后半句I passed the school hall. 我经过学校大厅可推知句子是一个时间状语从句，when当……时候；unless除非；though尽管，只有A选项符合题意。故选A。‎ 模拟检测 ‎1. A 【解析】句意：——你能告诉我他将什么时候回来吗？——当然可以。他一打扫完教室就会回来。本题第一句是宾语从句，第二句是时间状语从句。根据回答He will come back...可知，本题第一空用一般将来时；第二空主句是一般将来时，as soon as引导的时间状语从句用一般现在时。故选A。‎ ‎2. A 【解析】句意：我一到北京就去看望你的叔叔。主句是一般将来时，as soon as引导的时间状语从句用一般现在时。故选A。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：我的父亲正在读报纸，而我的母亲正在做晚饭。when当……时候；while然而，表示两者进行对比；as soon as一……就……；until直到……。此处是我父亲和母亲所做的事进行对比，故用连词while。故选B。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：许多学生直到离开学校后才认识到学习的重要性。when当……时候；until直到……；as当……时候；after在……之后。not… until…＂直到……才……＂，故选B。‎ ‎6. C 【解析】句意：自从我们上次见面已经5年了。for因为，为了；when当……时候；since自从；if如果。主句It’s been是It has been的缩写，是现在完成时态，since是自从的意思，引导时间状语从句，从句中用一般过去时态，主句用现在完成时，故选C。‎ ‎7. D 【解析】句意：一个好的讲故事的人必须能够保持听者的好奇心，直到他到达故事的结尾。if如果，引导条件状语从句；unless除非，如果不；after在……之后；until ‎ 直到……时候。根据句意可知，讲故事的人应该保持听者的好奇心一直到故事讲完，故应选D。‎ ‎8. D 【解析】句意：当他昨天回到家的时候，电视节目《朗读者》已经结束了。A.当……时候；B.直到……；C.自从；D.当……时候。因为get为瞬间动词，故选D。‎ ‎9. C 【解析】句意：——火灾发生时你在干什么？——我在家看电视。A. if连词，如果，引导条件状语从句；B. while连词，当……时候，引导时间状语从句，谓语动词为延续性动词；C. when连词，当……时候，引导时间状语从句，谓语动词既是延续性动词也可是短暂性动词；D. since连词，自从，引导时间状语从句。happened暂时性动词，故选C。‎ ‎10. A 【解析】句意：当我看到送货员骑着自行车向我跑来时，我知道那是我的礼物。A. As同时，当……时；B. Although尽管，表转折；C. Before在……之前，表时间；D. While与……同时，表时间。本句是时间状语从句，根据句意，BC两项与句意不合，可排除。as和while都可接时间状语从句，表示主句和从句的动作同时进行，但用法有别。如果主句和从句表示的是两个同时(或几乎同时)发生的短暂性（非持续性）动作，需用 as / when，而不可用while。结合句意和语境，可知选A。‎ ‎11. C 【解析】句意：汤姆不相信地震有多么可怕，直到他经历了一次地震。A. if连词，如果，引导条件状语从句；B. because连词，因为，引导原因状语从句；C. until连词，直到……，引导时间状语从句，not...until...直到……才……。D. since连词，自从，引导时间状语从句。故选C。‎ 考点三十九 目的状语从句 英语里可以用to，in order to，so as to，so that，in order that来表示目的。‎ ‎1. to，in order to，so as to引导目的状语短语，构成简单句。‎ He has to earn lots of money in order to/to/so as to raise his family.‎ 他赚很多钱是为了养家糊口。‎ ‎2. so that，in order that引导目的状语从句，构成复合句，并且从句中谓语动词常与can，could，may，might等情态动词连用。‎ Speak clearly so that/in order to everybody can understand you. ‎ such...that...‎ so...that...‎ 请说清楚一点，这样每个人都能听得懂。‎ 结果状语从句 so that ‎ 目的状语从句 ‎ ‎ 结果状语从句 ‎3. so that so that既可以引导目的状语从句又可以引导结果状语从句。引导目的状语从句时译为＂为了＂，引导结果状语从句时可译为＂以便＂。‎ He workedn hard at his lessons so that he could gain high grades in the exams.‎ 他努力学习功课，争取考试能获得好的成绩。‎ He workedn hard at his lessons, so that he gained high grades in the exams.‎ 他努力学习，结果考试取得了好成绩。‎ so that引导目的状语从句时，表示＂以便，为了＂，从句中常使用can，could，may，might，will，would，should等情态动词或助动词；引导结果状语从句时，从句中一般不用can和may等词。‎ He has to earn so lots of muney so that he can buy his children nice food and clothes. ‎ 他必须赚很多钱才能给他的孩子提供好的饮食和衣服。‎ ‎4. such...that...‎ 在such...that...句型中，such修饰名词，意思是＂如此……以至于……＂，such...that...引导四种不同的句子结构。‎ ‎（1）such+a(n)+形容词+单数名词+that从句 This is such a good book that all of us like it very much. ‎ 这是一本很好的书，我们大家都喜欢读它。学&科网 ‎（2）such+形容词+复数名词+that从句 They are such good students that the teacher likes them. ‎ 他们都是很好的学生，老师喜欢他们。‎ ‎（3）such+（形容词）+不可数名词+that从句 It was such fime weather yesterday that we went swimming.‎ 昨天天气很好，我们去游泳了。‎ ‎（4）one（no，any，all，many，some，several等）+such+可数名词+that从句 There are many such good books that I can’t decide which one to choose. ‎ 有这么多的好书，我无法决定选择哪一本。‎ ‎5. so...that...‎ so...that...句型中的so是副词，常用来修饰形容词或副词，意思是＂如此/这么……以至于……＂。‎ ‎（1）常用句型：主语+谓语+so+adj./adv.+that从句 The boy ran so fast that I couldn’t catch him. ‎ 这个男孩跑得太快了以至于我追不上他。‎ ‎（2）so+形容词+ a(n)+单数名词+that从句 She made so good a meal that we all ate far too much. ‎ 她做的饭菜那么好吃，结果我们都吃得太多了。‎ ‎（3）so+many/much few/little（少）+名词+that从句 当名词前有many、much、few、little（少）等词修饰时，句子中要用so...that...而不能用such...that...。‎ There was so little water in the jar that it was not enough for all of us. ‎ 缸里的水太少了，不够我们这些人用。‎ 注意：当little的意思是＂小＂时，仍用such...that...。‎ ‎6. 用in order that引导：in order that的意思是＂为了＂。‎ He is working hard in order to pass the examination.‎ ‎=He is working hard in order that he can pass the examination. ‎ ‎7. 用in case引导：in case此时的意思是＂以防＂＂以备＂。‎ I always keep a bottle of wine by in case friends call round. ‎ 我平时总存着一瓶酒以备朋友来时喝。‎ 注意：in case引导目的状语从句与引导条件状语从句时的意思不一样。‎ ‎8. 在目的状语从句中也有这样一个引导词——in order that，容易与它混淆的词组是in order to，后者并不能引导状语从句。下面看一下两者有哪些具体差别。‎ 首先要注意的是，in order that与in order to译文相同，都译作＂为了……＂，不同之处在于：in order that+从句；in order to+动词原形。‎ in order that+从句构成目的状语从句，表明主句行为目的；in order to+动词原形构成目的状语，不成从句。‎ I get up early in order that I can catch the early bus.‎ I get up early in order to catch the early bus.‎ 为了能赶上早班车，我很早就起床了。‎ He works hard in order that he can obtain a higher position.‎ He works hard in order to obtain a higher position.‎ 为了升职，他很努力地工作。‎ 另外，目的状语从句还有一个特点：‎ 由于目的都是未来的行为，所以从句中一般用表示未来可能性时态，当然还可以用will，would，can等。‎ He studies English very hard in order that he will go abroad one day.‎ 为了将来有一天能够出国，他很努力地学习英语。‎ in order that与in order to只是结构相似，含义相同，但两者用法却有较大差异，不能够互换使用，因为后者不能引导目的状语从句，只能跟动词原形构成目的状语。‎ ‎1. —Oh, Mum, I simply like my new bike.‎ ‎ —Look after it __________ it will last long.‎ ‎ A. since B. even though C. because D. so that ‎2. They had to get up early __________ they could catch the early bus.‎ ‎ A. as soon as B. because C. if D. so that ‎3. I looked through my test paper again and again __________ I wouldn’t make any mistakes.‎ ‎ A. so B. because C. so that ‎4. __________ fail the final exam, he studies English day and night.‎ ‎ A. In order to B. So as to ‎ C. In order not to D. So as not to ‎5. Mr. Brown got up early __________ catch the early bus.‎ ‎ A. in order that B. in order to ‎ C. so that D. such that ‎6. ___________ find a better job, she planned to learn a second foreign language.‎ ‎ A. In order that B. In order to C. As soon as D. If ‎7. ___________ be late, she cut across the fields.‎ ‎ A. In order to B. In order not to ‎ C. So as to D. So as not to ‎8. She got up early this morning ___________ she could catch the first bus.‎ ‎ A. in order to B. so that C. all that D. whether ‎9. Cindy hopes to save some money ___________ she can buy a gift for her mother.‎ ‎ A. even if B. until C. while D. so that ‎10. He has to work hard to make a lot of money ___________ he can live a rich life.‎ ‎ A. so that B. such that C. that D. in order ‎1. （2017 • 山东德州）Many people like reading newspapers ___________ they can learn what’s happening in the world.‎ A. so that B. ever since C. as soon as D. even though ‎2. （2018 • 湖北咸宁中考）—Harry Potter is ___________ an interesting novel ___________ ‎ I want to read it again.‎ ‎—I agree with you.‎ A. so; that B. too; to C. such; that D. as; as ‎3. （2018 • 东营中考）—What a mess! The sharing bikes are thrown everywhere.‎ ‎—Let’s collect and put them in the right place ___________ they can be used conveniently.‎ A. unless B. so that C. because D. so long as ‎1. （四川省简阳市2017届高中阶段教育学校5月调研模拟）You’d better take an umbrella with you ___________ you won’t get wet.‎ ‎ A. if B. unless C. since D. so that ‎2. （山东省临沭县2017届初中生第二届学科素养展示大赛）This kind of flower needs special care ___________ it can live through winter. ‎ ‎ A. because B. so that C. even if D. as ‎3. You must leave here now___________ your mother can get some more rest.‎ ‎ A. became B. though C. so that ‎4. More and more couples would rather ___________ a second baby ___________ their first child can feel less lonely.‎ ‎ A. have；in order to B. to have；in order to ‎ C. have；so that D. to have；so that ‎5. My mother exercises every day___________ fat.‎ ‎ A.in order not to get B.in order that ‎ C.in order not to getting D.in order to not get ‎6. He is working hard ___________ he may pass his examination.‎ ‎ A. because B. so that C. in order to 跟踪训练 ‎2. D 【解析】句意：他们不得不早起，以便他们能赶上早班车。as soon as一……就……；because因为；if如果；so that以便。结合句意，早起是为了赶上早班车，此处表示目的，故用so that，故选D。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】句意：我一遍又一遍检查我的试卷，这样我就不会犯错了。so因此，所以；because因为，引导原因状语从句；so that这样，以至于。根据句意可知，后面这个句子表示的是目的，故用so that来引导目的状语从句。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】句意：为了期末考试不失败，他夜以继日地学习英语。in order to为了，可位于句首或句中；so as to为了，位于句中；in order not to为了不，位于句首或句中；so as not to为了不，位于句中。此处是句首，表示为了期末考试不失败，故用in order not to，故选C。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：布朗先生早起是为了赶上早班车。in order that+从句，表示为了……，引导目的状语从句；in order to do sth为了做某事，表示目的；so that以便，引导结果状语从句。此处表示目的，后面接动词短语catch the early bus，故用in order to，故选B。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】句意：为了找到更好的工作，她打算再学习一门外语。In order to后接动词原形；In order that后接目的状语从句；As soon as一……就，引导时间状语从句；If如果，引导条件状语从句。故答案为B。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：为了不迟到，她抄近路穿过田野。表示＂为了不……＂可用in order not to或so as not to，so as not to不可用于句首，A和C表达有误，故选B。‎ ‎8. B 【解析】句意：今天早上她起得很早，以便能赶上第一班公共汽车。so that引导目的状语从句，后跟完整的句子。故选B。‎ ‎9. D 【解析】句意：辛迪希望攒一些钱，以便她能给她的母亲买一个礼物。even if即使；until直到……；while然而；so that以便；结合句意，她攒钱的目的是要给母亲买礼物，从句表示的动作是主句表示的动作的目的，所以连词应该用so that。故选D。‎ ‎10. A 【解析】句意：他必须努力工作挣很多钱，这样他才能过上富裕的生活。so that= in order that 都可以引导目的状语从句，that只能引导宾语从句和定语从句；such that只能分开写，引导结果状语从句，结合句意，故选A。‎ 真题再现 ‎1. A 【解析】句意：许多人喜欢看报，以便他们能了解世界上正在发生的事情。A. so that以便；B. ever since自从，自……以后，从……起；C. as soon as一……就……；D. even though即使，纵然。结合句意和语境可知选A。‎ ‎3. B【解析】句意：——真是一团糟！共享自行车到处都是。——让我们把它们收集起来放在合适的地方，这样它们就可以方便地使用了。A. unless除非；B. so that以便；C. because因为；D. so long as只要。结合句意可知，此处是so that引导的目的状语从句，答案为B。‎ 模拟检测 ‎1. D 【解析】句意：为了你不被淋湿，你最好随身带一把雨伞。A. if如果，表示条件；B. unless如果不，除非，表示条件；C. since自从，表示时间；既然，表示原因；D. so that以便，为了。表示目的。带雨伞的目的是为了不被淋湿，为了：so that。故选D。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】句意：这种花需要特殊的护理，这样它才能活过冬天。because因为，表示原因，引导原因状语从句；so that为的是，以便于，引导目的状语从句；even if即使，尽管，引导让步状语从句；as当……时候，因为。根据句意可知，这种花需要特殊的护理是为了能活过冬天，这里是目的状语从句，故选B。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】句意：你现在必须离开这里，以便你的母亲可以得到更多的休息。became变得；though尽管，表示让步状语；so that 以便，表示目的；结合句意，前半句表示你现在必须离开，后半句表示你母亲可以多休息，故此处表示目的，故用so that引导。故选C。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】句意：越来越多的夫妇愿意要第二个孩子以便他们的第一个孩子少一些孤独感。in order to+动词原形；so that+从句，都表示目的。would rather do 宁愿做某事，结合句意，故选C。‎ ‎5. A 【解析】句意：我妈妈每天锻炼身体防止发胖。in order （not）to do sth为了（不）做某事，所以选A。‎ 考点四十 结果状语从句 ‎　结果状语从句是补充说明主句中谓语动词发生的结果的，结果状语从句常由so… that或 such…that引导。要掌握这两个句型，我们首先来了解一下so 和 such与其后的词的搭配规律。‎ ‎1. such 是形容词，修饰名词或名词词组，such(+a/an)(+形容词)+名词+that;例如：‎ such a good book such nice girls Jenny is such a clever girl that all of us like her very much. ‎ 珍妮是如此聪明的女孩，以至于我们都非常喜欢她。‎ ‎2. so 是副词，只能修饰形容词或副词，＂so+形容词/副词+that＂。例如：‎ so nice so slowly The box is so heavy that I can’t carry it. 这个箱子如此重以至于我搬不动它。‎ The girl was very hungry so that she ate the whole pizza. ‎ 那个女孩非常饿以至于她吃了一整个比萨饼。‎ 一般情况下，such+a+形容词+名=so+形容词+aan+名 例如：‎ so nice a flower = such a nice flower 表达＂如此多/少＂时，常用so，so与表示数量的形容词many，few，much，little连用，形成固定搭配。例如：‎ so many people so... that和 such... that都可译成＂如此的……以至于……＂，二者可以互换（当so修饰副词的时候，二者往往不互换）。例如：‎ The boy is so young that he can’t go to school.‎ He is such a young boy that he can’t go to school 常见考法 对于结果状语从句的考查，多以单选和完形填空的形式，从连词的意义角度让大家选择连词。‎ 典型例题 ‎1. His plan was such a good one ______________ we all agreed to accept it.‎ ‎ A. so B. and C. that D. as ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】题干的意思是＂他的计划如此好以至于我们都同意接受它＂，that与前面的 such呼应， 引导结果状语从句。学！科网 误区提醒 结果状语从句中。除了要注意so... that和 such... that的区别外，还要注意它们和too...to do（太……而不能……）和enough +形容词/副词+to do（足够的……可以……）的转换。‎ ‎2. Ann is too young to go to school.（同义句转换）‎ Ann is ______________ go to school.‎ ‎【答案】so young that she can’t 用so, such, such a或such an填空 ‎ ‎1. He was ________ excited that he couldn’t get sleep. ‎ ‎2. This teacher is _________ kind that we all like him. ‎ ‎3. There is ________ much food in the refrigerator that we don’t need to buy anything. ‎ ‎4. He ran ____________ quickly that I couldn’t catch up with him. ‎ ‎5. This is ____________ interesting a book that we all enjoy reading it. ‎ ‎6. This is ____________ interesting book that we all enjoy reading it. ‎ ‎7. They are __________ interesting books that we all enjoy reading them. ‎ ‎8. He has _________ many books that I can’t count them. ‎ ‎9. This is _________ a funny story that we all enjoy listening to it.‎ ‎10. There was ________ much food that we couldn’t eat it all. ‎ ‎11. I have ________ little money that I cannot afford a car. ‎ ‎12. He is ________ a good student that we all like him. ‎ ‎13. He is ________ good a student that we all like him.‎ ‎14. It was ________bad weather that he had to stay at home. ‎ ‎15. I’ve had ________many falls than I’m black and blue all over. ‎ ‎16. It’s not surprising that _______ little worms eat ______ little grain. ‎ ‎17. Tom is __________ lazy boy that he never does anything. ‎ ‎18. You should not say __________ things. ‎ ‎19. Whoever bought you __________ ice cream? ‎ ‎20. It was _________ amazing exhibition that I went twice.‎ ‎1. Fresh water is precious it is sometimes called liquid gold.‎ ‎ A. such; that B. too; to C. as; as D. so; that ‎2. （湖南省醴陵市青云学校2017届九年级上学期期中）Karen is ______ friendly _____ her classmates all like her very much.‎ ‎ A. too; to B. such; that C. so; that ‎3. He couldn’t speak English _____ he lost a chance to work in a foreign company.‎ ‎ A. such B. such that C. so that ‎4. It is raining heavily outside, ______ we decide to stay at home and watch TV.‎ ‎ A. because B. or C. but D. so ‎5. He prepared for the text _______ many times _______ he could answer the questions quickly.‎ ‎ A. such; that B. so; that C. too; to D. so; as ‎6. Amy is ______ a careful girl that she made ________ mistakes in her last exam.‎ ‎ A. so; so little B. so; such little ‎ C. such; so few D. such; such few ‎7. Tuantuan and Yuanyuan are little cute pandas all of us like them.‎ ‎ A. such; as B. so; that C. such; that D. so; for 跟踪训练 ‎1. so 2. so 3. so 4. so 5. so ‎ ‎6. such an 7. such 8. so 9. such 10. so ‎ ‎11. so 12. such 13. so 14. such 15. so ‎ ‎16.such；so 17. such a 18.such 19. such an 20. such an 模拟检测 ‎1. D 【解析】句意：淡水非常珍贵，有时被称为液体黄金。such…that与so… that引导的都是结果状语从句；as…as与……一样，用于原级比较；too…to…太……而不能……，to后面跟动词原形，B、C选项都用于简单句，首先排除；so后跟形容词或副词，such后跟名词。precious为形容词，故答案为D。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】句意：他不会说英语，因此，他失去了一个去外企工作的机会。A.如此的；B.如此……以至于；C.所以。当so that表示所以时，其从句中的谓语动词不与情态动词连用且so that句型所表示的结果往往同主句有因果关系。故选C。‎ ‎4. D 【解析】句意：外面雨下得正大，所以我们决定待在家里看电视。A. because因为，表示原因；B. or或者，表示选择；C. but但是，表示转折；D. so所以，表示结果。根据句意＂待在家里＂是＂下雨＂的结果。故选D。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：他准备这篇课文那么多遍，以至于他可以快速地回答那些问题。A. such...that结构是：such+名词、名词短语+that+句子，意思是＂如此……以至于……＂；B. so... that结构是：so+形容词/副词 +that+句子，意思是：如此……以至于……；C. too... to 太……而不能……，结构是：too+形容词/副词+to do；D. so... as结构是：not so+形容词/副词+as+名词短语。意思是：不及……那样……。本题中，time意思是：次、次数，是可数名词，前空强调＂那么多次＂。那么多，so many+可数名词；so much+不可数名词。用so many修饰可数名词times；后空后面跟的是一个句子，用that引出结果状语从句。所以用so…that…结构。故选B。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】句意：团团和圆圆是如此小而且可爱的熊猫，以至于我们都喜欢它们。such+形容词+复数名词+that-clause表示＂如此……以至于……＂，故选C。‎ 考点四十一 条件状语从句 条件状语从句，即在某种条件下，一件事情可能发生。在英语中由连接词if或unless等引导的状语从句叫作条件状语从句。条件是指某一件事情实现之后（状语从句中），一件事情（主句）才能发生，通常译作＂假如，只要，如果＂等意思。条件状语从句中，主从句的时态要遵循＂主将从现＂的原则。即，主句是将来时态时，从句用一般现在时代替将来时态。‎ 引导条件状语从句的连词或词组有：if(如果)，unless(除非)，as long as(只要)等。如果主句是将来时，条件状语从句也用一般现在时来表示。如：‎ I will stay at home if it rains tomorrow. 如果明天下雨，我就待在家。‎ You can’t learn English well unless you work hard.‎ 除非你努力学习，否则是学不好英语的。‎ ‎1.if引导的条件状语从句 ‎ 表示在某种条件下某事很可能发生。 ‎ If we pay much attention to the earth, we’ll have a better world. ‎ 如果我们多关爱地球，就会拥有一个更美好的世界 ‎ If it rains tomorrow, what shall we do? 如果明天下雨，我们怎么办？‎ If you ask him, he will help you. 如果你请他帮忙，他会帮你的。 ‎ If you fail in the exam, you will let him down. ‎ 如果你考试不及格，你会让他失望的。 ‎ 注意：if还可以引导虚拟条件句，表示不可实现的条件，从句中多用一般过去时或过去完成时。 ‎ What would happen if there were no water? 如果没有水会怎样？‎ ‎2. unless引导的条件状语从句 ‎ unless的意思是＂如果不，除非＂。可与if... not互换。 ‎ You will fail in English unless you work hard. ‎ 你英语考试会不及格的，除非你更加努力。 ‎ You will fail to arrive there in time unless you start earlier. ‎ 如果你不早点动身，你就不能及时赶到那儿。 ‎ Unless it rains, the game will be played. 除非下雨，比赛将照常进行。 ‎ ‎3. as /so long as引导的条件状语从句 ‎ as /so long as的意思是＂只要＂ ‎ So long as you’re happy, I will be happy. 只要你高兴，我就高兴。‎ You may borrow my book as long as you keep it clean. ‎ 只要你保持书的清洁，你就可以把我的书借去。学科&网 ‎ ‎4. once引导的条件状语从句 ‎ once引导的条件状语从句，意为＂一旦……就＂，从句可置于主句前或后。 ‎ Once you begin, never stop. 一旦开始，就绝不要停止。 ‎ Maths is easy to learn once you understand the rules. ‎ 一旦你理解了规则，数学就不难学了。 ‎ 提示：在条件状语从句中，用一般现在时代替一般将来时，用一般过去时代替过去将来时。 ‎ If the weather is bad next week, we’ll put off the climbing. ‎ 如果下周天气不好，我们将推迟爬山。 ‎ Father told me if I worked hard he would buy me a gift. ‎ 爸爸告诉我，如果我努力学习，他会给我买一份礼物。‎ ‎5. 引导条件状语从句最常用的连词是if，常见的if条件状语从句表示在某条件下，某事很可能发生，条件是可能存在的，主句中某种情况发生的概率也是很高的。如： ‎ If you ask him, he will help you. 如果你请他帮忙，他会帮你的。 ‎ If you fail in the exam, you will let him down. ‎ 如果你考试不及格，你会让他失望的。 ‎ If you have finished the homework, you can go home. ‎ 如果你作业做完了就可以回家了。 ‎ 另外，if从句还表示不可实现的条件或根本不可能存在的条件，也就是一种虚拟的条件或假设。从句多用一般过去时或过去完成时，表示对现在或过去的一种假设。如： ‎ If I were you, I would invite him to the party. ‎ 如果我是你，我会邀请他参加聚会。 ‎ I would have arrived much earlier if I had not been caught in the traffic. ‎ 要不是交通堵塞，我本会来得早一些。 ‎ ‎6. if 条件句的时态搭配 ‎（1）if从句用一般现在时，主句用一般将来时。 ‎ If he runs he’ll get there in time. 如果他用跑的，他就会及时赶到那儿。 ‎ The cat will scratch you if you pull her tail. 如果你拉猫的尾巴，它就会抓你。 ‎ ‎（2）if从句用一般现在时，主句用may/might/can。 ‎ If the fog gets thicker the plane may/might be diverted. ‎ 如果雾再大一些，飞机可能就会改在别的机场降落。 ‎ If it stops snowing we can go out. 如果雪停了，我们就可以出去。 ‎ ‎（3）if从句用一般现在时，主句用must/should。 ‎ If you want to lose weight you must/should eat less bread. ‎ 如果你想减肥，你必须少吃面包。 ‎ ‎（4）if从句用一般现在时，主句用一般现在时。 ‎ If you heat ice it turns to water. (也可用will turn)如果把冰加热，它就会化成水。 ‎ ‎（5）if从句用现在进行时，主句用一般将来时。 ‎ If you are looking for Peter you’ll find him upstairs. ‎ 如果你是在找彼得，上楼就会找到他。 ‎ ‎（6）if从句用现在完成时，主句用一般将来时。 ‎ If you have finished dinner I’ll ask the waiter for the bill. ‎ 如果你吃完了，我就叫服务生来算账。‎ ‎【知识拓展】 ‎ ‎1. 在以when，before，as soon as等引导的时间状语从句，也适用＂主将从现＂原则，即如果主句是一般将来时，从句则用一般现在时。 ‎ I’ll tell her the good news when she comes back. ‎ 当她回来的时候，我将把这个好消息告诉她。 ‎ she will give you a call as soon as she returns.‎ 她一回来就会给你电话。 ‎ ‎2.If条件句的同义句：祈使句，and /or+将来时态的陈述句。 ‎ Work hard, and you will make great progress.‎ ‎= If you work hard, you will make great progress. ‎ 如果你努力学习，你就会取得大的进步。 ‎ Hurry up, or you will be late.‎ ‎=If you don’t hurry up, you will be late. ‎ 如果你不快点，你就要迟到了。‎ ‎【巧学妙记】‎ ‎＂ if ＂ 引导的条件状语从句的记忆口诀 if 条件句不一般，几个要点记心间；‎ 条件句,放在前，逗号要放句中间。‎ 条件句表真实，主将从现要遵从；‎ 条件句非真实，虚拟语气用到位。‎ 一、用所给词的适当形式填空 ‎ ‎1. If you _______________(feel) tired, you _______________(have) to have a rest. ‎ ‎2. Where _______________he _______________(see) the film if he _______________(have) time? ‎ ‎3. If there _______________(be) fewer trees, there _______________( be) more pollution. ‎ ‎4. He _______________(dress) more casually if he _______________( not work) on weekends. ‎ ‎5. If Marcia _______________(live) alone, she _______________( keep) a pet dog. ‎ ‎6. Lana _______________(buy) a new dress if the old one _______________(be) out of style. ‎ ‎7. The twins _______________(fight) if they _______________(argue). ‎ ‎8. I _______________(sell) my paintings if I _______________(need) money for education.‎ ‎9. Peter _______________( send) me a beautiful souvenir if he _______________(tour) Spain. ‎ ‎10. If Mr. Green _______________(say) I am hard-working, my parents _______________(feel) glad. ‎ ‎11. I _______________(go) to the beach if it _______________(not rain) this week. ‎ ‎12. _______________they _______________(have) a match if the P.E. teacher _______________(be) busy? ‎ ‎13. He _______________(write) a letter to his grandparents if he _______________(get) his report card this week. ‎ ‎14. If she _______________(get) up late, she _______________(not catch) the early bus. ‎ ‎15. Peter _______________(major) in English if he _______________(pass) the exams in Peking University.‎ 二、完成句子 ‎ ‎1. 如果他到的晚了会发生什么事情？‎ ‎ What _______________ _______________if he _______________late? ‎ ‎2. 如果努力学习，你就会取得好成绩。‎ ‎ If you _______________ _______________, you _______________ _______________ _______________ _______________. ‎ ‎3. 他如果看电视太久了，他的父母会不高兴。 ‎ ‎ If he _______________ TV too much, his parents _______________ _______________ unhappy. ‎ ‎4. 如果我们为他组织生日聚会，大家都会来的。 ‎ ‎ Everyone _______________come if we _______________a birthday party _______________him. ‎ ‎5. 如果明天不下雨，我会和你一起去公园的。 ‎ ‎ If it _______________ _______________tomorrow, I _______________go to the park _______________you. ‎ ‎6. 如果她起晚了，就会旅游迟到。‎ ‎ She ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ the trip if she ______________ ______________ late ‎ ‎7. 如果他有空，他会帮助你的。‎ ‎ If he _______________ _______________, he _______________ _______________you. ‎ ‎8. 如果Tom成为足球运动员，他就不会上大学了。 ‎ ‎ Tom _______________ _______________go to the college if he _______________a soccer player.. ‎ ‎9. 你如果不完成作业就不能学好各门功课。 ‎ ‎ You _______________ _______________good at all the subjects if you _______________finish the homework.‎ ‎10. 如果你上课睡觉，老师会生气。‎ ‎ If you _______________in class, your teacher _______________ _______________ _______________.‎ ‎1. （2018 • 菏泽中考）—I really want to pass the exam for further study.‎ ‎—Believe in yourself, dear! Your dream will came true ___________ you put your heart into it.‎ A. even if B. as long as C. as soon as ‎2. （2018 • 安顺中考）—The weather report says that it ___________ tomorrow in most parts of Anshun city.‎ ‎—If it ___________, the school sports meet will be canceled．‎ A. will rain; will rain B. will rain; rains C. rains; will rain D. rains; rains ‎3. （2018 • 恩施中考）If you are caught smoking in the kitchen, you ___________ by your boss.‎ A. will fire B. are fired C. will be fired ‎4. （2018 • 江西中考）—Can students go online during lessons?‎ ‎—They can ___________ it is for that lesson.‎ A. if B. or C. so D. but ‎5. （2018 • 四川乐山中考）—Thank you for telling me so much knowledge about nature.‎ ‎—Don’t mention it. ___________ you have more questions, come to me any time.‎ A. If B. Because C. Though ‎6. （2018 • 菏泽中考）—I really want to pass the exam for further study.‎ ‎—Believe in yourself, dear! Your dream will came true you put your heart into it.‎ A. even if B. as long as C. as soon as ‎7. （2017﹒海南）I won’t talk about that with Kate ___________ she wants.‎ ‎ A. because B. unless C. after ‎8. （2017﹒江苏宿迁）Our head teacher often says, ＂You will not pass the exam ___________ you work hard.＂‎ ‎ A. if B. unless C. since D. when ‎9. （2017﹒黑龙江哈尔滨）—I wonder if our foreign teacher Mr. White ___________ to his hometown next Tuesday. ‎ ‎ —I’m not sure. But if he returns to his hometown, I’ll ___________ him off. ‎ ‎ A. return；see B. will return；see C. will return；will see ‎10. （2017﹒江苏苏州）You will never achieve success ___________ ou devote yourself to your work.‎ ‎ A. after B. if C. because D. unless ‎11. （2017﹒广东）Johnson won’t answer the phone if he ___________ the number.‎ ‎ A. knew B. doesn’t know C. will know D. didn’t know ‎12. （2017﹒江苏盐城）You will be able to see something ______ you climb onto those rocks.‎ ‎ A. if B. though C. until D. unless ‎1. （安徽省亳州市利辛县2018届九年级10月月考）You won’t get to the subway station before 9 :00 am _______________ you leave earlier.‎ ‎ A. unless B. until C. because D. when ‎2. （黑龙江杜尔伯特县蒙古族中学2018届九年级（五四学制）上学期期中）If New Mart _______________ 24 hours a day during the winter holiday, I will feel _______________.‎ ‎ A. is open；excited B. is open；exciting ‎ C. will open；excited D. will open；exciting ‎3. （云南省马龙县通泉镇中学2017届九年级下学期第一次模拟）I won’t be able to understand what you say, you speak too quickly.‎ ‎ A. if B. though C. because D. but ‎4. Lucy and I have been friends for years. _______________ my memory is correct, we first met in a meeting.‎ ‎ A. If B. Because C. Though D. When ‎5. （广东省东莞市2017届中考冲刺考前押题）I think you should complain _______________ you are happy with the situation.‎ ‎ A. unless B. however C. after D. though ‎6. （江苏省扬州市江都区2017届中考第二次模拟）I will have to close my clothes shop _______________ my business improves.‎ ‎ A. if B. unless C. after D. when ‎7. Chuck will go swimming with us tomorrow afternoon _______________ he can finish his homework by then.‎ ‎ A. so B. but C. if D. or ‎8. _______________ you have a picnic this weekend, remember to call me.‎ ‎ A. As B. For C. If D. Because ‎9. （江苏省盐城市毓龙路实验学校2017届九年级中考第一次模拟）I usually sleep with the window open ______________ it’s very cold.‎ ‎ A. until B. as C. if D. unless ‎10. （江苏省徐州市部分学校2017届九年级二模联考）—Could you give me some advice on travelling?‎ ‎ —Take a map with you _______________ you have a guide or you know the city well. ‎ ‎ A. if B. unless C. although D. because ‎11. （上海市华东师范大学第二附属中学2017届九年级下学期周测）It is seven o’clock. You will be late for school _______________ you get up right now.‎ ‎ A. unless B. until C. when D. though ‎12. —Excuse me, could you please tell me if the meeting _______________ on time?‎ ‎ —If it _______________ tomorrow, we’ll have to put it off.‎ ‎ A. will hold；snows B. will be held；snows ‎ C. will be held；snow D. holds；will snow 跟踪训练 一、用所给词的适当形式填空 ‎ ‎1. feel；will have 2. will；see；has 3. are；will be 4. will dress；doesn’t work ‎5. lives；will keep 6. will buy；is 7. will fight；argue 8. will sell；need ‎9. will send；tours 10. says；will feel 11. will go；doesn’t rain 12. Will；have；is ‎13. will write；gets 14. gets；won’t catch 15. will major；passes 二、完成句子 ‎ ‎1. will happen；is 2. study hard；will get good grades 3. watches；will be ‎4. will；organize；for 5. doesn’t rain；will；with 6. will be late for；gets up ‎7. is free；will help 8. will never；becomes 9. won’t be；don’t ‎10. sleep；will be angry 真题再现 ‎1. B【解析】句意：——我真的想通过考试，继续深造。——相信你自己，亲爱的！只要你用心去做，你的梦想就会成真。考查连词辨析题。A. even if即使，表让步；B. as long as只要，表条件；C. as soon as一…就…。本句是条件状语从句，需用as long as连接。根据句意语境，可知选B。‎ ‎3. C【解析】句意：如果你在厨房里被抓到吸烟，你就会被老板开除。你只能“被开除”，所以需要使用被动语态be done，如果主句是将来时，那么if引导的条件状语从句用一般现在时表将来，这是主将从现的用法，本题中从句是说如果被抓到抽烟的话，用了一般现在时，那么主句用一般将来时，表示“你将会被开除”，所以用一把将来时的被动语态，will be done，故选C，‎ ‎4. A【解析】句意：——学生可以在课上上网吗？——如果是为了上课，他们可以上网。考查连词辨析题。if如果，表条件；or或者，表选择；so所以，表结果；but但是，表转折。答句是条件状语从句，需用if连接。根据句意结构，可知选A。‎ ‎5. A【解析】句意：——谢谢你告诉我这么多关于自然的知识。——别提了。如果你有更多的问题，随时找我。考查连词辨析题。本句是条件状语从句，需用if连接，而because表原因，though表让步，都可排除。根据句意结构和语境，可知选A。‎ ‎6. B【解析】句意：——我真的想通过考试，继续深造。——相信你自己，亲爱的！只要你用心去做，你的梦想就会成真。考查连词辨析题。A. even if即使，表让步；B. as long as只要，表条件；C. as soon as一…就…。本句是条件状语从句，需用as long as连接。根据句意语境，可知选B。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：我不想和凯特谈那个，除非她愿意。A. because连词，因为，引导原因状语从句；B. unless连词，除非，引导条件状语从句；C. after连词，在……之后，引导时间状语从句。根据后文是前文的＂条件＂，所以使用unless。故选：B。‎ ‎8. B 【解析】句意：我们的班主任常说：＂如果你们不努力学习，你们就通不过考试＂。If如果，引导条件状语从句；unless除非，引导条件状语从句；since 自从，因为，引导时间状语从句；when当……时候，引导时间状语从句；条件状语从句用一般现在时表示一般将来时，主句用一般将来时，根据题中的时态和句意，如果不努力，就通不过考试，故此处用unless。故选B。‎ ‎10. D 【解析】句意：除非你把自己专心于你的工作，否则你将永远不会成功。句意：after在……之后；if如果，because因为，unless除非，如果不；if或unless引导的条件状语从句用一般现在时表示一般将来时，主句用一般将来时。结合句意，你如果不专心工作，你就不会获得成功，故此处为unless。故选D。‎ ‎11. B 【解析】句意：如果约翰逊不知道电话号码，他就不接电话。本句是if引导的条件状语从句，当主句是将来时态时，从句用一般现在时，可排除C、D两项。根据句意，本句是否定陈述，故选B。‎ ‎12. A 【解析】句意：如果你爬上这些岩石，你就会看到一些东西。A如果，引导条件状语从句；B即使，引导让步状语从句；C直到……；D如果……不。故选A。学科&网 模拟检测 ‎1. A 【解析】句意：除非你早点离开，否则你在九点之前不会到达地铁站。A. unless除非……；B. until直到……；C. because因为……；D. when什么时间。根据题意，除非你早点离开，所以连接词用unless。故正确答案为A。 ‎ ‎2. A 【解析】句意：如果新玛特在寒假期间一天24小时营业，我将会感到很激动。if引导的条件状语从句不用将来时态，用一般现时态来代替；excited形容词，主要指人感到激动；exciting形容词，主要指令人激动的事，故选A。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】句意：如果你说得太快，我将不能理解你说的话。A. if 如果；B. though 尽管；C. because 因为；D. but但是。这里是主将从现，if后引导的是一般现在时，主句用的是一般将来时。故选A。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：Lucy和我是多年的好朋友，如果我的记忆没错，我们第一次见面是在一次会议上。if如果，引导条件状语从句；because因为，引导原因状语从句；though 尽管，引导让步状语从句；when当……时候，引导时间状语从句。根据句意可知，这里表示条件，故应选A。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】句意：除非我的生意有起色，否则我要关闭我的服装店。A.如果；B.除非；C.在……之后；D.当……时候。故选B。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】句意：明天下午Chuck将和我们一起去游泳，如果到那时他能完成他的作业的话。so所以；but但是；if如果；or或者。If引导的条件状语从句用一般现在时，主句用一般将来时，故选C。‎ ‎8. C 【解析】句意：如果这个周末你去野餐，记得给我打电话。As当……时候；for因为；if如果；because因为。根据this weekend可知此处对这个周末的假设，故用if引导的条件状语从句，故选C。‎ ‎9. D 【解析】句意：除非天冷，否则我们都开窗睡觉。A.直到……；B.当；C.如果；D.除非。根据句意，故选D。‎ ‎10. B 【解析】句意：——你能给我一些关于旅行的建议吗？——如果没有向导或者对城市不很了解，那么就随身带着一张地图。A. if如果；B. unless除非，如果不；C. although虽然，尽管；D. because因为。故选B。‎ ‎11. A 【解析】句意：现在7点了，如果你现在不起床你就会上学迟到了。A. unless除非；B. until 直到……； C. when当……时候；D. though尽管。故选A。‎ ‎12. B 【解析】句意：——对不起，请你告诉我会议是否将如期举行？——如果明天下雪，我们将不得不推迟。在问句中if 表示＂是否＂，引导宾语从句，而the meeting和hold是被动关系，故应该使用一般将来时的被动语态。答句中的if表示＂如果＂，引导条件状语从句，主句用一般将来时，从句常用一般现在时表将来，故选B。‎ 考点四十二 情景交际 情景交际是一种综合性测试题，它以日常话题为主要内容，考查学生在具体的语言环境中实际运用所学语言知识交流思想、表达观点的能力。命题将突出真实交际情景下语言的实际运用，力求贴近学生，贴近生活，贴近社会，贴近时代。学&科网 ‎ 一、感谢和应答 ‎1. 感谢某人 ‎ ‎►Thank you./Thanks a lot./Thank you very much. ►Thank you for your help.‎ ‎►It’s very kind／nice of you. ►Thank you anyway／all the same.‎ ‎2. 回答感谢时的答语 ‎►It’s my pleasure. ►That’s OK./That’s all right.‎ ‎►You’re welcome.‎ 二、道歉和应答 ‎1. 当要麻烦别人时 ‎►Excuse me. ►I beg your pardon.‎ ‎2. 当做错某事时 ‎►Sorry. ►I’m sorry for… ►I’m sorry that…‎ ‎3. 回答道歉时的答语 ‎►That’s all right. ►That’s OK. ►Never mind.‎ ‎►It’s nothing. ►It doesn’t matter.‎ 三、邀请和应答 ‎1. 表示邀请的用语 ‎►Will you come to…? ►Would you like to…?‎ ‎►May I invite you to…? ►How/What about…?‎ ‎2. 接受邀请时的答语 ‎ ‎►Yes, I’d like /love to. ►Yes. It’s very kind of you.‎ ‎►That would be nice.‎ ‎3. 拒绝邀请时的答语 ‎►No, thank you. ►I’d love /like to, but…‎ 四、请求和应答 ‎1. 表请求用语 ‎►May I…? ►Can/Could I…? ►Would you mind if…?‎ ‎2. 表肯定的答语 ‎►Sure. /Certainly. ►Yes, do please.‎ ‎►That’s all right. ►Of course, you can.‎ ‎3. 表否定的答语 ‎►I’m afraid not. ►I’m sorry, but you mustn’t/can’t.‎ ‎►You’d better not.‎ 五、祝愿、祝贺和应答 ‎1. 祝贺用语 ‎►Have a good day/time! ►Have a good journey/trip!‎ ‎►Good luck! ►Enjoy yourself!‎ ‎►Best wishes to you! ►Happy New Year! ‎ ‎►Merry Christmas! ►Happy birthday!‎ ‎►Congratulations! ►Well done!‎ ‎2. 应答用语 ‎►Thank you. ►You, too. ►The same to you.‎ 六、提供帮助和应答 ‎1. 提供帮助 ‎►Can I help you? ►Would you like me to help you?‎ ‎►What can I do for you? ►Let me help you.‎ ‎2. 肯定答语 ‎►Yes, please./Yes, thanks. ►Thank you for your help.‎ ‎►Thank you. ►That would be nice.‎ ‎3. 否定答语 ‎►No, thanks/thank you. ►That’s very kind/nice of you, but I can manage it myself.‎ 七、劝告和建议 ‎►You’d better… ►Why not…?‎ ‎►How/What about…? ►Shall we…? ►You shouldn’t…‎ 八、打电话 ‎1. 拨电话方的交际用语 ‎►Could/May/Can I speak to...please? ►Who’s that(speaking)?‎ ‎►This is…(speaking). ►Could you ask him/her to call me back?‎ ‎►I’m calling to tell/ask you to…‎ ‎2. 接电话方的交际用语 ‎►Hold on(for a moment), please.‎ ‎►I’m sorry/afraid he’s/she’s out at the moment/right now.‎ ‎►Can I take a message (for you)?‎ 九、购物 ‎1. 营业员常用的交际用语 ‎►CanI help you?/What can I do for you? ►How many/much… do you want?‎ ‎►What about this one? ►What colour/size/kind do you like/want?‎ ‎►I’m afraid we haven’t got any…in that size at the moment.‎ ‎►Here you are.‎ ‎2. 顾客常用的交际用语 ‎►I want /would like to buy some. . . (for. . . ) ►I’m looking for. . .‎ ‎►I would like/want two kilos of... ►I like the colour,but it’s/they’re too. . .‎ ‎►It’s great, but it’s not. . . enough. ►Have you got any other kind/colour／size?‎ ‎►That looks nice/great. ►Have you got anything cheaper?‎ ‎►How much does it cost? ►Can/May I try them/it on,please?‎ 十、看病 ‎1. 医生常用交际用语 ‎►What’s wrong with you? /What’s tihe matter?/What’s up?‎ ‎►How long have you been like this? ►Have you taken your temperature?‎ ‎►Have you had anything to eat this morning?‎ ‎►There’s nothing serious. ‎ ‎►Take this medicine and stay in bed for a few days.‎ ‎►You will get better soon. ►You will be all right／well soon.‎ ‎2. 病人常用的交际用语 ‎►I have got a headache／cough.‎ ‎►I’m not feeling well./l don’t feel very well./I feel terrible ‎►There’s something wrong with...‎ 十一、情感 ‎1. 高兴 ‎►How wonderful／nice! ►That’s lovely/great/wonderful!‎ ‎►I’m pleased to know that.‎ ‎2. 惊奇 ‎►Really? ►Oh dear!‎ ‎►Is that so? ►What a surprise!‎ ‎►How nice to see you! ►How surprising!‎ ‎►I’m surprised.‎ ‎3. 满意 ‎►Good! ►Well done! ►Perfect!‎ ‎►That’s fine. ►That’s better. ►That’s good enough.‎ ‎4. 忧虑 ‎►What’s wrong? ►What’s the matter?‎ ‎►Anything wrong? ►What should we do?‎ ‎5. 遗憾与同情 ‎►I’m so sorry! ►It’s a great pity!‎ ‎►What a shame/pity! ►That’s too bad! ►I’m sorry to hear that.‎ 情景交际题之解题思路 要做好这类题目，关键是平时要养成讲英语的良好习惯，努力提高口语水平，熟练掌握日常会话项目中常用的问答语。情景会话类试题具有句子简短、常用省略并且表达方式灵活等特点。同样一句话，因使用的时间、场合、身份不同而有不同的含义和不同的表达方式，做这类题目的思路和方法归纳起来有以下九点：‎ ‎1. 要根据不同的情景，使用不同的表达法。‎ ‎2. 要正确判断出对话的情景。‎ ‎3. 问话或答语不能离题。‎ ‎4. 用筛选法选择正确对话。‎ ‎5. 从语意进行判断。‎ ‎6. 根据习惯用法进行选择。‎ ‎7. 答语要符合西方人的文化、风俗和习惯。‎ ‎8. 要使用文明礼貌的语言。‎ ‎9. 要遵照口语交际特点，不要死套语法规则。‎ 从历年各省市的中考试卷中，我们可以看出，日常交际用语的这类题目已改变了以往只考一些约定俗成的交际用语的习惯，而是注重在情景中理解题目。同学们光靠死记硬背，照套语法规则是不能很好完成这一项目测试的。此外，在考试题型上也作了一些改动。以往完成对话，仅仅是挖去对话中部分关键词，让学生填写，很大程度上是考查学生背诵对话的能力。新题型则更突出了交际功能，把对话中一些关键的交际用语整句挖去，在对话后给出选项，学生必须对整个对话所发生的情景进行判断，然后根据对话的上下文做出选择。因此，在复习、记忆日常交际用语时，不能孤立地去记忆，而应将它们放在不同的语境中去理解记忆。‎ ‎【温馨提示】‎ ‎1. 认真了解和掌握教材中出现的口语交际项目，如问时间及日期、打电话、过生日、购物、问路、看病、借书、请求和提供帮助、转告传递信息、劝告等。‎ ‎2. 按礼貌的原则选择答案，一般不需要考虑语法上的正误。‎ ‎3. 注意英语国家文化习惯的不同。‎ ‎4. 注意理解题干的确切含义。‎ ‎5. 注意仔细揣摩上下文，搞清情景的功能意念——即问句所指的是什么。‎ ‎1. —Will he join us in fighting against the Lakers?‎ ‎ — . He had his leg hurt when practicing soccer last week.‎ ‎ A. Of course B. I’m afraid not C. Yes, he will D. I’m afraid so ‎2. —We failed __________ the basketball match.‎ ‎ —__________.‎ ‎ A. to lose；It’s a pity B. to win；I’m sorry to hear that ‎ ‎ C. win；What a pity D. lose；Pity ‎3. —What do you think of documentaries? ‎ ‎ — .‎ ‎ A. I’d love to B. I think so C. I can’t stand them D. so do I ‎4. —Teenagers should do social work for their community.‎ ‎ — . Social work is good for them.‎ ‎ A. Yes, please B. I agree ‎ C. No, they shouldn’t D. That’s all right ‎5. —Hi, Tim. !‎ ‎ — The same to you.‎ ‎ A. Congratulations B. Happy New Year ‎ C. Happy Birthday D. Sorry ‎6. —I think students can go out alone on school nights.‎ ‎ — . They may meet some bad people.‎ ‎ A. I hope so B. I don’t think so ‎ C. I agree with you D. I think so ‎7. ––Linda didn’t invite us to her party. ‎ ‎ –– ? I don’t care.‎ ‎ A. So what B. What’s on C. For what D. What’s up ‎8. —I want to listen to the song called Try Everything. Could you please help me look for it on the Internet?‎ ‎ —Yes, .‎ ‎ A. that’s true B. it’s fun ‎ C. I agree D. with pleasure ‎9. —How about going to the wildlife park this weekend, Jane?‎ ‎ — . I’m looking forward to going there.‎ ‎ A. Yes, I think so B. Yes, that’s true ‎ C. That sounds interesting D. Have a nice time ‎10. —Would you mind opening the window? ‎ ‎ — .‎ ‎ A. Thank you B. Yes, please ‎ ‎ C. No, not at all D. I’ll be glad to ‎1. （2018 • 凉山州中考）—Why don’t you play basketball with us?‎ ‎—That’s not my cup of tea. I like reading at home better.‎ A. It’s good for me. B. I don’t want to drink tea.‎ C. It’s my favorite. D. It’s not my favorite.‎ ‎2. （2018 • 甘肃白银中考）—Hello, Sally! Can I see Mr. Brown?‎ ‎— . I’ll tell him you are here.‎ A. What a pity B. Just a minute C. Congratulations D. Never mind ‎3. （2018 • 内蒙古包头中考）—I usually go swimming for exercise, but I want to try something new.‎ ‎— ‎ A. So what? B. Cheer up. C. Like what? D. Take care.‎ ‎4. （2018 • 黑龙江龙东地区中考）—I’m going to Yichun for summer vacation. It’s a good place to relax.‎ ‎—So it is. !‎ A. Enjoy oneself B. Have a good trip C. Thank you ‎5. （2018 • 云南中考）—Thank you for showing me the way.‎ ‎— .‎ A. No problem B. It doesn't matter C. It is my pleasure D. It's kind of you ‎6. （2017﹒湖北鄂州）—I had a pleasant trip last week.‎ ‎ — .‎ ‎ A. Oh, that’s very kind of you B. It’s a pleasure ‎ C. Congratulations D. I’m glad to hear that ‎7. （2017﹒湖北鄂州）—The dishes in this restaurant must be very expensive.‎ ‎ —Don’t worry. You can enjoy yourself. It’s my .‎ ‎ A. time B. treat C. task D. taste ‎8. （2017﹒江苏南京）—Hello, Helen! Can I see Mr. Smith?‎ ‎ — . I’ll tell him you are here.‎ ‎ A. Never mind B. It sounds like fun ‎ ‎ C. Just a minute D. Sorry to hear that ‎9.（2017﹒海南）—I hope I can do well in the exams this time.‎ ‎ — .‎ ‎ A. Thanks a lot B. Good luck to you C. Have a good time ‎10.（2017﹒江苏南通）—Look! There are dark clouds in the sky. You’d better take your ‎ raincoat. ‎ ‎ — . Thank you.‎ ‎ A. Good idea B. It doesn’t matter ‎ ‎ C. I’m afraid not D. With pleasure ‎1. （湖北省黄冈市2017届九年级中考模拟） —I’m sorry that I didn’t return your book on time.‎ ‎ — , but don’t do it again.‎ ‎ A. I agree with you B. You’re welcome ‎ ‎ C. It doesn’t matter D. That’s a good idea ‎2. （四川师范大学附属中学2017-2018学年度九年级上期英语同步练习）—I think teenagers should be allowed to go out with their friends in the evening.‎ ‎ — , it’s not safe enough.‎ ‎ A. I think so B. I’m afraid so C. I disagree ‎3. （山东省荣成市35中学石岛联盟2017-2018学年初三上学期期中考试模拟）—Could you please your room, Tom?‎ ‎ — .‎ ‎ A. cleaning；No problem B. clean；Certainly ‎ C. to clean；Of course D. clean；No I couldn’t ‎4. （湖南省醴陵市青云学校2017届九年级上学期期中）—Could you please tell me the way to the post office?‎ ‎ — . You can ask the policeman over there.‎ ‎ A. With pleasure B. No, I wouldn’t like to. C. Sorry, I’m new here ‎5. （安徽省蚌埠市固镇县第三中学2018届九年级上学期第一次月考）—I am sorry to hear that our women badminton players lost the Sudirman Cup.‎ ‎ — . Failure is the mother of success.‎ ‎ A. Never mind B. It’s a pity ‎ ‎ C. With pleasure D. No problem ‎6. （安徽省蚌埠市固镇县第三中学2018届九年级上学期第一次月考）—I’m afraid I can’t come to your birthday party.‎ ‎ — ! But why?‎ ‎ A. How happy B. How lucky C. What a pity D. That’s great ‎7. （山东省龙口市兰高镇兰高学校2018届九年级上学期期中）— Could you please pass me the book?‎ ‎ —_____________.‎ ‎ A. Yes, I could B. No, I couldn’t ‎ C. Sure. Here you are D. No, that’s no problem ‎8. （安徽省亳州市利辛县2018届九年级10月月考）—Can I get ready for something to drink?‎ ‎ —_______________ I can’t hear clearly.‎ ‎ A. Sorry. B. Pardon? C. Why? D. Excuse me.‎ ‎9. （黑龙江杜尔伯特县蒙古族中学2018届九年级上学期期中）—Laughter is the best medicine.‎ ‎ —_______________. Now people are using laughter to improve their health.‎ ‎ A. That’s right B. That’s all right ‎ ‎ C. You are wrong D. I don’t agree ‎10. —I’m sorry. I broke your tea cup.‎ ‎ —______________. I have another one at home.‎ ‎ A. It doesn’t matter B. You’d better not ‎ C. My pleasure D. It’s too bad 跟踪训练 ‎1. B 【解析】句意：——他能加入我们一起对抗湖人队吗？——恐怕不行，他上周练足球时脚受伤了。A.当然；B.恐怕不行；C.是的，他会的；D.恐怕是这样的。故选B。学&‎ 科网 ‎3. C 【解析】句意：——你认为这些纪录片怎样？——我不能忍受它们。A. I’d love to 我愿意；B. I think so 我认为是这样；C. I can’t stand them我不能忍受它们；D. so do I我也是，故选C。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：——青少年们应该为他们的社区做一些社会工作。——我同意你的说法，社会工作对他们是有好处的。Yes, please.是的，请；I agree.我同意；No, they shouldn’t.不，他们不应该；That’s all right.没关系。根据句意Social work is good for them可知，两个人的观点是一致的，故应选B。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：——你好，蒂姆，新年快乐！——同贺。A. Congratulations恭喜；B. Happy New Year新年快乐；C. Happy Birthday生日快乐；D. Sorry对不起。回答者说＂同乐＂可以看出说话者是在就一个公共节日祝他快乐。B项＂新年快乐＂（Happy New Year）符合题意，故正确答案为B。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】句意：——我认为学生在校的晚上可以独自一人出去。——我不这样认为。他们可能会遇到坏人。A. 我希望这样；B. 我不这样认为；C 我同意你的意见；D. 我这样认为。根据后面的句子＂他们可能会遇到坏人＂，故答案选B。‎ ‎7. A 【解析】句意：——琳达没有邀请我们参加她的聚会。——那又怎么样？我不喜欢。I don’t care.我不关心/在乎。A. So what那又怎么样；B. What’s on靠的是什么；C. For what为什么；D. What’s up怎么了。根据句意，B、C、D三项都与句意不合，故选A。‎ ‎8. D 【解析】句意：——我想听听这首叫Try Everything的歌。你能帮我在网上找一下吗？——好的，我很乐意。考查交际用语。A. that’s true那是真的；B. it’s fun它有趣；C. I agree我同意；D. with pleasure愿意，乐意，乐意效劳，表示同意，用于回答别人的请求（Could/ Would you please do sth.? /Can you…please?）。结合句意和语境可知选D。‎ ‎10. C 【解析】考查情景交际和mind的用法。——你介意打开窗户吗？——不，‎ 完全不介意。A谢谢；B介意，请；C不，一点也不；D我很乐意。只有C项是对mind的回答。故选C。‎ 真题再现 ‎1. D【解析】句意：——你为什么不和我们一起打篮球呢？——那不是我的菜。我更喜欢在家看书。考查情景交际。那不是我的菜，引申为＂不是令我愉悦或不是吸引我的某种事物，不是我的爱好＂；A. It’s good for me.那对我来说很好；B. I don’ t want to drink tea.我不想去喝茶；C. It’s my favorite.那是我的最爱；D. It’s not my favorite.那不是我的爱好；结合选项，故选D。‎ ‎2. B【解析】句意：——你好，莎莉！我可以见布朗先生吗？——稍等一会，我将告诉他你来了。本题考查情景交际。A. What a pity真遗憾；B. Just a minute稍等一会；C. Congratulations祝贺；D. Never mind没关系。根据上文＂你好，莎莉！我可以见布朗先生吗？＂和后面的I’ll tell him you are here. ＂我将告诉他你来了。＂可以推测此处应用＂稍等一会＂来回答，其它选项语意不通；故选B。‎ ‎3. C【解析】句意：——我经常去游泳锻炼身体，但是我想尝试一下新的东西。——比方说什么？考查情景交际。A. So what?那又怎样？B. Cheer up.（使）高兴起来；C. Like what? 比方说什么？（希望对方列一个具体项目）D. Take care.小心。根据上文I want to try something new.说要尝试一下新的东西，推知下句马上接过话茬，应说Like what？（比方说什么？）；故选C。‎ ‎4. B【解析】句意：——我就要去伊春度暑假了。它是一个令人放松的好地方。——确实是。旅行愉快！本题考查情景交际。A. Enjoy oneself过得愉快，oneself随主语的变化而变化，具体到本句中应为Enjoy yourself,故选项A错误；B. Have a good trip祝你旅途愉快；C. Thank you谢谢！不符合题意。故选B。‎ ‎5. C【解析】句意：谢谢你给我指路。本题考查情景交际。A. No problem没问题；B. It doesn't matter没关系；C. It is my pleasure非常高兴为您服务；D. It's kind of you你真是太好了。根据情景选C。‎ ‎6. D【解析】句意：——上周我有一次愉快的旅行。——听到是那我很高兴。A. Oh, that’s very kind of you你真好；B. It’s a pleasure很荣幸；C. Congratulations祝贺；D. I’m glad to hear that听到是那我很高兴。故选D。‎ ‎7. B【解析】句意：——这个餐馆里的菜一定很贵。——不用担心，你们随便吃，我请客。It’s my treat.我请客。‎ ‎8. C 【解析】本题考查情景交际。句意：——你好，海伦，我可以看望史密斯先生吗？——等一下，我去告诉他你在这里。A. 别介意；B. 听起来很有趣；C. 等一会；D. 很抱歉听到这个。故选C。‎ 模拟检测 ‎1. C 【解析】句意：——对不起我没能按时归还你的书。——没关系，但是不要再这样做了。A. I agree with you我同意你；B. You’re welcome不客气，是对thank you的回答；C. It doesn’t matter没关系，是对sorry的回答；D. That’s a good idea那是一个好主意，故选C。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】句意：——我认为青少年们应该被允许在晚上的时候和他们的朋友们一起外出。——我不同意，那不够安全。I think so.我也这样认为；I’m afraid so.恐怕如此；I disagree我不同意。根据句意it’s not safe enough可知，第二个说话人不同意对方的观点，故应选C。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】句意：——你能打扫一下你的房间吗？——当然。could为情态动词，后用动词原形，排除A和C；用could提问要用can回答，排除D。故选B。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】句意：——你能告诉我去邮局怎么走吗？——对不起，我是新来的。你可以问问那边的警察。A. With pleasure没问题，当然可以；B. No, I wouldn’t like to. 不，我不愿意；C. Sorry, I’m new here对不起，我是新来的。根据＂You can ask the policeman over there.＂判断，不能给予对方帮助，排除A选项；B选项显得没有礼貌，故答案选C。‎ ‎5. A 【解析】句意：——听到我们的女羽毛球队员错失苏迪曼杯我觉得很遗憾。——没关系。失败是成功之母。A没关系；B很遗憾，后面一般要接that引导的主语从句；C我愿意，表示很高兴为对方做某事；D没问题，表示欣然接受。根据Failure is the mother of success可知，本句是安慰对方。故选A。‎ ‎6. C 【解析】句意：——我恐怕不能参加你的生日晚会了。——很遗憾！但是为什么？A多么高兴啊；B多么幸运啊；C很遗憾；D那太棒了。故选C。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】考查交际用语。根据Could you please pass me the book? ＂请你把书递给我，好吗？＂可知这是一个表示请求的一般疑问句，故答案选C，意为＂当然可以。给你。＂‎ ‎8. B 【解析】句意：——我能准备好去喝点什么吗？——再说一遍，我没听清。A. Sorry对不起；B. Pardon原谅；C. Why为什么；D. Excuse me对不起。本题考查情景交际。Pardon常用于做错事情时请求对方原谅或没听清对方的话，希望对方再说一遍。故正确答案为B。‎ 一、命题趋势 完形填空是英语考试中一项重要的考查内容。完形填空也是一种综合能力测试题，是对学生语法、词汇、句型、阅读能力、理解能力和逻辑推理能力的一种多方位的检测。按照考试大纲要求，通常在一篇200词左右的难度适中的文章中留出10个空白，要求学生从所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案，使补足的短文意思通顺、结构完整。‎ 综观各地往年中考真题，记叙文居多，而且近年中考中记叙文所占比例超过50%，预测2019年中考完形填空也会以记叙文为主，侧重考查实词和对上下文语境、逻辑的理解。‎ 二、考试内容 ‎ 完形填空考题要求考生在阅读过一篇不完整的文章后，能根据上下文意思，在所给的选项中选择最佳答案。其考查点有：‎ ‎ 1. 能够掌握足够的词汇量，正确运用词类和词语的正确搭配。包括名词、代词、冠词、动词等词类和短语等。‎ ‎ 2. 基础语法知识。包括句法、固定搭配、句型、词语加惯用法、时态、语态、主从复合句等。‎ ‎ 3. 还应具有一定的语言运用能力、阅读能力、理解能力、综合分析能力和逻辑判断能力。‎ ‎ ① 以语篇为载体，测试语言知识和语言能力。试题既考查学生对短文的整体理解能力，也考查学生运用语法知识、词汇知识的能力以及对事物的逻辑推理、分析判断能力。‎ ‎ ② 以意义填空为主。试题在着重考查考生阅读理解能力的前提下，兼顾对语言知识、常识、逻辑推理能力的考查。‎ ‎ ③ 降低对单词本身词义的考查要求，注重考查对全文意义的理解。中考完形填空备选项中所涉及的词汇基本上都是常见的初级词汇。‎ ‎ ④ 考点分布符合考查目的。试题以名词、动词、形容词和副词等信息词汇为考查重点，淡化对介词、连词、冠词等结构词的考查，以检测学生在具体情境中灵活运用所学知识的能力。‎ ⑤有的采用主观试题形式。有些完形填空题全部舍弃了学生们平时接触较多的＂四选一＂形式，而改之以＂自由完形填空＂形式，除了要求填入单词外，有的还设置了要求填入词组或短语的空格。学@科网 三、命题特点 ‎1. 选文特点：‎ ① 以叙述文体的小故事为主；‎ ② 篇幅一般在200~300词之间；‎ ③ 难度略低于阅读理解中的短文；‎ ④ 所选短文语言地道、纯正，结构严谨，层次分明，逻辑性强。‎ ‎2. 设空特点 ‎① 首句通常不挖空，以便考生对短文前提和背景有个较清楚的了解，从而使考生尽快熟悉语境、推测文章大意。‎ ‎② 短文设空平均密度为10—20个单词设一个空。‎ ‎3. 选项特点 ‎① 每个小题所给的四个选项一般都属于同一词性，语意范畴相同。长短相宜，避免了对答案的明显暗示，彼此之间也不会出现相互包容的情况。偶尔有个别小题的四个选项的词性不同，但其语法功能大都一样。‎ ‎② 单从语法角度，甚至从某一句的角度来看，干扰项都可以和空前或空后的文字形成某种搭配，从而形成一定的干扰或起到迷惑作用。‎ ③ 选项使用词汇没有重复，尽可能增加考查内容的覆盖面。‎ ‎4. 考查特点 近几年的完形填空题主要考查考生对上下文的理解，要求考生通过语境来作出选择。＂语境能力型＂试题具有一定难度，因为所给的四个选项往往在语法方面都能成立，错误选项多半可以和空前、空后文字形成某种搭配，极具干扰和迷惑作用。‎ ‎5. 难处暗示特点 完形填空的短文有时因为行文的需要，出现了对考生来说较难理解的背景，或者有时是命题者为了有意识地控制完形填空的难度等原因，往往会在短文的适当之处安排暗示。但这种暗示多为后面暗示前面，也就是说前面的某些空从当时的情况来看，或是线索不清，或是语境不明，无法填出，但只要继续往后看，就会发现此空在文章后面的某个地方有暗示。‎ 完形填空题解题技巧 一、解题步骤 ‎ 1. 通读全文，了解大意。‎ ‎ 通读全文时，要跳过空格快速阅读，弄清文章的基本含义。可以先快速阅读全文，这样我们对文章的整体结构和中心思想有个基本的了解。有利于进一步把握全文所讲内容、篇章结构及时态语态的变化，为后面的答题创造条件。‎ ‎ 2. 重视首句的开篇启示作用。‎ ‎ 完形填空所采用的短文一般不给标题，但短文的首句通常可以点明短文的性质，如叙事、议论等，这是我们探索短文全貌的＂窗口＂。可以以首句的时态、语态为立足点进行思考，判断文章的体裁，推测全文的大意及主题。所以应该重视首句的启示作用。‎ ‎ 3. 抓住关键词，根据上下文解题。‎ ‎ 解题时，要遵循忠于全文大意和主题这一原则，联系上下文展开逻辑推理分析，要迅速找出那些在短文中起重要作用的关键词，了解所提问题的特定语境，语篇中的内在关系。‎ ‎ 在解题过程中，应遵循＂先易后难＂的原则，遇到个别难题不易判断时，可先跳过去，先去解决那些靠上下文能确定的、比较直接明确的问题。随着下文的展开和文章的深入，或许在前面难以判断的题，下文就有暗示，甚至有明确的暗示。因此，在选择答案时，应特别注意联系前后句，充分利用上下文为确定答案提供的有用信息。‎ ‎ 4. 重读全文，验证答案。‎ ‎ 在全部空格补全以后，一定要根据填好的答案重读全文，看文章是否流畅，前后是否矛盾，语法结构是否无误。如果发现哪些地方读起来不流畅，这就说明那里有毛病，就要进行仔细推敲、订正。‎ 二、技巧点拨 ‎ 1. 充分利用首句作为解题的突破口。‎ ‎ 完形填空的首句往往是完整的、不设空的。而首句又常常是全文的中心句，因此，应充分重视完形填空的首句，通过它大致把握全文的大意和作者的意图，利用它作为解题的突破口。依据首句的提示，捕捉文中关键信息，通览全文，了解文章的题材、体裁、结构、背景、内容大意、前因后果、情节发展、论点论据等基本信息。同时，可以对有些空格要填的词做试探性猜测，为下一步选择最佳选项做好准备。‎ ‎ 2. 根据上下文的逻辑意义确定答案。‎ ‎ 文章是一个具有内在联系的整体，而上下文则是营造语境的基础，也是逻辑推理的依据。通读全文，理顺大意，根据上下文找出信息词，是做好完形填空的技巧之一。完形填空的命题设计正朝着深层化和语境化方向发展，逐渐淡化单纯的语言分析考查，而越来越侧重对逻辑推理判断的考查。词语在特定语境中所表达的隐含信息大都无法从字面或—个或几个句子的表面理解传达出来，这就大大增加了干扰项的迷惑性，从而提高了试题难度。因此，要想解决这类题目，只有借助上下文乃至全文语境的提示。‎ ‎ 3. 从词汇的意义和用法方面考虑。‎ ‎ 做好完形填空必须具备较大词汇量，并结合上下文确定词义。完形填空在命题过程中，淡化基础句型结构，语法规则和短语搭配，侧重词汇的活用。应该加强对词汇合乎情景需求的判断的训练，加深对基本词汇的感受能力和应用能力，提高完形填空题的解题技能。‎ ‎　　4. 积累习惯用法和固定搭配。‎ ‎ 完形填空题中考查习惯搭配和固定用法的题目也占有一定比重，这就需要平时记忆和积累，做到脱口而出。这类题属于较容易的，一般在初选时就能确定。‎ ‎ 5. 依据作者的态度和观点。‎ ‎ 作者写一篇文章必有他的意图和目的，作者在表达情感时总是选择特定的词汇，因此文章字里行间不可避免地渗透了作者的情感。做完形填空时，应该留心捕捉作者的情感信息。‎ ‎ 6. 注意分析句子结构。‎ ‎ 通过句法、语法，能把复杂的句子变得简单，使得意义清晰，信息透明。‎ ‎ 7. 依据生活经验和常识。‎ 有些空涉及到我们应该具备的常识，是否合乎情理是我们选择的依据。‎ 记叙文类完形填空解题技巧 一、解题步骤 ‎1. 跳过空格，通读全文，把握大意。‎ ‎2. 结合选项，综合考虑，初定答案。‎ ‎3. 瞻前顾后，先易后难，各个击破。‎ ‎4. 复读全文，逐空验证，弥补疏漏。‎ 二、解题方法 ‎1. 词语搭配法：根据词语的习惯搭配来确定正确答案。‎ ‎2. 语法判断法：通过语法分析来选择正确答案。若选项是名词，应根据上下文确定该名词的单复数以及是否用所有格等；若选项是动词，应考虑其时态、语态、搭配及非谓语形式等。‎ ‎3. 语境分析法：根据上下文的具体语境，利用所学知识和平时积累的生活常识等，选出最符合情景的选项。‎ ‎4. 对比排除法：有时对于一些难选的空，可以试着将各个选项逐一代入空处，然后进行综合比较，从而选出最恰当的答案。‎ 三、满分技巧 ‎1. 了解记叙文的六要素。‎ 记叙文，无论是记人还是叙事，都会交代清楚时间、地点、人物、事件、经过和结果，即记叙文的＂六要素＂。弄清了这六个要素，基本上就理解了整篇文章。‎ ‎2. 明确作者的写作目的。‎ 就事论事一般来说不是作者记叙的目的，作者往往通过叙述阐明一个道理。作者总是为了某个目的，在情节选择和细节描写上作出合理的安排。读者明晰了写作目的，就能抓住文章的主题。‎ ‎3. 读懂作者的观点或态度。‎ 解题时要认真分析全文，看作者是否一直采用某种态度叙事或描述人。为了增加试题难度，命题人往往采用变化的形式，考生只有在语境的指导下，对文章进行准确地逻辑推断，才能推测出文字之下的深层信息。‎ ‎4. 弄清作者叙述的视角。‎ 弄清文章是以第几人称的视角展开记叙的。通常英语记叙文展开记叙的视角有两个：第一人称和第三人称。用第一人称就是从＂参与者＂的角度进行记叙，读者可从字里行间感受到作者的态度和感情。用第三人称就是以＂观察者＂的身份展开叙述，作者的语气客观，与读者保持一定距离，读者的注意力更多地集中在故事本身上。了解作者的写作角度有助于我们抓住作者的思维，深入理解文章的意义，把握好语境。‎ ‎（一）‎ People who have special needs for children understand that even small success means a lot. We’ve learned to respect people who work very hard to do ____1____ things, like learning to tie shoes.‎ My eight-year-old son, Brian, wanted to win an award(奖，奖金) by learning to tie his own shoes. He was given ten days to prepare for the goal. Because Brian has Down syndrome(唐氏综合症), our whole family ____2____ him. Days passed and he could not do it and he cried. We cried with him. The day came for the meeting. We were worried about our lack of ability to teach such a simple task and spoke ____3____ about not taking him to the meeting that night. We didn’t want to make him sad.‎ I nearly opened my ____4____ to tell him that it wasn’t important for him to learn to tie his shoes. But before I did that, his older sister ____5____ a new idea.‎ ‎＂Brian,＂ she softly asked, ＂why don’t you try closing your eyes? See if you can tie your shoes in your imagination. That way, if you get up to go someplace early before the sun comes up, you can tie your shoes in the ____6____ .＂‎ Brian sat, with eyes closed, and tied his shoes perfectly. We looked at each other excitedly. And then we ____7____ to his meeting.‎ Brian went first. He, with eyes closed, ____8____ an award that might weight more than an Olympic Gold Medal. Tears of joy fell.‎ Brian turned something difficult into something ordinary, small and simple. When he found a new ____9____ to solve the problem, it became an important event because it was really difficult for him. We all cheered for him. Brian still ties his shoes as his big sister suggested so many years ago.‎ Since then, I believe that when things get difficult and I can’t find a solution to a problem, I just close my eyes and find a ____10____ way.‎ ‎1. A. strange B. simple C. creative D. difficult ‎2. A. stopped B. fed C. found D. taught ‎3. A. quietly B. excitedly C. happily D. loudly ‎4. A. mouth B. eyes C. book D. door ‎5. A. forgot B. needed C. had D. cancelled ‎6. A. daytime B. flat C. space D. dark ‎7. A. walked B. flied C. hurried D. dropped ‎8. A. lost B. got C. bought D. sent ‎9. A. bridge B. business C. way D. lab ‎10. A. different B. useful C. wonderful D. formal ‎（二）‎ A man walked into a small pub and ordered three beers. Bartender was ____1____, but he served that man three beers. The very next day that man ordered three beers again. This ‎ ____2____ several times and shortly after the people of the town were ____3____ about the man who was ordering three beers at once.‎ A couple of ____4____ later, the bartender couldn’t help asking, ＂Sorry, but could you explain why you order three beers all the time?＂The man replied, ＂It seems ____5____, isn’t it? You see, my two brothers live ____6____, one is in France and the other is in Italy. We have made a(n) ____7____ that every time we go to pub each of us will order extra(额外的) two beers and it will help keep up the family bond(纽带). ＂‎ Soon all the town heard about the man’s answer. People were telling this story to newcomers or tourists and even ____8____ them to that pub to look at Three Beer Man.‎ However, one day the man came to the pub and ordered ____9____ two beers. The bartender served him with bad ____10____. The very next day all the town prayed(祈祷) for the soul of one of the brothers.‎ When the man came to pub the next time and ordered two beers again, the bartender asked him, ＂I’m really sad for the death of your dear brother.＂ The man was shocked for a moment and then replied, ＂Well, my two brothers are alive and well. I have just promised myself to give up drinking.＂‎ ‎1. A. excited B. happy C. surprised D. silent ‎2. A. appeared B. repeated C. happened D. ended ‎3. A. talking B. worrying C. thinking D. asking ‎4. A. hours B. weeks C. months D. years ‎5. A. easy B. ugly C. special D. strange ‎6. A. together B. in the county C. abroad D. in the city ‎7. A. excuse B. agreement C. suggestion D. mistake ‎8. A. forced B. showed C. pulled D. invited ‎9. A. only B. another C. more than D. fewer than ‎10. A. luck B. beer C. service D. feeling ‎（一）（2018年江苏省宿迁中考）‎ Once there was a girl, named Kate. She was very polite and ready to help everybody. One day she found a pink paper bag on the way to school. She opened it and saw there was a lot of 1 in it. She thought she should hand it in to the teacher, so she 2 it in her schoolbag.‎ When she went to the teacher’s office, her teacher wasn’t 3 . As it was time for class, she hurried to the classroom.‎ After class, she told her friend, Mary, about the money that she 4 . Then, her greedy(贪婪的) friend took away the bag.‎ After school, Kate wanted to go to the 5 office again, but she found the money was missing.‎ The next day when the children were playing a game, Mary fell down and was hurt very badly. The other children stood around her and didn’t know 6 to do. Kate kept calm and did something to stop bleeding. She told the others to go to teachers for 7 . Soon a teacher took Mary to the 8 and the doctor examined her carefully. Within a week she was all right again. Kate became very popular in the school.‎ Two weeks later Mary came to Kate house. Her eyes were red. She was crying. She gave Kate the 9 paper bag with the money in it and said. ＂Kate, I have taken the money away. That day when you helped me, I felt very sad and now I decide to tell you the 10 , you are such a nice friend! 11 Please don’t tell the school about this please!＂ then Kate said, ＂you are now 12 , but you have done a bad thing. Though I will not tell anyone, I want you not to be greedy and 13 to do anything wrong.＂ The girl thanked Kate and 14 .‎ At the end of the term Kate was given a 15 for being a very helpful girl in the school. Mary became an honest girl and was never greedy again.‎ ‎ Once wrong, never be wrong forever.‎ ‎1. A. bread B. money C. paper D. fruit ‎2. A. got B. caught C. kept D. sent ‎3. A. out B. away C. off D. in ‎4. A. found B. lost C. saved D. made ‎5. A. worker’s B. doctor’s C. teacher’s D. headmaster’s ‎6. A. how B. what C. when D. where ‎7. A. help B. treatment C. action D. leave ‎8. A. school B. classroom C. office D. hospital ‎9. A. red B. pink C. white D. black ‎10. A. lie B. story C. truth D. result ‎11. A. And B. But C. Or D. So ‎12. A. friendly B. polite C. generous D. honest ‎13. A. never B. seldom C. sometimes D. usually ‎14. A. got up B. woke up C. gave up D. cheered up ‎15. A. prize B. laugh C. joke D. reply ‎（二）（2017﹒湖北鄂州）‎ One evening, I went out for a walk on the path (小路) near my house with my husband. On my finger was a very special ring with a diamond (钻石) that my grandmother gave me for my 23rd birthday. At the end of the path, when I looked down at it again and found the diamond was ____1____. I started back along the path hurriedly ____2____ the tiny stone. In my heart, I knew it seemed impossible for me to find it. The path was very long and ____3____ with leaves. As I searched the ground, crying and upset, I met an old lady. ＂What’s the matter, love ?＂ She asked kindly. I ____4____ about the missing diamond and showed her my ring. She said, ＂That’s going to be hard to find. Tell me what, love, I walk along this path every day, I’ll keep my eyes ____5____ for it.＂ I thanked her, ____6____ nothing, but still told her that we sometimes walked our dog along the path if she might find something.‎ A few days later, my husband and I met the old lady on the path. ＂Guess what?＂ She said, ＂I found your diamond!＂ To our ____7____, she’d found the tiny stone and was willing to hand it back to me. ＂It was lucky that I found it.＂ When we ____8____ her with some money for her help, she ____9____ politely. I was deeply moved. She could have easily kept the ‎ diamond, or sold it, for it’s worth several thousand dollars, but she didn’t.‎ Every time I look at my ring and ____10____ myself that there’re kind and beautiful hearts in the world. I’ll spend the rest of my life trying to do something like that.‎ ‎1. A. changing B. shining C. burning D. missing ‎2. A. looking for B. staring at C. running after D. taking away ‎3. A. fed B. filled C. covered D. taken ‎4. A. explained B. asked C. cared D. learned ‎5. A. opened B. closed C. close D. open ‎6. A. getting B. expecting C. wondering D. telling ‎7. A. attention B. sadness C. surprised D. surprise ‎8. A. gave B. offered C. provided D. showed ‎9. A. refused B. received C. accepted D. confused ‎10. A. ask B. remind C. warn D. promise ‎（三）（2018年山东聊城地区中考）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A boy and a girl were playing together. The boy had a lot of small glass 1 . The girl had some candies with her. The boy told the girl that he would 2 her all his balls in exchange for(交换) her candies. The girl thought that was a good 3 .‎ But the boy didn’t give 4 of his balls to the girl. He kept the biggest and the 5 ball in his pocket and gave the others to the girl. 6 the girl gave him all her candies.‎ That night, the girl had a 7 sleep, but the boy didn’t sleep well. He kept thinking whether the girl had 8 some candies from him.‎ You think in the way you do things. If you don’t give your hundred percent(百分之百) in a relationship, you’ll 9 keep thinking if the other person has given his or her hundred ‎ percent. This is true for any relationship.‎ Give your hundred percent to everything you do and you’ll find that you can always 10 a lot of happiness.‎ ‎1. A. balls B. cups C. bottles ‎2. A. lend B. buy C. give ‎3. A. answer B. idea C. reason ‎4. A. all B. most C. some ‎5. A. ugliest B. cheapest C. prettiest ‎6. A. But B. So C. Or ‎7. A. bad B. good C. light ‎8. A. borrowed B. stolen C. hidden ‎9. A. always B. never C. seldom ‎10. A. lose B. get C. want ‎（四）‎ ‎（2017﹒江苏南通）George’s mother was very poor. Instead of having bright blazing（熊熊燃烧的） fires in winter, she had ____1____ to burn. George had to pick up dry ____1____ from under the trees. ‎ One ____1____ day in July, she sent George to the woods. He was to stay there all day to get as much wood as he could. He worked very hard so that by the time the sun was high, he was hot, and wished for a ____1____ place where he might rest for a while and eat his dinner. ‎ While he hunted around the bank of the stream, he saw among the moss（苔藓）some fine wild ____1____ , which were a bright red with ripeness（成熟）. ‎ ‎＂How good these will be with my bread and butter!＂thought George. Lining（垫在……里）his little cap with ____1____ , he set to work eagerly（急切地）to gather all he could find. He felt happy and thought how much his mother would like to see him there，and to be there herself instead of in her dark ____1____ . ‎ George thought of all this and just as he was lifting the first strawberry to his mouth, he said to himself, ＂How much Mom would like these!＂ He stopped and ____1____ the strawberry again. ‎ ‎＂Shall I save them for her?＂said George, thinking how much they would refresh her, yet ____1____ looking at them with a longing eye. ＂I will eat half and take the other half to her, ＂said he at last and he ____1____ them into two piles. But each pile looked so small that he put them together again. ‎ ‎＂I will keep them all for Mom, ＂said he and he ____1____ them up nicely till he should go home. ‎ When the sun was beginning to sink. George set out for home. How happy he felt then, that he had all his strawberries for his ____1____ mother. The nearer he came to his home, the ____1____ he wished to taste them. ‎ Just as he had thrown down his wood，he heard his mother’s weak voice from her bedroom. ＂I am ____1____ , and longing for some tea. ＂‎ George ran in to her and joyfully offered the strawberries. ＂You ____1____ them for me, did you? ＂ said Mom, laying her hand gently on his head, while tears stood in her eyes. ‎ Could the eating of the strawberries have given George half the happiness he felt at the moment?‎ ‎1. A. something B. everything C. anything D. nothing ‎2. A. paper B. coal C. wood D. cloth ‎3. A. fine B. rainy C. grey D. Cold ‎4. A. cool B. tidy C. quiet D. smooth ‎5. A. apples B. strawberries C. tomatoes D. carrots ‎6. A. scarves B. leaves C. coats D. sweaters ‎7. A. kitchen B. study C. yard D. bedroom ‎8. A. ate up B. gave away C. put back D. turned over ‎9. A. never B. also C. hardly D. still ‎10. A. divided B. threw C. turned D. cut ‎11. A. cleaned B. covered C. put D. lifted ‎12. A. serious B. strong C. sick D. silly ‎13. A. more B. less C. later D. sooner ‎14. A. thirsty B. hungry C. sleepy D. busy ‎15. A. bought B. saved C. borrowed D. stole ‎（一）（广东省汕头市龙湖实验中学2019届九年级上学期第三阶段考试）‎ ‎＂When you start to talk about responsibility(责任), I thought of a time in my life when I didn’t want to accept(承担) responsibility for anything," Elena said. "It was one of the most 1 times of my life. I don’t know 2 , but I just felt like I had no control over anything. Part of the problem was that I was feeling very unsure of myself.＂‎ ‎"I started going around with a group of children who were always in 3 . I guess all of us were unsure, but nobody talked about it. Some of the children were taking drugs(毒品), so I had to prove (证明)how cool I was and 4 them too. I started staying out late, not doing my homework, and 5 my parents a lot. And if they tried to talk with me about what was wrong, I’d tell them they didn’t understand me. 6 I didn’t feel that the children I stayed with understood me, either. Most of them just listened to music all the time and didn’t talk much."‎ ‎"I was really going downhill until an old friend visited me from Toronto — we were the best friends, but she moved away two years ago. We could talk about 7 . She really understood me and looked at me and said, "Elena, what is wrong with you? You’ve changed so much, and I don’t like that!" She really felt worried about me. And she 8 to help me out. From then on, I began to know I must 9 responsibility for my life. That group of children decided what I should do, but I know they didn’t really care about me 10 ."‎ ‎1. A. unhappy B. unusual C. different D.‎ ‎ important ‎2. A. how B. why C. it D. that ‎3. A. danger B. trouble C. love D. need ‎4. A. played B. made C. enjoyed D. wanted ‎5. A. talked with B. communicated with C. worried about D. argued with ‎6. A. So B. But C. Or D. For ‎7. A. anything B. something C. some things D. nothing ‎8. A. got in the way B. was on the way C. went out of her way D. got out of her way ‎9. A. accept B. finish C. forget D. stop ‎10. A. anymore B. after all C. no longer D. at all ‎（二）（江苏省苏州市常熟市2018-2019学年第一学期初三英语期末质量监测）‎ This is a story about love.‎ There was once a 1 girl who hoped so much for love. One day 2 she was walking in the woods, she found two hungry songbirds. She took them home and put them in a small cage, caring them with love. Luckily, the birds grew strong little by little. Every morning they greeted her 3 a wonderful song. The girl felt great love for the birds.‎ One day the girl 4 the door to the cage open accidentally. The larger and stronger of the two birds flew from the cage. The girl was so frightened that he would fly away so as he flew close, she caught him wildly. Her heart felt glad at her success in catching him. Suddenly, she felt the bird go limp(无力的), so she opened her hand and looked 5 at the dead bird. It was her strong love that had killed him.‎ She noticed 6 bird moving back and forth in the cage. She could feel 7 strong wish to fly into the clear, blue sky. 8 , she carried him from the cage and tossed(投掷) him softly into the air. The lucky bird circled once, twice, three times.‎ The girl watched delightedly at the bird. Her heart was no longer concerned(忧虑) with her ‎ loss.‎ What she wanted to see most was that the bird could fly happily. Suddenly the bird flew closer and landed softly on her shoulder. It sang the 9 song that she had ever heard.‎ Remember, the fastest way to 10 love is to hold on it too tight. The best way to keep love is to give it wings!‎ ‎1. A. alone B. cheerful C. lonely D. clever ‎2. A. after B. while C. before D. then ‎3. A. with B. through C. for D. without ‎4. A. found B. forgot C. saw D. left ‎5. A. in danger B. in surprise C. in trouble D. in need ‎6. A. the other B. another C. other D. the others ‎7. A. her B. their C. his D. it ‎8. A. Uncertainly B. Certainly C. Unwillingly D. Willingly ‎9. A. saddest B. sweetest C. loudest D. coolest ‎10. A. get B. catch C. accept D. lose ‎（三）‎ ‎（湖北省黄冈市2017届九年级中考模拟）Wonder is the story of a ten-year-old boy who lives with his parents and sister in New York. August, or Auggie, is an ordinary (普通的) boy in ____1____. He rides a bike and likes playing computer games. ____2____ Auggie has deformities (身体畸形的) and looks very ____3____ from other children. At the start of the book, he says, ＂My name is August. I won’t describe ____4____ I look like. Whatever you’re ____5____, it’s probably worse. ＂ In the street, people look at Auggie and his appearance shocks ____6____ .‎ Auggie ____7____ to school because he has spent a lot of time in hospital. His mother teaches him at home, but now he’s ten, she thinks he should go to ____8____. At first, Auggie doesn’t want to go. He ____9____ that other student will look at him and say terrible things. But then he visits a school with his mom; he ____10____ the headmaster and decides to go. Auggie’s first year at school has good times and bad times. Auggie makes some good friends but other children are ____11____ to him.‎ Wonder is R.J. Palacio’s first ____12____. On her website, she explains that she got the idea for Wonder ____13____ seeing a girl with deformities on the street one day. Many schools use the book to start discussions ____14____ bullying (欺凌), friendship and being different. The book is very ____15____ and has won prize. There will be a film of Wonder, and many people are looking forward to seeing it.‎ ‎1. A. days B. ways C. places D. stories ‎2. A. So B. And C. But D. Though ‎3. A. different B. amazed C. similar D. away ‎4. A. how B. what C. why D. which ‎5. A. doing B. making C. reading D. thinking ‎6. A. him B. her C. us D. them ‎7. A. has gone B. has never gone C. has never been D. has been ‎8. A. bed B. work C. hospital D. school ‎9. A. hopes B. agrees C. worries D. promises ‎10. A. likes B. asks C. helps D. cheats ‎11. A. blamed B. generous C. unfriendly D. kind ‎12. A. song B. book C. film D. photo ‎13. A. after B. before C. unless D. since ‎14. A. in B. to C. for D. about ‎15. A. east B. popular C. heavy D. expensive ‎（四）‎ ‎（四川师范大学附属中学2017-2018学年度九年级上期练习）My father was sick badly, so he needed a lot of help to do the everyday things.‎ Dad was sitting in his old armchair and listening to the radio when I arrived. He ____1____ and smiled.‎ ‎＂What’s new, Jim?＂he said, ____2____ I sat down on the sofa.‎ I wanted to tell him all about my problems at work, ____3____ I couldn’t seem to find the words. ____4____ he think that I was a failure, out of work at 58?＂Nothing much,＂I said, finally. He told me lots of family news. He was in ____5____ spirits. Then it was time for Dad to ____6____ his medicine.‎ ‎＂I’ll get it,＂I said. I went into the kitchen and ____7____ a glass of water from the fridge. I found a red apple in the kitchen. I cut it into small slices, put them on a plate. He was very ____8____ and looked as if he were going to cry.‎ ‎＂Dad? What’s the matter?＂I asked.‎ ‎＂ ____9____ has cut me an apple like that since your mother died,＂he said.＂it’s just like what she used to do.＂I shut and opened my eyes quickly to bring ____10____ the tears. I couldn’t let myself cry in front of him.‎ ‎1. A. lay B. rose C. turned ‎2. A. as B. since C. until ‎3. A. so B. or C. but ‎4. A. Could B. Must C. Need ‎5. A. poor B. good C. low ‎6. A. buy B. make C. take ‎7. A. boiled B. dropped C. poured ‎8. A. surprised B. bad C. angry ‎9. A. Somebody B. Nobody C. Everybody ‎10. A. out B. back C. down 跟踪训练 ‎（一）‎ ‎【文章大意】本文叙述了Brian 得了唐氏综合症，生活不能自理，就连生活中最简单的事情做起来都很难，有一次他要参加一次系鞋带比赛，家人都在教他系鞋带，可是，到了时间了他还是学不会系鞋带，这时他的姐姐突然有了一个主意，让他闭上眼睛系鞋带，他很快就系好了，家人很兴奋，他在比赛中得了第一名。‎ ‎2. D 【解析】考查动词及语境的理解。A. stopped停止；B. fed喂养；C. found发现；D. taught教。句意：因为Brian 得了唐氏综合症, 我们全家人都在教他。根据My eight-year-old son, Brian, wanted to win an award(奖，奖金) by learning to tie his own shoes.可知，他要学会系鞋带，是由家人来教的。故选D。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】考查副词及语境的理解。A. quietly安静地；秘密地；B. excitedly兴奋地；C. happily高兴地； D. loudly大声地。句意：我们担心我们缺乏能力教他这样一个简单的任务，悄悄地说那天晚上不要带他去参加会场。根据Days passed and he could not do it and he cried. We cried with him. 可知，Brian还没有学会系鞋带。故选A。学@科网 ‎4. A 【解析】考查名词及语境的理解。A. mouth嘴；B. eyes眼睛；C. book 书；D. door门。句意：我几乎张开我的嘴想告诉他对于他来说学会系鞋带是不重要的。根据to tell him that it wasn’t important for him to learn to tie his shoes.告诉某人某事，当然要张开嘴说。故选A。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】考查动词及语境的理解。A. forgot忘记；B. needed需要；C. had 有；D. cancelled取消。句意：在我做那件事之前，他的姐姐有了一个好主意。根据＂Brian,＂ she softly asked, ＂why don’t you try closing your eyes? See if you can tie your shoes in your imagination. That way, if you get up to go someplace early before the sun comes up, you can tie your shoes in the ____6____.＂可知，这里是姐姐想出来的一个办法。故选C。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】考查动词及语境的理解。A. walked步行；B. flied飞行；C. hurried匆忙；D. dropped下降。句意：我们匆忙来到了会场。根据spoke ____3____about not taking him to the meeting that night. We didn’t want to make him sad.因为家人最初看见Brian 还是不会系鞋带，想放弃去会场的机会，后来姐姐想到了一个主意，一家人又来了，所以时间比较匆忙。故选C。‎ ‎8. B 【解析】考查动词及语境的理解。A. lost失去；B. got得到；C. bought买；D. sent送，寄出。句意：Brian 赢得了第一名，他闭上眼睛得到了比奥运会金牌都要珍贵的奖励。根据Brian went first.可知，他赢了奖励。故选B。‎ ‎9. C 【解析】考查名词及语境的理解。A. bridge桥；B. business生意；C. way方式；D. lab实验室。句意：当他发现一个新的解决问题的方式时，它就会成为重要的一件事情因为对于他来说真的很难。根据I can’t find a solution to a problem这里可知与solution对应的词是way。故选C。‎ ‎10. A 【解析】考查形容词及语境的理解。A. different不同的；B. useful有用的；C. wonderful极好的；D. formal正式的。句意：当我不能找到解决问题的方法时，我就闭上眼睛找到一个不同的方式。根据I can’t find a solution to a problem可知，当正常地找不到解决问题的方法的时候，就另辟不同的路径。故选A。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【文章大意】文章讲了一个男人每次都去小酒吧点三杯啤酒，这种情形重复了好几次，人们终于搞清楚了，他和另外两个兄弟已经达成协议，每次他们去酒吧，每个人都会另外买两杯啤酒，这将有助于保持家庭纽带，很快这个男人成了当地的名人，然而有一天这个人来到酒吧，只点了两瓶啤酒，老板以为他兄弟死了，后来得知原来是他要戒酒。‎ ‎1. C 【解析】句意：酒吧老板很惊讶。根据上文A man walked into a small pub and ordered three beers一个人点三杯啤酒，可以推测是老板很惊讶；A. excited激动的；B. happy幸福的；C. surprised惊讶的；D. silent无声的；根据句意故选C。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】句意：这重复了几次。根据上文The very next day that man ordered three beers again第二天那个人又点了三杯啤酒；A. appeared出现；B. repeated重复；C. happened发生；D. ended结束；故选B。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】句意：城镇的人正谈论每次都点三杯啤酒的人。A. talking about 谈论；B. worrying about担心；C. thinking about 考虑；D. asking about询问；根据句意故选A。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：几周后，老板忍不住问那个人为什么总点三杯啤酒。A. hours小时；B. weeks周； C. months月；D. years年；根据老板忍不住问可以推测不可能太久，又因和上文有重复了几次可知也不能是几小时；故选B。‎ ‎6. C 【解析】句意：我的两个兄弟住在国外。根据下文one is in France and the other is in Italy一个在法国另一个在意大利；A. together一起；B. in the county在县城里；C. abroad 国外；D. in the city在城市；故选C。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：我们有一个约定。根据下文that every time we go to pub each of us will order extra(额外的) two beers and it will help keep up the family bond(纽带). ＂可知达成了一个约定；A. excuse打扰；B. agreement协议；C. suggestion建议；D. mistake错误；故选B。‎ ‎8. D 【解析】句意：甚至邀请他们来酒吧看看这个点三杯啤酒的男人。根据上文People were telling this story to newcomers or tourists 人们给新来的人和游客讲述这个故事，可知人们对这件事很感兴趣想让其他人知道；A. forced 强迫；B. showed展示；C. pulled拉；D. invited邀请；故选D。‎ ‎9. A 【解析】句意：然而一天这个人来到酒吧仅仅点了两杯啤酒。根据上文 you order three beers all the time可知他总是点三杯啤酒；ordered two beers again 又点了两杯，可知他仅仅点了两杯；A. only仅仅；B. another 另一个；C. more than 多于；D. fewer than少于； 故选A。‎ ‎10. D 【解析】句意：酒吧老板怀着伤心的感觉给他服务。根据下文the bartender asked him, ＂I’m really sad for the death of your dear brother.＂可知，酒吧老板认为他的一个兄弟死了，所以应该是伤心的感觉；A. luck幸运；B. beer 啤酒；C. service服务；D. feeling感觉；故选D。‎ 真题再现 ‎（一）‎ ‎【文章大意】‎ 短文讲述了两个小女孩的故事。乐于助人的凯特在路上捡到一个钱包，想交给老师，可是被自己的同学贪婪的玛丽拿走了。第二天，玛丽在玩耍时摔伤了，凯特帮她止血并让其他同学通知老师送玛丽去了医院。玛丽很受感动，给凯特讲明了真相。凯特告诉她，诚实很重要，不要再做错事。‎ ‎16. B【解析】句意：她打开它，发现里面有很多钱。考查名词辨析题。根据下文After class, she told her friend, Mary, about the money that she found. Then, her greedy friend took away the bag.，可知袋子里面是钱，故选B。‎ ‎19. A【解析】句意：下课后，她把找到的钱告诉了她的朋友玛丽。考查动词辨析题。that she found作the money的后置定语；根据前文One day she found a pink paper bag on the way to school. She opened it and saw there was a lot of money in it.可知选A。‎ ‎20. C【解析】句意：放学后，凯特又想去老师的办公室，但她发现钱不见了。考查名词所有格辨析题。again又，再；根据前文When she went to the teacher’s office, her teacher wasn’t in.，结合句意语境，可知选C。‎ ‎21. B【解析】句意：其他的孩子都站在她身边，不知道该做什么。考查宾语从句引导词。A. how怎样，问状况/方式，do后要有宾语；B. what什么，问事/物，做do的宾语；C. when什么时候，问时间；D. where在哪里，问地点。由连接代、副词引导的宾语从句可以和＂疑问词+不定式＂结构转化。本句是宾语从句的简略形式，what做do的宾语；根据句意和语境，可知选B。‎ ‎22. A【解析】句意：她告诉其他人去找老师帮忙。考查名词辨析题。A. help帮助，帮忙；B. treatment治疗，对待；C. action行动，作用；D. leave辞别，许可。根据下文Soon a teacher took Mary to the hospital and the doctor examined her carefully.，结合句意语境，可知有老师帮助了她，故选A。‎ ‎23. D【解析】考查名词辨析。句意：很快，一位老师带玛丽去医院，医生仔细检查了她。根据前文Mary fell down and was hurt very badly.可知是带玛丽去了医院，故选D。‎ ‎24. B【解析】考查形容词辨析。句意：她把装着钱的粉红色纸袋给了凯特。根据前文One day she found a pink paper bag on the way to school.可知纸袋是粉色的，故选B。‎ ‎25. C【解析】句意：现在我决定告诉你真相。考查名词辨析题。A. lie谎言；B. story故事；‎ C. truth真相；D. result结果。根据句意语境，可知truth符合语境，故选C。‎ ‎26. D【解析】 句意：所以请不要把这件事告诉学校！考查连词辨析题。A. And和，表并列；B. But但是，表转折；C. Or或者，表选择；D. So所以，表因果。本句前后是因果关系，需用so连接；根据句意语境，可知选D。‎ ‎27. D【解析】句意：你现在很诚实，但你做了错事。考查形容词辨析题。根据句意语境，玛丽讲出了真相，可知是诚实的，故选D。‎ ‎28. A【解析】句意：虽然我不会告诉任何人，但我希望你不要贪婪，不要做任何错事。考查副词辨析题。A. never从不，表完全否定；B. seldom很少，表（不完全）否定；C. sometimes有时；D. usually通常。and连接并列结构，根据句意语境，可知never符合句意，故选A。‎ ‎30. A【解析】句意：学期结束时，凯特因为在学校里是一个非常乐于助人的女孩而获奖。考查名词辨析题。A. prize奖励（品）；B. laugh嘲笑；C. joke玩笑；D. reply答复。根据句意语境，可知prize符合文意，故选A。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【文章大意】文章讲述了作者散步时，把戒指上的钻石弄丢了，一个老太太帮她找了回来的感人故事。‎ ‎1. D 【解析】结合下文我立刻返回到之前的那条小路可知，钻石丢了。A. changing 改变；B. shining 照耀，发光；C. burning燃烧；D. missing丢失的；根据句意故选D。‎ ‎2. A 【解析】结合上文中的钻石丢了可知，我立刻返回到之前的那条小路寻找钻石。A. looking for 寻找；B. staring at 凝视，盯住；C. running after 追求，追逐；D. taking away带走，拿走；根据句意故选A。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】结合文意，我认为不太可能找到钻石，因为这条小路太长且覆盖着树叶。A. fed喂养；B. filled 装满；C. covered 覆盖；D. taken带走。根据句意故选C。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】结合上文中她亲切地问，怎么了，亲爱的。可知，我向她解释丢失的钻石；A. explained解释；B. asked 问；C. cared 关心；D. learned学习；根据句意故选A。‎ ‎5. D 【解析】结合文意可知，老妇人提出散步时可以帮我留意。B、C不符合题意，keep my ‎ eyes open意思是：我会留意；这里open是形容词，固定用法。故选D。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】结合文意，尽管不报什么期望，但仍然告诉她，如果她能找到可以找我们，我们有时会在这条路上遛狗。前后句为转折关系 A. getting得到；B. expecting 期望；C. wondering想知道；D. telling告诉；根据句意故选B。‎ ‎7. D 【解析】结合文意，老妇人说，我找到你的钻石了！让我们惊讶的是，她竟然找到了这么小的钻石而且愿意还给我们。A. attention注意力；B. sadness 伤心；C. surprised惊讶的；D. surprise惊讶；our后用名词，故选D。‎ ‎9. A 【解析】结合下文中的我深受感动可知，她礼貌地拒绝了。 A. refused 拒绝；B. received收到；C. accepted接受；D. confused使困惑；故选A。‎ ‎10. B 【解析】结合文意，每次当我看到我的戒指时，都会提醒我自己世界上竟然有如此美好和善良的心。A. ask 问；B. remind 提醒；C. warn 警告；D. promise许诺，答应；根据句意故选B。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎【文章大意】文章通过一个小男孩用玻璃球换小女孩的糖的故事，告诉人们一个道理：你百分百付出，你就会得到很多幸福。‎ ‎1. A【解析】句意：这个男孩有许多小玻璃球。A. balls球；B. cups杯子；C. bottles瓶子；根据The boy told the girl that he would 2 her all his balls in exchange for（交换）her candies.这个男孩告诉这个女孩，他给她他所有的球换她的糖。故选A。‎ ‎2. C【解析】句意：这个男孩告诉这个女孩，他给她他所有的球换她的糖。A. lend借；B. buy买；C. give给；根据in exchange for (交换) her candies.可知是给；故选C。‎ ‎3. B【解析】句意：这个小女孩认为那是个好主意。A. answer 回答；B. idea 主意；C. reason原因；根据The boy told the girl that he would 2 her all his balls in exchange for (交换) her candies. 这个男孩告诉这个女孩，他给她他所有的球换她的糖。可知是主意；故选B。‎ ‎4. A【解析】句意：但是这个男孩没把他所有的球给这个小女孩。A. all都，所有的；B. most 最多；C. some一些；根据He kept the biggest and the 5 ball in his pocket and gave ‎ the others to the girl他在口袋里留了个最大最漂亮的，把其他的给了小女孩。可知是没给所有的；故选A。‎ ‎5. C【解析】句意：他在口袋里留了个最大最漂亮的，把其他的给了小女孩。A. ugliest 最丑；B. cheapest最便宜；C. prettiest最漂亮；根据句意应是最大最漂亮的留下了；故选C。‎ ‎6. A【解析】句意：但是小女孩把所有的糖豆给了他。A. But但是；B. So所以；C. Or否则；根据the boy didn’t give 4 of his balls to the girl这个男孩没把他所有的球给这个小女孩。小女孩把所有的糖都给了他了，所以是转折关系；故选A。‎ ‎7. B【解析】句意：那天晚上小女孩睡了一个好觉。A. bad坏的；B. good好的；C. light轻的；根据but the boy didn’t sleep well.但是小男孩没睡好，故选B。‎ ‎8. C【解析】句意：他一直在想小女孩是否藏了一些糖。A. borrowed借；B. stolen偷；C. hidden藏；根据上文He kept the biggest and the 5 ball in his pocket and gave the others to the girl他在口袋里留了个最大最漂亮的，可知他也认为别人和他一样，是否藏了一些；故选C。‎ ‎10. B【解析】句意：你将会发现你会得到很多幸福。A. lose 失去；B. get 得到；C. want想要；根据文章小女孩付出百分百，睡得很好，小男孩没有付出百分百，睡得不好，可知如果你百分百付出，你就会得到很多幸福。故选B。‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎【文章大意】乔治的家里很穷，冬天家里没有取暖的东西，他不得不到大树下去捡些干柴。一天，当他捡完木柴休息的时候，在河边发现一些野草莓，于是摘了一些装在帽子里，他特别想吃，但一想到生病的妈妈，始终忍住没吃。当回到家送给妈妈时，妈妈感动地哭了。‎ ‎1. D 【解析】句意：她没有什么可烧的东西。根据上文＂George’s mother was very poor. Instead of having bright blazing fires in winter.＂(乔治的妈妈很穷，冬天没有生火)，可知乔治的妈妈没有任何生火的东西。A. something 某些事情；B. everything 每件事情；C. anything任何事情；D. nothing＂没有什么，没有一件东西＂。故选D。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】句意：乔治不得不从树下捡些干木材。根据下文＂He was to stay there all day to get as much wood as he could.他尽可能地待 在那里去捡些更多的树木＂，可知，乔治不得不去捡些树下的干柴。paper＂纸＂；coal＂煤＂；wood＂木材＂；cloth＂布＂，故选C。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】句意：七月的一个晴天，她派乔治到树林里去。根据下文＂the sun was high, he was hot,太阳很高，他很热＂，可推知天气不错。fine＂晴朗的＂；rainy＂下雨的＂；＂grey＂昏暗的；cold＂寒冷的＂。故选A。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：他很热，希望有个凉快的地方休息一会儿。根据上文＂the sun was high, he was hot＂可知天气很热，乔治想找个凉爽的地方休息一会儿。cool＂凉爽的＂；tidy＂整洁的＂；quiet＂安静的＂；smooth＂光滑的＂，故选A。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：他看见在苔藓中有一些好的野草莓。根据文章第五段的＂the first strawberry＂可知，这里说的是乔治看到了一些野生的草莓。A. apples苹果；B. strawberries草莓；C. tomatoes西红柿；D. carrots胡萝卜。故选B。‎ ‎7. D 【解析】句意：他感到很高兴，心想他母亲多么希望在那里看到他，而不是在她昏暗的卧室里。根据第九段＂his mother’s weak voice from her bedroom.房间里传来了他妈妈虚弱的声音＂，可知，妈妈是在卧室里。kitchen＂厨房＂；study＂书房＂；yard＂院子＂，bedroom＂卧室＂，故选D。‎ ‎8. C 【解析】句意：他停下来，又把草莓放了回去。根据上文＂he said to himself, ＂How much Mom would like these!＂他对他自己说：’妈妈会多么喜欢这些草莓！’＂可知，乔治正要吃第一颗草莓，但想到妈妈必定也喜欢，就停住了，把草莓又放了回去。ate up＂吃光，吃完＂；gave away＂赠送，泄露＂；put back＂将……放回＂；turned over＂移交＂，故选C。‎ ‎9. D 【解析】句意：但仍然用渴望的目光看着它们。根据上文＂Shall I save them for her?＂ said George, thinking how much they would refresh her, ＂我应该给她留着草莓吗？＂乔治说，想着这些草莓会让妈妈精神振作＂，但是他一边仍然用渴望的眼神看着草莓。never＂从不＂；also＂也＂；hardly＂几乎不＂；still ‎＂仍然＂，根据语境可知乔治正在犹豫，故选D。‎ ‎10. A 【解析】句意：他把它们分成两堆。根据前后语境＂said he at last and he them into two piles＂中的＂two piles＂可推知乔治把这些草莓分成了两小堆。A. divided 把……分成；B. threw 扔；C. turned转动；D. cut 切割。divide…into意为＂把……分成＂，故选A。‎ ‎11. B 【解析】句意：他把草莓盖好。由上文＂But each pile looked so small that he put them together again. ＂I will keep them all for Mom 但每一堆看起来都太少了，所以他又把两堆小草莓合到一起，说要全部留着给妈妈＂，可知，此处是说乔治把草莓盖好，准备带回家去。A. cleaned 打扫；B. covered 覆盖；C. put放置；D. lifted举起。cover…up 意为＂盖起来；掩盖＂。故选B。‎ ‎12. C 【解析】句意：那时他感到多么幸福，因为他把所有的草莓都送给了生病的母亲。由第九段中的＂his mother’s weak voice＂她妈妈脆弱的声音，可知，乔治的妈妈病了，所以这里指的是他生病的妈妈。serious＂严肃的＂；strong＂强壮的＂；sick＂生病的＂；silly＂愚蠢的＂。故选C。‎ ‎13. B 【解析】句意：他越走近他家，他就越不想尝一尝它们。根据空格前半句＂the nearer he came to his home＂他越靠近他的家，可知后句的意思是＂他就越不想品尝它们＂，固定句型the +比较级，the+比较级表示＂越……，就越……＂，故选B。‎ ‎14. A 【解析】句意：我口渴了，渴望喝点茶。根据空格后＂longing for some tea＂可知妈妈想喝茶，所以是很渴。thirsty 口渴的；hungry饥饿的；sleepy 犯困的；busy 忙碌的。表示口渴，故选A。‎ ‎15. B 【解析】句意：你为我省下了它们，是吗？通读全完可知，乔治家境贫困，母亲身体不好，但他却十分懂事，将捡柴时发现的草莓省下来留给妈妈吃，妈妈也倍感欣慰。bought＂购买＂；saved＂保留，保存＂；borrowed＂借＂；stole＂偷窃＂，根据语境以及前文提示＂Shall I save them for her＂，这里用save，故选B。学@科网 模拟检测 ‎（一）‎ ‎【文章大意】本文讲述了我和一些爱惹事的孩子在一起，不做作业和父母吵嘴。当我的好朋友看见我的变化后，他努力帮助我。我开始意识到自己对生活的责任。‎ ‎2. B【解析】考查代词及语境的理解。A. how 如何，B. why 为什么，C. it 它，D. that那个。句意：我不知道为什么，但是我只是觉得我无法控制任何事情。根据but I just felt like I had no control over anything.可知我觉得无法控制任何事，因此我不知道为什么不高兴，故选B。‎ ‎3. B【解析】考查名词及语境的理解。A. danger 危险， B. trouble 麻烦，C. love 热爱，D. need需要。句意：我开始和一群总是惹麻烦的孩子们一起四处走动。根据后文的Some of the children were taking drugs(毒品)，可知有些孩子们吸毒，因此表示惹麻烦的孩子，in trouble处于麻烦中，故选B。‎ ‎4. C【解析】考查动词及语境的理解。A. played 玩，B. made制作，C. enjoyed 喜欢，D. wanted想要。句意：一些孩子们吸毒，所以我不得不证明我是多么酷，也是多么喜欢它们。根据I had to prove(证明) how cool I was可知我要证明我是多么酷，因此要和那些孩子一样喜欢吸毒，故选C。‎ ‎5. D【解析】考查动词短语及语境的理解。A. talked with 和……交谈； B. communicated with和……交流； C. worried about 担心；D. argued with和……争论；句意：我开始在外面待到很晚，不做作业，还经常和父母吵架。根据后文的And if they tried to talk with me about what was wrong, I’d tell them they didn’t understand me.可知我和父母争论，故选D。‎ ‎7. A【解析】考查代词及语境的理解。A. anything 任何事， B. something 某物， C. some things 一些事情， D. nothing没什么。句意：我们可以谈论任何事。根据前文的we were the best friends,可知我们是最好的朋友，因此可以谈论任何事，故选A。‎ ‎8. C【解析】考查动词短语及语境的理解。A. got in the way 妨碍， B. was on the way在……途中， C. went out of her way 她不遗余力， D. got out of her way别挡她的路。句意：她不遗余力地帮我。根据前文的We were the best friends,‎ 可知我们是最好的朋友，所以她不遗余力地帮助我，故选C。‎ ‎9. A【解析】考查动词及语境的理解。A. accept 承认， B. finish 完成，C. forget 忘记，D. stop停止。句意：从那时起，我开始意识到我必须为我的生活负责。根据前文的And she 8 to help me out.可知她帮助我，因此我开始认识到我的责任，故选A。‎ ‎10. D【解析】考查介词短语及语境的理解。A. anymore 不再， B. after all 毕竟，C. no longer 不再，D. at all根本。句意：那群孩子决定了我该做什么，但是我知道他们一点也不关系我。not ……at all一点也不，故选D。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【文章大意】文章介绍了一名孤独的女孩发现并救了两只鸟，带回家细心照料。她对鸟儿付出了爱，鸟儿每天开心地长大。一天，一只鸟儿飞出了笼子，因为害怕失去，她迫切地把它抓住，但是她的爱却害死了那只鸟儿。她注意到另一只鸟儿也迫切地渴望自由，她希望鸟儿开心，所以放飞了它。但是鸟儿没有离开，最终落在了她的肩上。这个故事告诉我们，爱需要空间，缺乏空间的爱只会让爱窒息。‎ ‎1. C【解析】句意：从前有一个孤独的女孩，她对爱给予厚望。考查形容词及语境理解。A. alone作为形容词，意为＂单独的＂，只作表语，不能作定语；alone还可以作副词，意为＂单独；独自＂；B. cheerful欢乐的；C. lonely作为形容词，意为＂孤独的＂；D. clever形容词，聪明的。根据后面的hoped so much for love，可知此处应是＂一个孤独的女孩＂，形容词作定语，修饰后面的名词girl；故答案选C。‎ ‎2. B【解析】句意：一天，当她在树林里散步时，她发现了两只饥饿的鸣禽。考查连词及语境理解。A. after在……之后；B. while当……的时候；C. before在……之前；D. then然后。根据语境可知是当她在树林里散步时，她发现了两只饥饿的鸣禽，故答案选B。‎ ‎3. A【解析】句意：每天早晨，它们用美妙的歌声迎接她。考查介词及语境理解。A. with和、随着；B. through通过；C. for为了；D. without没有。greet sb.with…，固定搭配，意思是＂以……问候某人＂，故答案选A。‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：有一天，女孩偶然离开了开着的门的笼子。考查动词及语境理解。A. found找到、发现；B. forgot忘记；C. saw看见；D. left离开。根据下文The larger and stronger of the two birds flew from the cage.可知是女孩偶然离开了开着的门的笼子，故答案选D。‎ ‎6. A【解析】句意：她注意到另一只鸟在笼子里来回移动。考查代词及语境理解。A. the other两者中的另一个；B. another指三者或三者以上中的另一个；C. other＂别的，另外的＂，一般只能和复数名词连用；D. the others表示在一个范围内的其他全部。根据上文提到she found two hungry songbirds，可知是她发现了两只鸟儿，这里指的是另一只，故答案选A。‎ ‎7. C【解析】句意：她能感受到他的强烈愿望。考查代词及语境理解。A. her她的；B. their他们的；C. his他的；D. it它。根据下文she carried him from the cage and tossed(投掷)him softly into the air.中的＂him＂可知此处应用his，故答案选C。‎ ‎8. C【解析】句意：她不情愿地把它从笼子里抱了出来，轻轻地把它抛向空中。考查副词及语境理解。A. Uncertainly没把握地；B. Certainly确定；C. Unwillingly不情愿地；D. Willingly乐意地。联系上文The girl was so frightened that he would fly away so as he flew close, she caught him wildly.可知女孩不愿意让鸟儿飞出笼子，所以此处应是她不情愿地把它从笼子里抱了出来，轻轻地把它抛向空中，故答案选C。‎ ‎9. B【解析】句意：它唱了她从未听过的甜美的歌声。考查形容词及语境理解。A. saddest最悲哀的；B. sweetest最甜美的、最悦耳的；C. loudest最大声的；D. coolest最冷漠的。根据语境可知鸟儿获得自由后，唱出＂最甜美的＂歌声，故答案选B。‎ ‎10. D【解析】句意：失去爱的最快方法是紧紧抓住它。考查动词及语境理解。A. get得到；B. catch抓住；C. accept承认；D. lose失去。由题干可知此处与后文的keep love相反，可知句意为＂失去爱的最快方法是紧紧抓住它，保持爱的最好方法是给它翅膀！＂故答案选D。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎【文章大意】文章介绍了名为《奇迹》的一本书，在书里有一个叫Auggie的小男孩，他的脸是畸形的，看起来与其他的孩子不一样，当他开始上学的时候，他也有一些好朋友，但也有一些同学对他不友好。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】句意：看起来与其他孩子非常不一样。different from与……不同；故选A。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：我不会描述我长什么样。look like看起来像，根据句意应是看以来像什么；A. How怎样；B. what 什么；C. why 为什么；D. Which哪一个；故选B。‎ ‎5. D 【解析】句意：无论你怎么想，它可能更糟糕。根据上句我不会描述我长什么样，可知应是想；A. doing 做；B. making制造；C. reading 读；D. thinking想；故选D。‎ ‎6. D 【解析】句意：他的出现令他们惊愕。A. him 他；B. her 她；C. us 我们；D. them他们；根据people look at Auggie 可知是他们；故选D。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】句意：Auggie从来没去过学校。have/has been to去过某地；have/has gone to去某地了；根据because he has spent a lot of time in hospital.可知是没去过学校；故选C。‎ ‎8. D 【解析】句意：她认为他应该去上学。根据other student will look at him and say terrible things.可知是去学校；故选D。‎ ‎9. C 【解析】句意：他担心其他同学会看他说不好的话。A. hopes 希望；B. agrees同意；C. worries 担心；D. promises承诺；根据other student will look at him and say terrible things可知是担心；故选C。‎ ‎10. A 【解析】句意：他喜欢校长，决定去上学。根据decides to go和 A. likes喜欢；B. asks问；C. helps帮助；D. cheats欺骗；可知选A。‎ ‎11. C 【解析】句意：但是另一些孩子对他不友好。A. blamed 该死的；B. generous 慷慨的；C. unfriendly 不友好的；D. kind善良的；be unfriendly to sb.对某人不友好；根据Auggie makes some good friends but other children；故选C。‎ ‎12. B 【解析】句意：《奇迹》是 R.J. Palacio 的第一本书。根据Many schools use the book to start discussions可知是书，故选B。‎ ‎13. A 【解析】句意：她解释说一天她在街上看见一个畸形的女孩后有了《奇迹》的主意。A. after 在……以后；B. before 在……之前；C. unless除非；D. since自从；根据句意故选A。‎ ‎14. D 【解析】句意：许多学校用这本书开始讨论关于欺凌、友谊和不同。A. in在……里面；B. to到；C. for为了；D. about关于；根据句意可知选D。‎ ‎15. B 【解析】句意：这本书非常受欢迎，赢了奖。A. east东边；B. popular流行的，受欢迎的；C. heavy重的；D. expensive昂贵的；根据There will be a film of Wonder, and many people are looking forward to seeing it.可知是受欢迎的；故选B。学@科网 ‎（四）‎ ‎【文章大意】作者的父亲病得很重，一次作者去看望父亲，和父亲聊起了家里的新鲜事。在给父亲倒水吃药的时候，他看到了冰箱里的苹果，于是把苹果切成小块给父亲吃。父亲非常感动，因为这是作者的母亲以前经常为父亲做的。从文章的叙述我们能体会到作者和父亲之间深厚的感情。‎ ‎2. A 【解析】句意：当我坐在沙发上的时候，他说：＂Jim，有什么新鲜事吗？＂as当……时候；since 自从；until直到……时候。根据文意可知，这里表示两个同时发生的动作，我坐在沙发上的时候，父亲问我话。故应选A。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】句意：我想把我工作上的问题都告诉他，但是我好像找不到词（说不出来）。so 因此，所以；or或者，否则；but但是，表示转折。根据两句话的意思可知，作者本想把自己工作上的烦恼告诉父亲，但是又说不出来，怕父亲为他担心。因此这两句话之间是转折的关系，故选C。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：他会不会觉得在58岁的时候失业的我是一个失败者？Could 可能；Must必须；Need需要。这句话是作者的揣测，他想如果把自己失业的事情告诉父亲，父亲会不会觉得他是一个失败者，因此选A。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：他的精神很好。poor 贫穷的；good 好的；low低的。根据上文He told me lots of family news可知，父亲告诉了作者很多家里的新鲜事，这说明父亲的精神状态很好。in good spirits是固定短语，精神抖擞。故选B。‎ ‎6. C 【解析】句意：然后就到了爸爸吃药的时候了。buy 买；make制作；take带走，服用。这里take medicine是固定短语，吃药。根据短文开头My father was sick badly父亲病得很厉害，以及下文作者去厨房倒水可知，父亲该吃药了。故应选C。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】句意：我走进厨房，从冰箱里倒了一杯水。boiled 煮沸；dropped掉，滴落；poured倒。根据句意a glass of water from the fridge以及上文...his medicine可知，这里是作者给父亲倒水吃药，故应选C。‎ ‎9. B 【解析】句意：他说：＂从你妈妈去世后，没有人像那样给我切过苹果。＂Somebody 某人；Nobody没有人；Everybody每个人。根据文意可知，父亲对作者给他切苹果吃感到吃惊，因为自从作者的母亲去世以来，没有人像那样地切过苹果。故应选B。‎ ‎10. B 【解析】句意：我快速地闭眼然后又睁开来忍住泪水。out 出来；back回去；down向下。这里bring back 是固定短语，意思是带回来，拿回，忍住。根据下句话I couldn’t let myself cry in front of him可知，作者不能让自己在父亲面前哭，所以他要忍住眼泪。故选B。‎ 一、命题特点分析：‎ ‎1. 开头点题。说明文类完形填空中，作者一般在文章的首句直接提出说明的对象，这是掌握说明细节的前提。‎ ‎2. 结构清晰。说明文一般按一定的顺序展开。理清文章的说明顺序，对于正确把握文意和上下文的逻辑关系，选择正确答案具有重要意义。‎ ‎3. 难度较大。说明文往往采用比较正式的文体，表述准确严谨，生词术语较多，句子较长，结构较为复杂。‎ ‎4. ‎ 说明文一般采用简练的语言，按一定的方法介绍事物的类别、性质、特点、构造、成因、关系或事物的运动变化、发展的过程及其规律。‎ ‎5. 说明文十分讲究条理性，一般采取时间顺序、空间顺序、逻辑顺序或认知顺序来说明事物或事理。‎ 二、解题方法：‎ ‎1. 快速弄清文章大意。‎ 对于此类文章我们结合选择项，进行粗读或略读，对文章的大意要先有一个大体的了解。说明文往往生词较多，而题材又比较广泛，所以阅读时，首先要能够掌握文章的大意。‎ ‎2. 弄清楚说明的顺序。‎ 把握了说明顺序，就能准确把握文章的脉络，加强对整篇文章的理解。‎ ‎3. 把握文章的组织结构，理清事实细节。‎ 把握语篇特征对理解文意与答题极为有利。说明性的文章一般都是一篇完整的、意思表达清楚的、逻辑比较严密的短文。在阅读这类文章时，我们一定要仔细研读文章的开头和结尾，从主题句着手，找出支持句，然后寻找文章的结论。这时，我们还要特别注意，不要被表面的一些细节所迷惑，我们在理解细节的基础上，还要斟酌文字的内涵意义，从而对文章进行深层次的理解。‎ ‎4. 注重上下文语境 应逐句精读短文，逐题分析选项，对特定的语境作深入的理解，克服＂思维定势＂，根据全文大意和词不离句、句不离文的原则逐项填空。‎ ‎5. 熟练做题方法，遵循四个原则：‎ ‎（1）上下一致。每个选择项必须从全文出发，从大处着手，避免孤立地分析每一空格，造成误选。‎ ‎（2）语法正确。从语法的角度去考虑动词的时态、语态以及词类用法。‎ ‎（3）逻辑合理。在完形填空题中，逻辑推理非常重要，有时每个选择项从语法上讲都正确，但是有的是不合语境逻辑的。‎ ‎（4）符合搭配。英语中固定搭配很多，需要熟练掌握，才能做好此类题目。学科@网 ‎（一）‎ Have you learned about table manners in China? Here I will introduce some.‎ It is a traditional 1 for Chinese people to eat with chopsticks. Each person at table will have a pair of chopsticks, and there is also an extra pair 2 is for public use. ‎ You should remember that you’re 3 to let the elders in the family sit and eat first. If they don’t start，everyone else shouldn’t start, either. And then you should make a 4 to them. ‎ While eating, it is very rude to eat with a loud 5 . And you’d better not speak while food is still in your 6 . Do not only eat one dish even if that is your favorite.‎ People usually go out of their way to cook delicious food to make you 7 at home, but when they say, ＂The dishes aren’t delicious. I 8 you don’t mind, ＂you must not say, ＂Yeah, that’s true, but I don’t mind.＂ 9 , it is a typical(典型的) word which can show one of the Chinese qualities — 10 . You should answer, ＂Really? I don’t think so. It is the best taste of any dish that is new to me.＂‎ ‎1. A. point B. order C. method D. custom ‎2. A. which B. who C. where D. when ‎3. A. allowed B. considered C. supposed D. invited ‎4. A. report B. research C. bow D. toast ‎5. A. voice B. smile C. noise D. cry ‎6. A. plate B. mouth C. hand D. bowl ‎7. A. feel B. arrive C. eat D. aim ‎8. A. realize B. suggest C. expect D. believe ‎9. A. However B. Actually C. Instead D. Finally ‎10. A. honest B. proud C. modest D. serious ‎（二）‎ Around the world, people have different ideas about what good manners are. When you go to restaurants in different parts of the world, it’s 1 to know the right and wrong things to do. For example, in China it’s OK to 2 a lot of noise in a restaurant. In fact, if a restaurant isn’t noisy and 3 , you may think there’s something wrong with it. However, in many western countries, restaurants are 4 places. If people at a table talk too loud, other people who are eating there might even 5 to the owner of the restaurant.‎ Paying the bill is also different from country to country. In China, one person usually pays for 6 . In western countries, one person pays if he or she is entertaining clients (宴请宾客), but 7 friends eat together, they usually share the cost. This is called ＂going Dutch (均摊费用)＂. Also, when westerners pay the bill, they usually leave some money for the 8 . This is called ＂leaving a tip＂. Leaving a tip is thought to be polite. In the U.S., it’s 9 to leave tips of 10%, 15%, or 20% of the bill, which is decided by how good the service(服务) is. Good waiters can make a lot of money!‎ The way people eat food is not the same in different parts of the world, but you can 10 the same kinds of food in many countries. Chinese and Indian foods, for example, are popular all over the world.‎ ‎1. A. popular B. difficult C. important D. enjoyable ‎2. A. cause B. keep C. hear D. make ‎3. A. lively B. friendly C. lucky D. polite ‎4. A. noisy B. quiet C. busy D. clean ‎5. A. shout B. explain C. complain D. speak ‎6. A. everybody B. nobody C. somebody D. none ‎7. A. until B. when C. unless D. since ‎8. A. gatekeeper B. seller C. waiter D. visitor ‎9. A. terrible B. common C. serious D. unusual ‎10. A. invent B. discover C. prefer D. find ‎（一）（2018年江苏省徐州市）‎ What will the future world be like? Many people are glad to give their 1 . Here are two imaginations about the world of 2 . When people talk about the future, we like to think that we'll have our own personal flying car. We would fly at 480 kilometres per hour, avoiding traffic lights, 3 roads and speeding tickets. 4 ，some people point to the disadvantages of flying cars. One big problem is: what will happen if the flying cars 5 ? Then there will be problems with traffic control. Also, if 6 become popular, there will surely be too much air traffic. 7 it seems that flying cars will face more than a few problems if they are to get off the ground! Imagine you have your own Ironman 8 . Several companies are trying to build a practical robot "exoskeleton". This is a suit of robot arms and legs which follows your movement. It will 9 the wearer to lift heavy objects, walk a long way and even punch through walls! It is 10 in many ways, especially for people with disabilities. This suit might help people to walk again after 11 or injury（受伤）. But the disadvantage at the moment is the 12 . Even a simple suit can cost hundreds of thousands of pounds. Another problem is battery life. A suit like this needs a lot of 13 and batteries only last about 15 minutes at the moment. One other problem is that a badly programmed robot wearer. You wouldn't want your robot leg or arm bending（弯曲） suit could 14 the wrong way car above our heads. ‎ So in the future, 15 we might be able to fly to work and lift a there are plenty of problems to solve before this will be possible.‎ ‎1. A. suggestions B. instructions C. opinions D. reasons ‎2. A. past B. yesterday C. present D. tomorrow ‎3. A. empty B. wide C. busy D. dirty ‎4. A. Moreover B. Instead C. In fact D. However ‎5. A. put down B. break down C. write down D. calm down ‎6. A. they B. you C. we D. I ‎7. A. And B. But C. So D. or ‎8. A. gloves B. suit C. helmet D. shoes ‎9. A. ask B. wish C. invite D. allow ‎10. A. beautiful B. peaceful C. colorful D. useful ‎11. A. disease B. holiday C. work D. party ‎12. A. quality B. price C. need D. number ‎13. A. chances B. power C. rest D. experience ‎14. A. hurt B. attract C. protect D. attack ‎15. A. whether B. unless C. although D. until ‎（二）‎ ‎（2017﹒江苏南京）You and your family are planning a picnic for tomorrow. But you want to ____1____ the weather forecast(预报) first to see whether there will be rain or not. Your father turns on the television and the family listens to the ____2____ make the weather report. ‎ ‎ ＂It will be partly cloudy tomorrow morning, ____3____ clearing by early afternoon. The high tomorrow will be 85.＂‎ As there will be no rain, the whole family feels ____4____. Without the weather forecast, you would not know this, and you would just have to take your chances. But now, you can plan your picnic ____5____ worrying whether it will rain or not. ‎ The man you can thank for this is Cleveland Abbe. He is known as the father of the weather bureau. He was the first person to publish ____6____ weather forecasts in the United States. ‎ Abbe began his daily weather bulletins (简报) in 1869. They were based on weather ____7____ he drew from telegraphed reports of weather conditions. Because of their accuracy (准确), the reports were ____8____. ‎ Congress (国会) became ____9____ in Abbe’s weather reports. They made Abbe a meteorologist (someone who studies weather conditions), and he ____10____ issuing (发布) forecasts three times a day. He was the first official forecaster of the U.S. Weather Service. Because he often forecast probable storms, Abbe earned the nickname of ＂Old Probabilities.＂‎ ‎1. A. produce B. spread C. check D. organize ‎2. A. fireman B. postman C. fisherman D. weatherman ‎3. A. so B. but C. after D. because ‎4. A. happy B. worried C. stressed D. curious ‎5. A. about B. without C. against D. from ‎6. A. online B. polluted C. daily D. indoor ‎7. A. maps B. stations C. space D. centres ‎8. A. strange B. popular C. terrible D. useless ‎9. A. successful B. similar C. bored D. interested ‎10. A. avoided B. began C. minded D. risked ‎（三）‎ ‎（2017﹒重庆B）March 22nd is World Water Day. It started in 1993. It not only makes us think about the importance of water, but also calls on (号召) us to ____1____ and protect water. Today, we’re facing terrible water problems. Among them, wastewater problem is especially ____2____. And the subject of World Water Day in 2017 is ＂wastewater＂.‎ What is wastewater? It is used water. Usually, wastewater comes from homes, ____3____, hospitals and so on. It is produced by different kinds of activities, including washing the machines,‎ ‎ taking showers and using the kitchen. The rain also ____4____ wastewater when it is running down the street during a storm. No matter where it comes from, this kind of water is sure to have ____5____ harmful in it.‎ ‎____6____ must we treat (处理) wastewater? Wastewater has a big influence on our life. It causes both illness for us and pollution for the environment. We must care for our environment and our own ____7____.‎ How can we treat wastewater? Different kinds of wastewater need different ways of treatment. Wastewater ____8____ homes can be reused. Then there will be ____9____ wastewater. Also, factory wastewater has to be cleaned ____10____ it goes back to nature.‎ ‎1. A. drink B. save C. carry D. watch ‎2. A. easy B. popular C. small D. serious ‎3. A. factories B. lakes C. rivers D. seas ‎4. A. gets back B. hands in C. changes into D. picks up ‎5. A. nothing B. something C. nobody D. somebody ‎6. A. What B. Who C. Why D. How ‎7. A. work B. interest C. health D. business ‎8. A. on B. for C. with D. from ‎9. A. less B. more C. better D. worse ‎10. A. and B. whether C. after D. before ‎（四）‎ ‎（2017﹒江苏苏州）Humans are mammals（哺乳动物）. Most mammals are born able to do many things. Some can walk within a few minutes of being born. They have to be able to run ‎ away if ____1____ is near. But human babies are born ____2____. They need the care of adults to live.‎ In the first month of life, babies cannot smile or sit up. They cannot even hold up their own heads ____3____ some help from grown-ups. ‎ In the next few months, babies grow a lot. They learn to roll over, support their heads, and ____4____ sit up while being held.‎ Babies also have to learn to use their ____5____. It takes months for them to learn to reach for objects. At around six months old many babies can ____6____ an object from one hand to another. ‎ Babbling is ____7____ a human baby learns to speak. Babies all seem to make similar sounds by babbling. They try to imitate(模仿) the sounds they hear from adults. It will take about nine months ____8____ a baby can say real words.‎ Somewhere around a baby’s first birthday he or she may stand or walk with help. Soon the baby will ____9____ around on his or her own!‎ The first year of a baby’s life is a time of growing and ____10____. Growing sure takes a lot of work!‎ ‎1. A. food B. danger C. waste D. peace ‎2. A. careless B. harmless C. hopeless D. helpless ‎3. A. of B. for C. without D. by ‎4. A. even B. never C. ever D. still ‎5. A. legs B. heads C. eyes D. hands ‎6. A. keep B. move C. hold D. make ‎7. A. why B. how C. which D. where ‎8. A. before B. since C. after D. while ‎9. A. look B. show C. run D. sit ‎10. A. speaking B. smiling C. crying D. learning ‎（一）（2018-2019学年芜湖市九年级第一学期英语期末试卷）‎ Colour is a part of life. The whole world is full of colours. Almost 1 has a colour. Some things are yellow like cheese, lemons and bananas. 2 things are red. For example, warning signs are usually red. 3 is the colour of most spring leaves and grass.‎ ‎ 4 is blue? Blue is the colour of 5 .We can also see the blue sky, blue eyes, blue birds and blue jeans. There are many 6 colours too, such as orange, brown, purple, white and black.‎ The world changes its colours with the 7 of the year. Spring is green. Summer is red. It turns gold in autumn and then 8 in winter. When winter is gone and spring is back, the world turns green again. When winter is gone and spring comes back, the world turns green again.‎ ‎ 9 a rainstorm you may see something that has many different colours in the sky. It is a rainbow. But 10 different colours, can you imagine what the world looks like?‎ ‎1. A. none B. nothing C. something D. everything ‎2. A. Few B. A little C. Lots of D. Little ‎3. A. Green B. Red C. Yellow D. Blue ‎4. A. When B. What C. Who D. Why ‎5. A. the sun B. grass C. sea D. ground ‎6. A. other B. another C. extra D. else ‎7. A. months B. seasons C. days D. weeks ‎8. A. red B. green C. yellow D. white ‎9. A. Until B. After C. Before D. But ‎10. A. with B. without C. for D. within ‎（二）（吉林省长春市朝阳区2018—2019学年度上学期9年级期末考试）‎ My parents usually celebrate a special day by enjoying a special kind of ice wine called ‎ Canadian ice wine.‎ My mother 1 told me the story of ice wine. To make it, people must freeze grapes on the vine（葡萄树）. You might think this is strange, 2 it is true. Sometimes, a great new product is invented by accident. And that’s exactly 3 we got ice wine.‎ In the 1700s in Germany, a man was away from 4 farm in the autumn. The weather suddenly turned 5 and his grapes froze. When he tasted the grapes, to his 6 , the grapes tasted so sweet. Then, he 7 to use these grapes to make some wine. Guess what? People really liked his wine. For two centuries, 8 was the only place making ice wine. Then a Canadian got the idea that this kind of wine could be 9 in Canada. After all, the winters are cold in Canada and that’s the main 10 for making ice wine. After hard work, some grape farmers 11 the best process, and soon Canadian ice wine began to be sold all over the world.‎ The story of ice wine got me thinking. What other inventions came about 12 ? It’s really hard to imagine the world 13 penicillin(青霉素) that has saved millions of lives. And the microwave has certainly changed the way we 14 .‎ Life is sometimes like that. Something even better comes along 15 we keep our eyes and mind open.‎ ‎1. A. once B. also C. only D. never ‎2. A. and B. but C. if D. so ‎3. A. why B. when C. how D. where ‎4. A. his B. our C. your D. her ‎5. A. hot B. wet C. dry D. cold ‎6. A. sadness B. surprise C. worry D. shyness ‎7. A. refused B. forgot C. decided D. failed ‎8. A. Canada B. England C. France D. Germany ‎9. A. found B. produced C. sold D. ordered ‎10. A. requirement B. achievement C. instrument D. development ‎11. A. gave up B. made up C. cared about D. found out ‎12. A. by heart B. in half C. by accident D. in secret ‎13. A. among B. through C. except D. without ‎14. A. cook B. sleep C. rest D. exercise ‎15. A. because B. if C. unless D. though 跟踪训练 ‎（一）‎ ‎【文章大意】本文主要介绍了中国传统的餐桌文化，包括：吃饭用筷子，先让老人开始并向老人祝酒；吃饭时不可大声地吃，嘴里有饭时不可说话；主人谦虚说饭菜不好时，要夸赞他。‎ ‎1. D 【解析】句意：用筷子吃饭是中国人的传统习俗。A. point要点；B. order秩序；C. method方法；D. custom习俗。根据句意和上下文提示，可知选D。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】句意：你要记住，你应该让家里的老人先坐下来吃饭。A. allowed允许；B. considered经过仔细考虑的；C. supposed建议；D. invited邀请。be supposed应该。根据句意和上下文提示，可知ABD三项意思都与句意不符，故选C。‎ ‎4. D 【解析】句意：然后你应该向他们祝酒。A. report报告；B. research研究；C. bow鞠躬；D. toast干杯。make a toast祝酒，敬酒。根据句意和上下文提示，可知选D。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】句意：吃东西时，发出很大的声音是很不礼貌的。A. voice嗓音；B. smile微笑；C. noise喧闹；D. cry哭喊。be rude to do sth. 粗鲁地做某事。根据句意和上下文提示，可知选C。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】句意：你最好不要在食物还在嘴里时说话。A. plate盘子；B. mouth嘴；C. hand手；D. bowl碗。根据句意和上下文提示，可知选B。‎ ‎7. A 【解析】句意：人们通常会外出烹调美味的食物，让你有家的感觉。A. feel感觉；B. arrive到达；C. eat吃；D. aim 对准。根据句意和上下文提示，可知BCD三项都不合句意，故选A。‎ ‎8. C 【解析】句意：这些菜不好吃。我希望你不介意。A. realize意识到；B. suggest建议；C. expect希望；D. believe相信。mind介意，本句和上一句构成因果关系，根据句意和上下文提示，可知选C。‎ ‎9. B 【解析】句意：其实，这是一个典型的词，可以显示一个中国的素质——谦虚。A. However然而；B. Actually实际上；C. Instead反而；D. Finally最后。根据句意和建议，联系上下文，可知ACD均不合句意，故选B。学科@网 ‎10. C 【解析】句意：其实，这是一个典型的词，可以显示一个中国的素质——谦虚。A. honest诚实；B. proud骄傲；C. modest谦虚；D. serious认真。根据句意和上下文提示，可知选C。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【文章大意】文章介绍世界上不同的国家的就餐习惯不同。‎ ‎1. C 【解析】句意：当你去世界不同的地方的餐馆时，知道哪些是正确的哪些是错误的很重要。A. popular 流行的，受欢迎的；B. difficult困难的；C. important重要的；D. enjoyable快乐的；根据句意故选C。‎ ‎2. D 【解析】句意：比如，在中国吃饭时发出很大声音是可以的。 A. cause造成，引起，强调引起……后果；B. keep 保持；C. hear 听见；D. make制造，make a noise发出噪音；根据句意故选D。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：但是在一些西方国家，餐馆都是一些安静的地方。根据后文If people at a table talk too loud, other people who are eating there might even ____5____ to the owner of the restaurant.可知餐馆是个安静的地方；A. noisy吵闹的；B. quiet安静的；C. busy 繁忙的；D. clean干净的；根据句意故选B。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】句意：如果就餐的人说话声音太大，在那里就餐的其他人会向餐馆老板抱怨。根据上句餐馆都是一些安静的地方。可知客人不满意，向老板抱怨；A. shout 喊，叫；B. explain 解释；C. complain 抱怨；D. speak说；根据句意故选C。‎ ‎6. A 【解析】句意：在中国，一个人会为一起吃饭的每个人付钱。 根据中国的风俗习惯，通常是一个人为所有的人付钱；A. everybody 每个人；B. nobody 没有人；C. somebody 某人；D. none没有一个；根据句意故选A。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：但是，当朋友们一起吃饭时，他们会各自付账。A. until直到；B. when 当……时候；C. unless 除非；D. since自从；根据句意故选B。‎ ‎8. C 【解析】句意：还有，当西方人付账时，他们会留一些小费给服务员。根据文意，一直在讲就餐的情况，所以应是小费给服务员；A. gatekeeper 守门人；B. seller 卖东西的人；C. waiter 服务员；D. visitor参观者；根据句意故选C。‎ ‎9. B 【解析】句意：在美国，留给服务员账单的10%，15%或20%是很普遍的。 A. terrible 可怕的；B. common 普通的；C. serious 严肃的；D. unusual不寻常的；根据句意故选B。‎ ‎10. D 【解析】句意：人们吃食物的方式在世界各地都不一样，但是在不同的国家你也会看到相同种类的食物。A. invent 发明；B. discover 发现，指本来存在，以前从未被发现；C. prefer更喜欢；D. find发现，强调结果，又可以表示偶然发现；根据句意故选D。‎ 真题再现 ‎（一）‎ ‎【文章大意】这篇短文给我们想象了未来世界的样子，文章中主要提到了关于未来世界的两个想象：一个是飞行汽车；另一个是钢铁侠套装。这两种发明都有他们的优点，但同时也有很多的问题需要解决。‎ ‎2. D【解析】句意：这里有两个关于明天世界的想象。past 过去；yesterday昨天；present现在；tomorrow明天。根据短文开头第一句话What will the future world be like?可知，这篇短文想象的是未来的世界，故应选D。‎ ‎3. C【解析】句意：我们每小时能飞480英里，避开交通灯、拥挤的道路和超速罚款单。empty 空的；wide宽的；busy忙的；dirty脏的。根据文意可知，这里介绍的是flying car飞行车，有了它，我们就可以避免路上交通上容易出现的问题，如交通灯、交通拥挤和超速罚款，因此这里应选C，表示道路拥挤。‎ ‎4. D【解析】句意：然而一些人指出了飞行车的缺点。moreover而且；instead相反；in fact事实上；however然而。上文We would fly at 480 kilometres per hour, avoiding traffic lights, 3 roads and speeding tickets讲述的是飞行车的优点，而这句话中some people point to the disadvantages of flying cars提到的是它的缺点，因此两句话之间是转折关系，故选D。‎ ‎5. B【解析】句意：一个大问题是：如果飞行车坏掉了会发生什么？put down 记下，镇压；break down坏掉；write down写下；calm down平静下来。根据句意可知，这里说的是flying car的缺点，因此应该是如果飞行车坏了该怎么办，故选B。‎ ‎6. A【解析】句意：而且如果他们变得受欢迎，那么就一定会有太多的空中交通。They他们； you你，你们；we我们；I我。根据文意可知，这几句话介绍的是都是flying cars，这个空代指的就是flying cars，是复数的，故应选A。‎ ‎7. C【解析】句意：因此好像如果飞行车想要离开地面，他们将会面对很多的问题。And 和，而且，表示并列；But但是，表示转折；So因此，表示结果；or或者；否则。根据文意可知，上文提到了飞行车的优点和缺点，这句话是对未来世界可能会出现的飞行车做一个总结，表示的是结果，故应选C。‎ ‎8. B【解析】句意：想象一下你有你自己的钢铁侠套装。gloves 手套；suit套装；helmet头盔；shoes鞋。根据下文This suit might help people to walk again after 11 or injury可知，这里说的是钢铁侠套装，故应选B。‎ ‎10. D【解析】句意：它在很多方面都是很有用的，尤其是对于残疾人。beautiful 美丽的；peaceful和平的；平静的；colorful多彩的；useful有用的。根据下句话This suit might help people to walk again after 11 or injury可知，这种套装能帮助人，所以他们是有用的，故选D。‎ ‎11. A【解析】句意：这个套装可以帮助人们在疾病或受伤之后重新能走路。disease疾病；holiday假日；work工作；party聚会。根据句意可知，人们不能走路，原因可能是受伤了，或者是疾病导致，因应选A。‎ ‎12. B【解析】句意：但是目前的缺点就是价格。quality 质量；price价格；need 需要；number 数字。根据下句话Even a simple suit can cost hundreds of thousands of pounds.可知，一套简单的钢铁侠套装就要花费好几千英镑，所以它的一个缺点就是价格昂贵，故应选B。‎ ‎13. B 【解析】句意：一个像这样的套装需要很多的电量，电池目前只能持续15分钟。Chances机会；power电力，力量；rest休息；experience经历、经验。根据上句话Another problem is battery life可知，这里说的是这种套装的另外一个缺点就是电池的寿命，因此这里应说的是电池的电量，故选B。‎ ‎14. A【解析】句意：你不会想让你的机器人的腿或者胳膊弯曲，可能会伤害。hurt伤害；attract吸引；protect保护；attack攻击。根据上句话One other problem is that a badly programmed robot wearer.可知，这种套装的另一个问题是编程不良，这可能会导致一些伤害。故选A。‎ ‎15. C【解析】句意：因此在未来，虽然我们可能能够飞着去上班，但在此之前还有很多问题要解决。whether是否；unless除非，如果不；although 虽然，尽管；until直到…时候。根据这两句话的意思可知，他们之间的转折的关系，故应选C。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【解析】本篇文章难度适中，主要讲解天气预报的由来以及克利夫兰﹒阿贝的一些成就。‎ ‎1. C 【解析】句意：但是你首先想要查看一下天气预报看看是否会下雨。A.生产；B.扩展；C.检查；D.组织。根据句意，故选C。‎ ‎2. D 【解析】句意：你的父亲打开电视机听天气预报员做天气预报。A.消防员；B.邮递员；C.渔民；D.天气预报员。根据句意，故选D。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】句意：明天早晨局部地区多云，下午变晴。A.所以；B.但是；C.在……之后；D.因为。根据句意，故选B。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：没有雨，家人们感到非常高兴。A.高兴；B.担心；C.有压力的；D.好奇的。因为明天没有雨，家人们可以出去游玩，所以很高兴，故选A。‎ ‎7. A 【解析】句意：它们是基于从天气状况的电报中得到的天气地图。A.地图；B.车站；C.空间；D.中心。根据句意，故选A。‎ ‎8. B 【解析】句意：由于它们的准确性因此很受欢迎。A.奇怪的；B.受欢迎的；C.糟糕的；D.没有用的。根据句意，故选B。‎ ‎9. D 【解析】句意：国会对他们的天气报道很感兴趣。A.成功的；B.相同的；C.厌烦的；D.感兴趣的。根据下文They made Abbe a meteorologist (someone who studies weather conditions)可知选D。‎ ‎10. B 【解析】句意：国会让阿贝成为气象学者，开始一天三次发布天气预报。A.避免；B.开始；C.介意；D.冒险。根据句意，故选B。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎【文章大意】本文介绍污水的产生及对人的危害和处理，号召人们节约用水。‎ ‎1. B 【解析】考查动词。句意：它不仅使我们思考水的重要性，也号召我们节约和保护水。A. drink喝；B. save节约；C. carry搬动；D. watch观看。根据大意介绍知道是节约和保护水资源，故选B。‎ ‎2. D 【解析】考查形容词。句意：其中，污水问题尤其严重。A. easy容易的；B. popular受欢迎的；C. small形容词，小的；D. serious形容词，严重的。从后一句污水是2017年的主题，因此知道是最严重的问题，故选D。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】考查名词。句意：通常，废水来自家庭、工厂、医院等。A. factories工厂；B. lakes 湖；C. rivers河流；D. seas海。从homes, hospitals知道是产生污水之地，因此是A，其他均不能。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】考查动词短语。句意：暴雨中街道上的雨水也会变成废水。根据also知道是与前面相同的是下雨也产生污水，故选C。A是回来，收回；B是上交；D是拾起，支付，（开车）带人，均不合文意。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】考查名词。句意：我们必须关心我们的环境和我们自己的健康。A. work工作；B. interest兴趣；C. health健康；D. business生意。既然污水对人体与环境有危害，那么我们就应该关心环境与身体健康，故选C，其他均不合文意。‎ ‎8. D 【解析】考查介词。句意：家庭废水可以重复使用。A. on 在……上面；B. for为……；‎ C. with和……一起；D. from来自。from homes来自家庭。故选D。‎ ‎9. A 【解析】考查形容词比较级。句意：那么污水会更少。A. less 更少，little的比较级；B. more更多，many/much的比较级；C. better更好，well/good的比较级；D. worse更差，bad/badly的比较级。再次使用当然应该是减少了污水，故选A。‎ ‎10. D 【解析】考查连词。句意：此外，工厂废水必须在回归自然之前加以净化。A. and和、又；B. whether是否；C. after在……之后；D. before在……之前。工厂在排放污水前应该进行处理清洁，以减少对环境的污染，故选D。‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了人类的新生儿生下来不能微笑或坐立，也抬不起头。在人类出生的第一年，他们逐渐学会翻身，支撑起自己的头，坐起来，站起来，走路和跑起来。他们通过咿呀学语学习和模仿大人学会说话。对人类来说，成长要花很多努力。‎ ‎1. B 【解析】查名词及语境的理解。A. food表示食物； B. danger表示危险；C. waste表示浪费；D. peace表示和平。句意：如果危险就在附近，他们必须得能够逃离。根据They have to be able to run away可知它们必须要逃离，应是有危险了，故选B。‎ ‎2. D 【解析】考查形容词及语境的理解。A. careless表示粗心的；B. harmless表示无害的；C. hopeless表示无望的；D. helpless表示无能的，无用的。句意：但是人类的婴儿出生时是无能力的。根据后文的They need the care of adults to live. 可知他们需要父母的照顾来活着，因此他们是没有能力的，故选D。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】考查介词及语境的理解。A. of表示……的；B. for表示对于，为了；C. without表示没有；D.by表示通过。句意：在没有成年人帮助下，他们甚至无法举起他们自己的手。根据前文的In the first month of life，babies cannot smile or sit up可知他们在刚出生的时候不会微笑和坐立，因此他们在没有成年人的帮助下，他们无法举起他们的手，故选C。 ‎ ‎4. A 【解析】考查副词及语境的理解。A. even表示甚至；B. never表示从不；C. ever表示曾经；D. still表示仍然。句意：他们学习翻身，支撑起自己的头，甚至是在支撑下坐立起来。此处强调他们的能力更强了，故用副词even，故选A。学科@网 ‎6. C 【解析】考查动词及语境的理解。A. keep表示保持；B. move表示移动；C. hold表示抓住；D. make表示使。句意：许多婴儿在大约6个月时，能从一手放到另一手抓住一个物品。根据an object from one hand to another可知此处用手拿东西，因此是抓住，故选C。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】考查代词及语境的理解。A. why 为什么；B. how 如何；C. which 哪一个；D. where哪里。句意：咿呀声是婴儿学习说话的方式。根据Babies all seem to make similar sounds by babbling. 可知此处表示婴儿通过咿呀声学习发出声音，这是学习说话的方法，故用疑问词how，故选B。‎ ‎8. A 【解析】考查连词及语境的理解。A. before表示之前；B. since表示自从；C. after表示之后；D. while表示当……时。句意：一个婴儿将需要大约九个月才能说真正的语言。根据前文的Babies all seem to make similar sounds by babbling. They try to imitate（模仿）the sounds they hear from adults婴儿要咿呀学语，模仿听见的成年人的声音，可推测此处表示在婴儿能够真正地说出话前要花上九个月的时间，故选A。‎ ‎9. C 【解析】考查动词及语境的理解。A. look表示看；B. show表示展示；C. run表示跑；D. sit表示坐。句意：不久那个婴儿将独自四处跑。根据前文的Somewhere around a baby’s first birthday he or she may stand or walk with help. 可知婴儿学习站立和走路，因此不久之后就能跑步，故选C。‎ ‎10. D 【解析】考查动词及语境的理解。A. speaking表示说；B. smiling表示微笑；C. crying表示哭；D. learning表示学习。句意：婴儿生活的第一年是成长的一个时间而且学习成长需要很多努力。根据前文的They learn to roll over，support their heads...和Babies also have to learn to use their hands可知此处表示的是婴儿时期的第一年是成长和学习的一年，故选D。‎ 模拟检测 ‎（一）‎ ‎【文章大意】本篇文章介绍了整个世界充满了色彩。几乎每样东西都有颜色。黄色的柠 檬和香蕉，红色的警告标志，绿色的春天叶子和草，蓝色的海洋等等，还有许多其他颜色，如橙色、棕色、紫色、白色和黑色。世界随着一年中的季节颜色的变化而变化。暴风雨过后，你可能会看到天空中的彩虹。‎ ‎1. D【解析】句意：几乎所有东西都有颜色。考查不定代词。A. none没有人，没有任何东西；B. nothing没有东西，无物；C. something某物，某东西；D. everything一切，所有东西。根据上文The whole world is full of colours.（整个世界充满了色彩。）可知此句是“几乎所有东西都有颜色。”结合句意可知填everything；选D。‎ ‎3. A【解析】句意：绿色是大多数春天叶子和草的颜色。考查名词辨析。A. Green绿色；B. Red红色；C. Yellow黄色；D. Blue蓝色。结合句意可知填Green；选A。‎ ‎4. B【解析】句意：什么是蓝色？考查特殊疑问词。A. When什么时候；B. What什么；C. Who谁；D. Why为什么。根据下文“Blue is the colour of 5 .（蓝色是海洋的颜色。）”可知此句是“什么是蓝色？”结合句意可知填What，选B。‎ ‎5. C【解析】句意：蓝色是海洋的颜色。考查名词辨析。A. the sun太阳；B. grass草；C. sea海洋；D. ground土地。结合句意可知填sea；选C。‎ ‎6. A【解析】句意：还有许多其他颜色，如橙色、棕色、紫色、白色和黑色。考查形容词辨析。A. other其他的；B. another又一个，再一个；C. extra额外的，附加的；D. else其他的，一般修饰不定代词或特殊疑问词，且要后置。结合句意填other；选A。‎ ‎7. B【解析】句意：世界随着一年中的季节颜色的变化而变化。考查名词辨析。A. months月；B. seasons季节；C. days白天；D. weeks星期，周。结合句意可知填season；选B。‎ ‎8. D【解析】句意：秋天变成金黄色，冬天变成白色。考查形容词辨析。A. red红色；B. green绿色；C. yellow黄色；D. white白色。结合句意可知填white；选D。‎ ‎9. B【解析】句意：暴风雨过后，你会看到天空中有许多不同颜色的东西。考查连词辨析。A. Until直到；B. After在……以后；C. Before在……以前；D. But但是。结合句意可知填After；选B。‎ ‎10. B【解析】句意：但是如果没有不同的颜色，你能想象这个世界是什么样子的吗？考查介词辨析。A. with有，和；B. without没有；C. for为了，给；D. within在……的范围内。‎ 结合句意可知填without；选B。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【文章大意】本文通过讲述冰酒的酿酒工艺的偶然发现，告诉我们如果我们保持眼界和思想的开阔，就会有更好的事情发生。‎ ‎1. A【解析】考查副词及语境的理解。A. once 曾经， B. also 也，C. only 只有，D. never从不；句意：我母亲曾经给我讲过冰酒的故事。此处的动词told是一般过去时，故用once，故选A。‎ ‎3. C【解析】考查代词及语境的理解。A. why 为什么，B. when 何时， C. how 如何， D. where哪里。句意：这正是我们如何得到冰酒的。根据前文的Sometimes, a great new product is invented by accident.可知此处表示冰酒是如何产生的，故用疑问词how，故选C。‎ ‎4. A【解析】考查代词及语境的理解。A. his他的， B. our 我们的， C. your 你的，D. her她的。句意：18世纪，在德国，一个人在秋天离开了他的农场。此处主语是a man，故用his修饰名词farm，故选A。‎ ‎5. D【解析】考查形容词及语境的理解。A. hot 热的，B. wet 湿的， C. dry 干的，D. cold冷的。句意：天气突然变冷，他的葡萄都冻僵了。根据his grapes froze可知他的葡萄都冻僵了，因此表示天气变冷了，故选D。‎ ‎6. B【解析】考查名词及语境的理解。A. sadness 悲伤，B. surprise惊讶，C. worry 担心， D. shyness害羞。句意：当他品尝葡萄时，令他感到惊讶的是，那葡萄品尝起来非常甜。结合前后文可知天变冷了，葡萄吃起来很甜，因此这是令他感到惊讶的，故选B。‎ ‎7. C【解析】考查动词及语境的理解。A. refused 拒绝， B. forgot 忘记， C. decided 决定， D. failed失败。句意：然后，他决定使用这些葡萄来制作一些酒。根据People really liked his wine.可知他喜欢他的酒，因此决定制作酒，decide to do sth决定做某事，故选C。‎ ‎8. D【解析】考查名词及语境的理解。A. Canada 加拿大， B. England 英国，C. France 法国，D. Germany德国。句意：对于两个国家来说，德国是唯一制作冰酒的地方。根据前文的In the 1700s in Germany, a man was away from _____4_____ farm in the autumn. T和 Then, he ____7____ to use these grapes to make some wine.可知此处表示德国制作冰酒，故选D。‎ ‎9. B【解析】考查动词及语境的理解。A. found 找到， B. produced 生产，C. sold 出售， D. ordered命令。句意：后来一个加拿大人想到这种酒可以在加拿大生产。根据后文的After all, the winters are cold in Canada and that’s the main ____10____ for making ice wine.可知此处指在加拿大生产冰酒，故选B。‎ ‎11. D【解析】考查动词短语及语境的理解。A. gave up 放弃，B. made up 化妆， C. cared about 在乎， D. found out查明，发现。句意：经过努力，一些葡萄农发现了最好的酿酒工艺，不久加拿大的冰酒开始销往世界各地。根据宾语the best process可知此处表示发现了最好的酿酒工艺，故选D。‎ ‎12. C【解析】考查介词短语及语境的理解。A. by heart凭记忆，B. in half 分成两半，C. by accident 偶然，D. in secret秘密地。句意：其他发明有哪些是偶然产生的？根据a great new product is invented by accident.可知新产品是偶然产生的，故选C。‎ ‎13. D【解析】考查介词及语境的理解。A. among 在……之间，B. through 通过，C. except 除了……之外，D. without没有。句意：真的很难想象没有挽救了数百万人的生命的青霉素的世界。此处表示很难想象没有青霉素的世界会是什么样，故选D。学科@网 ‎14. A【解析】考查动词及语境的理解。A. cook煮，B. sleep 睡觉，C. rest 修饰，D. exercise锻炼。句意：微波炉确实改变了我们的烹饪方式。根据主语the microwave可知微波炉是烹饪用的工具，故选A。‎ ‎15. B【解析】考查连词及语境的理解。A. because因为，B. if 如果，C. unless 除非，D. though尽管。句意：如果我们保持眼界和思想的开阔，就会有更好的事情发生。此处表示条件，故用连词if，故选B。‎ 议论文一般缺乏趣味性，所以在中考中出现的频率不是很高，但是也偶有出现，因此对于这类题材的文章的特点及解题的关键考生也应该有适当的了解。‎ 二、解题方法：‎ ‎1. 完形填空的短文通常没有标题且文章的首句和尾句，一般不设空，要特别注重对首、尾句的理解，因为它们往往提示或点明文章的主题，对理解全文有较大帮助。‎ ‎ 2. 第一遍通读带有空缺单词的短文时可能一时把握不住短文内容，弄不清头绪，这是很正常的。此时要注意克服畏难情绪和急躁心理，应稳定情绪，再将短文读一两遍，直到明确大意为止。‎ ‎3. 做题时切勿一看到一个空格就急着选出一个答案，这样往往只见树木不见森林。由于缺乏全局观念，极易导致连续选错。‎ 因为完形填空不同于单个句子的选词填空，其空白处是位于一篇文章之中，因此必须纵观全文、通篇考虑。‎ ‎ 4. 每篇完形填空所设的空多以实词为主，所提供的四个备选项中只有一个是正确的，其他三项均为干扰项。而干扰项也多半与前、后的句子或词组可以形成某种搭配，即如单从语法角度判断则无法确定，还必须从语篇意义上加以鉴别。‎ ‎ 5. 动笔时先易后难，先完成容易、有把握的答案，这样可以增强自信心，然后再集中精力解决难点。对于实在无法确定的，可以从文中同样结构或类似结构中寻找提示，大胆地作出猜测。学！科网 ‎（一）‎ Not only adults but also teenagers have problems in their life. Here is a survey showing the main problems of ___1___.‎ They feel stressed because they have ___2___ homework to do both at school and at home. They have lots of exams ___3___. And their parents usually send them ___4___ different classes ‎ at weekends. As a result, so many of them almost become bookworms(书呆子) . On holidays, they could hardly have ___5___ time to do what they are interested in. Now more and more teenagers ___6___ short-sighted.‎ They often read in bed or keep ___7___ for a long time without having a rest. Some of them are crazy about playing computer games. Some ___8___ too much time watching TV. ___9___ serious problem among teenagers is that many of them are becoming fat. They eat too much junk food, but they take little exercise.‎ I think teenagers should think of ways on how to ___10___ the problems. They should make a plan for study and hobbies and find time to relax as much as possible.‎ ‎1. A. adult B. adults C. teenager D. teenagers ‎2. A. too many B. too much C. much too D. many too ‎3. A. join B. to be taken C. to take D. to join ‎4. A. to B. for C. of D. in ‎5. A. our own B. their own C. his own D. they own ‎6. A. are get B. are getting C. got D. are become ‎7. A. red B. read C. to read D. reading ‎8. A. pay B. cost C. spend D. take ‎9. A. Another B. Other C. Others D. Some ‎10. A. doing with B. do with C. dealing with D. deal with ‎（二）‎ It is reported that over 300 million people in China are suffering(遭受) from nearsightedness(近视). As more children have got eyesight ___1___，their parents hope to solve ‎ the problem in some different ways，for example，by correcting the ways when children ___2___ and sit. But in fact，one should start with the exercise from one’s feet. Here are three ___3___to save eyes.‎ First，don’t tie your shoes too closely. Try to wear comfortable and soft shoes and ___4___or walking without shoes or socks at home. While you are traveling，try to ___5___cloth shoes in order to improve blood circulation(循环). ‎ Second，walking on tiptoes(脚尖) is good ___6___one’s eyesight. It can improve eyesight. Studies show that ___7___of the ballet(芭蕾) performers’ eyesight is good.‎ Third，rope skipping(跳绳) ___8___good for one’s eyesight. When skipping the rope，one has to move quickly，making both the brain and the eyes excited. It may also ___9___one grow taller.‎ Besides(除……之外) foot exercises, it is good to pull(拉) one’s ___10___. Pulling the ears 20 times quickly is also a good way. It can keep one’s eyes healthy.‎ ‎1. A. trouble B. break C. sick D. life ‎2. A. play B. move C. speak D. read ‎3. A. messages B. roads C. ways D. ideas ‎4. A. clothes B. socks C. shirts D. trousers ‎5. A. put B. in C. dress D. wear ‎6. A. in B. to C. for D. at ‎7. A. all B. most C. none D. few ‎8. A. are B. is C. does D. do ‎9. A. making B. make C. like D. find ‎10. A. hair B. ears C. hand D. foot ‎（一）（2018年黑龙江省绥化市中考）‎ The Shirt of a Happy Man Once upon a time, in a rich and beautiful country, there lived an unhappy king. He slept 1 and didn’t feel like eating. The queen and his people worried about him very much. One day, a doctor was called in to examine the king. But he couldn’t find 2 with his body. It was all in his mind. He said the king needed the shirt of a happy person to wear. Then the prime minister, the king’s banker and the palace singer were called to the palace. But they all had 3 worries. They weren’t happy, either. The prime minister thought many people were trying to 4 , then he would lose his power. The banker was afraid 5 his money. The singer said he couldn’t get freedom because he always worried about being followed by 6 .‎ ‎ 7 , the king’s top general was told to go out and find a happy man in three days’ time.‎ Two days passed, the general still couldn’t find a happy man. Everyone had their own problems. Just as he was about to give up, he saw a poor man 8 happily on the street. The general didn’t understand why the poor man was so happy, though he seemed to have 9 power, money or fame. So he went up to the poor man and asked him about the reason. The poor man said he was happy because he had everything he wanted, and he didn’t want to have what he couldn’t have. Hearing this, the general was excited. The poor man was the Happy Man. So he asked the poor man to give his shirt 10 the king. "Shirt?" said the poor man in surprise,＂I don’t own any shirts!＂‎ ‎1. A. badly B. bad C. worse ‎2. A. something wrong B. wrong anything C. anything wrong ‎3. A. much B. a lot of C. lot of ‎4. A. take his place B. keep his place C. make his place ‎5. A. losing B. to lose C. lose ‎6. A. the other B. other C. others ‎7. A. In the end B. By the end C. At the end ‎8. A. singing B. sing C. to sing ‎9. A. never B. not C. no ‎10. A. / B. to C. for ‎（二）‎ ‎（2017﹒重庆B卷）March 22nd is World Water Day. It started in 1993. It not only makes us think about the importance of water, but also calls on (号召) us to ___39___ and protect water. Today, we’re facing terrible water problems. Among them, wastewater problem is especially ___40___. And the subject of World Water Day in 2017 is ＂wastewater＂.‎ What is wastewater? It is used water. Usually, wastewater comes from homes, ___41___, hospitals and so on. It is produced by different kinds of activities, including washing the machines, taking showers and using the kitchen. The rain also ___42___ wastewater when it is running down the street during a storm. No matter where it comes from, this kind of water is sure to have ___43___ harmful in it.‎ ‎___44___ must we treat (处理) wastewater? Wastewater has a big influence on our life. It causes both illness for us and pollution for the environment. We must care for our environment and our own ___45___.‎ How can we treat wastewater? Different kinds of wastewater need different ways of treatment. Wastewater ___46___ homes can be reused. Then there will be ___47___ wastewater. Also, factory wastewater has to be cleaned ___48___ it goes back to nature.‎ ‎39. A. drink B. save C. carry D. watch ‎40. A. easy B. popular C. small D. serious ‎41. A. factories B. lakes C. rivers D. seas ‎42. A. gets back B. hands in C. changes into D. picks up ‎43. A. nothing B. something C. nobody D. somebody ‎44. A. What B. Who C. Why D. How ‎45. A. work B. interest C. health D. business ‎46. A. on B. for C. with D. from ‎47. A. less B. more C. better D. worse ‎48. A. and B. whether C. after D. before ‎（一）‎ ‎（四川省苍溪县2017届九年级第二次模拟）There are many kinds of pollution around us, ___1___ air pollution, soil pollution, noise pollution and light pollution. They are bad ___2___ our health in many ways.‎ Burning gas, oil and coal creates air pollution. It can cause sore eyes and ___3___ problems.‎ With the increase of pollution and the ___4___ of industry, litter is everywhere. It makes our environment dirty. People put lots of rubbish in the land. Farmers use too many chemicals in the fields. They destroy the soil. So soil pollution has become serious.‎ Noise pollution can make people ___5___. For example, people may lose their hearing if they work in a ___6___ place for a long time. Too much noise can cause high blood pressure ___7___.‎ Working for a long time in strong, changeable light ___8___ cause some kind of illnesses. It makes people feel ___9___ and is especially bad for the eyes.‎ With ___10___ pollution, our planet will become greener and our health will be better. Let’s be greener people.‎ ‎1. A. such as B. for example C. such like ‎2. A. to B. in C. for ‎3. A. breaths B. breathe C. breathing ‎4. A. development B. develop C. developed ‎5. A. blind B. lame C. deaf ‎6. A. noise B. noisy C. noisily ‎7. A. as well B. too C. either ‎8. A. must B. should C. may ‎9. A. terrible B. comfortable C. terribly ‎10. A. little B. a little C. less ‎（二）‎ ‎（上海市黄浦区2017届九年级4月二模）Technology provides more than a way of communication. However, it is becoming the only way to communicate for our teens. It has made face-to-face interaction ____1____ often and has made a negative effect on the social abilities of the teens.‎ These days we communicate on websites like Facebook, but I wonder why we have no in-person friendships. I see teens texting ____2____. They text while talking to someone else, at the dinner table, in the car and at the movies. This tiny piece of plastic is distracting teens from the real world.‎ As you can see, I am very much____3____ technology but there are ways that helps. It helps many people stay in touch with friends that might have moved away. In my life, I will have to move from my friends from time to time. With the help of Wechat, it can be easy to____4____ them and to ask if they would like to do something in person. Staying in touch can be done in person as much as over technology.‎ Some people have____5____ making new friends and the Internet provides ways to meet new people through chat rooms. I believe relationships built online can be a little eccentric. One study suggests that online relationships simply take longer to develop than those face-to-face.‎ Online relationships can be____6____ because you never know who’s on the other side of the chat. You can become more open over the Internet if you don’t have a chance to meet others in real life. Meeting people online can give you confidence, but I believe it also tears you down. Online relationships will either build you up or break you down. Most importantly, don’t let keyboards be the key to your heart.‎ ‎1. A. too B. very C. less D. more ‎2. A. here B. there C. somewhere D. everywhere ‎3. A. for B. against C. with D. behind ‎4. A. reach B. lose C. win D. control ‎5. A. fun B. time C. trouble D. trust ‎6. A. convenient B. dangerous C. important D. necessary ‎（三）‎ Nowadays many people enjoy ____1____ things, especially young people. In the school, waste can ____2____ everywhere. Some students ask for ____3____ food than they can eat and others often forget to turn off the lights ____4____ they leave the classroom. Waste can bring a lot of problems. Someone ____5____ China is rich in some resources, such as coal, oil, trees and so on. ‎ They even say ＂ ____6____ rich our country is!＂ But actually, we ____7____ no coal or oil to use in 100 years if we go on wasting. We really feel ____8____ about what we can use in the future. I don’t know ____9____ we can go on living without these resources. Think about it ____10____. I think we should say ＂no＂ to the students ____11____ waste things every day. And we should help do something good to the environment.‎ In our daily life, we can do things ____12____ waste from happening, for example, we should turn off taps after using it. Don’t throw the used paper ____13____ we can recycle it. Let’s start out small from now on. Little ____14____ little, everything will be changed. Waste can be stopped one day if we do ____15____ best. The nature will be more harmonious and our country will become more and more beautiful.‎ ‎1. A. waste B. wasting C. to waste D. to wasting ‎2. A. be seeing B. are seen C. see D. be seen ‎3. A. more B. many C. much D. most ‎4. A. after B. before C. since D. whether ‎5. A. say B. be said C. says D. is saying ‎6. A. How B. How a C. What D. What a ‎7. A. have B. has C. had D. will have ‎8. A. worry B. worries C. worried D. worriedly ‎9. A. what B. when C. that D. how ‎10. A. care B. carefulness C. carefully D. careful ‎11. A. who B. what C. where D. which ‎12. A. stop B. to stop C. stopping D. stopped ‎13. A. because B. although C. until D. if ‎14. A. in B. on C. by D. with ‎15. A. we B. us C. our D. ours 跟踪训练 ‎（一）‎ ‎【文章大意】这是一篇议论文，提出了当前青少年群体存在的两大问题：压力大和变胖，并重点分析了压力大的原因，建议青少年应该制订学习和业余爱好的计划，并尽可能多地找到时间来放松。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】句意：他们感到压力很大，因为他们在学校和家里有太多的家庭作业要做。考查形容词辨析。homework家庭作业，不可数名词，可由much修饰但不可用many修饰，可排除A、D。much许多的，形容词，可由副词too修饰，即too much太多的，再排除C。根据句意和上下文，故选B。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】句意：他们有许多考试要参加。考查动词和短语辨析题。join和 take part in 二者都有＂参加＂的意思，但用法有所不同。join加入某党派、组织或社会团体，参军等，强调成为其中的一个成员；而take part in指参加活动。根据句意和英文提示，可知本句指参加考试，故选C。学！科网 ‎4. A 【解析】句意：他们的父母通常在周末送他们去不同的班级。考查介词辨析题。A. to向，朝着，到；B. for为，为了；C. of……的，表从属；D. in在……里，表地点。send sb./sth. to送某人/物去……，根据句意，可知选A。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】句意：他们几乎都没有自己的时间做自己感兴趣的事情。考查代词辨析题。hardly几乎不，表否定。根据后半句to do what they are interested in做他们感兴趣的事，＂他们＂当然需要有＂他们自己的＂空闲时间。备选答案中：our own我们自己的，their own他们自己的，his own他自己的，they own表达错误。故选B。‎ ‎7. D 【解析】句意：他们经常躺在床上看书或长时间看书而不休息。考查非谓语动词题。keep doing表示不间断地做某事或持续的状态。根据句意，可知选D。‎ ‎8. C 【解析】句意：有些人花太多时间看电视。考查动词辨析题。A. pay付钱，和介词for连用，即pay for sth.；B. cost价值，后接数字（钱数）；C. spend花费；D. take拿。几个动词都有＂花费＂的含义，但花时间做某事，常用take和spend，可排除A和 B。take后面常接不定式，多用于it takes sb. some time to do sth.；spend后接介词on（可省略），构成固定短语spend...on...。根据句意和结构，可知选C。‎ ‎9. A 【解析】句意：青少年的另一个严重问题是他们中的许多人变胖了。A. Another又一个，再一个；B. Other（两个中的）另一个；C. Others别的( other的名词复数 )，其他的；D. Some一些，代词。在英语中，介绍两件事常用one... the other（加the，特指两者中的另一个）和one... another结构。根据文意，当前青少年存在两个问题，一是压力大，另一个就是变胖。结合句意和结构，可知选A。‎ ‎10. D 【解析】句意：我认为青少年应该想办法解决这些问题。考查动词短语和动词形式辨析。how to do怎么做，是固定短语，to do是不定式，可排除A、C选项。deal with解决，固定短语。根据句意，可知选D。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【文章大意】本文是一篇议论文，谈论了青少年的视力下降问题，给出了三种通过足部训练解救视力的方法，分别是：尽量穿舒适柔软的鞋子和袜子；用脚尖走路；跳绳。最后，补充了拉耳朵训练能保持眼睛健康。‎ ‎1. A 【解析】句意：随着越来越多的孩子有视力问题，他们的父母希望通过一些不同的方法来解决这个问题。考查名词辨析。A. trouble问题/麻烦；B. break破裂；C. sick生病；D. life生活。to solve the problem解决问题。根据句意，可知BCD三个选项都与句意不符，故选A。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】句意：这里有三种方法可以挽救眼睛。考查名词辨析。A. messages信息；B. roads道路；C. ways方法；D. ideas想法。根据下文内容，作者给出了三种通过足部训练来保护视力的方法，故选C。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：尽量穿舒适柔软的鞋子和袜子。考查名词辨析。A. clothes衣服；B. socks袜子；C. shirts衬衫；D. trousers裤子。根据句意，结合下文walking without shoes or socks at home.可知选B。‎ ‎5. D 【解析】句意：旅行时穿布鞋，以改善血液循环。考查动词辨析。cloth shoes布鞋；‎ 穿鞋，需用动词wear，根据句意，可知选D。‎ ‎6. C 【解析】句意：其次，用脚尖走路对一个人的视力有好处。be good for对……有益。考查介词辨析。根据句意，可知选C。‎ ‎7. B 【解析】句意：研究表明，大多数的芭蕾舞演员的视力都很好。考查代词辨析。A. all全部；B. most大多数；C. none没有一人；D. few极少，表否定。most of大多数。根据句意和生活实际，可知ACD都不合句意，故选B。‎ ‎8. B 【解析】句意：第三，跳绳对视力有好处。考查系词辨析。be good for对……有益。句子主语rope skipping属于三单人称，系词需用is。根据句意，可知选B。‎ ‎9. B 【解析】句意：它也可能使人长高。考查动词辨析。A. making动词make的现在分词形式；B. make使成为，使产生；C. like喜欢；D. find发现。may可以，后接原形动词。根据句意，联系上文making both the brain and the eyes excited.所用动词是make，可知选B。‎ ‎10. B 【解析】句意：拉耳朵也是很好的。考查名词辨析。A. hair头发；B. ears耳朵；C. hand手；D. foot脚。It is good to do sth.做某事是好的（有益的），动词不定式是真正主语。根据句意，联系下文内容Pulling the ears 20 times quickly is also a good way.可知是拉耳朵，故选B。‎ 真题再现 ‎（一）‎ ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述了一个国王总是不开心。这令王后和他的臣民担心。医生说国王需要穿上一个快乐之人的衬衫才能康复。但是，他们认为快乐的人也不快乐，因为他们总担心失去权利、金钱、自由等。于是国王的大将军被要求三天内去找一个真正快乐的人。‎ ‎22. C【解析】句意：但是他没有发现，他的身体有毛病。something，anything是不定代词，定语后置，所以B选项是错误的；该句是否定句，一般情况下something用于肯定句，anything用于否定句和疑问句，可排除A，所以答案是C。‎ ‎23. B【解析】句意：但是他们都有很多的忧虑。A. much很多，修饰不可数名词；B. a lot of 很多，即可修饰数名词，也可修饰不可数名词 ；C. lot of不正确。Worries是可数名词，所以选B。‎ ‎24. A【解析】句意：丞相认为很多人试图取代他的位置，他就会失去权力。本题考查动词短语。A. take his place 代替他的位置； B. keep his place留住自己的位置 ；C. make his place让位。根据句意选A。‎ ‎25. B【解析】句意：财政大臣害怕失去他的钱。Be afraid to do sth害怕做某事，是固定短语，所以选B to lose ‎26. C【解析】句意：御用歌手说他不能得到自由因为他总是担心被其他的人超越。. A. the other表示已知的两个（或两部分）人或事物中，特指的＂另一个＂或＂另一些＂，其后可跟单数或复数名词。 B. other 作形容词，通常用在单数或复数名词的前面，意为＂别的；其他的；另外的其余的 C. others (=other+复数名词) 泛指＂部分＂含义，用于已知的一些人或物中，除去某些后余下的人或物中的一部分。根据句意且结合这三个词的用法可知选C。‎ ‎27. A【解析】句意：最后，国王的最高将军被任命在三天内去外面找到一个快乐的人。A. In the end最后；B. By the end到……为止；C. At the end在……的末尾。结合文章内容：国王的丞相、财政大臣、御用歌手都说自己不快乐，最后决定去宫廷外寻找快乐的人。故选A。‎ ‎28. A【解析】句意：他看到一个穷人在街上快乐地唱着歌。see sb. doing sth.看见某人正在做某事。see sb. do sth.看见某人做了某事， see sb. to do sth.是错误的，根据句意可知选A。‎ ‎29. C【解析】句意：尽管他似乎没有权利，没有金钱，没有荣誉。A. never从来不，绝不，是副词 ； B. not不 ，没有， 是副词，表示否定；C. no没有的，可做形容词，副词，名词。因为权利，金钱，荣誉都是名词，不能使用副词修饰，可排除A、B，正确选项是C。‎ ‎30. B【解析】句意：于是，他叫这个穷人把他的衬衣给国王。ask sb. to do sth. 要求某人做某事，叫某人做某事；give sth to sb把……给……，故选B。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【文章大意】本文介绍污水的产生及对人的危害和处理，号召人们节约用水。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】考查名词。句意：通常，废水来自家庭、工厂、医院等。A. factories工厂；B. lakes 湖；C. rivers河流；D. seas海。从homes, hospitals知道是产生污水之地，因此是A，其他均不能。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】考查动词短语。句意：暴雨中街道上的雨水也会变成废水。根据also知道是与前面相同的是下雨也产生污水，故选C。A是回来，收回；B是上交；D是拾起，支付，（开车）带人，均不合文意。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】考查代词。句意：不管它来自哪里，这种水肯定含有有害的东西。污水是对人有伤害的，排除A和C，it是指污水，它里面应该是物质而不是人，故选B。‎ ‎6. C 【解析】考查疑问词。句意：我们为什么必须处理废水呢？A. What什么；B. Who 谁；C. Why为什么；D. How怎么样。根据后面的回答，均是原因，故选C。该句有主语和宾语，当然排除A和B。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】考查名词。句意：我们必须关心我们的环境和我们自己的健康。A. work工作；B. interest兴趣；C. health健康；D. business生意。既然污水对人体与环境有危害，那么我们就应该关心环境与身体健康，故选C，其他均不合文意。‎ ‎8. D 【解析】考查介词。句意：家庭废水可以重复使用。A. on 在……上面；B. for为……；C. with和……一起；D. from来自。from homes来自家庭。故选D。‎ ‎9. A 【解析】考查形容词比较级。句意：那么污水会更少。A. less 更少，little的比较级；B. more更多，many/much的比较级；C. better更好，well/good的比较级；D. worse更差，bad/badly的比较级。再次使用当然应该是减少了污水，故选A。‎ ‎10. D 【解析】考查连词。句意：此外，工厂废水必须在回归自然之前加以净化。A. and和、又；B. whether是否；C. after在……之后；D. before在……之前。工厂在排放污水前应该进行处理清洁，以减少对环境的污染，故选D。‎ 模拟检测 ‎（一）‎ ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述了各种各样的污染，如空气污染、土壤污染、噪音污染和光线污染，以及这些污染是怎么造成的，它对我们人类有什么伤害。最后作者呼吁我们要保护环境，做环保人。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】考查介词及语境的理解。A. to 向；B. in 在……里；C. for为了；句意：他们在很多方面对我们的健康有害。be bad for，对……有害。故选C。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】考查名词及语境的理解。A. breaths 呼吸，是名词；B. breathe 呼吸，是动词；C. breathing呼吸，是动词；句意：燃烧天然气、石油和煤会导致空气污染，它可能导致眼睛痛和呼吸问题。在这里做定语修饰后面的名词problems，故用现在分词breathing。故选C。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】考查名词和动词及语境的理解。A. development 发展，是名词；B. develop 发展，是动词；C. developed发展，是动词；句意：随着污染的增加和工业的发展，垃圾到处是。With + the +名词+of伴随着……，故此处用名词development，故选A。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】考查形容词及语境的理解。A. blind 瞎的；B. lame瘸的； C. deaf聋的；句意：噪音污染可能会使人变聋。根据后文的For example, people may lose their hearing if they work in a ___6___ place for a long time.可知噪音影响人的听力，因此会导致聋，故选C。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】考查名词和形容词及语境的理解。A. noise噪音，是名词；B. noisy 喧嚣的，是形容词；C. noisily吵闹地，是副词；句意：例如，如果人们长时间在吵闹的地方工作，他们可能会失去听力。修饰名词place，故用形容词noisy，故选B。‎ ‎7. A 【解析】考查副词及语境的理解。A. as well 也，位于肯定句句末，不用逗号隔开；B. too也，位于肯定句句，有逗号隔开； C. either也，位于否定句句末；句意：太多的噪音还能导致高血压。此处是肯定句句末，没有逗号，故用as well，故选A。‎ ‎8. C 【解析】考查情态动词及语境的理解。A. must 一定，有把握的推测； B. should 应该；C. may可能，没有把握的推测；句意：长时间在强烈的、易变的灯光下工作可能会导 致一些疾病。根据句意可知，这里只是一种可能，故选C。‎ ‎9. A 【解析】考查形容词及语境的理解。A. terrible可怕的，糟糕的；B. comfortable 舒服的；C. terribly非常；句意：它会使人感到难受，尤其是对人的眼睛有害。根据句意可知，it is bad for the eyes，故这里应该表示感觉难受，故选A。‎ ‎10. C 【解析】考查形容词及语境的理解。A. little 几乎没有；B. a little 一点儿；C. less更少；句意：污染越少，我们的地球就会变得越环保，我们的健康就会变得更好。根据后文的our planet will become greener and our health will be better.可知此处用比较级，故为less。故选C。学！科网 ‎（二）‎ ‎【文章大意】本文主要谈论了技术提供了人们的交流方法的利与弊。‎ ‎2. D 【解析】句意：我看到青少年到处发短信。A. here这儿；B. there那儿； C. somewhere某处； D. everywhere每个地方，到处。根据下文They text while talking to someone else, at the dinner table, in the car and at the movies.（他们发短信和别人聊天，或在餐桌上、或在汽车里、或在电影院里。）结合句意和选项可知选D。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】句意：正如你所看到的，我非常反对技术，但它有很多有益的方面。A. for为了，对于；B. against反对，违反；C. with用，随着，支持，和……在一起 ；D. behind落后于，支持。Be against sth.(doing sth.反对做某事；根据句意和语境可知选B。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：在微信的帮助下，它可以很容易找到他们，问他们是否愿意亲自做的事情。A. reach到达，影响，抵达，伸出； B. lose失去，错过，遗失，耽搁；C. win赢得，在……中获胜；D. control控制，管理，抑制。根据下文Staying in touch can be done in person as much as over technology.（亲自保持联系和通过技术保持联系内容一样多。）结合句意可知选A。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】句意：有些人结交新朋友有困难，而互联网提供了通过聊天室结识新朋友的途径。A. fun乐趣；B. time时间；时代；次数；倍数； C. trouble麻烦； D. trust信任，信赖；盼望。Have fun doing sth：高兴做某事；have time to do sth.：有时间做某事；have trouble doing sth.：做某事有困难；结合句意和语境可知选C。‎ ‎6. B 【解析】句意：网上恋情可能很危险，因为你永远不知道聊天的另一边是谁。A. convenient方便；B. dangerous危险的；C. important重要的； D. necessary必要的，必需的，必然的。结合句意和语境可知选B。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了现在的人的浪费现象，他们觉得中国的资源是很丰富的，所以肆无忌惮地使用而不节约，本文呼吁我们要停止浪费，节约资源，保护环境。‎ ‎1. B 【解析】考查非谓语动词。enjoy doing sth表示喜欢做某事，所以此题要填waste的动名词形式。故选B。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】考查形容词的比较级及语境的理解。A. more比较级；B. many原级；C. much原级；D. most最高级。由than可知此题要用比较级，故选A。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】考查连词及语境的理解。 A. after在……后；B. before在……前；C. since自从；D. whether 是否。结合语境可知是他们在离开教室前忘记关灯，故选B。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】考查动词。句意：有人说中国在一些资源上很富有的，如：煤、油、树等等。句子的主语someone与say之间是主动关系，这里指现在的人们经常这样说，所以句子用一般现在时。根据They even say ＂___6___rich our country is!这里可知，这里指人们现在说的情况。故选C。‎ ‎6. A 【解析】考查感叹句的结构。当修饰形容词时，感叹句要用how来引导，此题中是修饰形容词rich，所以用how即可。故选A。‎ ‎7. D 【解析】考查动词时态。由in 100 years和if引导的条件状语从句可知，此处是作主句的谓语，从句we go on wasting用的一般现在时，主句要用一般将来时，选D。A和B用于一般现在时，C用于一般过去时。故选D。‎ ‎8. C 【解析】考查动词短语。be/feel worried about表示担心，故选C。‎ ‎9. D 【解析】考查宾语从句。A. what什么；B. when什么时候；C. that在宾语从句中没有词义；D. how怎样。分析句子可知空格处引导的宾语从句作know的宾语，且从句中不缺主语，宾语或表语，不能选A；结合语境可知此处意思为如果没有这些资源我们要如何生存，选D。‎ ‎10. C 【解析】考查副词。A. care名词，关怀；动词，照顾；B. carefulness名词，细心；C. carefully副词，仔细地；D. careful形容词，小心的。此题是修饰动词短语think about，所以要用副词来修饰，故选C。‎ ‎11. A 【解析】考查定语从句。此句的先行词students指人，且在从句中作主语，所以要用who来引导；B不用于定语从句；C在定语从句中作状语；D可以作主语，但主要用于修饰事物，不用于修饰人，故选A。‎ ‎13. A 【解析】考查连词及语境的理解。A. because因为；B. although虽然；C. until直到；D. if如果。结合语境可知我们可以重复利用纸是不要把纸扔了的原因，故选A。学！科网 ‎14. C 【解析】考查固定短语。little by little表示渐渐的，一点一点地，选C，其他介词无此搭配。故选C。‎ ‎15. C 【解析】考查代词。do one’s best表示尽某人最大的努力，所以要用形容词性物主代词our。故选C。‎ 一、材料特点 ‎ 人物故事类的阅读理解是中考英语的常考材料之一。这类文章一般可分为人物传记和短篇故事两类。‎ ‎1. 人物传记主要涉及某人的生平事迹、趣闻轶事、生活背景、个性特征、成长和奋斗历程等，其特点是以时间的先后或事件的发展为主线，脉络清楚，可读性较强。‎ ‎2. 短篇故事与人物传记不同的是，这类文章一般描述的是某一件具体事情的发生发展或结局，有人物、时间、地点和事件。命题往往从故事的情节、人物或事件之间的关系、作者的态度及意图、故事前因和后果的推测等方面着手，考查考生对细节的辨认能力以及推理判断能力。‎ 二、解题技巧 ‎1. 阅读人物传记类文章时应该抓住时间线索来获取有关信息，即主人翁在某个时间做过什么，然后通过分析推理、综合归纳的方法进行解题。‎ ‎2. 阅读短篇故事类材料时，同学们一定要根据主要情节掌握文章主旨大意，同时抓住每一个细节，设身处地地根据文章内容揣摩作者的态度和意图，根据情节展开想象，这样的话即使是深层理解题也可迎刃而解。学科*网 A In 2010, writer Ding Yan made a decision to leave her hometown in west China’s Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region for Dongguan, a manufacturing(制造业) capital in south China’s Guangdong Province. She wanted to experience and write about the lives of the city’s factory girls who keep the production lines (生产线) moving. ‎ For almost a year, Ding worked at two electronics factories and a CD packaging factory. It was a difficult experience for a woman in her forties. Every day, she would put a small notebook and pen into her pocket secretly before starting her work. Much of the book was written during her short toilet breaks at work. From her experiences and the stories of the women she met came a book, Factory Girls, which came out at the end of this April. ‎ Factory Girls describes what life is like on the production line. It describes how the women stand all day, doing the same work. They sometimes chat quietly. One time, Ding was working next to a girl who told her, ＂I really wish the production line could just stop a moment for me to take a breath (呼吸). ＂ ‎ Ding said, ＂When I really thought about it, I came to realize that there was no difference between the factory girls and me. Although I don’t work physically as hard as they do to make a living, we are all experiencing the same helpless feeling towards life. The women I met were all very good at their jobs but they didn’t have great passion (热情) for life. ＂‎ ‎1. Writer Ding Yan was born in ______________.‎ ‎ A. Beijing B. Guangdong C. Hainan D. Xinjiang ‎2. How many factories did Ding work in almost a year?‎ ‎ A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five.‎ ‎3. What does her book Factory Girls describe?‎ ‎ A. Her hometown.‎ ‎ B. The lives of factory girls.‎ ‎ C. Her special life experience.‎ ‎ D. The production lines of the city’s factories.‎ ‎4. What do we know about the factory girls on the production lines?‎ ‎ A. They are poor.‎ ‎ B. They were born in Dongguan.‎ ‎ C. They can do well in their jobs.‎ ‎ D. They can’t chat with each other at work.‎ ‎5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. Ding Yan is a writer of 30.‎ ‎ B. Ding Yan lived as a factory girl and wrote the book.‎ ‎ C. Much of Ding’s book was written during short toilet breaks at work.‎ ‎ D. Ding Yan thinks there is no difference between the factory girls and her.‎ B It was the end of my junior year, the weekend before a dance. I was riding with some friends, and everyone was drinking from a bottle. When the bottle got to me, I drank too. I did not realize that it was the biggest mistake of my life. I had to drive home later that night. ‎ I went back to my car, got in and drove off. When I saw a policeman sitting in the parking lot and his headlights turning on, I knew he was going to follow me. Oh no, that swig!‎ ‎＂Can I see your license, please, Miss?＂the policeman asked me. I gave it to him. He went back to his car for a while. When he returned, he asked if I had been drinking. ＂No,＂I said. He asked me to walk out of my car. ‎ He told me to do some actions, and I didn’t do them well. Then he asked me to take a breathalyzer（酒精测试器）test. That was where I messed up. I told him I didn’t want to. The officer asked me three more times, and I continued to refuse. He told me to turn around and place my hands behind my back. He arrested me right then and there. I’ll have to take a driving ‎ test again. ‎ This was a huge learning experience for me. It opened my eyes to how easy it is to make a stupid decision. I want everyone reading this to know that it’s not right to drink and drive. It isn’t worth losing your license over.‎ ‎1. What mistake did the writer make?‎ ‎ A. She rode with her friends. ‎ ‎ B. She was too young to drink.‎ ‎ C. She drank and then drove a car. ‎ ‎ D. She didn’t take her driving license.‎ ‎2. When did the writer realize her mistake?‎ ‎ A. When she drank from the bottle. B. After she got into her car.‎ ‎ C. As soon as she saw the policeman. D. When the policeman went over to her.‎ ‎3. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. She passed the breathalyzer test. ‎ ‎ B. She lost her driving license for drinking.‎ ‎ C. She kept silent in front of the policeman. ‎ ‎ D. She drove back home as usual that night.‎ ‎4. What does the writer want to tell us?‎ ‎ A. Don’t drive after drinking. ‎ ‎ B. Don’t argue（争论） with a policeman.‎ ‎ C. Everyone has to follow the rules. ‎ ‎ D. Be careful while we are driving.‎ A（2018年浙江宁波市中考）‎ I graduated from college recently and moved to Washington by myself. While I was in college, it was really easy to meet new people. But "out in the real world", I was finding it really hard. I live in a big city, and it seems like everyone around me is busy or already has all the friends they want. I ‎ was feeling so discouraged(沮丧的） and I didn’t know what to do, so I called my sister for some advice.‎ My sister is five years older than I am, so she’s been through all this already. She’s been helping me with my problems all my life. When I explained my problem, she understood completely. She said, "Why don’t you try meeting people online?"‎ ‎"Online? Are you kidding?" I asked. "A friend of mine chatted with a guy online, and when she finally met him face to face, he was nothing like what he said."‎ My sister laughed. "You don’t have to look for dates online," she said. "But you can find other people like you—people who have just moved to town and want to make some new friends. When I first moved to New York after college, I found a book club and a football team online. I met a lot of people that way."‎ ‎"But you don’t even like football!" I said.‎ ‎"I know," she replied. "But that didn’t matter. I still bad a lot of fun. You played volleyball in college. Why don’t you look for a volleyball team to join? Or an art class?"‎ ‎"Yeah! I saw a website about volunteering the other day." I said. "I could volunteer for an organization here in Washington. I bet I could meet a lot of really nice people that way."‎ ‎"Good idea!" my sister answered excitedly. "Hey, you might even meet the perfect guy."‎ ‎"OK, now you’re starting to sound like Mom," I said. "Thanks a lot for the advice. I’m going online right now. I’ll let you know what happens. Will you be home tonight?"‎ ‎"No, but I’ll be here all day tomorrow, so give me a call," my sister replied. "Good luck!"‎ ‎19. What was the writer’s problem?‎ A. She was cheated by her friend online.‎ B. She was refused by a volleyball team.‎ C. She couldn’t meet people in her new city.‎ D. She felt discouraged in her college.‎ ‎20. The writer’s sister .‎ A. lives in the same city as the writer B. doesn’t have any advice for the writer C. had the same problem when she finished college D. didn’t go to college, but understands the writer’s problem ‎21. The writer is probably going to .‎ A. become a member of a football team B. look for dates online C. join a book club like her sister did D. volunteer for an organization ‎22. What’s the best title for this passage?‎ A. Looking for Fun Online B. Volunteering in a New City C. Chatting with Friends Online D. Making Friends in a New City B ‎（2017﹒山东泰安）Once a very rich man and his son collected valuable paintings by famous artists like Picasso, Van Gogh and Monet.‎ Later, the son left to join the army. After a few weeks, the old man received a letter saying his son had died while taking another soldier to a hospital. The old man became very lonely and sad.‎ One day, a soldier visited the old man and gave him a painting—it was a portrait（肖像）of his son. The painting of his son became the old man’s most valuable item. He told his neighbors it was the greatest gift he had ever received. The following spring, the old man died.‎ All of the old man’s paintings would be sold at an auction（拍卖会）. The auction began with the painting of the old man’s son.‎ ‎＂Who will open the price at $100?＂ the auctioneer asked. Moments passed and no one spoke or raised their hands. Someone said, ＂Who cares about that painting? Let’s get on to the good ones.＂ More voices followed in agreement. ＂No, we must sell this one first,＂ replied the auctioneer. ＂Now, who will take the portrait of the son?＂‎ Finally, a good friend of the old man spoke, ＂Ten dollars!＂ ＂Will anyone go higher?＂ called the auctioneer. After more silence he said: ＂ Going once… going twice…Sold!＂ The auctioneer then announced that the whole auction was over. ＂According to the father’s will, whoever takes the son’s portrait gets the whole collection.＂ The auctioneer said.‎ Because of the father’s love, whoever took the son got it all.‎ ‎46. How did the old man’s son die?‎ ‎ A. He died of a serious heart disease.‎ ‎ B. He died while taking another soldier to a hospital.‎ ‎ C.A car hit him when he went home.‎ ‎ D. He was killed by a doctor.‎ ‎47. What was the first painting to be sold at the auction? ‎ ‎ A. The paintings by famous artists.‎ ‎ B. The gift given by the old man’s neighbors.‎ ‎ C. The portrait of the old man’s son.‎ ‎ D. The most expensive collection of the old man.‎ ‎48. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. At the beginning of the auction, everyone realized the importance of the painting of the son.‎ ‎ B. The painting of the old man’s son was as popular as the other paintings.‎ ‎ C. The old man’s will was to give away the whole collection to charity. ‎ ‎ D. The old man’s good friend got the whole collection for only ten dollars.‎ ‎49. What’s the best title of the passage?‎ ‎ A. Love is Sharing. B. An Expensive Painting ‎ C. A Hot Auction D. Caring About the Person You Love C ‎（2017﹒内蒙古赤峰）I am Alice. My sister and I spent our last summer holidays with our uncle who is a geologist (地质学家) and loves to collect stones.‎ One day he bought us two backpacks and asked us to go to the mountain with him. We walked the whole day. Every now and then he put stones in our backpacks. To our surprise, he also took some stones out from them. But we thought he had just found better stones.‎ When we returned to the house, we were very tired. The backpacks were so heavy that we felt relief （轻松）when we took them off. Yet our uncle’s backpack was half empty.‎ ‎＂Why did you give us so many stones?＂ we asked.‎ ‎ ＂I didn’t. You did.＂ he said. ＂You didn’t know it, but I gave you a little attitude(态度) test today. I listened to every word you said. Whenever you were complaining (抱怨) , I added a stone to your backpacks. whenever you talked about something with positive (积极的) thinking, I took out a stone. And now look at your backpacks.＂‎ Our backpacks were full of stones.‎ ‎＂Your negative( 消极的) thoughts are just like stones. You carry them in your mind just like those stones in your backpacks. The more negative thoughts you have, the heavier your mind will be.＂ said our uncle.‎ With great love, our uncle taught us one of the most important lessons it life—the power of the attitude.‎ ‎26. Alice’s uncle likes to _______.‎ ‎ A. collect coins B. collect stones ‎ ‎ C. collect stamps D. collect books ‎27. When Alice’s uncle took out some stones from her backpack, she thought ________.‎ ‎ A. she said too many words ‎ ‎ B. her uncle had found better stones ‎ C. her uncle wanted her to feel a sense of relief ‎ ‎ D. she talked about something with positive thinking ‎28. Alice’s and her sister’s backpacks were full of stones because they _______.‎ ‎ A. complained (抱怨) too much on the way B. were hard working ‎ C. enjoyed collecting stones very much D. chose wrong backpacks to carry the stones ‎29. The underlined word ＂them＂ refers to ＂_______＂ in the passage.‎ ‎ A. the stones B. the backpacks ‎ ‎ C. the positive thoughts D. the negative thoughts ‎30. The writer wrote this passage to encourage us to _______‎ ‎ A. be pleased to take others’ advice B. have a positive attitude towards life ‎ C. make a plan before doing something D. help people in trouble D ‎（2017﹒浙江嘉兴）Kathy could still remember the night she had to leave her home in Hungary. It was the beginning of World War II and her family had to leave their country as soon as possible. She quickly filled a bag with a few pieces of clothing, her diary, and her treasure—a beautiful silk scarf.‎ Kathy and her best friend, Monica, had asked their parents to buy them matching scarves. They each would wear the scarves as a symbol of their friendship. Kathy had no idea that she was going to America that night and would not be returning.‎ Kathy kept that special silk scarf for many years. One day she decided to give it to her granddaughter, Eliza, to wear to her first job interview for good luck. Kathy was afraid that Eliza would lose the scarf, but the granddaughter promised, ＂Don’t worry, Grandma, nothing’s going to happen to your scarf. You’ll see. It is going to bring both of us luck today.＂ And with that, Eliza kissed her grandmother and left for the interview.‎ That afternoon Eliza left the interview, feeling sure that she had got the job. So she decided to celebrate by going to a restaurant. As she was sitting at her table, she felt someone looking at her. Sitting next to her was an old woman, who could not take her eyes away from her.‎ ‎＂I’m sorry, do I know you?＂ Eliza asked.‎ ‎＂I’m sorry, dear, but you make me think of someone I once knew,＂ the old woman replied. ＂My best friend looked like you and used to wear a scarf just like the one you’re wearing around your neck.＂ Eliza listened carefully, with her eyes and mouth wide open. She had heard stories of her grandmother’s best friend and knew the meaning of the scarf. Could this be Monica, her grandmother’s childhood friend?‎ Eliza introduced herself and waited to hear the name of the other woman.‎ ‎＂My name’s Monica, dear. I lived in Hungary as a child, but my family had to leave when I was fourteen years old. I’ve been living here in California ever since.＂ said the old woman.‎ Eliza could not believe her ears …‎ ‎42. Kathy and her family left their country because _______.‎ ‎ A. Kathy found a job in the USA B. Kathy would study in California ‎ C. they had no friends in Europe D. they wanted to get away from the war ‎43. From the underlined sentence in Paragraph 6, we can infer(推断) that Eliza felt _______.‎ ‎ A. surprised B. thankful C. sorry D. nervous ‎44. What would Eliza most probably do after the dinner?‎ ‎ A. She gave the silk scarf to Monica.‎ ‎ B. She went for another job interview.‎ ‎ C. She showed Monica around California.‎ ‎ D. She took Monica to meet her grandmother.‎ ‎45. The best title for this passage can be _______.‎ ‎ A.A Gift from Parents B. A Scarf of Luck ‎ C. A Successful Interview D. A Story in the War A ‎（广东省深圳市耀华实验学校2018届九年级上学期期中）In their last moment before the flight took off, I heard a father saying to his daughter, ＂I love you, I wish you enough.＂ The daughter said, ＂Daddy, our life together has been more than enough. Your love is all I ever needed. I wish you enough too.＂ They kissed goodbye and the daughter left. I could see the father was very sad.‎ Suddenly the father walked towards me and asked me, ＂Did you ever say goodbye to someone knowing it would be the last time?＂‎ His words made me think of my father. Realizing that my father’s days were limited(有限的), I took the time to tell him face to face how much he meant to me. So I understood what this father was experiencing.‎ ‎＂Yes, I did.＂ I answered, ＂But why is this a last goodbye?＂‎ ‎＂I am old and my daughter lives much too far away. Maybe her next trip back will be for my funeral,＂ he said.‎ ‎＂When you were saying goodbye, I heard you say ‘I wish you enough’. What does that mean?＂‎ He began to smile. ＂My parents used to say it to me. When we say ‘I wish you enough’, we want the other person to have a life filled with enough good things.＂ He stopped for a moment and continued, ＂I wish you enough sun to keep your attitude bright. I wish you enough rain to appreciate the sun more. I wish you enough happiness to keep your spirit alive. I wish you enough pain so that the smallest joys in life seem much bigger… I wish you enough ‘Hellos’ to get you through the final ‘Goodbye’＂.‎ He then said goodbye to me and walked away.‎ ‎1. Where did the story happen?‎ ‎ A. In a hospital. B. At an airport. C. At a train station. D. In a park.‎ ‎2. In the passage, ＂I wish you enough＂ means that we wish _______.‎ ‎ A. the other person as many good things as possible B. each other a good life ‎ C. the other person as much sunshine as possible D. it enough rain ‎3. Which is NOT mentioned according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. The father’s parents used to say ＂I wish you enough＂.‎ ‎ B. The writer was the father’s friend.‎ ‎ C. The father was sad when his daughter left.‎ ‎ D. The father wished his daughter to live a happy life.‎ ‎4. According to the passage, why must we be wished enough pain?‎ ‎ A. Because no pain, no gain.‎ ‎ B. Because we can keep our spirit alive.‎ ‎ C. Because the tiny happiness makes us feel like the great joys.‎ ‎ D. Because the pleasures and pains in life are necessary.‎ B When Jason’s parents saw him for the first time, they were shocked. This lovely little baby with shining blue eyes and curly hair was born disabled. Jason’s arms are just half without hands ‎ and his legs aren’t fully grown either. But soon the young couple accepted this fact. They even forgot to think of him as disabled.‎ At the age of six, he told his mother he wanted to get down from the prosthetics (假肢) and play with other kids. This was the last time Jason had worn them. He now has an electric wheelchair, but he never uses it at home or when it is easy for him to move using only his body.‎ Jason learned handwriting and coloring at school, holding the pen between the ends of his arms. He also learned to eat with forks at home. When he was ten, he fell in love with football. He never had a pair of shoes in his life because of the shape of his feet. He only wore socks on the football field. He never won a match, but he refused to give up. His strong arms and body, as well as some fantastic ways made him a respected player on the school team. He went to a famous university after high school.‎ ‎ Now Jason still faces many hardships in life, but he will make you believe that you can do what he has done.‎ ‎＂Never be afraid of any difficulty＂, Jason often encourages others in his speeches.‎ ‎1. Why were Jason’s parents shocked when they saw him for the first time?‎ ‎ A. Because he was born disabled. B. Because he had big hands.‎ ‎ C. Because his hair was curly. D. Because he wanted to go to college.‎ ‎2. What does the underlined word ＂hardships＂ mean in this passage?‎ ‎ A. 成就 B. 贫穷 C. 困难 D. 战船 ‎3. From the passage, we learn the following about Jason EXCEPT ______.‎ ‎ A. he only uses his electric wheelchair at home ‎ B. he only wore socks while playing football ‎ C. he is never afraid of any difficulty in life ‎ D. he often encourages others in his speeches.‎ ‎4. What is the best title (标题) of this passage?‎ ‎ A. Disabled but still able ‎ ‎ B. Playing football brings good luck ‎ C. Never wear prosthetics even disabled ‎ ‎ D. The importance of encouragement C Once upon a time, there was a spider with the name Anansi. He knew that he was very clever but he also knew he wasn’t wise. He didn’t like this, but he did not know what to do. One day he had an idea. He went around the village with a basket and asked people to give him some of their wisdom. Each person put a bit in his basket and wished him good luck.‎ Soon his basket was full, but Anansi was worried that his neighbors might be jealous (嫉妒) of his wisdom and take it from him. He decided to hide it at the top of a tall tree. When he had tied the basket to the front part of his body, he tried to climb the tree, but it was too difficult. He tried again and again without success.‎ Then his youngest son walked by. ＂What are you doing, father?＂ he asked and Anansi told him. ＂Why don’t you carry the basket on your back instead?＂ his son said.‎ Anansi put the basket on his back and climbed the tree easily, but he wasn’t happy. ＂I walked all over the village and collected so much wisdom that I am the wisest person ever, but my baby son is still wiser than me. Take back your wisdom!＂ he said. And he threw the basket of wisdom into the air and went home. And that’s how wisdom went all over the world.‎ ‎1. Anansi went around the village because__________.‎ ‎ A. he knew he was very clever ‎ ‎ B. he wanted to show his good luck ‎ C. he hoped to meet his son ‎ ‎ D. he wanted to ask people for wisdom ‎2. Anansi wanted to get his wisdom from____________.‎ ‎ A. his son B. his father C. the villagers D. the neighbors ‎3. The underlined word ＂it＂ in Paragraph 2 refers to (指的是)________ .‎ ‎ A. the tree B. the basket C. the luck D. the wisdom ‎4. The passage above is _____________.‎ ‎ A. a report B. a story C. an advertisement D. a diary ‎5. The best title for the passage would be ＂___________＂.‎ ‎ A. Anansi’s wisdom B. The wisdom of Anansi’s son ‎ C. Anansi and his son D. Anansi and the villagers 跟踪训练 A ‎【文章大意】文章介绍了作家丁岩为了写书，到工厂第一线工作，体验工厂女工的生活。‎ ‎1. D 【解析】根据In 2010, writer Ding Yan made a decision to leave her hometown in west China’s Xinjiang...可知选D。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】根据The women I met were all very good at their jobs but they didn’t have great passion (热情) for life. ＂可知在生产线上的女工的工作都做得很好，故选C。‎ ‎5. A 【解析】根据Much of the book was written during her short toilet breaks at work.和I came to realize that there was no difference between the factory girls and me.可知选A。‎ B ‎【文章大意】本文作者讲述了自己酒后驾车的一次经历，驾照被吊销，告诫人们酒后不要驾车。‎ ‎1. C 【解析】根据第一段中的When the bottle got to me, I drank too. I did not realize that it was the biggest mistake of my life. I had to drive home later that night.可知，作者犯了酒后驾车的错误。故选：C。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】根据第二段可知，作者一看到警察，意识到了自己的错误。故选：C。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】根据第四段中的I’ll have to take a driving test again.可知，作者又要参加驾驶考试了，说明失去了驾照。故选：B。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】根据最后一段可知，本文作者主要想告诉人们：酒后不该驾车。故选：A。‎ 真题再现 A ‎【文章大意】这篇文章讲了“我”毕业后的一个实际问题——无法在新城市结识朋友，“我”向姐姐求助，姐姐为我提出了十分实用可行的建议。‎ ‎19. C【解析】句意：作者的问题是什么？A. 她在网上被她的朋友骗了。B. 她被排球队拒绝了。C. 她无法在新的城市遇见他人。D. 她在大学时感到气馁。原文“But "out in the real world", I was finding it really hard.”（但“在现实世界中”，我发现它很难。），这里的“it”指“meet new people”，遇见新的人，这是作者的问题所在。故选C。‎ ‎20. C【解析】句意：这位作家的姐姐大学毕业时也遇到同样的问题。文章中很大篇幅都在讲姐姐给我的建议，原文“When I first moved to New York after college”说明姐姐上过大学，选项D不正确。原文“so she’s been through all this already.”和“she understood completely”说明姐姐也经过这些，十分理解，故选C。学科*网 ‎21. D【解析】句意：作家可能会去为一个组织提供志愿服务。A. 成为一个足球队的成员B. 在网上寻找约会C. 像她姐姐一样加入一家书店D. 为一个组织提供志愿服务。原文“I could volunteer for an organization here in Washington.”（我可以在华盛顿为这里的一个组织做志愿者。），故选D。‎ B ‎【文章大意】这篇短文主要介绍了一位父亲喜欢收藏贵重的画，在儿子死后，视儿子的肖像为珍宝。老人去世后，留下遗言无论谁买下儿子的肖像，那么他的收藏就归谁所有。‎ ‎46. B 【解析】细节理解题。根据After a few weeks, the old man received a letter saying his son had died while taking another soldier to a hospital.可知他的儿子是在送另一个士兵去医院的时候死的，故选B。 ‎ ‎47. C 【解析】细节理解题。根据The auction began with the painting of the old man’s son.可知老人儿子的肖像最先开始拍卖，故选C。‎ ‎48. D 【解析】细节理解题。根据倒数第二段Finally, a good friend of the old man spoke, ＂Ten dollars!＂及＂According to the father’s will, whoever takes the son’s portrait gets the whole collection.＂故选D。‎ ‎49. A 【解析】标题归纳题。根据这篇短文主要介绍了老人因为对儿子的爱而留下遗言：谁买下儿子的肖像谁就能能获得他所有的分享，对比选项，故选A。‎ C ‎【文章大意】这篇短文主要介绍了作者的叔叔在登山时，当作者抱怨时向他的背包中放入石头，当作者有积极的想法时取出石头，使作者认识到消极的思想越多，心理负担就越重。‎ ‎26. B 【解析】细节理解题。根据who is a geologist (地质学家) and loves to collect stones.可知作者的叔叔是一个地质学家，并且喜欢收集石头。故选B。‎ ‎27. B 【解析】细节理解题。根据To our surprise, he also took some stones out from them. But we thought he had just found better stones.可知他们认为叔叔找到了更好的石头，才从背包中取出一些。故选B。‎ ‎28. A 【解析】细节理解题。根据＂I didn’t. You did.＂ he said. ＂You didn’t know it, but I gave you a little attitude(态度) test today. I listened to every word you said. Whenever you were complaining (抱怨) , I added a stone to your backpacks. whenever you talked about something with positive (积极的) thinking, I took out a stone. And now look at your backpacks.＂及Our backpacks were full of stones.可知作者抱怨太多，故选A。‎ ‎30. B 【解析】推理判断题。根据短文最后一段可知作者从此认识到积极态度对生活的重要性。故选B。‎ D ‎【文章大意】这篇短文主要介绍了二战时凯西一家为了逃避战乱而离开自己的国家。凯西一直带着象征和好友友谊的围巾，最后因为这条围巾最终和好友团聚。‎ ‎42. D 【解析】细节理解题。根据It was the beginning of World War II and her family had to leave their country as soon as possible.可知凯西一家是为了逃离战争而离开，故选D。‎ ‎43. A 【解析】细节理解题。根据Eliza listened carefully, with her eyes and mouth wide open.可知Eliza仔细地听着，嘴巴和眼睛睁得很大。根据Eliza的表情可知她非常吃惊，故选A。‎ ‎44. D 【解析】推理判断题。根据短文最后可知Monica就是Eliza奶奶失散多年的好友，根据故事的发展，Eliza会把老人带到那里，使她们相见，故选D。‎ ‎45. B 【解析】标题归纳题。根据短文主要围绕一条围巾为线索展开描述，故选B。‎ 模拟检测 A ‎【文章大意】短文讲述的是＂我＂在机场的一次感人经历。即将分手的父女俩在机场互相祝福对方＂I wish you enough.＂，然后伤心地离别，这让我很好奇，＂父亲＂向＂我＂解释了＂I wish you enough.＂的动人意义：当我们说＂I wish you enough.＂的时候，我们希望另一个人有足够多的好东西。‎ ‎1. B 【解析】题意：故事发生在什么地方？考查细节理解。根据短文的开头In their last moment before the flight took off, I heard a father saying to his daughter可知故事发生在机场，故选B。‎ ‎2. A 【解析】题意：在文章中，＂I wish you enough.＂意味着我们希望_______。考查细节理解。A. the other person as many good things as possible别人有更多的好东西；B. each other a good life彼此好好生活；C. the other person as much sunshine as possible另一个人有尽可能多的阳光；D. it enough rain它有足够的雨水。根据文中的父亲对＂我＂说的话When we say ‘I wish you enough’, we want the other person to have a life filled with enough good things.，可知是希望另一个人有足够多的好东西，故选A。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】题意：根据这段话，为什么我们一定要有足够的痛苦？考查细节理解。A. Because no pain, no gain. 因为没有痛苦，就没有收获。B. Because we can keep our spirit alive. 因为我们可以让我们的精神保持活力。C. Because the tiny happiness makes us feel like the great joys. 因为微小的幸福让我们感觉像是巨大的欢乐。D. Because the pleasures and pains in life are necessary. 因为生活中的快乐和痛苦是必要的。根据I wish you enough pain so that the smallest joys in life seem much bigger…，可知它能使生活中最小的快乐显得更大，故选C。‎ B ‎【文章大意】这是一篇励志小故事，介绍了天生残疾的杰森如何顽强地克服一个个困难成为受人尊敬的球员，并最终考上大学的故事，赞扬了他是一位身残志坚、有能力证明自己价值的人。‎ ‎1. A 【解析】题意：为什么杰森的父母第一次见到他时会感到震惊？细节理解题。根据短文的第二句This lovely little baby with shining blue eyes and curly hair was born disabled.，可知孩子天生残疾，故选A。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】题意：这篇文章中的画线词＂hardships＂是什么意思？词义猜测题。根据句意和语境，结合下文杰森演讲时鼓励别人的话Never be afraid of any difficulty，可知选C。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】题意：从这篇文章中，我们知道下面的除了______都是关于杰森的。细节理解题。A. he only uses his electric wheelchair at home他只在家里使用电动轮椅。B. he only wore socks while playing football他踢足球时只穿袜子。C. he is never afraid of any difficulty in life他从不害怕生活中的任何困难。D. he often encourages others in his ‎ speeches. 他经常在演讲中鼓励别人。根据第二段的最后一句He now has an electric wheelchair, but he never uses it at home，可知杰森从来没有在家里使用电动轮椅，故选A。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】题意：这篇文章最好的题目是什么？主旨大意题。根据短文内容，介绍的是天生残疾的杰森如何顽强地克服一个个困难成为受人尊敬的球员，并最终考上大学的故事，可知他是一位虽然身体有缺陷但依然有能力证明自己价值的人，故选A。‎ C ‎【文章大意】本文讲述了名叫Anansi的蜘蛛从村民那里收集了很多智慧，放在一个篮子里，当他想要把这篮子智慧藏到树上时，发现很难上树。他的儿子让他背着篮子上去，他原以为自己最聪明，但是他的儿子仍然比他聪明。于是，他把一篮子智慧扔在空中，这样智慧到了世界各地。‎ ‎3. D 【解析】词义猜测题。根据Soon his basket was full, but Anansi was worried that his neighbors might be jealous (嫉妒) of his wisdom and take it from him.可知他担心他的邻居会妒忌他的智慧，拿走它，故此处的it指的是wisdom。故选D。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】推理判断题。根据文中讲述了一个蜘蛛收集智慧，藏智慧，然后扔了智慧的故事，故选B。‎ ‎5. A 【解析】标题归纳题。本文讲述了一个名叫Anansi的蜘蛛收集智慧，藏智慧，然后扔了智慧的故事，故选A。学科*网 ‎＂英语说明文＂，顾名思义，就是一种以＂说明、解释＂为主要表达方式的英语文体。它是对客观事物的性状、特点、功能和用途等作科学解说的。它既不像故事那样重在情节的叙述和描写，也不像议论文那样，重在阐明主张和论点论据；更不像科幻作品那样富于想象和虚构夸张。说明文是通过解说事物、阐明事理，使人们增长知识和技能。说明文是高考英语阅读理解题中的重点内容之一。说明文具有与自己特点相适应的说明方法，因此说明文结构复杂，专业术语多，易于拉开考生分数档次，便于高校分层次选拔人才。然而对于考生来说说明文抽象度高，解题难度大。高考对说明文的考查多为科普知识，动植物特性、自然现象和新产品、新工艺介绍以及人文地理、风土人情等方面的说明文，文中解释性、定义性、说明性的句子居多。因此考生要掌握说明文的命题特点，叙述方式，以冷静的心态阅读原文，重点突破长句结构特点和逻辑关系，以便对其做出准确的语意理解。 ‎ 说明文阅读理解的特征 一般说来，英语说明文与其他文体一样，文章所涉及的内容不外乎以下几个方面，即who → what → when → where → how → why。学科*网 ‎1. who：问的是这篇文章的主体是谁？（即所要说明和描述的人或事物） ‎ ‎2. what：问的是主体做了什么事情？（即主体表现出的特性、功能和用途） ‎ ‎3. when和where：是在何时何地发生的？（即何时何地所表现出的特性、功能和用途） ‎ ‎4. how：通过什么方式表现出来的？ ‎ ‎5. why：这种特性功能用途的原因是什么？ ‎ 做说明文阅读理解题的时候，一定要记住上面的wh-word。边阅读，边搜记，牢记要点，把握全文。‎ A Welcome to London! Now let me tell you something about this wonderful city. London, the capital of the United Kingdom, is the biggest city in Western Europe with over 7 million people. It sits by the River Thames. London has a history of more than 2000 years. Because all over the world are familiar with the city’s red doubledecker (双层的) buses and black taxis. ‎ People ‎ The British Empire used to rule around the world, so many people from around the world moved to London. They have brought with them their own languages and cultures. More than 300 different languages are spoken in London. ‎ Culture London is known for its museums. One important museum is British Museum. It is the oldest public museum in the world. There are two main art museums in London: the National Gallery and the Tate Gallery. Besides, London is also home to arts, such as theatre and music. The Globe Theatre, which was popular in the late 16th and 17th centuries, was opened for performances of William Shakespeare’s central London. ‎ Tourist attractions London has many wonderful places to visit. For example, the well-known Clock Tower, a 320foothigh tower, was called the Big Ben. Another famous London building is Buckingham Palace. The members of royal (皇家的) family of England live there. Besides, Hyde Park is the largest open area in central London.‎ ‎1. What’s the population of London?‎ ‎ A. Less than 7 million. B. Only 7 million.‎ ‎ C. More than 7 million. D. Nearly 7 million.‎ ‎2. How many museums are there in London according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. Two B. Three C. Four D. Five ‎3. The members of royal family of England live in ________.‎ ‎ A. the Big Ben B. Buckingham Palace ‎ C. Hyde Park D. British Museum ‎4. Which of the following is NOT mentioned (提及) in the passage?‎ ‎ A. The Location of London.‎ ‎ B. The history of London.‎ ‎ C. The interesting places in London.‎ ‎ D. The food in London.‎ ‎5. From the passage, we can know that ________.‎ ‎ A. more than 300 different languages are spoken in London ‎ B. the Globe Theatre has less than 300 years’ history ‎ C. the Big Ben is a 320foothigh clock ‎ D. London is the biggest city in Europe B Different gestures (手势) mean different things in different countries. Sometimes a gesture that is polite in one country is not polite in another and should not be used. Different meanings of gestures can also cause problems in understanding what another person is trying to say. A gesture that many people do not understand is one that uses the thumb. Most westerners will sometimes show that they like something by holding out a closed hand with the thumb lifting in the air. This is called give someone or something ＂the thumbs up＂. Often, only one thumb is used, so it should be ＂the thumb up＂. ‎ The usual explanation (解释) for the origin of this gesture is not really correct. It says that in ancient Roman times, when people were pleased with the way a gladiator (角斗士) had fought, they showed their thumbs up. When they were not pleased, they gave the thumbs down. When a gladiator was given the thumbs up, the emperor allowed him to live. When a gladiator was given the thumbs down, the emperor ordered him to be killed. ‎ The truth is, however, it was translated into a wrong meaning by mistake. If people wanted to save the gladiator, they put out their hands and hid their thumbs in their hands. If they wanted the gladiator to die, they pointed their thumbs straight at him.‎ ‎1. Westerners lift their thumbs when they ________.‎ ‎ A. want someone to die B. like something ‎ C. want to go to a playground D. want someone to live ‎2. Most people think that in ancient Rome, ＂thumbs up＂ meant that ________.‎ ‎ A. the emperor could die ‎ B. the people wanted the gladiator to live ‎ C. the fighting could continue ‎ D. the people were not pleased ‎3. In fact, if people wanted a gladiator to live, they ________.‎ ‎ A. hid their thumbs B. pointed their thumbs down ‎ C. lifted their thumbs up D. pointed their thumbs at him ‎4. From the article we know that ________.‎ ‎ A. different gestures have different meanings in different countries ‎ B. a friendly gesture is always the same in different countries ‎ C. the meaning of ＂thumbs up＂ is the same both now and the past ‎ D. we should often use the thumbs ‎5. The main idea of this article is about ________.‎ ‎ A. gestures around the world ‎ B. closed thumbs ‎ C. gestures in ancient Rome ‎ D. the thumbsup gesture A（2018年浙江金华中考）‎ Teenagers are known for being creative and full of new ideas. Let’s have a look at these teenage inventions that might change the world.‎ Banana leaves usually go bad in two or three days. Tenith Adithyaa, a teenager from India, used UV to make the leaves stay fresh for a year. Tenith thinks that one day the leaves will be used for making plates, cups and other things. ‎ David Cohen, an American teenager, built an earthworm(蚯蚓) robot. It is able to go into the smallest places, where humans or dogs can’t go. It will be used for finding people in a fire or an earthquake. ‎ Remya Jose, a 14-year-old from India, found it tiring and boring to handwash clothes in the nearby river. She reused some bicycle parts and created a washing machine that saves time, energy and keeps people fit at the same time. ‎ Kenneth Shinozuku, a 15-year-old from New York, noticed that his grandfather who got Alzheimer＇s disease（老年痴呆） would often leave home and get lost. So he invented the wearable sensors(感应器)to help people find their family members like his grandfather. ‎ ‎16. What is the passage mainly about?‎ A. Popular ads B. Useful machines C. Strange pictures. D. Teenage inventions ‎17. The earthworm robot by David Cohen can _________.‎ A. make things stay fresh B. help people wash clothes C. go into the smallest places D. take care of the old people ‎18. Which of the following is TRUE A. Plates and cups are made of fresh banana leaves.‎ B. Remya’s washing machine can also keep people fit.‎ C. David Cohen is a middle school student from India.‎ D. Kenneth’s wearable sensors will keep old people at home.‎ B ‎（2017﹒湖北恩施州）Wechat is popular among us, but if someone deletes you or blocks(屏蔽）you on it，does it mean you’ve made him or her angry?‎ It depends.‎ Maybe you have just left messages too often without much valuable information. For example, the questions are those like ‘how are u?’ ‘what are u doing? ‘‘do u love me? ‘ too often. You know, people may feel bored after answering such kinds of questions time after time.‎ Another possible reason may be that you’ve sent something unpleasant to your friend or in your friend circle. I just blocked one of my middle school classmates yesterday because she was trying to sell fake goods in the friend circle, and I hale it quite much.‎ Some people delete the one’s name from friends’ list because they no longer want to see it (maybe ex-boyfriend or ex-girlfriend) and they don’t want the one to see their＂ Moments＂ (动态） on WeChat (maybe they publish very private pictures or life or thoughts they don’t want to share with him or her.)‎ So why you are blocked may depend on his or her mood or preference (喜好), and the reasons a person gets blocked are various from person to person. So I suggest you to write an email or make a phone call to that person if he or she really means a lot to you to see why he or she is dissatisfied with you ,and to find out how you can make up for the case.‎ ‎1. From Paragraph 3, we can know if you are blocked that is because ______.‎ ‎ A. you are asking too many boring questions B. your friend is angry ‎ C. your friend doesn’t like answering questions D. your friend has no time to reply ‎2. The underlined word ＂fake＂ in the passage probably means________.‎ ‎ A. 令人喜爱的 B. 真实的 C. 完美的 D. 假冒的 ‎3. In Paragraph 5, the underlined word ＂it＂ refers to ______.‎ ‎ A. the goods B. the name ‎ ‎ C. the private life D. the friend circle ‎4. _______causes of being deleted or blocked are mentioned in the passage.‎ ‎ A. 4 B. 2 C. 3 D. 5‎ ‎5. Which is the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A. Friend Circle B. Why Are You Blocked?‎ ‎ C. A Popular Way of Communication D. How to Make Your Friend Satisfied C ‎（2017﹒云南昆明）In the 19th century, trains were the best way to travel long distances(距离) over land. Trains were fast and convenient. In the 20th century, airplanes ‎ replaced trains for long-distance travel. Today, however, high-speed trains are attracting (吸引）passengers again.‎ France has a train called the TGV. TGV is ＂Train a Grande Vitesse＂ in French, which means ＂high-speed train＂. A TGV train operates at speed up to 300 km/h. The passengers can travel from Paris to Marseilles in only four hours.‎ The first country to have a high-speed train is Japan. The Bullet train offers a fast, smooth ride between Tokyo and other major cities in Japan. This train operates at speed up to 210 km/h and can travel between Tokyo and Osaka in just three hours. ‎ China has the world’s longest high-speed rail network with over 19,369.8 km of track (轨道) in service from December 2014. China’s high-speed rail system also includes the world’s longest line, the 2.298 km Beijing-Guangzhou high-speed railway. China’s high-speed trains are marked with ＂CRH＂(China’s railway high-speed). They are also called Hexie Hao. The fastest trainsets, CRH380BL, reached the highest test speed of 487.3km/h.‎ ‎1. What does the underlined phrase ＂at speed＂ in the second paragraph mean?‎ ‎ A. fast B. late C. slowly D. deeply ‎2. The first country to have a high-speed train is___________.‎ ‎ A. China B. Japan C. France D. America ‎3. Which is the world’s longest high-speed railway line?‎ ‎ A. The line from Beijing to Shanghai. B. The line from Paris to Marseilles.‎ ‎ C. The line from Beijing to Guangzhou. D. The line from Tokyo to Osaka.‎ ‎4. The highest test speed of GRH380BL was ___________.‎ ‎ A. 210km/h ‎ ‎ B. over double the speed of the Japanese Bullet train ‎ C. 300km/h ‎ ‎ D. more than double the speed of the French TOV train ‎5. What’s the main idea of this passage?‎ ‎ A. The development of the French TGV train.‎ ‎ B. The history of the Japanese Bullet train.‎ ‎ C. The tests of the Chinese CRH380BL trainsets.‎ ‎ D. The introduction of high-speed trains.‎ D ‎（2017﹒河南）The idea that red means stop and green means has influenced our lives in more ways than just traffic signals(信号). We have been taught from a young age that the color red means danger and green means it’s okay to move forward. But why were those colors chosen for traffic lights in the first place? For something we have to look at every day, why couldn’t they have been prettier colors?‎ Well, it’s import to know that before traffic lights for cars, there were traffic signals for trains. At first, railway companies used red to mean stop, white to mean go, and green to mean warn. As you could imagine, trains ran into a few problems with white meaning go. For example, one train mistook a bright star for a white light and something unexpected happened. Because of that, railway companies finally moved green meaning go and used yellow to mean warn. And it’s been that way ever since.‎ Red has always been a color that mean danger, long before cars were even around. This most likely started because it’s the color with the longest wavelength(波长) so it can be seen somewhere farther than other colors.‎ But, believe it or not, yellow was once used to mean stop. Back in the 1900s, some stop signs were yellow because it was too hard to see a red sign in a poorly lit area. Finally, highly reflective materials(高反射材料) were developed and red stop signs were born. Since yellow can be seen well at all times of the day, school zones, some traffic signs, and school buses continue to be printed yellow.‎ So next time you are impatiently waiting at a traffic light, don’t get so mad at them, they’ve certainly come a long way.‎ ‎1. What were traffic signals for before traffic lights for cars?‎ ‎ A. Trains B. Boats. C. Planes D. Bicycles ‎2. Which of the following colors meant go at first?‎ ‎ A. Red. B. Yellow. C. White. D. Green.‎ ‎3. Why does red mean danger?‎ ‎ A. Because it’s the brightest color. B. Because it can be seen far away.‎ ‎ C. Because railway companies say so. D. Because it has the shortest wavelength.‎ ‎4. Why are school buses painted yellow?‎ ‎ A. Because yellow is a prettier color.‎ ‎ B. Because yellow once meat danger.‎ ‎ C. Because yellow can be seen well in daytime.‎ ‎ D. Because yellow means it’s OK to go forward.‎ ‎5. What does the text mainly tell us?‎ ‎ A. How important traffic lights are.‎ ‎ B. Which color has the longest wavelength.‎ ‎ C. What red, yellow and green can be used for.‎ ‎ D. Why traffic lights are red, yellow and green.‎ A ‎（2017学年瑞安市玉海实验中学九年级上期中）About 96% of young people in the UK usually use the internet to communicate according to a survey of 24,000 British people aged 9-11. A report shows that only 40% of young people know that personal information shared online stays online forever. There are about 250 million tweets generated every day and around 800 million Facebook users—that means a lot of information is shared online. So are young using the internet safely?‎ Do you know how to change your privacy settings on social media? For example, you can click the ＂flower’ icon＂or ＂settings＂ on Facebook to get to your privacy settings. Then you can decide who sees your posts and personal information: friends, friends of friends or ‎ everyone. Do you want everyone in the world to be able to see your email address or just friends?‎ The BBC Share Take Care campaign is all about helping everybody, from little kids to the over 55s, to make their online activity safer and protect themselves on the web. The campaign says adults and teenagers need to be more careful with personal information and images online.‎ Everybody knows that we should be polite and kind to people in real life and online. Unluckily this doesn’t always happen. Where can you report online abuse or unkind messages to yourself or your friends? Do you know how to report such messages online? For example, if you see an unkind tweet on Twitter you can click on＂more＂ and then choose ＂Report tweet＂. You then block all further tweets from that user.‎ ‎1. How many young people know shared information stays online forever according to the report?‎ ‎ A. Very few. B. Less than a half.‎ ‎ C. More than a half. D. Almost everyone ‎2. The second paragraph mainly tells us _________.‎ ‎ A. how to use Facebook ‎ B. how to change our email address ‎ C. how to change our privacy settings ‎ D. how to protect our personal information ‎3. What’s the purpose of the BBC Share Take Care campaign?‎ ‎ A. To help adults to surf the Internet.‎ ‎ B. To help people to stay safe online.‎ ‎ C. To help kids to protect themselves online.‎ ‎ D. To help teenagers to be careful with their information ‎4. When you see an unkind message, you are advised to ___________.‎ ‎ A. save it B. forget it C. ignore it D. report it B The Lantern Festival falls on the 15th of the first month of the lunar calendar. This day is always the first full moon in the New Year. Ancient people also called it Shangyuan Festival. Celebrations and traditions on this day began from the Han Dynasty and became popular in the Tang Dynasty.‎ Watching the red lanterns is one of the main traditions. Lanterns of different shapes and sizes are usually put on trees, or along river banks on show. It is said that sky lanterns were first used by Zhuge Kongming to ask for help when he was in trouble. Today, when the lanterns slowly rise into the air, people make wishes.‎ Another tradition is guessing lantern riddles. The riddles are usually short, wise, and sometimes humorous. The answer to a riddle can be a Chinese character, a famous person’s name, or a place name.‎ The most important thing is to eat sweet dumplings with different tastes. In northern China, they are called yuan xiao while in southern part they’re named tang yuan. Because making sweet dumplings is like a game or an activity, they are usually done happily by a group of friends or family members.‎ In old times, the Lantern Festival was also romantic. Watching lanterns gave young people a chance to meet each other. A line from Xin Qiji a poet during the Song Dynasty, shows this;‎ Hundreds and thousands of times I searched for her in the crowed. Suddenly I turned，and there she stood，in the dim light.‎ ‎1. What were sky lanterns first used for by Zhuge Kongming in ancient times?‎ ‎ A. Making wishes. B. Celebrating birthdays.‎ ‎ C. Playing games D. Asking for help.‎ ‎2. The line from Xin Qiji in the passage shows the Lantern Festival was in old times.‎ ‎ A. boring B. humorous C. romantic D. popular C In June, three students from the same high school in Wujiashan High School, Hubei Province each won a gold medal at an important invention trade show in the United States.‎ One of them is Wang Yujie. Her invention can control the oxygen level itself in pools day and night. Usually, fish keepers increase oxygen in fish pools by hand, and it’s hard work, but now they can save a lot of strength.‎ Another winner Xue Jigang is also in the first year of high school. Xue’s invention is an in-car system(系统). The third winner’s invention could be used more widely. Zhong Juncheng told the local newspaper that his idea of an automatic(自动的) toilet came from an unpleasant experience at a service center on the expressway(高速路)when his father took him back to his home province Fujian during a summer vacation about a year ago. ＂I found some toilets had no water and had a terrible smell. I thought I should invent something.＂ he said. ＂It’s great to win the medal,＂ he said. ＂I hope one day my invention can develop into a product and serve more people.＂‎ Wujiashan High School started an inventing program in 2004 and made ＂life and invention＂ a necessary course for its students. Its students have developed more than 4,700 inventions. Nearly 500 have won invention prizes in China. He Jianming, the school head, said. ＂The inventing program helps students become active and creative in thinking.＂‎ ‎1. The three students who won gold medals are from ___________.‎ ‎ A. the different schools B. the same school ‎ ‎ C. the different classes. D. the same class ‎2. We can learn that the service center on the express way to Zhong Juncheng’s hometown had a really_____ condition.‎ ‎ A. simple B. poor C. comfortable D. excellent ‎3. ___________ invention is used in a car.‎ ‎ A. Wang Yujie’s B. Xue Jigang’s ‎ ‎ C. Zhong Juncheng’s D. He Jianming’s ‎4. Which of the following is TRUE about the three inventors?‎ ‎ A. Xue Jigang’s invention is useful for fish keepers.‎ ‎ B. Wang Yujie is in Grade Two in Wujiashan High School.‎ ‎ C. Zhong Juncheng’s hometown is in Hubei Province.‎ ‎ D. Zhong Juncheng’s invention helps a lot in the bathroom.‎ ‎5. We can learn from the last paragraph that the inventing program in the school .‎ ‎ A. is a great success B. is famous in the world now ‎ C. has been on for twenty years D. helps to change students’ life 跟踪训练 A ‎【文章大意】文章介绍了伦敦的语言、文化和名胜古迹。‎ ‎1. C 【解析】句意：伦敦的人口是多少？根据London, the capital of the United Kingdom, is the biggest city in Western Europe with over 7 million people.可知选C。‎ ‎4. D 【解析】句意：哪个没被提到？根据It sits by the River Thames.可知A提到了；London has a history of more than 2, 000 years.可知B提到了；London has many wonderful places to visit. For example, the well-known Clock Tower, a 320foothigh tower, was called the Big Ben. Another famous London building is Buckingham Palace.可知C提到了，故选D。‎ ‎5. A 【解析】句意：我们知道……。根据More than 300 different languages are spoken in London.可知选A。 ‎ B ‎【文章大意】文章主要讲述了一个手势在不同的国家有不同的意思。‎ ‎1. B 【解析】根据Most westerners will sometimes show that they like something by holding out a closed hand with the thumb lifting in the air.‎ 大部分西方人握拳并伸出大拇指是为了表达他们喜欢某物，故选B。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】根据When a gladiator was given the thumbs up, the emperor allowed him to live.当人们对一个角斗士做出大拇指向上的手势时，国王会让他活下去。故选B。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】根据If people wanted to save the gladiator, they put out their hands and hid their thumbs in their hands.可知，如果人们想让角斗士活下去时，他们伸出手来，将大拇指藏进拳头里。故选A。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】根据Different gestures (手势) mean different things in different countries.可知A是正确的；Sometimes a gesture that is polite in one country is not polite in another and should not be used.可知B不对；The truth is, however, it was translated into a wrong meaning by mistake.可知C不对；文章只是介绍了大拇指的相关手势，没有要求我们经常使用大拇指，所以D不对；故选A。‎ ‎5. D 【解析】文章以大拇指的手势为例，告诉我们一个手势在不同的国家有不同的意思，故选D。‎ 真题再现 A ‎【文章大意】短文展示了青少年的4项发明创造。如何使树叶保鲜；蚯蚓机器人；自行车部件改装的洗衣机；可穿戴的传感器。‎ ‎16. D【解析】主旨大意题。根据表格前面的句子“Let’s have a look at these teenage inventions that might change the world.” 让我们来看看这些可能改变世界的青少年的发明。可知短文展示了青少年的一些发明创造，故答案选D。‎ ‎17. C【解析】细节理解题。根据表格第二栏中的句子“David Cohen, an American teenager, built an earthworm(蚯蚓) robot. It is able to go into the smallest places,”可知，David Cohen的蚯蚓机器人可以进入最小的地方。故答案选C。‎ ‎18. B【解析】判断正误题。根据表格第三栏中的句子“She reused some bicycle parts and created a washing machine that saves time, energy and keeps people fit at the same time.” 雷米发明的这种洗衣机也能让人们保持健康。故B答案正确。学科*网 B ‎【文章大意】本文主要介绍的是微信好友删除的原因，主要介绍了三种原因，一个是发了太多无聊的信息，使得对方比较厌烦；第二个原因是发了太多广告；第三个原因是对方自己的原因，他不想让别人看到自己的微信动态。‎ ‎3. D 【解析】推理判断题。文中提到they don’t want the one to see their Moments on WeChat.不希望对方看见自己微信上的动态，也就不希望对方看自己的朋友圈，故选D。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】推理判断题。文中主要介绍的是微信删除好友的原因，分别在第三、四、五段，分别介绍的是发太多无聊的信息、发广告以及不想让对方看见自己的朋友圈，故选C。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】主旨归纳题。文中提到if someone deletes you or blocks you on it, does it mean you’ve made him or her angry? It depends.如果你的微信好友删除了你，是不是因为生气了呢？那可能视情况而定。而后介绍了几种删除好友的原因。故选B。‎ C ‎【文章大意】本篇文章难度适中，主要向我们介绍了法国、日本和中国的高铁。‎ ‎1. A 【解析】根据第二段中的A TGV train operates at speed up to 300 km/h中的up to 300 km/h指的是速度快，故选A。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】根据第三段中的The first country to have a high-speed train is Japan可知，故选B。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】根据第四段中的China’s high-speed rail system also includes the world’s longest line, the 2.298 km Beijing-Guangzhou high-speed railway可知，故选C。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】根据第四段中的The fastest trainsets,CRH380BL, reached the highest test speed of 487.3km/h.以及第三段第三句his train operates at speed up to 210 km/h and can travel between Tokyo and Osaka in just three hours可知，CRH380BL速度为Bullet train的两倍多，故选B。‎ ‎5. D 【解析】本篇文章主要向我们介绍法国、日本和中国的高铁，故选D。‎ D ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了交通灯不同颜色信号所代表的意义。最开始时，以红色作为停止，绿色作为警告，白色作为通行。但是一列火车在晚上把星星误认为白色，因此发生了不好的事情，最后将红色作为停止，绿色作为通行，黄色作为警告。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段中的This most likely started because it’s the color with the longest wavelength（波长） so it can be seen somewhere farther than other colors. ＂可知红色波长最长，比其他颜色能在更远的地方被看见，可以在更远的地方警告有危险，故选B。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】细节理解题。根据yellow can be seen well at all times of the day可知校车涂成黄色，是因为在一天的任何时候都可以看到黄色。故选C。‎ ‎5. D 【解析】主旨大意题。根据But why were those colors chosen for traffic lights in the first place？可知主要介绍信号灯为什么是红、黄和绿色。故选D。‎ 模拟检测 A ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了如何在网上保护自己的隐私以及如何安全上网。‎ ‎1. B 【解析】细节理解题。根据A report shows that only 40% of young people know that personal information shared online stays online forever.可知只有40%也就是不到一半的年轻人知道个人信息在网上共享，永远保持在线，故选B。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】概括归纳题。根据Do you know how to change your privacy settings on social media?可知第二段主要讲述了如何改变我们的隐私设置，故选C。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】细节理解题。根据The BBC Share Take Care campaign is all about helping everybody, from little kids to the over 55, to make their online activity safer and protect themselves on the web.可知BBC＂关爱行动＂是为了帮助人们安全上网，故选B。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】推理判断题。根据For example, if you see an unkind tweet on Twitter you can click on ＂more＂ and then choose ＂Report tweet＂. You then block all further ‎ tweets from that user.可知当你看见不友善的短文，你可以选择了解更多，也可以阻止读该短文，也就是忽视它，故选C。‎ B ‎【文章大意】短文介绍了我国传统节日——元宵节的风俗习惯：一是观看红灯笼，而是猜灯谜，三是吃汤圆。‎ ‎1. D 【解析】题意：古代诸葛孔明最初用天灯是做什么的？细节理解题。根据句子It is said that sky lanterns were first used by Zhuge Kongming to ask for help when he was in trouble.可知选D。‎ C ‎【文章大意】文章介绍了三个中国学生的发明在美国赢得了金奖。‎ ‎1. B 【解析】句意：赢得金牌的这三个学生来自 __ 。根据In June, three students from the same high school in Wujiashan High School, Hubei Province each won a gold medal at an important invention trade show in the United States.可知选B。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】句意：我们了解到在去仲俊成家乡的路上的服务区是 __ 状况。根据＂I found some toilets had no water and had a terrible smell.可知选B。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】句意：谁的发明被用在汽车上？根据Another winner Xue Jigang is also in the first year of high school. Xue’s invention is an in-car system(系统).可知选B。‎ ‎4. D 【解析】句意：下面关于这三个发明者的叙述哪一个是正确的？根据Zhong Juncheng told the local newspaper that his idea of an automatic(自动的) toilet came from an unpleasant experience可知选D。‎ 议论文往往有观点，有事实，逻辑性强，命题往往从事实的有关细节及文章的主旨或作者的表达意图等方面着手，考查我们的思维能力和判断能力。所以考生要培养根据上下文猜词的能力，或者说根据情境能揣测作者的意图。议论文的阅读同其他体裁文章的阅读理解一样，可以有主旨大意、细节理解、推理判断、词义猜测等几种出题方式。‎ 二、解题方法：‎ 一、重视文章标题，找准全文主题句，把握文章主旨 ‎ 标题往往是全文的主题，审视标题，有利于理解全文，提高解题效率。主题句对全文起提示、启迪、概括、归纳之作用。根据主题句既可以知道文章议论的是什么，也可以知道作者希望读者了解主题方面的哪些内容。议论文题材偏难，但其框架一般都很清晰，多采用总 ‎—分—总的结构，交替使用正面和反面的论证方式。通常，先总说现象或观点；其次，正面陈述、反面论证；最后作者表明自己的态度，再次总结文章。通常主题句会出现在文章的首句或句末，在这些地方要多留意表示归纳的词汇，也可以在具体事例之后或之前的表示观点的陈述句中寻找。 ‎ 二、细读文章，注意文章细节理解 [来源:Z_xx_k.Com]‎ 除主旨题外，细节理解题也是阅读理解题中的基础题，它主要考查学生对文中的具体事例、数字、时间、地点等的理解。经常出现排序题(按事情发展顺序排序)，图表题(按文章内容找出正确图形)，正误题(依据文章内容对所列的陈述进行正误判断) 。对这种题型，无论细节题如何变化形式，立足点都应是从文章中找出相应词句作为依据。虽然答案中有的细节在文中很清楚，但可能与问题无关。细节题的破解一般用寻读法，即先看试题，再读文章。对有关信息进行快速定位，再将相关信息进行整合、分析、对比，有根据地排除干扰项，选出正确答案。假如问题采用的是反向思维，题中含有not或except等表示否定意义的词，则需要更加留意。此法可以加强阅读的针对性，提高做题的准确率。做此类题目还要特别注意句子的逻辑关系。 ‎ 三、理解整体语篇，掌握作者意图 ‎ 做推理判断题要求考生在阅读理解整体语篇的同时，对作者的态度、意图及文章细节的发展作正确的推理判断，站在作者的视角，而不是主观臆断、凭空想象，从而走入误区。英语文章讲究使用主题段与主题句，段与段之间通常有过渡性词语连接，承上启下，使文章行文连贯。有时文章还会在时间顺序、空间顺序或逻辑推理上运用较高级的手段进行组编。要想准确、深刻地理解文章，必须对文章的结构有所了解，把握全篇的文脉，即句内、句间和段落间的修辞手段或逻辑关系。作者往往在构思语篇前会进行预先设定：读者知道什么，不知道什么，读者可能与自己共同拥有什么样的生活经验、思想见地和需求欲望等，然后设计一些隐藏在语篇深层的＂潜台词＂。因此，这类试题要求考生利用主题句进行推测，揣摩文字背后作者的意图，运用背景知识去挖掘文章的深层含义，从而正确理解作者的言外之意，同时认真体会文章的语气与感情基调。 ‎ 四、多读多背，扩大词汇量，掌握猜词技巧 ‎ 由于当今的阅读文章题材广泛，体裁多样，经常出现一词多义，甚至出现没学过的词汇。许多学生感到困扰很大，有的甚至烦躁得难以坚持阅读下去。要解决阅读中的生词问题，一是要扩大英语词汇量，二是要学习并掌握一些猜测生词词义的方法，如：利用同义、反义、‎ 上义、下义、词的集合、词的搭配等关系；利用照应、替代、省略、定义、举例等情境关系；利用词缀、转化、合成等构词法；利用后置定语或同位语等语法结构；利用前后对比或因果推理法等。 ‎ 总之，想要提高阅读能力，尤其是对考生来说难度较大的议论文阅读，学生应能从篇章和试题双方面入手。通过观察、体验、探究等积极主动的学习方法，优化阅读理解中议论文的解题思路和方法策略，提高学生自主学习的能力。学科&网 A Some English words have more than one meaning. These are called multi-meaning words. Multi-meaning words have the same pronunciation with different meanings. For example, let’s look at the word ＂ball＂. You could have a ＂ball＂ which means you would have a good time. You could toss a ＂ball＂ which means you throw an object. You could be on the ＂ball＂ which means you know what is happening. You could go to a ＂ball＂ which means a dance.‎ ‎_______________ Take the word ＂can＂. You ＂can＂ ride a bike which means you are able to ride a bike. You have a ＂can＂ of soup which means the soup is in a round-shaped holder. You can do the ＂can-can＂ which is a dance from the 1920s. And you might get ＂canned＂ if you do a poor job at work, which means you might lose your job.‎ How about ＂fly＂? You can ＂fly＂ an airplane or you can hit a ＂fly＂ that is on your food in your house. Or, you can ＂fly by the seat of your pants＂ which means you don’t make a plan before taking an action. And, you know that the ＂fly＂ of a zipper is the top part of the zipper.‎ There are hundreds of words that are multi-meaning words. The word ＂set＂ has more meanings than any other word in the English language. When you have time, why don’t you try to think of all the ways the word ＂set＂ is used?‎ If, you look at the title of this book Can a Fly, Fly? you know that the answer is ＂Yes＂ because you have seen an insect named a ＂fly＂ go up in the air and move around through the air which is what ＂fly＂ means. Can a Fly, Fly? Of course, it can!‎ ‎1. If Tom is often late for work and fails to finish his tasks, he will .‎ ‎ A. do the can-can B. get canned [来源:学.科.网]‎ ‎ C. be on the ball D. go to a ball ‎2. Which of the following is the best sentence to fill in the blank in Paragraph 2?‎ ‎ A. Let’s try another word. B. Let’s make a word list.‎ ‎ C. Here’s a survey report. D. Here’s the guessing game.‎ ‎3. The writer writes the passage in order to ______.‎ ‎ A. tell a story about learning English words ‎ B. introduce a book on learning English words ‎ C. share an experience in learning English words ‎ D. present different pronunciations of the same word B Smartphone, poor sight Look around and you’ll see people busy on their smart phones. Smart phones do make our lives easier. But have you ever thought about what they mean to your eyes?‎ According to a study, half of British people own smart phones and they spend an average of two hours a day using them. There has been a 35% increase in the number of people in the UK who suffer from shortsightedness since smart phones were introduced there in 1997. ‎ Staring at smart phones for a long time gives you dry eyes. When looking at something in the distance, your eyes automatically blink a certain number of times. However, when you look at things closer to your face, the blinking slows down. This reduces the amount of tears and causes discomfort in your eyes. Another bad habit is using smart phones in dark rooms before going to sleep. If you look at a bright screen while your pupils become larger, too much light enters your eyes. This can do harm to the eyes and cause a disease called glaucoma. ‎ While you’re probably not going to stop using to your smart phone, there are a few things you can do to protect your eyes. Hold your phone at least 30 continues away from your eyes when using it. Take a break every hour and try the following: look at something at least five meters from you and then focus on the tip of your nose. Repeat this several times. It should reduce the discomfort in your eyes.‎ ‎1. The article is mainly about ________.‎ ‎ A. the rules to obey when using smart phones ‎ B. the harm that smart phones do to users’ eyes ‎ C. the reason why teenager get shortsightedness ‎ D. advantages and disadvantages of smart phones ‎2. From Paragraph 2, we learn that _______.‎ A. half of the British people began to use smart phones 17 years ago B. each of the British people spends two hours a day on smart phones C. more British people have suffered from shortsightedness since 1997‎ D. the number of British people who own smart phones increases by 35%‎ ‎3. According to Paragraph 3, using smart phones improperly may cause _______.‎ A. too many blinks B. more tears in the eyes C. smaller pupils D. dry eyes and glaucoma ‎4. Which of the following is suggested by the writer?‎ A. Don’t use the phone for over an hour without a break.‎ B. Hold the phone at learn half a meter away from the eyes.‎ C. Turn off your phone for a couple of hours every day.‎ D. Look at something green far away for several minutes.‎ ‎5. This article is written to advise people_______.‎ A. not to buy smart phones B. to stop using smart phones C. to make full use of smart phones D. to use smart phones properly A ‎（2018　•　四川广安市中考）Different weather makes people feel different. It influences health, intelligence(智力) and feelings.‎ In August, it is very hot and wet in the southern part of the United States. People there have heart trouble and other kinds of health problems during this month. In the Northeast and the Middle West, it is very hot at some times and very cold at other times. People in these states have more heart trouble after the weather changes in February or March.‎ The weather can also influence intelligence. For example, in a scientific report, IQ(智商) of a group of students was very high when a very strong wind came, but after the strong wind, their IQ was 10% below. The wind can help people have more intelligence. Very hot weather, on the other hand(另一方面), can make it lower. Students in many schools of the United States often get worse on exams in the hot months of the year (July and August).‎ Weather also has a strong influence on people’s feelings. Winter may be a bad time for thin people. They usually feel cold during these months. They might feel unhappy during cold weather. But fat people may have a hard time in hot summer. At about 18 ℃, people become stronger.‎ Low air pressure(气压) may make people forgetful People leave more bags on buses and in shops on low-pressure days. There is a "good weather" for health. People feel best at a temperature of about 18℃.‎ Are you feeling sad, tired, forgetful, or unhappy today? It may be the weather’s problem.‎ ‎31. What kind of weather can have a bad effect(影响) on health?‎ A. Hot and wet weather. B. Good weather.‎ C. Warm weather. D. High intelligence.‎ ‎32. When may people have more intelligence?‎ A. When a rain comes. B. When very hot weather comes.‎ C. When a strong wind comes. D. When low air pressure comes.‎ ‎33. How may low air pressure make people feel?‎ A. Forgetful. B. Sad. C. Angry. D. Tired.‎ ‎34. What will happen to people in "good weather" of 18℃?‎ A. People are very forgetful. B. People can’t do their work well.‎ C. Thin people feel cold. D. People are in better health.‎ ‎35. What does the writer want to tell us?‎ A. Hot and cold weather influences all people in the same way.‎ B. Weather influences people’s lives.‎ C. IQ never changes during weather changes.‎ D. There is a good kind of weather for people’s work and health.‎ ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲了不同的天气让人感觉与众不同，并从具体几个方面做出了介绍，讲天气是如何影响人的健康、智力和感受的。‎ ‎32. C【解析】句意：人们何时可以拥有更多智力？A.下雨的时候。B.天气很热的时候。C.当强风来临时。D.气压低时。原文＂For example, in a scientific report, IQ (智商) of a group of students was very high when a very strong wind came,＂（例如，在一份科学报告中，一群学生的IQ在强风吹来时非常高），所以强风来临人们拥有更多智力，故选C。‎ ‎33. A【解析】句意：低气压让人感觉怎么样？A.健忘的。B.悲伤的。C.生气的。D.累的。原文＂Low air pressure (气压) may make people forgetful＂（低气压可能会让人健忘），故选A。‎ ‎34. D【解析】句意：在18℃的＂好天气＂中会发生什么？A.人们非常健忘。B.人们不能很好地开展工作。C.瘦人感到冷。D.人们身体健康。原文＂There is a "good weather" for health. People feel best at a temperature of about 18℃.＂（对于健康来说存在一种＂好天气＂，人们在温度约为18℃时感觉最好），所以18度的时候人们更会身体健康。故选D。‎ ‎35. B 【解析】句意：作者想告诉我们什么？A. 冷热天气以同样的方式影响所有人。B. 天气影响人们的生活。C.在天气变化时，智商永远不会改变。D. 对于人们的工作和健康，存在一种好的天气。这篇文章的主题是在讨论＂Different weather makes people feel different.＂（不同的天气让人感觉不同。），并从具体几个方面做出了介绍，讲天气是如何影响人的健康、智力和感受的，故选B。学科&网 B ‎（2017﹒湖北随州）Are you a TV lover? Can you imagine living without TV? Well, you could give it a try.‎ A group of Americans from TV-Turnoff Network（网络）have an idea. From April 19 to 25, they are asking children all over the world to turn off their TVs for one week. They hope children will find more interesting things to do. Maybe they can read some books, or learn to swim, or ‎ paint a picture. Since 1995, about 24 million people in America have taken part in TV-Turnoff Week.‎ TV-Turnoff Network says watching TV too much can bring children big problems with school, health and family. They want kids to watch a lot less TV. What do you think?‎ Bad for your studies American scientists did a study of 1,300 children. They watched the children for four years. They say that if children watch lots of TV, they don’t do well in school.‎ Bad for your health Studies show that when children watch lots of TV, they eat more unhealthy food. More children are getting overweight. Overweight children become will ill more easily. Watching too much TV is also bad for their eyes.‎ Bad for family life About 40% of American families watch TV at dinner time. That means that they don’t talk very much when they eat together.‎ Also, too many violent（暴力的）things An American study says that before a child turns 18 years old, that child will see 200,000 violent things on TV. Some kids become violent in real life. ‎ If you want to learn more about this unusual week, you can go to this website: www.tvturnoff.org.‎ ‎1. When is TV-Turnoff Week?‎ ‎ A. From April 19 to 25. B. Any week in April. ‎ ‎ C. The first week in April. D. It doesn’t tell us.‎ ‎2. What do children do during that week?‎ ‎ A. They watch TV much less. ‎ ‎ B. They go to this website, www.tvturnoff.org.‎ ‎ C. They read some books, or learn to swim, or paint a picture. ‎ ‎ D. Both A and C.‎ ‎3. The passage tells people if children watch too much TV, they may ______.‎ ‎ ①be overweight ②know more about the world ③be weak in study ④become violent in real life ‎ A. ①②③ B. ①③④ C. ①②④ D. ①②③④‎ ‎4. Which of the following sentences is NOT true according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. Millions of people have taken part in TV-Turnoff Week since 1995.‎ ‎ B. The Website www.tvturnoff.org. can tell you more about TV-Turnoff Week.‎ ‎ C. Children in America aren’t allowed to see violent things on TV until they are 18.‎ ‎ D. About three fifths of American families don’t watch TV whey they have dinner.‎ C ‎（2017﹒北京）Buying Is Doing?[来源:Z_xx_k.Com]‎ How important is shopping to you? How much time do you spend buying things? And how much time do you spend organizing these things in your home? In the future, how much time will you spend in movie theaters, at amusement parks, at shopping malls, or at convenience stores? When you add it all up, you will probably see you spend a lot of your life consuming（消费）things. Consuming products is not necessarily bad. However, if we spend too much time doing it, we should look at it carefully.‎ Imagine that you have a week off from school. You don’t have to go to class. However, in this week, you cannot spend any money — no shopping, no movies, no eating out. How would you spend your time?‎ What things would bring you happiness? Perhaps you would take a walk with your best friend. Perhaps you would help a child read. Or you might spend time with your family.‎ When we look back, it is likely that non-consuming experiences like these will be our most important memories. Why? Non-consuming activities are active, not passive. They don’t come in a package. You make the experience yourself. For example, each person who reads to a child will have a different experience. The experience changes with the reader, the child, and the book. Similarly, when you have a conversation with a friend, you are actively creating an experience. The conversation that you have with your friend cannot be experienced or recreated by anyone ‎ else. However, if you watch a movie with a friend, you will each have a package experience. It requires no action and little interaction between the two of you.‎ The environment we live in encourages us to have packaged experiences. We feel that we must consume because we believe that buying is doing. However, we can start a personal revolution（变革） against consumerism. How? By consuming less, we can ask ourselves what experiences bring us the greatest satisfaction. Then we can organize our lives so that we have more of those kinds of experiences.‎ ‎1. If consuming products takes too much time, we should ____________.‎ ‎ A. spend less money B. think about it carefully ‎ C. organize our things D. go to convenience stores ‎2. According to the passage, the writer believes that _____________.‎ ‎ A. we can say no to consumerism by consuming less ‎ B. buying things can bring us the greatest satisfaction ‎ C. the environment seldom influences our shopping choices ‎ D. consuming experiences will be our most important memories ‎3. What is the writer’s main purpose in writing this passage?‎ ‎ A. To introduce some ways of enjoying our spare time.‎ ‎ B. To encourage people to have more active experiences.‎ ‎ C. To explain reasons behind people’s shopping behavior.‎ ‎ D. To share his personal experience in consuming products.‎ A ‎（江苏省苏州市张家港市2016-2017学年初三英语期末调研）In the eyes of many foreigners, Chinese are the best hosts and the worst guests in the world. They’re not really bad guests, but because the guest-host relationship in China is much different from that in some western countries, it appears they are not nice guests. And western guests sometimes look rude in the eyes of Chinese guests.‎ In China, guests are almost like gods. Whenever I enter a Chinese person’s home, there is ‎ always fruit on the table for me, and someone is quick to bring me a cup of tea or water. In the west, generally the guest is not a god. Acting according to the host’s way of doing things is usual behavior for a guest.‎ My wife’s mother, a very kind elderly Chinese lady, doesn’t smoke. When I see some of her guests smoking in her house, as a non-smoker, I feel unhappy. Usually I want to stop them directly, but I must realize that in China, to be a good host, she must not do that. In most North American homes, if you are a guest，and the hosts are not smokers, you should not smoke in their house. At the very least, you could ask, ＂Is it OK if I smoke?＂ But, don’t be surprised if they say, ＂No, you can’t smoke. ＂ In our culture, if you smoke in their home, you are a bad guest, but if they don’t allow you to smoke in their house, they are not a rude host.‎ Guests in China also have special habits. Some western people may not adapt to these habits very soon. Thankfully my wife is Chinese, so whenever we visit a Chinese family she tells me to buy them a gift. However, giving a gift to a host is not always necessary in my country. So, if you invite international guests to your home, don’t be too surprised if they don’t bring you a gift.‎ In China, you probably won’t need to change the guest-host relationship very much because you will probably only be the host, and Chinese are naturally very good hosts. If western hosts invite you to their house, try not to be too surprised if their style of treating you is not what you have expected.‎ ‎1. When a western guest visits a Chinese family, he often .‎ ‎ A. buys some fruit B. feels like a god ‎ ‎ C. wants some gifts D. takes a cup of tea ‎2. If the writer’s guests want to smoke in his house, what will he probably say?‎ ‎ A. It’s OK if you smoke here. B. Let’s smoke together.‎ ‎ C. Sorry, you can’t smoke here. D. Smoking is a bad habit.‎ ‎3. What is the meaning of the underlined phrase ＂adapt to＂ in the passage?‎ ‎ A. think back to B. get used to ‎ ‎ C. look forward to D. keep close to ‎4. What is the main idea of this passage?‎ ‎ A. Foreigners should learn from Chinese.‎ ‎ B. Hosts must do things in the guests’ way.‎ ‎ C. Western hosts are always nice to guests.‎ ‎ D. People should understand cultural differences.[来源:学&科&网]‎ B ‎（2017济南市历城区九年级期末模拟）All living things on Earth need water to live. Yet humans are facing serious water problems. According to the United Nations, today over 663 million people live without a safe water supply close to home.‎ To remind people of the importance of water, the UN first set up World Water Day in 1993. It is on Mar 22 each year. From Mar 22 to 28 is also the China Water Week. The first year’s theme is ＂Waste water＂. It tried to call people to reuse waste water instead of wasting it.‎ In Australia people make good use of waste water. Most Australians have a grass lawn around their home instead of washing the car in the street. Many of them wash it on the lawn to keep the grass longer so that it covers the ground and reduce evaporation.‎ Rainwater may seem useless to you. But you can also reuse it. People in Germany collect rainwater to wash their toilets. Most houses in the country that are built in the last few years have rainwater collection devices（设备）. Rainwater is collected from the root, and then linked to the toilet. But if you don’t have the device just put a bucket（桶）under your roof when it rains.‎ Water makes up 71 percent of Earth’s surface. But we can only use a very small part of it. Only about 3 percent of the world’s water is fresh water. It’s in lakes, rivers and underground.‎ Over 80 percent of the waste water in the world goes back into the nature. It has not been cleaned and pollutes the rivers and lakes. Unsafe water makes around 842,000 people die each year.‎ By 2030, about half of the world’s population could be facing water problem. By 2050, as many as seven billion people across the world could not have enough water supplies. The world’s population might be 9.3 billion by then.‎ ‎1. From Paragraph 1, we can learn that___________.‎ ‎ A. people around the world are facing serious water problems ‎ B. water is always the most important in our school lives ‎ C. saving water can help us better improve the environment ‎ D. people in different places have different habits to use water.‎ ‎2. The China Water Week in 2017 tries to___________.‎ ‎ A. collect rainwater to wash their toilets ‎ B. remind people of the importance of water ‎ C. put a bucket under your roof when it rains.‎ ‎ D. call people to reuse waste water instead of wasting it.‎ ‎3. The word ＂reduce＂ in Paragraph 3 most probably means ＂___________ .＂.‎ ‎ A. sit down B. cut down C. put down D. write down ‎4. What’s the writer’s purpose of writing the passage?‎ ‎ A. To share his rich knowledge about water.‎ ‎ B. To warn more people to save water.‎ ‎ C. To show how water problems change the world.‎ ‎ D. To tell people how to discover safe water supply.‎ ‎5. Which of the following would be the title of the passage?‎ ‎ A. Water in the world has become less and less.‎ ‎ B. Unsafe water makes so many people die.‎ ‎ C. Our planet will face serious water problems.‎ ‎ D. Learning to save water to protect our planet.‎ C[来源:学*科*网Z*X*X*K]‎ Popeye the Sailor first became a popular cartoon in the 1930s. The sailor in that cartoon ate lots of spinach（菠菜）to make him strong. People watched him, and they began to buy and eat a lot more spinach. Popeye helped sell 33 percent more spinach than before! Spinach became a necessary part of many people’s diets. Even some children who hated the taste began to eat the vegetable.‎ Many people thought that the iron in spinach made Popeye strong, but this is not true. Spinach does not have any more iron than any other green vegetable.‎ People only thought spinach had a lot of iron because the people who studied the food made a mistake. In the 1890s, a group of people studied what was inside vegetables. This group said that spinach had ten times more iron than it did. The group wrote the number wrong, and everyone accepted it.‎ Today, we know that the little into there is in spinach cannot make a difference in how strong a person is. However, SPINACH DOES HAVE SOMETHING ELSE WHICH THE BODY NEEDS--FOLICACID.（叶酸）‎ It is interesting to point out that folic acid can help make a person strong. Maybe it was really the folic acid that made Popeye strong all along.‎ ‎1. What is the best title for this passage?‎ ‎ A. Popeye the Sailor B. A Mistake with Numbers ‎ C. Folic Acid Makes You Strong D. The Truth about Spinach ‎2. Why did many people eat spinach after they saw Popeye the Sailor?‎ ‎ A. Because they thought spinach made them strong.‎ ‎ B. Because they thought Popeye was funny.‎ ‎ C. Because spinach had a lot of iron.‎ ‎ D. Because people liked folic acid.‎ ‎3. The reading passage says that perhaps Popeye got his strength from .‎ ‎ A. iron B. spinach C. folic acid D. exercise ‎4. Folic acid is _______ .‎ ‎ A. something in food B. a vegetable ‎ ‎ C. dangerous D. a certain kind of spinach 跟踪训练 A ‎【文章大意】本文作者以单词＂ball＂和＂can＂等为例谈了多义词问题。‎ ‎2. A 【解析】题意：下列哪一项是填补第2段空白的最佳句子？综合理解题。A. Let’s try another word. 让我们试试另一个词。B. Let’s make a word list.让我们做一个单词表。C. Here’s a survey report. 这是一份调查报告。D. Here’s the guessing game.这是猜谜游戏。根据第二段内容，是以另外一个词＂can＂为例谈多义词问题，可知Let’s try another word.最合段意，故选A。学科&网 ‎3. B 【解析】题意：作者写这篇文章是为了 ______。考查综合理解题。A. tell a story about learning English words讲一个学习英语单词的故事。B. introduce a book on learning English words介绍一本学习英语单词的书。C. share an experience in learning English words 分享学习英语单词的经验。D. present different pronunciations of the same word呈现同一个词的不同读音。根据最后一段中的If you look at the title of this book Can a Fly，Fly？...可以看出文章主要是为了介绍一本关于学习英语词汇的书，A、C、D三项的内容都没有提及．故选B。‎ B ‎【文章大意】本篇文章难度适中，主要讲述了使用手机的危害，并建议我们要恰当地使用手机。‎ ‎1. B 【解析】根据Smartphone, poor sight以及下文描述，指的是手机对我们眼睛的危害，故选B。‎ ‎3. D 【解析】根据Staring at smart phones for long time gives you dry eyes以及This can do harm to the eyes and cause a disease called glaucoma可知选D。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】根据Take a break every hour and try the following可知选A。‎ ‎5. D 【解析】本文主要讲述了使用手机的危害，并建议我们使用手机时每个小时都要休息一下，根据句意，故选C。‎ 真题再现 A ‎【文章大意】这篇短文讲述的是孩子们看太多电视对他们是没有好处的，还会带来一些问题，例如学习，健康和家庭等。‎ ‎1. A 【解析】细节理解题。根据文中第二段中的From April 19 to 25, they are asking children all over the world to turn off their TVs for one week.可知，从4月19日到4月25日是关掉电视周，这一周全世界孩子都要关上电视，故选A。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】细节理解题。根据文中第二段中的They hope children will find more interesting things to do. Maybe they can read some books, or learn to swim, or paint a picture.可知，在关掉电视的这一周里，人们希望孩子们能找到更多有趣的事情做，比如读书、学游泳、画画等，故选C。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】推理判断题。根据第二段中的Since 1995, about 24 million people in America have taken part in TV-Turnoff Week.可知A说的是正确的；根据最后一段If you want to learn more about this unusual week, you can go to this Website: www.tvturnoff.org.可知B说的也是正确的；根据倒数第四段中的About 40% of American families watch TV at dinner time.可知五分之二的美国家庭在吃饭的时候看电视，即五分之三的家庭在吃饭的时候不看电视，故D说的也是对的；C选项中文中并没有说到，而且事实是很多孩子在18岁之前看很多暴力的电视，故C不对。故选C。‎ B ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述了人们花费了太多的时间去消费，而不是自己主动做些什么，作者认为有更多积极的事能做，鼓励人们有更积极的经历，反对消费主义。‎ ‎1. B 【解析】问题：如果消费产品花了太多时间，我们应该______________。细节理解题。A. spend less money花更少的钱；B. think about it carefully仔细考虑一下；C. organize ‎ our things规划我们的事情；D. go to convenience stores去便利店。根据第一段最后一句However, if we spend too much time doing it, we should look at it carefully.（但是，如果我们花了太多的时间去做，我们应该仔细看看）结合题意和语境可知选B。‎ ‎2. A 【解析】问题：根据文章，作者认为_____________。细节理解题。A. we can say no to consumerism by consuming less我们可以通过减少消费来拒绝消费主义；B. buying things can bring us the greatest satisfaction买东西能带给我们最大的满足；C. the environment seldom influences our shopping choices环境很少影响我们的购物选择；D. consuming experiences will be our most important memories消费经历将是我们最重要的回忆。根据最后一段中的However, we can start a personal revolution against consumerism. How? By consuming less.（然而，我们可以开始一场反对消费主义的个人革命。如何做呢？减少消费。）结合题意可知选A。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】问题：作者写这篇文章的主要目的是什么？写作意图题。A. To introduce some ways of enjoying our spare time. 介绍一些享受业余时间的方法；B. To encourage people to have more active experiences. 鼓励人们有更积极的经历；C. To explain reasons behind people’s shopping behavior. 解释人们购物行为背后的原因；D. To share his personal experience in consuming products. 分享他在消费产品方面的个人经验。根据文中第二段中的When we look back, it is likely that non-consuming experiences like these will be our most important memories. Why? Non-consuming activities are active, not passive.（当我们回顾过去的时候，像这样的非消费体验很可能是我们最重要的记忆。为什么呢？非消费性活动是主动的，而不是被动的。）可知作者写这篇文章的主要目的是鼓励人们有更积极的经历，选B。‎ 模拟检测 A ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述了中西方不同的待客之道，号召人们应该理解不同文化间的差异性。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】题意：如果作者的客人想在他家抽烟，他会说什么？细节理解题。根据第三段When I see some of her guests smoking in her house, as a non-smoker, I feel unhappy. Usually I want to stop them directly可知，他想直接阻止他们吸烟，四个选项中，Sorry, you can’t smoke here.正是劝阻，故选C。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】题意：短文中画线的短语＂adapt to＂是什么意思？词义理解题。A. think back to回想起；B. get used to习惯于；C. look forward to期望；D. keep close to寸步不离。根据下文Thankfully my wife is Chinese, so whenever we visit a Chinese family she tells me to buy them a gift.可知，作者在中国妻子的帮助下正在适应中国的习惯，前面说的是西方人，可以判断＂adapt to＂是＂适应＂的意思。四个选项中，get used to符合此意，故选B。‎ ‎4. D 【解析】题意：这篇文章的大意是什么？综合理解题。A. Foreigners should learn from Chinese. 外国人应该向中国人学习。B. Hosts must do things in the guests’ way. 主人必须以客人的方式做事。C. Western hosts are always nice to guests. 西方主人对客人总是很友好。D. People should understand cultural differences. 人们应该了解文化差异。根据文意，作者介绍了中西方不同的待客之道，说明了不同的国家有着不一样的待客文化。可知选D。‎ B ‎【文章大意】作者介绍的是世界各地水资源短缺的问题以及各国为了节约水资源而做的努力，呼吁人们节约用水、保护地球。‎ ‎2. D 【解析】题意：2017中国水资源周试图___________。细节理解题。A. collect rainwater to wash their toilets收集雨水来冲洗厕所。B. remind people of the importance of water提醒人们水的重要性。C. put a bucket under your roof when it rains. 下雨的时候把水桶 放在你的屋顶下面。D. call people to reuse waste water instead of wasting it. 呼吁人们重复使用废水而不是浪费废水。根据It tried to call people to reuse waste water instead of wasting it.，可知选D。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】题意：第三段单词＂reduce＂最有可能的意思是＂___________＂。词义理解题。A. sit down坐下；B. cut down减少；C. put down放下；D. write down写下。根据前文keep the grass longer so that it covers the ground，可知让草覆盖地面的目的是＂减少蒸发＂，故选B。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】题意：作者写这篇文章的目的是什么？综合理解题。A. To share his rich knowledge about water. 分享他丰富的水知识。B. To warn more people to save water.警告更多人节约用水。C. To show how water problems change the world.展示水问题如何改变世界。D. To tell people how to discover safe water supply.告诉人们如何发现安全的供水。根据短文内容，作者介绍的是世界各地水资源短缺的问题，呼吁人们节约用水，可知ACD三项都与文意不合，故选B。‎ ‎5. D 【解析】题意：下面哪一个是文章的标题？细节理解题。A. Water in the world has become less and less. 世界上的水越来越少了。B. Unsafe water makes so many people die.不安全的水会导致许多人死亡。C. Our planet will face serious water problems. 我们的星球将面临严重的水问题。D. Learning to save water to protect our planet.学会节约用水保护我们的星球。根据短文内容，作者介绍的是世界各地水资源短缺的问题，呼吁人们节约用水、保护地球，可知选D。‎ C ‎【文章大意】从二十世纪三十年代动画片《大力水手》的播映以来，菠菜成了人们餐桌上必不可少的一道菜，人们都认为菠菜所含的铁会赋予人力量。事实上，菠菜里含的铁并不比别的蔬菜多，只是菠菜中的叶酸才能够使人身体强壮，在本文中作者揭示了这一事实。学科&网 ‎2. A 【解析】题意：在许多人看到《大力水手》后，为什么他们吃菠菜？推理判断题。A. Because they thought spinach made them strong. 因为他们认为菠菜使他们强壮。B. Because they thought Popeye was funny. 因为他们认为大力水手很有趣。C. Because spinach had a lot of iron. 因为菠菜有很多铁。D. Because people liked folic acid. 因为人们喜欢吃叶酸。根据第一段中The sailor in that cartoon ate lots of spinach（菠菜）to make him strong. People watched him, and they began to buy and eat a lot more spinach.（在卡通片里，吃了很多菠菜的大力水手，使他强壮。人们观看他，他们开始买菠菜，吃更多的菠菜。）结合题意、语境和选项可知选A。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】题意：阅读短文说，也许大力水手从____________得到他的力量。细节理解题。A. iron铁；B. spinach菠菜；C. folic acid叶酸；D. exercise锻炼。根据最后一段It is interesting to point out that folic acid can help make a person strong. Maybe it was really the folic acid that made Popeye strong all along.（有趣的是，指出了叶酸能使人强壮。也许就是叶酸自始至终使大力水手强壮。）结合题意、语境和选项可知选C。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】题意：叶酸是____________。细节理解题。A. something in food食物中的某种东西；B. a vegetable一种蔬菜；C. dangerous危险的；D. a certain kind of spinach某种菠菜。根据文章第四段spinach does have something else which the body needs—folic acid.可知folic acid（叶酸）是食物中的某种东西。结合题意、语境和选项可知选A。‎ 一、文章类型 ‎ 阅读理解之应用文包含广告、招聘、咨询和建议、通知等类型的文章。‎ 二、满分技巧 ‎ 解答广告图表类题，要仔细阅读表格中的内容，表格类阅读材料一般都直观地表达出所要传递的信息。考生只要能看懂各个项目的意义，即可找出所设问题的答案。这类材料一般不涉及难度太大的题目。‎ 纵观历年各省市的中考题可以看出广告图表类的文章在阅读理解中占有相当大的比重，一般四篇阅读理解中至少有一篇是广告图表类。广告图表类的文章属于应用文的行列。考生在阅读这类材料时，主要从两方面入手：‎ 一是了解图表的主题，确定图表的主要内容，‎ 二是推敲图画上的文字或数字，找出它们之间的关联或试图表达的含义。‎ A Storyline（故事情节）: A group of clever dogs operate cars to work, play, and party.‎ Dates: Mar 20 — Mar 31 ‎ Mon-Fri: 11:00 am, 3:00pm, 7:30 pm ‎ Sat-Sun: 9:00 am, 4:00pm, 8:30 pm Place: Children’s Theatre of Charlotte ‎ Duration（时长）: 70 minutes ‎ Ticket Prices: Section A: 170-190 yuan ‎ ‎ Section B: 120-130 yuan [来源:学科网ZXXK]‎ ‎ Section C: 80 yuan ‎ Family packages: 220 yuan for four Section C tickets ( 11:00 am, 3:00 pm shows )‎ Notice: Enjoyed by ages 4 and up ‎1. How long does the show last for?‎ ‎ A. 10 days. B. 11 days. C. 12 days. D. 13 days.‎ ‎2. On Fridays, you can watch the show at ________.‎ ‎ A. 9:00 am B. 4:00 pm C. 7:30 pm D. 8:30 pm ‎3. How much does a family of four probably spend on the tickets?‎ ‎ A. 220 yuan for Section C tickets for the 9:00 am show.‎ ‎ B. 220 yuan for Section C tickets on weekends ‎ C. Around 700 yuan for Section A tickets on Monday.‎ ‎ D. Around 300 yuan for Section B tickets for the night show.‎ ‎4. Who will not be allowed in the theatre?‎ ‎ A. A 3-year-old. B. A 6-year-old. ‎ ‎ C. A 20-year-old. D. A 50-year-old.‎ B Treasure Hunt ‎1. The treasure hunt will be held at _________.‎ ‎ A. Aggie’s Ice-cream shop ‎ B. Feather and Fish Pet Store ‎ C. Benoit Park ‎2. Who can take part in the game?‎ ‎ A. A little baby. B. A primary school student. C. A young mom.‎ ‎3. What is inside the treasure box?‎ ‎ A. A map with ten clues. B. Some coupons C. A movie ticket.‎ ‎4. If it rains on September 30th, the game will be ________.‎ ‎ A. held another day B. held at another place C. canceled ‎5. Which of the following is TRUE?‎ ‎ A. The treasure hunters will meet at school.‎ ‎ B. Children must hunt alone.‎ ‎ C. The game will be held at 1:00 pm.‎ C ‎1. The above material is probably _________.‎ ‎ A. a photo of beautiful sight B. an announcement ‎ C. an advertisement D. a list of traveling places ‎2. You can pay only ￡95 for _________.‎ ‎ A. a copy of brochure B. trips to any place mentioned ‎ C. a trip of the lowest price D. East Yorkshire Coaches ‎3. It’s clear that the material above tells us _________.‎ ‎ A. different prices for different trips ‎ B. there are more than 5 items of travelling ‎ C. none of travelling items are in UK ‎ D. the travelling today is free ‎4. ＂Out Now＂ in the material means _________.‎ ‎ A. all the copies of brochures will be sold out ‎ B. the brochure for 2015 trips has come out ‎ C. people should go out for coach holidays ‎ D. all the travelling items are outdoors ‎5. If you want to get a copy of 2015 brochure, _________.‎ ‎ A. you’ll have to take a holiday trip ‎ B. you’ll have to visit www.eyms.co.uk ‎ C. you can call 01482 222 444‎ ‎ D. you can get it only today A ‎（2018 • 江苏省宿迁市中考）When you travel in England you can't miss the visit to Windsor Castle, the family home to British kings and queens for over 1,000 year.‎ Opening Times at Windsor Castle:‎ The castle opening hours ‎◆1 Mar 2018-31 Oct 2018(Monday-Sunday 09: 30-17: 15)‎ ‎◆1 Nov 2018-28 Feb 2019(Monday-Sunday 09: 45-16: 15)‎ Prices Adult ticket:￡21.20‎ Family ticket(2 adults &3 children between 5 and 17 years old ): ￡54.70‎ Senior/ College student ticket: ￡19.30‎ Under 17 years old /Disabled ticket: ￡12. 30‎ Castle Closing Dates The castle will be closed on the following dates ‎◆17&l8Jun20l8‎ ‎◆12Oct2018‎ ‎ Top tips:‎ ‎◆Buy your ticket on the Internet before you arrive to save some time.‎ ‎◆If you want to see the Changing of the Guard ceremony, get to the Castle grounds at 11: 00. During the summer it happens every day, if the weather is good.‎ ‎31. When does the castle close on October 1, 2018?‎ A. A:09:30 B. A:17:15 C. A:09:45 D. A:l6:15‎ ‎32. They should pay at least ________ if Mr and Mrs Green bring their three children(all between 5 and 17 years old)to visit the castle.‎ A. ￡79.30 B. ￡67 C. ￡57.40 D. ￡54.70‎ ‎33. The Changing of the Guard Ceremony might not take place in summer if ________.‎ A. the weather is bad B. the castle is being repaired C. there are no visitors D. the queen doesn't live there ‎【文章大意】这份广告公示了温莎城堡的开放时间、门票价格和关闭日期，还有一些温馨提示。‎ ‎32. D 【解析】题意：如果格林夫妇带着他们的三个孩子（都在5到17岁之间）去参观城堡，他们至少应该_______ 钱。考查细节理解和数字计算题。根据公示的价格Prices Adult ticket: ￡21.20 Family ticket(2 adults &3 children between 5 and 17 years old ): ‎ ‎￡54.70 可知他们一家可以购买Family ticket，故选D。学科！网 B ‎（2017﹒湖北鄂州）Wonderful Events Horse Racing All Year Round Races starting at 3 p.m. every Sunday Racetrack only 20 miles away Lots of free parking space Free presents No children allowed ‎100 Years Of Pictures Then & now (photo show)‎ See the history pictures (1917—2017)‎ February 1—April 30‎ City Art Museum 750 High Street Tuesday to Sunday, 10 a.m.—5 p.m.‎ Weekend Sales This Saturday 2—6 p.m.‎ Everything 20% — 40% off Visit us at Block G. Grandview Mall Realize your dreams, save time and money Fall in love with prices we offer Dance Party Celebrate special date Bringing your sweet heart Sunday night, country club Live band from 9 p.m.—1 a.m.‎ ‎$25 a couple(夫妇); $15 a single person ‎1. Who can NOT go to the horse race?‎ ‎ A. A single person. B. A couple.‎ ‎ C. Children. D. The sweet heart.‎ ‎2. People can see the photo show at __________.‎ ‎ A. Grandview Mall B. City Art Museum ‎ C. Racetrack D. Country Club ‎3. What can you do if you only have time between 5 p.m. and 6 p.m. on Saturday?‎ ‎ A. Go shopping.‎ ‎ B. Go to see the photo show.‎ ‎ C. Go to the dance with your sweet heart.‎ ‎ D. Go to watch the horse race.‎ ‎4. How much will Mr. and Mrs. Smith pay if they want to go to the dance party?‎ ‎ A. 15 dollars. B. 25 dollars.‎ ‎ C. 20% — 40% off. D. For free.‎ ‎5. Where can you see the above advertisements?‎ ‎ A. In a book. B. In a magazine.‎ ‎ C. In a newspaper. D. On TV.‎ ‎（2017﹒黑龙江齐齐哈尔）C Dance Summer Camp 2017‎ We have three kinds of dances. Ballet, Jazz, Tango ‎ July 15 to 20 for ages 6 to 16‎ At 8:00 a.m. for ages 6 to 10‎ At 9:00 a.m. for ages 11 to 13‎ At 10:00 a.m. for ages 14 to 16‎ Camp will be held on the campus in Langshan University.‎ Come and Join Us at Sun Hotel When you need a place to rest or you only want to live a quiet life for some time, come to my Sun Hotel. I am sure you will fall in love with it.[来源:Z#xx#k.Com]‎ At Sun Hotel, you can walk in the beautiful garden. You can swim in our big swimming pool. You can also enjoy our delicious breakfast every morning after getting up. The breakfast is free.[来源:学科网ZXXK]‎ ‎ Each room has its own TV, refrigerator and bath. At Sun Hotel, you can find a room that is suitable for you.‎ Sun Hotel ‎1010 Second Street Columbia 432500[来源:学_科_网Z_X_X_K]‎ Tel: 651-1768‎ Top 5 Skills for Kids to Get a Good Job in the Future[来源:学,科,网]‎ ABC Research Center Survey of 2000 people ‎1. When you are looking for a job, which skill is the most important?‎ ‎ A. Communicating with others.‎ ‎ B. Solving math problems.‎ ‎ C. Working in groups.‎ ‎2. Li Fang is a 12-year-old girl. What time will she have the camp?‎ ‎ A. At 8:00 July 16 B. At 9:00 July 14. C. At 9:00 July 16.‎ ‎3. What does every room have at Sun Hotel?‎ ‎ A. A refrigerator. B. A swimming pool. C. A beautiful garden.‎ ‎4. You can do the following things at Sun Hotel except .‎ ‎ A. walking in the beautiful garden ‎ B. enjoying free lunch ‎ C. swimming in the big swimming pool ‎5. After reading the passage, we can know .‎ ‎ A. teamwork is the third most important of five skills ‎ B. you can watch TV at Sun Hotel ‎ C. there are five kinds of dances in the camp D ‎（2017﹒江苏盐城）Is advertisement really necessary? Billions of dollars are spent on it every year, so it must be important. After all, it’s a busy world. You have to advertise to get people’s attention to sell products! ‎ Not every company thinks that way, however. The NO-AD company doesn’t advertise in traditional ways. It sells its products by word of mouth. In this way, they can save money and keep costs down, which makes their products cheaper for customers.‎ ‎＂Word-of-mouth advertising＂ happens when one person tells another about a good experience with a product or service. That next person then tells another friend, family member, or colleague (同事). And so a chain of information is created.‎ Usually, advertisers talk about how good their product is Although they say things like, ＂Studies show that our product is the best.＂ or ＂Everyone loves this product.＂ It can sound unconvincing. It’s much more believable to hear about a product from a family, member or ‎ friend who has used it and liked a Our loved ones’ opinions are very important to us, so we often listen to their advice about a product.‎ Word-of-mouth advertising has other advantages, too. It’s cost-effective (after all, it’s free) and a company doesn’t have to create a complex business plan to do it. Here is some advice for small businesses about word-of-mouth advertising.‎ ‎● Be prepared to talk about your company at any time. You never know who you will meet. Always carry business cards.‎ ‎● Only say good things about your company. Don’t say bad things about your competition.‎ ‎● Help other companies by recommending people to them. The more you help others, the more good luck will come back to you…and that’s good business.‎ ‎1. Why do some companies spend lots of money on advertisements?‎ ‎ A. To attract people to their products. B. To make the environment beautiful.‎ ‎ C. To tell people the names of their companies. D. To make their products very useful.‎ ‎2. In the picture, by saying, ＂I always buy it…＂, the speaker probably means to .‎ ‎ A. sell the product to her relative B. tell her customer about the service ‎ C. buy the product for her colleague D. recommend the product to her friend ‎3. What does the underlined word ＂unconvincing＂ in Paragraph 4 probably mean?‎ ‎ A. uncomfortable B. unimportant C. unbelievable D. unusual ‎4. What might NO-AD companies do according to the passage?‎ ‎ A. Create complex business plans.‎ ‎ B. Say bad things about other companies.‎ ‎ C. Improve their products and service all the time.‎ ‎ D. Help other companies by wishing them good luck.‎ ‎5. The writer’s main purpose of writing the passage is .‎ ‎ A. to tell us to care more about advertisements ‎ B. to introduce some information about NO-AD ‎ C. to show us how to sell products by advertising on TV ‎ D. to make us believe there is no need to make advertisements A ‎（浙江省宁波市鄞州区2018届九年级期中）Rules are everywhere. We have many rules in our daily life, because they are very important to us. We have to follow them. Here are two pieces of them.‎ Exit( 出口）Seat Criteria(标准）‎ If you are sitting in an exit seat, read the instructions below.‎ You must:‎ ‎☆Be at least 15 years old and healthy enough to offer help.‎ ‎☆Be able to speak, read and understand English well.‎ ‎☆Be able to help the crew members（工作人员）open emergency exit(紧急出口).‎ ‎☆Be able to help others away from the plane.‎ You must not:‎ ‎☆Have hearing problem.‎ ‎☆Travel with a pet, such as a dog.‎ ‎☆Travel with someone that needs special care, such as a child.‎ If you cannot meet the criteria, ask crew members to move you to another seat. You do not have to explain why, just say, ＂I do not want to sit in an exit seat.＂‎ Rules for Residents(房客)‎ ‎☆You may make tea and coffee in your rooms ,but cooking is not allowed.‎ ‎☆Visitors are welcome to stay in your rooms until 11p.m., but please do not play loud music after 10 p.m..‎ ‎☆There is a TV set in the Students’ Lounge(休息室). You can watch it when you are free.‎ ‎☆There are washing machines on every floor for washing your clothes. Please don’t hang clothes out of the window to dry.‎ ‎☆Each floor has a telephone for making local calls only.‎ ‎1. This piece of Exit Seat Criteria may appear on the_____________.‎ ‎ A. ship B. train C. bus D. plane ‎2. The passenger sitting in an exit seat_____________.‎ ‎ A. can’t be deaf B. don’t need to understand English ‎ C. can be at any age D. can travel with his little daughter ‎3. Which of the following is TRUE about Rules for Residents?‎ ‎ A. Students need to wash clothes by hand.‎ ‎ B. No friends can come to visit the students.‎ ‎ C. Not all calls are allowed to make.‎ ‎ D. Students can cook in their rooms.‎ B ‎（江苏省苏州市张家港市2016-2017学年初三期末调研）Below are several posters about community matters for people.‎ QIGONG Improve your health Relax your body and mind Exercise gently Classes open to Beginners The art of Qigong started in China, thousands of years ago. ‎ ‎￡10 per class Saturday & Sunday afternoons Watercolor at Harbor House A fun place to learn how to use watercolors!‎ For adults only ￡8 per class If you are 50 or over It’s FREE!‎ Mondays:6:30pm-8:00pm Thursdays:8:00am-10:00am Tel:8743236‎ WEA Women-only English classes We hold weekly-English classes for newcomers from other countries!‎ Mondays: 10:30am-12:30am Wednesdays: 6:30pm-8:30pm Friendly and relaxed, all our classes are free!‎ ‎(Tel: 9203346)‎ Tel:7564349‎ Drop-In Social Club At Cornerstone Community Center Tuesdays 7:00pm-9:15pm in the cafe (top floor)‎ Fridays 3:00pm-5:00pm in the Green Room Provides a warm welcome and safe place to meet new people practice and get help with speaking English do drawing and sports activities Tel:9652313‎ Children are welcome to come with parents!‎ It’s free!‎ The Community Sings!‎ Tuesdays 7:30am- 9:00am Weekly drop-in singing class starts here Tues, 23rd Jan Weds, 27th March ‎￡6 per class Learn about breathing and vocal skills.‎ Enjoy singing folk music and traditional songs in a friendly environment.‎ Beginners are also welcome!‎ Tel:8908809‎ ‎1. Which of the following says that parents could take their children along?‎ ‎ A. Qigong. B. Watercolor.‎ ‎ C. Drop- In Social Club. D. The Community Sings.‎ ‎2. Who fits WEA best?‎ ‎ A. One who enjoys working with others and making new friends.‎ ‎ B. One who has a strong wish to be an English teacher in the future.‎ ‎ C. One who has recently arrived and hopes to improve her English.‎ ‎ D. One who is good at his spoken English and tries to help others.‎ ‎3. What can a beginner learn in The Community Sings?‎ ‎ A. How to take a deep breath. B. How to protect the environment.‎ ‎ C. How to write a song. D. How to improve singing skills.‎ C ‎（2017学年瑞安市玉海实验中学九年级期中）There are many markets in Shanghai. Here are some of them.‎ Dongtai Road Antique Market Address: Liuhekou Road, near South Xizang road Opening hours: Daily, 9:30am.~6:00 p.m.‎ You can find old records, photos, chopsticks and knick-knacks here.‎ Yatai Xinyang Fashion and Gift Market Address: Science and technology Museum Metro stop (Metro Line 2), Pudong Opening hours: Daily, 9:00 a.m.~5:30 p.m.‎ This is a great place to buy cheap things: Shanghai T-shits and chopsticks. It sells toys，clothes and a lot of fake bags and watches.‎ Cybermart Address: No.1 Middle Huaihai Road Opening hours: Daily,10:00a.m.~9:00p.m.‎ This is a great place to buy mobile phones, computers and videos. You can buy CDS, DVDS and printers here.‎ Tianshan Tea Market Address: No.518 West Zhongshan Road Opening hours: Daily, 10:00am.~6:OO:p.m.‎ You can find all kinds of tea here. You can touch, smell and ask for tasting.‎ ‎1. If Mr. Smith wants to buy a mobile phone, he can go to _ _____.‎ ‎ A. Cybermart B. Yatai xinyang Fashion and Gift Market ‎ C. Dongtai Road Antique Market D. Tianshan Tea Market ‎2. If Mrs. Wang wants to buy cheap clothes, she can buy them in .‎ ‎ A. Cybermart ‎ B. Tianshan Tea Market ‎ C. Dongtai Road Antique Market ‎ D. Yatai Xinyang Fashion and Gift Market ‎3. have the same opening time.‎ ‎ A. Cybermart and Tianshan Tea Market ‎ B. Yatai Xinyang Fashion and Gift Market and Cybermart ‎ C. Dongtai Road Antique Market and Yatai Xinyang Fashion and Gift Market ‎ D. Yatai Xinyang Fashion and Gift Market and Tianshan Tea Market 跟踪训练 A ‎【文章大意】本文是一则关于动物表演的宣传海报。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】根据文中的Ticket Prices: Section A: 170-190 yuan可知，星期一A场表演一家四口的票价大约700元是正确的。故选：C。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】根据文中的Notice: Enjoyed by ages 4 and up可知，四岁以下的孩子不能入场。故选：A。‎ B ‎【文章大意】本文叙述了在Whitingham城镇举行小学生的一次寻宝游戏，游戏的地点是Benoit Park，游戏的时间是9月30日下午1点。宝盒里有价值300美元的优惠券。学科！网 ‎1. C 【解析】细节理解题。根据The treasure hunt will take place at Benoit Park.可知，寻宝游戏发生在Benoit Park。故选C。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】细节理解题。根据Children between the ages of seven and twelve can take part in it.可知，在7岁和12岁之间应该是小学生。故选B。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】细节理解题。根据The treasure is a box filled with coupons worth $300 in all.可 知，宝盒里装着价值300美元的优惠券。故选B。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】细节理解题。根据If it rains, the game will be held at 1:00pm on October8th.如果下雨了，比赛将在另外一天举行。故选A。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】细节理解题。根据The treasure hunt will take place at Benoit Park at1:00pm on the September 30th.可知比赛在下午1点开始。故选C。‎ C ‎【文章大意】本文是一篇关于旅行的宣传广告。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】题意：你可以只花￡95去付__________。考查细节理解。A. a copy of brochure一份手册；B. trips to any place mentioned去提到的任何地方旅行；C. A trip of the lowest price最低价格的旅行；D. East Yorkshire Coaches东约克郡的教练。根据文中superb value coach holidays and short breaks from only ￡95（物超所值的长途客车假期之旅和短暂的休息时间只有95美元。）结合题意可知答案选C。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】题意：很明显，上面的材料告诉我们__________。考查细节理解。A. different prices for different trips不同车次的不同价格；B. there are more than 5 items of travelling有多于5个的旅行项目；C. none of travelling items are in UK旅行项目都不在英国；D. the travelling today is free今天的旅行是免费的。根据文中St Malo & Mont St Michel、Jersey at Leisure、London Weekends、Flower Shows、Theatre Breaks & so much more可知有超过五个的旅游项目，结合题意可知选B。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】题意：材料中的＂Out Now＂意思是_________。考查细节理解。A. all the copies of brochures will be sold out所有小册子的副本都将售完；B. the brochure for 2015 trips has come out 2015年旅行的小册子出版了；C. people should go out for coach holidays人们应该坐长途汽车度假；D. all the travelling items are outdoors 所有的旅游项目都在户外。Come out：出现，出版，标题2015 Coach Holiday Brochure Out Now意思是2015 Coach Holiday Brochure come out now（2015长途客车假日旅行手册现在出版了），结合题意和语境可知选B。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】题意：如果你想得到一本2015年版小册子，_________。考查细节理解。A. you’ll have to take a holiday trip你将必须去度假旅行；B. you’ll have to visit www.eyms.co.uk你将必须访问www.eyms.co.uk这个网站；C. you can call 01482 222 444你可以拨打01482 222 444这个电话；D. you can get it only today只有今天你才能得到它。根据宣传册倒数第二行call 01482 222 444 and we’ll post a copy（拨打01482 444 222，我们会寄一份副本）结合题意和语境可知选C。‎ 真题再现 A ‎【文章大意】文章介绍了跑马赛，百年图片展，周末大甩卖和舞蹈晚会这四项活动的信息。‎ ‎1. C 【解析】在第一个表格中找，No children allowed孩子不允许去，故选C。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】我们可以在__________看照片展。在第二个表格中找Then & now (photo show)，根据City Art Museum 750 High Street可知选B。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】根据文中的表格四$25 a couple(夫妇); $15 a single person可知夫妇两人需付25美元，故选B。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】根据文章大意，这是一张表格，表格中给我们介绍了跑马赛，百年图片展，周末大甩卖和舞蹈晚会这四项活动的信息，应是出自报纸，故选C。‎ B ‎【文章大意】本文主要介绍了2017年舞蹈夏令营，孩子将来获得好工作的5大技能，阳光酒店等的情况。‎ ‎1. A 【解析】题意：当你在找工作时，哪一项技能最重要？考查细节理解。A. Communicating with others.与他人交流；B. Solving math problems. 解决数学问题；C. Working in groups. 分组工作。根据表格二广告Top 5 Skills for Kids to Get a Good Job in the Future（孩子将来获得好工作的5大技能）中communication：91%，可知与他人交流最重要。结合题意可知选A。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】题意：李芳是一个12岁的女孩。她什么时候去露营？考查细节理解。A. At 8:00 July 16. 7月16日8:00；B. At 9:00 July 14. 7月14日上午9点；C. At 9:00 July 16. 7月16日上午9点。根据表格一广告Dance Summer Camp 2017（舞蹈夏令营2017）中July 15 to 20 for ages 6 to 16 At 9:00 a.m. for ages 11 to 13结合题意（李芳是一名12岁的女孩）可知她7月16日上午9点去露营。故选C。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】题意：太阳宾馆每个房间都有什么？考查细节理解。根据表格三句子Each room has its own TV，refrigerator and bath. At Sun Hotel，you can find a room that is suitable for you. 每个房间都有自己的电视，冰箱和浴室，在阳光酒店，你可以找到适合你的房间，可知每个房间都有冰箱。故选A。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】题意：你可以在太阳宾馆做以下事情，除了________。考查细节理解。A. walking in the beautiful garden在美丽的花园里漫步；B. enjoying free lunch享受免费的午餐；C. swimming in the big swimming pool在大游泳池游泳。根据表格三广告Come and Join Us at Sun Hotel中第二段At Sun Hotel, you can walk in the beautiful garden. You can swim in our big swimming pool. You can also enjoy our delicious breakfast every morning after getting up. The breakfast is free（在阳光酒店，你可以在美丽的花园里散步。你可以在我们的大游泳池游泳。每天早晨起床后，你也可以享用我们美味的早餐。早餐是免费的。）没有说午饭免费，结合题意可知选B。‎ C ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了NO-AD广告的信息和作用。‎ ‎1. A 【解析】细节理解题。根据 You have to advertise to get people’s attention to sell products!可知，许多公司花大量的钱在广告上是为了吸引人们注意到他的产品。故选A。‎ ‎2. D 【解析】细节理解题。根据That next person then tells another friend, family member, or colleague (同事). And so a chain of information is created可知，口口相传也是一种广告形式。故选D。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】词义猜测题。根据It’s much more believable to hear about a product from a family, member or friend who has used it（当我们从家人或朋友那里知道他正在用某种产品时，我们会觉得更可信）可知，与之相对应的那种广告方式就不可信。故unconvincing的意思是：不可信的。故选C。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】细节理解题。根据which makes their products cheaper for customers以及文章后面的三条建议可知。A、B、D都不符合题意。故选C。‎ ‎5. B 【解析】主旨大意题。根据The NO-AD company doesn’t advertise in traditional ways以及整篇文章都介绍了NO-AD的广告方式和优势等。所以作者的目的是介绍NO-AD广告的一些信息。故选B。‎ 模拟检测 A ‎【文章大意】本文叙述了坐在飞机出口处座位的乘客需要符合的条件以及房客的规章制度。‎ ‎3. C 【解析】细节理解题。根据Each floor has a telephone for making local calls only.可知，只允许打当地的电话。故选C。‎ B ‎【文章大意】短文是几个有关社区事务的海报，分别是：气功班、水彩班、工人教育协会、社交俱乐部和歌唱班。‎ ‎1. C 【解析】题意：下面哪一个是父母可以带他们的孩子一起去的？考查细节理解。根据Drop- In Social Club公示的信息Children are welcome to come with parents!可知，孩子可以和父母一起去，故选C。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】题意：谁适合WEA？考查细节理解。A. One who enjoys working with others and making new friends. 喜欢和别人一起工作，结交新朋友的人。B. One who has a strong wish to be an English teacher in the future. 希望将来成为一名英语教师的人。C. One who has recently arrived and hopes to improve her English. 最近来到并希望提高她的英语水平的人。D. One who is good at his spoken English and tries to help others.一个擅长英语口语并努力帮助别人的人。根据WEA提供的信息We hold weekly-English classes for newcomers from other countries!可知，来自其他国家的新人最适合Women-only English classes，故选C。‎ ‎3. D 【解析】题意：初学者在社区里能学到什么？考查综合理解。A. How to take a deep breath. 如何深呼吸，根据The Community Sings !提供的信息Learn about breathing and vocal skills. gently可知说法错误。B. How to protect the environment.如何保护环境，短文中没有关于环境的海报，故说法错误。C. How to write a song.如何写一首歌，根据The Community Sings!提供的信息Enjoy singing folk music and traditional songs in a friendly environment.可知是唱歌而不是写歌，故说法错误。D. How to improve singing skills. ‎ 如何提高歌唱技能，根据The Community Sings!提供的信息Learn about breathing and vocal skills. gently可知说法正确。综合以上分析，可知选D。学科！网 C ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了几家商店：Dongtai Road Antique Market，Yatai Xinyang Fashion and Gift Market，Cybermart和Tianshan Tea Market的地址、营业时间和所售商品等。‎ ‎1. A 【解析】细节理解题。根据Cybermart和This is a great place to buy mobile phones, computers and videos. You can buy CDS, DVDS and printers here.可知要买手机应到Cybermart，故选A。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】推理判断题。根据Cybermart的Opening hours: Daily,10:00a.m.~9:00p.m.和Tianshan Tea Market 的Opening hours: Daily, 10:00am.~6:OO:p.m.可知Cybermart和Tianshan Tea Market有相同的开门时间，都是在上午10点开始营业，故选A。‎ 阅读短文还原句子的文章一般为200—250词左右，设空位置一般为三种：段首、段尾和段中。根据历年真题的考查可看出考题中段中设空最多，段尾次之，段首最少。其主要考查：‎ ‎1. 学生能理解故事情节和事件发展顺序。[来源:学#科#网Z#X#X#K]‎ ‎2. 学生能理解段落中各句子之间的逻辑关系。‎ 二、满分技巧 ‎ ‎1. 解题步骤 ‎ ‎（1）读选项，画关键词，暗排序。 ‎ ‎（2）读文章，找逻辑，抓过渡词。 ‎ ‎（3）先易后难来解题。 ‎ ‎（4）回读文章定答案。 ‎ ‎2. 得分技巧 ‎ ‎（1）抓住过渡词，看住上下句。 ‎ ‎（2）盯紧横线的前后词语。 ‎ 通过学生对这类题型的解题步骤、思路及技巧的练习和实践，可总结出以下复习策略：‎ ‎1. 养成限时阅读的习惯，提高阅读速度。培养学生的阅读技能， 处理好阅读速度与效率问题。阅读速度应控制在每篇5分钟，每分钟40—50个词为宜。‎ ‎2. 注意常考点。平时练习多注意代词（如it，this，they）、选项的句内关系（如因果、转折）及重现（文章与选项的复现提示）等。 ‎ ‎3. 解题技巧 ‎ 通读全文，了解文章大意。根据文章整体结构、具体内容，并结合关键词，将选项填入文中，再次通读全文，重点考查逻辑关系和关联结构，研究多余选项，确定排除理由，最终确定答案。‎ ‎1. 如果问题设在段首 ‎ ‎（1）通常是段落的主题句。认真阅读后文内容，根据段落一致性原则，查找相关的词，推断出主题句。‎ ‎（2）与后文是并列，转折，因果关系等。着重阅读后文第一两句，锁定线索信号词，然后在选项中查找相关特征词，通常正确答案的最后一句与空白后的第一句在意思上是紧密衔接的，因此这两句之间会有某种的衔接手段。‎ ‎（3）段落间的过渡句。这时要瞻前顾后找启示，即阅读上一段结尾部分，通常正确答案与上一段结尾有机地衔接起来，并结合下一段内容，看所选的答案是否将两段内容连贯起来。‎ ‎2. 如果问题设在段尾 ‎（1）空白前的一句或两句是重点语句，重点阅读以锁定关键词。‎ ‎（2）通常是结论，概括性语句。注意在选项中查找表示结果结论，总结等的信号词，如：Therefore， as a result，thus，hence，in short，to sum up，to conclude，in a word 等词语，选项中也可发现前文的同义词句。‎ ‎（3）与前文是转折或对比关系。此时要注意在选项中查找表示转折对比的关联词，同时注意选项中所讲内容是否与前文在同一主题上形成对立、对比关系。‎ ‎（4）与前文是并列或排比关系。在这种情况下，通常是该段落要求补全说明本段主题的其他细节，因此，根据段落一致性原则，在原文和选项中找到相关的特征词，通常选项中会出现表示并列或递进关系的关联词或与前文类似的句式结构，或出现同义词等其他线索。‎ ‎（5）所选答案是引出下一段的内容。如果在选项中找不出与前文之间的关联，此时可考虑与下一段的开头是否有一定的衔接，认真阅读下一段开头几句，看是否与选项的最后一句紧密连接起来。‎ ‎（6）如果第一段的段尾是空白，要认真阅读，看此处是细节还是主题，通常文章第一段要提出文章的主题，如果在段尾提出主题，会用一些信号词如转折词引出来，正确答案应有这样的特征词。学科&网 A A. Never be afraid to give B. Plan ahead as much as possible C. Work out your priorities（优先考虑的事）‎ D. Be disciplined(有纪律的) at all times E. Make sure everything has its place F. Stick to a schedule Being Well-Organized And Getting Things Done Being well-organized and getting things done and what we have done is tried to make them as easy to follow as possible to allow you to implement(实施) them immediately. There is no doubt that being organized does make a difference.‎ ‎ 1 ‎ It is something that you should do every single day and the best way to approach this is to place things in order of importance. Watching that movie may sound like a good idea, but put ‎ that at the bottom of the list and focus on things that influence your work, health, or anything else that is key to your survival(生存).‎ ‎ 2 ‎ Next, you should consider trying to plan ahead, so if you know that there is an appointment at a certain location for a certain time, then plan your day around that appointment.‎ ‎ 3 ‎ Knowing where everything is really will allow you to get more things done as you will waste less time hunting for that object that you require to complete your task. Too much time is wasted hunting for keys or that piece of paper and it also just stresses you out and can upset your pace.‎ ‎ 4 ‎ Giving tasks to others will always lead to you getting more done, but it is not just a case of picking anybody to do a task. Instead, you need to make sure that they are capable of doing it without running into any problems and that they do have the correct tools to complete the job.‎ ‎ 5 ‎ Having a schedule will help to force you into completing tasks on time and actually getting more done in the process. The only problem here is that you need to be sensible when working out how long something takes or you will put undue pressure on yourself and this is where mistakes can occur and you will actually then start to get less done.‎ B Question: I’m 15 and I’ve been having trouble sleeping at night. It usually takes me 2 to 4 hours to get to sleep. 1 I can’t focus on my lessons at school. Please help me!‎ Answer: If you are a person who doesn’t regularly get a good night’s sleep, you are not alone. 2 Here are some tips for helping you get a good night’s sleep.‎ ‎⊙Keep regular hours By keeping regular hours your body and mind know what is coming up and can start to prepare for you to sleep. 3 If you can’t go to bed at a regular time, then make sure you get up at a regular time. So after a late night you wake up tired, and it forces you to go to bed earlier.‎ ‎⊙ 4 ‎ I know, you hear this about everything from heart health to losing weight, but exercise really does do you a world of good. However, don’t do it too close to going to sleep. It is better to do it about an hour after dinner.‎ ‎⊙Relax before going to bed ‎ 5 In fact, when you lie down to go to sleep, your mind is going to be thinking about the programs you have been watching. Instead, take just 20 or 30 minutes before bed to read or sit, anything that gets you to slow down and gives your mind a rest!‎ A. Take some exercise.‎ B. And I usually get about 4 or 5 hours’ sleep in a day.‎ C. It also means you can get in regular number of hours each night.‎ D. Many people suffer from sleep problems.‎ E. You may think that watching TV before you go to bed is a good way to relax.‎ C Without a friend，the world is like a desert. Too many people want others to be their friends，but they don’t give friendship back. 1 To have a friend, you must learn to be one. You must learn to treat your friend the way you want your friend to treat you. Learning to be a good friend means learning the following rules.‎ ‎ 2 Friends must be able to trust one another. If you don’t tell the truth, people usually find out，and you may lose your friend’s trust. Good friends always trust in one another to speak and do things honestly.‎ Generosity means sharing and sharing makes a friendship grow. You don’t have to give your lunch money or your clothes，of course. 3 These can be valuable to a friend. They tell your friends what is important to you. By sharing them，you help your friends know you better.‎ Everyone needs understanding and help with a problem. 4 Talking about the problem can make it easier to solve. Turning to a friend can be a first step in solving the problem. So to be a friend you must listen and understand. You must try to put yourself in your ‎ friend’s place, so you can understand the problem better.‎ No two friendships are ever exactly similar. 5 In fact, good friendship will just not easily last. That is to say, you must give as much as you take, or friendship will die away.‎ A. Keep your friend’s feelings in mind.‎ B. Instead you share your ideas and feelings.‎ C. Something may go wrong at school.‎ D. That is one of the causes why some friendships don’t last very long.‎ E. One way to do this is to be honest with a friend.‎ F. But all true friendships have three things in common.‎ G. Honesty is where a good friendship starts.‎ A（2018 • 四川成都中考）‎ 补全短文，根据短文内容，从短文后的A~F选项中，选出5个适当的选项补全短文，答题卡上只需填选项的编号字母。‎ Have you ever tried to hide your emotions(情感) from someone during a conversation? ___71___‎ Scientists from the Ohio State University have found that people are able to tell other people’s emotions according to changes in the color of their faces.‎ Scientists studied pictures of people’s facial expressions. ____72____ For example, happiness makes our faces red around the cheeks and a little blue around the chin. Disgust(厌恶) creates not only a blue-yellow color around the lips, but also a red-green color around the nose and forehead.‎ ‎＂We believe these color patterns are the result of small changes in blood flow triggered(触发) by the central nervous(神经) system." Lead researcher Alex Martinez said.‎ ‎____73____ Does the color alone or also facial expressions help people tell other’s emotions?‎ To figure this out, scientists added color patterns to pictures of faces that showed no facial expressions. ___74___They were able to tell the emotions 75 percent of the time without any difficulty.____75____ For example, when two people are heatedly arguing over something, we say they are red in the face. When a person is very angry, we’d say he or she is blue in the face.‎ A. But this raises a question.‎ B. It is shown that human emotions are influenced by colors on the face.‎ C. They found that every facial expression is connected to a certain color.‎ D. It’s not always easy, because the color on your face may tell the truth.‎ E. Then, volunteers were asked to tell what emotions the faces were showing.‎ F. This is why there are some Chinese sayings that connect emotions to the color of one’s face.‎ B ‎（2017﹒河南）Starting high school is a great experience for any teenager. Whether you are coming from a middle school(grades six through eight) or a junior high school(grades seven through nine), there are many things about high that are different from your old school environment. _______ 1________‎ You will face being in a new school, making new friends in an unfamiliar class and getting to know new teachers. These new teachers will usually have higher academic(学术的) level than your middle and junior-high schoolteachers. 2 In return, they expect you to work hard and develop your skills, On top of all this, peer pressure(同伴压力) to drink and smoke often increases in high school. 3 ‎ Although there is a lot of pressure, it is nothing you cannot deal with. If you are feeling pressure to do something that you feel is wrong, talk to a friend, parent or counselor to find a solution(解决) . 4 If you are not succeeding academically, find someone to help you. If you feel lonely, try to join a school club or group to make new friends.‎ ‎ 5 With time, you will come to be thankful for everything about your experience. On the point of starting your high school, are you ready?‎ 根据材料内容，从下面五个选项中选出能填入文中空缺处的最佳选项，使短文意思通顺、内容完整。‎ A. You will experience many changes.‎ B. They want to help you get into college.‎ C. High school may seem discouraging at first.‎ D. They are there to help you get into this great new time in your life.‎ E. Besides, the pressure could also come from grades, loneliness and so on.‎ C ‎（2017﹒四川成都）As time goes by, are you still the same person you were? Many of you would think you are. 1 You could be a completely different person when you get old. Psychologists(心理学家) at the UK’s University of Edinburgh did the study on a group of Scottish people. 2 ‎ In 1950, a group of teachers gave over 1200 14-year-old students personality tests. 3 They were self-confidence, sense of responsibility ,perseverance（耐心）, strong wishes to win, creativity and moods(情绪).‎ In 2012, researchers successfully found 174 of those 1200 students and gave them a test similar to the one they had received before. 4 They were surprised to find great changes to all six personality traits of these people. 5 It was ＂as if the second test had been given to different people.＂ the study reported.‎ In the past, personality was widely believed to be unchangeable. This new study may bring some fresh ideas to the world.‎ A. They tested six basic personality traits.‎ B. Then they compared the then-and-now test results.‎ C. They wanted to know if people’s personality was unchangeable. ‎ D. But according to a new study, your personality can change greatly.‎ E. The younger and older self-seemed to be totally different for each person.‎ F. The research found almost everyone’s personality changed when they grew old.‎ D ‎（2017﹒云南昆明）Many people are trying to save the earth with special days like ＂Meatout Day＂, ＂Earth day＂and ＂Buy Nothing Day＂.‎ Meatout Day ‎＂Meatout Day＂is on March 20th. 1 Join this day, and you’ll get healthier. Also, you can reduce greenhouse gases(减少温室气体) and save the earth.[来源:学|科|网Z|X|X|K]‎ Earth Day ‎ 2 Many people all over the world try to do something green on this day. In Italy, people don’t use plastic bags. In Canada and Norway, people ride bicycles and don’t use their cars. In the USA, people dress up like plants and animals and dance in Times Square, New York.‎ Buy Nothing Day ‎＂Buy Nothing Day＂ is usually on the fourth Friday in November. 3 ＂Buy nothing＂ means ＂make no rubbish＂. 4 ‎ Do you want to join them? 5 .‎ 根据短女内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。‎ A. This is Children’s Day.‎ B. When you make less rubbish, you can make a cleaner earth.‎ C. Many people around the world don’t eat any meat for one day. ‎ D. Then you can remember these special days and do something green. ‎ E. We have a national holiday.‎ F. ＂Earth Day＂ is on April 22nd.‎ G. On this day, many people don’t buy anything.[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ ‎（湖北省宜昌市2017年中考模拟）A A. running away is anything ‎ B. they often find them in risky situations C. it may be natural ‎ D. these kids are more easy to get affected(感染)‎ E. no one cares about them ‎ F. you probably imagine When you think about running away, 1 that there will be no more rules, no parent to tell you what to do, no more fights. Sounds great and exciting, right? In fact, 2 but fun. Kids who run away face new problems like not having any money, food to eat, a safe place to sleep, or anyone to take care of them.‎ People with no home and no money become ready to do anything just to meet their everyday needs. Because of this, 3 that would be terrible even for adults. Runaway kids join in dangerous crimes(犯罪) much more often than kids who live at home.‎ Kids who live on the streets often have to steal(偷) for a living. Many take drugs to get through the day because they become so sad and feel that 4 . Some are forced(被迫) to do things they wouldn’t normally do to make money. The number of kids with HIV or AIDS and other diseases is higher on streets, too, because 5 . This problem is attracting more and more attention.[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ B ‎（北京市密云区2017届九年级期末）A year ago I paid no attention to English idioms(习语), though my teacher said again and again that it was important. But soon, the importance of English idioms was shown in my experience.‎ One day, I happened to meet an Englishman on the road. I was very happy because I thought I could talk with him in English. And 1 . As I was talking about how I was studying English, the foreigner shook his head, saying, ＂You don’t say! You don’t say!＂ I was surprised. ＂Why?＂ I thought, ＂Perhaps this is not a proper topic. Well, I’d better change the topic.＂ So I said to him, ＂Well, shall we talk about the Great Wall? We Chinese people are proud of it! By the way, 2 ?＂ ＂Certainly, everyone back home will laugh at me if I leave China without seeing it. It was great.＂ I said, ＂The Great Wall is one of the wonders in the world. It is a place of interest.＂ Soon I was interrupted again by his words, ＂ ‎ ‎3 !＂ I couldn’t help asking, ＂Why did you ask me not to talk about it?＂ ＂Well, I didn’t ask you to do so,＂ he answered, gently surprised.‎ I said, ＂Didn’t you say ‘You don’t say!’?＂‎ ‎ 4 . He began to explain, ＂’You don’t say!’ actually means ‘Really?’ It is an expression of surprise. Just like ‘Look out!’ means ‘Be careful!’ Perhaps you don’t pay attention to English idioms.＂‎ Only then did I know I had made a fool of myself. 5 . Remember: what our English teachers say to us students is always right. We should listen to them!‎ A. You don’t say B. soon we began to talk C. have you ever been there D. Hearing this, the Englishman laughed to tears E. Since then I have been more careful with idioms C ‎（湖南省岳阳地区2017年中考二模）The world is an interesting place. Different people like different things. Some people like loud music. Other people don’t. 1 ‎ Many people like sports, but they do not all like the same sports. In some countries, cricket (板球运动) is a very popular sport, in others it is not popular at all. No one plays it or watches it on TV. However, most people like soccer. The World Cup is very popular. 2 ‎ Different people like different foods. Some people do not like meat. 3 Some people do not like potatoes or bread. They prefer rice. ‎ ‎ 4 Most people have their favorite colors. Some people like bright colors. Others prefer pale colors.‎ Many people like traveling. Different people like different places. Some people like to go to the country. They like the fresh air. Some people like to go to the cities. Because they like shopping. 5 ‎ What do you like? Have you got an idea?‎ A. They like soft music.‎ B. Not everyone likes the same color. ‎ C. Millions of people watch the games on TV.‎ D. Different people like different kinds of pets.‎ E. They eat fruit and vegetables most of the time.‎ F. So they don’t raise pigs in their countries.‎ G. Some other people enjoy beautiful places like the mountains or beaches.‎ 跟踪训练 A ‎【文章大意】本文就如何做到＂组织安排好，做事有条不紊＂，提出了五点建议。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】根据本段含义＂下一步，你应该考虑提前计划，所以如果你知道某个地点有某个时间的约会，那么就计划好当天的约会。＂可知，本语段的主旨大意为：尽可能提前计划。故选：B。‎ ‎3. E 【解析】根据本段的主旨大意：把物品排放好，可以节约时间，不会打乱你的计划。故选：E。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】根据本段的主旨大意：不要担心把任务分派给他人，并确保他们顺利完成任务。故选：A。‎ ‎5. F 【解析】根据本段的主旨大意：制定一个时间表，强迫你按时完成任务，并在实际过程中完成更多的工作。故选：F。‎ B ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述了一位15岁的学生有睡眠问题，因而影响了学习，文中就此给出了三种解决此问题的方法。‎ ‎1. B 【解析】根据前文It usually takes me 2 to 4 hours to get to sleep我通常需要2到4‎ 个小时才能入睡，可推知下文应该为And I usually get about 4 or 5 hours’ sleep in a day.我通常一天睡4到5个小时。故选B。‎ ‎2. D 【解析】根据前文If you are a person who doesn’t regularly get a good night’s sleep, you are not alone.如果你是一个经常不能睡个好觉的人，你并不孤单，可知下文Many people suffer from sleep problems.许多人患有睡眠问题。故选D。 ‎ ‎3. C 【解析】根据上下文可知，此处为It also means you can get in regular number of hours each night.这也意味着你每天晚上可以有固定的睡眠时间。故选C。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】根据下文内容的描述可知，是关于＂锻炼＂对身体有好处这方面的话题，所以此段的小标题为Take some exercise.做些锻炼。故选A。‎ ‎5. E 【解析】根据下文In fact, when you lie down to go to sleep, your mind is going to be thinking about the programs you have been watching.事实上，当你躺下睡觉的时候，你的大脑会思考你一直在看的节目，可知此处为You may think that watching TV before you go to bed is a good way to relax你可能认为睡觉前看电视是一种放松的好方法。故选E。学科&网 C ‎【文章大意】本文是议论文，通过分析友谊的三个共同点——互相信任，真诚说话和做事；和朋友分享你的想法和感受；做朋友必须善于倾听和理解——得出结论，也就是好的友谊是不容易持久的，必须付出多少，友谊才会长久。‎ ‎2. G 【解析】根据第二段的意思，特别是Good friends always trust in one another to speak and do things honestly.，可知本段谈的是honesty。七个选项中，Honesty is where a good friendship starts.最合段意，故选G。‎ ‎3. B 【解析】第三段谈的是share分享。根据文意，结合空格的前后文，可知对朋友来说有价值的东西，不是分享钱物，而是其他东西，备选句子中的Instead you share your ideas and feelings.正是这个意思，故选B。‎ ‎4. C 【解析】第四段围绕Everyone needs understanding and help with a problem.‎ 展开论述，谈论的都是解决问题的方法，Something may go wrong at school.这一句说的也是问题，合乎段意，故选C。‎ ‎5. F 【解析】第五段对上文提到的三点做了个总结，强调友谊的不易持久。备选句子But all true friendships have three things in common.提到了友谊的共性，故选F。‎ 真题再现 A ‎【文章大意】这篇短文主要讲述了科学家发现人们能够根据脸部颜色的变化来告诉别人的情绪。‎ ‎71. D【解析】根据上文Have you ever tried to hide your emotions（情感）from someone during a conversation?可知下文是It’s not always easy, because the color on your face may tell the truth.这并不总是容易的，因为你脸上的颜色可以说真话。故选D。‎ ‎72. C【解析】据下文For example, happiness makes our faces red around the cheeks and a little blue around the chin. Disgust(厌恶)creates not only a blue-yellow color around the lips, but also a red- green color around the nose and forehead.可知上文是They found that every facial expression is connected to a certain color他们发现每个面部表情都与某一颜色有关。故选C。‎ ‎73. A【解析】据下文Does the color alone or also facial expressions help people tell other’s emotions?可知上文是But this raises a question.但是，这提出了一个问题。故选A。‎ ‎74. E【解析】据下文They were able to tell the emotions 75 percent of the time without any difficulty.可知上文是Then, volunteers were asked to tell what emotions the faces were showing. 然后，志愿者被要求说出脸上的表情。故选E。‎ B ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了青少年每进入高中时会经历的事和遇到的一些问题以及应对的办法。‎ ‎1. A 【解析】根据前文的Whether you are coming from a middle school（grades six through eight） or a junior high school（grades seven through nine），there are many things about high that are different from your old school environment. 无论你是从中学（六年级到八年级）还是初中（七年级到九年级），有很多关于高中的东西和你以前的学校环境不同。可知说的是你会经历很多变化，故选A。‎ ‎2. B 【解析】根据后文的In return，they expect you to work hard and develop your skills，作为回报，他们希望你努力学习，发展你的技能。可知他们想帮助你进入大学。故选B。‎ ‎3. E 【解析】根据前文的peer pressure（同伴压力） to drink and smoke often increases in high school. 同伴压力导致在高中喝酒和抽烟经常会增加。可知压力也可能来自成绩，孤独等。故选E。‎ ‎4. D 【解析】根据后文的If you are not succeeding academically，find someone to help you. If you feel lonely，try to join a school club or group to make new friends. 如果你没有成功的学业，找人帮你。如果你感到孤独，试着加入学校俱乐部或团体，结交新的朋友。可知他们在那里帮助你进入你生命中这个伟大的新时代。故选D。‎ ‎5. C 【解析】根据后文的With time，you will come to be thankful for everything about your experience. On the point of starting your high school，are you ready？随着时间的推移，你会对你所经历的一切心存感激。就在你高中毕业的时候，你准备好了吗？可知高中生活似乎一开始令人沮丧。故选C。‎ C ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了通过研究证明同一个人在不同年龄阶段的性格会发生巨变。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】根据In 1950, a group of teachers gave over 1200 14-year-old students personality tests.可知此处介绍老师对学生的性格测试，故介绍测试的内容。故选A。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】根据They were surprised to find great changes to all six personality traits of these people.可知他们发现这些人的个性特征发生了变化，因此他们把现在和那时的结果进行了比较，故选B。‎ ‎5. E 【解析】根据It was ＂as if the second test had been given to different people.可知第二次测试仿佛是给完全不同的人进行的，因此每一个人年轻时的自己和年老时的自己是不同的。故选E。‎ D ‎【文章大意】本篇文章难度适中，主要讲述几个拯救地球的节日，如世界无肉日、地球日、不消费日。‎ ‎1. C 【解析】根据Meatout Day可知，那天不吃肉，故选C。‎ ‎2. F 【解析】根据文章结构，Meatout Day以及Buy Nothing Day可知，都是介绍时间的，故选F。‎ ‎3. G 【解析】空处解释Buy Nothing Day，在那天，人们不买东西，故选G。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】根据同一词复现的原则，前有rubbish，故选B。‎ ‎5. D 【解析】根据选项中的these special days可知这里指的是Meatout Day，Earth Day以及Buy Nothing Day，故选D。‎ 模拟检测 A ‎【文章大意】你觉得离家出走感觉会很刺激、很自由，是吗？其实离家出走跟你想象的是完全不一样的，这样的孩子经常会遇到很多的困难，他们也很可能会走上犯罪的道路。‎ ‎1. F 【解析】句意：当你想到离家出走的时候，你可能会想象没有规则，没有家长告诉你去做什么，没有斗争。根据下文Kids who run away face new problems like not having any money, food to eat, a safe place to sleep, or anyone to take care of them.可知，离家出走的孩子会面对很多的问题，所以这句话中所说的只是你的想象。故应选F。‎ ‎2. A 【解析】句意：离家出走一点也不有趣。anything but 除了……任何事情，意思是一点也不。根据下文的文意可知，离家出走的孩子会面对很多的问题和危险，还可能会犯罪，会感染疾病，所以这样做一点意思也没有。故应选A。‎ ‎4. E 【解析】句意：住在大街上的孩子经常不得不偷东西来维持生存，很多人吸毒度日，因为他们变得如此伤心，感觉没有人关心他们。根据句意可知，这里表示这些离家出走的孩子陷入这样的困境的原因，他们觉得没有人关心他们。故应选E。‎ ‎5. D 【解析】句意：患有艾滋病或其他疾病的孩子的数目在这些离家出走的孩子们身上要更多，因为他们更容易受到感染。上句话说这些离家出走的孩子患艾滋病或其他疾病的数目要更多，这里解释的是原因，故应选D。‎ B ‎【文章大意】这篇短文讲述了我和一位外国人在一次交谈中，由于对于英语习惯用语不太了解，造成的一个小误会。从而告诉我们学习英语习语的重要性。‎ ‎1. B 【解析】根据As I was talking about how I was studying English,可知，这里提到作者已经在交谈了，所以上句应该是我们开始交谈。故选B。‎ ‎2. C 【解析】根据Certainly, everyone back home will laugh at me if I leave China without seeing it. It was great.可知，这里提到去过长城，所以上句问的是：你去过长城吗？故选C。‎ ‎3. A 【解析】根据＂Why did you ask me not to talk about it?＂可知，上句应该是：外国人阻止作者交谈。故选A。‎ ‎4. D 【解析】细节理解题。根据He began to explain可知，听到这个英国人笑出声了，然后英国人又开始解释。故选D。‎ ‎5. E 【解析】细节理解题。根据Remember: what our English teachers say to us students is always right. We should listen to them!可知，从此要注意英语的习语，故选E。‎ C ‎【文章大意】作者认为这个世界很有意思，不同的人喜欢不同的事物。一些人喜欢吵杂的音乐，一些人不喜欢，他们喜欢轻音乐。许多人喜欢运动，但是他们喜欢的不是同一种运动。不同的人喜欢的食物不同。很多人喜欢足球。不同的人喜欢去不同的地方旅游。‎ ‎3. E 【解析】句意：他们大部分时间都吃水果和蔬菜。根据上文Some people do not like meat. 结合句意和语境可知选E。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：不是每个人都喜欢同样的颜色。根据下文Most people have their favorite colors. Some people like bright colors. Others prefer pale colors.（大多数人都有自己喜欢的颜色。有些人喜欢鲜艳的颜色。其他人则喜欢淡色。）结合句意和语境可知选B。‎ ‎5. G 【解析】句意：有些人喜欢美丽的地方，如山或海滩。根据上文Different people like different places. Some people like to go to the country. They like the fresh air. Some people like to go to the cities.（不同的人喜欢不同的地方。有些人喜欢去乡下。他们喜欢新鲜空气。有些人喜欢去城市。）结合句意和语境可知选G。学科&网 命题趋势：‎ 分析近3年各地市中考英语真题可知，回答问题型阅读的话题涉及故事类、介绍类、观点建议类、饮食与健康类、科普知识类、文化风俗类及校园生活类。词数为200－260词， 一般情况下，每篇文章设5个问题， 其中以4个特殊疑问句、1个一般疑问句居多， 少量涉及5个特殊疑问句和3个特殊疑问句、2个一般疑问句。‎ 解题技巧：‎ ‎1. 认真审题， 明确题目要求。‎ 首先阅读题目， 明确题目中的关键词， 在阅读文章前对所要回答的问题有所了解。‎ ‎2. 快速浏览文章， 规范答题。‎ 回答问题型任务型阅读需要利用题干中关键词， 寻找文章中对应的关键词， 在对应词周围寻找答案或者直接在文章中搜索答案。带着审题时对文章大意的了解以及问题快速浏览文章， 以最快的速度在文章相对应的位置寻找相关信息。‎ ‎3. 答题形式符合提问形式。‎ 不同的提问方式需要不同形式的回答， 在答案简洁的基础上还要注意结构的完整。一般疑问句要用yes或no作答；特殊疑问句要根据特殊疑问词具体回答。‎ ‎4. 仔细检查， 确保答案。‎ 完成所有答题后， 需要再次速读一遍文章， 核对答案， 确保答案的正确性。需要注意， 有些题目答案可以在原文中直接找出；有些需要在原文的基础上， 结合题目要求进行时态、语态、人称的转换；有些需要进行归纳总结， 把正确答案重新组织语言表达出来。‎ A 请认真阅读下面短文，并根据短文内容回答问题。[来源:学,科,网Z,X,X,K]‎ How to Start and Keep a Good Conversation Going[来源:学+科+网][来源:Z。xx。k.Com]‎ How to Start a good conversation ‎＂Hi, my name is Sara.＂ ＂I’ m Frank. Nice to meet you.＂‎ Introductions, like the one above, are a great way to begin a good conversation. When you introduce yourself, be confident and comfortable. That will make others comfortable, too. After the introduction, wait a bit. If the other person doesn’t ask a question, you ask one. Starting with a question shows interest in the other person. You could ask＂What do you do?＂ or ＂How do you know our host?＂ But asking something a little different shows you are clearly different. ＂What did you do last weekend?＂ and ＂Have you seen any good movies recently?＂ are two topics you could ask about. Another good way to start with is＂Tell me about yourself. ＂Most ‎ people love talking about themselves.‎ How to keep a good conversation going As the other person begins to answer your question, look for the same opinion. If you ask about last weekend, the person could talk about a bike ride they took. When the person finishes his opinions, you could mention an experience that you had with biking. You can then move on to discussing other sports the person may be interested in.‎ When the other person is talking, be interested in them. Listen carefully to their answers. Don’t look around the room. That gives the other person the message that you are not really interested in them.‎ If you are answering the question, don’t go on and on. Answer the question and then stop. A good conversation is like a tennis game where the ball goes back and forth.‎ With some practice, you’ll be able to start and keep a conversation going with anyone!‎ ‎76. How do you show interest in the other person after the introduction?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎77. Why is it good to start a conversation with＂ Tell me about yourself. ＂?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎78. What can you do when the other person begin to answer your question?[来源:Z_xx_k.Com]‎ ‎ ‎ ‎79. Why can’t you look around the room when the other person is talking?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎80. What is your good way to keep a good conversation going?（请自拟一句话作答）‎ ‎ ‎ B 阅读下文并回答问题。‎ Recently, Chongqing Three Gorges University has held an activity named ＂Cell Phone Ninja＂ (手机忍者). They would like their students not to use cell phones for 21 days. It is really a challenge (挑战) for most students.‎ The activity started on April 12. Each student who volunteered to take part in this activity got a bracelet (手环). If the students did not use their cell phones, there would be a photo on the screen of the bracelet to show that. If they used their cell phones, a different photo would ‎ appear on the screen of the bracelet. After the last class of each day, the students sent the photos to the school’s public WeChat.‎ More than 800 students wished to take part in this test, and 400 were chosen. After seven days, only 103 students remained. The test was set for 21 days because some scientists believe that 21 days is long enough to help form(形成) a habit.‎ According to the teachers in the university, the activity was not a competition. It depended on students themselves to make the decision. The teachers hoped their students could form better study habits through activities like this one.‎ ‎71. When did the activity ＂Cell Phone Ninja＂ start?‎ ‎ ___________________________________________________________________‎ ‎72. Were 400 students chosen to take part in this test?‎ ‎ ___________________________________________________________________‎ ‎73. Why was the test set for 21 days?‎ ‎ ___________________________________________________________________‎ ‎74. What was the bracelet used for in this test?‎ ‎ ___________________________________________________________________‎ C ‎＂Jamila, I just found one dollar sitting on the coffee table,＂ said Mrs. Johnson. ＂Is that your money?＂‎ Jamila looked up from the book she was reading. ＂Oops, it’s mine. I emptied my jacket pockets before I left for basketball practice yesterday. I was running late, so I didn’t have time to take it up to my room.＂ Jamila placed it quickly in the back of her book and went back to reading. ‎ ‎＂Jamila, you just put that money into the back of your book. I’ m quite sure that you’ re not going to be able to find it when you need it,＂ her mother said. ＂You see, some of your money is in the pencil case on your desk. Some is in the glove hanging behind the door. I think you might also have a few dollars in your bag. You are such a careless girl.＂‎ ‎＂Mom. I’ m too busy to take care of my money.＂‎ Mrs. Johnson smiled, ＂It looks like it’s time for you to get your own bank account (账户).＂‎ ‎＂My own bank account? Is it necessary? Kids know little about it.＂ Jamila replied.‎ The next day, Mrs. Johnson took Jamila to a bank and opened an account for her. The banking manager explained how the money in the account would increase. ＂The longer the money stays in the account , the more it will earn(获利),＂ he added .‎ Jamila was surprised to learn that she could earn money just by keeping her money in a bank account. ＂I wish I had done this a long time ago.＂‎ ‎53. Where did Mrs. Johnson find Jamila’s one dollar?‎ ‎54. Why was Jamila thought a careless girl?‎ ‎55. Do you want to have your own bank account? Why or why not?‎ A（2018年安徽省中考）‎ Mr. Reynolds, my teacher, handed us a list of thoughts, and asked us to write a paper on one of those thoughts. I chose the topic I wonder why things are the way they are.‎ I wrote down all the questions that puzzled(困扰) me about life. I realized that many of them were hard to answer, and perhaps others could not be answered at all. When I handed in my paper, I was afraid that I might fail because I did not answer the questions.‎ The next day, Mr. Reynolds handed me the paper and asked me to read it for the class. The other students became quiet as I began to read my story:‎ Mum, why are the roses red? Why is the grass green and the sky blue? Why do I have to graduate(毕业) ? Why do I have to grow up? Why do I have to be called Grandma" one day?.. Dad, why can't I stay out until 12: OO? Why do I miss my old friends? Why do 1 miss being at home? Why do you love me so much?‎ Mum, Dad, why did you have to leave me? I need you. ‎ At the end of my story, I looked at Mr. Reynolds, and I saw a tear slowly coming down his face. Then I realized that life is not built on the answers we receive but on the questions we ask.‎ ‎58. Why was the writer afraid that she might fail? (不超过10个词)‎ ‎ ____________________________________________________‎ ‎59. What did the teacher ask the writer to do for the class? (不超过15个词)‎ ‎ ____________________________________________________‎ ‎60. What did the writer realize at the end of the story? (不超过15个词)‎ ‎ ____________________________________________________‎ B（2017 • 山东泰安）‎ 阅读下面的短文，并根据短文后的要求答题。（请注意问题后的字数要求）‎ Once, when there was a famine（饥荒）, a rich baker sent for twenty of the poorest children in the town, and said to them, ＂In this basket there is a loaf（面包）for each of you. Take it, and come back to me every day at this hour for more.＂‎ The hungry children gathered eagerly about the basket, and fought over the bread because each wanted the largest loaf. At last they went away without even (77)______ the good baker.‎ Gretchen, a poorly dressed little girl, did not fight or struggle with the other children, but stood quietly in the distance（远处）, When the badly behaved children had left. Gretchen took the smallest loaf, which was all that was left in the basket. She kissed the baker’s hand and went home. ‎ ‎(78)第二天，孩子们表现得像以前一样糟糕。Gretchen got a loaf almost half the size of the one she got the first day. When she came home, her mother cut the loaf open. Many new shining pieces of silver fell out of it.‎ Her mother was very worried and said, ＂Take the money back to the baker at once. The silver must have fallen into the dough by accident. By quick, Gretchen!＂‎ When the little girl gave the rich man her mother’s message, he said, ＂(79) It was no mistake, I had the silver pieces put into the smallest loaf to reward（奖赏）you. Always be as content（满足）,peaceable, and thankful as you now are. Go home now, and tell your mother that the money is yours to keep.＂‎ ‎76. What did Gretchen do while the others fought over the bread?（no more than 6 words）‎ ‎77. Fill in the blank in the second paragraph with proper words.（no more than 3 words）‎ ‎78. Translate the Chinese sentence in the fourth paragraph into English. ‎ ‎79. Translate the underlined sentences in the sixth paragraph into Chinese. ‎ ‎80. What do you think of Gretchen and her mother?‎ C（2017•上海中考）‎ Answer the questions（根据以下内容回答问题）（12分）‎ It was Saturday again. Grace and Karen disliked Saturdays. That was another thing the twins had in common. They shared the same clothes and tied their hair in the same manner. In fact, it was hard for their classmates and teachers to tell them apart sometimes.‎ ‎ Unlike their classmates, they had to get up early at seven every Saturday to prepare for ‎ their lessons. Grace had to attend the art lesson and Karen had to attend her ballet lesson. ＂How I wish I could do something different today,＂ said the twins with one voice. All at once, an idea came to Grace and Karen at the same time. ＂How would you like to be me for a day?＂ they asked each other. It seemed like a wonderful plan to them. After giving each other a description of their own friends, Grace put on Karen’s ballet dress while Karen put Grace’s brushes and paints into her bag. Then they left for their classes.‎ ‎ When the art lesson started, Karen was lost. Unlike Grace, Karen was poor at drawing. When the art lesson finally ended, Karen didn’t dare to hand in her work.‎ ‎ Meanwhile, Grace was struggling in the ballet class as well. As she had no idea about the dance steps, she had to follow her classmates blindly. As a result, she kept knocking into them. Their ballet teacher became impatient with her, ＂Karen, you should remember the basic steps. You can’t rely on copying what others are doing.＂ ‎ ‎ When Karen and Grace got home, they were tired out. They decided that they would never try to be someone else they were not. It seemed that the grass was not always greener on the other side.‎ ‎88. Did Grace and Karen like Saturdays?‎ ‎89. When did the twins get up on Saturdays?[来源:学.科.网Z.X.X.K]‎ ‎90. What was the twins’ plan when they decided to do something different?‎ ‎91. How did Karen feel at the beginning of the art lesson?‎ ‎92. Why did the ballet teacher become impatient?‎ ‎93. What does the underlined part ＂the grass was not always greener on the other side＂ at the end of the story try to tell us?‎ D（2017•山东省威海市中考）‎ 阅读E篇，根据书信内容简要回答问题。请将答案填写到答题卡指定位置。‎ ‎  ‎ Dear Kids Advice Magazine June 10, 2017‎ ‎ Hi, my name is Evan and being the eldest child in the family surely has its disadvantages. First of all, I have to share all my toys and games with my younger Siblings, William and Julia. Of course, they don’t need to return the favour because I’m totally uninterested in their things. Besides that, Julia and William are always hanging around me. It’s especially annoying when I have a friend over. We look for a secluded place in the house where they can’t disturb(打扰) us, but within minutes, they’ve found us and are asking to join in. I just can’t seem to get a moment’s peace. At meal times, I have to eat whatever is on my plate regardless of the portion size or taste. William and Julia only need to try one bite when it’s not their favorite food. Not only this, but I’m expected to be cooperative (合作的,配台的) at all times because I’m the oldest and need to be a role model for them.‎ ‎ It doesn’t seem fair either that I have more chores to do around the house than Julia and William put together. Plus, when it comes to practising our musical instruments, I have to practise more than double the time. Oh, and the worst part of it all is the huge quantities of homework I get compared to them.‎ ‎ I’m feeling rather annoyed with my sibling situation. Can you please write back with some advice?‎ Yours truly,‎ ‎ Evan Smith ‎21. How many children are there in Evan’s family?‎ ‎22. What does the underlined phrase ＂a secluded place＂ mean in Chinese?‎ ‎23. Why is Evan expected to be cooperative at all times?‎ ‎24. How did Evan feel when he wrote this letter?‎ ‎25. Evan thinks many things unfair, but in fact some of them are not his brother and sister’s fault. List 2 of the unfair things.‎ E（2017•江苏省苏州市）‎ 请认真阅读下面短文，用英语回答短文后的问题，并将答案写在答题卡标有题号的横线上。‎ ‎ Book Review by Patricia Ann Turner It is school holiday time and Mitch Morrow’s family have just moved to a new home In a new place. Mitch can’t stop worrying about what his new school is going to be like. He is not even sure about the neighbours. Next door live the Bull family and they have two children, Di and Bruce. ‎ The older of the two, Bruce, is a large boy, about Mitch’s age. Mitch. Watches him carry big rocks. He looks really strong and unkind. Mitch gives him the name Bruiser（彪形大汉）‎ because he has a black eye. Did he get it in a fight? Mitch imagines all the worst possible things about Bruiser. He is probably the class bully (恶霸). In his mind Mitch thinks of him as the enemy.‎ Things seem to get more worrying for Mitch. He finds out he will be in the same class as Bruiser. Then on the first day of school he learns that Bruiser is his buddy for the day.‎ ‎ This is a lovely story for young readers to read or listen to. It has a wonderful message for all children about facing their fears —real and imagined.‎ The pictures in the book catch the worry Mitch feels and make Bruiser really look like a bad guy.‎ ‎ My only complaint is the colour of the printing of the text. Why there are pages of different coloured print I cannot tell. They may create problems for children with poor eyesight.‎ ‎ I give it four stars.‎ ‎53. Who is the book Watch out for Bruiser for?‎ ‎54. What does Mitch imagine Bruce to be?‎ ‎55. After reading the book review, do you think the book is worth reading? Why or why not?‎ A Students in the US don’t begin their spring break at the same time. It depends on where they live. While students from one town are on vacation, their neighbors in the next town may have classes as usual.‎ You may have heard of it from many hit US TV shows and movies. It’ s usually in the middle of March, when characters on shows like Gossip Girl get a week off from classes, go to the beach and throw big parties. It’s spring break or＂party time＂!‎ Unlike our semester, which starts in late February or early March this year, American schools begin as early as January. So in late March and April, most American schools, ranging from kindergartens to colleges, give students one to two weeks off school.‎ College students often take planes to places like Florida or Cancun, Mexico. They relax on the beach, enjoy cold drinks and get a tan.‎ Younger kids take trips with their parents, visiting a new state or even a new country. Sometimes teachers lead overseas trips for groups of students. On a ten-day trip, for example, students may go on a tour through Spain, France, and Italy, which gives them a great chance to see different parts of the world.‎ Having a ＂staycation＂, which means being a tourist in your own city, is another popular trend (趋势). You can visit local art galleries (美术馆), museums or have a big meal in a nice restaurant.‎ For those who are not in the mood to go out, spring break is a good time to catch up with hit TV series or play video games.‎ There are also students who want a different kind of spring break experience. Instead of partying, they choose to do community service, help with disaster-hit areas and do other volunteering work.‎ No matter how they’ve spent the break, one thing is for sure — students return to school feeling refreshed (恢复活力的) and ready to finish the school year.‎ ‎1. Students in the US begin their spring break at a different time, don’t they?‎ 记得答案要简洁哦!‎ ‎ .‎ ‎2. How long does the spring break usually last?‎ ‎ .[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ ‎3. Where do college students often go during the spring break?[来源:学科网]‎ ‎ .‎ ‎4. What’s the advantage of having a spring break?‎ ‎ .‎ ‎5. If you are given the spring break, how will you spend it? Why?‎ ‎ .‎ B(2016 • 上海上南地区六校九年级月考)‎ 根据短文内容回答下列问题。‎ Each and every year, during Chongyang Festival, citizens of China celebrate the elders in their families and communities. It’s a special tradition which is rooted in the deep value that Chinese culture places on honoring their elders.‎ Sadly, many of our aging population are seniors without sons, daughters or grandchildren to visit. While they may have great friends, they no doubt miss the tender and loving relationships unique to families. To fill this void（空虚）, many volunteers turned up on October 28 at nursing homes around the country in order to spend time with the residents. In some cases, they performed humble（谦逊的） gestures of kindness, such as combing their hair or washing their feet.‎ While the kind acts were appreciated, one embarrassing story out of Anhui province raised a valuable question. Reportedly, one old gentleman had his feet washed seven times during the day by different volunteers. Is this genuinely（真诚地） caring for the elderly? Many of the residents at the home said that those gestures do not make them feel cared for at all. Their family members or community volunteers may drop by for a few hours of token time, but soon they disappear back into their busy lives.‎ There is nothing we can give that is more valuable or appreciated than our time. While you may feel like there is barely enough time to care for your many responsibilities, might it be possible to spare just a moment as you walk home from school to sit with a senior who lives in your community? Just five minutes is not going to prevent you from getting your homework ‎ done, but it may totally change a day of loneliness into a day of joy for one old man or woman. Do you live far from your grandparents? Why not pick up the phone and let them know you’ re thinking of them? Or maybe you could remind them of the ＂good old days＂ and mail them a short letter. Imagine their surprise and joy!‎ We live in a complicated（复杂的） and busy world, but kindness and caring is still a very simple thing.‎ ‎6. People in China celebrate the elders at Chongyang Festival, don’t they?‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎7. Who appeared at nursing homes to spend time with the residents?‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎8. How many times did one old gentleman have his feet washed during the day? ‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎9. Which gestures can make elders feel cared for? ‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎10. What did the family members of the residents at the home do? ‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎11. Have you been to any nursing homes before? What did you do for the residents there? If you haven’t, please tell us what you did for the elders around you in the past.‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎【跟踪训练】‎ 文章大意 A 短文主要告诉人们怎样和人保持良好对话的一些方法。‎ ‎76.【答案】Starting with a question. ‎ ‎【解析】根据短文中的句子＂Starting with a question shows interest in the other person.＂可知，开始问别人问题表明你对别人感兴趣。‎ ‎78.【答案】Look for the same opinion. ‎ ‎【解析】根据短文中的句子＂As the other person begins to answer your question，look for the same opinion.＂可知，当对方开始回答你的问题时，要去寻找相同的意见。‎ ‎79.【答案】That gives the other person the message that you’ re not really interested in them. ‎ ‎【解析】根据短文中的句子＂Don’t look around the room. That gives the other person the message that you’ re not really interested in them.可知答案。‎ ‎80.【答案】Keep smiling. ‎ ‎【解析】与别人交流时，面带微笑，以示友好，也是一种不错的交流方式。学科&网 文章大意 B 近日重庆三峡学院举行了一个叫＂手机忍者＂活动。他们希望学生不使用手机21天。对于大多数学生来说这真是一个挑战。通过这样的活动老师希望他们的学生能形成更好的学习习惯。‎ ‎71.【答案】It started on April 12.‎ ‎【解析】根据第二段中The activity started on April 12.可知这个活动开始于四月十二日。所以作答It started on April 12.。‎ ‎72.【答案】Yes, they were.‎ ‎【解析】根据第三段中More than 800 students wished to take part in this test, and 400 were chosen.可知有四百名学生被选中参加了这个测试，所以作答Yes, they were.。‎ ‎74.【答案】It was used for showing/ to show whether the students used the cell phone(s) or not.‎ ‎【解析】根据第二段中的If the students did not use their cellphones...the bracelet可知这些手环是用来表明学生使用手机了没有。‎ 文章大意 C 该文介绍了粗心的贾米拉到处放钱。贾米拉的妈妈带她到银行为她开了一个账户。银行经理告诉她账户里的钱会增加。贾米拉吃惊地发现，她可以通过在她的银行账户里存钱赚取更多的钱。‎ ‎53.【答案】On the coffee table. ‎ ‎【解析】根据短文开头＂Jamila, I just found one dollar sitting on the coffee table,＂said Mrs. Johnson.可知约翰逊在咖啡桌上发现了一美元。‎ ‎54.【答案】Because Jamila/she put her money everywhere.‎ ‎【解析】根据第三段的描述可知贾米拉被认为是粗心的女孩是因为她到处放钱。‎ ‎55.【答案】Yes, because I think if I keep my money in a bank account, I can get more money./No, because I don’ t think it (is) necessary for students to have a bank account.‎ ‎【解析】该题目要根据学生本人的观点作答。只要说得有理，符合英语表达习惯即可。‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ A ‎【文章大意】文章讲述了作者的老师让他们把自己的想法写到纸上，作者写了困扰他的生活的问题，第二天老师让他在课堂上把这些问题读出来的故事。‎ ‎【答案】58. Because she did not answer the questions(she wrote down). ‎ ‎59. The teacher asked her to read her paper for the class./To read her paper for the class. ‎ ‎【解析】根据asked me to read it for the class可知让她在班上读她的卷子；故答案是The teacher asked her to read her paper for the class./To read her paper for the class.‎ ‎60. The writer realized that life is built on the questions we ask./Life is not built on the answers we ‎ receive but on the questions we ask.[来源:学科网ZXXK]‎ ‎【解析】根据Then I realized that life is not built on the answers we receive but on the questions we ask.可知作者意识到生活不是基于我们收到的答案，而是在于我们问的问题；故答案是 The writer realized that life is built on the questions we ask./Life is not built on the answers we receive but on the questions we ask.‎ 文章大意 B 文章大意：这篇短文主要讲述了一个懂得谦让、感恩的小女孩，最后受到好心人奖励的故事。‎ ‎76. She stood quietly in the distance. ‎ ‎77. thanking/saying thanks (goodbye) to/expressing thanks to ‎78. The next day the children were as badly behaved as before./The next day the children behaved as badly as before.‎ ‎79. 这不是失误/错误，我（让人）把这些银币放进最小的面包里是为了奖赏你。‎ ‎80. Gretchen was content, peaceable and thankful. Her mother was honest./They were content, honest, peaceful and thankful.‎ 文章大意 C 文章大意：本文介绍了美国AAP组织为解决未成年人迷恋电子节目问题，而给家长和保育员们提出的几点建议，颇具可行性。‎ ‎88. No, they didn’t. / No. Both of them disliked Saturdays.‎ ‎89. (They got up) at seven on Saturdays.‎ ‎90. (Their plan was to) pretend to be the other one / exchange roles for a day.‎ ‎91. She felt lost (when the art lesson started).‎ ‎92. (Because ＂Karen＂ couldn’t) remember the basic steps / dance well.‎ ‎93. (Any reasonable answer is acceptable.)‎ 文章大意 D 文章大意：这篇短文主要介绍了一封新信件，信中陈述了写信人抱怨两个年幼的兄弟姐妹给自己造成的困扰，比如他们经常吵闹，让自己感觉很吵，心情很差；同时还抱怨自己练习乐器的时间比较长，做家务比较多。基于此，写信向朋友寻求帮助。‎ ‎21. There’re 3 /three children in the family. ‎ ‎22. 一个安静所被打扰，私密／隐蔽的地方。（答对意思即可。）‎ ‎23. Because he is the oldest and needs to be a role model for them.（答对处即可得分。）‎ ‎24. He felt unfair.／He was annoyed／angry /unhappy.‎ 文章大意 E 文章大意：这是一篇书评。介绍了《小心彪形大汉》这本书，书中讲述了Mitch搬到了一个新的地方，他很担心新的学校会是什么样，也不知道新的邻居会是怎样，邻居的家里有两个孩子，一个叫Di，一个叫Bruce，Bruce长得很强壮，看起来像一个恶霸，所以Mitch害怕他，但后来才发现其实Bruce和他可以做同伴。这个故事对孩子来说是一个好故事，因为可以教他们如何面对真实的和想象中的恐惧。‎ ‎53. It’s for young readers. ‎ ‎54. Mitch imagines him to be a bad boy.‎ ‎55. Yes. Because it tells me how to face the fears.‎ ‎ No. Because the colour of the printing is bad for my eyes.‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ 文章大意 A 本文讲述了美国学生春假的情况，主要介绍了他们春假期间的活动。‎ ‎1. 【答案】Yes, they do.‎ ‎【解析】由文章第一句可知答案。‎ ‎2. 【答案】For one to two weeks.‎ ‎【解析】由第三段的最后一句可知，美国大多数学校会给学生一到两个星期的假。‎ ‎3. 【答案】They often go to places like Florida and Cancun.‎ ‎【解析】由第四段的第一句可知答案。‎ B 文章大意 本篇文章介绍了重阳节是老人们的节日。我们可以为老人们做些什么事情。虽然我们生活在一个复杂的和忙碌的世界，但是善良和爱心仍然是一个很简单的事。‎ ‎1. 【答案】Yes, they do. ‎ ‎【解析】由文章第一句可知中国人在重阳节庆祝老人们。‎ ‎2. 【答案】Many volunteers.‎ ‎【解析】由第二段的第三句可知为了填补这一空虚，许多志愿者在10月28日出现在疗养院，目的是与老人度过这一段时光。‎ ‎3. 【答案】7 times.‎ ‎【解析】由第三段中的Reportedly, one old gentleman had his feet washed seven times during the day by different volunteers可知答案。‎ ‎4. 【答案】To sit with a senior who lives in your community.‎ ‎【解析】由文中的 to sit with a senior who lives in your community可知答案。‎ ‎5. 【答案】Their family members may drop by for a few hours of token time.‎ ‎【解析】由第三段的最后一句可知他们的家庭成员或社区志愿者可能腾出几个小时的时间，但很快就消失在他们忙碌的生活中。‎ ‎6. 【答案】Yes, I have. I performed for them and told funny stories to them. /No, I haven’t. I helped the elders do some cleaning in the past.‎ 命题趋势：‎ 分析近3年各地市中考英语真题可知，完成表格型阅读的话题通常是与日常生活息息相关，包括观点建议类、介绍类、文化风俗类、环境保护类、饮食与健康类及科普知识类。词数为200—260词。文章以表格形式设空，设5空。至少4道题的答案可以在文中直接找出，有1道题需要总结概括，如文章的标题或某一段的小标题。文体以记叙文和说明文为主。‎ 解题技巧：‎ 解答此类题型， 需要按照＂查表→析文→填表＂的思路进行：‎ ‎1. 查表。阅读表格， 分析表格的项目内容和结构特征， 从而把握信息范围及对文章的理解方向。要特别关注文章的标题栏和表格前的小标题， 这样有助于理解文章大意。‎ ‎2. 析文。快速浏览全文， 把握文章大意；再仔细阅读文章内容， 找准细节定位。阅读文章是， 要利用多种阅读技巧， 对文章进行全面理解。‎ ‎3. 填表。进行填表。多数题目的答案可以在文章中直接找出；少数题目需要在分析原文的基础上， 结合题目对文章进行理解归纳答案；还需注重书写习惯， 多注意大小写的运用。学*科&网 ‎ ‎ A 请阅读下面短文，在短文后表格中的空白处填上适当的单词。‎ Title: Inner voice helps a lot throughout our lives.‎ When you couldn’t open your mouth till the first two years on the earth, inner voice helps you understand things. Inner voice always shows thoughts and ideas in the body. ‎ It justifies （判断） what is right and what is wrong. When we go against inner voice, we usually feel uncomfortable throughout our lives. ‎ Sometimes when we are feeling sad, we seem to need some kind of support in spirit. We usually speak to our closest friend or our dearest family member during times of unhappiness ‎ to feel better. After talking to them, we suddenly feel active again, because our inner voice reminds us to get on with things and leave the things of the past in the memory. ‎ Inner voice is always right most of the time, because it knows us better than others and even ourselves. It’ s good to go by inner voice most of the time. Whenever you are trying to smoke, or whenever you are asked to choose one side in an argument, you are always worried about the result. During these times, your inner voice tells you what to do. If you don’t follow your inner voice, you might be unhappy in the future. It’ s our own choice to either pay no attention to our inner voice or follow it and search for real happiness. ‎ Title: Inner voice helps a lot throughout our lives.‎ Passage outline Supporting details Introduction to inner voice Before we can talk, inner voice (71) _____ understand things, and shows thoughts and ideas in the body. ‎ Things that inner voice helps us with Inner voice tells us what is right and what is wrong. We usually have an uncomfortable (72)_____ throughout our lives when we go against inner voice. ‎ Inner voice reminds us to get on with things and leave the things of the past. [来源:学 ‎(73) _____ why we should go by inner voice It knows us better than others and even ourselves. ‎ It tells us (74) _____ to do when we are always worried about the result of our choice. ‎ We might be unhappy in the future without (75) _____ our inner voice. ‎ B 阅读下面的短文，在思维导图中填入恰当的内容完成阅读摘记。‎ Tape-Measure Murder is a short story by Agatha Christie. In the story, Miss Politt, the dressmaker, finds that Mrs. Spenlow is dead in her house in a small village called St Mary Mead. Everybody, including the police, thinks that Mr. Spenlow is the murderer (凶手) because he is so calm and quiet after discovering his wife’ s death. But after the police talk to Miss Marple, she finds out the real murderer.‎ The best part of the story is when Miss Marple explains how she solves the mystery (疑案) by noticing a tiny pin (别针) on a policeman’s uniform. Her explanation is very clear and clever.‎ ‎ Miss Marple is my favorite character in the story. I think she is very special because she is just an old lady but she is even smarter than the policemen. I never thought that an old lady could be the main character of a detective story!‎ Can you guess who the murderer is? Read the book to find out! You will enjoy the story very much because the ending is so surprising.]‎ ‎[来源:Z_xx_k.Com]‎ C 阅读下面短文，并根据所读内容在文章后表格中的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词，每个空格里只填一个单词。‎ The Internet nowadays opens a wide world to people, including teenagers, but many parents worry that their children may meet with something unhealthy when searching online. In order to solve this problem, a new search engine for children called Kiddle has appeared.‎ Search results are filtered（过滤）, so only safe website are shown and descriptions are written in simple language. Searches with bad words are shut off, too.‎ Kiddles uses the same colors as Google in its logo and a similar design on its homepage, too — with an extra robot picture. ‎ The top three Kiddle search results show safe websites and pages written specially for kids, and those websites and pages are well chosen and checked by Kiddle developers.‎ The fourth to seventh results will be safe and trusted websites that are not written specially for kids, but have content written in a simple way. These results are also chosen and checked.‎ Results on the eighth and onwards pages are safe and famous websites that are written for ‎ adults. They provide expert content, but are harder for kids to understand.‎ Unlike on Google, most results appear along with large thumbnail pictures（缩略图）to make it easier for children to find what they are looking for. For example, when searching for ＂meow meow＂. Google produces pages for information about a drug（毒品）that has ＂meow meow＂ as its nickname（绰号）,　but Kiddle lists information only about cats, even with some cartoon pictures. ‎ The company explained, ＂Websites which appear in Kiddle search results satisfy family-friendly requirements, as we filter websites with unhealthy content.＂‎ Kiddle— a Child-Friendly Search Engine Characteristics l Only safe websites are shown.‎ l Descriptions are written in simple language.‎ l ‎36.______ bad words appear.‎ Logo It uses the same colors as Google with a robot picture.‎ Content[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ The top three search results Websites and pages are written 37.______ for kids, after being well chosen and checked.[来源:Z*xx*k.Com]‎ The fourth to seventh results Websites are also worth 38.______ and have content written in a simple way.‎ The eighth and onwards results Websites are safe and famous, written for adults, and they are not 39._____ for kids to understand.‎ ‎40.______ from Google l Kiddle has many thumbnail pictures.‎ l Kiddle only gives safe information.‎ Advantage Kiddle satisfies family-friendly requirements.‎ A（2018 • 浙江金华中考）‎ 阅读下面短文，根据文中信息完成一张海报。每空限填三词 Doing "Clean "Exercise When you go for a run outside, chances are that you’ll find litter all around you. Do you just go past it, or do you stop and pick it up? If you choose the second, you’re part of the latest popular sport in the West: plogging.‎ The word ＂logging＂ is the Swedish phrase ＂plocka upp＂（ pick up） and the English word ＂Jogging＂(running slowly)put together.‎ What a plogger needs is a rubbish bag and a pair of gloves to protect your hands. While collecting rubbish, loggers learn to classify(分类) and deal with it correctly, too.‎ Plogging seems simple but it does a lot of good to both the environment and your health. It can not only make the world greener, but also get you full body exercise, For example, a 30-minute logging burns around 288 calories（卡路里）, compared to 235 calories burned from just jogging.‎ So next time you go out jogging, why not carry a rubbish bag and collect some litter along the way? Your body and the environment will thank you.‎ Let’s go___56___!‎ The latest popular sport!‎ Just need___57___and a pair of gloves!‎ Correctly classify and ____58____ the rubbish!‎ It’s simple but helpful to ___59___ and your body!‎ Make the world ___60___ and yourself a lot healthier!‎ Join us now! The world says THANK YOU!‎ B（2017•内蒙古赤峰）‎ 根据短文内容，完成表格，每空一词。‎ Abraham Lincoln was born in Kentucky in 1809. His mother died when he was ten years old. Later, his family moved to Illinois and his father remarried. The family was poor, so they had to struggle just to live. In Illinois, there were neither teachers nor schools, but Lincoln’s stepmother encouraged him to study. He learned to read and write while working on the farm.‎ At twenty-one, Lincoln left home. He soon received a law license and became a lawyer. People trusted him and began to call him ＂Honest Abe＂.‎ During the following years, he took a more active part in polities. Soon he was not only a highly respected lawyer but also a well-known politician. He was elected the sixteenth president of the United States in 1860, and in the next year the Civil War broke out.‎ The Civil War was between the southern states that wanted to leave the Union and form their own country, and northern states that wanted to keep all the states as one country. The southern states wanted to keep the laws that allowed them to own slaves. Both the northern states and President Lincoln wanted to get rid of those laws. On April 9, 1865, the Civil War ended and all slaves were set free. ‎ Less than a week later, on April 14, 1865, Abraham Lincoln was shot at the Ford Theater in Washington D.C. He died the next day from his wounds.‎ Abraham Lincoln Birth ‎★He was born in 1809.‎ His family ‎★His mother died when he was 71 .‎ ‎★His stepmother was 72 to him and encouraged him to study.‎ Unusual Experience ‎★A farmer, a lawyer, a politician and the sixteenth 73 of the United States.‎ Achievement ‎★The Civil War broke out between the southern states and the 74 states.‎ ‎★All slaves were set free when the Civil War 75 .‎ ‎★＂Keeping all the states as one country＂ came true.‎ C（2017•四川成都）‎ 阅读下面短文，根据其内容，补全表格中所缺信息。‎ Oct.16 is World Food Day. The UN started the day in 1979. It’s used to remind people not to waste food and fight hunger.‎ A big number of people in the world still don’t have enough food to eat. Food shortage（匮乏）is a big problem worldwide. Right now, there are more than 1,000 million hungry people in the world according to the UN. Many children go to sleep hungry, and 15 million of them die of hunger each year.‎ There are several reasons why there are food shortages. First, there have been more droughts（干旱）and floods recently. Also, a growing population makes feeding everyone more difficult. ‎ Another big reason is food waste. Most people don’t realize how much food they throw away every day. Sometimes we cook too much, or we don’t use it before it goes bad. The average（平均的）person throws away 50 kg of food every year. According to the UN, more than one third of all food produced worldwide goes to waste each year.‎ That is over1, 300, 000 million kilograms of food being wasted. The amount of food wasted in Europe can feed 200 million people, and the food wasted in Latin America can feed 300 million a year.‎ So think twice next time you want to throw away food. By cutting down on food waste, we could help put food on the empty plates of some hungry children. Only order as much food as you can eat in a restaurant. If you can’t eat all you order, take the rest home. Don’t be too picky about food so that you don’t leave any on your plate. Some food may not taste great, but your body needs it. Keep an eye on what food you have at home. Don’t buy too much. Don’t cook too much.‎ When you throw away food, you are not just wasting the food itself. Resources（资源）are also wasted while growing, transporting and cooking the food. These things all take energy, time and water.‎ Title: 1 on World Food Day The UN’s 2 to start this day To remind people not to waste food and fight hunger Facts of food shortage ◆ Over 1,000 million people are hungry for food.‎ ◆ ‎15 million children die of hunger each year.‎ Reasons for food shortage ‎◆more droughts and floods now ‎◆a growing population ‎◆food waste worldwide ‎ 3 of it each year ‎※The average person throws away 50kg of food.‎ ‎※Over 1,300,000,000,000kg of food is wasted.‎ ‎※The food wasted in Europe can feed 200,000,000people, and the food wasted in Latin America can feed 300,000,000 people.‎ Ways to stop food waste ◆ Only order as much as you can eat at a restaurant.‎ ◆ Take the rest of food home if you can’t eat all you’ve ordered.‎ ◆ Don’t be too picky about food.‎ ◆ Be sure not to 4 more food at home than you need.‎ ‎ 5 included ‎◆energy ◆time ◆water D（2017•江苏省宿迁市中考）‎ 阅读下面短文，根据短文内容填写表格，每空限填一词。‎ We live in a world full of many different kinds of people. We want to get along well with others. We also want to be liked by others, The following ways will make others like you.‎ Do This and You’ll Be Welcome Anywhere Become really interested in other people. A show of interest must be true. It must bring good results to the person showing the interest, but also to the person receiving the attention. It is a two-way street—both of you get an advantage.‎ A Simple Way to Make a Good First Impression（印象）‎ Smile as often as possible. Your smile is a sign of kindness. When someone feels stressed from his or her teachers or parents, your smile is like the sun breaking through the clouds, your smile can help him or her realize that all is hopeful—that there is still joy in the world.‎ If You Don’t Do This, You Are Getting into Trouble Remember a person’s name. A person’s name is the sweetest and the most important ‎ sound in any language. We should realize the magic in a name. The name makes the person different from others; it makes him or her special among all others. If you remember a person’s name, the relationship between both of you will become much closer.‎ An Easy Way to Become a Good Talker Be a careful listener first. Ask questions that other persons will like to answer. Encourage them to talk about themselves and their achievements. What you need to do is just to listen, because people are much more interested in themselves. ‎ Title (66) ▲ to make people like you Become really（67） ▲ in others l Your show of interest must be true.‎ l It must (68) ▲ good results to both of you.‎ Smile as often as possible l Your smile is a sign of (69) ▲ .‎ l Your smile makes others (70) ▲ that all is hopeful.‎ Remember a person’s name l A person’s name makes him or her (71) ▲ from others.‎ l A person’s name is the sweetest and the most important sound in any (72) ▲ .‎ Listen (73) ▲ first l You ask questions that others enjoy (74) ▲ .‎ l They are (75) ▲ to talk about themselves and their achievements.‎ A(2016 • 天津市河东区九年级下学期第一次模拟)‎ 阅读下面短文，根据短文内容完成表格。‎ ‎＂USA? Britain? Which country is better to study in?＂ We often hear such discussions. As China opens its door, it is a dream for many Chinese students to study abroad. They want to learn about the outside world.‎ It’s true that studying abroad can help students develop themselves. Their foreign language skills will be improved and it may be easier to find jobs.‎ But there are problems that should be considered (考虑). Language is the first. Students must spend a lot of time learning another language. ‎ Students must also learn to live without parents’ care and deal with all kinds of things they haven’t had to do before, like looking after themselves. There are reports about Chinese students abroad sinking into an ocean of difficulties and giving up finally. When they have to take ‎ care of themselves, it is hard for students to study well.‎ Finally, studying abroad brings a heavy burden（负担）to the family. For most Chinese parents, the cost of studying abroad is very high. But is it worth? ‎ We know that there are many famous people who succeed in great things through their hard work in China. Liu Xiang is a good example. Once an American teacher invited him there, but he refused. He kept training hard with his Chinese teacher. He surprised the world when he won a gold medal at the Athens Olympic Games. So when you wonder which country is better to study in, think again.‎ ‎ Title Studying at home or 1. ________. ‎ Advantages of studying abroad ‎ It is helpful for Chinese students to 2. _______themselves.  ‎ It helps to 3. _______foreign language skills.‎ Disadvantages of studying abroad Parents may be under pressure（压力）because the cost of studying abroad is very 4. _______.‎ the purpose of the passage To tell us studying abroad is not the only way to 5. ________. ‎ B（2016 • 黄冈实验中学九年级月考）‎ Do you have the following experiences?‎ ‎★When you talk through a park, a noise from the background is becoming louder and clearer. Then you can find that a group of women who are gathering at the side of path. In the cold breeze(微风) of winter, they’ re moving their arms and legs to rhythm(节奏).‎ ‎★You want to sleep late into noon on weekend mornings, but find it impossible because ‎ the seniors(年长者) have been dancing since the early hours, make a lot of noise.‎ ‎★Sometimes, you want to have a rest or take a walk with friends in a quiet park, only to be interrupted (被阻止/打断的) by music associated(联系/联盟/陪伴) with a group dancing. It is really an annoying problem.‎ This kind of dancing is called Square Dancing. It seems that if you go around China, you can see these dancing everywhere in the public space. Also in foreign countries, Chinese Square Dancing is very famous. On January 14, 2015, Chinese seniors danced on the square out of the stadium(体育馆) where a soccer game between China and Uzbekistan(乌兹别克斯坦) was being held during the Asian Cup in Brisbane(布里斯班).‎ But in Britain dancing in public is not a cultural habit. You won’ t see any age group swinging their arms and tapping their feet in a park. Usually, they just take a walk for exercise.‎ Most people think that Square Dancing should be stopped. It disturbs people and makes people feel annoyed. But do you know why these women choose Square Dancing?‎ For seniors in China, to dance together is a way to keep healthy and be social. With most of them old-aged, they have lots of free time to do whatever they like. There is no more work and their kids have left. They will feel lonely and bored after retiring(退休). So the people who want to keep healthy and stay away from loneliness dance together. I like seeing these women enjoy themselves. They remind us of the importance of exercise as we get older. Besides, most of them have raised whole families. Now it is their time to have fun and enjoy some peace.‎ Information card The name of this kind of dancing ‎1. ‎ The place where you can see this kind of dancing ‎2. ‎ Things that people in Britain usually do in a park ‎3. ‎ The feeling that seniors have after retiring ‎4. ‎ Things that the dancing reminds ‎ ‎5. ‎ ‎【跟踪训练】‎ 文章大意 A 本文叙述了心声可以帮助你理解东西，如果违背了心声，心里会感觉不舒服，心声可以表达出人们内心的思想和想法。‎ ‎72. 【答案】feeling ‎ ‎【解析】根据When we go against inner voice, we usually feel uncomfortable throughout our lives.可知，我们通常有不舒服的感觉，故用feeling。‎ ‎73. 【答案】Reasons ‎ ‎【解析】根据段意可知这里指的是原因，故用Reasons。‎ ‎74. 【答案】what ‎【解析】根据句子缺少动词do的宾语，what作宾语，故用what。‎ ‎75. 【答案】following ‎【解析】根据介词without后用动词的-ing形式，故用following。学*科&网 文章大意 B 这篇短文主要是对Tape-Measure Murder 这个故事的主要情节所做的介绍。‎ ‎46. 【答案】village ‎【解析】根据文中信息 In the story, Miss Politt, the dressmaker, finds that Mrs. Spenlow is dead in her house in a small village called St Mary Mead.可知故事是发生在一个叫St Mary Mead的小村庄，所以填village。‎ ‎47. 【答案】Miss Politt/(the) dressmaker ‎【解析】根据文中信息描述可知故事的主要人物有Miss Politt/(the) dressmaker, the ‎ Spenlows, Miss Marple and the police，所以填Miss Politt/(the) dressmaker。‎ ‎48. 【答案】Mrs. Spenlow ‎【解析】根据文中信息可知Mrs Spenlow被人谋杀了，所以填Mrs. Spenlow。‎ 文章大意 C 本文是对Kiddle的介绍。它是一个搜索引擎，它可以屏蔽对儿童有害的信息，引导儿童健康上网，健康成长。‎ ‎36. Few【解析】句意：几乎没有坏的词汇出现。由第二段最后一句：Searches with bad words are shut off, too.可知，有不好的词汇的搜索页被关闭了。所以几乎没有不好的词汇出现，很少，几乎没有，修饰可数名词words，表示否定，用few。‎ ‎37. specially【解析】句意：网站和网页是经过认真的选择和检查，特别为孩子写的。由第四段第一句：The top three Kiddle search results show safe websites and pages written specially for kids可知，前三版是特别为孩子搜索安全网站和网页的。故填specially。‎ ‎38. trusting【解析】句意：网站值得信赖，而且有用简单的方式写出的内容。由第五段内容可知，第四到七版虽然不是特别为孩子写的，但是有用简易的方式书写的内容，将会安全、值得信任。be worth doing值得做某事，故填trusting。‎ ‎39. easy【解析】句意：网站安全、著名，为成年人写的，对小孩来讲理解不容易。由第六段里的They provide expert content, but are harder for kids to understand.可知他们提供的是专业的内容，但是对于孩子来讲，理解较难。故填easy。‎ ‎40. Differences【解析】句意：和谷哥的不同。右栏描述的是Kiddle与Google的不同之处。故填Differences。‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ 文章大意 A 文章介绍了一种新型的健身跑步方式。在外出健身跑步的同时，随身带上垃圾袋，沿途捡垃圾。这种新型的慢跑方式简单易行，既美化了环境又锻炼了身体。‎ ‎56. plogging/doing clean exercise ‎【解析】短文的标题Doing “Clean” Exercise做“清洁”运动，是作者所倡导的一种健身与保护环境与一体的新型慢跑方式。结合第一段中的句子If you choose the second, you’re part of the latest popular sport in the West: plogging.可知，如果选择停下来捡垃圾，就是现在西方一种最新流行的慢跑方式，故答案为plogging/doing clean exercise。‎ ‎57. a rubbish bag ‎【解析】根据文中句子＂What a plogger needs is a rubbish bag and a pair of gloves to protect your hands.＂一个慢跑者需要的是一个垃圾袋和一双用来保护手的手套。故答案为a rubbish bag。 ‎ ‎59. the environment ‎【解析】根据文中句子＂Plogging seems simple but it does a lot of good to both the environment and your health.＂可知，这种新型的慢跑方式简单易行，既美化了环境又锻炼了身体，故答案为. the environment。‎ ‎60. greener/more beautiful ‎【解析】根据文中句子＂It can not only make the world greener, but also get you full body exercise.＂它不仅能让世界更绿，还能让你全身锻炼。故答案为greener。‎ 文章大意 B 这篇短文主要介绍了Abraham Lincoln的不幸的童年及不平凡生活的经历。‎ ‎71. 10/ten 72. nice/kind 73. president 74. northern 75. ended 文章大意 C 本文叙述了联合国把10月16日定为世界粮食日，为了提醒人们要节约粮食。不要浪费粮食，短文给出了原因。‎ ‎1. Introduction/Background 2. purpose 3. the amount/number ‎4. keep or cook 5. wasted resources 文章大意 D 本文在如何与他人友好相处方面给出了四种建议：对他人表现出兴致，对人笑脸相迎，记住别人的名字，认真做个倾听者，这样会让别人更喜欢你。‎ ‎66. Ways/How 67. interested 68. bring ‎69. kindness 70. realize /think /feel /consider / understand / aware ‎71. different 72. language 73. carefully / attentively ‎74. answering 75. encouraged ‎【模拟检测】‎ A 这篇短文介绍了随着中国的改革开放，出国留学已经成为许多中国学生的梦想，介绍了出国留学的好处和问题。‎ 文章大意 ‎1. abroad【解析】根据短文中的句子：We often hear such discussions. As China opens its door， studying abroad has become a dream for many Chinese students。我们经常听到这样的讨论。随着中国敞开了大门，出国留学已经成为许多中国学生的梦想。故填abroad。‎ ‎4. high【解析】根据短文中的句子：For most Chinese parents， the cost of studying abroad is very high.对于大多数中国父母来说，出国留学的费用非常高。故填high。‎ ‎5. be successful/succeed【解析】根据短文中的句子：We know that there are many famous people who have achieved success through their hard work in China我们知道，在中国有许多著名的人通过自己的努力取得了成功。旨在告诉我们出国学习并不是唯一取得成功的方式。故填be successful。学*科&网 B ‎1. Square Dancing 2. Everywhere in the public space 3. Taking/To take a walk for exercise ‎4. Lonely and bored. 5. The importance of exercise as we get older 命题趋势：‎ 近几年，任务型阅读这一新题型逐步进入中考题。任务型阅读主要考查学生实际运用语言的能力。它要求学生在阅读理解的基础上完成某些任务，考查学生的判断推理能力。 ‎ 一、题型特点 ‎1. 命题灵活，题型多样。‎ 一般阅读理解题型多采用选择题，题型单一。任务型阅读题则可以通过一篇短文或一幅图表要求学生完成多项任务，命题人可以随心所欲地设计出多种题型，考查学生多方面的能力。 学科**网 ‎2. 贴近生活，凸显交际。‎ 任务型阅读重在考查用英语解决实际问题的能力，学生需在任务的引导下开展阅读，其问题设置不仅具有真实性、情境性，而且也体现出一定的开放性。这样的设问形式贴近学生使用语言的现实生活情景，学生完成任务的过程既是分析问题、解决问题的过程，也是运用语言进行交际的过程。 ‎ ‎3. 读写结合，重视输出。‎ 任务型阅读改变了过去阅读理解单向的信息输入，侧重主动的信息输出，要求学生整合短文中的相关信息，然后根据题目要求回答问题或完成图表，综合性很强。 ‎ ‎4. 语言精练，高度概括。‎ 任务型阅读题目要求学生填表或给文章拟标题时一般都有一定的字数限制，要求学生在正确把握原文的基础上，充分运用自己所学语言，重新整合信息，运用规范、概括的文字准确无误地表达出来。‎ 二、题型分类 综观近年来的任务型阅读题，我们可以归纳出以下五类考点：‎ ‎1. 中心归纳题 中心归纳题属于综合概括题，主要位于表格的标题处。这类题要求考生在弄懂全文的内容后，抓住文章的中心，然后对中心进行高度浓缩、概括，从而成为统领全文的标题。由于词数被限制在几个单词以内，因此这类题难度较大。考生必须具备对文章进行综合分析、归纳概括以及准确表达的能力。这类试题在考题中通常只占1题。‎ ‎2. 段意概括题 段意概括题属于分析表达题，主要位于表格的左边栏。这类题主要考查考生对文章体裁、结构的认识及用语言文字的表达能力。如果文章是说明文，那么它的主题是什么？它的目的是什么？作者用什么方式、从哪几个方面进行介绍、说明的？作者通过介绍、说明得出了什么样的结论？作者提出了什么样的建议或希望？如果文章是议论文，那么文章的论点是什么？作者用什么方法、从哪些方面进行论证的？最后得出了什么样的结论？对于考生来说，这类试题有一定的难度，考生必须平时注意对文章进行分析，同时还应多熟记一些概括性的词汇，如：purpose/aim/goal; topic/theme; suggestion/advice; type/kind; way/means/method; effect/result; cause/reason; feature/characteristic; function/use; comment/assessment等。这类试题在考题中一般占2―3题。‎ ‎3. 功能理解题 功能理解题属于理解表达题。这类题主要考查考生对句子、信息在文章中所起作用的理解。考生不能只停留在对句子字面意思的理解，而应该透过现象抓住句子、信息的本质，即它与前后信息的联系，它们之间究竟是什么样的关系，如因果、条件、让步、比较等。这类试题在考题中通常占2―3题。‎ ‎4. 信息压缩及改写题 信息压缩及改写题属于活用题。考生只要通读全文，就能在文章中找到与试题相关的信息，但是由于所给的信息往往过长，考生必须对这些信息进行再次加工，将信息压缩、改写成不超过三个单词的短语。如The boy is eight years old这一信息可考虑改写为an eight-year-old boy。这类试题在考题中占2—3题。‎ ‎5. 信息获取题 信息获取题属于基础题。考生一边阅读文章就能一边从文章中直接找出试题的相关信息，并且不需要任何加工就可将它直接作为试题的答案。这类试题在考题中占2―3题。‎ 解题技巧：‎ ‎★题型概述 任务型阅读理解是中考必考题型之一，出题形式多样，常见题型有：根据短文内容来回答问题、还原句子、完成表格、判断正误和综合任务等。‎ ‎★解题过程 阅读(信息输入)→判断、分析、概括、推理(信息加工与处理)→答题(信息输出)。‎ ‎★解题技巧 一、明确阅读任务。明确所给的任务，带着任务去阅读材料。‎ 二、读全文，了解大意。了解文章主要内容、文章感情基调、作者的意图态度。‎ 三、读细节，逐题攻克。寻找细节，从原文找答案。精读细节，理解深层含义。‎ 四、通读全文，仔细检查。‎ ‎★答题要求 一、把握文章的内在逻辑关系，以文章提供的事实和观点为依据，立足原文，推断未知。‎ 二、在答题时，总的原则就是：能简略回答，尽量简略回答。‎ 三、书写要规范。句子开头首字母要大写；标点符号要规范；单词拼写要正确无误；单词书写要认真。‎ 任务型阅读之解题方法 ‎1. 通读全文，掌握大意。 ‎ 首先要通读全文，尤其注意首尾段及每段的首尾句。短文的首句和首段常常是作者要说明的对象、事件起因、作者要阐述的观点、事件发生的时间、地点与人物的联系等，结尾句、段是事件结论或作者要表达的意图、目的等。这样就容易抓住中心，为准确、迅速答题打下良好的基础。‎ ‎2. 浏览试题，明确要求。 ‎ 在理解了文章的大意及框架结构后，应开始深入理解文章内容，浏览一下短文所设计的任务，并细读与每一道题目相关的段落，然后根据文中的关键词句确定答案。 ‎ ‎3. 整合信息，准确简洁。 ‎ 任务型阅读题目重点考查学生的综合归纳能力，很多题目需要学生根据文章内容进行归纳、总结后才能回答，因此，在确定与题目有关的语句后，还要对有关信息进行整合才能确定答案。此外，给文章拟标题类题目对答案有词数限制，要求学生必须对信息进行压缩，用尽量少的词汇简洁地表达重要信息。 ‎ ‎4. 复读全文，核对答案。 ‎ 这是至关重要的一步。在此阶段中，要用全文的主题思想统帅各思考题，研究其内在的逻辑关系。审核时，要结合在阅读和答题中所得到的信息重新读短文，检查答案，看是否前后一致、意义和语言知识是否和原文相同，是否符合逻辑等。如果发现前后矛盾、遗漏要点等错误，要立即纠正。‎ 任务型阅读之解题注意事项 ‎1、重视语言知识，抓好语言基本功。 ‎ ‎＂任务型阅读＂属于读写并重的综合性试题，它增强了对语言知识的考查力度，从简单的填写单词到回答问题，都要求学生在词汇、句法、语法等方面具有扎实的基本功。因此，学生在日常学习中要以课程标准为依据，依托教材，扎扎实实地夯实自己的语言知识。 ‎（1）丰富词汇知识，及时归纳拓展词汇的用法。‎ ‎（2）讲解、分析各种句法，并通过多种形式的操练如：简单句和复合句之间的转换，更改句子主语，把几个简单句改写为一个简单句等形式，让学生能对基础知识举一反三，熟练运用。 ‎（3）要在语境中呈现语法项目，并能灵活运用。 ‎ ‎2、加强阅读训练，培养良好的阅读习惯。 ‎ ‎（1）培养学生带着问题读文章的习惯。做阅读理解类题目时应结合文章后面所设问题进行阅读，边阅读边选出考察表层问题的答案，并确定与考察深层含义有关的段落，为之后的细读打下坚实的基础。‎ ‎（2‎ ‎）培养学生整体把握篇章结构的能力。在阅读训练中，要注重整体阅读，加强文章结构的分析和理解训练。要引导学生分析文章结构，由篇章到层次到段落到细节，逐步分析，让学生学会总结中心思想、挖掘文章的要点及搞清作者的观点。同时，在尝试给文章添加标题的过程中，有效地训练学生整体把握篇章结构的能力。冰冻三尺非一日之寒。扎实的语言基础来自于平时严格的基本功训练和长期的知识积累。只要平时刻苦用功，打下扎实的英语知识基础，并掌握科学的答题方法，一定会攻克任务型阅读这类题目。‎ A 阅读短文，根据要求完成文后的题目。 ‎ There was a man who had four sons. He wanted his sons to learn not to judge things too quickly. So he sent them to go and look at a pear tree far away in turns. ‎ The first son went in the winter, the second in the spring, the third in summer, and the youngest son in the fall. ‎ When they had all gone and come back, he called them together to describe what they had seen. The first son said that the tree was ugly. The second son said no; it was covered with green leaves, and full of hope. The third so n disagreed. He said there were many flowers that smelled so sweet and looked so beautiful, it was the most wonderful thing he had ever seen. The last son disagreed with all of them, he said there was lots of fruit in the tree, full of life and harvest（收获）. ‎ The man then explained to his sons that they were all right, but they had each seen only one season in the tree’ s life. He told them ＂You cannot judge a tree, or a person by only one season and its true nature — the pleasure, joy, and love that come from that life can only be judged at the end, when all the seasons are up.‎ If you give up when it’s winter, you will miss the promise of your spring, the beauty of your summer, harvest of your fall. Don’t let the pain of one season kill the joy of all the rest. ‎ ‎1. Why did the man ask his sons to go and look at a pear tree in turns? (no more than 15 words) [来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ ‎2. Did the four sons have the same answer? (no more than 5 words) ‎ ‎3. What did the man think about his sons’ answers? (no more than 20 words) ‎ ‎4. 请将文中画线的句子翻译成汉语。 ‎ ‎5. 请给短文拟一个适当的英文题目。 ‎ B ‎ 阅读短文，根据要求完成下面各小题。‎ ‎ Every year, more than nine million people all over the world come to visit London. They go to the museums and theatres; they look at interesting old buildings or have a drink in a park.‎ ‎ A quick and easy way to get to different places in the city is to take an underground train. The London underground is one of the best and most widely used transport networks（网状组织）in the world. The trains run all day and most of the night. (83)You’ d better not take the underground between eight o’ clock and ten o’ clock in the morning, or four o’ clock and six o’ clock in the afternoon.(84) The trains are so crowded that you can hardly move or find a place to sit.‎ London’s famous red buses form a big part of getting around in London. Although the London underground is the fastest and the simplest way of getting around London, the buses play their part and are an experience you should try at least once. By sitting on the top deck (层) of the bus, you can get a great sightseeing (观光的) experience of London as well.‎ ‎ Some special visitors’ buses take you to many of the interesting places in the city on one journey. It takes about one and a half hours, but you can cancel your journey and get off (and on again) at the different places you want to visit.‎ ‎ London taxis are called ＂black cabs＂. Most of them are black, but some are not. You can stop one if it has a ＂For Hire (供租用的) ＂ sign on it. The drivers are friendly and helpful.‎ ‎ In a word, London is a big and beautiful city with Lots to see and to do. Welcome to London.‎ A. 根据短文内容简要回答问题。‎ ‎81. How many kinds of transportation can visitors use to get around in London? List them.‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________‎ ‎82. If you go to visit London, which two kinds of transportation are you going to choose? Why?‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________‎ B. 将短文中划线的句子译成汉语。[来源:学§科§网]‎ ‎83. ___________________________________________________________________[]‎ ‎84. ___________________________________________________________________‎ C. 请给短文拟一个适当的英文标题。‎ ‎85. ___________________________________________________________________[来源:Z。xx。k.Com]‎ C 阅读下面短文，按要求完成各小题。‎ Nick and his friends were talking about things that can bring them luck. ＂I have a lucky red pen,＂ said Andy. ＂I have a lucky coin,＂ said Peter. ＂Every time I take a test, I carry my lucky coin.＂ Nick thought for a moment, and said, ＂My blue socks.＂ ＂Blue socks?＂ the boys were surprised and asked together. Nick said that every time he wore his blue socks to school before a test, he got a good mark.‎ ‎ The next day Nick had a Chinese test. He was sad because he couldn’t find his blue socks. ＂Mom!＂shouted Nick. ＂Where are my blue socks? I have a Chinese test today, and I need to wear them.＂‎ ‎＂Don’t be silly,＂ Nick’s mom said. ＂They need to be washed.＂ ＂When I wear them, I get a good grade. ＂ Nick said. ‎ ‎＂Did you prepare for your test?＂ asked Mom. ‎ ‎＂Yes.＂‎ ‎＂Then don’t worry about it. Just do your best.＂ Mom encouraged. ‎ A few days later, Nick’s teacher told him that he got 95 in his test. Nick was so excited that he couldn’t wait to tell Mom he did well in his test. Mom said, ＂It wasn’t the blue socks that made you success. In fact, it was made by yourself.＂‎ ‎71. Who could get luck from a red pen? (根据短文内容回答问题)‎ ‎72. Why was Nick sad the next day? (根据短文内容回答问题)‎ ‎73. Was Nick’s good mark made by the blue socks or by himself? (根据短文内容回答问题)‎ ‎74. 从文中找出与下面句子中画线部分意思最接近的短语。‎ Nick was so excited that he couldn’t wait to tell Mom he did well in his test.‎ ‎75. In this passage, the underlined word ＂it＂ refers to ________.‎ A（2018 • 河北中考）‎ 阅读短文，并按要求完成66—70题。‎ Artificial intelligence (AI) (人工智能) is growing rapidly. We are living in a world that depends more and more on AI. AI is a group of technologies that help machines get, understand and use information to do tasks.‎ AI’s recent developments have got a lot of social attention. Some people have welcomed AI because it makes things possible. For example, AI will have a big influence on areas like medicine and engineering. But this attention has also produced a lot of fear. Especially, many workers are worrying that AI could make them lose their jobs.‎ According to a recent study, nearly five percent of jobs will disappear because of AI. In some industries, AI is already doing the work that people used to do, such as assembling(装配) cars, digging the coal and lifting goods. Self-driving cars and trucks controlled by AI will also take away the driver’s jobs in the future.‎ On the other hand, AI will also create many new jobs for people. More people will be needed to write programmers for AI systems(系统) and they will set up and work on them, too. Meanwhile, jobs that require feelings, excellent communication skills with people will not be replaced(取代) by AI. These includes jobs in fields like teaching, nursing and personal training.‎ AI is here. It is changing how people live and work in many ways. That makes AI important to watch, not to fear.‎ ‎66、67题完成句子；68题简略回答问题；69题找出并写下第二段的主题句；70题将问中画线句子译成汉语。‎ ‎36. AI is ___________________________________ that help machines to do tasks.‎ ‎37. ____________________________________controlled by AI may make the drivers lose their jobs.[来源:学科网]‎ ‎38. What will AI create for people?‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________‎ ‎39. __________________________________________________________________‎ ‎40. __________________________________________________________________[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ B（2017 • 山东青岛）‎ 阅读下面短文，按要求完成各项任务。‎ A survey of young people around the world looked at their ideas of today’s teenagers. It shows how different they are to those of their parents and grandparents. The survey wanted to try and understand the next generation ( 一 代 人 ) of adults better and these are some of the results. They show that there are many more (A) similarities between young people around the world than differences.‎ ‎1 ‎ Gap years ( 间 隔 年 ) between school and university are becoming more and more common. Today’s teenagers want to travel to different countries and experience different cultures. They regard this as an important part of their character development.‎ ‎2 ‎ For most teenagers, family and friends are the most important side of life. According to the survey, 60 percent of British young people said their relationship with their family was of the highest importance to (B) them.‎ ‎3 ‎ ‎75 percent of teenagers in Western Europe expect to have enough money to live when they are adults. They are a happy generation. Eight out of ten believe they will have a good profession with a job they enjoy. They also expect that they will be happy and healthy.‎ ‎4 ‎ Young people now are hungry for all kinds of information on mass media. 57 percent of teenagers in the UK read at least one magazine every week, which is one of the highest totals in the world.[源:学科网 任务一 根据文章内容，把相关的信息匹配。将答案的字母代号填入对应的横线上。‎ A. Hope in the future B. Crazy for information C. Discovering the world D. Family and friends ‎1. ‎ ‎2. ‎ ‎3. ‎ ‎4. ‎ 任务二 根据上下文，猜测文中(A)处划线单词 similarities 的中文意思。 ‎ 任务三 找出(B)处划线单词 them 所指代的内容。 ‎ 任务四 请从文中找出与They have strong interest in learning about all kinds of information from radio, television, Internet and so on. 意思相近的句子。‎ C（2017 • 山东德州）‎ 阅读短文，根据题目要求完成各小题。‎ Nowadays bike-sharing has been very popular in China. Mobike（摩拜单车）is one of the market leaders in the bike-sharing business.‎ What is Mobike?‎ Mobike was founded in January, 2015. It is supported by Tencent（腾讯）. People in many cities, such as Beijing, Guangzhou, Jinan as well as Shanghai, have a chance of using the app（软件）. The total number of Mobike app users is larger than that of any other bike-sharing app users.[来源:学*科*网]‎ Who uses Mobike?‎ According to a survey, 53.33% of the Mobike users are men, while 46.77% are women. 73 Mobike is not only popular with young people, but also wins the hearts of the old. It shows that retired men traveled the longest distances（距离）by shared bikes.‎ Why do people use Mobike?‎ Chinese people use Mobike for different reasons. Users can rent（租借）a bike at a low price, usually about one yuan an hour. It also offers people a better choice for short journey in cities, especially when people can’t find a bus or the underground to take. What’s more, it’s helpful in traffic. And the most important is that it can help improve the environment. ‎ ‎71. When was Mobike founded?‎ ‎72. True or false.（＂T＂代表正确，＂F＂代表错误）‎ According to the passage, Mobike app has the largest number of users among all the bike-sharing apps. ( )‎ ‎73. Translate the underlined sentence into Chinese.‎ ‎74. Why do Chinese people use Mobike? (At least 2 reasons.)‎ ‎75. Give a proper title（题目）to the passage. ‎ A 阅读短文，按要求完成所给任务。‎ How do you feel about your Chinese? Is it good or bad? If you think you are good at Chinese, you can take part in the competition named the ＂Chinese Characters Dictation Competition (《中国汉字听写大会》)＂. The competition became popular among teenagers. Let’s know something about it.[来源:学_科_网Z_X_X_K]‎ More and more computers and smart phones are used by teenagers. They spend too much time on the Internet in playing or chatting. They are used to sending messages by computers and smart phones. As a result, some teenagers forget how to write the Chinese Characters by hand. The teachers and parents are very worried about it. What can they do?‎ Not long ago, they found an interesting game called the Chinese Characters Dictation Competition. The program was similar to the American show ＂National Spelling Bee＂. In this program, middle school students competed among themselves and wrote down the Chinese Characters by dictation. Over two hundred competitors were from forty-six middle schools. The audiences(观众) loved this new kind of competition, too. They tried to write down the Chinese Characters while the competitors were writing them. But they found it was also difficult for them to write down all the Chinese Characters.‎ Is it an interesting competition? Can you be the winner?‎ 任务一：Translate the underlined sentence into Chinese.‎ ‎ ‎ 任务二：第三段划线单词＂they＂指代的是 ‎ 任务三：Who can compete in ＂Chinese Characters Dictation Competition＂?‎ ‎ ‎ 任务四：Please write down the main idea of this passage.‎ ‎ ‎ B 阅读下面短文，按要求完成各项任务。‎ Many people run for exercise. But what will you do if you are not a ＂born＂ runner or ‎ jogger (慢跑者)? You may still want a kind of exercise that’ s inexpensive and easy to do. Why not try walking?[‎ Walking requires no special equipment(装备). It is a kind of exercise that almost any normal, healthy person can do. Walking is good for your health like jogging or running; it will just take longer. Jogging and running make your heart work harder than walking. They also put more stress on your legs and feet than walking does.‎ The problem with walking is that most people don’t take it seriously. But there’s a big difference between serious walking and the walking that most of us do. Walking, like jogging, should have a steady and continuous motion(稳健而持续的动作). ‎ If you want to get your exercise by walking, you need to have your own walking plan. After all, runners and joggers set goals for themselves. Walkers need goals, too. You also need to set a course to walk. Start by walking about 15—30 minutes a day. Increase your time and distance(距离) slowly. And try increasing your walking speed little by little.‎ If you prefer to jog or run, follow the same advice. Start off slowly. Spend most of the first few days just walking. Then, start walking and running on the same day. Run or jog a short distance, then walk for a while, then, run, then walk. Follow that pattern for 15—30 minutes a day. Slowly make each run longer and each walk shorter. Later on, you can increase your distance, speed and exercise time. ‎ 任务一 将划线短语 a ＂born＂ runner 译为汉语。‎ 任务二 列举两条Jogging和running对身体部位的影响。‎ ‎1. make ‎ ‎2. ‎ 任务三 回答问题。What’s the problem with walking?‎ 任务四 选出作者关于步行健身的两种建议，将字母代号填写在答题卡上。‎ A. Have a walking plan. B. Walk fast at the beginning.‎ C. Start by walking an hour a day. D. Increase distance and speed little by ‎ little.‎ ‎1. 2. ‎ 任务五 找出最后一段的主题句。‎ ‎【跟踪训练】‎ 文章大意 A 本文主要描述了一位父亲让他的四个儿子分布在不同的季节去观察一棵树。每个儿子都看到了不同的景象，并且他们都认为看到的是真实的，父亲说他们看到的都是事实。这位父亲希望告诉儿子们不要因一时的失意而对整个人生都灰心丧气。‎ ‎2.【答案】No, they didn’t.‎ ‎【解析】根据第二段的描述可知每个儿子的答案各不相同，所以作答No, they didn’ t.。‎ ‎3.【答案】He thought they were all right, but they had seen only one season in the tree’ s life./ He thought each of his sons had just explained one season of the tree.‎ ‎【解析】根据第四段的描述可知孩子的父亲认为每个孩子的答案都对，但他们只是看到了树的生命中的一个季节。‎ ‎4.【答案】勿为一时（一季）的痛苦破坏了所有的（其他季节的）欢乐。‎ ‎【解析】本题考查英译汉。勿为一时（一季）的痛苦破坏了所有的（其他季节的）欢乐。‎ ‎5.【答案】Four Seasons of a Tree/Don’ t judge a life/person/tree by one season.‎ ‎【解析】本文主要描述了一位父亲让他的四个儿子分别在不同的季节去观察一棵树。每个儿子都看到了不同的景象。学科**网 文章大意 B 本文介绍了倍受游客喜欢的胜地——伦敦的交通情况，介绍了主要的交通工具：地铁、红色公交车、旅游车及出租车的特点等等。‎ ‎81.【答案】They can use four kinds of transportation. They are underground trains, red buses, special visitors’ buses and taxis(black cabs). ‎ ‎【解析】根据短文第二至五自然段，每段介绍了一种交通工具，共四种：地铁、红色公交车、特殊的旅游车及出租车。‎ ‎82. 【答案】underground trains/an underground train; They are/It is a quick and easy way to get to different places in the city. ‎ Red buses; By sitting on the top deck of the bus, you can get a great sightseeing experience of London. ‎ Special visitors’ buses; You can cancel your journey and get off (and on again) at the different places you want to visit.‎ Taxis(black cabs); The drivers are friendly and helpful. ‎ ‎【解析】短文提供了四种交通工具及每种交通工具的优缺点。‎ C 本文叙述了有许多人都有自己的幸运东西，Nick有一双幸运袜子，有一次他想参加语文考试的时候穿，可是袜子让他妈妈洗了，于是他没有穿就去参加考试了，结果考的不错，妈妈给他说，并非袜子给他带来的好运，而是他自己的努力。‎ ‎71.【答案】Andy.‎ ‎【解析】根据＂I have a lucky red pen,＂said Andy.可知，Andy有幸运的红色钢笔。‎ ‎72.【答案】Because he couldn’t find his blue socks. ‎ ‎【解析】根据He was sad because he couldn’t find his blue socks.因为他找不到他的幸运袜子了。‎ ‎73.【答案】It was made by himself./ By himself. ‎ ‎【解析】根据In fact, it was made by yourself.可知，Nick 取得好的成绩是因为他自己做的好，并非因为穿幸运袜子。‎ ‎74.【答案】got a good mark/ get a good grade ‎【解析】根据do well in sth在某个方面做的好，就是取得了好的成绩。‎ ‎75.【答案】the (Chinese) test ‎【解析】根据 I have a Chinese test today, and I need to wear them可知，他要参加语文考试。‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ A ‎【文章大意】这篇说明文介绍了人工智能系统，它是帮助机器获取、理解和使用信息来完成任务的一组技术，会为人们创造许多新的工作机会，也在很多方面改变着人们的生活和工作方式。‎ ‎37. Cars and trucks.‎ ‎【解析】句意： 由人工智能控制可能会使司机失去工作。考查细节理解题。根据Self-driving cars and trucks controlled by AI will also take away the driver’s jobs in the future.，可知填Cars and trucks.。‎ ‎38. Many new jobs.‎ ‎【解析】句意：AI会为人们创造什么？考查细节理解题。根据On the other hand, AI will also create many new jobs for people.，可知填Many new jobs.。‎ ‎39. AI’s recent developments have got a lot of social attention.‎ ‎【解析】根据第二段第一句AI’s recent developments have got a lot of social attention.，结合全段内容，可知填AI’s recent developments have got a lot of social attention.。‎ ‎40. 它在许多方面改变着人们的生活和工作方式。‎ ‎【解析】It is changing它在改变着； how people live and work人们如何生活和工作； in many ways在许多方面。根据句意结构，可知填：它在许多方面改变着人们的生活和工作方式。‎ 文章大意 B 这篇短文主要介绍了一份世界各地青少年对当今青少年的看法，调查显示青少年之间更多的是相似而不是差异。‎ ‎1. C D A B ‎ ‎2. 相同处，相同的 ‎3. British young people ‎4. Young people now are hungry for all kinds of information on mass media 文章大意 C 这篇短文主要介绍了自行车共享的领导者——摩拜单车，出现的时间、受众人群、使用原因及对社会的影响。‎ ‎71.（Mobike/It was founded）in January, 2015. ‎ ‎72. T/True ‎73. 摩拜单车不仅受年轻人的欢迎，而且也受到老年人的青睐。‎ ‎74.（1）Users can rent a bike at low price.‎ ‎（2）Mobike/It offers people a better choice for short journeys in cities.‎ ‎（3）Mobike/It is helpful in traffic.‎ ‎（4）Mobike/It can help improve the environment.‎ ‎75. 合理即可。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ 文章大意 A 该文主要介绍了＂中国汉字听写大赛＂的一些情况。越来越多的电脑和智能手机被青少年使用。他们在网上玩或聊天的时间太多了。他们习惯于通过电脑和智能手机发送信息。因此，一些青少年忘记了如何手工书写汉字。老师和家长们都很担心。不久前，他们发现了一个有趣的游戏，被称为中国汉字听写比赛。‎ 任务一：结果，一些青少年忘记了如何手写汉字。‎ 任务二：The teachers and parents.‎ ‎【解析】联系上段中The teachers and parents are very worried about it. 可知they指代老师和父母，所以作答The teachers and parents.‎ 任务三：Middle school students.‎ 任务四：Something about the Chinese Characters Dictation Competition ‎【解析】该文主要介绍了中国汉字听写大赛的一些情况，所有作答Something about the Chinese Characters Dictation Competition.。‎ 文章大意 B 许多人跑步锻炼。该文作者就步行健身的建议是需要有自己的步行计划，逐渐地增加你的距离、速度和运动时间。‎ 任务一 一位天生的赛跑者 ‎【解析】考查英译汉。a ＂born＂ runner译作汉语是＂一位天生的赛跑者＂。学科**网 任务二 1. your heart work hard ‎ ‎2. put much stress on your legs 任务三 The problem with walking is that most people don’t take it seriously. 【解析】根据第三段中The problem with walking is that most people don’t take it seriously.可知，关于走路，存在的问题是大多数人不认真对待它。‎ 任务四 1. A 2. D ‎ ‎【解析】根据第四段的描述可知作者关于步行健身的建议是需要有自己的步行计划，逐渐地增加你的距离、速度和运动时间。‎ 任务五 If you prefer to jog or run, follow the same advice. ‎ ‎【解析】最后一段的第一句话If you prefer to jog or run, follow the same advice.就是该段的主题句。‎ 改变，永远不晚。无论你几岁，也无论你目前有多糟，人生随时都有翻盘的可能性。‎ 初中英语任务型阅读做题技巧 一、任务型阅读理解题解读 ‎ 任务型阅读理解测试主要考查考生在有限的时间内根据不同的人的不同需要捕捉到相应的有效信息的能力。任务型阅读理解题所选文章题材真实可靠，内容贴近现代社会生活，涉及学生生活、富有时代气息，语言原汁原味。 ‎ 该题型主要考查考生是否能够有效地运用语言＂做事＂的能力，体现了语言能力、智力能力和社会经验等方面能力的有机结合。从某种意义上来说，这一题型的阅读理解实际上就是一道高水平的智能检测题——综合检测考生的阅读、理解、分析、判断、跨文化交际知识以及心理感悟能力等。如果考生心理承受力比较弱，或者应试时头脑一时不那么开窍，恐怕很快就会感觉犹如＂雾里看花＂，似它非它了；而且考生对某一题的错误判断会影响其对其他题目作出正确的分析和判断，产生曼延作用。 学科&&网 二、解题步骤 ‎ 任务型阅读理解题的解题的关键在于正确把握要求与符合要求的条件之间的一一对应关系，该类的 ‎＂对应＂可能是＂主旨对应＂，也可能是＂情节对应＂，还可以是＂细节对应＂等。同学们只要能够把握住这一原则就能轻松做好这种试题。 ‎ ‎＂一一对应阅读方法＂的具体步骤如下： ‎ 第一步：认真阅读背景介绍，了解话题或主题。 ‎ 第二步：仔细阅读题目，找出不同人物的不同要求，并在关键词下划线，以便有利于为后面的顺利解题创造良好的条件。 ‎ 第三：对照题目的要求，从选项中选出符合以上要求的对应条件。有时，只要顺着关键词的线索就能轻松找到正确的答案。 ‎ 第四步：快速对照要求和条件两条线索通读一遍，做到万无一失，提高答题的准确率。‎ A Once upon a time, there lived a teacher in a small town. He often taught his students in special ways. Once he rent four of his students to go to a small farm to see apple trees in different seasons. The first student went in winter, the second in spring. The third in summer. And the last in autumn.‎ After the four students came back, the teacher called them together. They pictured (描述) their feeling to the teacher. The first student said that there were no leaves on the trees. It made him very disappointed. The second student said his eyes were full of light green. It made him feel hopeful. The third one disagreed. ＂What are you talking about? How pretty the trees were! The sweet smell of the beautiful flowers spread(传播） here and there.＂ The last one shook his head. He only saw a lot of apples on the beautiful trees.‎ The teacher smiled and told his students none of them were wrong. They each just saw one season. He continued, ＂The trees are not the same in different seasons. You can’t judge (判断)a tree by only one season. Don’t let the regret of one season destroy the beauty of the rest. ‎ Everything has different sides in our life. Don’t hurry to make a conclusion(结论)before seeing the whole of it.‎ 根据短文内容判断正、误。‎ ‎41. Four students were sent to see apples in different seasons.‎ ‎42. The first student left for the small farm in winter.‎ ‎43. The last student saw the beautiful trees with many apples.‎ ‎44. The teacher thought his four students were completely wrong.‎ ‎45. The passage mainly tells us that we should judge things by only one side.‎ B 阅读下面短文，根据短文内容判断句子的正误，正确的涂＂A＂错误的涂＂B＂。‎ Teeth are very important for our health. They will be our lifelong friends. So we should learn to protect them at a very young age. Here are some tips:‎ First, we should eat right.‎ ‎☼Don’t eat too much candy or drink too much cola, or our teeth will go bad easily.‎ ‎☼Have more cheese, milk and yogurt to make teeth strong.‎ ‎☼Eat more vegetables and fruits to help clean teeth.‎ Second, we should keep these numbers in mind.‎ ‎☼2/Day Brush your teeth at least twice a day: in the morning and before bedtime.‎ ‎2—3 Minutes Brush for at least two or three minutes every time.‎ ‎3 Months Get a new toothbrush every three months.‎ ‎6 Months Go to the dentist every six months for a check-up.‎ ‎71. We’re too young, so we needn’t start protecting our teeth.‎ ‎72. Cheese, milk and yogurt can keep our teeth strong.‎ ‎73. We shouldn’t brush our teeth after lunch.‎ ‎74. We can brush our teeth for only one minute each time.‎ ‎75. At least four toothbrushes should be used in a year.‎ A（2018 • 湖南衡阳中考）‎ 阅读下面的短文，并根据短文内容判断正误。正确的用（T），错误的用（F）。‎ Once upon a time, there was a tree which wanted to become a treasure box. One day, a farmer cut it down and sold it to a carpenter(木匠). The tree was happy because he thought the carpenter would make it into a treasure box.‎ To its surprise, the carpenter made it into a feed box for animals. The tree felt very disappointed because that was not its dream. Several years later, the feed box was thrown away. Someone picked it up and placed it into an old temple. The tree forgot its dream little by little.‎ One day, a couple came to the temple. The woman gave birth to a baby boy. There wasn’t a bed in the temple. So they placed the baby in the feed box. They loved him and regarded him as their treasure. The tree suddenly realized that it became a real “treasure box” at that time.‎ Sometimes you may think your dream will not come true. Don’t forget your dream. It may be realized in another new way.‎ ‎11. The tree felt very sad when the farmer sold it to a carpenter ‎12. The carpenter made the tree into a treasure box ‎13. To be a feed box was the tree’s dream ‎14. The couple used the feed box as their baby’s bed ‎15. Never give up your dream, it may be realized in another new way B（2017 • 成都）‎ 根据短文内容判断句子的正误。正确的涂＂A＂，错误的涂＂B＂。‎ ‎ If you want a more interesting experience when you arrive in a new city or country, here are some better ways to travel, both for you and for the environment.‎ ‎ Way 1 Get out of the car and walk. It’s slower but it’s the greenest way to travel. It’s also the most rewarding（有益的）way to see a city, but remember to wear comfortable shoes.‎ ‎ Way 2 Cycling is also a good choice. Many hotels now offer free bikes to guest. It is convenient for people to travel around the city. Some also provide electric bikes that make it easier to go up hills and no longer journeys. Some cities also have mobikes, and you can pick up one easily. It’s not free but very cheap.‎ Way 3 If you have to take transport in a city, try to take public transport. Most cities now offer lots of information and very clear maps at the city’s website.‎ Way 4 If possible, take buses, trains or ships to travel from city to city. They are usually greener than cars and planes.‎ Way 5 When the only way to travel is by car, rent（租）an electric car. Many car rental companies now offer them, so always ask!‎ ‎61. Walking is the only rewarding way to see a city.‎ ‎62. Many hotels and cities offer free bikes to visitors.‎ ‎63. The city’s websites can help to take public transport.‎ ‎64. Way 1 and Way 4 are the best for people’s health.‎ ‎65. Common cars are greener than electric cars. ‎ C（2017 • 哈尔滨）‎ There are many kinds of amazing animals in the world. Have you ever watched one of them — Canada geese （雁）? They can teach us a lesson about teamwork（合作）. ‎ In autumn, Canada geese have to fly to the warm south to get away from Canada’ cold winter. When they leave the ground and rise into the air, they fly in no order. Then they quickly form a V shape, with one bird leading the group. ‎ The V shape allows Canada geese to save energy. The head bird moves its wings（翅膀） up and down. The resulting（产生的） force of the air help lift the next bird. Each bird will do so until they get to the southern part. The bird at the head of the group has the hardest job. When it gets tired, another bird moves to the front and takes its place （代替它）. By sharing this job, ‎ the group can travel great distances. Canada geese flying in a V shape can fly seventy percent farther without having a rest than the birds flying alone. ‎ During the long flying journey, Canada geese communicate with one another. They honk（鸣叫） to encourage the birds up front to keep up the speed. They also cheer one another up while working toward the same destination. ‎ What have we learned from the lovely Canada geese’s experience and skills?‎ Work together! Whether in our personal lives or our jobs, we need the spirit of teamwork!‎ 根据短文内容判断正、误。（注意：考生将答题卡相应位置涂黑，正确的涂＂A＂，错误的涂＂B＂。）‎ ‎41. Because of Canada’s cold winter, Canada geese have to fly to the warm south in autumn. ‎ ‎42. When the heard bird gets tired, another bird moves to the front and becomes a new head bird. ‎ ‎43. Canada geese flying in a V shape can fly seventeen percent farther without having a rest than the birds flying alone. ‎ ‎44. During the long flying journey, Canada geese hardly cheer one another up while working toward the same destination. ‎ ‎45. From the passage, we’ve learned that the spirit of teamwork is important to us. ‎ A（2017 • 四川成都新都一中实验学校5月月考）‎ 阅读下面短文，根据短文内容判断句子的正误。正确的涂＂A＂，错误的涂＂B＂。‎ ‎ Computer technology has become an important part of people’s lives. This technology has its own special vocabulary. One well-known computer word is Google. It is the name of a popular ＂search engine(引擎)＂ for the Internet. People use the search engine to find information about almost any subject on the Internet. The people who started the company named it Google because, in math, a googol is a very large number — one hundred zeros follow the number one. When you ＂Google＂ a subject, you can get a lot of information about it.‎ If you Google someone, you might find that person’s name on a blog. A blog is short for a ‎ Weblog. It is a personal web page. Some people write blogs to express their opinions and ideas over the Internet. Some use them to share their lives with faraway friends or family. Others write blogs to help them deal with sickness, money problems or to choose movies to see or books to read. Some people add information to their blogs every day. People who have blogs are called bloggers.[来源:学科网]‎ ‎1. Google and Blog are two kinds of popular search engines.‎ ‎2. Google is a person’s name, and the person started the search engine company.[来源:学科网]‎ ‎3. People may use Google to ask others for help.‎ ‎4. Bloggers are those who often surf the Internet to read others’ blogs.‎ B（2016 • 山东省临沂市中考模拟）‎ When do you think of a forest, what do you see? Just trees? Or do you see many other things, such as singing birds, colorful plants and wild flowers?‎ The forest is a whole world of its own. It is full of many different living things. But even though they are all different, they have one thing in common: they all need each other in order to live on. The trees feed the forest ‎ ‎＂people＂ by making food in their leaves; by using sunlight to join water and minerals(矿物) from the soil and air. Their deep network of roots joins the soil together and stops it from dying out, making it possible for living things to live in it.‎ Human beings are like the living things in the forest. We need one another in order to live. We need the farmers to grow our food, railroad and truck drivers to bring it to our shops and shop assistants to sell it to us. We need people to prepare our food and cook it and others to take our waste things away. Think how lonely and unhappy you would be if you lived all alone.‎ Life is a matter of giving and taking. We need to help other people as much as we need other people to help us. Think what a good feeling you have when you have done something for someone else. You know, being a volunteer is so great![来源:学.科.网Z.X.X.K]‎ 根据短文内容，判断下列句子正误。正确的用＂A＂表示，不正确的用＂B＂表示。‎ ‎1. According to the text, different things live on the soil and air.‎ ‎2. The water and minerals from the soil and air are joined together by using sunlight.‎ ‎3. According to the writer, human beings need only farmers.‎ ‎4. When I have done something for someone else, I feel happy.‎ ‎5. According to the passage, everyone needs friends.‎ C（山东省临沂市临沂经济开发区2017届九年级中考一模）‎ 根据短文内容，判断下列句子正误。正确的用＂A＂表示，不正确的用＂B＂表示。‎ Indian scientists have designed a new device(设备) that they hope will solve one of the biggest problems with the use of solar energy. They call the device a solar tree. Solar trees have metal ＂branches＂(分枝). Each branch holds a solar panel(太阳能电池板). These panels have flat surfaces that collect energy from the sun and turn it into electricity.‎ ‎       Daljit Singh Bedi is the chief(首席的) scientist at the Council of Scientific and Industrial Research in India. Bedi says the shape of the solar trees makes it possible to fit more solar panels in a space than traditional systems do. This means less land would be needed to produce solar energy. ＂It takes about four square meters of space to produce energy. However, 400 square meters of space would be required in the past to produce the same energy,＂ he says.‎ ‎       Scientists believe the energy that a solar tree collects will be enough to power five homes. The solar tree will make it easier to provide solar energy for homes in cities. The trees will also take less space from farmers in the countryside. And that way people are able to use 10 to 15 percent more energy.‎ ‎       Amit Kumar is a senior engineer of the Energy and Resources Institute in New Delhi. He says that it is still not clear how useful these new developments in solar power technology are. ＂Only when we put those trees on a large scale(规模) will we be able to get that answer,＂ he says.‎ ‎1. Indian scientists have solved a big problem with the use of solar energy.‎ ‎2. Solar trees can save land and produce more energy.‎ ‎3. Not every scientist agrees that solar trees are useful at present.‎ ‎4. Solar trees are widely used in India.‎ ‎5. The passage mainly introduces how to use solar energy.‎ ‎【跟踪训练】‎ 文章大意 A 这篇短文主要介绍了一位老师让四个学生在不同的季节观看苹果树，学生得到了不同的结论。他想告诉学生一个道理：生活中的一切事物都有不同的方面。在你看完整之前不要着急下结论。‎ ‎43.A【解析】细节理解题。根据The last one shook his head. He only saw a lot of apples on the beautiful trees.可知描述正确，故选A。学科&&网 ‎44.B【解析】细节理解题。根据The teacher smiled and told his students none of them were wrong.可知老师认为他们没有人是错误的，所以所给的句子错误，故选B。‎ ‎55.B【解析】归纳理解题。根据短文描述老师想告诉学生要从整体上去判断事物，可知所给的结论是错误的，故选B。‎ 文章大意 B 本文主要谈论牙齿健康。‎ ‎71.B【解析】考查细节理解。题意：我们太年轻，因此我们不需要开始保护我们的牙齿。根据第一段第二句So we should learn to protect them at a very young age.可知此句表示是错误的，故选B。‎ ‎72. A【解析】考查细节理解。句意：奶酪，牛奶和酸奶能强壮我们的牙齿。根据First, we should eat right的第二项＂Have more cheese, milk and yogurt to make teeth strong ‎＂可知此句表述是正确的，故选A。‎ ‎73. B【解析】考查细节理解。句意：午饭后我们不应该刷牙。根据second, we should keep these numbers in mind中2/Day Brush your teeth at least twice a day: in the morning and before bedtime.可知午饭后最好刷牙，故此句说法不正确。故选B。‎ ‎74. B【解析】考查细节理解。句意：每次我们能刷牙仅一分钟。2—3 Minutes Brush for at least two to three minutes every time.可知此句说法不正确，故选B。‎ ‎75. A【解析】考查细节理解。句意：一年至少用四个牙刷。根据second, we should keep these numbers in mind中3 Months Get a new toothbrush every three months.可知此种说法正确，故选A。[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ A ‎【文章大意】这是一篇寓言故事，通过一棵树的经历，告诉我们不要放弃梦想，它可以用另一种新的方式来实现。‎ ‎13. F 【解析】题意：成为饲料箱是树的梦想。考查细节理解题。根据The tree felt very disappointed because that was not its dream.，可知说法错误，故选F。‎ ‎14. T 【解析】题意：这对夫妇用饲料箱做婴儿床。考查细节理解题。根据So they placed the baby in the feed box.，可知说法正确，故选T。‎ ‎15. T 【解析】题意：永远不要放弃你的梦想，它可能以另一种新的方式实现。考查细节理解题。根据Don’t forget your dream. It may be realized in another new way.，可知说法正确，故选T。‎ 文章大意 B 本文叙述了去一个新城市的旅行方式，短文给出了四个方式，并叙述了每一个方式的优点。‎ ‎61. B【解析】细节理解题。根据Get out of the car and walk. It’s slower but it’s the greenest way to travel. Cycling is also a good choice. Some cities also have mobikes可知，开车、坐车、步行、骑自行车、骑摩托车都是好的旅行方式，所以不能说不行是唯一的旅行方式。故选B。‎ ‎63. A【解析】细节理解题。根据Most cities now offer lots of information and very clear maps at the city’s website.可知，许多城市提供免费的网站有助于乘坐交通工具。故选A。‎ ‎64. B【解析】细节理解题。根据It’s also the most rewarding（有益的）way to see a city, If possible, take buses, trains or ships to travel from city to city. They are usually greener than cars and planes.可知，这里指的是步行有益于看城市的风景，坐公交车、坐火车、轮船比坐小汽车、飞机更环保，没有提到有益于健康。故选B。‎ ‎65. B【解析】细节理解题。根据常识电动车比汽车更环保，句子的信息是是错误的。故选B。‎ 文章大意 C 文中主要提到的是加拿大的大雁，为了躲避冬天的严寒，它们会进行迁徙，迁徙时，它们会彼此互助，成V字队飞行，最终飞行的距离比其他鸟类更远，这告诉我们，只有通过团队协作，才能获得成功。‎ ‎41. A【解析】细节理解题。文中提到Canada geese have to fly to the warm south to get away from Canada’ cold winter可知加拿大的大雁为了过冬，会迁徙到温度比较高的南方去，题目中说明秋天会迁徙，因为要躲避冬天的低温，由此推断此题正确。‎ ‎42. A【解析】细节理解题。When it gets tired, another bird moves to the front and takes its place如果头鸟累了，另外一只大雁就会接替他的位置，此题说明了大雁之间的轮换，句子正确。‎ ‎43. B【解析】细节理解题，文中提到＂Canada geese flying in a V shape can fly seventy percent farther without having a rest than the birds flying alone＂加拿大的大雁会成V字形飞行，相对于其他鸟类而言，他们会多飞行70%的距离，题目中说明的是17%，由此推测此题错误。‎ ‎44. B【解析】细节理解题，文中提到＂They also cheer one another up while working toward the same destination. ＂他们还会为彼此欢呼，共同朝着同一个目标前行，题目中说明他们不会相互鼓励，由此判断此题错误。‎ ‎45. A【解析】细节理解题，文中提到＂Work together! Whether in our personal lives or our jobs，we need the spirit of teamwork!＂团队协作是很重要的，只有这样才能获得成功，由此推测此题正确。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ A ‎1—4 BBBB B ‎1—5 BABAA C 文章大意 短文介绍了印度科学家设计的一种新的设备——太阳树，用以解决太阳能的利用。太阳能树可以节约土地，产生更多的能量，由于获得土地需要时间和增加成本，目前还没有被广泛使用，这种新技术究竟有多大的功效，尚不能定论。‎ ‎2. A【解析】句意：太阳能树可以节约土地，产生更多的能量。根据短文中的句子＂This means less land would be needed to produce solar energy.＂这意味着需要更少的土地生产太阳能。以及＂The trees will also take less space from farmers in the countryside. And that way people are able to use 10 to 15 percent more energy.＂还能生产出更多的能量。题干与原文相符，答案为A。‎ ‎3. A【解析】句意：并不是所有的科学家都认为太阳能树是有用的。根据短文最后一段的句子＂Amit Kumar is a senior engineer of the Energy and Resources Institute in New Delhi. He says that it is still not clear how useful these new developments in solar power technology are.＂可知，Amit Kumar对太阳能树的作用持怀疑态度。题干与原文相符，答案为A。‎ ‎4. B【解析】句意：太阳能树在印度被广泛使用。根据短文中的句子＂Only when we put those trees on a large scale(规模) will we be able to get that answer,＂可知，太阳能树在印度还没有被广泛使用，题干与原文不符，答案为B。‎ ‎5. B【解析】句意：文章主要介绍了如何利用太阳能。短文介绍了印度科学家设计的一种新的设备——太阳树，用以解决太阳能的利用。太阳能树可以节约土地，产生更多的能量，但还没有被广泛使用。题干与原文不符，答案为B。‎ 命题预测：‎ 词汇是学习英语的基础，也是中考的高频考点之一。近几年来，许多省市的中考英语都非常重视考查考生在具体语境中运用词汇的能力。‎ ‎1. 命题特点：‎ 主要考查一些高频词汇（如名词、动词、形容词等）；‎ 考查各类词形变化；‎ 考查六种时态的正确运用。‎ ‎2. 考查题型：‎ ‎（1）根据汉语提示完成句子；‎ ‎（2）用所给词的适当形式填空；‎ ‎（3）根据首字母提示完成句子；‎ ‎（4）选词填空。‎ ‎3. 题型分析：‎ 词语运用题主要考查学生对于不同语境下英语词形的掌握情况，如对于名词要考虑单数、复数、所有格等形式；对于动词要考查人称、时态、单复数、语态以及非谓语动词等形式；对于代词，要考查代词的各种形式；对于形容词或副词，应注意比较等级的变化；对于修饰语，要注意用形容词修饰名词或代词，用副词修饰动词、形容词、副词或整个句子；这一题型还常考查近义词的辨析。‎ ‎4. 考点预测：‎ 我们要认识到题型是在变化的，我们的答题策略也应随之调整，但主要的考查内容是万变不离其宗，就是对英语基础知识和词语运用能力的考查。预计2019年中考将会加大对各类词汇的灵活运用及单词拼写能力的考查。‎ 解题策略：‎ 词语运用之解题策咯 ‎ 要做好词语运用题要求我们除了要进行大量的课外阅读，积累丰富的语言知识外，还需要掌握一定的解题技巧。‎ ‎1. 在拿到题目后，不要急于做试题，首先对备选的词汇研究几遍，对词性作简单的标记，同时对词义做初步的理解。‎ ‎2. 通读句子，语意完整、实用、合乎逻辑是做好填词的前提。通过理解句子语境，注意发现固定搭配关系，积极主动地猜测空格中所缺的信息，根据需要填出相应单词或短语的正确形式。‎ ‎3. 在填词过程中，需要深思熟虑，既要符合句子的含义，又要保证句式、结构的正确。例如，当选定一个名词时，要考虑是否要把它变成复数或所有格形式。在遇到动词时，要有意识的去考虑时态和语态的变化以及非谓语动词形式的变化等等。学！！科网 为了便于记忆，试着记住下面的顺口溜：‎ 空前空后要注意，＂名词＂单复数要牢记，‎ 还有’s不能弃，＂动词＂注意要变形，‎ ‎＂形副＂注意变三级，要填＂数词＂请留意，‎ 千万别忘＂基＂和＂序＂，填入＂代词＂需慎重，‎ 五格变化要谨记。‎ ‎4. 完成填词后，应通读句子，复核校对。检查单词拼写是否正确，是否有时态语态惯用法的错误，以确保答案的正确性。‎ 词语运用是对学生的书面语言的基本功的考查，它不仅考查学生对单词的记忆能力，而且也考查学生对句子和特定语境中单词的正确形式的掌握。分析近几年的中考题型可以看出考查形式主要有单词拼写、词形转换、词语理解等。这一题型一般在中考中占5%～10%的分值。‎ 词语运用之解题注意事项 下面就中考常见的四种题型分布详细阐述一下各个题型的做题策略和需要注意的地方。‎ 一、根据汉语提示完成句子。‎ ‎1. 首先要正确写出句子中所给汉语所对应的英语单词。‎ ‎2. 若有两个以上的词汇符合所给的汉语意思，则要根据具体语境及固定搭配进行取舍。‎ ‎3. 然后从语法角度确定英语词汇的适当形式。若填写的是名词，就要注意用名词的单数还是复数；若填写的是形容词、副词，就要注意是否需要用比较级和最高级的形式；如果是动词，就要注意它们的时态、语态等。‎ 二、用所给词的适当形式填空。‎ 该题型旨在考查考生的英语基础知识和综合运用英语的能力，通常所采用的解题步骤为：明确所给词的词性→弄清所给句子的意思→确定空白处所需的词性→正确写出所填的词。具体操作方法如下：‎ 首先，要认真阅读句子，正确理解句意。‎ 其次，要分析应填词在句中充当的句子成分，正确判断应填词的词性。‎ 再次，要判断所填词应采用的正确词性。若为名词，应注意其单复数、可数还是不可数及其所有格形式；若为动词，应注意其人称、数、时态、语态及非谓语动词形式；若为修饰语，应注意修饰名词或代词时用形容词，而修饰动词、形容词、副词或全句时要用副词；若为代词，注意代词的各种形式；若为形容词、副词，应注意等级变化；若为数词，要注意基数词与序数词的正确选择。‎ 三、按照首字母提示完成句子。‎ ‎1. 读懂句意，确定单词。所缺的单词一定是句中的关键词，一般多为名词或动词等实词。 ‎ ‎2. 瞻前顾后，确定形式。‎ ‎3. 检查所填单词的形式以及语法结构是否正确。‎ 四、根据语境或句意，从方框中选词或短语填空。‎ 该题型通常所采用的解题步骤为：明确所给词组或短语的含义→弄清所给句子的意思→确定空白处所需的单词或短语的意思→正确选出所填的词或短语。‎ ‎1. 首先要正确写出句子中所给的汉语所对应的英语单词。‎ ‎2. 若有两个以上的词汇符合所给的汉语意思，则要根据具体语境及固定搭配进行取舍。‎ ‎3. 然后从语法角度确定英语词汇的适当形式。若填写的是名词，就要注意用名词的单数还是复数；若填写的是形容词、副词，就要注意是否需要用比较级和最高级的形式；如果是动词，就要注意它们的时态、语态等。‎ ‎（一）‎ 根据所给汉语意思，用单词或短语完成下列英语句子。‎ ‎1. 在公共场合我们应该有礼貌。‎ We _______________________________ in public.‎ ‎2. 现在中国富强了，我们为祖国而骄傲。‎ Now China is rich and strong. We _______________________________ our country.‎ ‎3. 请注意你的发音。‎ Pay attention to _______________________________, please.‎ ‎4. 这架飞机模型是由木头制成的。‎ The model plane _______________________________.‎ ‎5. 这个笔记本肯定是属于玛丽的，上面有她的名字。‎ The notebook must _______________________________ because it has her name on it.‎ ‎（二）‎ 根据汉语意思完成英语句子，每个空格填一个单词。‎ ‎1. 我们应该独立完成作业。‎ We should__________ our__________ by ourselves. ‎ ‎2. 你介意在公共场合压低你的声音吗？‎ Would you mind __________ __________ your voice in public? ‎ ‎3. 你所使用的表达方式取决于你的说话对象或者你跟他们的熟悉程度。‎ The expressions you use might ___________ __________ whom you are talking to or how well you know them.‎ ‎4. 我国政府已经逐步允许一些家庭拥有第二个孩子。‎ Our government has already ___________ some families to have a second child ___________.‎ ‎5. 中国电信将会为它的客户提供4G服务。‎ ‎4G service will___________ __________ for its guests by China Telecom. ‎ ‎（三）‎ 根据汉语意思完成英语句子，每个空格填一个单词。‎ ‎1. 我们为李娜感到骄傲。‎ We ____________ _____________ ____________of Li Na.‎ ‎2. 喊破嗓子不如甩开膀子。‎ Talking the talk _____________ not as ____________ as walking the walk.‎ ‎3. 瓦哈格 • 西蒙恩获得第三届北京国际电影节最佳男配角奖。‎ The Beijing Film Festival Award for Best ____________ _____________ was given to Vahagn Simonyan on April 23, 2013.‎ ‎4. 将来这里将要建一所新学校。‎ A new school _____________ ____________ _____________ in the future. ‎ ‎（四）‎ 根据汉语意思完成英语句子，每个空格填一个单词。‎ ‎1. 好好照顾老人是我们的职责。‎ It’s our duty to ___________ good ___________ of the old man.‎ ‎2. 我们可以从运动员身上学习到处理压力的办法。‎ We can learn how to ______________ ______________ pressure(压力) from players.‎ ‎3. 昨天班会上很多同学都抱怨无法与父母沟通思想。‎ Many of my classmates ______________ about not being able to ______________ with their parents during the class meeting yesterday.‎ ‎4. 所有的明星都受到了年轻人的仰慕。‎ All the stars ___________ ____________ up to by the young.‎ ‎5. 有些人认为岩石能阻止生病。‎ Some people think the rocks can ___________ people ____________ becoming ill.‎ ‎（一）‎ ‎（2018 • 四川宜宾中考）完成句子根据中文意思完成英语句子，每空一词。‎ ‎51. 在许多国家，朋友们第一次见面时都应该握手。‎ In many countries, friends are ________ shake hands when they meet for the first time.‎ ‎52. 曼迪和苏珊都不喜欢这本书。‎ ‎________ Mandy ________ Susan likes this book.‎ ‎53. 在科学家们的努力下，中国已经能够制造像 C919 这样的大飞机。‎ With scientists’ great efforts, China has________ to make big planes like C919.‎ ‎54. 为了实现中国梦，我们必须努力学习和工作。‎ ‎________ to achieve our Chinese Dream, we must study and work hard.‎ ‎55. 2018 年世界杯就要到来了。你对足球感兴趣吗？‎ Are you ________ World Cup 2018 which is coming soon?‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎（2018 • 浙江金华中考）用方框中所给词语的适当形式填空。每词限用一次 Canada influence our season throw away ‎31. Which ________ do you like better, spring or autumn?‎ ‎32. Our new English teacher comes from a small ________ town.‎ ‎33. To everyone’s surprise, their plan sounded similar to ________.‎ ‎34. Before we ________ rubbish, we usually divide it into different groups.‎ ‎35. Parents should know that very often they ________ their children in many ways.‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎（2018 • 甘肃白银中考）按括号内要求转换下列句型。‎ ‎91. The sweater is 20 dollars. (对画线部分提问)‎ ‎_______ _______ is the sweater?‎ ‎92. Could you please be there at 5:00? (改为祈使句)‎ ‎ _______ _______ at 5:00, please!‎ ‎93. How’s the weather today? (改为同义句)‎ ‎_______ the weather _______ today?‎ ‎94. At first, he didn’t know what he could do in the new group. (改为简单句)‎ At first, he didn’t know _________ _________ do in the new group.‎ ‎95. This volleyball must belong to Carla. (改为否定句).‎ This volleyball _________ __________Carla’s.‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎（2018 • 河北中考）连词成句，将所给词语连成句子，标点已给出。‎ 要求：符合语法，句通顺，大小写正确，词语不得重复使用。‎ ‎51. it,outside, hot, is ‎_____________________________________________________?‎ ‎52. on time, to, remember, arrive ‎______________________________________________________.‎ ‎53. for lunch, we, what, do, have ‎_____________________________________________________?‎ ‎54. a cup of, Lucy, me, tea, brought ‎_____________________________________________________.‎ ‎55. your, beautiful, are, how, kites ‎_____________________________________________________!‎ ‎（五）‎ ‎（2018 • 湖北荆州中考）根据汉语提示。用句末括号内的英语单词完成句子。‎ ‎51. Don’t ______ alone on weekends.‎ ‎ 周末不要独自外出。(go)‎ ‎52. It ______ a mountain on snowy days.‎ ‎ 在雪天里登山是很危险的。(be)‎ ‎53. Tommy ______ the dog and broke his front teeth.‎ ‎ 汤米被那只狗绊了一跤，磕断了门牙。(fall)‎ ‎54. Factories ______ pouring polluted water into river and lakes,‎ ‎ 必须阻止工厂向江河湖泊排放污水。( prevent)‎ ‎55. He always asks me ______ my homework.‎ ‎ 他总是问我作业做完了没有。( finish)‎ ‎（七）‎ ‎（2017 • 四川南充）根据各句句意及汉语提示写出单词(每空限填一词)。‎ ‎1. Tu Youyou has won the Nobel Prize. We are very __________ (自豪的)of her.‎ ‎2. I read English aloud every morning to improve my __________ (发音).‎ ‎3. September is the __________ (第九)month of a year.‎ ‎4. We shouldn’t take these game shows too __________ (严肃地)while watching them.‎ ‎5. Tom and Peter are good friends. They can talk about and __________ (分享)everything. ‎ ‎（八）‎ ‎（2017 • 安徽）根据首字母及汉语提示，完成下列单词的拼写，使句意明确，语言通顺。‎ ‎1. For a w (明智的) man, a mistake is a lesson.‎ ‎2. My father’s T-shirt has completely lost its s (形状).‎ ‎3. Look! The boys are k (踢) the ball around in the yard.‎ ‎4. An old man began to collect rubbish along the river b (岸) years ago.‎ ‎5. Please follow the rules. Don’t t (触碰) the photos in the museum.‎ ‎（九）‎ ‎（2017 • 山东枣庄）汉译英。必须用上所提供的单词或短语。‎ ‎1. 知道如何有礼貌的要求帮助是重要的。（ask for）‎ ‎2. 昨天那则好消息使我们都高兴。（please）‎ ‎3. 他可能是科学家。（maybe）‎ ‎4. 我过去常常害羞。（used to）‎ ‎5. 一星期前，我向我同学借了一本书。（borrow...from...）‎ ‎（十）‎ ‎（2017 • 上海中考）Complete the following sentences as required（根据所给要求完成句子。每空格限填一词）‎ ‎1. The invention of smart phones changed the world in many ways.（改为一般疑问句）‎ ‎ ___________ the invention of smart phones _________ the world in many ways?‎ ‎2. That amusement park has lots of tourists during the holiday.（就划线部分提问）‎ ‎ _________ ________ that amusement park have lots of tourist?‎ ‎3. The local government organizes the film festival every autumn.（改为被动语态）‎ ‎ The film festival ________ _________ by the local government every autumn.‎ ‎4. Shared-bikes are very popular in some big cities.（改为感叹句）‎ ‎ __________ __________ shared-bikes are in some big cities!‎ ‎5. ＂Have you ever been in a hot air balloon?＂ Melissa asked her mom.（改为宾语从句）‎ ‎ Melissa asked her mom _________ she _________ ever been in a hot air balloon.‎ ‎6. PM 2.5 does harm to people’s health and the environment.（保持句意基本不变）‎ ‎ PM 2.5 is ________ ________ people’s health and the environment.‎ ‎7. enables, various information, the Internet, to collect, teenagers（连词成句）‎ ‎ _____________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（一）‎ ‎（2016 • 江苏无锡惠山区九年级下期模拟考试）单词拼写。‎ ‎1. Tony’s mum looks young and beautiful. It’s hard to imagine she is already in her __________ (五十). ‎ ‎2. Thank you for giving me some useful __________ (建议). It’s of great value to me. ‎ ‎3. Though money isn’t everything, it still __________ (要紧) a lot to the poor. ‎ ‎4. __________ (以、凭借）his efforts he succeeded in making so many useful inventions. ‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎（2016 • 陕西师范大学附中初三第四次模拟考试）根据所给汉语意思，用单词或短语完成下列英文句子。‎ ‎1. 近几年来，我们的城市发生了巨大的变化。‎ Great changes have _______________________________ in our city in the last few years. ‎ ‎2. 现在用手机发红包越来越流行。‎ Now sending red envelopes with phones is _______________________________. ‎ ‎3. 他总是利用他的空闲时间照顾那位老人。‎ He always spends his free time _______________________________ that old man. ‎ ‎4. 这首歌使我想起了我的好朋友。‎ This song _______________________________ my best friend. ‎ ‎5. 许多人在那场地震中丧生了。[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ Many people _______________________________ in that earthquake.‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎（2016 • 江苏清江中学九年级上学期期中）完成句子。‎ ‎1. 当你需要力量时，红色对你有一些帮助，并且使你更容易采取行动。‎ When you require strength, red will be __________ to you and __________ for you to take action. ‎ ‎2. 我告诉她不要那个在意总嘲笑她的同学。‎ I tell her to __________ the student who always __________ her. ‎ ‎3. 妈妈告诉我这个周末除了在家复习所学知识，别无选择。‎ Mum told me that I would __________ but __________ what I’ve learned this weekend. ‎ ‎4. 他参加了大学选拔，并且成功进入了他理想中的大学。‎ He __________ the university and __________ going to his ideal university. ‎ ‎5. 人们高度赞扬了谭盾的音乐，认为它具有持久的价值。‎ People __________ Tan’s music and think it has __________. ‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎（2016 • 重庆江津中学九年级下期第一阶段考试）按要求完成句子。‎ ‎1. The T-shirt cost me five dollars. (改为一般疑问句)‎ ‎__________ the T-shirt __________ you five dollars?‎ ‎2. Linda usually learns English by studying with a group. (对划线部分提问)‎ ‎__________ __________ Linda usually learn English?‎ ‎3. Jack wonders where he can get some magazines.（改为同义句）‎ Jack wonders __________ __________ get some magazines.‎ ‎4. 这个女孩年龄太小不能自己穿衣。 （完成译句）‎ The girl is __________ young __________ dress herself.‎ ‎5. 王老师在课堂上大声讲话是为了让她自己被学生们听见。（完成译句）‎ Mrs. Wang speaks in class in order to __________ herself __________ by the students.‎ ‎（五）‎ ‎（2016 • 四川雅安中学九年级10月月考）填单词。‎ ‎1. A lot of people have been __________ (死) for years, but they are remembered forever.‎ ‎2. Japan is made up of several __________ (岛屿).‎ ‎3. You can go there in any season __________ (除了) winter.‎ ‎4. He got used to __________ (收到) letters from his relatives.‎ ‎5. Finally he __________ (意识到) that he failed in the exam.‎ ‎（六）‎ ‎（安徽省蚌埠市经济开发区2018届九年级上学期期中考试）根据句意完成已给出首字母或汉语提示的单词，使补全后的句子意思通顺，语法正确。‎ ‎1. You can use the ________(剪刀) to cut the paper.‎ ‎2. Can you tell me ________(确切的) what the story is?‎ ‎3. There are two _______(警卫) in our school every day.‎ ‎4. Mary won the first prize in the school competition. She is the _____(骄傲) of our class.‎ ‎5. Tina’s mother _______(对待) her as a boy.‎ ‎（七）‎ ‎（湖北省长阳县龙舟坪中学2018届九年级上学期期中考试）根据所给汉语和提示词完成下列句子。‎ ‎1. 有些狗就是不知道怎样玩乐。‎ Some dogs just don’t know ______________________________.‎ ‎2. 我住得离学校很远。‎ I live _____________________________________________.‎ ‎3. 下课后，我们经常在一起聊天或是在操场上玩。‎ After class, we often _________________________ or ______________________.‎ ‎4. 早操有助于我们为一天做好准备。‎ ‎_____________________ help us _______________________ the day.‎ ‎5. 让这位学生带你参观一下校园吧。‎ ‎___________________________________________________ the school.‎ ‎【跟踪训练】‎ ‎（一）‎ ‎2. are proud of【解析】这里考查的是＂为……感到骄傲＂的表达。在英语中，＂为……感到骄傲＂可表达为：be proud of。由于这里主语为非第三人称单数，故译为：are proud of。‎ ‎3. your pronunciation【解析】根据语境并结合汉语提示可知，这里考查的是＂你的发音＂的表达，即形容词性物主代词修饰名词。故译为：your pronunciation。‎ ‎4. was made of wood【解析】根据语境并结合汉语提示可知，这里考查的是＂由……制成的＂的表达。在英语中，＂由……制成的＂为固定短语，应表达为：be made of。这里时态可用一般过去时，故译为：was made of wood。‎ ‎5. belong to Mary【解析】根据语境并结合汉语提示可知，这里考查的是＂属于某人的＂的表达。在英语中，＂属于某人的＂应表达为：belong to sb.。故译为：belong to Mary。学！！科网 ‎（二）‎ ‎1. do；homework【解析】句意：我们应该独立完成作业。考查固定短语：do one’s homework写作业。故填：do；homework。‎ ‎2. keeping down【解析】句意：你介意在公共场合压低你的声音吗？would you mind doing sth.介意做某事；keep down one’s voice保持压低声音。故填：keeping down。‎ ‎3. depend on【解析】句意：你所使用的表达方式取决于你的说话对象或者你跟他们的熟悉程度。depend on依靠。故填：depend on。‎ ‎4. allowed；gradually【解析】句意：我国政府已经逐步允许一些家庭拥有第二个孩子。allow允许，同时时态为现在完成时，因此用allowed；gradually逐步地。故填：allowed；gradually。‎ ‎5. be provided【解析】句意：中国电信将会为它的客户提供4G服务。考查被动语态的用法，通过句意体现为将来时的被动词态，其构成形式：will + be +done(动词的过去分词)，provide提供，故填：be provided。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎3. supporting actor【解析】supporting actor最佳男配角。‎ ‎4. will be built 【解析】结合语境可知本句描述的是将来发生的动作，故用一般将来时态。句子主语是动作对象，故用被动语态，故填will be built。‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎1. take；care【解析】take good care of好好照顾，所以填 take care。‎ ‎2. deal with【解析】deal with处理。‎ ‎3. complain；communicate【解析】complain抱怨，communicate交流。‎ ‎4. are looked【解析】根据汉语提示此题应用被动语态，所以填are looked。‎ ‎5. stop；from【解析】stop ...from...阻止……做……。‎ ‎【真题再现】‎ ‎（一）‎ ‎51. supposed to ‎【解析】在许多国家，朋友们第一次见面时都应该握手。根据be supposed to do sth.应该做某事；故填supposed to。‎ ‎53. been able ‎【解析】在科学家们的努力下，中国已经能够制造像 C919 这样的大飞机。根据句意可知用现在完成时态， be able to do能够做某事；故填been able ‎ ‎54. In order ‎【解析】为了实现中国梦，我们必须努力学习和工作。根据in order to为了；故填 In order ‎ ‎55. interested in ‎【解析】2018 年世界杯就要到来了。你对足球感兴趣吗？根据 be interested in对……感兴趣；故填interested in ‎（二）‎ ‎31. season ‎【解析】句意：春天和秋天你更喜欢哪个季节？结合句意可知选择season，春天、秋天都是其中的一个季节，因此答案为名词的单数形式season。‎ ‎32. Canadian ‎【解析】句意：我们的新英语老师来自一个加拿大小镇。结合句意，根据所给单词选择Canada，形容词修饰名词town，故答案为Canada的形容词Canadian。‎ ‎33. ours ‎【解析】句意：令所有人惊讶的是，他们的计划听起来和我们的相似。比较的对象是他们的计划与我们的计划相比，为了避免与前面名词的重复，此处用名词性物主代词ours代替our plan。‎ ‎34. throw away ‎【解析】句意：在我们扔掉垃圾之前，通常把垃圾分成不同的组。结合句意可知，选择动词词组throw away，before引导的时间状语从句可以用一般现在时表示将来，主语是we，谓语动词要用动词原形，故答案为throw away。‎ ‎35. influence ‎【解析】句意：父母应该知道，他们经常在很多方面影响着他们的孩子。宾语从句缺少谓语动词，根据often判断，经常性的动作用一般现在时态，从句的主语为they，故动词用原形influence。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎91. (1). How (2). much ‎ ‎【解析】The sweater is 20 dollars.（对画线部分提问）句子成了特殊疑问句：疑问词+一般疑问句？疑问句把is提前，对20dollars提问用how much；故填（1）How （2）much ‎94. (1). what (2). to ‎ ‎【解析】At first, he didn’t know what he could do in the new group.(改为简单句)疑问词引导的宾语从句可以变成疑问词后接不定式结构，句子成为简单句；故填(1). what (2). to ‎95. (1). can’t (2). be ‎ ‎【解析】This volleyball must belong to Carla.(改为否定句).根据must belong to Carla.一定属于卡拉，否定意思应是不可能是卡拉的，can’t不可能，情态动词后用动词原形；can’t be不可能是；故填(1). can’t (2). be ‎（四）‎ ‎51. Is it hot outside ‎ ‎【解析】句意：外面的天气热吗？根据所给标点（？）可知是疑问句。分析所给词汇可知是一般疑问句，系动词is提前；it作主语，hot作表语，outside作地点状语。故填Is it hot outside。‎ ‎52. Remember to arrive on time ‎ ‎【解析】句意：记得准时到达。根据所给的标点（.）可知是陈述句。分析所给词汇可知是动词原形开头的祈使句，remember是动词作谓语，to arrive不定式作宾语，on time作时间状语。故填Remember to arrive on time。‎ ‎53. What do you have for lunch ‎ ‎【解析】句意：我们中午吃什么？根据所给标点（？）可知是疑问句。分析所给词汇可知是特殊疑问句，what是特殊疑问词，do是助动词，we是主语，have for lunch是固定搭配作谓语和宾语。故填What do you have for lunch。‎ ‎54. Lucy brought me a cup of tea ‎ ‎【解析】句意：露西带给我一杯咖啡。根据所给标点（.）可知是陈述句。分析所给词汇：Lucy作主语，brought作谓语，me是双宾中的间接宾语，a cup of tea是直接宾语。故填Lucy brought me a cup of tea。‎ ‎55. How beautiful your kites are ‎【解析】句意：你的风筝真漂亮！根据所给标点（！）可知用感叹句。分析所给词汇是how引导的感叹句，how是感叹词，beautiful是形容词，your kites是主语，are是谓语。故填How beautiful your kites are。 ‎ ‎。连起来应该是：Traveling is considered to be one of the best ways to relax.‎ ‎52. Reading and travelling can open up a whole new world to us ‎【解析】这句话的主语是Reading and traveling，是两个并列的动名词形式作主语；open up 是固定短语，＂打开＂；a whole new world一个全新的世界，whole是形容词，完整的，完全的，修饰world。故应为：Reading and traveling can open up a whole new world for us.‎ ‎（五）‎ ‎51. go out [来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ ‎【解析】go out外出， 是一个固定短语。这句话是一个祈使句的否定形式，Don’t后面跟动词原形，故填go out。‎ ‎53. was fallen over by ‎ ‎【解析】fall over摔倒，绊了一跤，是一个固定短语。根据句意可知，主语Tommy和动词fall over构成被动关系，这句话使用被动语态be+过去分词，根据句意可知，这里说的是已经发生了的事情，应用一般过去时态，故be动词用was；fall的过去分词是fallen；by表示＂被……＂。‎ ‎54. must be prevented （from） ‎ ‎【解析】must必须，是一个情态动词，后面跟动词原形。prevent阻止，是一个动词。根据句意和句子结构可知，这句话的主语Factories和动词prevent构成被动关系，这句话应使用被动语态，含有情态动词的被动语态的构成的情态动词+be+过去分词，故填must be prevented。prevent sb. (from) doing sth.是固定句型，阻止某人做某事，介词from可以省略。‎ ‎55. to finish ‎【解析】finish完成，是一个动词。句中谓语动词是asks，常用于句型ask sb. to do sth.要求某人做某事，故这里应填动词不定式to finish。学！！科网 ‎（六）‎ ‎（2018 • 江苏苏州中考）将下列句子译成英语，并将所译句子写在答题卡标有题号的横线上。‎ ‎48. 这个暑假你打算做什么？‎ ‎49. 我已经决定读一些书并游览一些名胜古迹。‎ ‎50. 养成一个良好的阅读习惯对我们来说很重要。‎ ‎51. 旅游被认为是放松的最好方式之一。‎ ‎52. 阅读和旅游能给我们打开一个全新的世界。‎ ‎（六）‎ ‎48. What are you going to do this summer holiday? ‎ ‎【解析】这是一个特殊疑问句，先确定疑问词是what；根据句意应用一般将来时态，be going to结构，表示＂打算做……＂，主语是you，be动词应用are；实践状语this summer holiday最好放在句末。故应是：What are you going to do this summer holiday?‎ ‎50. It’s very important for us to develop a good reading habit ‎ ‎【解析】这句话应使用句型It is +形容词+for sb. to do sth.，＂对于某人来说做某事是…的＂，句型中It是形式主语，真正的主语是动词不定式。important重要的，形容词；develop发展，培养；reading habit阅读习惯。我们根据这个句型，将单词和短语一一代入即可，故应该是：It is very important for us to develop a good reading habit.‎ ‎51. Travelling is considered to be one of the best ways to relax ‎ ‎【解析】根据句意可知，这句话的主语traveling和动词consider构成被动关系，所以这句话应注意使用被动语态be+过去分词，一般现在时态；consider sth. to be…是固定句型，＂认为……是……＂；one of the +形容词最高级+名词复数，＂最……的之一＂；to relax是动词不定式，作后置定语，修饰way ‎（七）‎ ‎4. seriously【解析】在观看游戏节目时，我们不应该太重视他们。take seriously认真对待……，重视……。故填seriously。‎ ‎5. share【解析】汤姆和彼得是好朋友。他们能谈论并分享所有。and 连接并列结构，结合句意，故填share。‎ ‎（八）‎ ‎1. wise【解析】对于明智的人来说，错误就是教训。形容词修饰名词，结合句意，故填wise。[来源:学科网]‎ ‎2. shape【解析】我父亲的T恤衫完全走形了。根据句意，故填shape。‎ ‎3. kicking【解析】看！那些男孩正在院子里到处踢球。be doing 构成现在进行时，故填kicking。‎ ‎4. bank(s) 【解析】数年前一个老人开始沿着河岸收集垃圾。结合句意，故填bank(s)。‎ ‎5. touch【解析】请遵守这些规则。不要碰触博物馆里的照片。否定祈使句的构成是don’t +动词原形+其他，结合句意，故填touch。‎ ‎（九）‎ ‎1. It is important to know how to ask for help politely.‎ ‎【解析】句式：It is 形容词+to do sth做某事是怎样的。‎ ‎2. Yesterday the good news made us all pleased.‎ ‎【解析】短语：make sb +形容词＂室某人怎样＂。‎ ‎3. Maybe he is a scientist.‎ ‎【解析】maybe 可能；he is a scientist.他是科学家。maybe是副词，可以放在句首。‎ ‎4. I used to be shy.‎ ‎【解析】短语：used to do sth.过去常常做某事。‎ ‎5. A week ago, I borrowed a book from my classmate.‎ ‎【解析】短语：borrow sth. from sb.从某人那里借某物。‎ ‎（十）‎ ‎1. Did, change ‎ ‎【解析】考查陈述句变一般疑问句。原句的谓语动词是changed，是实义动词change（改变）的过去式。把它转换成一般疑问句，需要借助助动词did完成。Did在句首，首字母需大写，原句中的动词changed同时恢复原形。所以填Did, change。‎ ‎3. is organized ‎【解析】考查主动语态变被动语态。被动语态的结构为：主语+be+过去分词+其他。原句主语The local government（地方政府）为单数主语，be用is。故填is organized。‎ ‎4. How popular ‎【解析】How popular，考查感叹句。感叹句有两种形式，分别以How和What开头，但结构不同：What( a/an)+形容词+名词+主语（代词）+谓语+其他；How +形容词或副词+主语+谓语+其他。变化后，名词shared-bikes仍作主语，所以用how+形容词结构。故填How popular。‎ ‎5. if/ whether, had ‎【解析】if/ whether, had，考查间接引语和宾语从句。原句Melissa是问妈妈＂是不是坐过热气球＂？转换后成为间接引语，是宾语从句，人称和时态都要作相应变化。根据＂是不是＂确定由if或whether作为引导词；you变为she；原问句的现在完成时变为过去完成时，have变作had。故填if/ whether, had。‎ ‎6. harmful to ‎【解析】harmful to，考查同义转换。句意：PM 2.5对人们的健康和环境有害。do harm to one’s health，harm是动词，其后+ful变为形容词。它的同义短语为be harmful to one’s health。PM 2.5是单数主语，be用is。故填harmful to。‎ ‎7. The Internet enables teenagers to collect various information.‎ ‎【解析】The Internet enables teenagers to collect various information.考查连词成句。词义：enables使能够；various information各种信息；the Internet互联网；to collect收集；teenagers青少年。连成一句话就是：互联网使青少年能够收集到各种信息。故填The Internet enables teenagers to collect various information.。‎ ‎【模拟检测】‎ ‎（一）‎ ‎1. fifties【解析】托尼的妈妈看起来年轻美丽。很难想象她已经五十多岁了。in one’s +几十的复数，在某人几十多岁时，故填fifties。‎ ‎2. advice【解析】谢谢你给了我一些有用的建议，那对我非常有价值。根据句意可知填advice。‎ ‎3. matters【解析】尽管钱不是一切，但是它对应穷人仍然有很大关系。根据句意，故填matters。‎ ‎4. Through【解析】凭借他的努力，他成功制作那么多有用的发明。根据句意，故填Through。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎3. looking after/ taking care of【解析】动词短语look after/ take care of照顾、照看； spend…doing…花费……做某事。故填looking after/ taking care of。‎ ‎4. reminds/reminded me of【解析】remind sb. of sb. /sth使某人想起某人/某事。故填reminds/reminded me of。‎ ‎5. lost their lives【解析】lose one’s life失去生命， 根据句意可知是过去发生的事，应使用一般过去时态。故填lost their lives。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎1. helpful；easier【解析】根据句意应使用句型＂be helpful to sb. 对……有帮助＂；be easy for sb to do sth.做某事对……容易；easier是easy的比较级。故填helpful；easier。‎ ‎2. care about；laughs at【解析】根据句意应使用care about关心、在意；laugh at sb. 嘲笑某人；本句是一般现在时，laugh用单三。故填care about；laughs at。‎ ‎3. have no choice；to review/go over【解析】根据句意应使用短语have no choice没有选择，but除了，后跟动词不定式；前面一般与否定词连用；review/go over。故填have no choice；to review/go over。[来源:学§科§网Z§X§X§K]‎ ‎4. attended；achieved【解析】根据句意应使用动词attend参加和achieve实现、成功；本题是一般过去时态的句子，所以动词使用过去式形式。动词achieve后跟动词的doing形式。故填attended； achieved。‎ ‎5. highly praise；lasting value【解析】根据句意应使用highly praise高度赞扬；lasting value持久的价值，本题是一般现在时态。所以应填highly praise；lasting value。‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎1. Did；cost【解析】句意：这件T恤花了我5美元。这是一个一般过去时句子，谓语动词是实义动词，要改为一般疑问句可在句首加助动词Did帮助表达疑问。用了did后，实义动词要恢复原形。所以可在改写后句子的空白处填写Did, cost。‎ ‎2. How does【解析】句意：琳达通常通过与小组一起学习学英语。句中划线部分表示方式，对其提问可以用How引起问句。这是一个一般现在时句子，主语是第三人称单数，谓语动词是实义动词，可以借助助动词does 帮助表达疑问。所以可在改写后句子的空白处填写How, does。‎ ‎3. where to【解析】句意：杰克想知道他能在哪里买到一些杂志。这是一个含宾语从句的主从复合句。而且宾语从句的主语和主句的主语相同，所以可以将该宾语从句简化为一个带有疑问词的动词不定式短语。因此要改为同义句可在改写后句子的空白处填写Where, to。‎ ‎4. too; to【解析】too…to...太……而不能……。学！！科网 ‎5. make; heard【解析】in order to为了；make herself heard by the students让她自己被学生们听见。‎ ‎（五）‎ ‎（六）[来源:学科网ZXXK]‎ ‎1. scisssors【解析】句意：你可以用剪刀来剪纸。scissors 剪刀，是一个名词，因为剪刀是有两部分组成的，因此这个单词常用复数形式。‎ ‎2. exactly【解析】句意：你能确切地告诉我这个故事是什么吗？exactly确切地，是一个副词，修饰句中的谓语动词tell。‎ ‎3. guards【解析】句意：在我们学校每天有两个警卫。guard警卫，是一个名词。根据句意和空前的two可知，这里应填名词的复数形式guards。‎ ‎4. pride【解析】句意：Mary在学校竞赛中赢得了第一名，她是我们班的骄傲。pride骄傲，是一个名词，因为空前有定冠词the，所以这里填名词形式。the pride of…是短语，……的骄傲。‎ ‎5. treats【解析】句意：Tina的妈妈把她当作男孩来对待。treat对待，是一个动词。根据句意可知，这句话讲述的是一个事实，应用一般现在时态，句子的主语Tina’s mother是第三人称单数，故动词应加s，填treats。‎ ‎（七）‎ ‎1. how to play ‎2. very far from school ‎3. chat; play on the playground ‎4. Doing morning exercises; get ready for　　　　　5. Let the student show you around 把语法知识测试全部放在语篇中进行，旨在考查考生在语篇中综合运用语言知识的能力。它不但要求考生有扎实的词汇、语法等基础知识和对句型结构的灵活运用能力，而且还要求考生有良好的语感和一定的阅读理解能力。‎ 自由填空是中考短文填空中难度最大的，这种题目因题型的开放性和综合性而备受关注。试题特点是一篇短文挖空8—10个单词，且没有任何提示，让考生根据短文内容自由填词，难度较大，主观性较强，有时可能出现多种答案。‎ 二、满分技巧 ‎ ‎1. 解题步骤：‎ ‎（1）快速浏览，了解大意。对于简单把握的空，可以先填出来；‎ ‎（2）上下求索，填出答案。根据上下文及空格前后的逻辑关系，填出正确的词以及正确的形式；‎ ‎（3）通读全文，检查确认。特别要注意，根据文章意思，有些空是否要加入否定前缀。‎ 无提示词的空格一般需要填入冠词、代词、介词、连词（并列连词和从属连词）等虚词。‎ ‎（1）名词前面一般用冠词、代词或介词等。‎ ‎（2）如果需要填入代词，就要考虑到是人称代词的主格、宾格或物主代词的变化、指示代词的用法；‎ ‎（3）并列的两个或多个单词，短语，或句子之间设空，一般填入并列连词and, but, or等；‎ ‎（4）两句之间，如果不是并列句，则很可能是主从句，因此需要填入从属连词（what,which, who, how, when 等）。或者是宾语从句，定语从句或者是状语从句的连接词。这种空格需要同学们根据句子结构，分析到底是什么从句，从而选择合适的从属连词。学科##网 A Many people say that they are working too ____1____ hours. They don’t have free time with their families. They can’t take care ____2____ things at home. They don’t have time to relax.‎ Work hours are _____3_ ___ from one country to another. In France, people spend about 1646 hours a year at work. In Japanese, however, people work about 2159 hours a year. That means a Japanese worker works 513 more hours a year _____4____a French worker. That is about 12 weekends of extra(额外的) work!‎ ‎_____5____ do people work so many hours? Some people work extra hours because they want to get more money, but many companies don’t pay ____6____ extra work. The people in these companies work extra hours because they think it’s their duty. Some people are afraid they will _____7_____ their job if they don’t work extra hours.‎ Many people say that their vacations are too short. In France, people get five weeks of paid vacation. In Germany, they get about four weeks. In the United States, two weeks of _____8_____is the average(平均). And many people don’t _____9__ __ all of their vacation days. In one survey, in England, fewer than half of workers used all their vacation days. In English, people say,＂all work and no play makes Jack a dull boy.＂That is true, there are a lot of ____10____ people in the world.‎ B Visitors to Japan are often excited about the delicious food, but many people are a little nervous ____1____ what to do at restaurants or in a Japanese household. So it’s helpful to know basic table ____2____ before going to Japan. ‎ ‎____3____ people use knives, forks, spoons and chopsticks to eat. But chopsticks are the most ____4____ utensils(用具). When you are eating dinner with some Japanese friends, don’t directly pass ____5____ from your chopsticks to somebody else’s chopsticks. It’s also important ‎ not to ____6____ chopsticks vertically (垂直地) into food, especially into a bowl of rice. It’s not ____7____ to move your chopsticks up and down above dishes or to point at somebody with your chopsticks.‎ It is polite to lift small bowls of rice or soup when you eat. It ____8____ you from dropping food. ‎ In Japan, it is common to slurp(吃时嘴唇发出很响的声音) while ____9____ noodles. People say the noodles taste better ____10____ they make slurping noises.‎ C When I first met my fifth-grade teacher, I was happy. She seemed pretty nice, so I was excited to ____1____ a whole year with her. Every day the class would do a warm-up and then discuss it. We would also read stories, sing songs and learn about different cultures around the world. I thought I was very lucky to have such a great, kind and caring ____2____.‎ When December came around, my teacher suddenly stopped ____3____ to school. The whole class missed ____4____. Rumors（谣言）spread around the school about ____5____ she didn’t come to school.‎ ‎＂She’s ____6____ holiday,＂ some girls explained to each other during lunchtime.‎ ‎＂She’s got really tired of us and decided ____7____ to teach us anymore,＂ some boys said.‎ ‎____8____ no one knew the truth.‎ For the rest of the school year, I never saw her again. In the middle of the sixth grade, I received a disturbing（令人不安的）message. She had died of cancer（癌症）. I ____9____ very upset. I wish I could visit her in the hospital. Whenever I think about her, I remember all of the happy times we had together. Because of her, I can understand what matters most to me. I never told her how much she meant to me. And now it’s too ____10____.‎ A（2018 • 内蒙古包头中考）‎ 阅读下面短文，根据首字母、音标以及语境的提示在空白处填入适当的单词(1个单词)；或根据汉语意思的提示，在空白处填入适当的短语，使短文语意连贯，意思完整。‎ Kate and Dick were classmates. They ___56___ (相处) well with each other and later fell in love. After getting m___57___ , they found it difficult to ___58___ (谋生).‎ Finally, they decided ___59___ run a small restaurant near the railway station. The restaurant often stayed o___60___ until after midnight, because people came to drink there while they were ___61___ (等待) trains.‎ At two o’clock one morning, ___62___ man was still sitting at a table in the restaurant. He was ___63___ [ə’sli:p]. Kate wanted to go to bed. She looked at the table several times, and each time the man was still there. Then, ___64___ (最终) she went to her h___65___ and said to him, "You’ve talked to that man three times, and he isn’t drinking any more. ___66___ haven’t you sent him away? After ___67___ , it’s so late."‎ ‎"Oh, no, I don’t want to send him away," a___68___ Dick with a smile. "You see, whenever I ___69___ (叫醒) the man, he asks for the bill, and when I bring it to him, he p___70___ it. Then he goes back to sleep again."‎ B ‎（2017﹒重庆B）Sometimes we are used to drawing a quick conclusion(结论), but is it right or not? My little son gave me a ____1____.‎ One day, I took my five-year-old son to go out for a walk after dinner. On the way, we saw an old woman selling fruits. I didn’t take enough money with me. ____2____ my son liked eating fruit very much, I could buy only two pears and gave them to him.‎ The little boy held the pears in his hands. I asked him if he could share one ____3____ me. On hearing this, he quickly took a bite(咬) from one pear, and the ____4____.‎ I was quite surprised. I ____5____ myself what mistakes I had made in educating my son so that he acted in such a greedy(贪婪) way. I was lost in thought. Perhaps I was just ____6____ too much. My son was too young to know about sharing and giving.‎ Suddenly, my son gave me the pear in his right hand and said, ＂Mom, you have this one. This one is much sweeter.＂ Then I knew why my little son took a bite from ____7____ pear.‎ From then on, I always tell myself not to reach a conclusion too ____8____. Try to spend some more time in understanding things better.‎ C ‎(2017﹒广东)What will happen if a family without the Internet for a month? One American family decides to find out. They have sent invitation to a leading US television station, expecting that it will send a film group to record their day-to -day life ____1____ technology for a month.‎ When the film group meet ____2____ Smiths, they find that Mr. Smith, Mrs. Smith and their two sons are so crazy about technology that ____3____ hardly do things together. At mealtimes, no one ____4____ at the dining table for their food. ＂Everyone just runs into the kitchen, takes their food and then goes back to their screen,＂ Mrs. Smith explains. ＂ ____5____ we don’t make a change, our family will become strangers to each other!＂‎ Getting back to the normal life without the Internet is not ____6____, especially when the Smiths lose themselves in it. They have to make many ____7____. For example, the two brothers have to go to the school ____8____ to borrow books for their scientific projects, and Mr. and Mrs. Smith need to go out shopping because they cannot buy things ____9____. As the family has picked up the new lifestyle, they find that they can spend more time taking over meals, playing sports and doing all ____10____ of activities together.‎ Would they be able to go for long without using the Internet after the challenge?‎ A ‎（重庆第一中学2017届九年级上学期期末）Thousands of runners took part in the 34th Beijing International Marathon. But many of them had to ____1____ face masks to protect themselves against pollution. Some runners gave ____2____ the race because of the pollution. British runner Chas Pope said that he was only able to run 10 kilometers of the race in a mask before he decided to stop. He also said that the race should have been stopped because all of the runners wanted to keep away ____3____ the bad air condition.‎ Gong Lihua is a Chinese runner ____4____ came third in the women’s race. She said the smog had caused some difficulties. ＂I felt I couldn’t breathe well when ____5____ in this kind ‎ of smog(雾霾),＂ she said. According to Beijing’s environment center, the air was seriously polluted on that day. ‎ Besides the runners in the race, common people in Beijing are also ____6____ about the situation. Because there are ____7____ many factories built around Beijing that more and more pollutants(污染物) are produced. Also, there is too much traffic on the street, so air is polluted by the waste gas from the cars. ‎ As a result, Beijing government suggests people cutting off outdoor ____8____ and staying indoors more. If they are going to go out, remember to wear a face mask.‎ B ‎（湖南省岳阳地区2017年中考二模）Do you know how to make friends with a group of people? Let me tell you something about ____1____ friends with the group. Maybe it’s helpful to you.‎ First you need to know what kind of group they belong ____2____. If people in the group are shy, never ____3____ them ＂Why don’t you talk?＂, ＂Why are you quiet?＂ or ＂Why do you look shy?＂ They don’t like such ____4____.‎ Next, remember that each group is different. They may use ____5____ words, like different things or have different ways of ＂hanging out＂.‎ Then, the important thing is that you must try to be outgoing. ____6____ you are outgoing, you will become very popular. Remember, ____7____ wants to make friends with a quite shy person.‎ Finally, find a right topic to talk ____8____ others or the one you want to make friends with. For ____9____, you can talk with them about the weather, their hobbies or their school lives.‎ If you do all these above, you will make more friends and get ____10____ well with them.‎ C ‎（广东省东莞市2017届中考冲刺考前押题）When I was 12, something ____1____ to me changed my interest. We lived near a wood and ____2____ sang beautifully in the trees every evening. I wanted to catch a bird and keep it in a cage so that I can have my own singer.‎ I did get one and put it in my cage. I felt very happy and looked ____3____ to some beautiful songs from it. On the next day, its mother flew to the cage with food. The baby bird ____4____ everything. I was happy to see this. Surely the mother knew ____5____ her baby liked better than me.[来源:学科网]‎ The next morning, I found the baby bird dead. What was wrong? I took ____6____ care of the bird. Arthur Wayne told me the reason. ＂A mother bird, finding ____7____ baby in a cage, will sometimes bring it some poisonous(有毒的) strawberries. She thinks it is ____8____ for it to die than to live in a cage.＂‎ Never since then have I caught any living birds or ____9____ it in a cage. It made me know following ____10____ rules in nature sometimes means everything to the living things.‎ 跟踪训练 A ‎【文章大意】短文谈论的是工人的工作时间问题。开头先尖锐地指出工作时间太多的问题，随后对法国和日本的工作时间进行对比，印证各国的工作时间不同，然后求证工作时间太多的原因，是因为许多工人害怕失业，最后对超时工作的人提出了批评。‎ ‎3. different 【解析】句意：从一个国家到另一个国家工作时间是不同的。from one to another从一个到另一个。根据下文法国和日本的工作时间对比，可知每个国家的工作时间不一样，故填different。‎ ‎4. than 【解析】句意：这意味着一个日本工人比一个法国工人每年多工作513个小时。根据句意，这里是对两个国家进行了比较。more...than比……多。根据句意，故填than。‎ ‎7. lose 【解析】句意：有些人担心如果他们不加班，他们就会失业。lose job失业。根据句意和语境，可知填lose。‎ ‎8. vacation 【解析】句意：在美国，有平均两周的假期。根据下一句And many people don’t use all of their vacation days .可知，填vacation。‎ ‎9. use 【解析】句意：而且许多人不实际使用他们所有的假期。根据句意和语境，可知填use。‎ ‎10. dull 【解析】句意：世界上有很多无趣的人。dull迟钝的。根据上一句all work and no play makes Jack a dull boy.可知填dull。‎ B ‎【文章大意】本文主要介绍日本的基本餐桌礼仪。‎ ‎1. about 【解析】句意：到日本的游客常常对美味的食物感到兴奋，但许多人对在餐馆或在日本的家里该做些什么感到有些紧张。结合句意和语境可知填about。‎ ‎2. manners 【解析】句意：所以在去日本之前了解基本的餐桌礼仪是很有帮助的。table manners：餐桌礼仪；结合句意和语境可知填manners。‎ ‎3. Japanese 【解析】句意：日本人用刀、叉、匙和筷子吃饭。People人，名词，需用形容词，Japanese people：日本人；根据第一段内容结合句意和语境可知填Japanese。‎ ‎4. popular 【解析】句意：但是筷子是最受欢迎的用具。根据句意和语境可知填popular。‎ ‎5. food 【解析】句意：当你和一些日本朋友一起吃饭时，不要直接把食物从你的筷子传给别人的筷子上。根据句意和语境可知填food。‎ ‎6. stick 【解析】句意：同样重要的是不要把筷子垂直地插在食物里，尤其是放在一碗米饭里。Stick sth. into sth.：把…插入…；结合句意和语境可知填stick。‎ ‎7. polite 【解析】句意：用筷子在盘子上下翻动或用筷子指着别人是不礼貌的。根据句意和语境可知填polite。‎ ‎8. prevents 【解析】句意：它可以防止你掉食物。阻止某人做某事：Prevent/stop /keep sb. from doing sth.‎ ‎；本文时态是一般现在时，主语三单，谓语应用三单形式；结合句意和语境可知填prevents /stops /keeps。‎ ‎9. eating 【解析】句意：在日本，吃面条的时候发出啧啧吃的声音，这很常见。While连词，当…时候，后面应跟从句或名词性短语。结合句意和语境可知填eating。学科##网 ‎10. if 【解析】句意：人们说如果他们吃面条时发出声音，面条的味道更好。结合句意和语境可知填if。‎ C ‎【文章大意】本篇文章难度适中，主要讲述我的老师的一些事情，但是后来老师去世了，我想向她说她对于我的意义，但一切都晚了。‎ ‎3. coming 【解析】句意＂当十二月份来临时，我的老师突然不来学校了＂。根据she didn’t come to school可知，用come，且根据stop doing sth可知，故填coming。‎ ‎4. her 【解析】句意＂全班同学都很想念她＂。根据句意，故填her。‎ ‎5. why 【解析】句意＂关于她为什么不来学校的谣言传遍了整个学校＂。根据句意，故填why。‎ ‎6. on 【解析】句意＂一些女孩在吃饭时，相互解释说，她去度假了＂。on holiday度假，根据句意，故填on。‎ ‎7. not 【解析】句意＂一些男孩子们说，她对我们厌烦了，决定不教我们了＂。根据not...any more不再，以及to do的否定形式，是在to前加not，故填not。‎ ‎8. But 【解析】句意＂一些男孩子们说，她对我们厌烦了，决定不教我们了。但没人知道真正的原因＂。空位于句首，要大写，根据句意，故填But。‎ ‎9. felt 【解析】句意＂在六年级中期时，我得到一个不安的消息，她死于癌症，我感到很不安＂。根据句意以及前文为一般过去时可知，故填felt。‎ ‎10. late 【解析】句意＂我从未告诉她她对我来说意味着什么，但是，现在太晚了＂。根据句意以及前文可知，老师已去世，故填late。‎ 真题再现 A ‎【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了夫妻俩在火车站附近开了一个酒吧，每天关门很晚，因为人们等车的时候常会进来喝点酒。一天，一个人到了凌晨2点了还在酒吧里睡觉，老板娘又累又困，想让已经叫醒他三次的丈夫赶他走，但丈夫不同意，因为每次把那个人叫醒，他都会要帐单付一次钱。‎ ‎57. married【解析】句意：结婚后。根据上文later fell in love以及首字母提示，可知此处是指＂结婚＂，get married固定词组，＂结婚＂，故答案填married。‎ ‎58. make a living/earn their living【解析】句意：他们发现谋生很困难。根据提示词＂谋生＂，可知英文表达是make a living或earn their living，前面有介词to，所以这里用动词原形，故答案填make a living/earn their living。‎ ‎59. to【解析】句意：最后，他们决定在火车站附近开一家小餐馆。decide to do sth.决定去做某事，故答案填to。‎ ‎60. open【解析】句意：这家餐馆经常营业到午夜以后。根据句意以及首字母提示可知此处应填open，stay open：开门营业，相当于keep open，故答案填open。‎ ‎61. waiting for【解析】句意：因为人们在等火车的时候来这里喝酒。根据提示词＂等待＂，可知英文表达是wait for，本句是while引导的时间状语从句，主句动作发生在从句动作的过程中，所以时态用过去进行时，即在等火车的时候来这里喝酒，故答案填waiting for。‎ ‎62. a/one【解析】句意：一天凌晨两点钟，一个男人还坐在餐馆的一张桌子旁。根据下文He was 8 ， 可知是＂一个男人＂，故答案填a/one。‎ ‎63. asleep【解析】句意：他睡着了。根据音标[ə’sli:p]可知单词应是asleep，和前面的系动词was构成系表结构，表示睡着的状态，故答案填asleep。‎ ‎64. at last/in the end【解析】句意：最后，她走到丈夫跟前对他说。根据提示词＂最终＂，可知英文表达是at last或in the end，故答案填at last/in the end。‎ ‎65. husband【解析】句意：最后，她走到丈夫跟前对他说。联系上文的语境可知是夫妇俩开的餐馆，再结合首字母提示，可知此处是指＂丈夫＂husband，故答案填husband。‎ ‎66. Why【解析】句意：你为什么不把他送走？联系上文语境，可知此处是问＂你为什么不把他送走？＂＂为什么＂英文表达是why，因其位于句首，所以首字母大写，故答案填Why。‎ ‎67. all　【解析】句意：毕竟，天气太晚了。由语境和句意可知此处考查固定词组after all＂毕竟、终究＂，故答案填all。‎ ‎69. wake up 【解析】句意：你看，每当我叫醒那个人，他就要账单。根据提示词＂叫醒＂，可知英文表达是wake up，这里是直接引用Dick叙述这件事情时所说的话，所以用一般现在时，故答案填wake up。‎ ‎70. pays【解析】句意：当我把账单给他时，他就付钱。根据句意和首字母提示，可知此处应是＂付钱＂，英文表达是pay，主语是he，时态用一般现在时，故答案填pays。‎ B ‎【文章大意】介绍我们对待人与事不能只看表面现象就马上给出相应的结论。‎ ‎1. lesson 【解析】句意：我的小儿子给我上了一课。 lesson名词，课、经验、教训。gave sb. a lesson给……一个教训。根据下文作者以对待儿子吃梨一事开始作出的判断与最后儿子的话来说明误解了儿子的行为，这件事给了作者一个教训即lesson。故填：lesson。‎ ‎2. Although/Though 【解析】句意：虽然我儿子非常喜欢吃水果，但我只能买两个梨给他吃。根据＂儿子喜欢吃梨＂与＂我只能买两个梨给他＂可知是让步关系。although/though连词，即使、虽然，引导让步状语从句。故填：Although或Though。‎ ‎3. with 【解析】句意：我问他是否可以和我分享一个。 根据意思是和某人分享某物应该是share sth. with sb.的固定搭配。故填：with。‎ ‎4. the other 【解析】句意：听到这，他迅速地从一个梨上咬了一口，然后再咬了另一个梨。根据前面I could buy only two pears，再由吃了one，又吃the other，即两者时，一个……另一个。故填：other。[来源:学_科_网Z_X_X_K]‎ ‎5. asked/questioned 【解析】句意：我问自己在教育我儿子上所犯的错误是什么，他这样贪婪地行事。根据后面作者反思自己对孩子的教育是否出现问题，即自问。故填：asked或questioned。‎ ‎6. thinking / considering / worrying 【解析】句意：或许我考虑的太多。首先根据结构知道应该填一个动词的-ing(进行时态)或-ed(被动语态)，再由前后句意思，此句应该是一个主动句，那排除被动，只能填一个现在分词，其意思应该是作者考虑太多或担心得太多，从后一句知道原因是孩子太小而无法理解分享与给予。故填：thinking /considering或worrying。[来源:学科网ZXXK]‎ ‎7. each 【解析】句意：后来我才知道为什么我的小儿子在每个犁上都咬了一口。根据前面作者终于知道儿子为什么要吃两个梨的原因了，但pear是单数，不能填two或both，能表示两者都同时还接单数只能是each才正确，而either只表示其中一个， every表示三者或以上，数量错误，也不正确。故填：each。‎ ‎8. quickly/fast/early 【解析】句意：从那以后，我总是告诉自己不要过快/早地下结论。最后一段与首段的we are used to drawing a quick conclusion意思相照应，再次证明自己的观点就是不能过早或过快下结论，故此空缺少一个副词，那么应该填quickly( =fast)或early。‎ C ‎【文章大意】短文通过史密斯一家尝试为期一月的没有网络科技的生活体验，揭示了新的生活方式，可以让人们花更多的时间来吃饭、运动和一起做各种各样的活动。‎ ‎2. the 【解析】句意：当电影组与Smiths一家见面时，他们发现史米斯先生、史米斯太太和他们的两个儿子对技术非常痴迷。根据句意，结合西方文化常识，姓氏前面加定冠词the表示某某家族。故填the。‎ ‎3. they 【解析】句意：他们发现史米斯先生、史米斯太太和他们的两个儿子对科技非常痴迷，几乎不合作。根据句意和上下文提示，可知填they，代指上文所说Mr. Smith, Mrs. Smith and their two sons。‎ ‎4. sits 【解析】句意：在进餐时间，没有人坐在餐桌上吃食物。at the dining table在餐桌旁；no one没有人，单数人称。根据句意，可知填sits。‎ ‎5. If 【解析】句意：如果我们不改变，我们的家庭将成为陌生人！根据句意，本句是if引导的条件状语从句，居于句首大写首字母，故填If。‎ ‎6. easy 【解析】句意：在没有网络的情况下恢复正常生活并不容易，尤其是当史密斯一家陷入困境的时候。根据句意，联系上下文，可知填easy。‎ ‎7. changes 【解析】句意：他们必须做出许多改变。根据下文所举的事例，都是和平日不同的，是改变后的。故填changes。[来源:学,科,网Z,X,X,K]‎ ‎8. library 【解析】句意：兄弟俩必须去学校图书馆为他们的科学课题借书。borrow books借阅图书。根据句意，借阅图书当然是在图书馆，故填library。‎ ‎9. online 【解析】句意：史米斯先生和夫人要出去购物，因为他们不能在网上买东西。buy things online网购。根据文意，他们一家都在尝试没有网络的生活，购物当然也不例外。故填online。‎ ‎10. kinds 【解析】句意：他们发现他们可以花更多的时间来吃饭、运动和一起做各种各样的活动。all kinds of各种各样的。根据句意，结合上下文可知，这个家庭已经开始了没有网络的新生活，日常活动当然是五花八门的，故填kinds。学科##网 模拟检测 A ‎【文章大意】短文介绍了空气污染问题。在第三十四届北京国际马拉松比赛中，许多运动员由于空气污染不得不戴上口罩，也有一些选手放弃了比赛。北京的普通市民也很担心这种状况。因此，北京政府建议人们减少户外活动，多呆在室内。如果要出去，记住戴口罩。‎ ‎3. from 【解析】句意：他还说比赛应该停止，因为所有选手都想远离恶劣的空气状况。keep away from远离……，结合句意可知，停止比赛目的就是远离恶劣的空气状况。故答案为from。‎ ‎4. who /that 【解析】句意：龚丽华是中国选手，在女子比赛中得了第三名。此句是定语从句，先行词是runner，指人，引导词要用that/who。‎ ‎5. running 【解析】句意：我觉得在这种雾霾下跑步呼吸就不顺畅。when 引导的时间状语从句中，当when与进行时态连用时，如果从语的主语与主句的主语一致，be可以省略，变成＂when+ V-ing＂形式，故答案为running。‎ ‎6. worried 【解析】句意：北京的普通百姓也很担心这种情况。be worried about为……感到担忧，结合句意可知，答案为worried。‎ ‎7. so 【解析】句意：因为北京周围有这么多工厂，所以产生了越来越多的污染物。so many后跟可数名词复数，意思是＂如此多的＂，故答案为so。‎ ‎8. activities 【解析】句意：北京政府建议人们减少户外活动，多待在室内。outdoor activities户外活动，防止污染一个有效的方法就是减少户外活动，故答案为activities。‎ B ‎【文章大意】本文给出了和一伙人交朋友的一些建议。首先，你需要了解他们属于什么类型的团体；接下来，记着每一个团体是不同的；然后，你要努力保持外向的性格；最后，找到一个合适的话题和别人交谈。‎ ‎1. making 【解析】句意：让我告诉你一些和这个团体交朋友的事。交朋友：make friends；about介词，后面跟名词，代词或动名词；结合句意和语境可知填making。‎ ‎2. to 【解析】句意：首先，你需要知道他们属于什么样的群体。固定短语belong to：属于；结合句意和语境可知填to。‎ ‎4. questions 【解析】句意：他们不喜欢这样的问题。根据上文的问句＂Why don’t you talk?＂, ＂Why are you quiet?＂ or ＂Why do you look shy?＂结合句意和语境可知填问题questions。‎ ‎5. different 【解析】句意：他们可能会使用不同的词语，喜欢不同的东西或不同的闲逛方式。根据下文like different things or have different ways of ＂hanging out＂.结合句意可知填different。‎ ‎6. If /When 【解析】句意：如果你外向，你就会变得很受欢迎。/当你外向时，你会变得很受欢迎。结合句意可知填If /When。‎ ‎7. nobody 【解析】句意：没有人愿意与一个很害羞的人交朋友。根据本段的第一句the important thing is that you must try to be outgoing.结合句意和语境可知填nobody。‎ ‎8. with 【解析】‎ 句意：最后，找一个合适的话题与别人交谈，或者与你想交朋友的人交谈。和……交谈：talk with；结合句意和语境可知填with。‎ ‎9. example 【解析】句意：例如，你可以和他们谈论天气、他们的爱好或他们的学校生活。例如for example；根据下文的例子，结合句意和语境可知填example。‎ ‎10. on/along 【解析】句意：如果你做到以上这些，你会交到更多的朋友，并与他们相处得很好。短语get on/along with：和……相处；结合句意和语境可知on/along。‎ C[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述了作者住在树林边，非常喜欢听鸟儿唱歌。作者想抓住一只鸟，把它关在笼子里，这样作者就能有自己的歌手了。有一天逮了一只幼鸟，把它关在笼子里。第二天，它的妈妈带着食物飞到笼子里去了。这只小鸟吃了所有的东西。作者很高兴看到这个。第二天早上，作者发现那只小鸟死了。作者想不明白。他悉心照料它。亚瑟韦恩告诉作者原因。可能鸟妈妈发现它的宝宝在笼子里，有时候把一些有毒的草莓带给它。她认为死在笼子里比呆在笼子里好。它让我们明白了，遵循自然法则对生命来说有时候意味着一切。‎ ‎3. forward 【解析】句意：我感到非常高兴，并期待着从它那里听一些美丽的歌曲。Look forward to doing sth.：盼望/渴望做某事。结合句意和语境可知填forward。‎ ‎4. ate 【解析】句意：这只小鸟吃了所有的东西。根据上文On the next day, its mother flew to the cage with food.（第二天，它的妈妈带着食物飞到笼子里去了。）本文时态是过去式，结合句意和语境可知填ate。‎ ‎5. what 【解析】句意：母亲肯定知道她的孩子比我更喜欢什么。like喜欢，及物动词；结合句意和语境可知填what。‎ ‎6. good 【解析】句意：我悉心照料这只鸟。take good care of好好照顾；结合句意和语境可知填good。‎ ‎7. its 【解析】句意：一只鸟妈妈发现它的宝宝在笼子里，有时候把一些有毒的草莓带给它。结合句意和语境可知填its。‎ ‎8. better 【解析】句意：她认为死在笼子里比呆在笼子里好。根据介词than与句意和语境可知填better。‎ ‎9. kept 【解析】句意：从此以后，我再也没有捉任何活的鸟，也没有把它关在笼子里。Keep sth. in a cage：把某物放在笼子里；根据语境可知现在完成时，现在完成时构成：have +过去分词；结合句意和语境可知填kept。‎ ‎10. the 【解析】句意：它让我明白了，遵循自然法则对生命来说有时候意味着一切。根据下文in nature的修饰词，可知特指，用the。‎ 首字母填空是根据句意和已给出的首字母，在句子的空白处填上适当的单词，使句子意思完整，语法正确的一种题型。该题型既考查学生的单词记忆和拼写能力，又考查学生对句子的理解和运用能力。‎ 二、满分技巧 ‎ ‎1. 跳过空格，不看选项，快速地阅读全文，从整体上感知全文，掌握大意，了解全篇的内容和要旨。‎ 快速阅读时宁粗勿细，切忌只盯住一个句子仓促解题，这样势必因胸无全局而误入歧途。快速阅读时，还要注意找出关键词，这些词在文中起支撑骨架的功能，抓住了关键词就抓住了故事的线索。特别是要重视首句，善于以首句的时态、语气为立足点，理清文脉，推测全文时态、主题及大意。‎ ‎2. 复读短文，确定语义，判断词形。‎ 把握短文大意后再认真复读短文，利用上下文的语境，结合所学过的知识，先确定空格处所需词语的意义，再根据空格在句子中的位置，判断其在句中充当的成分，从而确定所填词的词性，再依据词语搭配和语法规则，判断所填词的正确形式。如短文难度较大，尤其是难于选词时，从本句的前后观察中一时尚不得要领，就要进一步扩大到上下文中分析。学&‎ 科网 ‎3. 三读短文，上下参照，验证答案。‎ 在短文的空白处分别填上一个词后，将完成的短文再细读一遍，上下参照，连贯思考。可从上下文内容是否协调一致、顺理成章，语法结构是否正确无误等进行综合验证，凡有疑问必须重新推敲考虑。‎ A My friends and I got to talking about the rules that we have in school. ‎ At our school, we have to w 1 uniforms every day. The problem is that all my classmates think the uniforms a 2 ugly. We think young people should look s 3 and so we would like to wear our own clothes. Our teachers believe that if we did that, we would concentrate more on our clothes t 4 our studies. We disagree. We would feel more comfortable and that is good for s 5 . If we can’t do that, we should be allowed to design our own uniforms. That would be a good way to keep both teachers and students h 6 . It’s also probably a good idea for parents to a 7 teenagers to study in groups during the evening. I know we get noisy sometimes, b 8 we can learn a lot from each other. We also think that vacations should be longer. At present they’re too short. Longer vacations would g 9 us time to do things like volunteering. Last summer I had an opportunity to volunteer at the local hospital, but I couldn’t because I had to go back to school. It would be a good experience for me because I want to b 10 a doctor when I grow up.‎ B The police find most criminals because somebody tells them who the criminals are. They find other criminals by using science and their computers. When there is a bank robbery, the police first look t 1 their computers for the names of the bank robbers that they know about. Then they go and talk to any of these robbers who are not in p 2 . They ask them where they were when the robbery happened. If any of these people cannot give a good a 3 , the police will often use science to find out if one of them is the robber.‎ Many criminals leave something of themselves at the places of the c 4 like a fingerprint or a hair. Or they take something away on their s 5 or clothes, like dirt or animal hair. If they leave behind some of their b 6 or their hair or a piece of skin, it will have their DNA inside it.[来源:学科网]‎ Everyone’s DNA is different and their f 7 are also different. So, if a criminal cuts himself during a robbery or leaves his hair, or e 8 a small piece of skin, scientists can find out what his DNA is. The police can then ask the s 9 to give them his hair or some blood and see w 10 it has the same DNA. Many criminals are in prison today because of this kind of evidences.‎ C Robert was a young man who majored（主修）in creative advertising in college. He walked to his c 1 for daily lessons because he lived nearby. One morning, he went to his college on foot as he u 2 did. He saw a blind man sitting on the steps of a building with a sign by his feet that r 3 : ＂I am blind, please help.＂ Robert was walking by the blind man and stopped to d 4 that the man only had a few coins in his hat. He put a few of his own coins in the hat, and w 5 stopping to ask for permission(允许), took the sign, turned it around, and wrote a new message. He then placed the sign by the feet of the blind man, and went on his w 6 .‎ Later that afternoon Robert returned by the blind man and n 7 that his hat was almost completely f 8 of bills and coins. The blind man recognized his footsteps and asked if it was him who had changed his sign. He also wanted to know what was w 9 on it.‎ The young man replied: ＂I just changed your m 10 , so people could relate(联系) to it.＂ He wished the man well, said goodbye and left.‎ The blind man didn’t know it, but his new sign now said：＂Today Is Spring and I Cannot See It.＂‎ A ‎（2018﹒天津）‎ 根据短文内容及首字母提示，填写所缺单词，使短文意思完整。每空限填一词。‎ How do we know the time? A clock, a watch or a cell phone can help us. However many years ago there were no clocks and knowing the time was not so easy. Over the centuries people have developed different w___56___of telling the time.‎ About 5,500 years ago, the Egyptians i___57___the sun clock. This was a tall stone structure. Its shadow (影子)showed the movement of the s___58___they were able to determine（测定）midday.‎ About 3,500 years ago, the Egyptians made a sundial. It was smaller than the sun clock and could measure (测量)the time for half a day. On c___59___days or at night it was impossible to tell the time with a sun clock or a sundial.‎ Water clocks were the f___60___clocks not to use the sun. The idea is simple. Water flows（流动） from one container（容器）to another. When the water reaches a certain l ___61___ it moves a lever (控制杆)and this shows the hours. The Egyptians used water clocks about 3,400 years ago. These clocks were popular in the Middle East and China but they f___62___ to keep accurate（精确的）time.‎ In the 13th century. the mechanical clock was invented. This was more accurate, b___63___was expensive to make. Over the next few centuries it was developed. For example, springs(发条)were added around 1500. This i____64____accuracy and allowed clocks to be smaller.‎ In 1927, the first quartz clock was developed. Clocks became cheaper to build and own. People began depending on them more and more to run businesses, markets and so on.[来源:Z&xx&k.Com]‎ More recently, in1956, came the digital clock. And nowadays satellites（人造卫星）send our cell phones the time to the exact second. There has been a lot of progress in timekeeping but some things never c___65___. Man of us still have trouble getting out of bed on time and not missing appointments.‎ ‎【文章大意】本文主要说明了是计时工具的发展历史，从原始计时到机械计时再到数码计时。‎ ‎58. sun 【解析】根据文章可知埃及人发明的the sun clock是计时工具，那它的影子记录的肯定是太阳的运动，这里填sun。‎ ‎59. cloudy 【解析】根据文章可知，埃及人发明的 sundial 和 the sun clock 都是通过记录太阳的运动轨迹来计时的，所以在没有太阳的阴天和晚上就用不了了，所以应该填cloudy。‎ ‎60. first 【解析】前面两段说的计时工具都是基于太阳的运动，缺点是没有太阳的日子和时间里就用不了。所以根据文章发展，这里写到了 water clocks 是第一种不用太阳而用水来计时的，所以应该是＂首次＂，填 first。‎ ‎61. level 【解析】根据前文，water clock 的工作原理是水从一个容器流到另一个容器，所以随着时间推移，水位应该是不断上升的，所以填 level，表示当水到达一个特定的水位时。‎ ‎62. failed 【解析】根据这几段的行文逻辑，每次介绍一个计时工具都是先说优点再说缺点， water clock 的优点是没有太阳也能用，所以在中东和中国很受欢迎。根据转折词 but 可知后面该写缺点了，根据下一段＂机械钟更加准确＂可知水钟的缺点应该是不太准确。所以应该是考 fail to do 不能做什么。又因为全文都是一般过去时，所以填 failed。‎ ‎63. but 【解析】机械钟的优点是更加准确，空后面的分句说的是造价高，所以是写缺点，前后出现了语义转折，所以应该填 but。‎ ‎64. improved 【解析】根据前文＂接下来的几个世纪，它被改良了＂，所以应该是＂提升＂了精确性，所以填 improved。‎ ‎65. change【解析】根据前一句＂在计时上已经有了很多的进步，但是＂可知后面应该出现语义转折，一些东西变了那另一些东西肯定是从来没＂改变＂，而且通过 nowadays 可知最后一段的时间已转到了现在，所以应该用一般现在时，填 change。[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ A ‎（2017﹒天津）Lan Lan, a student of Grade Seven in Lushan, was taking a drawing class in a tent on April 23. Guess what she drew—a house with wings. When the teacher asked why she did so, Lan said if her house could f 1 , it wouldn’t fall down in an earthquake.‎ Lan’s hometown was hit by a s 2 earthquake on April 20. At least 196 people were killed and more than 11,000 were injured. Many people became homeless. Soldiers and doctors q 3 arrived in the area, saving people and rebuilding homes. Lots of money was sent there to help all those in need.‎ Although we can’t prevent (阻止) an earthquake from happening, we can use some methods to r 4 harm. During an earthquake, do not jump out of high buildings because it is very d 5 . Another method is to cover your head and neck u 6 a strong table or desk. If there is no shelter (躲避处) nearby, you can also stay by a wall, and cover your head and neck with your arms and hands. And then you must keep calm and stay there u 7 the shaking stops.‎ Japan is a c 8 which lies on the earthquake belt (地震带) and it is very good at dealing with earthquakes. From a very young age, the Japanese are already taught how to survive (幸存) them. Students often receive earthquake training. Almost in every Japanese family you can find a survival kit (救生装备) with a flash-light, a radio, water and enough food for several days. This helps people to stay a 9 after an earthquake.‎ ‎＂There should be more safety t 10 at schools in our country,＂ said Xu Jiannong, an education expert in Beijing. There is no more truth than this when one’s life is the most important of all.‎ B ‎（2017﹒江苏南京）＂Kids can make a difference.＂ Craig Kielburger said. When Craig was 12, he s 1 a group that has helped kids all over the world. ‎ How did Craig get started? In the seventh grade he learned something that made him a 2 . A 6-year-old boy in Pakistan was sent to work in a factory. The boy could not go to school. He could not even play. He had no freedom (自由) at all. ‎ Craig c 3 that with his own life. Laws in his country said that kids must go to school. E 4 was free to all kids. But in some countries school was not free. Children from poor families went to work instead of to school. ‎ Craig wanted to help those who didn’t have the same a 5 as he and his friends. As a result, Craig and some friends started Free The Children. ‎ Craig and his friends decided that Free The Children should r 6 money to build schools. Craig hoped that learning would help kids in poverty (贫困) live b 7 . ‎ Today, Craig’s charity has more than one million members in 45 countries. It is s 8 going strong. The money they have raised has done many good things. It has helped build more than 500 schools around the world. It also pays for health care in p 9 communities. ‎ Craig has had a lot of success. However, he still remembers his unpleasant start in the seventh grade. ‎ ‎＂We were laughed at by other kids, who said you c 10 change things,＂ he says. Still, Craig didn’t give up. Now he wants more kids to help. ＂Go to freethechildren.com. Bring it to your teachers,＂ he says. ＂As you gain more confidence, friends will join you. It just gets easier.＂‎ C ‎（2017﹒山东德州）One afternoon, I went into an art museum while waiting for my husband. I hoped to enjoy the works of art quietly.‎ A young couple walked in front of me and talked a 1 the paintings between themselves all the time. The lady did almost all the talking, but the man kept listening to her. I thought the man was very patient b 2 nobody would like to be bothered (打扰) while enjoying the paintings.‎ I met them several t 3 as I moved through the different rooms of the art museum. Each time I heard her talking, I moved a 4 quickly.‎ I was p 5 for some gifts at the museum shop when the couple walked slowly to the exit (出口). Before they left, the man t 6 out a cane (拐杖). Then he tapped (轻敲) his way to the coatroom to g 7 the jacket for his wife.‎ ‎＂He is a brave man,＂ the worker of the shop said. ＂He decided not to change his life after his eyes got hurt. Though he is b 8 now, he never gives up. He and his wife come here whenever there is a new art show.＂‎ ‎＂But what can he get out of the art? He can’t see!＂ I asked.‎ ‎＂You are wrong. He s 9 a lot, more than you and I do.＂ The worker said, ＂His wife describes e 10 painting so he can see it in his mind.＂‎ I fell silent. Then I realized that I learnt something about patience, courage and love that day.‎ A ‎（江苏省扬州市江都区邵樊片2018届九年级12月月考）At the age of 15 , Yang Mi was a m 1 in the fashion magazine, Ray. When she was a senior three student at the age of 18, she p 2 Guo Xiang in The Return of the Dondor（神鹰）Heroes. At 19, she was admitted by the Beijing Film Academy a 3 the top student. As the ＂Queen of big data ＂in the showbiz（娱乐圈）, she surprised people with a 4 data（数据）.She starred（主演） in 16 TV series and 24 movies within 5 years. She has 75 million followers on Webo. Her TV series Les Interpretes ended with the highest ratings（收视率） drama of 2016. In 2017, she starred in Ten Great III of Peach Blossom（《三生三世十里桃花》） , which broke the r 5 of webcasting with 30 billion hits. The v 6 of her studio, JayWalk Studio, rises from 25 million yuan to 5 billion yuan. From an unpopular a 7 to a popular ＂Queen of big data＂, it only takes her less than ten years to accomplish it. She now has become the hottest s 8 at the era of big data（大数据时代）. ‎ There are endless topics around Yang Mi: her friendship with Liu Shishi and Tan Yan, her former relationship with Hu Ge …Plus, a 9 her acting skills were controversial（有争议的）, her works were Internet phenomena（网络爆红）. She now has b 10 the representative of young people in tough times.‎ B ‎（2017-2018上海市复兴中学九上期中）Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland（《爱丽丝漫游奇境记》，1865）, written by British writer Lewis Carroll, is a fairy tale about the imaginary world of Alice. The girl falls into a rabbit hole by accident and ends up in a fantasy world filled with strange creatures. She meets an evil queen and ends up bravely fighting against her. During her struggle, Alice wakes up and r 1 it was all just a dream. The passages b 2 describes the first scene of the story. Let’s see how Alice falls into the rabbit hole. ‎ She often saw rabbits in the garden, but this rabbit was different. He had large, pink ears, like most rabbits, but unlike most rabbits, he was wearing a blue coat and had a watch in his hand. He was looking at his watch and saying, ＂Oh, dear! Oh, dear! I shall be too late!＂‎ ‎＂I’ll catch him at the fence,＂ thought Alice.‎ But, when the rabbit came to the fence, he went down a rabbit hole.‎ Alice followed him. She was inside a dark hole and she was falling. E 3 the hole was very deep or she was falling very slowly. She saw lots of things on her way down. There were cupboards on the sides of the hole, and maps and pictures. She fell and fell such a long way! She began to think she was going to fall all the way to Australia! But, after a very long time, her fall s 4 came to an end.‎ Alice found herself s 5 on dry leaves and she wasn’t hurt at all. She stood up quickly. She could see the white rabbit in the d 6 . He was still hurrying and looking at his watch.‎ ‎＂I mustn’t lost him now,＂ thought Alice. She ran after him. As he turned a corner, she heard him say, ＂Oh, dear! Oh, dear! I’m so late!＂‎ Alice was close behind him, but when she turned the corner, the white rabbit was not there anymore. Alice looked around. She was in a long, dark, empty hall, but some lamps on the ceiling（天花板）gave it light. There were doors all around the hall. Did the rabbit go out of one of the doors?‎ She walked right around and tried to open each door, but she couldn’t. There weren’t any k 7 .‎ C ‎（江苏省苏州市张家港市2016-2017学年初三期末调研）Alison Lapper, a very unusual painter, paints pictures for a living. She doesn’t use her h 1 when she paints. She uses her mouth! Alison was born w 2 any arms. Her physical problem caused her to spend the first seventeen years of her life in a hospital. B 3 this didn’t stop her from making her dreams in life come t 4 . She r 5 that even though she was disabled，she could express herself as freely as normal people. This was w 6 got her to start drawing paintings.‎ Although Alison lives quite a d 7 life from others, she believes that she can succeed as o 8 . Her paintings are excellent and they do not look like they were drawn by s 9 who used her mouth. Alison has become a symbol of courage. Her active way of living has e 10 many disabled people around the world and will continue to do so in the future.‎ 跟踪训练 A ‎1. wear 【解析】句意：在我们学校，我们每天都要穿校服。have to do sth.必须做某事，结合句意以及首字母提示可知，答案为wear。‎ ‎2. are 【解析】句意：问题是我所有的同学都认为校服很难看。ugly是形容词，与前面的系动词构成系表结构，故答案为are。学&科网 ‎3. smart 【解析】句意：我们认为年轻人应该看起来机智。look为系动词，后跟形容词作表语，根据首字母提示可知，答案为smart。‎ ‎4. than 【解析】句意：我们会更注重衣服而不是学习。more是much的比较级，拿衣服与学习相比较，此句缺少连词than。[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ ‎7. allow 【解析】句意：父母允许青少年在晚上集体学习也是一个好主意。allow sb. to do sth.允许某人做某事，结合句意以及首字母提示可知，答案为allow。‎ ‎8. but 【解析】句意：我们可以从彼此身上学到很多东西。前句的句意为：我知道我们有时会吵闹，与本句之间构成转折关系，故答案为but。‎ ‎9. give 【解析】句意：更长的假期会给我们时间去做志愿者之类的事情。would后跟动词原形，根据句意以及首字母提示可知，答案为give。‎ ‎10. be/become 【解析】句意：这对我来说是一次很好的经历，因为我长大后想成为一名医生。want to do sth.想做某事，结合句意可知，答案为be/become。‎ B ‎【文章大意】这是一篇说明文，作者简单介绍了警察是如何通过犯罪嫌疑人在现场留下的罪证，诸如指纹、头发、血迹或皮肤，进行DNA比对，从而确定谁是罪犯的，显示了科学的强大用途。‎ ‎1. through 【解析】look through仔细检查/审查（某物）；根据句意和英文提示，联系上下文，可知填through。‎ ‎2. prison 【解析】in prison坐牢/进监狱；根据句意和英文提示，可知填prison。‎ ‎3. answer 【解析】根据句意和英文提示，联系上文They ask them where they were when the robbery happened.，可知是give a good answer给出一个好答案，故填answer。‎ ‎4. crime 【解析】at the places of 在……的地方；根据句意和英文提示，可知填crime。‎ ‎5. shoes 【解析】clothes衣物；or或者，前后是并列关系，表选择；根据句意和英文提示，联系上下文，可知填shoes。‎ ‎6. blood 【解析】or或者，连接的前后是并列关系；根据句意和英文提示，结合上下文，可知填blood。‎ ‎7. fingerprints 【解析】根据句意和英文提示，联系前文Many criminals leave something of themselves at the places of the crime like a fingerprint or a hair，可知填fingerprints。‎ ‎8. even 【解析】a small piece of skin一小块皮肤；根据句意，这里是强调，结合英文提示，可知填even。‎ ‎9. suspect 【解析】ask sb. to do sth.要求某人做某事；the suspect嫌疑犯；根据句意和英文提示，联系上下文，可知填suspect。‎ ‎10. whether 【解析】see看，后面句子是宾语从句，做其宾语；根据句意和英文提示，联系上下文，可知填whether。‎ C ‎【文章大意】这是一篇爱心小故事，讲述了主修创意广告的大学生罗伯特创意地为一个盲人修改行乞标牌的事情经过，赞扬了他的智慧和爱心。‎ ‎3. read 【解析】根据句意和首字母提示，结合下文＂I am blind, please help.＂是木牌上面的具体内容，可知填read。‎ ‎4. discover 【解析】stop to do停下来去做另一件事；根据句意和首字母提示，结合下文the man only had a few coins in his hat.是他看到的东西，可知填discover。‎ ‎5. without 【解析】stopping动名词形式，前面需用介词；根据句意和首字母提示，结合上下文，可知填without。‎ ‎6. way 【解析】go on his way继续走他的路；根据句意和首字母提示，结合文意，可知填way。‎ ‎7. noticed 【解析】根据句意和首字母提示，可知填noticed。‎ ‎8. full 【解析】full of充满，尽是；根据句意和首字母提示，结合上文who majored in creative advertising in college.，可知填full。‎ ‎9. written 【解析】want to know想知道；根据句意和首字母提示，结合上文asked if it was him who had changed his sign.，可知填written。‎ ‎10. message 【解析】your你的，后接名词；根据句意和首字母提示，结合上文内容，可知填message。‎ 真题再现 A ‎【文章大意】本文通过兰兰家乡在4月20日发生地震造成196人死亡，11, 000多人受伤，很多人无家可归，这个事例，说明了地震有不可预测性，又举了日本的例子，说明虽然地震虽有不可预测性但防震的安全演练非常重要。必须牢记：人的生命重于一切。‎ ‎3. quickly 【解析】句意：士兵和医生很快到达了这个地区，拯救了人们，重建了家园。修饰行为动词应用副词修饰。表示＂很快地＂用quickly。结合句意、语境和所给字母提示可知填quickly。‎ ‎4. reduce 【解析】句意：虽然我们不能阻止地震的发生，但我们可能使用一些方法来减少伤害。Use ...to do sth.：用……做什么；reduce：减少；结合句意、语境和所给字母提示可知填reduce。‎ ‎5. dangerous 【解析】句意：地震期间，不能从高楼跳下，因为很危险。表示＂危险的＂应用dangerous。结合句意、语境和所给字母提示可知填dangerous。‎ ‎6. under 【解析】句意：另一个方法是在坚固的桌子底下护住你的头和脖子。表示＂在……的下面＂用under。 结合句意、语境和所给字母提示可知填under。‎ ‎7. until 【解析】句意：然后你必须保持镇静，待在那儿，直到摇动停止。表示＂直到＂用until。结合句意、语境和所给字母提示可知填until。 ‎ ‎8. country 【解析】句意：日本是一个处在地震带的国家，它擅于处理地震。表示＂国家＂ 应用country。结合句意、语境和所给字母提示可知填country。‎ ‎9. alive 【解析】句意：这有助于人们在地震后存活下来。根据上句From a very young age, the Japanese are already taught how to survive (幸存) them. Students often receive earthquake training. Almost in every Japanese family you can find a survival kit (救生装备) with a flash-light, a radio, water and enough food for several days.可知，从很小的时候，日本人就已经学会了如何生存。几乎在每一个日本人的家里，你都能发现一套带有手电筒、收音机、水和能供应好几天的食品的救生装备，可知该句的句意是：这有助于人们在震后能活着。表示＂活着＂应用alive。结合句意、语境和所给字母提示可知填alive。‎ ‎10. training 【解析】句意：在我们国家的学校应该有更多的安全演练。Train：训练，动词，它的名词training；此句有形容词more修饰，可知用名词形式；结合句意、语境和所给字母提示可知填training。‎ B[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ ‎【文章大意】本篇文章难度适中，主要讲述克雷格想帮助那些不能上学的孩子，他和他的朋友筹钱建学校，希望能让这些孩子有美好的未来。‎ ‎3. compared 【解析】句意＂克雷格对比了一下他自己的生活＂。根据下文Laws in his country said that kids must go to school可知，用他的生活与其他地方的生活做比较，且为过去式。故填compared。‎ ‎4. Education 【解析】句意＂教育对所有的孩子都是免费的＂。根据下文But in some countries school was not free. Children from poor families went to work instead of to school以及首字母可知，故填Education。‎ ‎5. advantages 【解析】句意＂克雷格想帮助那些没有他和他的朋友优势的那些学生＂。根据首字母可知，advantage优势，且用复数，故填advantage。‎ ‎6. raise 【解析】句意＂克雷格和他的朋友决定建立儿童解放组织应该筹钱来建立学校＂。raise money筹钱，且should后用动词原形，故填raise。‎ ‎7. better 【解析】句意＂克雷格希望学习会让那些处于贫困的孩子学习的更好＂。better更好，根据句意，故填better。‎ ‎8. still 【解析】句意＂如今，克雷格的慈善机构在45个国家有超过一百万的会员且仍然在增长＂。根据句意以及首字母可知，故填still。‎ ‎9. poor 【解析】句意＂它在世界上建立了超过500所学校，还在贫困地区支付医疗费用＂。根据句意以及首字母可知，故填poor。‎ ‎10. couldn’t 【解析】句意＂我们被其他的孩子嘲笑说你们不能改变这些事情＂。根据下文Still, Craig didn’t give up以及首字母可知，故填couldn’t。‎ C ‎【文章大意】作者在参观美术博物馆时，看到一对夫妇一直谈论油画。这个男人是一名画家，在一次事故中眼睛失明，但他不愿放弃原先的生活。在他的妻子帮助下他＂看＂到了更多作品。作者那一天很受启发，他对耐心、勇气和爱有了新的认识。‎ ‎3. times 【解析】句意：当我穿过美术馆的不同房间时，我见过他们几次。结合句意和语境首字母提示可知填times。‎ ‎4. away 【解析】句意：每次我听到她说话，我就赶紧走开。move away：走开，离开；结合句意和语境首字母提示可知填away。‎ ‎5. paying 【解析】句意：当夫妇慢慢走到出口时，我在博物馆商店买一些礼物。when当……时候，在那个时候，引导的时间状语从句时，主句一般用进行时态，主句中有系动词was可知用进行时态；结合句意和语境首字母提示可知填paying。‎ ‎6. took 【解析】句意：在他们离开之前，这个男人拿出一个拐杖。take out：拿出来；从句是过去时，主句也应用过去时，结合句意和语境首字母提示可知填took。‎ ‎7. get 【解析】句意：然后他用轻敲寄物处的方式为妻子取外套。get sth. for sb.：给……某人取/去拿/买某物。这里是动词不定式作目的状语；结合句意和语境及首字母提示可知填get。‎ ‎8. blind 【解析】句意：虽然他现在失明了，但他从不放弃。根据上文He decided not to change his life after his eyes got hurt.（在眼睛受伤后他决定不改变自己的生活。）结合句意和语境及首字母提示可知填blind。‎ ‎9. sees 【解析】句意：他比我和你所看到的都多。根据句中than you and I do.的时态可知用一般现在时，一般现在时要注意主谓一致。本句主语是he，谓语动词用单数，结合句意和语境及首字母提示可知填sees。‎ ‎10. every/each 【解析】句意：他的妻子描绘了每一幅画，这样他就能在脑海中看到它。every/each：每一个；结合句意和语境及首字母提示可知填every/each。‎ 模拟检测 A ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了影视明星杨幂演艺事业的开始和发展的历程，她已经成为困难时期年轻人的代表。‎ ‎1. model 【解析】句意：在15岁时，杨幂是时尚杂志《瑞丽》的模特。model名词，模特。a model一名模特。故填：model。‎ ‎2. played 【解析】句意：在她18岁作为高中三年级的学生时，她扮演了《神雕侠侣》中郭襄的角色。play动词，扮演；played动词过去式。本句是一般过去时态的句子，所以动词使用过去式形式。故填：played。‎ ‎3. as 【解析】句意：19岁时，她被北京电影学院作为优等生录取。as介词，作为，后跟表示职业或身份的词。故填：as。‎ ‎4. amazing 【解析】句意：作为娱乐圈的收视女王，她使人们惊讶于其惊人的数据。amazing形容词，令人惊奇的，修饰后面的名词data。故填：amazing。‎ ‎7. actress 【解析】句意：从一个不受欢迎的女演员到一个受欢迎的＂收视女王＂，她只用了不到十年的时间就完成了。actress 【解析】名词，女演员，杨幂是女演员。故填：actress。‎ ‎8. star/superstar 【解析】句意：她现在已经成为大数据时代最炙手可热的明星。star名词，明星；superstar名词，超级明星。故填：star/superstar。‎ ‎9. although 【解析】句意：加之，虽然她的演技是有争议的，但是她的作品还是网络爆红。although连词，尽管，引导让步状语从句。故填：although。‎ ‎10. become 【解析】句意：她现在已经成为困难时期年轻人的代表。become动词，成为；became过去式；become过去分词。本句是现在完成时态的句子：have/has+动词过去分词。故填：become。学&科网 B ‎【文章大意】本文主要是《爱丽丝漫游奇境记》简介和这个故事的第一个场景。它是由英国作家卡罗尔写的一个关于爱丽丝想象世界的童话。在第一个场景里描写了爱丽丝怎么样掉进兔子洞的故事。‎ ‎1. realizes 【解析】句意：在挣扎中，爱丽丝醒来意识到这一切只是一个梦。And并列连词，前后动词形式一致，wakes up是三单，后面也应用三单，结合句意、所给字母提示和语境可知填realizes。 ‎ ‎2. below 【解析】句意：下面的短文描述了故事的第一个场景。根据下文Let’s see how Alice falls into the rabbit hole.（让我们看看爱丽丝如何掉进兔子洞里。）结合句意、所给字母提示和语境可知填below。‎ ‎3. Either 【解析】句意：要么是洞很深，要么是她在慢慢下落。短语Either ...or...：或者……或者……；根据上文She was inside a dark hole and she was falling.（她在一个黑洞里，她在坠落。）结合句意、所给字母提示和语境可知填Either。‎ ‎4. suddenly 【解析】句意：但是，过了很长一段时间，她的下落突然结束了。根据上文She fell and fell such a long way! She began to think she was going to fall all the way to Australia!（她落啊落，落了这么长的路！她开始认为她会一路掉到澳大利亚去！）结合句意、所给字母提示和语境可知填suddenly。‎ ‎5. sitting 【解析】句意：爱丽丝发现自己坐在干燥的树叶上，没受一点伤。Find sb. doing sth.：发现某人正在做某事；结合句意、所给字母提示和语境可知填sitting。‎ ‎6. distance 【解析】句意：她能看见远处的白兔。根据下文She ran after him（她追赶他。）结合句意、所给字母提示和语境可知填distance。 ‎ ‎7. keys 【解析】句意：没有钥匙。根据上文She walked right around and tried to open each door, but she couldn’t.（她到处走，试图打开每扇门，但她不能。）结合句意、所给字母提示和语境可知填keys。‎ C ‎【文章大意】这是一篇励志小故事，讲述了残疾人艾丽森克服困难用嘴作画，最终成为画家的故事，赞扬了她积极面对生活的勇气。‎ ‎4. true 【解析】come true实现，成真；根据句意和首字母提示，可知填true。‎ ‎5. realized 【解析】本句是宾语从句，根据从句时态（过去时）可知主句动词用过去式；结合句意和首字母提示，可知填realized。‎ ‎6. what 【解析】本句是表语从句，根据句意和首字母提示，结合表语从句引导词，可知填what。‎ ‎7. different 【解析】different from和……不同；根据句意和首字母提示，可知填different。‎ ‎8. others 【解析】as像……一样；根据句意和首字母提示，结合上文Alison lives quite a different life from others,可知填others。‎ ‎9. someone 【解析】who used her mouth是定语从句，作前面空的定语，指人；根据句意和首字母提示，可知填someone。‎ ‎10. encouraged 【解析】encourage鼓励，激励；根据句意和首字母提示，结合本句时态是现在完成时，可知填encouraged。‎ 选词填空是指把一篇文章的关键词语挖空，词序打乱，让学生根据短文内容选择正确的词语填空。此类题型主要是要求学生在正确理解和把握文章的基础上，通过分析行文线索来填写空缺单词，补全短文。‎ 二、满分技巧 ‎ 短文填词答题技巧口诀 空前空后要注意， 名词单复要牢记。要有’s不能弃。‎ 动词注意要变形， ＂皇帝＂、＂大臣＂要分清。‎ 形、副注意要用三级， 副词用法要谨记。‎ 要用数词请留意， 千万别忘＂基＂和＂序＂。‎ 填入代词需慎重， 五格变化记心中。‎ A theatre and about know study [来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ because interest difficulty write play William Shakespeare, the great English writer of drama, was born in 1564 in Stratford-on-Avon. We do not know everything 1 Shakespeare’s early life. But we know that he 2 at Grammar School in Stratford, and that he became 3 in the theatre when he was still a boy. In 1586, Shakespeare went to London, where he worked in a theatre for some years before he began 4 his own plays. Shakespeare soon became well 5 in London. ‎ Every play he wrote was very good 6 new to the people of the capital. Queen ‎ Elizabeth liked Shakespeare’s 7 . By the end of the 16th century, Shakespeare and his friends had enough money to build their own 8 . Perhaps we may think that Shakespeare hadn’t any 9 in his life. However, some writers were against him 10 their plays were worse than his.‎ B A. friends B. had C. until D. but E. invited F. in ‎ G. mother’s H. beautiful I. because J. put K. on L. and We are going to have a party in our house this evening. It is my 1 birthday. And she has 2 my uncle and aunts and some of her 3 . Mother and I are asked to cook most of the food for the party, and father is getting the drinks. The living-room looks very pretty. Balloons of all colors are handing from the lights and we have taken the carpets away 4 we are going to dance there after dinner.‎ In the dining-room we 5 out the best plates and glasses and tablecloths, and it all looks 6 . We are going to have soup, fish, chicken, fruit and cheese. We are going to dance 7 midnight, and after that, we will have more food, because we will be hungry after all that dancing.‎ Last year my mother 8 her birthday party in a restaurant, 9 it is cleaner and cheaper at home. When it is my birthday, I am going to invite my friends and have a party in the garden. I will hang pretty lights 10 the trees and we will grill our food in the garden and dance on the grass.‎ C teach interest one he wonder realize born love for in succeed learn Wang Feng is a Chinese rock musician. He was 1 into a musical family in Beijing. 2 by his father, Wang started practicing the violin when he was five years old. Wang often 3 why he should play the violin，or why he had to stay at home practicing while other kids at his age were playing outside. At the age of 14, 4 the first time in his life, Wang 5 the beauty of the music through a piece of music. After that, Wang became 6 in music ‎ and decided to create beautiful music of his own.‎ At the age of 17, Wang began to listen to rock music. In 1994, Wang and his friends formed their own rock band No. 43 Baojia Street. The band made their 7 album（专辑）—No. 43 Baojia Street in 1997. This album included songs like Little Bird and Good Night Beijing.‎ In 2000, he joined the Warner Music and became a singer of it. Four years later, in 2004, he made the song Flying Higher. It was a big 8 at that time. And it’s still 9 by many people now. In 2005，he made his sixth album Blooming Life.‎ On the 9th Global Chinese Music Awards, the song In Spring won the Best Lyrics Award. Wang Feng 10 got the award for the Best Producer, and the album Belief Flies in the Wind won the Best Album Award.‎ ‎（2018年江西中考）A 请先阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后用方框中所给词的适当形式填空，并将答案填写到答题卡的相应位置。每个词限用一次。‎ know life different back and interesting sign real find they The planet Mars is the closest and most similar planet to Earth. It is very ___24___ to scientists. For example, Mars has seasons with___25___ weather, but other planets have the same temperatures all year round. Was there ___26___ on Mars?‎ To find out, scientists need ___27___ if Mars ever had water. In 2004， two robot explores(探测器), or 'rovers', called Spirit and Opportunity were sent to look for ___28___ of water. These rovers can drive over rocks ___29___ all kind of rough ground. They can also use cameras and send photos ___30___ to Earth. First, the two rovers found chemicals and patterns(图文) in the rocks that were probably made by water. Then, they moved to another area and ___31___ other rocks which may have been created by water. Now scientists think there was probably water on the planet long ago. Today ___32___ are still not sure if there was life on the mars. They ___33___ need more information to decide. The discoveries of the two rovers answered some old questions, but they also brought up many new ones.‎ ‎ (2017﹒河南)B I so know nervous Jimmy but ‎ happy with answer understand look much Nine-year-old Jimmy was given a task in school to write a story on ＂My family’s ancestors(祖先)＂. The purpose was for the kids to 1 their family history.‎ In search of some 2 for his task. Jimmy interviewed his grandmother who of course 3 nothing about the reason why Jimmy asked such questions.‎ When she was asked, ＂Granny, where did I come from?＂ his grandma was quite 4 . Why didn’t he ask his parents? She had to be quite careful when talking 5 a kid about such a subject. She wanted to buy some time, 6 she replied,＂ Well, sweetie, the stork(鹳鸟) brought you.＂ She said no 7 , hoping that the subject would be dropped until Jimmy’s parents came back.‎ ‎＂So , where did Mom come from?＂ ‎ ‎＂The stork brought her also.＂‎ ‎＂Well, then where did you come from?＂‎ ‎＂ The stork brought 8 too, sweetie＂‎ ‎＂All right, thanks, Granny.＂ ‎ ‎ 9 grandmother did not think anything more about his questions. Three days later, when she was tidying up and 10 at Jimmy’s desk, she read the first sentence of his paper,＂ For three generations(辈) there have been no natural births in our family＂.‎ ‎（2017﹒山东威海）C A. many B. closed the door C. wrote his name D. careful ‎ E. kind F. by using my eye G. sent the others away H. while ‎ I. showing that he was well-educated J. instead of pushing the others aside A man once advertised for a person to work in his office, and nearly fifty people applied for the place. From all the applicants(应聘者) , in a short time, he chose a boy and 1 .‎ ‎＂I would like to know,＂ said a friend, ＂how you came to choose that boy, He had not a single recommendation (推荐信) with him.＂‎ ‎＂You are mistaken.＂ said the man. ＂He had 2 .＂ ＂He cleaned his shoes before he came in, and 3 after him, showing that he was tidy and orderly.＂‎ ‎＂He gave up his seat at once to an old man, showing that he was 4 .＂‎ ‎＂He took off his cap when he came in, and answered my questions politely, 5 ＂‎ ‎＂He lifted up the book which I had purposely laid on the floor, and put it on the table, 6 all the others stepped over it, or pushed it aside, showing that he was 7 .＂‎ ‎＂ And he waited quietly for his turn, 8 showing that he had good manners.＂ ＂When I talked with him, I noticed that his clothes were carefully brushed, his hair in nice order, and his teeth as white as milk.＂‎ ‎＂When he 9 , I noticed that his fingernails were clean, instead of being tipped with pen.＂‎ ‎＂Don’t you call these things letters of recommendation? I do and what I can tell about a boy, 10 for ten minutes, is worth more than all the well-prepared letters he can bring me.＂‎ ‎(2017﹒贵州安顺)D use find them idea an ‎ have on when real but I am fully convinced that you must have heard about Chinese paper-cutting, haven’t you?‎ Paper-cutting is 1 important art form in China. Paper-cuts were used for many purposes, and everything can become the theme(主题)of paper-cuts, from people to the things that can be 2 in everyday life such as birds, flowers and animals.‎ Each paper-cut brings out the personal 3 of the writer. People express traditional culture or 4 own feelings with different styles of paper-cuts. For example, 5 someone marries, we put up some red paper-cuts 6 the wall, dressing table or other furniture to express our best wishes.‎ It is easy to learn paper-cutting 7 very difficult to make it perfect. We need a long-time practice to learn how 8 the scissors(剪刀) and how to paint. Moreover, we 9 need to learn some cutting skills.‎ From history until now, in many parts of China, paper-cutting skill 10 become ‎ necessary for women and a symbol of a clever mind.‎ A thing they from have become call because someone lucky already use important There once lived a young man who thought himself to be poor. One day he went to a wise man to ask how to 1 rich. The wise man said，＂Young man，you are 2 rich now.＂‎ ‎＂But where is my wealth？＂the young man asked.‎ ‎＂It is with you. Your eyes are your wealth. You use 3 to see this world. You use them to see all the beautiful 4 in this world. Your hands are your wealth. You can 5 them to work. Your legs are your wealth. You can go to any place…＂the wise man said.‎ ‎＂You 6 these wealth？But everyone has them.＂the young man said.‎ ‎＂These are wealth. What you 7 now is not what someone else can 8 have. Are you willing to give your eyes to me？I’m willing to give you a lot of money to exchange for them.＂the wise man said.‎ ‎＂No，I’m not going to do so！My eyes are 9 to me！＂the young man said.‎ Everyone is rich. We should value our wealth，and take care of it. We should not overuse it 10 once it is gone，it is gone forever. Remember it is our wealth that we do not want to lose.‎ B good with what change many understand child try problem clothes Young people are often unhappy when they are with their parents. They say that their parents don’t 1 them. They often think their parents are too strict 2 them. ‎ Parents often find it difficult to win their 3 trust, and they seem to forget how they themselves felt when they were young. ‎ For example, young people like to do things without much thinking. It’s one of their ways to show that they grow up and they can solve any difficult 4 . But older people always think ‎ ‎5 than young people. Most of them plan things ahead and don’t like their plans to be 6 , so when you want your parents to let you do something, you will succeed easily if you ask before you really start doing it. ‎ Young people often make their parents angry by the 7 they wear, the music they enjoy and something else. But they don’t mean to cause any trouble. They just want to be cut off(摆脱) from the old people’s world and they are 8 to make a new culture of their own. And if their parents don’t like their music or clothes or their ways of speech, the young people feel very sad. Sometimes instead of going out with their parents, they just want to stay at home alone and do what they like. ‎ If you plan to do something, you’d 9 win your parents over and get them to understand you, if so, your parents will certainly let you do 10 you want to do.‎ C A. attract B. price C. busiest D. easiest E. even ‎（上海市玉华中学2018届九年级上学期期中）Thanksgiving is always on a Thursday. The day after it has been known as Black Friday. It is the start of the holiday shopping season, and it has been the 1 shopping day of the year in the US since 2005.‎ Most stores offer big sales on Black Friday. They open their doors quite early in the morning. They try to 2 shoppers with big discounts(折扣). Some items like TVs and cloths are much cheaper than usual. Stores may 3 lose money on them. They hope that shoppers will buy gifts for other people while they are in the store.‎ Black Friday is a great time to go shopping. However, there are problems. The biggest one is that there are not enough cheap items. Each store may only have a few. These items are in great need, so people stand in long lines to get them. They may wait three to four hours before a store opens. They may be hoping to get a low 4 on a TV or computer, but not everybody can get one. Some people leave, disappointed.‎ 跟踪训练 A ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了莎士比亚的生平经历。‎ ‎3. interested 【解析】句意：当他还是一个小孩时，他对戏剧感兴趣。become interested in对……感兴趣，故为interested。‎ ‎4. to write 【解析】句意：在他开始写自己的剧本之前，他在一家剧院工作了几年。begin to do sth开始做某事，故宾语his own plays可知此处表示写剧本，故为to write。‎ ‎5. known 【解析】句意：不久莎士比亚在伦敦出名了。作为系动词became的表语，用形容词，well known出名的，故为known。‎ ‎6. and 【解析】句意：他写的每个剧本对于首都的人们来说是又好又新。此处good和new表示并列，递进关系，故用连词and。‎ ‎7. plays 【解析】句意：伊丽莎白女王喜欢莎士比亚的剧本。有名词所有格Shakespeare’s修饰，故此处用名词，结合上文，此处表示莎士比亚的剧本，故为plays。‎ ‎8. theatre 【解析】句意：到了16世纪末，莎士比亚和他的朋友有足够的钱建立他们自己的剧院。作动词build的宾语，应是剧院，故为theatre。‎ ‎9. difficulty 【解析】句意：可能我们认为莎士比亚在他的一生中没有任何困难。有any修饰，用名词，结合句意，表示有困难，故为difficulty。‎ ‎10. because 【解析】句意：然而，有些作家反对他，因为他们的剧本比他的糟糕。此处连接两个句子，故用连词because。学科&网 B ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了作者的妈妈的生日晚会的准备情况。‎ ‎7. C 【解析】句意：我们打算跳舞到午夜。直到...until。故选C。 ‎ ‎8. B 【解析】句意：去年妈妈是在饭店过的生日，但是在家里更卫生、更实惠。故选B。‎ ‎9. D 【解析】句意：去年妈妈是在饭店过的生日，但是在家里更卫生、更实惠。故选D。‎ ‎10. F 【解析】把灯挂在树上用in，表示树上本身长出的东西用on。故选F。‎ C ‎【文章大意】这篇文章主要介绍了汪峰在音乐道路上的成功过程。他出身于音乐世家，5岁时，父亲开始教他拉小提琴。他经常想为什么别的孩子都出去玩，而他却要在家里练习小提琴。有一天，通过一段音乐，他发现了音乐的美，于是决定自己创作歌曲。17岁他开始听摇滚乐；1994年，和朋友一起组建了一个摇滚乐队，并出了他们自己的第一张专辑；2000年他加入了华纳音乐集团，在第九届全球华语音乐奖上，汪峰获得了最佳创作奖。‎ ‎1. born 【解析】句意：他出身于北京一个音乐世家。根据a musical family in Beijing.可知他是＂出身于＂北京的一个音乐世家，be born into ＂出身于＂，故答案选born。‎ ‎2. Taught 【解析】句意：在父亲的教导下，汪峰五岁时就开始练习小提琴。根据句意和语境，可知这里应该选teach，根据句意本句使用一般过去时，teach的过去式为taught，又因其位于句首，所以第一个字母要大写，故答案应为Taught。‎ ‎3. wondered 【解析】句意：汪峰经常想知道为什么他应该拉小提琴，或者他为什么不得不待在家里练习，而其他孩子在他这个年龄都在外面玩。根据句意和语境可知这里应该选wonder，本句使用一般过去时，所以wonder应使用其过去式wondered，故答案填wondered。‎ ‎4. for 【解析】句意：14岁时，他生平第一次通过一段音乐认识到音乐的美。根据句意，结合语境，可知这里应该填一个介词＂for＂，for the first time意为＂第一次、首次、初次＂，重在强调时间，表示有生以来或一段时间内第一次做某事，在句中一般用作状语，修饰动词。故答案填for。‎ ‎5. realized 【解析】句意：汪峰通过一段音乐认识到了音乐的美。根据句意可知这里应该选realize，时态用一般过去时，realize的过去式为realized，故答案填realized。‎ ‎7. first 【解析】句意：1997年，乐队制作了他们的第一张专辑——《宝佳街43号》。根据上文＂1994年，他和朋友组建了自己的摇滚乐队——宝佳街43号＂由此可知他们是出了第一张专辑，故答案填first。‎ ‎8. success 【解析】句意：那是一个巨大的成功。根据下文＂现在仍然很多人喜欢它＂，可知在2004年他唱的那首《飞得更高》是一个巨大的成功，所用应选succeed。又因为空格前面有形容词big，所以这里应填一个名词success，故答案填success。‎ ‎9. loved 【解析】句意：现在它仍然被许多人喜欢。根据句意可知这里应选＂喜欢＂，即＂love＂。分析题干可知本句为被动语态，所以love应用loved，故答案填loved。‎ ‎10. himself 【解析】句意：汪峰自己获得了最佳制作人将。根据句意可知这里应填一个反身代词作主语的同位语，以加强被修饰词的语气，因为汪峰为第三人称单数，所以用he的反身代词himself，故答案填himself。‎ 真题再现 A ‎【文章大意】这篇科普文介绍了科学家为了知道火星是否有水所做的科学探索。2004年，两个名为“精神与机遇”的机器人探索器，或“漫游者”被派去火星寻找水的迹象，发现了可能是水制造的化学物质和图案，还发现了其他可能是由水造成的岩石。‎ ‎24. interesting【解析】句意：这对科学家来说是非常有趣的。very非常，副词修饰形容词；根据句意结构和英文提示，可知填interesting。‎ ‎27. to know【解析】句意：为了找到答案，科学家们需要知道火星是否有水。need 需要，用于肯定句时多是实义动词，有need to do结构。根据句意结构和英文提示，可知填to know。‎ ‎28. signs【解析】句意：2004年，两个名为“精神与机遇”的机器人探索器，或“漫游者”被派去寻找水的迹象。根据of所有格结构和英文提示，可知填signs。‎ ‎29. and【解析】句意：这些流浪者可以驾驶岩石和各种粗糙的地面。rocks和rough ground是并列关系，需要and连接；根据句意结构和英文提示，可知填and。[来源:学。科。网]‎ ‎30. back【解析】句意：他们还可以使用相机和照片发送回地球。send back to送回某个地方；根据句意结构和英文提示，可知填back。‎ ‎31. found【解析】句意：然后，他们搬到另一个地区，发现了其他可能是由水造成的岩石。and连接并列结构，根据句意结构，可知缺动词，结合时态和英文提示，故填found。‎ ‎32. they【解析】句意：今天他们仍然不确定火星上是否有生命。本句缺主语，根据句意结构和英文提示，可知scientists需用they替代，故填they。‎ ‎33. really【解析】句意：他们真的需要更多的信息来决定。need需要，动词需用副词修饰；根据句意结构和英文提示，可知填really。[来源:学科网ZXXK]‎ B ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了9岁的吉姆为撰写家族史而采访了祖母，当他问祖母自己是怎么来的时，祖母说是＂鹳鸟带来的＂，当他问妈妈和祖母是怎么来的时，祖母做了同样的回答。于是他在自己的论文中写道：我们家连续三代人都没有自然分娩。‎ ‎1. understand 【解析】句意：目的是让孩子们了解自己的家族史。位于动词不定式符号to后，用动词原形。故为understand。‎ ‎2. answers 【解析】句意：吉米为了为自己的任务搜寻某些答案。根据for his task可知为了他的任务，应是搜寻答案，有some修饰，故此处用复数名词，故为answers。‎ ‎3. knew 【解析】句意：吉姆访问了他的祖母，其祖母当然对吉姆问这些问题的原因一无所知。根据nothing about the reason why Jimmy asked such questions可知对于问这些问题的原因，应是表示不知道，结合上文，可知此处用一般过去时，故为knew。‎ ‎4. nervous 【解析】句意：他的祖母非常紧张。根据下文＂Why didn’t he ask his parents？＂可知他的祖母询问他为什么不问他的父母去，因此表示感到紧张，作为系动词was的表语，故用形容词，故为nervous。‎ ‎7. more 【解析】句意：她不再说什么。no more不再，故为more。‎ ‎8. me 【解析】句意：鹳鸟也把我带来了。此处动词brought的宾语，故用宾格形式，故为me。‎ ‎9. Jimmy’s 【解析】句意：吉姆的祖母对他的问题没有再考虑过。修饰名词grandmother，故用名词所有格形式，故为Jimmy’s。‎ ‎10. looking 【解析】句意：三天后，当她整理和看吉姆的书桌时，她读了他的论文上第一句话。此处and前后表示并列，与现在分词tidying up相并列，故用现在分词looking。‎ C[来源:学科网]‎ ‎【文章大意】本文讲述了在众多的求职者中一个男孩脱颖而出，这是因为他有着良好的行为习惯和良好的品质，这比一切推荐信都重要。‎ ‎1. G. sent the others away 【解析】句意：他选择了一个男孩，把其他人打发走了。根据上文From all the applicants（应聘者）, in a short time, he chose a boy 可知在所有的应聘者中，在短时间内，他选择了一个男孩，可推知送走了其他人，故答案选 G。‎ ‎2. A. many 【解析】句意：他有许多好的品质。根据上文这个人的朋友提到这个男孩没有推荐信，结合题干＂You are mistaken.＂said the man. ＂He had 2 .可推知这个人说这个男孩有很多，故填入many，故选A。‎ ‎3. B. closed the door 【解析】句意：他进门前擦了擦鞋子，然后把门关上。根据上文He cleaned his shoes before he came in可知他进门前清理他的鞋子，结合题干and 3 after him，showing that he was tidy and orderly. ＂可推知进门后关上门，表明他整洁、懂规矩，故选B。学科&网 ‎4. E. kind 【解析】句意：他很快地把座位让给一位老人，表示他很善良。根据上文He gave up his seat at once to an old man，可知他把座位立刻让给一位老人，结合题干showing that he was 4 .可推知表明他很善良，故选E。‎ ‎6. H. while 【解析】句意：他把我故意放在地板上的书拾起来，放在桌子上，其他人都踩了上去。根据上文He lifted up the book which I had purposely laid on the floor，and put it on the table可知他捡起我故意放在地上的书，对照下文all the others stepped over it，or pushed it aside其他所有人踩过去或者推到一边，可知前后句子表达一种对比关系，故填while意为＂然而＂，故选H。‎ ‎7. D. careful 【解析】句意：表明他很细心。根据上文He lifted up the book which I had purposely laid on the floor，and put it on the table，while all the others stepped over it，or pushed it aside，可知男孩捡起面试官故意放在地上的书，然而其他所有人踩过去或者推到一边，结合题干showing that he was 可推知这表明他很仔细，故填入careful，故选D。‎ ‎8. J. instead of pushing the others aside 【解析】句意：而不是把其他人推到一边。根据上文And he waited quietly for his true可知他安静地排队等候，根据下文showing that he had good manners. ＂可知这表明他很有礼貌，可推知他没有把别人推到一边去，故选J。‎ ‎9. C. wrote his name 【解析】句意：当他写名字的时候。根据下文 I noticed that his fingernails were clean，instead of being tipped with pen.＂可知我注意到他的指甲很干净，结合题干When he...可推知当他写名字时，故选C。‎ ‎10. F. by using my eyes 【解析】句意：我用我的眼睛看了十分钟。根据上文Don’t you call these things letters of recommendation？可知面试官问他的朋友＂难道你不把这些事情称为推荐信吗？＂结合题干I do and what I can tell about a boy， 10 for ten minutes 可推知＂我认为这些事情就是推荐信，我用眼睛观察一个男孩十分钟我就能说出他的一切，故选F。‎ D[来源:学|科|网Z|X|X|K]‎ ‎【文章大意】本文主要向我们介绍了中国传统的剪纸艺术. 剪纸有多种用途，任何东西都可以成为剪纸的主题，比如生活中的鸟，花朵和动物。而每一幅剪纸都是作者观点的表达。文章说学习剪纸是很容易的，但要剪得完美却是很难的。‎ ‎1. an 【解析】考查冠词。根据上文I am fully convinced that you must have heard about Chinese paper-cutting我完全相信你一定听说过中国剪纸，又根据important art form in China，结合所给词，推测本题意思是剪纸是中国一项重要的艺术形式，important且以元音音素开头，故用an。‎ ‎3. ideas 【解析】考查名词。根据前文the personal私人的，是个形容词，常作定语修饰名词，又根据后文own feelings 自己的情感，结合所给词，故用复数ideas，即表达剪纸作者个人的观点。‎ ‎4. their 【解析】考查物主代词。根据前文people人们，后文own feelings，推测这里缺少一个形容词修饰feelings，结合所给词，故用them的形容词性的物主代词their，与people对应。‎ ‎5. when 【解析】考查连词。根据后文someone marries，we put up some red paper-cuts，某人结婚，我们张贴一些红色的剪纸，结合所给词，推测意思是当某人结婚时，我们张贴一些红色的剪纸，故用when。‎ ‎6. on 【解析】考查介词。根据前文someone marries，we put up some red paper-cuts某人结婚，我们张贴一些红色的剪纸，后文the wall，推测本题意思是当某人结婚时，我们张贴一些红色的剪纸在墙上，即在墙的表面，故用介词on。‎ ‎7. but 【解析】考查连词。根据前文It is easy to learn paper-cutting，后文very difficult to make it perfect，两者之间是对比转折关系，故用but。‎ ‎8. to use 【解析】考查动词不定式。根据前文We need a long-time practice to learn how我们需要长期的实践来学习如何，后文how to paint，and表示并列关系，结合所给词，故用to use，即如何使用剪刀。‎ ‎9. really 【解析】考查副词。分析句子we _________ need to learn some cutting skills，本题不缺少任何成分，结合所给词，可以用副词really来修饰动词need，即真的需要学习剪纸的技巧。‎ ‎10. has 【解析】考查动词。根据前文From history until now从历史到现在，通常用于现在完成时态，及后文become necessary，由于主语是单数paper-cutting skill，结合所给词，故用have的三单has构成has become现在完成时态。‎ 模拟检测 A ‎【文章大意】从前有一个年轻人认为自己是穷人。有一天他去问一个聪明的人如何致富。智者说：＂年轻人，你现在已经有钱了。＂并且告诉他＂你的眼睛是你的财富。你用它们来看到这个世界。你用它们来看到所有美丽的东西在这个世界上。你的手是你的财富。您可以使用它们来工作。您可以使用它们来拥抱你心爱的人。你的腿是你的财富。你可以去任何地方＂。‎ ‎3. them 【解析】句意：你用它们去看这个世界。They，他们，主格，它的宾格是them；use sth. to do sth.：用某物做某物，use是动词，后面用宾格；结合句意、语境和所给词可知填them。‎ ‎4. things 【解析】句意：你用它们去看世界上所有美好的事物。Thing东西，可数名词；all the跟可数名词要用复数，结合句意、语境和所给词可知填things。‎ ‎5. use 【解析】句意：你可以用它们来工作。Use使用，can情态动词，后面跟动词原形，结合句意、语境和所给词可知填use。‎ ‎6. call 【解析】句意：你把这些叫做财富？call：称呼，叫，打电话；call sth....：把某物称作……；结合句意、语境和所给词可知填call。‎ ‎7. have 【解析】句意：你现在所拥有的并不是别人能幸运地得到的。Have：拥有，有；本句是主语从句，需用陈述语序，主语you是第二人称，用原形；结合句意、语境和所给词可知填have。‎ ‎8. luckily 【解析】句意：你现在所拥有的并不是别人能幸运地得到的。Lucky：幸运的，形容词，它的副词luckily；副词修饰动词，本句是修饰have（动词），故用副词形式；结合句意、语境和所给词可知填luckily。‎ ‎9. important 【解析】句意：我的眼睛对我很重要！important重要的，形容词；are是系动词，后面跟形容词作表语，sth. be important to sb.：某物对于来说某人重要；结合句意、语境和所给词可知填important。‎ ‎10. because句意：我们不应该过度使用它，因为一旦它消失了，它就永远消失了。Because因为，引导原因状语从句；本句前后句子的关系是因果关系，结合句意、语境和所给词可知填because。‎ B ‎【文章大意】本篇文章难度适中，主要讲述孩子和父母之间相处不愉快并给出了一些建议。‎ ‎3. children’s 【解析】句意＂父母经常发现，赢得他们孩子的信任是困难的＂。空处表示孩子们的，根据句意，故填children’s。‎ ‎4. problems 【解析】句意＂这是他们显示他们长大以及能解决任何难题的方法之一＂。problem问题，且空前有any，故填problems。‎ ‎5. more 【解析】句意＂但是年长的人比年轻的人想得多＂。空后有than，用比较级，故填more。‎ ‎6. changed 【解析】句意＂他们大多数人都提前安排，不喜欢计划被改变＂。change改变，且空前有be，故填changed。‎ ‎7. clothes 【解析】句意＂年轻人通常通过他们穿的衣服、他们的一些音乐以及其他的东西让他们的父母生气＂。根据wear可知，故填clothes。‎ ‎8. trying 【解析】句意＂他们仅仅是想摆脱老人的世界并尝试创造他们自己的文化＂。try尝试，且空前有be，故填trying。‎ ‎9. better 【解析】句意＂如果你打算做一些事情，你最好赢得父母的同意，并让他们理解，这样的话你的父母就会让你做你想做的事情＂。you’d better最好，且空后用动词原形，故填better。‎ ‎10. what 【解析】句意＂如果你打算做一些事情，你最好赢得父母的同意，并让他们理解，这样的话你的父母就会让你做你想做的事情＂。空前有动词，说明为宾语从句，且从句指物，故填what。‎ C ‎【文章大意】感恩节之后的星期五被称为＂黑色星期五＂，这是一个购物季的开始，很多商店都在这个时候进行优惠的活动，吸引顾客的到来。‎ ‎2. A 【解析】句意：他们尽力地用大的折扣来吸引购物者。attract吸引，是一个动词。根据句意with big discounts可知，商店打大的折扣，目的是吸引购物者，故应选A。‎ ‎3. E 【解析】句意：商店甚至在这些商品上亏钱。even甚至，表示程度的加深。根据句意lose money on them可知，这里表示递进，故应选E。‎ ‎4. B 【解析】句意：他们希望在电视或电脑上获得低价，但并不是每个人都能买到。price价格，是一个名词。这里low price表示价格低。故选B。学科&网 杂糅型短文填空是指文章中有多种提示类型，如英语单词、汉语意思、音标或者不给提示词等。这种题型主要考查考生的整体阅读能力、语言知识的运用能力、逻辑思维能力和书面表达能力，特别是单词和短语的拼写能力。学！科网 A Children love to play, but for some children, the idea of simple joyful playtime can seem very far away. These boys and girls are not 1 to move around as others do. They lost their 2 (arm) or legs during the past war.‎ An organization near Uganda’s capital is working hard to change that. 3 is bringing ‎ together doctors, 4 (volunteer) and kind-hearted people from around the world. They have set up the first center for 5 (treat) disabled children in Uganda.‎ On a thick grass outside the hospital, a lot of patients do 6 as they like. Some are playing football. Some are playing basketball. They compete in sports, play games and even perform silly dances. The theme of the day is simple：Let Them Play. This is a rare event for 7 (child) who miss arms or legs.‎ The aim of the event is 8 (raise) money for a new playground and sports field. The organizers want to make the old playground into an area that is 9 (friend) to all sorts of disabled children.‎ Life for the disabled in Uganda is difficult, but for children it is even 10 (difficult). They can’t go to school.‎ B Patricia was born in Michigan and grew up in California. When she was a little girl, she often stayed with her grandparents who lived in Union City, Michigan. One summer day, a meteorite (流星) 1 (fall) from the sky, right into her grandparents’ backyard! Before that, her grandparents had lived a 2 [‘kwaət] life on their farm. Now things were 3 from before. They had so much to do. People came to see the meteorite. The professors from the 4 [juːnɪ’vɜːsɪtɪ] came to study it and analyze (分析) it. Her grandparents had never talked to so many people in 5 (they) lives! Everything changed.‎ As you can guess, no one in the town had ever 6 (see) a meteorite before! They were confused (困惑) and didn’t know 7 to do. Some people thought it would bring them good 8 (lucky) if they touched it.‎ Patricia loves to tell the story about her meteorite and even today, she carries a piece of the meteorite with her 9 [weər’evə] she goes. When I met her, she let all of us touch it and make a 10 . What might you wish for if you could meet Patricia and see her meteorite?‎ C How much pocket money do you get from your parents every month—200 yuan? Some may need more to buy birthday 1 (present), fast food lunches, ice creams and cartoon books.‎ ‎ But for Li Beibei, 30 yuan each month is e 2 . The only thing she buys is lunch－1.5 yuan each day. ＂My favorite is fried potato slices and rice，＂ said Li. ＂Meat is too e 3 for me.＂‎ Li, 14, is a Junior 1 at Beijing’s Xingzhi Experimental School. Her parents 4 (be) migrant workers(农民工). They come from Henan. Her father now works as a 5 (clean) and gets 500 yuan every month. Her mother has no job. Every day, Li gets up at 5：30 am and rides her bike for 20 minutes to get to school. She studies h 6 , and even reads books during breaks! Like many teens, Li has a lot of homework, but that is not all 7 (she) work. During the week she helps her mum cook. On weekends, she helps wash clothes.‎ She is afraid of 8 (have) to leave school. Li didn’t go to school at 12 for one year 9 her family had no money. This year, the school didn’t ask her to pay the 600 yuan fees because her family is too poor. ＂I hope I will always be in school，＂said Li. Li says she wants to be a doctor when she 10 (grow) up.‎ A（2018年四川宜宾中考）‎ 阅读下面短文，根据音标、单词、首字母和语境提示，在每个空格内填入一个适当的单 词，要求意义准确、拼写正确。‎ In China, you can travel to all corners of this big country by bus or train. It’s surprising what China has done in the past ten ___41___(year) in terms of train travel — it now has the ___42___ (big) high-speed railway network in ___43___ world. The high-speed trains are great, and a____44____/lɒŋ/ train journey in China is a great way to see the country.‎ China is a huge, fascinating country with so much to see. A________45________ a student, I love traveling ________46________ my parents, from big cities, to seaside hot spots, to holy mountains, to national parks, to historical sites and to _______47_______ /smɔ:l/ villages far away.________48________ (get) out of your comfortable home here to some unknown places is a good experience as well. And you can eat local food, and_______49_______ (real) reach the ‎ heart of the country.‎ I always love traveling outside Yibin to see our ___50___(beauty) country — China.‎ B ‎（2017﹒黑龙江齐齐哈尔）Recently, Chongqing Three Gorges University has 1 (hold) an activity named ＂Cell Phone Ninja＂(手机忍者). They would like their students not 2 (use) cell phones for 21 days. It is a challenge(挑战) 3 most students.‎ The activity started on April 12. E 4 of the students who volunteered to join in this activity got a bracelet (手环). If the students did not use their cell phones, there would be a photo on the screen of the bracelet to show that. If they used their cell phones, a different photo would a 5 on the screen of the bracelet. After the last class of every day, the students sent these 6 (photo) to the school’s public WeChat.‎ More than 800 students wished to join in this test, and 400 were chosen. After seven days, only 103 students were left. The test lasted for 21 days b 7 some scientists believe that 21 days is long enough to help form(形成) a habit.‎ According to the teachers in the university, the activity was not a competition. It depended on students 8 (they) to make the 9 (decide). The teachers hoped their students could form better study habits through activities 10 this one.‎ C ‎（2017﹒福建）The Chongyang Festival is a Chinese traditional festival. It is celebrated on the ninth day of the ninth lunar month. It’s also 1 (call) the Double Ninth Festival.  ‎ The festival started as 2 /ˈɜ:li/ as the Warring States Period (475—221 BC) . It has a history of more than 1,700 years. Among the numbers from zero to nine, nine is the 3 (high) odd number (奇数). People believe that two ＂nines＂ meeting together stand for a long life. So it is a special holiday 4 Chinese people to show love and respect for their elders. They hold many 5 (kind) of activities in honor of old people, wishing them good 6 /helθ/ and a long life.‎ The festival comes during the golden time of 7 /fɔ:l/. On the day, people traditionally drink chrysanthemum (菊花）wine, eat Double-Ninth Cakes 8 climb mountains. They also carry a kind of plant named dogwood. People in ancient times believed ‎ that 9 plant could drive away evil (邪恶的）spirits and prevent them from 10 (catch) an illness in winter.‎ ‎（浙江省宁波市鄞州区2018届九年级上学期期中）A Dear Ronny,‎ Years ago, you 1 (come) to me for help. You said, ＂Grandpa, how could you achieve so much in your life? You are still full of energy, and I’m already tired of trying hard for my life. What should I do?＂‎ I didn’t know 2 to say to you. But I think I should give you 3 answer. Here is what I believe.‎ First, realize that life 4 (fill) with surprises, but many are good ones. If you don’t keep 5 (watch) for them, you’ll miss at least half of the excitement. Welcome challenges. They’ll make you wiser, stranger and more powerful 6 you were the day before. When you make mistakes, be thankful for the things they teach you.‎ ‎ 7 , there will be more opportunities while you are growing up. So you have to be brave 8 to move from a known place to an unknown one. Consider all the roads ahead, and decide which one to follow. Then believe in 9 (you), get up and keep going.‎ Most important of all, never give up. The person that ends up as a winner is the one 10 has the strong will to win. Give life everything you’ve got. And life will give its best to you.‎ Love always,‎ Grandpa B ‎（广东省深圳市耀华实验学校2018届九年级上学期期中）People often say that a dog is 1 (man) best friend. Over 2 (thousand) of years, man has 3 (teach) his dogs to do many kinds of work besides 4 (guard) the home. For example, sheepdogs are famous 5 their ability to control a flock of hundreds of sheep.‎ Dogs have been used to aid 6 (able) people for centuries. A guide dog can lead its ‎ blind 7 (own). Nowadays, dogs can be taught 8 (turn) on light switches, open refrigerator doors and dial the telephone for their disabled owners. For the majority of people, 9 , dogs are 10 (simple) pets and friends for both young and old members of the family.‎ C ‎（四川省成都七中实验学校2017届九年级下学期期中）In order to know a foreign language thoroughly （完全地）, four things are necessary. Firstly, we must understand the language when we hear 1 spoken. Secondly, we must be able to speak it 2 (correct) with confidence and without hesitation（犹豫）. 3 we must be able to read the language, and fourthly, we must be able to write it. We must be able to make sentences that are grammatically correct.‎ There is no easy way to success in language learning. 4 good memory is of great help, but it is not enough only 5 (memorize) rules from a grammar book. It is not much use learning by heart long list of words and 6 meaning, studying the dictionary and so on. We must learn by using the language. 7 we are satisfied with only a few rules we have memorized, we are not really learning the language. ＂Learn through use＂ is a good piece of 8 (advise) for those 9 are studying a new language. Practice is important. We must practice speaking and 10 (write) the language whenever we can.‎ 跟踪训练 A ‎【文章大意】本篇文章难度适中，主要讲述乌干达首都附近的一个组织，致力于为残疾的孩子们谋福利。‎ ‎4. volunteers 【解析】句意＂它带着医生、志愿者以及世界上热心的人＂。根据doctor以及people可知，用复数，故填volunteers。‎ ‎5. treating 【解析】句意＂他们创建第一个治疗乌干达残疾儿童的中心＂。for介词，后加V-ing形式，故填treating。‎ ‎6. sports 【解析】句意＂在厚厚的草上，许多残疾人做他们喜欢的运动＂。根据下文football和basketball可知，故填sports。‎ ‎7. children 【解析】句意＂这对于失去胳膊或腿的孩子来说，是一件稀有的事情＂。空处用复数，故填children。‎ ‎8. to raise 【解析】句意＂这个事件的目的是筹钱建操场和运动场地＂。to do表目的，故填to raise。‎ ‎9. friendly 【解析】句意＂组织者想要把旧的操场转变为对所有残疾人友好的区域＂。be friendly to对……友好。根据句意，故填friendly。‎ ‎10. more difficult 【解析】句意＂在乌干达，残疾人的生活是困难的，但对于孩子们来说更加困难＂。空前有even，修饰形容词的比较级，故填more difficult。‎ B ‎【文章大意】文章主要讲述了一个夏天的晚上，一颗流星从天上直接掉到了Patricia祖父母的院子里，而在那之前，她的祖父母一直在他们的农场过着安宁的生活，现在事情已经和原来很不一样了。一个来自一所大学的教授过来分析并研究这个流星，Patricia 很爱讲述这个关于流星的故事，甚至到了今天，无论她去哪里，她都要随身携带一块流星，并且让人摸着流星许愿。‎ ‎3. different 【解析】句意：现在，事情已经和原来很不一样了。根据句意，结合固定搭配：be different from,与…不同。故答案为：different。‎ ‎4. university 【解析】句意：一个来自一所大学的教授过来分析并研究这个流星。根据句意，结合音标，可知，此处需要填写＂大学university＂这个名词。故答案为：university。‎ ‎5. their 【解析】句意：她祖父母在他们的一生中从未见过如此多的人。根据句意，结合语法知识，lives名词前面需要使用形容词性物主代词，而they的形容词性物主代词形式为their。故答案为：their。‎ ‎6. seen 【解析】句意：正如你能看到的一样，在这个城镇上没有一个人从前见过这样的一颗流星。根据句意，结合before，限制谓语动词使用现在完成时态。构成为have/has done.故答案为：seen。‎ ‎7. what 【解析】句意：他们很困惑，不知道该做些什么。根据句意，结合语法知识，疑问词加上to do不定式，可以在句中作主语、宾语等成分。而do缺乏宾语，因此使用what作do的宾语。故答案为：what。‎ ‎8. luck 【解析】句意：一些人认为，如果他们触碰它，这将会给他们带来好运。根据句意，结合good为形容词，后面使用luckily的名词形式。故答案为：luck。‎ ‎9. wherever 【解析】句意：Patricia 很爱讲述这个关于她的流星的故事，甚至到了今天，无论她去哪里，她都要随身携带一块流星。根据句意，结合音标，可知，此处需要填写＂无论哪里wherever＂这个副词。故答案为：wherever。‎ ‎10. wish 【解析】句意：当我遇到她时，我看到她让每个人触摸这个流星，并且许愿。根据句意，结合固定搭配：make a wish许愿。故答案为：wish。学！科网 C ‎【文章大意】短文是一篇小故事，通过北京行知实验学校初一学生李贝蓓的校园生活和学校情况，反映了外出务工人员子女的学校教育问题。‎ ‎1. presents 【解析】句意：有些人可能需要更多的钱来买生日礼物。根据后面的提示fast food lunches, ice creams and cartoon books，可知present需用复数，故填presents。‎ ‎2. enough 【解析】句意：但对李贝蓓来说，每月30元就足够了。根据下文句子The only thing she buys is lunch——1.5 yuan each day.，可知她花钱极少。结合句意和首字母提示，可知填enough。‎ ‎3. expensive 【解析】句意：肉对我来说太贵了。根据句意和首字母提示，联系前一句My favorite is fried potato slices and rice，可知填expensive。‎ ‎4. are 【解析】句意：她的父母是移民工人。Her parents是复数人称，系动词要用are。故填are。‎ ‎5. cleaner 【解析】句意：她父亲现在是清洁工，每月收入500元。a不定冠词，后接单数名词。clean清洁的，形容词。根据句意，可知填cleaner。‎ ‎8. having 【解析】句意：她害怕不得不离开学校。be afraid of担心，害怕；介词of后面如是动词，需加-ing。根据句意和语境，可知填having。‎ ‎9. because 【解析】句意：李12岁时，因为家里没有钱，她一年都没有上学。根据句意，可知前后是因果关系，故填because。‎ ‎10. grows 【解析】句意：李说她长大后想当一名医生。she是第三人称单数，动词也要用三单形式。根据句意和短文的时态，可知填grows。‎ 真题再现 A ‎【文章大意】文章讲述了现在在中国乘高铁旅游很方便和作者喜欢去旅游的一些情况。‎ ‎41. years 【解析】句意：在过去的十年中国在乘火车旅游上做的是很让人惊讶的。根据 ten可知用复数；故填years。‎ ‎42. biggest 【解析】句意：现在它有世界上最高速的火车网 。根据in ___3___ world.可知用最高级；故填 biggest。‎ ‎43. the 【解析】句意：现在它有世界上最高速的火车网 。根据in the world在世界上；故填the。‎ ‎44. long 【解析】句意：在中国乘火车长途旅游是游览国家的好方式。根据/lɒŋ/和形容词修饰名词 journey，可知是长的；故填long。‎ ‎45. with 【解析】句意：作为一名学生，我喜欢和父母旅游。根据句意和首字母；故填As。‎ ‎46. As ‎ ‎【解析】句意：作为一名学生，我喜欢和父母旅游。根据句意可知是和父母旅游；故填with。‎ ‎47. small 【解析】句意：从大城市到遥远的小村庄。根据音标 /smɔ:l/和 villages可知是小的；故填small。‎ ‎49. really 【解析】句意：你能吃当地的食物，真正到达祖国的腹地。根据副词修饰动词reach；故填 really。‎ ‎50. beautiful 【解析】句意：我总是喜欢去宜宾外旅游，看看我们美丽的国家——中国。根据形容词修饰名词country；故填beautiful。‎ B ‎【文章大意】这是一篇说明文，主要介绍近日重庆三峡学院举行了一个叫＂手机忍者＂活动。他们希望学生不要使用手机21天，对于大多数学生来说这真是一个挑战。根据大学的老师所说，这个活动不是一个竞争，这取决于学生自己的决定，老师希望他们的学生能通过这样的活动形成更好的学习习惯。‎ ‎1. held 【解析】句意：最近，重庆三峡学院举办了一个名为＂手机忍者＂的活动。考查动词形式。根据时间Recently结合句意和助动词has，可知用现在完成时，现在完成时态构成have/has+动词的过去分词，hold举行，过去分词是held。‎ ‎2. to use 【解析】句意：他们希望学生21天不要用手机。考查动词不定式。Would like sb.（not）to do sth.：想（不）让某人做某事；结合句意和语境及所给词提示可知填to use。‎ ‎3. for 【解析】句意：这对大多数学生来说是一个挑战。It is a challenge for sb.：对于某人是一个挑战；结合句意和语境及首字母提示可知填for。‎ ‎4. Each 【解析】句意：每个自愿参加这项活动的学生都获得一只手环。考查不定代词。Each of ...：每一个……；结合句意、语境和所给字母提示可知填Each。‎ ‎5. appear 【解析】句意：如果他们使用手机，手环上的屏幕就会出现不同的照片。考查名词。Would do sth.：将做某事，愿做某事；根据句意、语境和首字母提示可知填appear。‎ ‎6. photos 【解析】句意：每一天的最后一堂课，学生们将照片发到学校的公共微信。考查名词。根据these这些，可知用photo的复数形式photos。‎ ‎7. because 【解析】句意：这个试验持续了21天，因为一些科学家认为21天足够长，有助于养成习惯。考查连词。根据句意。语境和首字母提示，可知应表示原因，故填because。‎ ‎8. themselves 【解析】句意：这取决于学生自己作出决定。考查代词。根据句意、语境和所给单词提示可知用they的反身代词themselves他们自己。‎ C[来源:学科网ZXXK]‎ ‎【文章大意】本文介绍的是中国的传统节日——重阳节。文中介绍了重阳节的时间、历史起源、为什么叫重阳节及人们怎样庆祝重阳节。‎ ‎1. called 【解析】句意为：它也叫做双九节。分析句子成分可知，空格前面有动词be（is），且主语和动词call为动宾关系，故为被动语态，应填动词过去分词，call为动词，意思是＂叫作＂，其过去分词为called。故填called。[来源:Z+xx+k.Com]‎ ‎2. early 【解析】分析句子成分可知，本句为as...as句型，且根据音标，应填early，它是形容词，意思是＂早＂。故填early。 ‎ ‎3. highest 【解析】句意为：从0到9的数字中，9是最大的奇数。分析句子成分可知，空格处为状语，修饰定语odd，故填副词，根据句意，此处应为＂最高＂之意，故填high的最高级highest。故填highest。‎ ‎4. for 【解析】句意为：这是中国人对长者表达爱与尊重的特殊节日。分析句子特点可知，空格处为复合不定式（for sb to do sth）的介词，故填介词for，意思是＂对……来说＂，其中for Chinese people to show love and respect for their elders是真正主语，而it只是形式主语。故填for。‎ ‎5. kinds 【解析】句意为：他们举办很多活动，表达对老人的敬意。分析句子成分可知，空格处为宾语，且被形容词many修饰，故填名词复数，kind作为名词，意思是＂种类＂，其复数为kinds，many kinds of很多种。故填kinds。‎ ‎6. health 【解析】句意为：祝他们健康、长寿。分析句子成分可知，空格处为动名词wishing的直接宾语，故填名词，根据音标，应填health，它是名词，意思是＂健康＂。故填health。‎ ‎7. fall 【解析】句意为：节日处在金秋时节。分析句子成分可知，空格处介词of的宾语，故填名词，根据音标，应填fall，它是名词，意思是＂秋天＂。故填fall。‎ ‎8. and 【解析】句意为：那天，人们按照传统要喝菊花酒，吃重阳糕和登山。分析句子成分可知，空格之后的climb和前面的drink和eat 为并列谓语动词，且都是动词原形，故填连词and，将他们连接起来，其意思是＂和＂。故填and。‎ ‎10. catching 【解析】句意为：避免冬天生病。分析句子成分可知，空格之前为介词from，故填动词catch的动名词catching，prevent sb from doing sth防止某人做某事，prevent them from catching an illness防止他们生病。故填catching。‎ 模拟检测 A ‎【文章大意】这是一封爷爷写给孙子的一封信，在信中这位老人主要介绍了自己几十年来的生活经验，告诉自己的孙子如何正确的对待生活，如何在生活中取得成功。[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ ‎1. came 【解析】根据Years ago可知，句子应该用一般过去时。故答案为：came。‎ ‎2. what 【解析】根据空格后say to you可知，这里缺少say的宾语，所以应该用what。故答案为：what。‎ ‎3. an 【解析】根据空格后的名词answer是可数名词的单数形式，且其以元音音素开头，所以应该用冠词an，这里表示泛指。故答案为：an。‎ ‎4. is filled 【解析】根据句子的主语life与fill之间是被动关系，短语be filled with充满。根据many are good ones. 可知这里用的是一般现在时，所以空格处也用一般现在时。故答案为：is filled。‎ ‎5. watching 【解析】因为空格前是动词keep，keep +doing＂一直做某事＂故答案为：watching。‎ ‎6. than 【解析】根据wiser, stranger and more powerful这里都是比较级，所以后面应该用than。故答案为：than。‎ ‎7. Second 【解析】根据First, realize that life ____4____ (fill) with surprises可知前面叙述了第一点，后面应该是第二点。故答案为：second。‎ ‎8. enough 【解析】根据空格前是形容词，空格后是动词不定式，只有enough的短语，形容词+ enough + to do足够……做某事。故答案为：enough。‎ ‎9. yourself 【解析】因为句子的主语是you，空格处缺少的是介词的宾语。句意：相信你自己。所以用反身代词。故答案为：yourself。‎ ‎10. who 【解析】这里the one代替the person，the one是先行词，后是定语从句，先行词是人，所以用关系代词who，故答案为：who。‎ B ‎【文章大意】短文以导盲犬为例，说明了狗是人类最好的朋友。‎ ‎4. guarding 【解析】besides除……之外（还有），介词，后接动名词。根据句意结构和英文提示，可知填guarding。‎ ‎5. for 【解析】be famous for因……而著名；根据句意和英文提示，可知填for。学！科网 ‎6. disabled 【解析】people集合名词，前面可用形容词修饰；disabled people残疾人。根据句意和英文提示，可知填disabled。‎ ‎7. owner 【解析】its它的，指导盲犬的；根据句意和英文提示，可知填owner。‎ ‎8. to turn 【解析】teach someone to do教某人做某事；根据句意和英文提示，可知填to learn。‎ ‎9. however 【解析】本句前后是转折关系，however然而，表转折。根据句意和英文提示，可知填however。‎ ‎10. simply 【解析】本句需用副词加以强调，simply仅仅，相当于just。根据句意和英文提示，可知填simply。‎ C[来源:学+科+网]‎ ‎【文章大意】学习一门新的语言是不容易的，我们必须掌握四个方面才算完全学会，那就是听、说、读、写。学习语言没有捷径，从用中学是一个不错的建议，还需要多多练习。‎ ‎1. it 【解析】句意：首先当我们听到这种语言被说的时候，我们必须理解这门语言。空前是动词hear，空后是一个过去分词spoken，表示被说，那么我们知道这个空代指的是前半句的language，故用it。‎ ‎2. correctly 【解析】句意：第二，我们必须带着自信，毫不犹豫地正确说出这门语言。correct正确的，是一个形容词。这个空是来修饰动词speak 的，故应用副词形式，填correctly。‎ ‎3. Thirdly 【解析】句意：第三，我们必须能够阅读这门语言。根据上下文可知，前面提到了Firstly... Secondly，这句话的后面and fourthly...，因此这个空说的是第三点，故填Thirdly。‎ ‎4. A 【解析】句意：一个好的记忆力是有很大帮助的，但是只是从语法书上记忆规则是不够的。a不定冠词，修饰空后面的名词memory，是可数名词。注意大写。‎ ‎5. to memorize 【解析】句意：好的记忆力会有很大的帮助，但是只是从语法书上记忆规则是不够的。memorize是一个动词，意思是记忆，记住。这句话使用的句型是It is +形容词+to do sth.做某事是……的。故这里填动词不定式to memorize。‎ ‎7. If 【解析】句意：如果我们只满足于我们记住的一些规则的话，我们就没有真正的学会这门语言。根据两句话之间的逻辑关系可知，这里应该是一个条件状语从句，故填If。‎ ‎8. advice 【解析】句意：＂从使用中学习＂对于那些正在学习一门新语言的人们来说是一条很好的建议。advise 建议，是一个动词。空前a piece of和形容词good告诉我们，这里应填名词形式，advice名词，建议，是不可数名词。‎ ‎9. who 【解析】句意：＂从使用中学习＂对于那些正在学习一门新语言的人们来说是一条很好的建议。空前those代指那些人，后面跟了一个定语从句，从句中缺少主语，故填关系代词who。‎ ‎10. writing 【解析】句意：不管什么时候我们都必须练习说和写这门语言。write写，是一个动词。这句话使用的句型是practice doing sth.练习做某事，这里应填动名词形式，跟空前的speaking是并列的，故填writing。‎ 此类短文填空题一般会给出汉语意思或英文单词。做此类短文填空题时，要准确理解语意，根据文中同样结构或类似结构确定应填词的词性和词形。不可简单地都填原形词。若空格内填的是名词，要考虑其单复数形式；若填的是形容词或副词，则要考虑其是否属于比较等级；如若填的是动词，则要特别注意考虑其时态和语态。如在句首，还要考虑其首字母的大写。学科@网 A[来源:学&科&网]‎ What is the greatest thing in the world? It is a smile. A smile can start a 1 (友谊) and make us feel warm and joyful.‎ Last year when I 2 (进入) a new school as a middle school student, I had no friends and felt 3 (孤独的).‎ One day, when running in the playground, I was tripped by a stone and fell onto the ground. I tried to stand up but couldn’t because my knee 4 (受伤) badly. I felt so bad but then a hand came into my sight. As I looked up, I saw a big smile. It was from my new classmate Leo. I grabbed the hand without thinking 5 (两次) and stood up. From then on, Leo and I became good friends.[来源:学。科。网]‎ ‎ 6 (然而), even best friends argue sometimes. Leo and I are no exception. Last week after arguing, I went home. That night after calming down I 7 (后悔) my bad temper. But I was embarrassed to talk to Leo. After sending an emoji of a smile to Leo’s mobile phone, I waited and was 8 (担忧的) Leo would never talk to me again. Then I heard the ring of a video ‎ chat and when I accepted the chat, I saw a face with a big smile on the screen. I was really 9 (感动的).‎ You can see how great the power of a smile is. Try to give other people a smile every time and you will 10 (改善) the world!‎ B People in the small town feel 1 (worry). The town 2 (use) to be very quiet. However, these days, something unusual is 3 (happen) in our town. Victor, a teacher, is really nervous. When he 4 (interview) by the town newspaper, he said that he 5 (hear) strange noises outside the window. His wife thought that it 6 (can) be an animal. But Victor and his friends thought it must be teenagers 7 (have) fun. One woman in the area saw something 8 (run) away, but it was dark, so she was not sure. Everyone in the small town is feeling uneasy, and everyone has his or her own ideas. There must be something 9 (visit) the homes in the neighborhood. What is it? People have no idea. Most people hope that this animal or person will simply go away. But the noise-maker is having too much fun 10 (create) fear in the neighborhood.‎ C Mr. Jenkins has several big shops in the city. He’s very rich but he does his best 1 (pay) the persons who work in his shops less. And they all hate him.‎ Several months ago a young woman borrowed thirty thousand dollars from him. But she couldn’t return the money to him in time. He went to her and made her 2 (give) her ring to him which cost more than fifty thousand dollars. He put it into his wallet and went home happily. But when he got to the bus stop, the bus 3 (leave). He hurried to get on and left his wallet outside. He didn’t find it until he got home. He hurried 4 (make) promise, ＂If someone finds my wallet and returns it to me, I 5 (give) half the money to him.＂‎ An old woman who 6 (wait) for another bus that day found the wallet. She sent it back to Mr Jenkins. But he changed his mind.‎ ‎＂There are two rings in my wallet,＂ said Mr. Jenkins, I won’t give half of the money in my wallet to you until you return the other ring to me.＂‎ ‎＂I 7 (see) only a ring in the wallet,＂ the old woman said and took the man to a judge and told him what 8 (happen) to them. The judge said to Mr. Jenkins, ＂I’m sure you have lost a wallet in which there are two rings and some money. But there is only one ring in this wallet. I 9 (not think) it’s yours. Wait for some days. Perhaps someone will be able to return your wallet to you.＂‎ Then the judge turned to the old woman and said, ＂Take the wallet home. If the loser doesn’t go to get it back in three days, it 10 (belong) to you.＂[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ A ‎（2018 • 山东威海中考）用括号里所给动词的适当形式填空。请将答案填写在答题卡指定位置。‎ Drawing might help you think When you’re sitting in class, have you ever drawn pictures in the margins of your notebooks?‎ If so, your teacher might have told you _____34_____(stop). Many people think of doodling(涂鸦) as a distraction(精神涣散) from more important things. But it might be just the opposite.‎ One study shows that doodling may help you remember things you hear. In 2009 researchers asked two groups of people to listen to a phone message. One group _____35_____ (encourage) to doodle, but the other was not. Neither group knew that it would be asked to remember information from the message. But the group that doodled remembered 29 percent more.‎ Other people _____36_____ (suggest) other uses for drawing. Jesse Prinz, a professor who studies doodling, says it can help you think creatively. Walking away from a problem to draw might actually help you solve it. When you come back, you _____37_____ (have) a fresh perspective and figure out an answer more quickly.‎ Two years ago, an author named Sunni Brown _____38_____ (write) a book on doodling. She argues that doodling is a tool that can help people think. She admits that people see doodling as doing nothing, but she wants to change that. In fact, she runs a business that helps companies improve organization and planning through doodling. Brown _____39_____ (believe) doodling is helpful because it incorporates(整合) many ways of learning. You lean in four ways: seeing, ‎ hearing, reading or writing, and through movement. The more ways you use, the better you learn. ‎ And when you doodle while you _____40_____ (listen) to a lecture, you use all four. You might think that being good at _____41_____ (draw) is important for doodling. But if the point of doodling is to help you think, then it doesn’t matter what the picture looks like. Even if you’re not an artist, doodling can help you. So next time you need help focusing, pick up a pen and doodle away!‎ B ‎（2017﹒山东威海）My best friend has two first names. One is Heather, and the other is Na-ri. I 1. (never see) her use the name Na-ri. But today, for the first time, she is writing a letter with this name.‎ She 2. (born) in South Korea and adopted by American parents when she was two years old. One day, she told me about her childhood. When she went out to dinner, some South Korean strangers tried to talk to her in Korean She didn’t understand what they 3. (say), so she just looked at them. She said that she still remembered how they looked at her. Their eyes seemed to say, ＂Poor girl! You are an abandoned child.＂ From that day, Heather tried to keep saying to herself that she was American.‎ Two days ago, she received a letter from South Korea. The letter 4. (send) to Na-ri. She was so surprised that she couldn’t open the letter. So I did it for her. The letter was written in Korean. I said, ＂Heather, you should ask someone 5. (read) this for you. It was written in Korean.＂ But she was silent.‎ Yesterday, on the way home, I saw her 6. (cry) on a bench near my house. ＂What is it, honey?＂ I said. She told me that her birth mother had blood cancer, and the only cure for her illness might be Heather’s blood. I asked how she knew this. Heather said she had learned Korean secretly. Crying hard, Heather only repeated, ＂What should I do? What should I do?＂ I really had no answer.‎ This morning, Heather called me. ＂ 7. you (be) with me when I write a letter to South Korea?＂ I gladly went over to her house. Heather didn’t seem to have slept at all. I hugged her and told her everything would be Okay. Now I 8 (sit) in front of Heather,‎ ‎ watching her write a letter. She hasn’t told me what she is writing, but I can guess. Heather is writing, ＂Na-ri is coming, mother.＂‎ C ‎（2017﹒山东聊城）Dream House in California is not a house for only one or two children. It’s a house for many ___1___（kid）. It’s a family. It’s the future. ‎ Imagine___2___（live） in a hospital for many years because of illness. Imagine that one stays in a cold street___3___（连词） there is no other place to stay. These children need help. ___4___（代词）need Dream House. ‎ Many years ago，a little girl named Collin Rose___5___（decide）that when she grew up，she would offer a warm home___6___（介词）those sick and homeless children. When she grew up，she became___7___（冠词） nurse and made her dream come true. In November 2003，Collin Rose set up Dream House. Collin Rose’s efforts have___8___（encourage）many people to help sick and homeless children. ＂Every child should have a happy childhood. We may help make these children’s lives___9___（good） than before. Your small help may ___10___（great）change their lives. No help is too small. ＂Collin Rose said. ‎ A ‎（山东省潍坊市昌乐县2017年初中学生学业水平模拟）Bulling(欺凌) is doing things to hurt other people. It is a serious problem at school.‎ Miah, a 22-year-old girl, still 1 (remember) how she was bullied in junior high school. ＂They kicked me, put sticks in my hair and took money from me. Even worse, I 2 (make) to eat rubbish. I 3 (never forget) those moments.＂‎ Miah is not the only case. I saw another bullying situation when I was a student. Some students bullied a handicapped(智力低下的) girl every day — hitting, pushing and kicking her. They just enjoyed 4 (do) it. The girl didn’t realize that people 5 (hurt) her, she couldn’t even tell the teacher. The situation lasted for a long time. ‎ Bulling at school is getting worse, so many people 6 (try) to start anti-bulling(反欺凌) program. Students in many schools have already taken actions. They 7 (create) anti-bullying clubs. Many students have joined the clubs. They work with teachers to show students how to stop bullying. Some other programs have joined the clubs. They work with teachers to show students how to stop bullying. Some other programs have proved to be successful, too.‎ In Wales, two girls 8 (come) up with an idea to stop bullying on the school bus. They created a bus pass (乘车证) and made four rules for students: no bullying, no swearing (骂脏话), no smoking and no shouting. Whenever a student broke a rule, he would get a mark on his pass. When a student had four marks, he 9 (not allow) to take the bus anymore. The bus pass idea worked. It 10 (stop) bullying on the bus.‎ B ‎ （浙江省台州市玉环县2017年中考模拟）Do you sleep well? If your answer is no, the following might help you.‎ Set a certain bedtime and rising time A certain bedtime and rising time can help you build up your body clocks. Set a bedtime which is good and natural for you. Don’t 1 （改变）your bedtime and rising time on weekends.‎ Avoid exciting activities just before sleeping Exciting activities get your thoughts running. At the 2 （相同的）time, if you make tomorrow’s plan or read an exciting 3 (故事) before turning off the light, it doesn’t give you 4 (足够的) time to relax before you try to sleep.[来源:学科网ZXXK]‎ Keep the bedroom for sleeping only It’s a bad habit for you to use your bedroom as a place to eat, watch TV, read, talk on the phone, or discuss important matters with your family 5 (成员). Break that habit to get 6 (更好的) sleep.‎ Don’t go to bed too early Your body usually lets you sleep 7 (仅仅) the number of hours it needs. You should decide ‎ how many 8 (小时) you must sleep in order not to experience daytime sleepiness.‎ Take a warm shower before your bedtime A twenty-minute warm shower at a temperature of about 45 –50 not only is a great relax when a day 9 (结束), but also raises your body temperature by 10 (几个) degrees. The coming drop in temperature of your body will naturally make you feel sleepy.‎ C ‎(2017学年瑞安市玉海实验中学九年级期中）Heroes come in all shapes and sizes. Many heroes are not even human, such as dogs, horses and cats. They are so 1 （勇敢的） and helpful that human beings are proud of them, too. Lucca, a 12-year-old, is a great animal hero. She is a retired US Marine Corps dog. On April 5, 2016 she received the Dickin Medal in London, England. And some volunteers will provide free medical care for the 2 （生病的）and wounded animals in need. The Dickin Medal was 3 （创建）in 1943 by Maria Dickin. The Medal is the highest prize for animals working in some 4 （战争）in the world.‎ Lucca is the 5 （第一）U.S. Marine Corps dog to receive the medal. As a dog, Lucca’s work was dangerous. According to the US Marine Corps, Lucca protected the lives of 6 （一千） of soldiers, and no soldiers were killed while she was going around. She completed over 400 dangerous 7 （任务）during six years in Iraq and Afghanistan. She often worked without taking a 8 （休息）. In 2012, she 9 （失去） her front left leg in an explosion while working in Afghanistan.‎ Lucca is the 66th animal to receive the Dickin Medal. 30 dogs, 10 （包括）Lucca, have got the Medal as well as three horses and one cat. How great they are！‎ 跟踪训练 A ‎【文章大意】本文主要通过介绍作者通过微笑交了朋友，也是通过微笑和朋友和好。他介绍了微笑的强大作用，因此你每次努力给其他人一个微笑，你将会改善世界。‎ ‎3. lonely 【解析】句意：去年当我作为一名中学生进入一所新学校时，我没有朋友，感到孤独。作为系动词felt的表语，故用形容词，故此处为lonely。‎ ‎4. hurt 【解析】句意：我努力想要站起来，但是站不起来，因为我的膝盖严重受伤。根据谓语tried可知此处用一般过去时，故为hurt。‎ ‎5. twice 【解析】句意：我毫不犹豫地抓住了那只手，站了起来。without thinking twice毫不犹豫，故此处为twice。‎ ‎6. However 【解析】句意：然而，甚至最好的朋友有时也会争吵。此处修饰整个句子，故用副词However。‎ ‎7. regretted 【解析】句意：那天晚上冷静下来后，我后悔我的坏脾气。根据时间状语That night可知此处用一般过去时，故为regretted。‎ ‎8. worried 【解析】句意：我发送给利奥的手机一个微笑的表情符号后，我等着，而且担心利奥再也不和我说话了。此处主语为I，故修饰人的感受，要用 worried。‎ ‎9. moved/touched 【解析】句意：我真的很感动。主语I为，故此处修饰人的感受，要用形容词moved或touched。‎ ‎10. improve 【解析】句意：你每次努力给其他人一个微笑，你将会改善世界。有助动词will修饰，故此处的谓语用动词原形，故为improve。学科@网 B ‎【文章大意】小镇上的人们感到很焦虑，这个小镇过去很安静，然而，这些天，一些不同寻常的事情发生在我们镇上。维克托，我学校的老师，真的很紧张。当他被城镇报纸采访时，他说：＂每天晚上我们都听到窗外奇怪的声音。我妻子认为它可能是一种动物，但我和我的朋友们认为一定是青少年正在玩。一个女人在这个地区看到了一些东西正在跑，但天很黑，所以她不确定。我们镇上的每个人都感到不安，每个人都有自己的想法。一定有什么东西在附近，但是什么？我们不知道。大多数人希望这种动物或人会走开，噪音制造者以在附近制造恐惧为乐。‎ ‎2. used 【解析】考查动词的辨析。结合题干可知此题考查的是used to do sth. 过去……，结合句意：这个小镇过去很安静，故填used。 ‎ ‎3. happening 【解析】考查动词的辨析。结合句意：一些不同寻常的事情正发生在我们镇上，这是现在进行时，空格前是is，此处应该是现在分词，故填happening。 ‎ ‎4. was interviewed 【解析】考查动词的辨析。结合题干可知主语he和动词采访是被动的关系，应该用被动语态，根据下一句he said 的时态可知应该用一般过去时，故填was interviewed。 ‎ ‎5. had heard. 【解析】考查动词的辨析。结合题干可知这是一个宾语从句，主句是一般过去时，从句也应该用过去的时态，因为＂听的动作在他说之前已经发生和完成＂，所以应该用过去完成时态，故填had heard。 ‎ ‎6. could 【解析】考查动词的辨析。结合题干可知这是一个宾语从句，主句His wife thought that 是一般过去时，从句也应该用一般过去时，故填could。 ‎ ‎7. having 【解析】考查动词的辨析。结合题干可知这是thought后是宾语从句，it充当的是形式主语，must表示肯定的推测，结合句意：但我和我的朋友们认为一定是青少年正在玩，表示正在做某事应该用doing，故填having。‎ ‎8. running 【解析】考查动词的辨析。结合题干可知这是see sb. doing sth. 句型，看见某人正在做某事，结合句意：一个女人在这个地区看到了一些东西正在跑，故填running。 ‎ C ‎【文章大意】Mr. Jenkins是一个富有且贪得无厌的人，有一次他在车站上丢了一个钱包，里面有一条项链，他就许诺如果有人捡了钱包还给他，他就把钱包里的钱分一半给他。一位老妇人捡到后把钱包还给他，但Mr. Jenkins说钱包里有两条项链，要求老妇人去找到另一条，他才能履行以前的诺言。一位聪明的法官帮了老妇人的忙，并且给了Mr. Jenkins一个教训。‎ ‎1. to play 【解析】do one’s best to do sth尽力去做某事。故答案为to play。 ‎ ‎2. give 【解析】give sth to sb给某人某事物。故答案为give。‎ ‎3. had left 【解析】根据前文的But when he got to the bus stop可知，此处用过去完成时。故答案为had left。[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ ‎4. to make 【解析】hurry to do sth匆忙地去做某事。故答案为to make。‎ ‎5. will give 【解析】根据前文的If someone finds my wallet and returns it to me可知，本句用一般将来时。故答案为will give。‎ ‎6. was waiting 【解析】根据前后文及句意可知，此处用过去进行时。故答案为was waiting。‎ ‎7. saw 【解析】本句是描述过去的一件事，故用一般过去时。故答案为saw。‎ ‎8. happened 【解析】根据the old woman said and took the man to a judge and told him...可知，此处用一般过去时。故答案为happened。‎ ‎9. don’t think 【解析】根据But there is only one ring in this wallet可知，本句用一般现在时。故答案为don’t think。‎ ‎10. will belong 【解析】前面是if引导的条件状语从句，后句用一般将来时。故答案为will belong。‎ 真题再现 A ‎【文章大意】短文的作者介绍了自己最好的朋友，她有两个名字，一个是Heather，另一个是Na-ri。出生在韩国，在她两岁时候的某一天被美国父母收养。两天前，她收到了一封来自韩国的信，这封书信是用韩文写的。信上说她的生母患有血癌，唯一的治疗方法可能是Heather的血液。她不知道该怎么办，给作者打电话让作者陪着她写回信。‎ ‎2. was born 【解析】句意：她出生在韩国。根据题干后半句...in South Korea and adopted by American parents when she was two years old one day...(在韩国，在她两岁时候的某一天被美国父母收养了)可知句子应该为一般过去时被动语态，结构为was/were done。be born出生，故答案为was born。‎ ‎3. were saying 【解析】句意：她不明白他们在说些什么。根据上文When she went out to dinner，some South Korean strangers tried to talk to her in Korean.(当她出去吃饭的时候，一些韩国陌生人试图用韩语和她交谈)可推知题干意思为她不明白他们正在说什么，所以她只是看着他们。句子为过去进行时。主语是they，所以用were，故答案为were saying。‎ ‎4. was sent 【解析】句意：这封信被送到了Na-ri那里。根据上文＂Two days ago, she received a letter from South Korea.＂(两天前，她收到了一封来自韩国的信)可推知题干意思为这封信被送到Na-ri那里。句子为一般过去时的被动语态，故答案为was sent。‎ ‎5. to read 【解析】句意：你应该请人帮你读这封信。根据上文The letter was written in Korean.(这封信是用韩语写的)可推知题干意思为你应该请别人帮你读这封信。ask sb to do sth.让某人去做某事，是固定搭配。故答案为to read。‎ ‎6. crying 【解析】句意：我看见她在我家附近的长椅上哭泣。根据上文Yesterday，on the way home昨天，在回家的路上。可推知题干意思为我看见她正在我家附近的长椅上哭。see sb. doing sth.看到某人正做某事，是固定搭配。故答案为crying。‎ ‎7. Will ... be (Are ...going to be也可得分) 【解析】句意：当我给韩国写信的时候你会陪着我吗？根据上文This morning，Heather called me(今天早上，Heather给我打电话)和题干后半句when I write a letter to South Korea(当我给韩国写信的时候)可推知题干意思为当我给韩国写信的时候你会陪着我吗？句子为一般将来时，故答案为Will ...be。‎ ‎8. am sitting 【解析】句意：现在我坐在希瑟面前看着她写这封信。根据Now判断，句子为现在进行时态，故答案为am sitting。‎ B ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了加利福尼亚的梦想之家，它不是一两个孩子的家，而是许多孩子的家。Collin Rose成立了梦想之家，鼓励更多的人去帮助生病的、无家可归的孩子，人们小小的帮助可能会极大地改变他们的生活。‎ ‎3. because 【解析】句意：想象一个人待在寒冷的街道上，因为没有其他的地方可以住。because连词，因为，表示因果关系；根据上下文意可知＂待在寒冷的街道上＂是因为＂没有其他的地方可以住＂。故填：because。‎ ‎4. They 【解析】句意：他们需要梦想之家。根据上文These children可知，此处用代词 they。故填：They。‎ ‎5. decided 【解析】句意：许多年前，一个名叫Collin Rose的小女孩决定，当她长大后，她会给那些生病的和无家可归的孩子一个温暖的家。decide动词，决定；decided是其过去式；本句是在描述过去发生的事情，所以使用一般过去时态。故填：decided。‎ ‎6. to 【解析】句意：许多年前，一个名叫Collin Rose的小女孩决定，当她长大后，她会给那些生病的和无家可归的孩子一个温暖的家。offer sth. to sb.给某人提供……。故填：to。‎ ‎7. a 【解析】句意：当她长大后，她成了一名护士，梦想成真。a 冠词，一个；a nurse一位护士，表示一类人。故填：a。‎ ‎8. encouraged 【解析】句意：Collin Rose的努力，已经鼓励了更多的人去帮助生病的、无家可归的孩子。encourage动词，鼓励；encouraged 是其过去式或过去分词。本句描述了过去的事情对现在造成的影响和结果，使用现在完成时态，现在完成时的结构：have/has+动词的过去分词。故填：encouraged。‎ ‎9. better 【解析】句意：我们可以让这些孩子的生活比以前更好。live动词，生活；better是well的比较级。根据than可知，使用比较级。故填：better。‎ ‎10. greatly 【解析】句意：你小小的帮助可能会极大地改变他们的生活。great形容词，伟大的；greatly副词，大大地，修饰动词change。故填：greatly。学科@网 模拟检测 A ‎【文章大意】这篇短文主要讲述了欺凌在学校是一个严重的问题，文中讲述了如何对待学校的欺凌现象。‎ ‎3. will never forget 【解析】句意：我将永远不会忘记那些时刻。这will+动词的原形。根据句意及所给单词提示， 故填will never forget。‎ ‎4. doing 【解析】They just enjoyed ____4____(do) it.句意：他们仅仅是喜欢这样做。短语enjoy doing sth,表示喜欢做某事。根据句意及所给单词提示，故填doing。‎ ‎5. were hurting 【解析】句意：那个女孩没有意识到人们正在伤害她。这里是过去进行时，主语是复数，这里用were doing的形式，根据句意及所给单词提示，故填were hurting。‎ ‎6. are trying 【解析】句意：如多的人们正在设法建立范欺凌的工程。根据语境可知用现在进行时，其结构是are doing的形式；根据句意及所给单词提示，故填are trying。‎ ‎7. have created 【解析】They ____7____(create) anti—bullying clubs.句意：他们已经创建了反欺凌的俱乐部。根据语境可知用现在完成时，其结构是have done的形式。根据句意及所给单词提示，故填have created。‎ ‎8. came 【解析】句意：在威尔士，在公共汽车上，两个女孩想出了一个主意来阻止欺凌。短语come up with...表示想出，提出，这里用一般过去时态。根据句意及所给单词提示，故填came。‎ ‎9. wouldn’t be allowed 【解析】句意：他不在被允许乘公共汽车。这里是被动语态，be allowed to do sth.表示被允许做某事。根据句意及所给单词提示，故填wouldn’t be allowed。 ‎ ‎10. stopped 【解析】It ___10___(stop) bullying on the bus.停止在公共汽车上的欺凌。根据句意及所给单词提示，故填stopped。‎ B ‎【文章大意】这篇短文主要介绍了五种有助于提高睡眠质量的方法。如：按时睡觉、按时起床，避免睡前的兴奋的活动，卧室只供睡觉用，不要太早上床睡觉，临睡前洗个热水澡等。‎ ‎1. change 【解析】句意：周末不要改变就寝时间和起床时间。否定祈使句Don’t do sth.：不要做某事，don’t后面跟动词原形；根据汉语提示和语境及句意可知填change。‎ ‎3. story 【解析】句意：同时，如果你在关灯前制订明天的计划或者读一个令人兴奋的故事，在你试图睡觉之前那就不会给你足够的时间放松。根据前面的冠词an可知用单数形式，根据汉语提示和语境及句意可知填story。‎ ‎4. enough 【解析】句意：同时，如果你在关灯前制订明天的计划或者读一个令人兴奋的故事，在你试图睡觉之前那就不会给你足够的时间放松。Time时间，名词，形容词修饰名词；根据汉语提示和语境及句意可知填enough。‎ ‎5. members 【解析】句意：对你来说，把卧室当作吃饭，看电视，读书，打电话，或者和家人讨论重要的事情的地方，这是一个坏习惯。根据语境可知用复数形式，再结合汉语提示和语境及句意可知填Members。‎ ‎6. better 【解析】句意：打破那个习惯，睡个好觉。形容词修饰名词，根据汉语提示和语境及句意可知填better。‎ ‎7. only 【解析】句意：你的身体通常只允许你睡眠所需的时间。how many多少，后面跟名词的复数，根据汉语提示和语境及句意可知填only。‎ ‎8. hours 【解析】句意：你应该决定睡多少个小时，以免白天嗜睡。根据汉语提示和语境及句意可知填hours。‎ ‎9. ends 【解析】句意：120分钟左右的45到50度的温水淋浴，不仅是在一天结束时的一种很好的放松，还能使你的体温提高几度。此句的时态是一般现在时，从句的主语是a day三单，根据主谓一致原则，可知谓语用单数形式，结合汉语提示和语境及句意可知填ends。 ‎ ‎10. several 【解析】句意：120分钟左右的45到50度的温水淋浴，不仅是在一天结束时的一种很好的放松，还能使你的体温提高几度。根据汉语提示和语境及句意可知填several。‎ C ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了迪金勋章的创建以及它是颁给那些做出杰出贡献的动物的。其中一只名叫Lucca的狗在伊拉克和阿富汗工作的六年中，执行了很多危险的任务，救了很多人，失去了左前腿，获得了这个奖章。‎ ‎3. founded 【解析】句意：The Dickin Medal是由Maria Dickin在1943年创建的。根据by Maria Dickin可知表示被动，结合句意表示创建，故用过去分词founded。‎ ‎4. wars 【解析】句意：The Medal是给在世界上一些战争中工作的动物的最高奖。有some修饰，故用复数名词，故为wars。‎ ‎5. first 【解析】句意：Lucca是第一只获得这个奖的美国海军陆战队的狗。表示第一，故用序数词，故为first。‎ ‎6. thousands 【解析】句意：根据海军陆战队的报道，Lucca保护了成千上万名士兵的生命。thousands of成千上万的，故为thousands。‎ ‎7. tasks 【解析】句意：它在伊拉克和阿富汗的六年期间完成了400多项危险的任务。有over 400修饰，故用复数名词，故为tasks。‎ ‎8. rest/break 【解析】句意：它经常工作不休息。take a rest=take a break，表示＂休息＂，故为rest。‎ ‎9. lost 【解析】句意：在2012年，它在阿富汗工作时失去了她的左前腿。根据in 2012可知此处用一般过去时，故为lost。‎ ‎10. including 【解析】句意：在第66届获得迪金勋章的动物，有包括Lucca在内的30只狗以及三匹马和一只猫，获得了那个奖章。修饰Lucca，故用介词including。‎ ‎★ 常见题型 补全对话主要考查学生的口语能力。常见题型有：1. 填单词型补全对话；2. 写句子型补全对话；3. 选句子型补全对话。‎ ‎★ 解题要求 ‎1. 考生应熟读并背诵问候、介绍、问路、看病、购物、就餐、祝愿、打电话、谈天气等情境中的固定句式和习惯表达方式。‎ ‎2. 答题时要面向整体内容，切忌片面理解。‎ ‎3. 抓好关键词，进行推断，使填词后组成的句子结构完整、合理。‎ ‎4. 注意对话的表达要符合英美人的风俗习惯。‎ ‎5. 正确书写，从容答题。答题时应注意单词的正确拼写和大小写。‎ ‎★ 答题步骤 ‎1. 通览全文、揣摩话题。解题时应先跳过空格通览全文。‎ ‎2. 根据语境填写单词或句子。‎ ‎3. 通盘考虑、前后联想、先易后难。‎ ‎4. 通读对话、义形结合、验证答案。‎ ‎★ 注意事项 ‎1. 必须瞻前顾后、全盘考虑。‎ ‎2. 做题前应注意试题前面有没有中文或英语的背景提示。‎ ‎3. 考生应注意把已选出的选项划去，避免重复选择的错误。‎ ‎4. 做题时要先易后难。‎ ‎★ 满分技巧 ‎ ‎1. 填单词型补全对话主要的答题策略有：‎ 答题时要面向整体内容，切忌片面理解。答题时，跳过空行，快速把全篇对话通读一篇，了解对话的整体结构，把握对话的内容及语境。语境决定了语言的表达方式、双方说话人的态度以及表达的内容。如在餐馆、图书馆、车站、商店等不同的地点，都有各自的语言表达方式。因而，在做题时，应在理解全篇对话内容的基础上，准确地把握语言环境，把自己＂置身＂于语境之中，理解双方谈话的意图。‎ ‎①根据语境、填写单词。在把握话题和语境的基础上，针对对话的每一空白处，细读所提供的前后文，认真分析它们之间的异同，依据对话有关情景内容，填写相应的单词。‎ ‎②通读对话、义形结合、验证答案。将对话补全之后，再将整段对话通读一遍，逐一验证答案。所填的答案不仅语义上要符合语境，而且要保证语言正确，做到说话得体。‎ 根据对话的内容考生写出句子，这样的题型相对难一些，要求考生不仅能正确理解短文的语境，还要用正确的句子表达出来，它是以书面形式考查考生英语口头交际能力和逻辑思维能力。要熟悉中西差异，掌握两个不同民族的交际习惯，特别是和生活有关的口语运用中的表达习惯。学&科网 ‎2. 写句子型补全对话的解题策略有：‎ ‎①明确要表达的意思。对于对话的内容要熟悉，根据上下文的语境推测空格处要表达的意思。‎ ‎②注意时态。既然要写的是句子，当然要用适当的时态，具体用什么时态，需要根据上文表达的语境来判断，不能随意写。‎ ‎③注意句型。要用适当的句型来写，并且用自己熟悉的正确的句型，不要写出汉语式的英语句子。使所写句子与 上下文呼应，争取做到天衣无缝。要充分利用所给的提示或上下文甚至文章中的标点信息，认真分析上下文是做好补全对话题目的有效手段，有些题目是可以从下文中得到启示的，还有些题目需要通读全文之后才能推敲出答案，所以一定要注意联系上下文。‎ ‎3. 选句子补全对话的解题策略有：‎ ‎①浏览快速通读全文，了解补话试题的大致内容及情景。在头脑中快速筛选使用什么语句，把自己想象成对话中的一个角色，切身体验如何进行对话交际。‎ ‎②分析对话，试填答案。根据通读全文所获得的信息试探性地猜测所需语句。试填答案时一要问答一致，根据所学有关方面典型句型来试填。 二要注意对话的表达要符合西方人的风俗习惯，英汉两种语言对日常生活中的同一话题可能会有不同的表达方法。[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ 通常在补全对话命题中可以根据答语来确定疑问句的种类，如以yes, no作答的肯定是一般疑问句和反意疑问句；以时间、地点或方式等细节信息作答的多为特殊疑问句。如： ‎ A：_____________________?‎ B：We’re going to Los Angeles.‎ 我们只需对Los Angeles这个地名画线提问就可以了，找出特殊疑问词Where，然后变原句为一般疑问句即可，正确答案：Where are you going?。‎ ‎③复读全文，验证答案。填完后要求考生把整个对话重读一遍，检查问答是否一致，对话是不是通顺、流畅，前后句子是不是符合逻辑，是否符合习惯用法。‎ ‎4. 选词型补全对话的解题策略有：‎ 原题给出单词，要求考生根据语境来判断这里应该选用哪个词是最佳答案。要根据上下文来判断该词用的什么形式，所写的单词的形式要符合句子结构、句式特点及句意。‎ ‎①仔细阅读对话，了解大意。了解对话所围绕的哪种情景，如去商店、书店、药店、水果店买东西、看电影、彼此交谈、某项活动、同学对话等等。不同的内容用不同的交际用语。‎ ‎②推敲语境、分析句子结构及特点。在解题过程中，要根据具体语境和上下文分析对话中所缺成分，判断所缺单词的词类，看看是名词、动词、还是形容词、副词等；是词组、短句还是固定搭配。注意变化形式，如动词形式和时态、语态特征等。‎ ‎5. 考生易犯的错误 错误一：答题时只见＂树木＂，不见＂森林＂。即对上下文中的信息点把握不全，答题时急于动手。‎ 错误二：不看场景，乱用熟悉句式。即对已掌握的大纲规定语言项目机械记忆，答题时随机使用，忽视上下文。 ‎ 错误三：忽视中西差异，使用汉式英语。即对中西文化、思维、语言差异不重视，以至于失分错解。‎ 错误四：语法基础不扎实的错误。有些同学虽然能把握上下文语境，只顾填词、填句而忽略了时态或形式等语法规则，造成答案错误失分。‎ 错误五：忽视生活常识。缺乏对生活常识的积累，解题时凭空猜想。‎ 错误六：忽视主题。答题时缺少对全文的把握，不能正确判断对话的主题，断章取义。‎ 速记口诀 文化差异要分清，常用语句记心中。‎ 通读全文判情景，标点符号要注意。‎ 先易后难为顺序，完后重读来验证。‎ 巧思多练是上策，补全对话不难做。‎ 总之，在做补全对话题时，考生应在通读全篇对话的基础上，把握各部分之间的逻辑关系，充分理解谈话内容及谈话人双方的意图，使补全后的对话思想通顺，前后连贯，且符合英美人的语言表达方式，这样才算把补全对话题做得完美无缺了。解题时应正确使用会话用语，日常会话用语有一定的语言模式，应熟练掌握；理清询问或答语：若为询问句，则应注意询问句与其上下句的关系；若为疑问句，还要搞清楚何种疑问句，是一般疑问句，还是特殊疑问句，或选择疑问句。弄清了疑问句的种类，好对症下药，给出中肯的答语；注意上下句式关系：上下句子间有多种关系、有因果关系、转折关系，描述、过程、空间、举例、证明、分类、比较、对比、比拟、类推和添加等关系。对话句之间的关系搞清楚了，就容易根据这一特定语境确定选项。‎ A W：Nick, did you hear about the murder in June in Nanjing?‎ M：No, I didn’t. 1 , Nancy?‎ W：One evening, a man killed his wife, an old man and another man.‎ M：Oh, dear! He must be crazy. 2 ?‎ W：Yes, he was arrested in Anhui Province a month later.‎ M： 3 . The murder was too terrible.‎ W： 4 . But the man has a 13-year-old son in a middle school.‎ M： 5 ! The boy has no parents any longer.‎ A. What’s it about B. Does he have a criminal record[来源:学|科|网Z|X|X|K]‎ C. You are right ‎ D. Has he been arrested E.I don’t think so ‎ F. What a pity G. He must be charged to death B Daniel： 1 the 2 3 today? ‎ Sandy：It’s 4 today. Please take your raincoat 5 you when you leave home. ‎ Daniel： 6 do you know? ‎ Sandy：I listened to the 7 this morning. ‎ Daniel：Is it very heavy and will it last long? ‎ Sandy：No, it 8 . It will 9 this afternoon and the cloud will lift 10 . ‎ Daniel：Really? ‎ Sandy：Yes, really.‎ C Stephen：Hi，Chen Huan. 1 ‎ Chen Huan：Yes，I’d love to. 2 ‎ Stephen：We usually have a big dinner and give presents to our friends and family.‎ Chen Huan： 3 ‎ Stephen：Yes，we both celebrate with our family.‎ Chen Huan： 4 ‎ Stephen：Of course we do.‎ Chen Huan： 5 ‎ Stephen：Seven o’clock before dinner gets ready.[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ Chen Huan：OK. I’ll get there on time. See you.‎ Stephen：See you.‎ A. Would you like to come to my home and spend Christmas Eve with us?‎ B. When should I get to your home?‎ C. Does it like New Year’s Eve in China?‎ D. Do you often count down from ten before twelve o’clock?‎ E. How do you celebrate it?‎ A（2018 • 江西中考）‎ 请阅读下面对话，根据对话内容从方框中选择恰当的句子填入空白处，使对话通顺、合理，意思完整，并在答题卡上将其序号涂黑。‎ ‎ (Sandra and Luke plan their trip to Cape Town. S=Sandra L=Luke)‎ S: OK, that’s the flight(航班). Let’s look for a hotel now. ___54___‎ L: Three nights — Friday, Saturday and Sunday. Are there any hotels near the airport?‎ S: Yes, there are. But they are expensive. Just a minute… no, there aren’t any cheap hotels near the airport. They are all expensive. ___55___ ‎ L: Wow! Well, what about a youth hostel(青年旅社)? Is there a youth hostel near the airport?‎ S: OK, let’s see. I don’t think so no, there isn’t. I don’t like youth hostels. ___56___ ‎ L: OK. Let’s look in the city centre. Are there any cheap hotels there?‎ S: Yes, of course there are L: Well, that’s good. And is there a bus to the city centre?‎ S: A bus from the airport? Yes, there is. ___57___ There isn’t a train, but that’s OK.‎ L: And there are taxis, too.‎ S: ___58___ OK, so let’s look at these hotels.‎ A. I think the bus is fine.‎ B. We need a room for two.‎ C. Do you like a youth hostel?‎ D. Is it for two nights or three?‎ E. They aren’t very comfortable.‎ F. There’s a bus every twenty minutes.‎ G. This one is four hundred dollars a night.‎ ‎（2017﹒天津）B A：Hi, Jason. Would you like to come over to my home this weekend?‎ B： 1 What are we going to do together?‎ A：We’re going to play chess on Saturday morning and I am going to cook noodles for you.‎ B：Are you joking? 2 ‎ A：Of course I can. I’ve learned cooking on TV.‎ B： 3 ‎ A：For two days. My parents have been away on business so I cook by myself.‎ B：When will they come back?‎ A： 4 During these days, I have to do a lot of things alone.‎ B：I’m sure you will have a special experience.‎ A：Yes. 5 I like trying new things.‎ B：You bet! See you then.‎ A：See you.‎ A. How long have you learned it?‎ B. Sorry, I can’t.‎ C. Yes, I’d like to.‎ D. That’s the main thing.‎ E. In a week.‎ F. Can you cook noodles?‎ G. That’s wrong.‎ ‎（2017﹒贵州贵阳）C A：Dad，how much do you know about China?‎ B： 1 China is a big country that has about 5，000 years of history. It attracts many tourists from all over the world every year. ‎ A：Is that so? 2 ‎ B：Yes. And many of them are famous，such as Mount Tai，Mount Huang and Mount Emei. ‎ A： 3 ‎ B：There are many rivers in China. Among them the Yangtze River is the longest one and the second longest one is the Yellow River. 4 ‎ A：Anything else?‎ B：Sorry. That’s all I know. If you want to learn more，you can read Guide to China. 5 ‎ A：Thanks. I’ll read it. ‎ A. Just a little. ‎ B. What about rivers？‎ C. I don’t know it at all. ‎ D. Are there any beautiful mountains？‎ E. They’re the birthplaces of Chinese culture. ‎ F. It’s a book which introduces China in detail. ‎ ‎（2017﹒黑龙江哈尔滨）D A：Good morning. What can I do for you?‎ B：I’d like to buy two bags for my 1 . ‎ A：What color do your mother and father like?‎ B： 2 of them like black. ‎ A：Why 3 buy these two ones？They are the most fashionable this year. They’re perfect for a couple. ‎ B：What are the bags made of?‎ A：They are made of cloth. ‎ B： 4 are the bags made?‎ A：In Australia. ‎ B：How 5 are they？‎ A：The small one is 225 yuan and the big one is 275 yuan. ‎ B：OK. I’ll take them. ‎ ‎（2017﹒四川成都）E A：Good morning! Can I help you?‎ B： 1 I need a T-shirt for sports.‎ A：OK. 2 ‎ B：Blue.‎ A：How about this one?‎ B： 3 How much is it? ‎ A：80 yuan.‎ B：That’s too expensive. 4 ‎ A：OK. And we have socks for only 5 yuan each pair. Do you need a pair? ‎ B：Great! 5 ‎ A：Here you are.‎ A. Then I’ll take a blue T-shirt and a pair of white socks, please.‎ B. What color do you like?‎ C. How about 60 yuan?‎ D. It looks nice.‎ E. Yes, please.‎ ‎（2017﹒河南）F A: Hey, how’s it going?‎ B: Oh, all right. I’m trying to make friends. ‎ A: 1 ?‎ B: Oh, I’d love to. Thank you for inviting me. ‎ A: Yes. I think you should talk more often with the people who you want as friends!‎ B: Okay, thanks for your advice. I have one more question though. ‎ A: Go ahead please. 2 .‎ B: Should I try to get their phone numbers?‎ A: 3 . Friends need to communicate with each other.‎ B: Then I won’t be shy to ask for their phone numbers. 4 ?‎ A: You can make friends with any kind of person. I became a friend to an old man and to a young kid.‎ B: Wow, that’s amazing. I didn’t know making friends would be easy. 5 ‎ A: Good luck on that. Goodbye.‎ B: Goodbye.‎ ‎（重庆第一中学2017届九年级上学期期末）A[来源:学科网ZXXK]‎ Anna：Hey, Julie. You look unhappy. 1 ‎ Julie：Yes, I’ve made Amy mad lately, and I have no idea what to do about it.‎ Anna： 2 ‎ Julie：Well, yesterday, she called me and invited me to go to a movie together. I was almost half an hour late. ‎ Anna：Hm..., if so, that will also drive me crazy. 3 ‎ Julie：Yes, I did. But she didn’t want to listen at that moment.‎ Anna： 4 You are good friends after all.‎ Julie：Good idea. She is my best friend. Without her, I may feel left out.‎ Anna：All right. Hope you can deal with the problem well.‎ Julie： 5 ‎ Anna：You are welcome.‎ A. Why don’t you try it again one or two days later? ‎ B. Thank you for your advice.‎ C. Did you feel sorry about that?‎ D. You have a point. ‎ E. Is there anything wrong with you?‎ F. What happened?‎ G. Did you say sorry to her?‎ ‎（广西岳池县2018届九年级上学期阶段检测）B It’s Saturday. Li Lei ( L ) and Wu Peng ( P) are talking about what they are going to do tomorrow.‎ W：It’s Saturday tomorrow. 1 ‎ L：Oh, I’ m going to watch a football match. It’s between Korea and China.‎ W：Wonderful! I really hope we’ll win this time. 2 ‎ L：At 3 o’clock in the afternoon. I have two tickets here. 3 ‎ W：Of course I would like to, but I can’t. We are going to have a basketball match tomorrow afternoon.‎ L：What a pity! 4 ‎ W：A team from No. 5 Middle School.‎ L： 5 ‎ W：In our school.‎ L：Good luck to you and your team.‎ W：Thank you.‎ A. Would you like to go with me?‎ B. Which team are you going to play against? ‎ C. You want to go, don’t you?‎ D. Where are you going to play? ‎ E. What are you going to do?‎ F. What time is it going to be?‎ ‎（湖南省张家界市永定区2018届九年级期中）C A：Hey, Amy, 2 ?‎ B：I’m reading a fashion magazine. Look at the little girl’s green dress. It’s beautiful.‎ A： 2 ?‎ B：No. It’s not made of silk. It’s made of paper.‎ A：I can’t believe it. Is it made by herself?‎ B： 3 . And she has made a lot of dresses like this.‎ A：Really? 4 ?‎ B：About 100.‎ A：She is amazing. 5 ?‎ B：Well, it says it takes her a week at most to make such a dress.‎ ‎（广西马山县民族中学2017年春季学期九年级月考）D R：Timmy, what were you doing when the earthquake happened?‎ T：I was doing some shopping in a shopping center at that time.‎ R： 1 ‎ T：I felt a slight(轻微的) shake and then I heard a big noise.‎ R：What did you do when the earth start to shake?‎ T： 2 I saw many people running quickly while pieces of glass and bricks(砖) were falling down.‎ R： 3 ‎ T：Yes, I think so. But I just didn’t know what to do at that time.‎ R：How did you feel when you found yourself in danger?‎ T：A little afraid.‎ R： 4 ‎ T：Yes, I did, but no one came.‎ R：Did you eat anything before you got help?‎ T：Yes, I did. 5 ‎ R：Well, thank you, Timmy. I hope you’ll be well soon.‎ A. It is dangerous to run during the earthquake.‎ B. I ate some chocolate.‎ C. What did you feel and hear at first?‎ D. I tried my best to run out to the street.‎ E. Did you shout for help?‎ 跟踪训练 A ‎1—5 ADGCF B ‎1. What’s 2. weather 3. like 4. rainy 5. with ‎6. How 7. report 8. won’t 9. stop 10. quickly C ‎1—5 AECDB 真题再现 A ‎【文章大意】本文是桑德拉和卢克计划去开普敦旅行的对话，就住什么样的旅馆两人进行了商讨，最后决定坐公交去市中心看一看。‎ ‎54. D【解析】根据S的话Let’s look for a hotel now.，结合下文L的说法Three nights，可知他们在商议需住几夜。备选句子中，Is it for two nights or three?符合句意，故选D。‎ ‎55. G【解析】根据S的回答But they are expensive.，它们很贵，they代指上文的hotel，可知This one is four hundred dollars a night.符合句意，故选G。‎ ‎56. E【解析】根据S的态度I don’t like youth hostels.，可知后面需要解释原因。备选句子They aren’t very comfortable.符合句意，故选E。学&科网 B ‎1—5 CFAED C ‎1—5 ADBEF D ‎1. parents 2. Both 3. not 4. Where 5. much E ‎1—5 EBDCA F ‎1. But can you give me some advice ‎2. I’m pleased to help you ‎3. Yes, of course ‎4. What kind of friend should I make ‎5. Thank you 模拟检测 A ‎1—5 EFGAB B ‎1—5 EFABD C ‎1. What are you doing now?‎ ‎2. Is it made of silk?‎ ‎3. Yes. It is made by herself.‎ ‎4. How many has she made?‎ ‎5. How long does it take her to make such a dress?‎ D ‎1—5 CDAEB 一般来说，观点看法类文章的内在逻辑关系十分清晰，它除了考查考生的英文基础，还考查考生的逻辑能力。具体来说就是上下文的衔接过渡和文章层次的体现。文章段落之间的逻辑关系主要由过渡性的词和短语来完成，在修辞中称为＂启、承、转、合＂。＂启＂就是开头，＂承＂就是承接，＂转＂是转折，＂合＂是综合或总结。 ‎ ‎1. 用于表示＂启＂的过渡性的词和短语通常用在段落或文章的开头。此类过渡性的词和短语有first, first of all, at first, in the first place, firstly, to begin with, to start with, recently, now, at present, in recent years, in general, generally speaking, lately等。‎ ‎2. 用于表示＂承＂的过渡性的词和短语通常用在段落中的第一个扩展句中。此类过渡性的词和短语有second, in addition, besides, then, moreover, what’s more, what’s worse, for example, certainly, obviously, in other words, still, at the same time, no doubt等。‎ ‎3. 用于表示＂转＂的过渡性的词和短语通常用在段落中的第二个扩展句中。此类过渡性的词和短语有but, however, on the other hand, on the contrary, otherwise, while, despite, in spite of等。 ‎ ‎4. 用于＂合＂的过渡性的词和短语通常用在段落的结论句或文章的结论段中。过渡性词和短语有in a word, in short, above all, after all, finally, therefore, as a result, on the whole, in summary等。 ‎ 总之，要做好书面表达，需要大家把握以下几个原则：细读提示，抓要点：选择句型，准表达；确定线索，巧组合；适当发挥，保完整；规范书写，争高分；细查全文，除笔误。 ‎ 一、写作方法——十句作文法 第一段为开头，包括两句。第一句为主题句，提出问题并通过问题点明全文主题；第二句为扩展句，进一步说明和支持主题句。另外，也可调整两句的顺序，由第一句说明情况，第二句提出问题。‎ 第二段为正文，共七句。第一句为主题句，提出本段的主题，它应与第一段的主题相一致。第二句至第七句为扩展句，说明和支持本段的主题。句与句之间要注意运用好过渡词，以使行文流畅。‎ 第三段为结尾，简化为一句，是对全文的总结，并说明作者自己的观点。‎ 三段之间的衔接要灵活运用＂启、承、转、合＂的过渡手段。学！科网 二、应急百宝箱 遇到要点不会表达怎么办？词数不达标怎么办？不要急，＂一代，五加，一扩＂帮你轻松解决问题。＂一代，五加，一扩＂具体说来就是：‎ ‎ 1. 以实代虚——写实 ‎ 2. 增加限定语——定语、状语等 ‎ 3. 增加例子——for example, such as[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ ‎ 4. 增加原因——进一步说明 ‎ 5. 加套语（词块）‎ ‎ 6. 加格言、谚语等——进一步说明 ‎ 7. 扩充建议——自主发挥，点到即可 三、注意事项 ‎1. 观点鲜明，文章一定有一个明确的中心论点——主题。 ‎ ‎2. 层次分明，一个中心论点通常有几个分论点支持，层次要分明，过渡要自然。 ‎ ‎3. 最后一段一般要总结全文，得出一个符合逻辑的结论，突出中心思想。 ‎ ‎4. 通常采用一般现在时。 ‎ ‎5. 语言简洁有力，一般不采用口语。‎ 一、开头句型 As far as ...is concerned ‎ It goes without saying that... ‎ It can be said with certainty that... ‎ As the proverb says ...‎ It has to be noticed that... ‎ It’s generally recognized that... ‎ It’s likely that ...‎ It’s hardly too much to say that... ‎ What calls for special attention is that... 需要特别注意的是 ‎ There’s no denying the fact that... 毫无疑问，无可否认 Nothing is more important than the fact that... ‎ What’s far more important is that... ‎ 二、衔接句型 A case in point is ... As is often the case... ‎ As stated in the previous paragraph 如前段所述 ‎ But the problem is not so simple. Therefore... 然而问题并非如此简单，所以…… ‎ But it’s a pity that... ‎ For all that...In spite of the fact that... Further, we hold opinion that...‎ However, the difficulties in... ‎ Similarly, we should pay attention to... not (that)...but (that)... 不是……而是……‎ In view of the present station... 鉴于目前形势 As has been mentioned above... 综上所述 In this respect, we many as well (say)... 从这个角度上我们可以说…… ‎ However, we have to look at the other side of the coin, that is... 然而我们还得看到事物的另一方面，即……‎ 三、结尾句型 I will conclude by saying... Therefore, we have the reason to believe that... All things considered 总而言之 ‎ It may be safely said that... ‎ Therefore, in my opinion, it’s more advisable... ‎ It can be concluded from the discussion that... 从中我们可以得出这样的结论 ‎ From my point of view, it would be better if... 在我看来……也许更好 ‎ 四、万能句型 Let’s take...to illustrate this. 试举例以兹证明 Let’s take the above chart as an example to illustrate this. ‎ It remains to be further studied... There’s question is how...‎ 观点看法类作文的整体结构有一定的模式可循，可以先写对比的一方面，再写另外一方面；也可以将对比的两个方面的不同点——比较着写。 ‎ 对比观点看法类作文的写作摸板 The topic of 主题 is becoming more and more popular recently. There are two sides of opinions about it. Some people say A is their favourite. They hold their view for the reason of 理由一 . What’s more, 理由二 . Moreover, 理由三 . While others think that B is a better choice in the following three reasons. First, 理由一 . Second(Besides), 理由二 . Third(Finally), 理由三 . ‎ From my point of view, I think 我的观点 . The reason is that 原因 . As a matter of fact, there are some other reasons to explain my choice. For me, the former (later) is surely a wise choice.‎ ‎（一）‎ 随着手机功能日益增多，越来越多的年轻人沉迷于手机娱乐活动，成为＂手机控＂一族。假定你是某校学生，请根据以下提示写一篇短文，向某英文报社投稿，谈谈你对该现象的看法和建议。‎ ‎＂手机控＂的表现 沉迷于手机娱乐活动(聊天、看电影等)，与朋友和家人的交流减少，离开手机会有焦虑症等异常情绪表现……‎ ‎＂手机控＂的危害 对健康不利，影响学习……‎ 你的建议 ‎……‎ 参考词汇：手机控a phone freak；焦虑anxious(adj.)；沉迷于be addicted to 注意：1. 内容须包括所提示信息，可适当发挥；‎ ‎ 2. 文中不得出现自己的真实姓名和学校名称；‎ ‎ 3. 80词左右。[来源:Z*xx*k.Com]‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（二）‎ 学校最近以＂学生做作业时是否应该在网上找答案？＂为题做了一个调查。调查发现一些学生赞成，但许多学生反对。请根据调查情况和下列表格中的要点提示，以＂Think before you search online＂为题用英语写一篇作文。‎ 赞成者 反对者 你自己 观点 ‎1.做题 ‎2.别人 ‎3.时间 ‎1.于提升能力 ‎2.于思维发展 ‎（至少2点）‎ 注意：1. 内容须包括所提示信息，可适当发挥；‎ ‎ 2. 文中不得出现自己的真实姓名和学校名称；‎ ‎ 3. 80词左右（开头已给出，不计入总词数）。‎ Think before you search online Some students now have a new use for the Internet — helping them with their homework. But different people have different ideas about it.‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（三）‎ 亲爱的同学，你生活中有烦恼、学习有压力吗？那我们应该如何正确面对烦恼，有效缓解心理压力呢？请根据提示以＂How to solve our stress＂为题写一篇英语短文。‎ 提示：1. 积极参加体育锻炼，有一个健康的身体。‎ ‎ 2. 多与老师、家长和朋友交谈， 说出自己的烦恼。‎ ‎ 3. 多听听音乐，多看看书。‎ ‎ 4. 尽自己最大努力学习，勇敢面对自己的成绩。‎ ‎ 5. 如果经常压力太大，可以去看医生。 ‎ 要求：1. 内容包括所提供的信息及要点，可适当发挥，但不要逐条翻译；[来源:学*科*网]‎ ‎ 2. 不得透露考生姓名、学校等信息。‎ ‎ 3. 80词左右（开头已给出，不计入总词数）。‎ How to solve our stress We all have some problems and in our lives. How should we solve them? _____________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（一）（2018 • 山东青岛）‎ 现在，中学生在校内能保证一定时间的运动量，但在校外普遍缺少运动甚至不运动。请就此现象写一篇短文，谈谈你的看法。内容包括：‎ ‎1. 缺少运动甚至不运动的原因；‎ ‎2. 缺少运动甚至不运动对学生的影响；‎ ‎3. 针对这种现象提出合理的改善建议。‎ 要求：1. 词数：80—100（开头已给出，不计入总词数）；‎ ‎2. 文中不得出现真实的校名和人名。‎ ‎ 参考词汇：be short of 缺少 Many students are short of exercise in their spare time now ___________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎（2017﹒山东泰安）如今，很多城市出现了一种绿色出行方式――共享单车（bike-sharing），它因环保、便捷而备受青睐，但同时也引发了一些问题。请你根据提示以＂Bike-sharing＂为题写一篇英语短文，表达自己的看法和建议。‎ 要点提示：‎ Advantages Be convenient, less pollution, reduce the traffic pressure（减缓交通压力）‎ Take exercise…‎ Problems ‎ Throw away, damage（毁损）, be stolen…‎ Advice ‎ Civilized（文明的）, follow the rules, take good care of…‎ 注意：‎ ‎1. 短文应包括以上要点，可适当发挥，以使行文连贯；‎ ‎2. 文中不得出现真实的人名、校名及地名；‎ ‎3. 词数：80—100（文章开头已给出，不计入总词数）。‎ Bike-sharing ‎ Today, as a greener means of transportation, bike-sharing is becoming more and more popular in many cities. ‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎（2017﹒浙江绍兴）某英语教育网站正在开展主题为＂How can a teenager have a successful life?＂的讨论，为此你采访了一些同学（结果见下表）。请用英语写一篇短文参与讨论，并阐述你的观点。‎ 同学主要观点 你的观点 l 努力学习 l 尊重父母 l 服务社会 l 计划未来 ‎……（至少两条）‎ 注意：（1）短文必须包括表中所有内容，可适当增加细节；‎ ‎ （2）你的观点至少两条；‎ ‎ （3）词数：80—100；‎ ‎ （4）短文首句仅供选择使用，不计入总词数。‎ 参考词汇：尊重respect I have recently done a survey about how a teenager can have a successful life. ‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎（2017﹒江苏南京）KIDS HAVE AN OPINION TOO! ‎ Hi! I’m Sigmund Friend, the editor (编辑) of a new magazine KIDVOICE. ‎ We like hearing from kids. We know you’ve got things to say. ‎ We want to hear from you. ‎ Here is a topic you might have an opinion about...‎ 注意：‎ ‎1. 对所有要点逐一陈述，适当发挥。 ‎ ‎2. 词数80左右，文章的开头已经给出，不计入总词数。‎ ‎3. 文中不得提及有关考生个人身份的任何信息，如校名、人名等。‎ Kids and Learning All kids want to be good at learning. __________________________________________________________‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（一）‎ ‎（河南省郑州一中汝州实验中学2018届九年级模拟）请根据提示写一篇题为＂The Population Problem＂ 的短文。（80 词左右） ‎ 提示：1.人口问题是当今世界上最大的问题之一； ‎ ‎ 2.中国是世界上人口最多的国家； ‎ ‎ 3.如果人口增长过快，将会带来许多严重问题（请举例说明） ； ‎ ‎ 4.我们应继续执行计划生育政策，以控制人口增长。‎ 要求：文中不得出现真实姓名和学校名称。‎ The Population Problem ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎（重庆市南川三校联盟2018届九年级期中）好的环境能使我们高兴和舒适，改善了环境就意味着改善我们的生活。平时我们应该多种花草和树，别乱扔垃圾，看见垃圾应该把它扔进垃圾箱；别随地吐痰，购物时最好用布袋代替塑料袋，应该记住3Rs，尽自己所能去保护环境，成为一个环保者。[来源:学+科+网]‎ 根据以上信息，以＂How to Protect the Environment ＂为题写一篇80词左右的短文。‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎（云南民族大学附属中学2018届九年级期中）‎ ‎＂无规矩不成方圆＂，我们学校有很多规章制度，如课堂规则、食堂就餐规则、宿舍晚就寝规则等，请以＂My School Rules＂为题写一篇文章，介绍一下我们学校的规则，并谈谈你对这些规则的看法。‎ 要求：‎ ‎1. 注意紧扣主题，意思连贯，语言通顺，书写规范；‎ ‎2. 不得使用真实姓名和校名，如需使用名字，请用Mike，Gina等英文名字，校名统一用Guangming Middle School；‎ ‎3. 词数不少于60。‎ My School Rules ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ 跟踪训练 ‎（一）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Today，many people，especially young people，are phone freaks. They are addicted to playing mobile phones. They often use phones to chat with others, watch movies, play games, listen to music or take photos and so on. In fact, they will be anxious without phones.‎ However, it does harm to their study. Because they spend too much time playing with phones. They can’t have a good rest. They don’t have time to do their homework. They can’t get good grades.‎ In my opinion, we must use it in a right way. If we take it to school, we mustn’t use it during the class. And remember that study is our first work.‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【思路导航】‎ 本文是一篇话题作文，题目是Think before you search online。主要根据调查情况写一篇调查报告，并写出自己观点。考生首先要认真阅读提示,认真审题，根据提示，确定文章的中心。注意人称和时态。尽量使用熟悉句型，使用简单句式，同时应选用合适的连接词或过渡词，使文章具有一定的连贯性，提示词需用上。温馨提醒：考生必须认真查验是否有漏写情况，有无拼写错误及标点误用等。‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Think before you search online Some students now have a new use for the Internet — helping them with their homework. But different people have different ideas about it.‎ Some students agree with it. They sometimes don’t know the answers to the problems, so they have to turn to the Internet, They think they can learn from other people. At the same time, it’s easy and it saves time. However, not all the students welcome this. Many students think simply copying the answers won’t improve their abilities and it may make students stop thinking. ‎ I think students should first think over the problems by themselves. If we use the Internet properly, it could be a good way to study.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这是一篇优秀的作文。上下文意思连贯，用词准确、句子通顺，注意人称和时态。文中使用so，at the same time, however等连词，使文章表达更有条理性。写作内容包括表格中所有提示词和提示内容。这篇文章语言规范，叙事清楚，词汇及时态运用正确，语句通顺，意思连贯，是一篇不错的文章。学！科网 ‎（三）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ How to solve our stress We all have some problems and stress in our lives. How should we solve them?‎ Firstly, we should take more part in exercise. Sports can help us to have a healthier body and study better. Secondly, we need to talk with our teachers, parents and friends, try to tell them our trouble. They may give us some useful advice. Thirdly, we can also listen to music and read books. It’s a good way to relax ourselves. Fourthly, we should try our best to study hard and learn to face our grades bravely. Fifthly, if we have too much stress, we’d better see a doctor.‎ 真题再现 ‎（一）‎ Many students are short of exercise in their spare time now. They think doing exercise can affect their studies. Therefore they have less time to study. Doing sports is good for their health. A person who takes exercises regularly will keep fit. In the school, students are forced to take exercise in the PE class, they need to join certain activities. In this way, students live in a healthy lifestyle, they won’t get sick easily. But after they leaving school, no one forces them to do so, so they are lazy to take exercise so that their bodies get weaker.‎ I think students should take exercise every day outside the school. In a word, exercise is helpful, important and absolutely necessary.‎ ‎【名师点评】话题作文写出的句子要达意，完整，语法正确，合乎习惯，特别是句式，谓语动词形式要有根有据，选用比较有把握的词汇，用恰当的句型写出确切反映内容要求的句子。英语作文要注意人称和时态，注意提供的观点、材料，要注意句子的完整性，谓语动词的正确形式，句子之间的衔接和过渡。英语作文，要忠实于材料，不必扩展，注意用好连词，多用非谓语，慎用较难的句型，一定不能写错句。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Today, as a greener means of transportation, bike-sharing is becoming more and more popular in many cities. It’s known that it has many advantages. So it’s enjoyed by lots of people.‎ First of all, it’s very convenient for people to go somewhere. Also, it helps to reduce the traffic pressure. There will be less pollution because of bike-sharing. Besides, bike-sharing helps people take more exercise. In this way, it’s helpful to people’s health.‎ However, it also brings some problems. For example, some people throw them away after using bikes. Even some people damage them, and some bikes are stolen.‎ In my opinion, everyone should try to be civilized and follow the rules of using bikes. As long as we take good care of bikes, it will make our life better and better, and our environment will be more beautiful.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这篇短文内容丰富，表达了所有要点，语言表达准确，意思连贯，符合逻辑。在短文中使用了大量的复合句，固定句式，连词及固定短语，为文章增色，如：It’s known that it has many advantages.，First of all, it’s very convenient for people to go somewhere.，In this way, However, it also brings some problems. For example, In my opinion,等。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ I have recently done a survey about how a teenager can have a successful life.‎ Most students believe it’s necessary to study hard. After all, study plays a key role in their life. They also agree they should respect their parents, who look after them every day. Besides, they’re ready to serve the society and in their opinion it’s really meaningful. What’s more, they think each teenager is supposed to make a good plan for future.‎ From my point of view, we need to make some good friends so that we can learn from each other. Also, we must be active and exercise more to keep healthy because it’s important to a successful life.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 短文用了一些短语和句式，如：do a survey about sth关于某事做调查；respect their parents尊敬他们的父母；look after照顾；make a good plan for sth为某事做一个好的计划；make some good friends交一些好朋友；keep healthy保持健康。用了宾语从句，如：Most students believe it’s necessary to study hard. What’s more, they think each teenager is supposed to make a good plan for future.用了because引导的原因状语从句，如：Also, we must be active and exercise more to keep healthy because it’s important to a successful life.增加了文章的亮点，也是提分的经典句子。‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎【思路导航】‎ 本文属于图画作文，主要写一篇关于孩子和学习的作文。根据要表达的内容确定并准确运用时态，上下文意思连贯，符合逻辑，可适当增加内容。学！科网 ‎【参考范文】‎ Kids and Learning All kids want to be good at learning. Some children are good at learning，but some children are good at playing，and they are not good at learning，why？This is because some children know how to balance learning and studying. ‎ First，just as the saying goes ＂All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy＂，a good learner should know to play properly，if he or she plays happily，he will try to learning well. Besides，all learning decrease the interest of study. Second，students should make a proper time list，and try ‎ to follow the list. Last，parents and teachers should give tips to the students so that students can have a good knowledge of the study. All in all，only when we balance the relation between playing and learning，can we be good at learning. ‎ As a middle school student. I think we should read more books. Reading is good for our physical and mental health. 　‎ Let’s be active readers and enjoy reading. [来源:学科网ZXXK]‎ ‎【名师点睛】‎ 写作时可以从以下几个方面做起：‎ 认真审题。审好题是写好书面表达的关键。审题时要注意试题的要求，抓住要点，词数符合要求。‎ 构思提纲。有了提纲，我们就可以根据提纲和主题确定相关的写作材料。通常书面表达给出的话题是开放的，而具体的内容要求学生自己发挥，因此选择恰当的素材也是使短文中心突出、明确的关键。‎ 初写短文。一切都准备就绪，就可以动笔写作了，在写作的过程中我们要注意句子的准确性、连贯性以及简洁性。使用的词语、短语及句型尽量用自己有把握的词。同时还要注意使用恰当的连词，使句子衔接自然。‎ 修改润色。修改润色是获取高分的必要步骤。这一步我们除了检查短文的各种错误外，还要检查语法结构是否合理，有无重复、啰嗦的语言，大小写是否正确，格式是否正确，词数是否符合要求等。‎ 模拟检测 ‎（一）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ The Population Problem The population is one of the biggest problems in the world today. China has the largest population with 1.3 billion. It’s about one fifth of the world’s population. A large population causes many difficulties, not only for every family, but also for the whole nation. It has become a serious problem. In many less developed areas, some parents prefer boys to girls. As a result, many girls can’t go to school. I think we should do something to control the population. One answer is known as the one-child policy. It has worked well in controlling China’s population.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这是一篇优秀的作文。上下文意思连贯，用词准确、句子通顺，注意人称和时态，使用一般现在时和现在完成时。覆盖了所有信息，无拼写错误及标点误用，词数符合要求。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【思路导航】‎ 这是一篇材料作文。根据提示内容可知用一般现在时，按照提示内容逐条进行回答，同时还应注意写作中要有适当性的发挥。‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ How to Protect the Environment Good environment can make people feel happy and comfortable. If we improve our environment, that will mean we can improve our living conditions. So the environment is important for all of us. I think we should do something we can to make our environment better. For example, we mustn’t throw rubbish here and there. If we find rubbish, we should pick it up and throw it into the dustbin. We should also plant more trees to make our planet green. What’s ‎ more, we mustn’t spit everywhere. While shopping, we’d better use cloth bags instead of plastic ones. We should remember 3Rs: Reduce, Reuse, Recycle and try our best to protect the environment to become a environmentalist. In this way, we can have a better and greener earth to live in.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这篇习作的层次清晰，内容饱满，表达流畅。文中使用了非常好的短语，例如be important for all of us，make our environment better，for example，here and there，pick it up，instead of，try our best，in this way等。而If we improve our environment, that will mean we can improve our living conditions. / I think we should do something we can to make our environment better./ If we find rubbish, we should pick it up and throw it into the dustbin.等多种从句的运用更是为文章增色不少，是本篇习作的亮点。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ My School Rules My school has many school rules for the students to follow. First, in class, when having a lesson, we can’t make any noise and should listen to the teacher carefully. We can’t chat or eat something in class. We shouldn’t be late for class. Second, for eating meals, we should go to the school canteen and wait in line while buying. We shouldn’t jump the line and spit in public. Third, in dormitory, we are not allowed to be absent for the whole night. We must turn off the lights on time and go to sleep instead of talking so much, which can affect others.‎ I think all the rules are good for us to have a good order in school. They can make us study our lessons better. We should obey the school rules.‎ 说明文是中考书面表达题中常见的写作形式。在初中阶段，说明文主要要求考生将活动、人物、地点等要素进行清楚的描述，考查考生的观察能力和将图表或所给提示转化为完整文字信息的能力。‎ 要写出一篇合乎要求的说明文，应注意以下几点：‎ 一审 要想做到文章切题、要点齐全，审题至关重要。下笔之前要将所给的材料看清楚，读懂材料所要表达的内容或情景。‎ 二定 一定要点：根据所给材料要点，定出中心句。注意适当发挥，避免逐字逐句翻译。二定方法：常用的说明方法有举例法、过程分析法、分类法、因果分析法、比较法、细节法等。要根据说明的对象、目的来选择最佳的说明方法。‎ 三理 理顺各中心句之间的关系，排列好各中心句的顺序。说明文常用的结构安排顺序有以下三种：时间顺序、空间顾序和逻辑顺序。合理的次序会使文章条理清楚、脉络明晰。‎ 四查 查写作要点，查段落层次，查时态语态，查用词、拼写、标点等。通过检查，可以避免一些不必要的错误，使文章趋于完美。学&科网 ‎ 人物说明文 ‎◆写作要求 人物说明文一般包括人物的出生年月、主要经历、事迹成就、影响和评价等。首先要全面了解这个人，然后根据需要选取写作素材，简明扼要又重点突出地去介绍，力求真实准确，恰如其分。人物介绍一般都是从外形到性格，或从一般经历到创造性的贡献，在最后常有结论性的评语。‎ 写人物说明文一般包括以下几点： ‎ ‎1. 出生年月；2. 主要经历；3. 事迹成就；4. 影响、评价。‎ 叙述方法：一般按照时间顺序，从外形到性格，从一般经历到创造性的贡献，最后常有结论性的评语。‎ 语言简洁生动：说明文的目的是向读者介绍他们不了解、不熟悉的人物、事理等，因此说明文的语言要浅显、简洁、生动。‎ 时态语态：说明文常用一般现在时。如果说明的是人物、事物过去或将来的情况，则要用过去或将来的有关时态。另外，由于说明文重点放在被说明的人物、事物上，故有些说明文被动语态的使用频率相对比较高。‎ ‎◆写作摸板 介绍人物 典型事迹 作出评价 Can you...? Do you know...?‎ He is called ... We all ...‎ He often ... One day... Not only... but also...‎ 引出人物 He is ... He was born... He graduated from... He likes...‎ ‎◆主题归纳 ‎【常用词汇】‎ ‎1. 表示外貌特征：beautiful, big nose, black eyes, fat, good-looking, handsome, healthy, near-sighted, ordinary-looking, pretty, short, strong, tall, thin, with a big smile, white-haired, curly/ straight hair, medium height…‎ ‎2. 表示性格特点：absent-minded, attractive, bad-tempered, bright, confident, friendly, generous, humorous, kind, kind-hearted, lazy, naughty, smart, warm-hearted, wise, outgoing, quiet…‎ ‎3. 表示兴趣爱好：be good at, be interested in, be fond of, be pleased with, enjoy doing, expect to do, look forward to doing sth, put one’s heart into…‎ ‎4. 表示经历事迹：become a member of the …, concentrate on doing sth, devote oneself to, encourage sb to do sth, fight for, have a good way of doing sth, make up one’s mind to do sth, try one’s best to do sth…‎ ‎5. 表示他人评价：a model …, be considered as, be famous / known as, be regarded as, make ‎ great contributions to our country, set a good example to all of us…‎ ‎【常用句型】‎ ‎1. He/ She is really… 他/她真的是……‎ ‎2. He/ She looks like… 他/她看上去像……‎ ‎3. He used to be/ have … 他过去常常……‎ ‎4. Her favourite… is… 她最喜欢的……是……‎ ‎5. She is good at… 她擅长……‎ ‎ 事物说明文 ‎◆写作要求 事物说明文是以介绍事物的形状、构造、性质、变化、类别、状态、功能、成因、结果等方面的特征。说明的目的是给读者提供知识，使之理解客观世界，掌握解决问题的方法。对中学生而言，事物说明文的出题形式为文字、图标、图表、文体则可见于短文、书信、便条、日记等。写说事物明文必须注意事实准确，表达清晰，条理清楚，层次分明，语言简练，用词准确。‎ 要写好事物说明文应注意以下几点：‎ ‎1. 要善于抓住事物的特征 介绍事物，一定要抓住事物的特征。所谓特征，就是这一事物区别与其他事物的标志。只有抓住了事物的特征，才能将其状貌、性质、成因、功能和意义等说的明白、清楚。这种写作方法尤其适用于描写大家所熟悉的而又具有新的、与众不同的特征的事物。‎ ‎2. 要遵循一定的顺序 介绍一件事物，目的是让读者清楚地了解事物本身的特点、性质以及用途等，因此更需要条理清楚。我们可以按以下三类顺序说明事物：‎ ‎（1）时间顺序，即按事物的发生、发展的先后顺序进行说明。‎ ‎（2）空间顺序，即按事物空间位置的顺序，由上至下，由近及远或由里至外地进行说明。‎ ‎（3）逻辑顺序，即按人们认识事物的规律进行说明，如由概括到具体，由整体到部分，由现象到本质，由表及里，由原因到结果，由主要到次要，由特点到用途等。‎ ‎3. 运用恰当的语言 介绍事物，文字要力求简洁、明白、准确。除讲究语言平实准确的前提下，我们还可以运用描写的方法，来增添文章的可读性。‎ ‎◆注意事项 事物说明文的主要特点：一是知识性和科学性，二是应用性和解说性，三是行文的条理性。写这类文章宜少用描写，要用具体翔实的材料说明问题，而不要抽象、空洞的讨论。语言要简洁、准确、条理要清楚。讨论问题是要集中，切忌面面俱到。说明文的时态常用一般现在时，语态常用被动语态，有时用虚拟语气。‎ ‎◆写作摸板 ‎（1）‎ ‎ （事物） is / lies （地理位置） . It has/ is （特征） . There are many places of interest here, for example, （景点介绍） . There are also many （人们的活动、风俗等） .‎ ‎ I hope/ think （看法和感受） .‎ ‎（2）‎ The table below shows that （说明问题或现象） .‎ ‎ （数据） percent （现象一） . （数据） percent （现象二） . （数据） percent （现象三） .‎ In my opinion （自己的观点或感受） .‎ ‎◆主题归纳 ‎【常用词汇】‎ ‎1. 表示形状：round, square, long, tall, short, triangular(三角形的)…‎ ‎2. 表示材料：wood, wool, cotton, metal, plastic, gold …‎ ‎3. 表示特点：important, common, sweet, crispy, sour, salty, hard, soft, delicious, nice, fresh, pleasant, popular …‎ ‎【常用句型】‎ ‎1. It’s 400 meters long/ wide/ high. 它有400米长/宽/高。‎ ‎2. The ruler is as long as that one. 这把尺子与那把一样长。‎ ‎3. It’s made of/ from wood. 它是由木材做成的。‎ ‎4. All that we can do is to ... 我们所能做的就是……‎ ‎5. It is quite clear that ... 十分清楚的是……‎ ‎6. There are some reasons for ... 关于……有以下理由。‎ ‎ 方式、方法说明文 ‎◆写作要求 常见的方式、方法说明文有学习方法指导、产品使用说明、操作程序介绍、计划安排等。‎ 写这类说明文应把握的要点有：‎ 首先，要细致、准确地了解被说明对象的发展变化规律，也就是要准确地把握一个步骤或进程，不跳跃，不遗漏。只有这样，才能写出能够指导我们生活、工作、学习的说明文。‎ 其次，要用准确、科学的语言来表达。方式、方法说明文所涉及的多是操作步骤、使用方法之类的内容，所以写作时不要说外行话。‎ 再者，内容要点要有详略安排。关键的要点应详写，其余的可以略写。根据说明对象的不同特点来安排详略，不仅能使读者了解其关键所在，还可以避免文章的呆板乏味。‎ ‎◆主题归纳 ‎【常用单词】‎ ‎1. 表示建议：should, had better do, suggest, advice, …is a good way…‎ ‎2. 表示步骤：first of all, at last, and then, after that…‎ ‎3. 表示计划：plan / prepare for/ to do, be going to, will…‎ ‎【常用句型】‎ ‎1. With the rapidly growing popularity of… 随着……的快速普及……‎ ‎2. It is quite clear that… 十分清楚的是……‎ ‎3. There are some reasons for … 关于……有以下理由。‎ ‎4. A recent survey suggests that… 最近的一项调查显示……‎ ‎5. All we can do is to … 我们所能做的就是……‎ ‎（一）‎ 假如钢琴家（pianist）李云迪是你的偶像，请根据下表提示，以My hero 为题写一篇短文，90词左右，可适当发挥，开头不计入总词数。‎ 出生年份及地点 ‎1982年，中国中部 才能 很小就能唱较难的歌曲 对音乐有天赋 学习历程 ‎4岁学习手风琴（accordion）；‎ ‎7岁开始对钢琴感兴趣；自那以后就痴迷于弹钢琴；‎ 每天苦练，有时太沉浸于音乐世界以至于忘记吃饭。‎ 成就 在国际比赛中多次获第一名，在世界各地举办过许多音乐会 你的愿望 至少两点 ‎ My Hero Yundi Li is my hero. _______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________（二）‎ 请你根据以下要点，写一篇短文，词数在90左右。‎ 要点：1. 成龙(Jackie Chan)是世界上最伟大的功夫巨星之一。作为歌手和导演也很有名。‎ ‎ 2. 1954年出生于香港，自小就梦想进入电影业。‎ ‎ 3. 1978年的电影《醉拳》( Drunken Master )标志着他成功生涯的开始，片中他成功地将幽默和激动人心的动作结合在一起。‎ ‎ 4. 他的成就远不仅限于功夫巨星。他致力于慈善工作很多年。‎ ‎ 5. 我认为……‎ 注意：1. 第5点必须用1 ~ 2句话作适当的发挥。‎ ‎ 2. 短文必须包括所有内容要点，要求语句通顺，意思连贯。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（三）‎ 人生如旅。在你的成长过程中，许多人感动着你也影响着你，如：父母、老师、朋友、故事中的人……假设最近你们市正举行以＂The person who has influenced me most＂为话题的中学生英语征文活动，Spud Webb深深地影响着你，请根据表格中的内容要点完成征文。‎ Spud Webb 基本情况 ‎1. 个头矮小，梦想进入NBA ‎2. 一直为梦想而奋斗 ‎3. 1985年成为NBA球员 成功原因 ‎1. ……‎ ‎2. ……‎ 对我的影响 ‎……‎ 要求：1. 表达清楚，语法正确，上下文连贯；‎ ‎ 2. 必须包括表格中所有的相关信息，并适当发挥；‎ ‎ 3. 词数：100词左右(正文的开头已给出，不计入总词数)；‎ ‎ 4. 不得使用真实姓名、校名和地名等。‎ The person who has influenced me most is Spud Webb.‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（一）（2018年四川省乐山市中考）‎ ‎ 现在，戴眼镜的学生越来越多；为此，国家把每年 6 月 6 日定为爱眼日。请你结合自己的体会，就如何爱护眼睛，给校报英语栏目写一篇短文。内容包括：‎ ‎1. 吃有益于眼睛的食物，如：胡萝卜、鸡蛋等；‎ ‎2. 多做眼保健操，长时间用眼后可看看远方；‎ ‎3. 养成良好的用眼习惯，如：不躺着玩手机或看书等。‎ 注意：1. 词数 80 词左右；‎ ‎2. 可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；‎ ‎3. 开头已给出，不计入总词数。‎ Nowadays, more and more students are getting near-sighted, so National Eye Care Day is set on June 6 every year. ____________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（二）（2018年内蒙古包头市中考）‎ 假设你是李华，请给你们的美籍教师Bob写一封电子邮件，向他简要介绍你校即将举办的英语文化节( English Culture Festival)，邀请他参加本次活动，并请他在节目最后做一个关于如何学好英语的讲座。‎ 邮件还应包括以下内容:‎ ‎1. 活动时间：本周五下午14:30—17:30;‎ ‎2. 活动地点：报告厅( Lecture Hall);‎ ‎3. 活动内容：学生演唱英文歌曲……‎ 注意:1. 词数90左右，开头和结尾已经写好，不计入总词数；‎ ‎2. 可适当增加细节，使行文连贯；‎ ‎3. 文中不得出现反映考生信息的真实人名、地名等内容。‎ Dear Bob,‎ How is it going? __________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ Looking forward to your reply.‎ Yours,‎ Li Hua ‎（三）‎ ‎（2017﹒山东德州）假如你叫张明，你的外国朋友John发来邮件，请你介绍中国的传统节日。请根据表格内容提示及要求给他写一封80—100词的回信。‎ Festivals Time Food Activities Meanings ‎1‎ The Lantern Festival In January or February yuanxiao Watch lantern shows and dragon dances Pray for health and happiness for the whole year ‎2‎ The Mid-Autumn Festival In the middle of autumn mooncakes Watch the moon; ‎ Tell the story of Chang’e Celebrate harvest; get together with the family ‎3‎ ‎...‎ ‎...‎ ‎...‎ ‎...‎ ‎...‎ 参考词汇：pray for祈求；harvest丰收 要求：1. 描述节日1和节日2，并自主选择节日3进行介绍，包括节日名称、时间、美食、活动方式及意义等；‎ ‎ 2. 语言通顺，要点齐全，意思连贯，条理清楚，书写规范；‎ ‎ 3. 文中不得出现真实的姓名和学校名称；‎ ‎ 4. 文章开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。‎ From Zhang Ming To John Subject An introduction of Chinese festivals Dear John,‎ Glad to receive you email. You asked me about festivals in China. Let me introduce some important ones to you.‎ First of all, I want to introduce the Lantern Festival. It comes in January or February. ____________‎ ‎______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ Can you tell me something about the festivals in your country? I’m looking forward to hearing from you.‎ Yours,‎ Zhang Ming ‎（四）‎ ‎（2017﹒浙江金华）假如你应邀参加一个国际读书会，并将分享自己读过的一本好书。请根据下列表格中的要点，用英语写一篇短文，介绍你要分享的书。‎ Key points（要点）‎ Words and expressions for reference（参考词汇）‎ What the name is The Old Man and the Sea ‎…‎ Who wrote it Ernest Hemingway, America ‎…‎ What it is about Fisherman,‎ Fight against fish and nature ‎…‎ Why I like it Meaningful, never give up Well-known sentence: ＂Man is not made for defeat（失败）.＂, …‎ Interesting, helpful, …‎ Well-known sentence: …‎ 注意：（1）可选择使用所给的书名及内容，也可另选书籍；[来源:学*科*网Z*X*X*K]‎ ‎ （2）短文内容可适当增加；‎ ‎ （3）文中不得出现真实的人名和校名；‎ ‎ （4）词数：80~100；‎ ‎ （5）短文首句仅供选择使用，不计入总词数。‎ The book I’d like to share with you is The Old Man and the Sea. ____________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________（五）‎ ‎（2017﹒四川南充）假如你是李华，你的笔友Frank 是一名美国中学生，打算今年暑假来南充旅游。请你根据以下思维导图，用英语写一封email 给他介绍一下南充。‎ ‎[来源:Z*xx*k.Com]‎ 要求：1.语句通顺，意思连贯，语法正确，书写规范；‎ ‎ 2.必须包含思维导图所给的提示，并做适当发挥；‎ ‎ 3.行文中不得出现真实人名，校名或地名（思维导图中提及的除外）；‎ ‎ 4.词数：80-100（开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数）。‎ Dear Frank,‎ I'm glad to hear that you will come to Nanchong this summer vacation._______________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ Hope to see you!‎ Yours,‎ Li Hua ‎（六）‎ ‎（2017﹒内蒙古赤峰）假如你是来自希望中学的李华，即将开始高中的学习生活，面对新老师、新同学，请用英文做一下自我介绍，可以涵盖以下内容：‎ ‎1. 在家和学校的表现； 2. 兴趣与爱好； 3. 对高中生活的展望。‎ 要求：1. 除以上内容外，可适当发挥。‎ ‎ 2. 文中不得出现真实姓名、校名或地名，否则不予赋分。‎ ‎ 3. 100词左右；首尾句已给出，不计入总词数。‎ ‎ 4. 请在答题卡指定位置作答，否则无效。‎ Hello, everybody! My name is Li Hua. I’m from the Hope Middle School._____________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ Thank you!‎ ‎（一）‎ ‎（福建省泉州市泉港区2018届九年级上学期期中教学质量检测）根据下列的信息，用英文写一篇80词左右的短文，介绍你的家乡——泉州。‎ 概况 ‎◆位于中国东南，风景优美；历史悠久，人口8, 500, 000；‎ ‎◆这些年发生巨大变化，新建了许多高楼、道路等；‎ ‎◆有很多名胜，如：开元寺、府文庙、清源山等； ‎ ‎◆其他：一句祝福的话，对家乡的感情。‎ 要求：1）必须用上以上所有的信息，语句通顺，书写规范；‎ ‎ 2)词数80左右，已给出的句子不计入总词数。‎ ‎ 3)短文中请勿使用真实姓名、地点或所在学校名称。‎ 提示词：history; population; places of interest; Kaiyuan Temple, Confucious' Temple，Mount Qingyuan;‎ Good morning, everyone! Now let me tell you something about my hometown, Quanzhou.‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎（2017-2018扬州市宝应县九年级英语期中）王老师是对你影响最深的英语老师，请根据要点向别人介绍她，词数100左右。‎ 要点：1. 她三十多岁，在我们学校教书十多年了，她经常穿红色的衣服，充满活力；她很勤勉，赢得了学生的高度赞扬；‎ ‎ 2. 当我们有烦恼时，她都会……；去年，在她的帮助下，……；‎ ‎ 3. 似乎对我们比对她的家人更好，我认为……‎ 要求：1. 文章须包括所给内容要点，要求语句通顺，意思连贯；‎ ‎ 2. 根据要点适当发挥。‎ Miss Wang is the English teacher who _________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________（三）‎ ‎（无锡市梁溪区江南中学2017学年初三期末）近日，学校正进行＂才艺之星＂评比，假如你叫李玲，请根据以下表达自己，内容要点如下：‎ 基本信息 ‎15岁，九年级 个人经历 从小就梦想成为一名成功的歌手；‎ ‎8岁开始学习弹吉他，多次在吉他比赛中获奖[来源:学|科|网]‎ 现在，经常边弹边唱，并打算举办一个小型音乐会 兴趣爱好 听古典音乐，认为其有持久的价值；‎ 观看访谈节目，因为节目中有许多名人谈论他们的生活 心中偶像 姓名：……‎ 理由：……‎ 注意事项：1. 演讲稿需要包括所给内容要点，要求语句通顺，意思连贯；‎ ‎ 2. 需要用2-3句话展开合理想象，作适当发挥；‎ ‎ 3. 词数在90左右，文稿的开头已经给出，不计入总词数；‎ ‎ 4. 参考词汇：古典 classical Good afternoon, everyone. I am Li Ling. I’m 15 years old. I’m in Grade 9 ____________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ 跟踪训练 ‎（一）‎ ‎【思路导航】‎ 这篇作文要求我们以My hero 为题，写一篇文章介绍自己的偶像李云迪。题目中利用表格的形式，给出了李云迪的一些具体情况，如他的出生年份、出生地、才能、学习历程、成就等，并发挥自己的想象力，将你的愿望这一栏的内容补充完整，并表达出来。通过分析可知，在介绍有关李云迪的具体情况时，应主要使用一般过去时态或现在完成时。而自己的愿望应用一般现在时态。因此写作时要注意根据表达的需要，变换使用正确的时态，并注意动词的正确形式。叙述要有条理，不能遗漏要点。并使用一些较好的句型、短语，增强文章的表现力，使文意连贯，表达流畅。学&科网 ‎【参考范文】‎ Yundi Li was born in 1982 in central China. He could sing very difficult songs when he was very young. He has a real gift for music. He learnt to play the accordion when he was 4. He began to show an interest in piano at the age of 7. And he has been crazy about playing the piano since then. He practiced hard every day. Sometimes he enjoyed himself in the world of music so much that he forgot to have meals. He has won the first prize in the international competitions several times. He has held many concerts around the world. I hope to learn from him. And I also hope that one day I can meet him and play the piano together with him. ‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这是一篇优秀的作文，短文中作者根据题目要求介绍了关于偶像李云迪的情况以及自己的愿望。首先短文内容完整，叙述条理清晰。短文中包含了题目要求的所有要点，内容充实，叙述清楚，要点全面。其次短文中使用了正确的时态和人称，并能根据表达的需要变化动词的形式，使用正确的时态。如李云迪的出生年份和出生地是一般过去时态，学习历程是过去时态；成就部分中主要使用了现在完成时；自己的愿望这部分使用了一般现在时态。最后这篇短文语法规范，符合英语的表达习惯。文章中较好的句型有He could sing very difficult songs when he was very young.，He has a real gift for music.，And he has been crazy about playing the piano since then.，Sometimes he enjoyed himself in the world of music so much that he forgot to have meals.，And I also hope that one day I can meet him and play the piano together with him等。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Jackie Chan is one of the greatest kung fu superstars in the world. He is also famous as a singer and a director. Jackie Chan was born in Hong Kong in 1954. He dreamt of entering the film industry when he was young. The film Drunken Master in 1978 marked the beginning of his successful career. In the film he successfully joined humour and exciting action together. His achievements are far snore than a kung fu superstar. He has devoted many years to charity work. I think he is such a great person that he will always be remembered.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这是一篇优秀的作文，很好地完成了试题规定的任务，语言表达符合英语习惯，准确运用时态、主谓一致，特别适用一些亮点词句，如one of+形容词的最高级，be born in, dream of, mark, career, achievement以及devote to等。增强逻辑关系，增加上下文意思连贯，用词准确，句子通顺，行文连贯。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ The person who has influenced me most is Spud Webb.‎ Spud Webb was born in 1963 in the USA. He was short then, but he had a big dream — to play basketball in the NBA. He was fighting for his dream since his childhood. As a saying goes，＂Where there is a will, there is a way. ＂ In 1985, he became an NBA player.‎ What led Spud Webb to success? First, he didn't lose heart or give up even when he was refused to play basketball in the team because of his height. Second, he was able to take every chance.‎ Spud Webb has influenced me a lot. When I face difficulty in my daily life, his spirit keeps me going and encourages me to take on new challenges.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这是一篇优秀的作文，短文作者按照题目要求介绍了对他影响最大的人，首先文章内容完整，层次清晰主要分为三个部分：一是Spud Webb的个人基本情况；第二是他成功的原因，介绍了两个。最后一部分是他对自己的影响。其次短文中使用了正确的时态和人称，第一部分和第二部分主要使用了一般过去时态；对自己的影响这一部分内容主要使用了一般现在时态。谓语动词形式准确，符合英语的表达规范。最后短文中使用了较丰富的句型，如He was short then, but he had a big dream—to play basketball in the NBA.、As a saying goes，Where there is a will, there is a way.、First, he didn't lose heart or give up even when he was refused to play basketball in the team because of his height、When I face difficulty in my daily life, his spirit keeps me going and encourages me to take on new challenges等。‎ 真题再现 ‎（一）‎ Nowadays, more and more students are getting near-sighted, so National Eye Care Day is set on June 6 every year. As we all know, eyes are the windows to the soul. We should try our best to protect them. Here are some suggestions for good eye health.‎ First, eat some foods that are good for eyes, such as carrots and eggs. Second, do more eye exercises to make them relax. Also, it’s helpful to look far away from time to time after studying long. Finally, make sure to have a good eye habit. Don’t read books or use a cell phone in bed.‎ In a word, eyes are so important that all of us should do what we can to keep them healthy.‎ ‎【写作亮点】书面表达题既不是汉译英，也不是可任意发挥的作文。它要求将所规定的材料内容经整理后展开思维，考查运用所学英语知识准确表达意思的能力。所以，考生不能遗漏要点，要尽量使用自己熟悉的单词、短语和句式，尽可能使用高级词汇和较复杂的句式结构以便得到较高的分数。‎ ‎（二）‎ Dear Bob,‎ How is it going?‎ An English Culture Festival will be held in our school. All of us students do hope that you could come and join us.‎ The activity will begin in the Lecture Hall at 14: 30 this Friday ant last about 3 hours. We've prepared many programs for it, for example, English songs. What's more, some students will perform plays in English.‎ As you know, many students in our school have difficulty in learning English well. So when the performance finishes, it would be very nice if you could give a talk and provide us with some practical advice.‎ Looking forward to your reply.‎ Yours,‎ Li hua ‎【名师点评】‎ 这是一篇给材料作文。要求写一封电子邮件邀请你的美籍老师Bob来参加你校即将举办的英语文化节活动，并请他在节目最后做一个关于如何学好英语的讲座。邮件还应包括以下内容：1. 活动时间：本周五下午14:30—17:30；2. 活动地点：报告厅（Lecture Hall）；3. 活动内容：学生演唱英文歌曲……。根据所给材料内容可知本文时态为一般现在时和一般将来时，人称主要为第一人称。在写作时，要涵盖材料中所提到的所有内容要点，要理顺要点，防止漏写。同时要注意紧扣主题，连句成篇，保持文章的连贯性。要注意语言的表述应该复合语法结构，造句应该符合英语的表达习惯。要使用自己有把握的句式、单词、词汇、句式要丰富多样，可以为文章增色添彩。最后必须认真检查是否有漏写情况，有无拼写错误及标点误用等。‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 首先认真审题，看清题目中的要求和要点；然后根据提示内容，列出写作要点及每个要点中可能要用到的表达；然后紧扣要点，动笔写作，在写作过程中，要注意句与句、段与段之间的过渡，必要时可运用适当的连词，使文章过渡平稳，自然流畅；最后要细心复核检查，确保正确无误。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Dear John,‎ Glad to receive your email. You asked me about festivals in China. Let me introduce some important ones to you.‎ First of all, I want to introduce the Lantern Festival. It comes in January or February. On that day, we eat yuanxiao, go to watch lantern shows and dragon dances to pray for health and happiness for the whole year.‎ The Mid-Autumn Festival is in the middle of autumn. It is a time for the family to get together and celebrate harvest. At night, the whole family eats delicious mooncakes and tells the story of Chang’e while watching the big bright moon.‎ The Spring Festival is the most important for us Chinese. It's the beginning of a new year. We usually eat dumplings, meat and some other nice food. To welcome the New Year, we do some cleaning, buy new clothes, set off fireworks and visit our relatives. Everyone, young or old, has a happy smile on their faces.‎ Can you tell me something about the festivals in your country? I’m looking forward to hearing from you.‎ Yours,‎ Zhang Ming ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这篇短文根据提示依次介绍了三个节日的时间，节日饮食，活动方式，及节日对人们的意义。在描写中对相似内容作者运用了不同句式，如：It comes in January or February. The Mid-Autumn Festival is in the middle of autumn. It's the beginning of a new year.；On that day, we eat yuanxiao, go to watch lantern shows and dragon dances to pray for health and happiness ‎ for the whole year.，It is a time for the family to get together and celebrate harvest. The Spring Festival is the most important for us Chinese. 等。短文句式灵活多变，内容丰富。‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ The book I’d like to share with you is The Old and the Sea, written by an American writer Ernest Hemingway. This book tells about a fisherman who is lucky enough to catch a huge fish at sea, but finds it hard to take it home. On the way back, he has to fight against the fish, and the sea as well.‎ What I like most about the book is that the fisherman never gives up when meeting with difficulties. I still remember the well-known from the book: Man is not made for defeat. This tells us that nothing seems terrible as long as we have a strong will and a brave heart.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这篇短文结构合理，行文流畅，内容丰富，其中长句，复合句的运用非常熟练，为文章添彩。如：定语从句This book tells about a fisherman who is lucky enough to catch a huge fish at sea,；表语从句What I like most about the book is that the fisherman never gives up when meeting with difficulties.；宾语从句I still remember the well-known from the book: Man is not made for defeat.等。学&科网 ‎（五）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Dear Frank,‎ I’m glad to hear that you will come to Nanchong this summer vacation. Nanchong is a great city with a long history. You can watch North Sichuan Puppetry and know about Chen Shou, a well-known historian. He wrote a book called Records of the Three Kingdoms. ‎ There are many places of interest in Nanchong. You can visit Langzhong Ancient City. The buildings are so amazing. And you can enjoy the fantastic Jialing River and the wonderful Mount Lingyun. If you want to relax yourself, make sure to try Zhangfei Beef, Clear Noodles in Chili Sauce and other delicious food. Besides, you can have fun and buy something special for your family and friends at Wangfujing Mall.‎ Hope to see you!‎ Yours,‎ Li Hua ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这篇短文包含了所有要点，能围绕内容适当发挥，如：Besides, you can have fun and buy something special for your family and friends at Wangfujing Mall., 而且短文内容具体、丰富，如：You can watch North Sichuan Puppetry and know about Chen Shou, a well-known historian.，If you want to relax yourself, make sure to try Zhangfei Beef, Clear Noodles in Chili Sauce and other delicious food.等。短文还应用了较丰富的语言结构和词汇, 句子通顺、行文连贯、表达清楚。‎ ‎（六）‎ ‎【思路导航】‎ 这是一篇话题作文。在自我介绍中要介绍三个方面：1.在家和学校的表现； 2.兴趣与爱好； 3.对高中生活的展望。所给的提示非常清晰，我们要做的就是根据提示适当发挥。在前两个方面，主要用一般现在时，最后一方面，可以用将来时的句式。写作中注意选择自己熟悉的句式，适当使用连词，注意上下文联系紧密，符合逻辑关系。‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Hello, everybody! My name is Li Hua. I’m from the Hope Middle School. I am very happy to stand here to talk about myself. I am a kind and helpful person. At school, I am always ready to help others who are in trouble. I can sing and dance so well that I often give performances at our ‎ school party. At home , I often help my parents do housework. I think doing housework is not only my parents’ duty. ‎ I can sing and dance well, I think they make me feel relaxed. and I often give performances at our school party. That makes me very well –known in my school. Also, I like reading, I think reading not only give me knowledge but also open my eyes to the world. ‎ In the senior high school, I will get on well with new classmates and teachers. and I will study harder，I hope I can learn how to learn better. so that I can enter a good university. That’s all Thank you!‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这篇短文内容涵盖了题目要求的所有要点，表达准确，意思连贯，符合逻辑。文章脉络清晰，自然流畅。同时，文章还使用了一些常用的句式和短语，这为文章增色不少。在学习中注意积累，掌握一些常用句式及短语，写作时就可以适当引用，使文章的表达更有逻辑性，更富有条理。‎ 模拟检测 ‎（一）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Good morning, everyone! Now let me tell you something about my hometown, Quanzhou.‎ Quanzhou is in the southeast of China. It's very beautiful. It's a city with a long history and has a population of 8.5 million. Great changes have taken place these years. We have built many tall buildings and wide roads. There are many places of interest, such as Mount Qingyuan, Kaiyuan Temple, Confucious’ temple and so on. I hope my hometown will be more and more beautiful. I love my hometown very much.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 本文结构紧凑，语言简练。开头介绍了自己的家乡——泉州的位置，历史和人口，接下来介绍泉州的变化和名胜，最后我希望泉州越来越美。此处let sb do sth, tell sb about sth, a population of, take place, places of interest, and so on等这些词组的运用也让文章增色不少。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Miss Wang is the English teacher who has influenced me most. She is in her thirties. She has taught English in our school for more than / over ten years. Whenever we have trouble / worries, she will always offer us some valuable suggestions. Miss Li seems to be kinder to us than to her own family. She is hard-working and has won high praise from her students successfully / has succeeded in winning high praise from her students. Last year, I made great progress in my English with her help. ‎ I think she has a heart full of love /she is the best teacher that I have ever met. I want to be a teacher like her in the future.‎ ‎【亮点说明】[来源:学科网]‎ 本文结构紧凑，语言简练。开头介绍了王老师是对我影响最深的老师，接下来介绍她的个人情况，最后介绍她似乎对我们比对她的家人更好。此处in one’s thirties, more than, offer sb sth, be kind to sb, succeed in doing sth, make great progress, want to do sth, in the future等这些词组的运用也让文章增色不少。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎【思路导航】‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Good afternoon, everyone. I am Li Ling. I’m 15 years old. I’m in Grade 9. When I was young, I dreamt of being a successful singer. I began to learn to play the guitar at the age of 8. I have won several prizes in guitar competitions. Now I often sing while playing. I am going to hold/have a small concert. I like listening to classical music because I think it has a lasting value. I also enjoy watching chat shows because there are many famous people talking about their lives. My hero is Jay Chou. He can sing well and is good at creating music. I hope to be a person like him.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这是一篇优秀的作文。首先短文内容完整，包含了题目所给的所有要点，叙述清晰、有条理。其次短文中使用了正确的时态，以一般现在时和一般过去时为主，在介绍个人经历这一部分中使用了一般过去时态，动词形式变化准确，语法规范。另外，短文中句式变化丰富，长短句结合，使文章富有节奏，句式表达符合英语的习惯，并且使用了一些较好的句型和短语，如When I was young, I dreamt of being a successful singer、I am going to hold/have a small concert. I like listening to classical music because I think it has a lasting value、My hero is Jay Chou. He can sing well and is good at creating music.等。学&科网 四步法写建议类书面表达 ‎1. 首先要知道给出建议的格式：常用书信格式；‎ ‎2. 然后写出提建议的原因；‎ ‎3. 最后根据具体的情况给出明确的建议；‎ ‎4. 写出希望。‎ 英语中咨询建议类作文通常以书信的形式呈现，英语书信类作文的常用表达：‎ 开头部分： ‎ How nice to hear from you again. ‎ Let me tell you something about the activity. ‎ I’m glad to have received your letter. ‎ I’m pleased to hear that you’re coming to China for a visit. ‎ I’m writing to thank you for your help during my stay in America. ‎ 结尾部分： ‎ With best wishes. ‎ I’m looking forward to your reply. ‎ I’d appreciate it if you could reply earlier. ‎ We should take measures to control pollution in order to save the world.   ‎ We’d better take effective measures to prevent students from cheating on exams.   ‎ The government decided to take strong measures against drug abuse.   ‎ Urgent measures should be taken to prevent terrorists from carrying out further attacks.   ‎ Why not.../Why don’t you...‎ You can have a try.../Try to do...‎ Don’t be afraid of...‎ I believe you can do it. Good luck.‎ In one/a word/Generally speaking ‎ ‎ 解决方法类作文模板 In recent days, we have to face the problem____________A, which is becoming more and more serious. First, ____________（说明A的现状）. Second,  ____________（举例进一步说明现状）. ‎ Confronted with A, we should take a series of effective measures to cope with the situation. For one thing, ____________（解决方法一）. For another ____________（解决方法二）. Finally, ____________（解决方法三）. ‎ Personally, I believe that____________（我的解决方法）. ‎ Consequently, I’m confident that a bright future is waiting us because ____________（带来的好处）.‎ ‎（一）‎ 请根据下面Frank在信中所提出的困惑，以Maria的名义给他写一封回信，帮助他解决问题。80词左右。‎ Dear Editor,‎ I am a middle school student. I have many hobbies. I like playing football very much. But I can’t do it. I want to join the football team. But my parents don’t allow it. So I often argue with my parents.‎ Should I be allowed to make my own decisions? What should I do?‎ Yours,‎ Frank Dear Frank,‎ I read your problem from your letter. __________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ Maria ‎（二）‎ 张燕是九年级学生。她父亲在一家公司工作，家里几乎天天来客人。他们在客厅高声谈笑，有时还一起打牌，弄出许多噪音。这种吵闹的环境使张燕无法集中精力学习。她不知道如何解决这个问题。请你帮她给青少年辅导员王老师写一封信，谈谈她的烦恼并请王老师提出宝贵意见。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（三）‎ 你班Carl同学最近遇到了一些问题，希望得到一些建议和帮助。请你以Mr. Friend的身份给Car写封信，针对Carl的所有问题提出一些有益的建议。‎ Carl的问题[来源:Z|xx|k.Com]‎ 将来想当一名记者，但很安静，不喜欢与人交谈[来源:学_科_网]‎ 喜欢穿红色衣服，但同学嘲笑他像个女生 喜欢篮球，并且经常打，作业花的时间较少，不知如何平衡自己 的学业和爱好 你的建议 ‎……(至少四条)‎ 要求：1. 不能出现真实的个人身份信息；‎ ‎ 2. 不得遗漏提示信息，条理清楚，字迹工整，语意连贯可适当发挥；‎ ‎ 3. 词数：110词左右(信的开头和结尾已经给出，不计入总词数)。‎ Dear Carl,‎ Thank you very much for telling me about your problems. I hope I can help you. _______________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ I hope you think my advice is valuable to you.‎ Best wishes,‎ Mr. Friend ‎（一）（2018年山东省青岛中考）‎ 中央电视台《经典咏流传》节目的播出，再次激发了人们对经典文学作品的阅读热情。读书可以成就更美好的自己，让读书伴随我们成长。请根据以下要点提示，以＂Growing up with Reading＂为题写一篇英语短文介绍你曾经读过的一本书或—首诗，并建议大家多读书，读好书。‎ 要点提示：‎ 读书的重要性 ‎1. 获取知识，开阔眼界；‎ ‎2. 提升自我，增强自信……‎ 读过的一本书或 一首诗 ‎1. 作品内容简介；‎ ‎2. 读书感悟及对自己的影响。‎ 多读书，读好书 ‎1. 利用闲暇时间多读书，养成读书的好习惯；‎ ‎2. 多读经典文学作品……‎ 注意：‎ ‎1. 短文应包括以上要点，可适当发挥，以使行文连贯。‎ ‎2. 文中不得出现自己的真实姓名、学校及地名。‎ ‎3. 词数：80—100（文章开头已给出，不计入总词数）。‎ 参考词汇：classic 经典作品； open up one’s eyes 开阔眼界；improve oneself 提升自我； be more confident 更自信；responsibility 责任；cooperation 合作。‎ Growing up with Reading Have you watched the program Everlasting Classics on CCTV? This program makes us more interested in reading books, especially classics. ________________________________________________________________‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎（2017﹒山东威海）假如你是＂Kids Advice Magazine＂的编辑，请针对Evan的烦恼，用英语给他写一封80词以上的回信，对他进行开导。信的开头和落款已给出，不计入词数。‎ 要点提示：‎ ‎1. 陈述有兄弟姐妹的优势：弟妹的崇拜、不孤单、学会与人相处或分享……‎ ‎2. 说明不同年龄段有不同的责任和义务：自己的，父母的，弟妹的……‎ ‎3. 建议、鼓励：不比较、不抱怨，做好自己所能做的事 词汇提示（仅供参考）：complain抱怨（vi. & vt.），admire，compare Dear Evan,‎ It’s not easy being in your situation. It’s normal to have these feelings. But every coin has two sides ________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ Yours truly,‎ Ron Todd ‎（三）‎ ‎（2017﹒山东聊城）假定你是张华，你在外地学习的好朋友王伟发电子邮件向你请教如何学好英语。请你根据以下要点用英语给他回封电子邮件。‎ 内容包括：‎ ‎（1）看英语电影、听英语歌曲，猜测生词意思。‎ ‎（2）与外教交谈。‎ ‎（3）把单词写在纸条上，利用纸条记忆单词。‎ 注意：‎ ‎（1）词数：80左右；‎ ‎（2）可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；‎ ‎（3）开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。‎ Dear Wang Wei，‎ I received your email yesterday. In the email, you asked me how to improve your English. Now I’d like to give you some advice. ‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ These are my suggestions. I hope they are useful to you. ‎ Yours,‎ Zhang Hua ‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎（2017﹒江苏苏州）假定你是苏华，你最近认识的英国笔友David给你发了一封电子邮件，想了解你初中三年来在学习和生活方而的一些收获、困惑和感受。请认真阅读下而的邮件，根据信中的内容及你的实际用英语回复。‎ To: suhua@ china.com From: davidsmith@ britain.com Subject: School life Dear Su Hua, ‎ Glad to hear you’re graduating from junior high. I’m interested in how you feel about those three years of school life. Would you please tell me the following things? ‎ ‎●What do you like best about your school life?‎ ‎●What’s the biggest problem as a junior student?‎ ‎●Who has helped you most? And why?‎ ‎● Do you enjoy your school life? Why or why not?‎ I look forward to hearing from you soon.‎ All the best.‎ David ‎ 注意：1. 词数90左右，开头和结尾已经写好，不计入总词数；‎ ‎ 2. 回复须包括所有要点，可适当发挥，使全文连贯、通顺；‎ ‎ 3. 文中不得提及真实的人名、校名等相关信息。‎ Dear David,‎ Thank you so much for your email. I’m very happy to tell you about my school life. ____________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ How about your school life? Write to me soon.‎ Best wishes,‎ Su Hua ‎（一）‎ ‎（深圳市宝安中学2017—2018年度初三期中）你叫James，是初三的一名学生，你的好朋友Joyce近期很烦恼，她上周日因为使用手机的问题与她父亲发生了争吵，她父亲把她手机都摔坏了。她这几天情绪很低落，学习不认真，你很担心她，所以你给她写了一封信。‎ 要点：‎ ‎1. 你非常理解她的感受。‎ ‎2.对她的问题提出至少两点建议。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1. 词数：80词左右（开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数）；‎ ‎2. 文章必须包含所有提示内容，并可适当发挥；‎ ‎3. 文中不得出现真实姓名和校名；‎ ‎4. 条理清楚，语句通顺，意思连贯，书写规范。‎ 参考词汇：1. have a quarrel与……吵架 2. treat对待 3. affect影响 Dear Joyce,‎ I am so sorry to hear that you had a quarrel with your father and he even broke your smart phone. _________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ Best wishes!‎ Yours,‎ James ‎（二）‎ ‎（江苏省连云港市岗埠中学2015—2016学年度九年级）张涛是一名九年级学生，面对繁重的学业和升学压力，他总是感到焦虑不安，晚上还经常失眠。请根据你所学的知识，针对他的问题，运用色彩疗法给他提些建议。‎ 要求：1. 书写工整，语言连贯；‎ ‎ 2. 词数：80词左右（信的开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数）‎ Dear Zhang Tao,‎ I know as a Grade 9 student, you have some problems now. As your close friend, I want to give you some advice.‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ If these still do not work, please make a phone call to me.‎ Yours,‎ John 跟踪训练 ‎（一）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Dear Frank,‎ I read your problem from your letter. Many teenagers have hobbies. Sometimes these hobbies get in the way of schoolwork and their parents may worry about their studies. Arguing is not useful. Try to talk with your parents in a friendly way. In my opinion, you can tell them it is ‎ good for your health to do sports. You should practice your hobbies after school or on weekends. But you can’t do it as much as you want. As a student，the most important thing is to study. We should have enough time to have fun but not too much. I’m sure you can do it well.‎ Maria ‎（二）‎ ‎【思路导航】‎ 这是一篇材料作文。写作前一定要认真审题，考题要求考生帮助张燕给青少年辅导员王老师写一封信，因此人称要用第一人称来表达，时态为一般现在时，注意主谓一致，同时注意书信的格式。用到的词组或短语有：in a company，talk to each other，play cards together，make a lot of noise，focus on，how to deal with，offer sb. sth.等。写作中注意叙述顺序，符合逻辑关系。‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Dear Mr. Wang，‎ My name is Zhan Yan. I’m a Grade 9 student. I have some problems and I need your help. ‎ My father works in a company. There are always many people coming to my home. They talk to each other loudly and sometimes they even play cards together. They make a lot of noise and this is really terrible. I can’t focus on my study. I don’t know how to deal with this problem. Can you offer me some suggestions? They would be most valuable. Thanks a lot. ‎ Best wishes！‎ Yours sincerely，‎ Zhang Yan ‎（三）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Dear Carl,‎ Thank you very much for telling me about your problems. I hope I can help you. You want to be a reporter in the future, but you are too quiet and you don’t enjoy talking with others. You like wearing red clothes but your classmates think you are like a girl and often laugh at you. You are a student, so you are busy every day. You must have lots of homework, but you are crazy about basketball. You spend a lot of time playing basketball. Like this, you will find you are tired. You should give it up. You don’t stay up late. If you make low marks in exams, you will feel stressed. You should talk about this to your parents or your best friends. They can help you. Please work hard to get good marks. I believe you will go to high school. I hope you think my advice is valuable to you.‎ Best wishes.‎ Mr. Friend ‎【亮点说明】‎ 本文结构紧凑，语言简练。开头介绍了Carl的问题，接下来介绍我的建议，最后我希望你认为我的建议有用。此处thank you for doing sth, want to do sth, enjoy doing sth, like doing sth, laugh at ,be crazy about, spend time doing sth, give up, stay up, work hard等这些词组的运用也给文章增色不少。学&科网 真题再现 ‎（一）‎ Growing up with Reading Have you watched the program Everlasting Classics on CCTV? This program makes us more interested in reading books, especially classics. Reading is very important. We can get knowledge through reading. It can not only open our minds, but also make us cleverer and more confident. Our study can be improved if we read more good books.‎ These days I am reading a book whose title is Jane Eyre, which attracts me a lot. The book’s writer is called Charlotte Bronte, who was born in England in 1816. She had two sisters and one brother, but unfortunately their mother died when they were very young. Actually Jane Eyre is a ‎ book whose theme is of love. In the story, Jane Eyre lived a hard life, but she was self-confident and perseverant. In her heart, there is always a mind that if you hold a belief and stick to it, you will eventually achieve your dream.‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【思路导航】‎ 这是一篇针对所给材料而完成的一封回信。首先要读懂阅读理解，明确Evan的烦恼是什么，然后有针对性地进行开导。可根据要点提示所列举的几点去组织材料，要尽量运用不同的句式去表达，来增加文章的亮点。‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Dear Evan,‎ It’s not easy being in your situation. It’s normal to have these feelings. But every coin has two sides. Being the eldest child in the family surely has its advantages.‎ Firstly. you used to enjoy all the love from your parents. You’re loved and admired by your brother and sister. You won’t feel lonely with them around you and you can learn how to share and how to get on with others. Together with them you’ll grow up more quickly.‎ Secondly, people of different ages have different duties. Think of your parents how hard they are working! As you are growing older, you are supposed to do more and do better than your brother and sister. Everyone has to grow up and we all have to do what we should do. We have to be responsible for ourselves So I think if you don’t compare with babies, just think of your duty, you will feel much better. Don’t complain about your situation. Try your best to do the things of your age.‎ Attitude is everything. You are sure to grow into an outstanding young man.‎ Yours truly,‎ Ron Todd ‎（三）‎ ‎【思路导航】‎ 本篇书面表达是一封书信，结合本题所给的写作信息，阐述＂如何学好英语＂建议。根据内容提示可知本文应运用一般现在时态，注意一些常见句式的应用。写作中注意连词、固定短语的交替使用，使文意连接紧密，还要注意使用丰富的语句，注意叙述顺序，符合逻辑关系，最后最好要表达出自己的感想和看法。‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Dear Wang Wei，‎ I received your email yesterday. In the email，you asked me how to improve your English. Now I’d like to give you some advice. ‎ Watching English films and listening to English songs are great ways to learn English! Watch and listen several times，and guess the meaning of the new words. ‎ Having a conversation with a foreign teacher is also a good way. You’d better start it with greetings or a question. Also，smile before you speak and do not feel shy. Write four or five words a day on pieces of paper and place them in your room. Read the words when you see them，and try to use them. ‎ These are my suggestions. I hope they are useful to you. ‎ Yours，‎ Zhang Hua ‎【亮点说明】‎ 本文结构紧凑，语言简练。文中great ways to do sth，having a conversation with, had better, start it with, place them in your room, try to, and等词（组）的恰当使用，使上下文意连接紧密；文中还多处使用了动名词作主语的句型，and并列句、时间状语从句等复合句，大大增加了信息的容量，使文章增色不少，值得学习。‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Dear David,‎ Thank you so much for your email. I’m very happy to tell you about my school life.‎ I like the Football Club best because I’ve made quite a few friends by joining the club. Moreover, it’s an excellent chance to learn team spirit.‎ However, I’ve also met some problems over the three years. The biggest one is how to achieve a balance between my schoolwork and my hobbies. Whenever I am in great need, my English teacher always comes to me, so she is the person who has helped me most in the junior high.‎ In all, I enjoy my school life because it’s colourful and meaningful.‎ How about your school life? Write to me soon.‎ Best wishes.‎ Su Hua ‎【亮点说明】‎ 本文结构紧凑，语言简练。开头介绍了感谢David的来信，并要告诉David我的初中生活；接下来介绍在学习和生活方面的一些收获、困惑和感受；最后询问关于David的学校生 活，并送上祝愿。此处thank sb for sth, tell sb about sth, over the three years, in great need, how about等这些短语的运用也让文章增色不少。‎ 模拟检测 ‎（一）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Dear Joyce,‎ I am so sorry to hear that you had a quarrel with your father and he even broke your smart phone.‎ I can fully understand your feelings. We want to depend more on ourselves but sometimes our parents still treat us like a primary school student. You have different opinions on using a smart phone with your father. I think your father is worried that using a smart phone may affect your study. After all, we are in Grade 9 and we must try our best to study. Here I have two suggestions for you.‎ First, you should find a chance to communicate with your father when you both calm down. If you don’t want to talk to him, you can write a letter or an email to him.‎ Second, I think you should forget this unhappy thing and start to study hard again. Time is very valuable for us, so we can’t afford to waste it .Please raise your spirits!‎ Best wishes!‎ Yours,‎ James ‎【名师点睛】‎ 首先认真审题，看清题目中的要求和要点；然后根据提示内容，列出写作要点及每个要点中可能要用到的表达；然后紧扣要点，动笔写作，在写作过程中，要注意句与句、段与段 之间的过渡，必要时可适当运用表示转折、因果、并列、比较等关系的连词，使文章过渡平稳，自然流畅；最后要细心复核检查，确保正确无误。学&科网 ‎（二）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ I know as a Grade 9 student, you have some problems now. As your close friend, I want to give you some advice. ‎ Firstly, if you always feel stressed, I advise you to wear blue or white. The two colours can make you feel calm and peaceful. You can also try wearing green, because it can make you feel energetic. ‎ Secondly, you may paint your bedroom blue if you can’t sleep well at night. Sleeping in a blue room is good for your mind and body, because blue can create a feeling of harmony. ‎ Finally, perhaps you should use yellow stationery when you study for exams, because yellow can make you wise. ‎ If these still do not work, please make a phone call to me. ‎ Yours,‎ John 叙事描写类的书面表达是以叙述和描写为主要表达方式，以写人、叙事和经历、写物、绘景等为主要内容的文体：‎ 这一类的书面表达动词使用率最高，且富于变化，用得最多的是动词的过去时态，其他各种时态为辅。合理使用丰富多彩的动词时态是这类书面表达的首要语言特征。人物类书面表达如果是对人的性格、外貌等叙述常用一般现在时，如果通过事件来刻画人物的性格，那么就要用过去时。写好这类书面表达要注意以下几点：‎ ‎1. 头绪分明，脉络清楚 写好书面表达，首先要头绪分明，脉络清楚，明确文章要求写什么。要对所写的事件或人物进行分析，弄清事件发生、发展一直到结束的整个过程，然后再收集选取素材。这些 素材都要围绕五个＂W＂和一个＂H＂来展开，分别是why, what, when, where, who及how。学科&网 ‎2. 突出中心，详略得当 在文章的框架确定后，对支持故事的素材的选取是很关键的一步。选材要注意取舍，应该从表现文章主题的需要出发，分清主次，定好详略。详写细述那些能表现文章主题的重要情节，略写或粗述那些非关键的次要情节。面面俱到反而会使情节罗列化，使人不得要领。这一点是写好记叙文要解决的一个基本问题，也需要一定的技巧。‎ ‎3. 用活语言，准确生动 记叙文要用具体的事件和生动的语言对人、事、物加以叙述。一篇好的叙事描写类书面表达的语言既要准确、生动，又要表现力强，这样才能把人、事物描写得具体生动。‎ ‎1. Among various kinds of things/persons in my mind ... is the most unforgettable one.‎ ‎2. On a sunny/rainy morning, while I was...First of all... Then ... After that... In the end ...‎ ‎3. He/she/this was one of the most meaningful/enjoyable/unforgettable persons/things that I have ever met/ experienced, I will remember him/her forever.[来源:学科网ZXXK]‎ 加分句子：‎ ‎1. Sth impressed me greatly...‎ ‎2. What impressed me most is that...‎ 经典句型：‎ ‎1. Last Sunday（Saturday...）, it was sunny（rainy, windy, foggy） ‎ ‎2. I got up very early （late）. After breakfast I went to with my friends by bike, bus...   ‎ ‎3. We enjoyed ourselves.‎ ‎4. We forgot the time. We didn’t come back until 5 o’clock.   ‎ ‎5. We all felt very tired, but we were happy.  ‎ ‎6. I thought I would never forget this trip. ‎ ‎7. Last summer, my parents and I went to Beijing for our holidays.   ‎ ‎8. We visited a lot of places of interest.  ‎ ‎9. We had a good time there. ‎ ‎10. We bought a lot of things. The clothes here are good and cheap. ‎ l 人物类书面表达主要通过刻画人物性格，塑造人物形象，反映生活，表现主题，模版如下：‎ 开门见山，引出要介绍的人物 正文（时间、地点、人物……）‎ 感想 I will never forget my English teacher…She is a beautiful woman…‎ It was…o’clock, I did…in…‎ I realize that…‎ l 叙事和经历类书面表达通过叙述事件的起因、经过和结果表现主题。‎ l 写景状物类书面表达通过对事物和景点的描述表现主题。文章宜采用总—分—总的结构或总—分的结构，模版如下：‎ 介绍景观 介绍旅行经历 总结旅行感受 ‎… is one of the most beautiful scenery spots.‎ I volunteered a guide to introduce…‎ It was a busy and tired day but I was very happy.‎ ‎（一）‎ 请根据下面的中文要点提示，以＂A Young Businessman Was Murdered＂为题写一篇不少于90词左右的英语短文。‎ 要点如下：‎ ‎1. 昨晚十点到凌晨一点之间，发生了一起谋杀案； ‎ ‎2 被害人是一名年轻商人，年仅35岁。案发时，有人听到了呼救的声音；‎ ‎3. 据警方描述，被害人是因为刀伤，流血过多而死；‎ ‎4. 目前凶手在逃，警方悬赏10,000元人民币寻求重要线索，……(请发挥1—2句)‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（二）‎ 初中生活马上就要结束了，三年的初中生活一定给你留下了挥之不去的记忆。请你给大家讲一下最值得你回忆的故事，包括时间、人物、事情的经过和事后你的感想。‎ 提示词语：four years, memories, one of, one day, think, happy, sorry 要求如下：1. 短文内容应该包括人物的外貌、性格、爱好和使你难忘之处等；‎ ‎ 2. 短文中不得出现真实的校名和人名。‎ ‎ 3. 词数100 左右。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（三）‎ 根据所给图画和文字提示，用英语写一篇约80词的短文。要求完整叙述图画内容。‎ 提示词 ：放鞭炮 set off firecrackers 雾霾 smog 装扮 decorate ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（一）（2018 • 湖北黄冈中考）‎ 美丽中国，美丽长江。黄冈是长江边一座美丽的城市。假如你是黄冈某中学的一名中学生李明，请你以＂美丽的黄冈＂为话題，向你的英国笔友Tom介绍一下你美丽的家乡——黄冈。‎ 要点提示：1. 黄冈位于长江之边，大别山之南；‎ ‎2. 黄冈历史悠久，名人辈出；‎ ‎3. 黄冈风景迷人，乡村秀美；‎ ‎4. 人人参与，从小事做起，黄冈人正在努力地保护黄冈的自然环境；‎ ‎5. 邀请Tom来中国，欣赏黄冈更美好的绿水青山、蓝天白云。‎ 写作要求：1. 词数90左右(短文的开头已经给出，不计入总词数)；‎ ‎2. 根据要点提示，可以适当发挥；‎ ‎3. 短文中不得出现真实的姓名及校名。‎ 参考词汇：lie(位于); Dabie mountains; plant; clean up; clear river and green mountains ‎ Dear Tom,‎ Thanks for your last letter. You asked me about my hometown, now let me tell you. ___________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ Best wishes!‎ Yours, ‎ Li Ming ‎（二）‎ ‎（2017﹒河南）我们每天都要做很多事情，有些还很棘手。请以＂I did it＂为题，并根据要点和要求，用英语写一篇短文，描述一件你完成的棘手事情。‎ ‎1. 要点：1)你做了什么事情；‎ ‎ 2)你是如何做那件事情的；‎ ‎ 3)你做完那件事情后的感受。‎ ‎2. 要求：1)文中不得出现真实姓名和学校名称；‎ ‎ 2)词数80左右。‎ I did it ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎（2017﹒新疆）去年暑假你是在那里度过的呢？是外出度假还是待在家里？都做了些什么呢？请以My Last Summer Vacation为题写一篇短文，描述你去年的暑假生活，80-100词。‎ 要求：1. 条理清楚，语言流畅，语法正确，内容充实；‎ ‎ 2. 文中不得出现真实的姓名、校名等信息。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎（2017﹒重庆B卷）在我们成长的道路，朋友是不可或缺的那道风景。在相知相伴的岁月里，留下了多少美好的故事和难忘的回忆! 某英语报社以＂A Story Between My Friend and Me＂为题开展征文活动，请你按要求用英语写一篇文章参赛。‎ 要求：1. 故事必须原创；‎ ‎ 2. 80-120词，开头已给出，不计入总词数；‎ ‎ 3. 文中不能出现自己的姓名和所在学校的名称。‎ 参考要点：1. 分享故事(起因，经过，结果……)；‎ ‎ 2. 表达感受(幸福，感动，思考……)；‎ ‎ 3. ……‎ A Story between My Friend and Me ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（五）‎ ‎(2017﹒北京)宽容是一种美德。人与人之间难免会有磕磕绊绊。面对矛盾，多一份包容和谅解，生活就会多一缕阳光。‎ 某英文网站正在开展以＂包容、谅解＂为主题的征文活动。假如你是李华，请用英语写一篇短文投稿，谈谈生活中你原谅他人的一次经历，主要内容包括：你们之间发生了什么，你为什么原谅对方，以及原谅对方之后的感受。‎ 提示词语：hurt, realize, forgive（原谅）, happy 提示问题：What happened between you and him/her?‎ Why did you decide to forgive him/her?‎ How did you feel after forgiving him/her?‎ I still remember what happened between________________________________________________________[来源:学|科|网]‎ ‎_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（一）‎ ‎（山东省济南市孙集中学等校2017年春季初三英语结业水平考试模拟）根据所给图画，以Sally Smiled Again为题用英语写一篇约80词的短文。要求完整叙述图画内容。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（二）‎ 根据所给图画，用英语写一篇约80词的短文。要求完整叙述图画内容，描述一下Mr. and Ms. Green家里发生了什么。‎ 参考词汇：burglar n. 窃贼 ‎ ‎ steal (stole, stolen) v. 偷 ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ 跟踪训练 ‎（一）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ A murder took place between 10 p.m. last night and 1 a. m. this morning. The victim was a young businessman. He was only 35 years old. Someone heard shouting for help at the time of the crime. The police said that the victim was wounded with a knife and bled to death as a result. ‎ The murderer hasn’t been caught so far. The police have offered a reward of 10, 000 yuan for the important clues. Anyone who can provide useful information should contact the police.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这篇习作的层次清晰，内容饱满，表达流畅。文中使用了非常好的短语，例如take place，between…and，shout for help，at the time of，as a result，so far等。而The police said that the victim was wounded with a knife and bled to death as a result./ Anyone who can provide useful information should contact the police.等多种从句的运用更是为文章增色不少。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【参考范文】[来源:学科网]‎ How times flies! I have studied in my school for three years. And I will graduate from middle school in a few days. I am eager to share my happiness and sadness with you. I had so many memories in three years’ life. One of them impressed me very much. I still remember, when I began to learn English, I found it too difficult to learn English. No matter how hard I tried, I still couldn’t do well in it and almost gave up. As soon as my English teacher found my problem, she had a talk with me about how to learn English well. Since then, she has kept helping me. Little by little, I’ve become interested in English and I’m good at it. I think I am so lucky to become one of her students. I’ve learned a lot from her. I will try to help others when they are in trouble. I think it is a happy thing to help others.‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎【思路导航】‎ 考生首先要认真阅读前面的提示认真审题，确定文章的中心。注意文章文体、人称和时态。本文主要介绍春节前大头儿子和小头爸爸想买鞭炮庆祝春节的故事，因此一般过去时运用较多。根据情景的发展，按顺序安排好材料。同时应选用合适的连接词或过渡词，使文章 具有一定的连贯性。当然，写作时尤要注意文章结构的合理，表述的条理性和准确性。学科&网 ‎【参考范文】‎ One day before the Spring Festival, Xiaotou father and Datou son went shopping, they wanted to buy something to celebrate the Spring Festival. On the way, the father said they should buy some firecrackers, but the son thought setting off firecrackers was very dangerous and it could make more smog. It is bad for people’s health and the environment. The father agreed with him. He suggested they could buy some flowers and grass to decorate their house, the son was very happy to hear that.‎ 真题再现 ‎（一）‎ Dear Tom,‎ Thanks for your last letter. You asked me about my hometown. Now let me tell you.‎ My hometown is Huanggang. It lies by the Yangtze River and at the southern foot of Dabie Mountains.[来源:学科网]‎ It’s a beautiful city with a long history. A number of famous people come from our city, such as Li siguang, Li shizhen, Wen Yiduo and so on. There are lots of beautiful mountains, rivers and lakes. They are so fascinating that thousands of tourists come to visit Huanggang every year. You can also see beautiful villages everywhere. We are proud of our hometown.‎ Now the people in Huanggang are trying to protect the natural environment. We plant trees as many as possible every year. We stop factories from throwing rubbish into the rivers. Volunteers go to the mountains, forests, parks and streets to clean them up on the weekends. Everyone is playing a role in making our city more and more beautiful. We are taking action!‎ Tom, would you like to come to Huanggang? You can see clear rivers and green mountains as ‎ well as blue skies and white cloud. I believe you will fall in love with our city and have a wonderful time. Looking forward to your visit!‎ Best wishes!‎ Yours,‎ Li Ming ‎【名师点评】‎ 这是一篇给材料作文，以“美丽的黄冈”为话题，向我的英国笔友Tom介绍一下我美丽的家乡——黄冈。结合所给材料，可知本文主要考查一般现在时，人称为第一、二、三人称，注意主谓一致问题，句子结构主要为系表结构和动宾结构，注意一些常见句式的应用，比如：My hometown is……，It lies……，There are……，We are proud of……，Would you like to……? You can……，I believe……等句式的应用。写作中注意运用代词，注意多种句式交替运用。写作中注意叙述顺序，符合逻辑关系。‎ ‎【写作亮点】‎ 本文结构紧凑，语言简练。开头介绍了黄冈的地理位置，接下来介绍黄冈的历史、风景和环保情况，最后邀请Tom来中国,欣赏黄冈更美好的绿水青山、蓝天白云。此处ask sb about sth, a number of, be proud of, as…as possible, play a role in doing sth, fall in love with, have a wonderful time等这些词组的运用也让文章增色不少。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ I did it How time flies! I’m fifteen years now. There was one thing that I will never forget. Gone through that matter，I seem to grow up a lot. That was New Year’s Eve last year，the students send each other greeting cards. Cards with their own wishes and sent to good friends. I have also ‎ been infected by this atmosphere and ready to join the crowd. Suddenly，I saw a student sitting there alone. That is not the famous ＂naughty King＂ Liu Kai do. But now，he seems like a changed man. How he got it？I looked at him puzzled. Suddenly，I wake up. Certainly because no one sent him a greeting card，and no one said to him words of wish. I could not help feeling sad for him. So I handed him a greeting card，and said to him, ＂Happy holiday!＂ He looked at me then looked at the cards，said happily, ＂Thank you!＂ His eyes filled with happiness. He stood up and said,＂I also have a beautiful card. ＂Looked at him，and I smiled. How important group is!‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 本文结构紧凑，语言简练。开头介绍了我做了什么事情；接下来介绍我是如何做那件事情的；最后表达我做完那件事情后的感受。此处go through, seem to do sth, stand up, each other, wake up, couldn’t help doing sth, hand sb sth等这些短语的运用也让文章增色不少。学科&网 ‎（三）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Last year，I have spent a happy summer holiday. During the holiday，I went to Dalian for a visit，there I saw the beautiful sea，it was really amazing. The sea water was as blue as the sky，and it was very clean as well. Also，the beach in Dalian was very nice，we built a small sand palace. When I was swimming in the sea，as if I was a little fish. I like that feeling very much. That’s my trip to Dalian，it’s really unforgettable. I had a great time. This year，I want to Guilin. ‎ ‎【名师点睛】‎ 首先认真审题，看清题目中的要求和要点；然后根据提示内容，列出写作要点及每个要点中可能要用到的表达；然后紧扣要点，动笔写作，在写作过程中，要注意句与句、段与段 之间的过渡，必要时可适当运用表示转折、因果、并列、比较等关系的连词，使文章过渡平稳，自然流畅；最后要细心复核检查，确保正确无误。‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎【思路导航】‎ 本书面表达以＂A Story Between My Friend and Me＂为题，根据题目要求知道应该写一篇记叙文，同时必须完成相应的要点内容，作文的关键是回忆，因此它的基准时态应该以过去时态为主，即一、二要点，而第三点发表自己对朋友的看法或观点，应该用一般现在时来叙述。写作中注意连词、固定短语的交替使用，使文意连接紧密，还要注意使用丰富的语句，注意叙述顺序，符合逻辑关系，最后最好要表达出人物的感想和看法。‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ A Story between My Friend and Me There is always something unforgettable in my life, especially the story between my friend and me. One thing happened in the past had a deep influence on me.‎ Here is the story. On a rainy day, I suddenly fell down and hurt myself badly. My left leg was broken. So I had to stay in hospital for about one month and I was worried about my study. Then my friend Mingming came to see me. When he knew about that, he said he could help me with my study. On hearing this, I didn’t feel worried any more. From that day on, he taught me every day. I was so moved. I didn’t fall behind the other students with Mingming’s help. I thanked him a lot.‎ In my opinion, friends are very important in our life. No matter what happen, true friends will always be friends.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 本文结构紧凑，语言简练。文中had a deep influence on, fell down, worried about, help me with my study，fall behind，in my opinion，no matter, and, so等词(组)的恰当使用，使上下文意连接紧密；本文还采用了丰富的句型，比如：宾语从句、时间状语从句、No matter引导的让步状语从句等，大大增加了信息的容量，使文章增色不少，这是一篇不错的范文。‎ ‎（五）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ I still remember what happened between me and Tom. Yesterday, I had a fight with my friend Tom. He took away my pen without my agreement. My father bought it for me last year, and I like it very much. His behavior hurt me. I was very angry. For his sorry, he wrote a card:＂Sorry, please forgive me＂. He felt ashamed for what he did. At last I realized that I was too stingy. I choose to forgive him. He was very happy for my forgiveness. I was very happy, too. Through this matter, we became good friends.‎ As the Chinese old saying goes＂To err is human＂. In our whole long life, I believe, nobody can make no mistakes. Children may broke bowls, students may cheat or do something against the teacher, and grown-ups may do something wrong on their work or even something against the law. Keeping something unpleasant in mind does no good to us. Letting the unhappy matters go brings happiness and pleasure back to our life.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这是一篇比较优秀的作文，本文很好地完成了试题规定的任务。覆盖所有内容要点；语言表达要符合英语习惯，准确运用时态，上下文意思连贯，用词准确、句子通顺、行文连贯。首先指出原谅的对象，＂I still remember what happened between me and Tom.＂‎ 接着详细描述发生的事情，先指出矛盾点，＂Yesterday, I had a fight with my friend Tom. He took away my pen without my agreement...＂ 然后，描述转折点，是他认识了错误，给我道歉For his sorry, he wrote a card:＂Sorry, please forgive me＂ . He felt ashamed for what he do. 事情发展的最后，我原谅了朋友并拥抱和好，＂I choose to forgive him. He was very happy for my forgiveness. I was very happy, too. Through this matter, we became good friends..＂最后 描述自己的感悟As the Chinese old saying ... Letting the unhappy matters go brings happiness and pleasure back to our life.‎ 模拟检测 ‎（一）[来源:学_科_网]‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Sally Smiled Again Last month, one of my classmates, Sally was sad. Her father got ill and stayed in hospital. She had to look after him. So she missed a lot of lessons. In the English exam she failed. ‎ During those days she was worried about her father and study. When we learned about that, we decided to help her. Some classmates helped her with her study. Others took turns to care for her father. ‎ Our monitor encouraged her to smile at life. Soon Sally caught up with her classmates in her study and her father became better and better. Sometimes she joined us in the game. Smile appeared on her face again. ‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 本文结构紧凑，语言简练。开头介绍了Sally因照顾生病的父亲，拉下了功课，考试不及格；接下来介绍我们决定帮助她学习，照顾他的父亲；最后Sally的学习赶上了同学们，她的脸上又有笑容了。此处get ill, look after, be worried about, learn about, decide to do sth, help sb with sth, take turns to do sth, care for, encourage sb to do sth, catch up with等这些词组的运用也让文章增色不少。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ One night, Mr. and Ms. Green were sleeping. So was their cat. The cat dreamed of a fish. At that moment, a burglar came into their room quietly from the window. He wanted to steal something from their house. The cat woke up. He fought with the burglar bravely. Being afraid to wake up the Greens, the burglar had to escape from the window again. The brave cat protected the things from being stolen without waking up its owner.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这是一篇比较优秀的作文。时态运用正确，内容要点完整、应用词汇灵活准确，句子通顺、行文连贯、表达清楚，上下文连贯，词数符合要求。‎ 应用文是人们日常生活中广泛使用的文体。它最突出的特点是它 的实际应用性，应用文包括很广，如书信、通知、日记、海报、便条、启事、请柬、电报、合同等。应用文的语言应使用规范语言，重在实用，力求朴实、准确、简洁。‎ 常用写作模板 一、书信 ‎... Middle School, ...（写信人地址）‎ April 8th, 2016（写信的日期）‎ Dear XXX ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ Yours sincerely,‎ ‎____________‎ 信头 称呼 签名 结束语 正文 二、日记 三、通知 Announcement/Notice Ladies and gentlemen,‎ ‎ Your attention, please. I have something to tell you.‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ Thanks for listening. / That’s all. Thanks.‎ 标题 开场白 称呼 内容 结束语 四、启事 ‎1. 遗失启事 ‎2. 招领启事 ‎3. 招聘启事 五、便条 六、发言稿 七、倡议书 八、调查报告 ‎（一）‎ 假如你是阳光中学初三学生Daniel，写信给青少年专家Sigmund Friend，告诉他进入初三后你的烦恼。请根据下表中信息，完成一封求助信。‎ 要求： 1. 词数80左右(信的开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数)。‎ ‎ 2. 要点必须包括表格中的所有信息，可以适当发挥。‎ ‎ 3. 表达清楚，语句通顺，语义连贯。‎ 个人信息 ‎15岁，九年级学生；‎ 性格特点 勤奋，喜欢运动，……；‎ 烦恼 学习和兴趣之间找不到平衡；‎ 愿望 ‎……‎ Dear Sigmund Friend,‎ My name is Daniel. I’m from Sunshine Middle School. ___________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（二）‎ 你们学校今天将要举行校园歌手大赛，假如你是这个比赛的主持人萨拉(Sarah)，请根据以下提示为这个校园歌手大赛写一篇主持稿。‎ 内容提示：‎ ‎1. 开场白：到校园歌手大赛的时间了，我是主持人萨拉；‎ ‎2. 介绍参赛选手：今天我们有八位参赛选手，他们来自我们学校每个年级；‎ ‎3. 介绍比赛规则：校园歌手大赛规则简单；每一位选手将在舞台上唱一首歌；然后将由我们的观众决定他们最喜欢的歌手；得到最多的支持的那位选手将成为这次比赛的胜利者；‎ ‎4. 比赛过程：你为比赛做好准备了吗？第一个上台的选手是……；你是今天的幸运得主，你已经赢得了今天的奖品——一台电脑；‎ ‎5. 结束语：感谢大家；这是今天的表演，下次见。‎ 写作要求：‎ ‎1. 词数：80词左右；‎ ‎2. 文中不能出现自己的姓名和所在学校名称。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（三）‎ 连云港开展了＂真阅读＂工程，为了让阅读进校园，为了营造一种＂多读书，读好书＂的良好氛围，你班将举行一次主题班会，要求以 ＂A good book that influenced me a lot ＂ 为题作演讲，向同学们介绍一本自己读过的好书(the book’s name, the time you read, the content, the reason...)，并谈谈自己的感悟。‎ 注意：1. 词数：100词左右（演讲稿的开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数）。‎ ‎ 2. 不得出现真实的校名和人名。‎ A good book that influenced me a lot Boys and girls,‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ That’s all. Thank you!‎ ‎（一）（2018 • 江苏连云港中考）‎ 积极锻炼是非常重要的，为此，某英文报开展了一次关于初中生段炼情况的调查活动。请你根据下列图表和相关文字提示，以＂Exercising is important!＂为题，用英语写一篇短文。‎ 要点 具体内容 调查数据 每天锻炼的时间 不经常锻炼的原因 锻炼的意义 有益身体健康;保持思维敏锐;变得自信快乐。‎ 你的建议 就如何更好地开展锻炼，提出你的建议(至少两点)。‎ 注意：（1）短文应包括所给内容要点，可适当发挥，使文章连贯；‎ ‎（2）词数90左右，短文开头已给出，不计入总词数；‎ ‎（3）短文中不得提及考生所在学校及自己的姓名等信息。‎ ‎（4）参考词汇：敏锐的sharp Exercising is important!‎ Recently, we have done a survey about students’ exercising. According to the survey, ____________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎（2017﹒安徽）假如你是李华，你们学校将举行＂弘扬中华传统文化——戏曲进校园＂展演活动，你打算邀请你的美国朋友Mike参加。请你根据以下提示用英文给他写一封电子邮件。‎ ‎ 1. 时间：7月1日下午2点；‎ ‎ 2. 地点：学校操场；‎ ‎ 3. 内容：文化展览、节目表演等。‎ ‎ 提示词：戏曲opera n. 表演performance n.‎ ‎ 注意：1. 词数80～100；‎ ‎ 2. 可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；‎ ‎ 3. 信中不能出现与本人相关的信息；‎ ‎ 4. 开头和结尾已为你写好，不计入总词数。‎ Dear Mike,‎ ‎ I know you are interested in Chinese traditional culture. ___________________________________________‎ ‎__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎__________________________________________________________________________________________‎ Yours,‎ Li Hua ‎（三）‎ ‎（2017﹒四川成都）假如你是班长，今天是你班的英语活动日，你将带领同学们骑车去Happy Park。请按照下面的图示用英语写一篇发言稿，在入园前向同学们介绍园区设施（facilities）的位置及游园注意事项，并希望同学们遵守规则，玩得开心。‎ 注意：1. 短文应包括要求的所有信息；‎ ‎ 2. 发言稿的格式完整；‎ ‎ 3. 短文应结构完整、语句通顺、句式多样；‎ ‎ 4. 发言稿中不能出现个人和学校的真实信息；‎ ‎ 5. 词数：100左右。‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎（2017﹒黑龙江齐齐哈尔）尊老敬老是中华传统美德，你是老年之家(the old people’s home)的负责人王强，在假期即将到来之际，你想要招聘与你志同道合，愿为公益事业服务的志愿者。请以此为话题拟一则招聘广告。(30-50词之间)‎ 提示：1. 要求有爱心，善沟通……‎ ‎ 2. 请有意者给你打电话686-7729。‎ Volunteers Wanted ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（五）‎ ‎（2017﹒江苏南通）为了满足广大学生对DIY的喜爱，你们学校成立了DIY俱乐部。假如你是Justin，想加入该俱乐部，请根据下表所提示的要点和内容写一份申请函，谈谈你想加入该俱乐部的理由。‎ 要点 内容 培养独立意识 独立思考；自主选择；敢于尝试（或自拟内容）‎ 调节学习生活 获得乐趣；丰富生活；体验成功（或自拟内容）‎ 提升个人素养 直面困难；……（请考生自拟两点内容）‎ 参考词汇：独立independence n. ；调节adjust vt.；素养quality n. ‎ 注意：1. 申请函中必须包含所给要点，具体内容可以适当发挥，不要简单翻译；‎ ‎ 2. 词数90左右，开头和结尾已经写好，不计入总词数；‎ ‎ 3. 申请函中请勿提及真实校名及姓名。‎ Dear Chairperson,‎ I would like to join the DIY Club. _____________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ I hope I can be a member of the DIY Club. ‎ Yours Sincerely,‎ Justin ‎（六）‎ ‎（2017﹒北京）假如你是李华，正在美国参加一个交换生项目。今天下午你应邀和朋友Jim 一家外出，请用英语给接待家庭的妈妈Mrs. Smith 写一个留言条，告诉她你们要去哪里，去做什么，以及你回家的时间和方式。‎ 提示词语：park, movie theater, go boating, watch a movie 提示问题：Where are you going?‎ What are you going to do?‎ When and how will you get home?‎ Dear Mrs. Smith,‎ My friend Jim asks me to go out with his family this afternoon.______________________________________[来源:学科网]‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ Yours,‎ Li Hua ‎（一）‎ ‎（甘肃省武威市第十七中学2018届九年级期末）假如你是刘梅，升入九年级后，你的学习和生活都发生了很大变化。请你根据下面表格中的提示，给你的笔友玛丽亚(Maria)写一封电子邮件，介绍一下你最近在学习和生活上的变化。‎ 过去 现在 作业少，学习轻松 作业多，压力大 放学后有时间参加各种活动 整天学习，甚至熬夜，放弃了自己的爱好 周末有时间和家人、朋友相聚 周末也要上课 要求：1. 包括以上要点，可适当发挥； ‎ ‎ 2．80词左右。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎（武汉市青山区2017-2018学年度九年级期中）假如你是学生会主席李雷，学校想在元月调考之前组织一次秋游活动，请你组织策划，并用英文写一份书面通知传达同学们你的计划安排。‎ 内容要点如下：‎ ‎1. 活动目的：缓解压力，放松心情，增进同学感情；了解城市文化；‎ ‎2. 时间安排：下周日上午7：30在校门口集合，乘大巴游玩，下午6：00返回；‎ ‎3. 路线安排：学校——东湖——黄鹤楼——木兰天池——学校；‎ ‎4. 请在下周二下午5点之前报名；‎ ‎5. 补充一两点个人的想法。‎ 要求：‎ ‎1. 词数：60—80；‎ ‎2. 内容要连贯得体。‎ 参考词汇：sign one’s name 报名 Yellow Crane Tower 黄鹤楼 Mulan Great Lake 木兰天池 Notice ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎（湖北省长阳县龙舟坪中学2018届九年级期中）当前，全市各学校正开展＂读书伴我成长＂活动，请你根据活动主题并结合表中的信息，以＂Growing up with good books＂为题，用英语写一篇80词左右的倡议书，向全校同学发出倡议。‎ 读书的益处 获取知识，增长见识（open one’s mind），使人快乐 存在的现象 听音乐，看电视，上网，占用了大部分业余时间 发出的倡议 多读书，读好书。向世界传播中国传统文化，让读书成为我们生活的一部分。‎ 要求：倡议书要包括所有的要点；倡议书的开头已给出，不计入总字数。‎ My dear friends,‎ Reading is very important. __________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ 跟踪训练 ‎（一）‎ ‎【参考范文】[来源:学#科#网]‎ Dear Sigmund Friend,‎ My name is Daniel. I’m from Sunshine Middle School. I am fifteen years old. Now I am a Grade 9 student. I love sports very much because it can bring strength to my body and mind. I am very confident and I am not afraid of making speeches in front of many people. ‎ However, I have some problems now. I have too much homework every day. I often stay up late to finish it. I don’t get enough sleep and I feel tired in class. I find it hard to achieve a balance between my homework and my hobby.‎ What should I do? Can you offer me some valuable suggestions? I look forward to hearing from you soon.‎ Best wishes.‎ Daniel ‎【名师点睛】‎ ‎1. 细心审题，明确要求 。‎ 搞清题目的要求，以便根据不同的题材、体裁，写出不同格式，风格各异的文章，此外，还要注意人称、时态、地点等信息，避免出错。 ‎ ‎2. 抓住重点，理顺要点。‎ 草拟提纲，分清各要点之间的内在联系，寻求逻辑次序，分出层次，确定如何下手，使表达内容条理清楚。‎ ‎4. 连句成篇，修改润色。 ‎ 检查主题是否明确，表达方式是否恰当，接下来检查所写内容是否切题，该交待的内容是否交待了，最后检查所用时态、人称是否符合要求。检查段落是否完整，句子表达是否准确，语法、拼写、标点、移行、大小写等方面是否有误。学科#网 ‎（二）‎ ‎【思路导航】‎ 这是一篇材料作文。根据提示内容可知用一般现在时，把所提示的内容逐条翻译成英文，同时还应注意写作中要有适当性的发挥。‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ It’s time for the Campus Singer Competition. And I’m your host, Sara.‎ Today we have eight contestants. They are from every grade in our school. ‎ The rules of the Campus Singer Competition are simple. Every contestant will sing a song on the stage. And then our audience will decide on the singer they like best. The one who gets the most support will be the winner of the competition.‎ Are you ready for the competition? The first contestant coming on the stage is ... ‎ You’re today’s lucky winner. You’ve won today’s prize — a computer!‎ Thanks, everyone. That’s today’s show. See you next time.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这篇作文层次清晰，内容饱满，表达流畅。文中使用了非常好的短语，例如It’s time for sth，sing a song on the stage，decide on，be ready for，See you next time等。而The rules of the Campus Singer Competition are simple./ The one who gets the most support will be the winner of the competition./ You’ve won today’s prize — a computer!等多种句式的运用更是为文章增色不少。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Boys and girls,‎ As Francis Bacon once said, reading makes a full man. A good book can affect our life in one way or another. My Life Story by Helen Keller is one such book as touched my heart. It is about how Helen overcame her physical disabilities and succeeded by struggling in her long and hard learning period.‎ From the book, I learned that whenever we come across difficulties or even misfortune, we should never give in or run away. Instead, we are supposed to face them bravely and try to find ‎ ways out. Reading can not only improve our ability to understand the world, but also wash our souls. To live an enjoyable and meaningful life, let’s read more good books!‎ That’s all. Thank you!‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 文章首句引用名人名言As Francis Bacon once said, reading makes a full man. 引出话题A good book can affect our life in one way or another。这可谓事半功倍，为文章开了个好头。向听众介绍自己读过的一本好书时，用一个简单句My Life Story by Helen Keller is one such book as touched my heart.直接明了，使听众一下就能接受到这些信息。 复合句It is about how Helen overcame her physical disabilities and succeeded by struggling in her long and hard learning period.介绍了书籍内容，为后文自己的感受埋下伏笔。文章的结尾非常具有鼓动性，尽显文章风采。‎ 真题再现 ‎（一）‎ Exercising is important!‎ Recently, we have done a survey about students’ exereising. Aocording to the survey, 32% of the students spend over one hour every day doing exercise, while 68% of them spend less than one hour. The reasons are as follows: Firstly, 46% of them have too much homework, so they have no time to do exercise. Secondly, 29% of them are not good at exercise. Thirdly, 25% of them are not interested in it.‎ As we all know, exercising is god for our health, which keeps our minds sharp and makes us confident and happy.‎ In my opinion, we should keep a balance between our study and exercising. Besides, we should develop a good habit of doing exercise. (104 words)‎ ‎【名师点评】‎ 这是一篇图表，关于初中生锻炼情况的调查活动。动笔前先要认真阅读要点，围绕要点组织材料，然后用正确的英语句子把这些内容表达出来，在此基础上亦可适当发挥，注意不要遗漏材料中给出的要点。根据材料可知本文主要是应用一般现在时态，注意标点符合及大小写等问题，不要犯语法错误。注意上下文之间的逻辑关系，语意连贯。‎ ‎（二）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Dear Mike, ‎ I know you are interested in Chinese traditional culture.‎ Now, I have a piece of good news to share with you. There is an activity about Chinese traditional operas at 2:00 p.m. on July 1. It will be held on the playground in our school and all the teachers and students will attend. On that day, a culture show and many wonderful opera performances will be put on. It’s a chance for you to learn more about Chinese traditional culture. Come and join us! I think we’ll have a great time.‎ I’m looking forward to your early reply.‎ Yours,‎ Li Hua ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这篇短文内容涵盖了题目要求的所有要点，表达准确，意思连贯，符合逻辑。文章脉络清晰，自然流畅，首先通过分享好消息来引出展演及展演时间，进而介绍展演地点及展演内容最后提出邀请。同时文章还使用了一些常用的句式和短语，这为文章增色不少。在学习中注意积累，掌握一些常用句式及短语，写作时就可以适当引用，使文章的表达更有逻辑性，更富有条理。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Hello, boys and girls! May I have your attention, please? Today we choose to rise to this beautiful place — Happy Park to celebrate our English Day! Before entering the park, there are some specific details we must know first.‎ To begin with, we need to be clear about the location of the facilities. After entering the park, we can see a big grassland in front of you. On the left side is a food store where you can buy some food. And on the right side stand a toilet. A beautiful swimming pool lies behind the grassland, where the water is clean enough for you to swim. What’s more, you should keep the following rules in mind. First, you must park your bikes on each side of the gate. Second, you can neither pick flowers in the park, nor play football on the grassland.‎ That’s all. Thank you for your listening and have a good day.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 短文运用了一些短语和句式，如：choose to do sth选择做某事；need to do sth需要做某事；on the right side在右边；be enough for sb to do sth对某人来说是足够的。用了定语从句，如：there are some specific details we must know first.。用了倒装句，如：And on the right side stand a toilet.，增加了文章的亮点。‎ ‎（四）‎ ‎【思路导航】‎ 本文是一篇招聘广告。写作时注意格式，题目要求。为老年之家招聘志愿者，注意提示1．要求有爱心，善沟通……2．请有意者给你打电话686-7729。动笔前要先认真阅读要点，然后围绕要点适当发挥。注意叙述的条理性，适当使用固定句型或短语。像Are you good with…？； We need…；call…at …。‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Volunteers Wanted We need volunteers in the old people’s home. Do you want to help the old people? Are you good with the old? Can you sing? Can you dance? Can you play chess with the old? Do you know many stories? If you want to join us, please call Wang Qiang at 686﹣7729. Thanks.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这篇短文格式正确，叙述有条理，语言流畅，表达准确，逻辑清晰。特别一些招聘句型的使用，像We need volunteers in the old people’s home．Do you want to…；Are you good with; Can you; If you want to to join us 等，使文章的表达更有逻辑性，更富有条理。学习中注意总结，牢记一些固定句式及短语，写作时就可以适当引用，减少错误，给文章增彩。学科#网 ‎（五）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Dear Chairperson,‎ I would like to join the DIY Club. For me, I like to do something by myself. Here are some reasons why I want to join your club.‎ First, making things by myself can cultivate my independent consciousness because I need to make things on my own. It’s important for teenagers to think independently and choose freely, and try things bravely.‎ Second, joining the club can adjust my study life. DIY has so much fun and it can enrich my life. What’s more, after I finish an object, I can experience success.‎ Third, DIY can improve personal qualities. It makes us face difficulties directly and be patient with questions.‎ I hope I can be a member of the DIY Club. ‎ Yours Sincerely, ‎ Justin ‎（六）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Dear Mrs. Smith,‎ My friend Jim asks me to go out with his family this afternoon. I am writing to tell you that we will meet in the park. Then we will go to the movie theater to watch a movie. Finally, we are going to go boating in the lake. Don’t worry about me. We will be back at 6:00 p.m. Jim’s father will send me home by taxi. I am sure to have a lot of fun. Waiting for my back.‎ Yours,‎ Li Hua ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这篇短文语句通顺，表达准确。学习中注意总结，牢记一些固定句式及短语,特别适用了表示先后顺序的词Then，Finally，使表达具有条里性，句式Don’t worry about me. .I am sure to等的使用，更增加了文章的色彩，此文表达具有逻辑性,，有条理。‎ 模拟检测 ‎（一）‎ ‎【思路导航】‎ ‎1. 本题为材料作文。要求学生把所给的材料尽量都用上。‎ ‎2. 时态用一般现在时和过去式来写。‎ ‎3. 人称用第一人称来写。‎ ‎4. 用上所学的句型used to do sth. ＂过去常常做某事＂。‎ ‎5. 在用上所给材料的基础上，可适当发挥。‎ ‎6. 注意词数的要求。‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Dear Maria’,‎ How are you?‎ My life has changed a lot since I became a student of Grade 9. I used to have less homework and I could learn easily. However, everything is different now. I have a lot of homework to do every day. I’m under great pressure. I used to take part in all kinds of activities after school, but now I have to study all the time and sometimes even stay up late. I have given up my hobbies. What’s more, I used to spend the weekends with my family and friends. Now I have to take classes on weekends. I fell so unhappy. Do you feel the same?‎ Yours’,‎ Liu Mei ‎（二）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ Notice The Students’ Union is going to organize a special activity next Sunday. Students feel stressed these days, I think the activity can make us relaxed. We can not only get along well with our classmates, but also know the culture of the city.‎ We’ll meet at the school gate at 7:30 am and take the bus to the East Lake, then we’ll go to the Yellow Crane Tower. We can enjoy the beautiful scenery. After that, we’ll go to Mulan Great Lake to have a picnic in the afternoon. We’ll take the bus back to school at 6:00 pm. ‎ If you are interested in this activity, please sign your name before next Tuesday at 5pm. It’s also necessary for you to bring your ID card in order to buy tickets.‎ Wish you a wonderful time!‎ The Students’ Union XX年XX月XX日 ‎【亮点说明】‎ 这篇习作的层次清晰，内容饱满，表达流畅。文中使用了非常好的短语，例如is going to，make sb. relaxed，not only... but also，at the school gate，after that，have a picnic，take the bus back to school，interested in，in order to，Wish you a wonderful time等。而We can not only get along well with our classmates, but also know the culture of the city.，We’ll meet at the school gate at 7:30 am and take the bus to the East Lake, then we’ll go to the Yellow Crane Tower.，It’s also necessary for you to bring your ID card in order to buy tickets.等多种复杂句式的运用更是为文章增色不少。‎ ‎（三）‎ ‎【参考范文】‎ My dear friends,[来源:Zxxk.Com]‎ Reading is very important. We can get knowledge through reading. It can not only open our minds，but also make us cleverer and happier. Our study can be improved if we read more good books. The more we read, the more we will learn, the brighter our future will become.‎ However, some students spend much time in listening to music, watching TV or going on line to play games. It takes much of their spare time, so I would like to suggest that everyone should read more books，especially read classics so that we can spread our Chinese traditional culture to the world. Let’s start reading now and let it become a part of our life.‎ ‎【亮点说明】‎ that we can spread our Chinese traditional culture to the world.等多种句式的运用更是为文章增色不少，是本篇习作的亮点。‎